Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 20, 2017.

Registration Statement No. 333-                

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.20549

 

 

FORM F-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

 

 

 

Cayman Islands		7372		Not Applicable
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)		(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

15/F

Prosperity Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

Tel: +852 3700 9000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Law Debenture Corporate Services, Inc.

4th Floor, 400 Madison Avenue

New York, New York 10017

(212) 750-6474

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Shuang Zhao, Esq. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP c/o 37th Floor, Hysan Place 500 Hennessy Road, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong (852) 2521 4122		James C. Lin, Esq. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP c/o 18/F, The Hong Kong Club Building 3A Chater Road, Central, Hong Kong (852) 2533 3368

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ☐

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. Emerging growth company   ☒

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.   ☒

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered		Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(2)(3)		Amount of Registration Fee
Class A Ordinary Shares, par value US$0.001 per share(1)		US$100,000,000		US$12,450

(1)	American depositary shares issuable upon deposit of the Class A ordinary shares registered hereby have been registered under a separate registration statement on Form F-6 (Registration No.333-                ). Each American depositary share represents                  Class A ordinary shares.

(2)

Includes (i) Class A ordinary shares that may be purchased by the underwriters pursuant to an over-allotment option and (ii) Class A ordinary shares initially offered and sold outside the United States that may be resold from time to time in the United States either as part of their distribution or within 40 days after the later of the effective date of this registration statement and the date the shares are first bona fide offered to the public. These Class A ordinary shares are not being registered for the purposes of sales outside of the United States.

(3)	Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to such Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

---

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

        SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                    , 2017

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

            American Depositary Shares

 

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

Representing              Class A Ordinary Shares

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. We are selling                  ADSs. Each ADS represents                  of our Class A ordinary shares, par value US$0.001 per share. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between US$                 and US$                 per ADS.

We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional ADSs to cover over-allotments.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or our ordinary shares. We have applied to have the ADSs listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ICLK”.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable U.S. Federal securities laws and are eligible for reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in the ADSs involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Public Offering Price

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions

Proceeds before expenses

Per ADS

US$

US$

US$

Total

US$

US$

US$

We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to an additional                  ADSs to cover over-allotments.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our outstanding share capital will consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Mr. Sammy Hsieh, our chief executive officer and co-founder, and Mr. Jian Tang, our chief operating officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, will beneficially own all of our issued Class B ordinary shares. These Class B ordinary shares will constitute approximately         % of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering and         % of the aggregate voting power of our total issued and outstanding share capital immediately after the completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same rights except for voting and conversion rights. Each Class A ordinary share is entitled to one vote, and each Class B ordinary share is entitled to 20 votes, and is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof. Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B ordinary shares by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such Class B ordinary shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into the equal number of Class A ordinary shares.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs to purchasers on or about                 , 2017.

 

 

 

Credit Suisse		Nomura

 

 

                    , 2017

---

Table of Contents

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered or made available to you. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the ADSs offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters has done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus or any filed free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

Until                    , 2017 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

i

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

 

13

---

Table of Contents

 

14

---

Table of Contents

 

15

---

Table of Contents

 

16

---

Table of Contents

 

17

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have experienced fluctuation in growth in recent periods, and our historical growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.

We have experienced fluctuation in growth in recent periods. We may not be able to sustain our historical growth rates, or at all. You should not consider our historical growth in gross billing and net revenues as indicative of our future performance. For example, while our gross billing and net revenues increased in 2016 compared to 2015, our gross billing decreased in the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016 due to a decrease in gross billing from other solutions as we optimized our client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity. In future periods, our gross billing and net revenues could further decline or grow more slowly than we expect and the client base optimization may not achieve the benefits as we expected. We believe our business, prospects and results of operations depend on a number of factors, some of which are described in more details in this section, including our ability to:

 

•

retain existing clients while continuing to optimize our client base;

 

•

successfully execute our mobile strategy in the increasingly competitive mobile online marketing segment;

 

•

attract new clients and further diversify our client base, including more clients to use our solutions on a self-serve basis and marketers from new industries and geographic regions;

 

•

maintain the breadth and depth of our cooperation with content distribution channels, including publishers, ad exchanges, and ad networks, and attract new ones in order to increase the volume and breadth of content distribution opportunities available to us;

 

•

adapt our solutions and service offerings to meet evolving business needs, including to address market trends such as the migration of consumers from PCs to mobile devices;

 

•

maintain the proper functioning of our technology architecture as our business continues to grow;

 

•

maintain and grow our data assets in order to help marketers identify, engage and convert their audience;

 

•

maintain a high level of customer satisfaction;

 

•

adapt to a changing regulatory landscape governing privacy matters;

 

•

acquire businesses, products and technologies and to integrate these acquisitions;

 

•

increase awareness of our brand among marketers on a global basis in a cost-effective manner; and

 

•

attract and retain employees.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully accomplish any of these objectives.

We may not be successful in implementing our mobile strategies, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our recent growth was in part driven by our expansion since 2014 into mobile channels to identify, engage and convert mobile audience. Our limited operating history in mobile channels may make it difficult to evaluate our current business and future prospects, which will be adversely affected if we fail to successfully maintain and enhance our mobile capabilities. To deliver, maintain and enhance our mobile capabilities, it is important that we further integrate with a wider range of mobile technologies, systems, networks and standards that we do not

 

18

---

Table of Contents

control. We may not be successful in developing solutions that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks or standards. Any of these could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects and results of operations.

While marketing via non-mobile online channels has been established for several years, marketing via mobile channels, in particular via mobile apps, is a relatively new phenomenon. We have experienced and expect to continue to face more significant competition for our mobile audience solutions. In addition, in light of the rising demand for marketing via mobile apps, mobile app publishers, especially popular mobile app publishers tend to command stronger bargaining power compared to their non-mobile app publisher counterparts. All of these have resulted in a downward pricing pressure on, and increased media costs for, our mobile audience solutions. While net revenues from our mobile audience solutions increased significantly, which amounted to US$11.9 million, US$57.8 million and US$42.3 million in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively, gross margins for our mobile audience solutions remained relatively low and decreased during these periods, which contributed to the decrease in our overall gross profit margin from 47.1% in 2015 to 36.0% in 2016 and further to 23.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2017. As we continue to prioritize the execution of our mobile strategy and face increasing competition and pricing pressure for our mobile audience solutions, our profit margin could be materially and adversely affected.

We have incurred net losses in the past and may not achieve profitability in the future.

We generated net losses of US$39.7 million in 2015, US$27.3 million in 2016, US$6.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and US$22.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017. As of June 30, 2017, we had an accumulated deficit of US$146.6 million. We will need to generate increased revenue levels in future periods to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to improve our profitability as we intend to continue to expend significant funds to grow our marketing and sales operations, develop and enhance our data analytic capabilities, scale our data center infrastructure and services capabilities and expand into new market segments. Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our operating expenses. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. If we are unable to achieve or sustain profitability, the market price of our ADSs may significantly decrease.

Our net revenues, net revenues as a percentage of gross billing, gross profit margin and the comparability of our financial results may be affected by the relative percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues under the gross and net models.

We derive revenue from three sources and report them on either the net or gross basis. (i) Revenue from incentives earned from the website publisher for which we act as sales agent for its content distribution opportunities, or the sales agency arrangement; and (ii) revenue from performing cost-plus marketing campaigns are reported on the net basis; and (iii) revenue from performing specified actions marketing campaigns (i.e., a CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis) is reported on the gross basis. Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Net Revenues” for more details. The gross profit margins for our sales agency arrangement and cost-plus marketing campaigns are higher than that for our specified action marketing campaigns as cost of revenues for our sales agency arrangement and cost-plus marketing campaigns does not include media cost. Consequently, an increase in the percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues from performing specified actions marketing campaigns will have a positive impact on our net revenues and a negative impact on gross profit margin. On the other hand, an increase in the percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues from our sales agency arrangement and from performing cost-plus marketing campaigns will have a negative impact on our net revenues and a positive impact on gross profit margin. As the relative percentage of gross billing from incentives earned from the website publisher under our sales agency arrangement and from performing cost-plus marketing campaigns, on the one hand, and from performing specified actions marketing campaigns on the other hand,

 

19

---

Table of Contents

changes from time to time, the relative percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues on the gross basis and net basis also fluctuates, which would consequently impact our net revenues and gross profit margin. Our mobile audience solutions on one hand, and other solutions, on the other hand, each represent a mixture of revenue recognized on gross basis and on net basis and the proportion of each fluctuates from period to period. Therefore our net revenues, net revenues as a percentage of gross billing, gross profit margin and the comparability of our financial results in one period to another may be affected by the relative percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues on the gross basis and net basis. The relative percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues on the gross basis and net basis is in turn, affected by a variety of factors, in particular, the terms of the arrangements with our clients, including whether to conduct their marketing campaigns on a specified-action (i.e., gross) or cost-plus (i.e., net) basis in a particular period, which depends on clients’ needs and goals.

Failure to retain existing clients or attract new ones could adversely impact our business and results of operations.

We do not have long-term marketing campaign contracts with clients, and a majority of our marketing campaign contracts are for a term of one year or shorter. Our clients, referring to entities which enter into marketing campaign contracts with us and incur marketing spend during the relevant period and which include direct marketer and marketing agencies, are not obligated to use our platform on an exclusive basis and they generally use multiple providers to manage their marketing spend. Accordingly, we must convince our clients to use our platform, increase their usage and spend a larger share of their online marketing budgets with us, and do so on an on-going basis.

Our ability to achieve renewals or marketing campaign contracts and new sales depends on many factors, some of which are out of our control, including:

 

•

customer satisfaction with our solutions, including any new solutions that we may develop,

 

•

the competitiveness of our pricing and payment terms for our clients, which may, in turn, be constrained by our capital and financial resources,

 

•

customer satisfaction with our account managing services,

 

•

our ability to tailor our solution offerings and delivery and pricing models in accordance with the evolving needs of our clients and end marketers,

 

•

our ability to expand our data base and solutions to serve marketers in a wider range of industries and geographic regions,

 

•

mergers, acquisitions or other consolidation among marketers and marketing agencies, and

 

•

the effects of global economic conditions on spending levels of marketers generally.

Therefore, we cannot assure you that clients that have generated marketing spend on our platform in the past will continue to spend at similar levels or that they will continue to use our platform at all. We may not be able to replace clients which decrease or cease their usage of our platform with new clients that spend similarly on our platform. We have relied on a limited number of clients to generate a significant portion of our revenues. For example, in 2016, we had two clients that each contributed to more than 10% of our net revenues, including a marketer in the entertainment industry which contributed to 18% of our net revenues and a marketer in the e-commerce industry which contributed to 11% of our net revenues. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we had one client that contributed to more than 10% of our net revenues, which was a marketer in the entertainment industry and contributed to 14% of our net revenues.

In addition, we started a comprehensive review of the client base for other solutions in 2016 to focus on profitability and liquidity. For example, we terminated relationship with certain clients for our other solutions as

 

20

---

Table of Contents

they had relatively long account receivable cycles and yielded relatively low operating profit margins. Some of these clients were large marketers and had individually accounted for more than 5% of our annual gross billing historically. As a result, gross billing from our other solutions decreased by 9.5% from US$136.9 million in 2015 to US$123.9 million in 2016 and by 40.8% from US$68.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$40.4 million in the same period in 2017. In addition, the total number of our clients decreased by 10.1% from 2,644 in 2015 to 2,376 in 2016 notwithstanding our full year consolidation of OptAim’s results of operations in 2016 compared to our consolidation of OptAim’s results of operations only for the period from July 24 to December 31 in 2015, and by 32.9% from 2,075 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 1,392 in the same period in 2017.

If our existing clients do not continue to use or increase their use of our platform, or if we are unable to attract sufficient marketing spend on our platform from new clients, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Loss of any marketing agency client may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We engage third-party marketing agencies to help source and serve some of our marketers. In 2016, we had over 2,000 clients, including over 1,800 direct marketer clients and over 500 marketing agency clients, which represented over 1,100 end marketers and a significant portion of our gross billing and net revenues. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we had approximately 1,400 clients, including approximately 1,000 direct marketer clients and approximately 380 agency clients, which represented approximately 900 end marketers and a significant portion of our gross billing and net revenues. We do not have exclusive business arrangement with these marketing agencies. If we lose any marketing agency, we risk losing business from end marketers represented by that agency. In addition, some marketing agencies have their own business arrangements with content distribution channels and can directly connect marketers with such channels. Our business may suffer to the extent that marketing agencies and content distribution channels purchase and sell content distribution opportunities directly from one another or through intermediaries other than us. Loss of marketing agencies as our clients could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Furthermore, our contractual arrangements with marketing agency clients do not provide us with control or oversight over their day-to-day business activities. If any of our marketing agency clients engage in activities that violate laws and regulations, our reputation could be harmed and our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Loss of any content distribution channel and changes in the contract terms with any content distribution channel may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our consistent access to attractive content distribution opportunities is crucial to our business. Our content distribution channels are concentrated and primarily include online and mobile publishers, major search engines and ad exchanges, including those owned or operated by Tencent, Baidu, Google and Alibaba. Media costs for content distribution opportunities on Tencent, Baidu, Google and Alibaba channels in aggregate accounted for 84.0%, 81.6% and 87.7% of our media costs in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. Media costs for content distribution opportunities on our largest channel partner in each of 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 accounted for 55.0%, 42.2% and 58.8% of our media costs, respectively, during the relevant periods, and media costs for content distribution opportunities on our second largest channel partner in each of 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 accounted for 22.6%, 36.1% and 11.8% of our media costs, respectively, during the relevant periods. We currently do not own or control any content distribution channels in China. In addition, our contracts with content distribution channels are generally for a period of one year and do not impose long-term obligations requiring them to make their content distribution opportunities available to us on reasonable terms or at all. The loss of access to content distribution opportunities from one of those companies would negatively impact our ability to help marketers reach their audience.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

Our ability to source content distribution opportunities from content distribution channels depends in part on our ability to continuously generate sufficient marketing spend from our clients on these channels. Under some of our contracts, content distribution channels may terminate the contracts during their terms if we do not meet the minimum marketing spend requirements in the contracts.

In addition, we may not be able to negotiate favorable or acceptable terms once the contracts expire. For example, the written contract with the content distribution channel under our sales agency arrangement expired on December 31, 2016 and as of the date of this prospectus, we have not yet executed and are negotiating a new written contract with this content distribution channel. The new contract may require us to pay a significant deposit, which will be forfeited in whole or in part depending on the extent to which we meet the annual minimum marketing spend threshold set out in the contract. Based on our historical marketing spend level on this distribution channel, we expect we will not meet the proposed minimum marketing spend threshold and therefore we expect some of our deposit with this content distribution channel will be forfeited if we enter into this new contract, which will have a material adverse impact on our financial conditions and results of operations. In addition, the new contract may impose quarterly minimum marketing spend threshold and if we fail to meet such threshold for some consecutive quarters, the content distribution channel may terminate the contract. Net revenues from this content distribution channel under our sales agency arrangement were US$7.1 million and US$7.9 million in 2015 and 2016, and US$4.7 million and US$3.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, representing 10.9%, 8.3%, 10.4% and 7.1% of our total net revenues for the respective periods. As the contract is still being negotiated, there is no assurance that we will be able to execute the contract with terms favorable or acceptable to us or at all, which will have a material adverse impact on our financial conditions and results of operations.

Furthermore, our contracts with content distribution channels generally provide for certain rebates or incentives, generally calculated as a percentage of marketing spend, that we are entitled to should the market spending during the terms exceed the specified thresholds. Under some of our contracts, content distribution channels offer staggered levels of rebates or incentives to us depending on the amount of marketing spend we achieve during the period. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Net Revenues,” “— Critical Accounting Policies — Revenue recognition — Sales Agent” and “— Critical Accounting Policies — Rebates” for a description of the accounting treatment of rebates or incentives that we receive from content distribution channels. If we are unable to meet the anticipated level of marketing spend with any content distribution partner, we may experience a material adverse impact on our financial conditions and results of operations and it may affect our overall relationship with the content distribution partner. If these or any other content distribution channel were to change their rebate or incentive programs or to cease doing business with us for any reason, our financial results would be materially adversely affected.

Our platform is connected with some of our content distribution channels’ platforms through application programming interfaces, or API, such as the Baidu API and Google API. We are subject to standard API terms of use of such content distribution channels, which govern the use and distribution of data from them. Our business significantly depends on access to these APIs, particularly the Baidu API and Google API on commercially reasonable terms. Our business would be harmed if any of these content distribution channels discontinue, limit or place any additional restrictions on our access to their platforms, modify their terms of use or other policies, or charge API license fees for API access. In particular, content distribution channels update their API terms of use from time to time and new versions of these terms could impose additional restrictions on us and require us to modify our software to accommodate these changes. Any of these outcomes could cause demand for our solutions to decrease, our research and development costs to increase, and as a result, our business and results of operations could suffer.

 

22

---

Table of Contents

The independent online marketing technology market is highly fragmented and intensely competitive. In addition, independent online marketing technology platforms face competitive pressure from well-established internet companies, marketing agencies and traditional media.

China’s independent online marketing technology market is highly competitive, fragmented and rapidly changing. With the introduction of new technologies and the influx of new entrants, we expect competition to continue and intensify, which could harm our ability to increase revenue and attain or sustain profitability. We believe the principal competitive factors in this industry include:

 

•

ability to deliver return on marketing expenditure at scale;

 

•

customer trust;

 

•

geographic reach;

 

•

breadth and depth of cooperation with publishers, ad exchanges, ad networks and other participants in the online marketing ecosystem;

 

•

comprehensiveness of solutions and service offerings;

 

•

pricing structure and competitiveness;

 

•

cross-channel capabilities;

 

•

accessibility and user-friendliness of solutions; and

 

•

brand awareness.

In addition, independent online marketing technology platforms face competitive pressure from large and well-established internet companies, such as Alibaba, Baidu, Tencent and Google, which have established stronger and broader presence across the online marketing ecosystem and have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources, more extensive client base, and longer operating histories and greater brand recognition than we do. These companies have access to user information by virtue of their popular consumer-oriented websites and mobile apps, and have the technology designed for use in conjunction with the types of user information collected from their websites and mobile apps. These companies may also leverage their positions to make changes to their systems, platforms, exchanges, networks or other products or services that could be harmful to our business and results of operations. While we believe that we do not directly compete with these large and well-established internet companies as we promote their content distribution opportunities or purchase their content distribution opportunities in the ordinary course of our business in connection with our execution of marketing campaigns, and these companies generally do not provide integrated online marketing solutions the way we do, they are major players in the online marketing technology industry as they provide online marketing technology and offer services and offer solutions that help marketers achieve one or more aspects of their marketing goals in one or more phases of their online marketing cycle. In addition, these large and well-established companies control content distribution channels and would directly compete with us should we vertically expand our business to own or operate content distribution channels in the future. Further, some of these companies are, or may also become, our content distribution channels and may enter into other types of strategic arrangements with us. For example, we generally enter into annual framework agreements with content distribution channel partners, including Baidu and Tencent, to purchase or promote their content distribution opportunities. See “Business — Our Content Distribution Channels”. Competitive pressure may incentivize them to cease their partnership with us. See “— Loss of any content distribution channel may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.” Online marketing technology platforms also face competition from marketing agencies, who may have their own relationships with content distribution channels and can directly connect marketers with such channels. Furthermore, online marketing technology platforms continue to compete with traditional media including direct marketing, television, radio, cable and print advertising companies.

New technologies and methods of online marketing present an evolving competitive challenge, as market participants upgrade or expand their service offerings to capture more marketing spend from marketers. In

 

23

---

Table of Contents

addition to existing competitors and their existing service offerings, we expect to face competition from new entrants to the online marketing technology industry and new service offerings from existing competitors. If existing or new companies develop, market or resell competitive high-value marketing technology solutions, acquire one of our competitors or strategic partners, form a strategic alliance or enter into exclusivity arrangement with one of our competitors or strategic partners, our ability to compete effectively could be significantly compromised and our business, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.

If online marketing technology solutions do not achieve widespread market acceptance, our business, growth prospects and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

The market for online marketing technology solutions such as ours is evolving in China and these solutions may not achieve or sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance as we expect. While marketing via search engines or display channels has been established for several years, marketing via new digital channels such as mobile and social media is not as well established. The future growth of our business could be constrained by both the level of acceptance and expansion of emerging online marketing channels, as well as the continued use and growth of existing channels. Even if these channels become widely adopted, marketers and agencies may not be familiar with and make significant investments in, solutions such as ours that help them manage their online marketing across channels and devices. In addition, some of our solutions are delivered as software-as-a-service, or SaaS, offerings, which are less mature or common in China, and the pace of transition to SaaS business may be slower among marketers with heightened data security concerns or general demand for highly customizable application software. The acceptance of our solutions delivered as SaaS offerings will depend to a substantial extent on the education of our clients on the SaaS offerings and the widespread adoption of SaaS solutions in general, and we cannot be certain that the trend of adoption of such solutions will continue in the future. Therefore, it is difficult to predict the demand for our platform or the future growth rate and size of the market for online marketing technology solutions.

Expansion of the market for online marketing technology solutions depends on a number of factors, including the growth of new digital channels such as mobile and social media and the cost, as well as the performance and perceived value associated with online marketing technology solutions. If online marketing technology solutions do not achieve widespread acceptance, or there is a reduction in demand for online marketing caused by weakening economic conditions, decreases in corporate spending, technological challenges, data security or privacy concerns, governmental regulation, competing technologies and solutions or otherwise, our business, growth prospects and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

If our algorithms and data engines for assessing and predicting potential audience interaction with marketing content are flawed or ineffective, or if our platform fails to otherwise function properly, our reputation and market share would be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to attract marketers to, and build trust in, our platform is significantly dependent on our ability to effectively assess and predict audience interest in, and therefore interaction with, relevant marketing content. We utilize our proprietary algorithms and data engines to track, process and analyze internet user data, forecast probability and nature of internet users’ potential engagement with a given marketing message, create and tailor the marketing message to specific user interest, and execute marketing campaigns based on parameters specified by our clients. Our proprietary algorithms and data engines take into account multiple kinds and sources of data, including data on users’ interest, intent, E-commerce and offline purchase behavior, social data, demographic data and campaign performance data, which we track using our proprietary tracking tools, from our marketers, publishers and ad exchanges in connection with marketing campaigns, and from collaboration with selected third-party data partners. The data we collect may not be relevant to all industries, and for certain industries, we may not have sufficient user data to ensure that our algorithms and data engines would work effectively. Furthermore, we generally do not verify the data we gather, which may be subject to fraud or are otherwise inaccurate. Even if such data are accurate, they may become irrelevant or outdated and thus may not reflect a

 

24

---

Table of Contents

user’s genuine interest or accurately predict his or her interaction with a given marketing message. For example, following the date we obtain the relevant data, a user’s interest and behavior pattern may change or he or she may have already completed a transaction and is no longer interested in the marketing message.

In addition, we expect to experience significant growth in the amount of data we process as we continue to develop new solutions and features to meet evolving and growing marketer demands. As the amount of data and variables we process increases, the calculations that our algorithms and data engines must process become increasingly complex and the likelihood of any defect or error increases. To the extent our proprietary algorithms and data engines fail to accurately assess or predict a user’s interest in and interaction with, the relevant marketing content, or experience significant errors or defects, marketers may not achieve their marketing goals in a cost-effective manner or at all, which could make our platform less attractive to them, result in damages to our reputation and a decline of our market share and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our ability to collect and use data from various sources could be restricted.

The optimal performance of our algorithms and data engines depends on the data that we collect from multiple sources, which we use to build user profiles, develop and refine our algorithms and data engines. Our ability to collect and use these types of data is limited by a number of factors, some of which are described in further details elsewhere in this section, including:

 

•

consumer choices, including the blocking or deletion of cookies or modifications to privacy settings;

 

•

decisions by marketers, content distribution channels, or selected third party that we have data collaboration arrangement with, to restrict our ability to collect data from them, to refuse to implement mechanisms that we request to ensure compliance with our legal obligations;

 

•

changes in browser or device functionality and settings, and other new technologies, which could make it easier for users to prevent the placement of cookies or other tracking technologies;

 

•

new developments in law, regulations and industry standards on privacy and data protection regimes, including increased visibility of consent mechanisms as a result of these legal, regulatory or industry developments;

 

•

the failure of our network or software systems, or the network or software systems of marketers;

 

•

our inability to grow client base in new industries and geographic markets in order to obtain the critical mass of data necessary for our algorithms and data engines to perform optimally in these new industries and geographies;

 

•

our relationship with our data partners or certain key data sources, including major internet companies in China, which may stop providing or be unable to provide us data on terms acceptable to us; and

 

•

interruptions, failures or defects in our data collection, mining, analysis and storage systems.

Any of the above described limitations on our ability to successfully collect and use data could materially impair the optimal performance of our algorithms and data engines as well as the efficiency of our solutions, which could make our platform less attractive to marketers and result in damages to our reputation, a decline of our market share and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Blocking or deletion of cookies or other modifications to privacy settings on PCs and mobile devices could impair our data collection and effectiveness of our solutions.

Cookies that we place are generally regarded as “third party cookies” because we place them through internet browsers on an internet user when an internet user visit our website or a website owned by our marketers or other party that has given us permission to place cookies. Our cookies generally record non-personally identifiable information, including when a user views or clicks on a marketing message, where a user is located,

 

25

---

Table of Contents

how many marketing messages a user has seen, and browser or device information. We use data from cookies to help build user profiles that assess audience interest and predict audience potential interaction with a given marketing message. Cookies may easily be deleted or blocked by internet users. Commonly used internet browsers (Chrome, Firefox, Internet Explorer, and Safari) allow internet users to modify their browser settings to prevent cookies from being accepted by their browsers. Most browsers also now support temporary privacy modes that allow the user to suspend, with a single click, the placement of new cookies or reading or updates of existing cookies. Internet users can also delete cookies from their computers at any time. Some internet users also download free or paid “ad blocking” software that prevents certain cookies from being stored on a user’s computer. Further, certain web browsers, such as Safari, currently block or are planning to block some or all third-party cookies by default, as do Apple’s iPad and iPhones devices. Mobile devices based upon the Android operating system use cookies only in their web browser applications, so that cookies do not track Android users while they are using other applications on the device. If web browsers block, or internet users reject or delete, cookies, fewer of our cookies or our marketers’ cookies may be set in browsers or accessible in mobile devices, which could adversely affect our data collection and hence the optimal performance of our algorithms and data engines and effectiveness of our solutions.

Aside from blocking or deleting of cookies, other modifications to privacy settings on the PCs and mobile devices could limit or restrict our ability to collect and analyze data. For example, certain search engines, such as Google, provide an encrypted search function. Although we may still be able to see the amount of traffic brought to marketers’ website through the search engine, we will not be able to see the keywords that generate the traffic as the keywords are encrypted. This makes it more difficult for us to evaluate the effectiveness of keywords, and hence the effectiveness of our solutions may be compromised, which would result in client departure and reputation damages, and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Regulatory, legislative or self-regulatory developments for online businesses, including privacy and data protection regimes, are expansive, not clearly defined and rapidly evolving. These laws and regulations could create unexpected costs, subject us to enforcement actions for compliance failures, or restrict portions of our business or cause us to change our technology platform or business model.

Governments around the world, including the PRC and Hong Kong governments, have enacted or are considering legislation related to online businesses. There may be an increase in legislation and regulation related to online marketing, the use of geo-location data to inform marketing, the collection and use of anonymous internet user data and unique device identifiers, such as IP address or mobile unique device identifiers, and other data protection and privacy regulation. Some of our competitors may have more access to lobbyists or governmental officials and may use that access to effect statutory or regulatory changes in a manner to commercially harm us while favoring their solutions. These laws and regulations could adversely affect the demand for or effectiveness and value of our solutions, force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices in a manner that could adversely affect our business and results of operations or compromise our ability to effectively pursue our growth strategies.

We primarily target Chinese language internet users in China for our marketers from all over the world. As a result, we may be directly or indirectly subject to the laws and regulations on online marketing, including data and privacy laws, of multiple jurisdictions. In recent years, the PRC government has enacted legislation on internet use to protect personal information from any unauthorized disclosure. For example, the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services, promulgated by the Chinese Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or MIIT, stipulate that internet information service providers must not, without a user’s consent, collect the user’s personal information that can reveal the identity of the user whether by itself or when used in combination with other information, and must not provide any such information to third parties without prior consent from the user. In addition, internet information service providers shall inform their users about their service scope and shall not use users’ information beyond such scope or collect any other information that is irrelevant to the services they provide. In Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Personal Data Ordinance prohibits an internet company collecting information about its users, analyzing

 

26

---

Table of Contents

the information for a profile of the user’s interests or selling or transmitting the profiles to third parties for direct marketing purposes unless it has obtained the user’s consent. The European Union has adopted the EU e-Privacy Directive and is considering reforms to its existing data protection legal framework. In addition, the EU Directive 2009/136/EC, commonly referred to as the “Cookie Directive,” directs EU member states to ensure that accessing information on an internet user’s computer, such as through a cookie, is allowed only if the internet user has given his or her consent. The U.S. government has announced that it is reviewing the need for greater regulation of the collection of consumer information, including regulation aimed at restricting some targeted advertising practices.

We strive to comply with all applicable laws and regulations relating to privacy and data collection, processing, use, and disclosure. These laws and regulations are continually evolving, are not always clear, and are not always consistent across the jurisdictions in which we do business, and the measures we take to comply with these laws, regulations and industry standards may not always be effective. We may be subject to litigation or enforcement action or reduced demand for our solutions if we or our marketers fail to abide by applicable privacy laws or to provide adequate notice and/or obtain consent from end users. In addition, some of our content distribution channels require us to indemnify and hold them harmless from the costs or consequences of litigation resulting from using their networks. Any proceeding or perception of concerns relating to our collection, use, disclosure, and retention of data, including our security measures applicable to the data we collect, whether or not valid, could harm our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts on defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business and inhibit the use of our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.

We are subject to, and may expend significant resources in defending against, government actions and civil claims in connection with false, fraudulent, misleading or otherwise illegal marketing content for which we provide design, production or agency services.

Under PRC Advertising Law, where an advertising operator provides advertising design, production or agency services with respect to an advertisement when it knows or should have known that the advertisement is false, fraudulent, misleading or otherwise illegal, the competent PRC authority may confiscate the advertising operator’s advertising revenue from such services, impose penalties, order it to cease dissemination of such false, fraudulent, misleading or otherwise illegal advertisement or correct such advertisement, or suspend or revoke its business licenses under certain serious circumstances.

Under the PRC Advertising Law, “advertising operators” include any natural person, legal person or other organization that provides advertising design, production or agency services to advertisers for their advertising activities. Since our solutions involve provision of agency services to marketers, including helping them identify, engage and convert audience, and create content catering to their potential clients across different content distribution channels, we are deemed as an “advertising operator” under the PRC Advertising Law. Therefore, we are required to examine advertising content for which we provide agency services for compliance with applicable laws, notwithstanding the fact that the advertising content may have been previously published, and that the advertisers also bear liabilities for the content in their advertisements. In addition, for advertising content related to certain types of products and services, such as alcohol, cosmetics, pharmaceuticals and medical procedures, we are expected to confirm that the advertisers have obtained requisite government approvals, including operating qualifications, proof of quality inspection for the advertised products, government pre-approval of the content of the advertisements and filings with the local authorities. Although we have established internal policies to review and vet advertising content before it is placed on a content distribution channel to ensure compliance with applicable laws, we cannot ensure that each advertisement for which we provide agency services complies with all PRC laws and regulations relevant to advertising activities, that supporting documentation provided by our clients is authentic or complete, or that we are able to identify and rectify all non-compliances in a timely manner.

Moreover, civil claims may be filed against us for fraud, defamation, subversion, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or other violations due to the nature and content of the information for which we provide

 

27

---

Table of Contents

design, production or agency services. For example, we generally represent and warrant in our contracts with content distribution channels as to the truthfulness of the advertising content that we place on these channels, and agree to indemnify the content distribution channels for any losses resulting from false, fraudulent, misleading or otherwise illegal advertising content that we place on these content distribution channels. On the other hand, not all our marketing campaign contracts contain a back-to-back representation and warranty as to the truthfulness of the advertising content or an indemnity provision where the clients undertake to hold us harmless in case we incur losses arising out of any false, fraudulent, misleading or otherwise illegal advertising content. In the event we are subject to government actions or civil claims in connection with false, fraudulent, misleading or otherwise illegal marketing content for which we provide agency services, our reputation, business and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If we are not able to grow efficiently to meet our clients’ increasing needs, our operating results could be harmed.

As usage of our solutions grows, we will need to devote additional resources to improving our system infrastructure. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including account servicing staff, to serve marketers’ growing demands. We cannot assure you these improvements and expansions to our infrastructure and staff will be fully or effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all. Even if we are able to upgrade our systems and expand our staff, such expansion may be expensive and complex and require our management’s time and attention. We could also face inefficiencies or operational failures as a result of our efforts to scale our infrastructure and expand our staff. Any of these could impair the performance of our platform, reduce customer satisfaction and lead to client departure, which could harm our reputation and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we fail to offer high-quality account services, our business and reputation may suffer.

Our success in marketing and sale of our solutions and retention and expansion of client base depends on our ability to maintain a consistently high level of customer services, client education and technical support, which requires that our account servicing personnel have specific marketing domain knowledge and expertise. If we are unable to hire and train a sufficient number of support staff to provide effective and timely support to our clients, our clients’ appreciation of, or satisfaction with, our solutions may be adversely affected, resulting in reduced client spending or departure and adversely affect our reputation and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we fail to innovate, adapt and respond timely and effectively to rapidly changing technologies and new trends in online marketing, our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete.

Our future success will depend on our ability to continuously innovate, enhance and broaden our solutions to meet evolving marketing needs, and address technological advancements and new trends in online marketing, in particular the growing popularity of online marketing via mobile channel. We may not be able to timely identify and respond to these new trends. The design of mobile devices and operating systems is controlled by third parties with which we do not have any formal relationship. These parties frequently introduce new devices, and from time to time they may introduce new operating systems or modify existing ones. Network carriers may also restrict our ability to access specific content on mobile devices. If we fail to innovate or adapt our technologies and solutions so that they are compatible with these devices or operating systems, which in turn require that we maintain adequate research and development personnel and resources, our solutions may become less competitive or obsolete. In addition, any new solution that we develop may not receive wide acceptance as we anticipated. Any of these events could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and prospects.

 

28

---

Table of Contents

If we are unable to protect our proprietary information or other intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.

We rely on a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, and contractual restrictions, including through confidentiality, non-disclosure and assignment of invention assignment agreements with our key employees, consultants and third parties with whom we do business, to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property. Policing any misappropriation, unauthorized use or reverse engineering our proprietary information and other intellectual property is difficult and costly and the steps we have taken may be inadequate. For example, contractual restrictions may be breached, and we may not succeed in enforcing our rights or have adequate remedies for any breach of laws or contractual restrictions. In addition, we may not be able to enter into agreements or arrangements with everyone who has access to our proprietary information or contributes to the development of our intellectual property. Moreover, our trade secrets may be disclosed to or otherwise become known or be independently developed by competitors, and in these situations we may have no or limited rights to stop others’ use of our information. Furthermore, to the extent that our employees, consultants or other third parties with whom we do business use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights to such intellectual property. If, for any of the above reasons, our intellectual property is disclosed or misappropriated, it would have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technologies or any other aspects of our business infringe on the intellectual property rights of others.

As we continue to expand and as litigation or other similar proceedings become more common in resolving commercial disputes, we face a higher risk of being subject to intellectual property infringement claims. Companies in the internet, technology and media industries are increasingly bringing and becoming subject to suits alleging infringement of proprietary rights. The validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property rights in internet-related industries are uncertain and evolving. In particular, our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. At times, third parties may adopt trade names or trademarks similar to those of ours, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered or unregistered trademarks that are similar to our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If a third party has been using in commerce any mark that is confusingly similar to our trade names or trademarks, or has registered any such marks, prior to our use or registration of our trade names or trademarks, such third party could potentially bring infringement claims against us depending on the territory of the use or registration. Any such claim would require us to incur significant costs to defend, and if we are unsuccessful, we may be subject to an injunction and/or required to pay significant damages or spend significant time and resources to rebrand any relevant products or services.

We have received in the past, and expect to receive in the future, notices that claim we have infringed, misappropriated or misused other parties’ trademark and other intellectual property rights. For example, in January 2015, iClick, Inc., a company incorporated in the state of Washington in the United States and the owner of a U.S. registered trademark for the term “iClick” filed an action in the United States District Court for the District of Colorado against one of our subsidiaries in Hong Kong, iClick Interactive Asia Limited, alleging trademark and trade name infringement and unfair competition, among others. The basis of iClick Inc.’s claims arose from iClick Interactive Asia Limited’s use of the name iClick in the United States. We believe these claims lacked merit, primarily because the parties offer different goods and services, and therefore any chance of consumer confusion is remote. However, to avoid the costs and uncertainty of litigation, we settled the lawsuit in January 2016. Furthermore, we have not conducted any trademark clearance searches in the United States nor have we obtained any registrations or filed any applications for the registration of our trade names or trademarks in the United States. Although common law and federal law in the United States provide unregistered mark in use in the United States with protection against infringement, such protection is only limited to the geographic areas

 

29

---

Table of Contents

where such mark is in use. Therefore, we may not be able to effectively enforce and protect our trade names or trademark throughout the United States. Any litigation or other proceedings on intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, divert management resources, and may impede our ability to use existing or develop new technologies or expand into new markets, any of which could have a material adverse effect upon our business and results of operations.

Past and future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnership or alliance could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In July 2015, we acquired OptAim, a mobile marketing business. Since the acquisition, we have substantially expanded our mobile marketing business, with OptAim’s complementary mobile analytics, attribution technologies, and content distribution channel partners that allow marketers to track and optimize marketing campaigns on mobile channels. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in fully integrating, utilizing and leveraging OptAim’s business and technologies to further expand our mobile business and cross-channel capabilities, which may adversely affect our ability to achieve growth and business objectives, and have a material adverse effect upon our business and results of operations.

In addition, future acquisitions, strategic investments, partnerships or alliances could be difficult to integrate, divert the attention of key management personnel, disrupt our business, dilute shareholder value and adversely affect our business and results of operations. We have limited experience in acquiring and integrating businesses, products and technologies. If we identify an appropriate acquisition candidate, we may not be successful in negotiating the terms and/or financing of the acquisition, and our due diligence may fail to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired business, product or technology, including issues related to intellectual property, product quality or architecture, regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition or other accounting practices or employee or client issues. Any acquisition or investment may require us to use significant amounts of cash, issue potentially dilutive equity securities or incur debt. In addition, acquisitions, including our recent acquisitions of OptAim, involve numerous risks, any of which could harm our business, including:

 

•

difficulties in integrating the operations, technologies, services and personnel of acquired businesses, especially if those businesses operate outside of our core competency;

 

•

cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;

 

•

reputation and perception risks associated with the acquired product or technology by the general public;

 

•

ineffectiveness or incompatibility of acquired technologies or solutions;

 

•

potential loss of key employees of acquired businesses;

 

•

inability to maintain the key business relationships and the reputations of acquired businesses;

 

•

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

•

litigation for activities of the acquired company, including claims from terminated employees, clients, former shareholders or other third parties;

 

•

failure to identify all of the problems, liabilities or other shortcomings or challenges of an acquired company, technology, or solution, including issues related to intellectual property, solution quality or architecture, regulatory compliance practices, revenue recognition or other accounting practices or employee or client issues;

 

•

in the case of foreign acquisitions, the need to integrate operations across different cultures and languages and to address the particular economic, currency, political and regulatory risks associated with specific countries;

 

30

---

Table of Contents

•

costs necessary to establish and maintain effective internal controls for acquired businesses;

 

•

failure to successfully further develop the acquired technology in order to recoup our investment; and

 

•

increased fixed costs.

If we are unable to successfully fully integrate any future business, product or technology we acquire, our business, financial conditions and results of operations may suffer.

We may be required to record significant impairment charges as a result of our acquisition of OptAim.

As of June 30, 2017, we had US$48.5 million of goodwill, which represented approximately 32.5% of our total assets, the majority of which was related to OptAim and its subsidiaries, VIE and VIE’s subsidiary. Goodwill is recorded at fair value and is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In evaluating the potential for impairment of goodwill, we make assumptions regarding future operating performance, business trends, and market and economic conditions. Such analyzes further require us to make judgmental assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates, and discount rates.

There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and to management’s judgment in applying these factors to the assessment of goodwill recoverability. Any possible changes in our judgmental assumptions on which the recoverability of goodwill is based would cause a change in the recoverable amounts of goodwill. In addition, we could be required to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill prior to the annual assessment if there are any impairment indicators, including experiencing disruptions to the business, unexpected significant declines in operating results, divestiture of a significant component of our business or market capitalization declines, any of which could be caused by our failure to manage OptAim or to successfully integrate its operations with our other operations. Impairment charges could negatively affect our reported earnings and financial ratios in the periods of such charges and limit our ability to obtain financing in the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – the Effect of Our Acquisition of OptAim” and “— Critical Accounting Policies — Impairment of Goodwill” for more information.

If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal controls and procedures. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting. In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting as well as other control deficiencies, in accordance with the standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board of the United States, or the PCAOB.

As defined in the standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The two material weaknesses identified relate to (1) the lack of sufficient accounting personnel with appropriate understanding of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements, and (2) the lack of a comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual to facilitate preparation of U.S. GAAP financial statements, which inhibits our subsidiaries’ ability to prepare consolidation from local books based on PRC GAAP and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards to their U.S. GAAP basis information for group financial reporting and imposes a risk that adjustments to U.S. GAAP are not identified in a timely manner. We have taken measures and plan to continue to take measures to remediate these weaknesses. For details, see “Management’s

 

31

---

Table of Contents

Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address the material weaknesses and other control deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, and we cannot conclude that they have been fully remedied. Our failure to correct the material weaknesses and other control deficiencies, or our failure to discover and address any other control deficiencies could result in inaccuracies in our financial statements, and could also impair our ability to comply with applicable financial reporting requirements and related regulatory filings on a timely basis.

Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm has undertaken a comprehensive assessment of our internal control for purposes of identifying and reporting material weaknesses, significant deficiencies and other control deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting as we and they will be required to do once we become a public company. In light of the number of material weaknesses and other control deficiencies that were identified as a result of the limited procedures performed, we believe it is possible that, had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional control deficiencies may have been identified.

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2018. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm must attest to and report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ADSs. Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions.

Failures or disruption in any systems, software or hardware infrastructure supporting our platform and solutions could significantly disrupt our operation and cause us to lose clients or partners.

The optimal performance of our solutions relies on the continued and uninterrupted performance of our systems, software and hardware infrastructure, and security and integrity of our data. They are vulnerable to damages from a variety of sources, some of which are out of our control, including telecommunications failures, power outages, cyber-attacks, or other malicious human acts and natural disasters. Any steps we take to increase the reliability and redundancy of our systems, software and hardware infrastructure supporting our platform and

 

32

---

Table of Contents

solutions and to improve the security of our data assets may be expensive and may not be successful in preventing system failures or disruption. For example, techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage our data or otherwise hack our systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until launched against a target. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Sustained or repeated failures or disruption in our systems, including from security breaches, whether actual or perceived, could significantly reduce the attractiveness of our solutions, harm our reputation, result in our liabilities and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

In addition, our business may be negatively affected by interruptions or delays in services provided by third-party system or infrastructure providers that we rely upon. We currently lease data centers and utilize related equipment and services from third-party data center providers. All of our data gathering and analytics are conducted on, and the marketing content we deliver are processed through, our servers located in these data centers and their cloud. We also rely on bandwidth providers and internet information service providers to deliver marketing content. While we have disaster recovery arrangements in place, our testing in actual disasters or similar events is limited and any damage to, or failure of, the systems or facilities of our third-party providers, including as a result of any occurrence of a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close any data center or the facilities of any other third-party provider without adequate notice, or other unanticipated problems at these facilities, could adversely impact our ability to deliver our solution to marketers and have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our inability to use software licensed from third parties, including open source software could negatively affect our ability to sell our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

Our technology platform incorporates software licensed from third parties, including open source software, which we use without charge. Although we monitor our use of open source software, the terms of many open source licenses to which we are subject have not been interpreted by courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to provide our solution to our clients. In addition, the terms of open source software licenses may require us to provide software that we develop using such software to others on unfavorable license terms. For example, certain open source licenses may require us to offer the components of our platform that incorporate the open source software for free, to make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software, and to license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license.

In the future, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our solution, in which case licenses may not be available on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. Alternatively, we may need to re-engineer our solutions or discontinue use of portions of the functionality provided by our solutions. Our inability to use third-party software could result in disruptions to our business, or delays in the development of future offerings or enhancements of our existing platform, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If we fail to detect fraud or serve marketers’ marketing content on undesirable websites, our reputation will suffer, which would harm our brand and negatively impact our business and results of operations.

Our business depends in part on providing marketers with solutions that they can trust, and we have contractual commitments to take reasonable measures to prevent marketer’s marketing content from appearing on undesirable websites. We use proprietary technologies and third party services to detect click fraud and block inventory on websites with inappropriate content. However, technologies utilized by bad actors are constantly evolving. Preventing and combating fraud and inappropriate content requires constant vigilance and investment of time and resources. We may not always be successful in our efforts to do so. If we serve marketing content on websites that are objectionable to marketers, or inadvertently purchase content distribution opportunities for marketers that proves to be unacceptable for their marketing campaigns, such as fraudulent bot generated

 

33

---

Table of Contents

impressions, we may lose business and incur damages to our brand and reputation. In addition, we may be exposed to liabilities or the need to provide credits or refunds to our clients, and our business and results of operations may be harmed.

Any negative publicity with respect to us, the online marketing industry in general or our partners may materially and adversely affect our reputation, business and results of operations.

Complaints, litigation, regulatory actions or other negative publicity that arise about the online marketing industry in general or our company in particular, including on the quality, effectiveness and reliability of online marketing solutions, privacy and security practices, and online marketing content, even if inaccurate, could adversely affect our reputation and client confidence in, and the use of, our solutions. Harm to our reputation and client confidence can also arise for many other reasons, including employee misconduct, misconduct of our data and content distribution channel partners, data center providers or other counterparties, failure by these persons or entities to meet minimum quality standards or otherwise fulfill their contractual obligations or to comply with applicable laws and regulations. Additionally, negative publicity with respect to our data or content distribution channel partners could also affect our business and results of operation to the extent that we rely on these partners or if marketers or marketing agencies associate our company with such partners.

If we fail to promote or maintain our brand in a cost-efficient manner, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand in a cost-effective manner is critical to achieving widespread acceptance of our solutions, and is an important element in attracting new clients and partners. Furthermore, we believe that the importance of brand recognition will increase as competition in our market increases. Successful promotion of our brand will depend largely on our ability to deliver value propositions to marketers and on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts. In the past, our efforts to build our brand have involved significant expenses and promotion of our brand may be subject to restrictions and challenges. For example, as part of the settlement of the trademark infringement lawsuit brought by iClick, Inc. in January 2015, although we are free to use the term “iClick” in connection with our business in the United States, we are subject to ongoing obligations and restrictions to certain types of marketing and promotion that contain that term. In addition, our brand promotion activities may not yield increased revenue, and even if they do, any increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incurred in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, or incur substantial expenses in an unsuccessful attempt to promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract enough new clients or retain our existing clients and our business and results of operations can be materially and adversely affected.

Misconduct, errors and failure to function by our employees could harm our business and reputation.

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including the risk of misconduct and errors by our employees. Our business depends on our employees to process a large number of marketing campaigns orders, which involve the use of audience data and marketers’ business information. We could be materially adversely affected if such data or information was disclosed to unintended recipients or if we experience an operational breakdown or failure in the processing of a marketing campaign whether as a result of human error, a purposeful sabotage or a fraudulent manipulation of our operations or systems. We could also be materially adversely affected if our employees absconded with our proprietary data or used our know-how to compete with us. Although employees have left our company in the past and may have violated the non-compete and non-solicitation clauses in their employment agreements with little impact on our business, future violations of these clauses could have a material adverse effect on our business. Any of these occurrences could result in our diminished ability to operate our business, potential liability to our clients, inability to attract future clients, reputational damage, regulatory intervention and financial harm, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

 

34

---

Table of Contents

We may not be able to obtain additional capital when desired, on favorable terms or at all.

We intend to continue to make investments to support our business growth and may require additional funds, beyond those generated by this offering, to respond to business challenges, including to better support and serve our clients and provide better terms for our clients to capture more market share, develop new features or enhance our platform and solutions, improve our operating and technology infrastructure or acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in public or private equity, equity-linked or debt financings to secure additional funds. If we raise additional funds through future issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing shareholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of holders of our ordinary shares. Any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, including the ability to pay dividends. This may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions. We may not be able to obtain additional financing on terms favorable to us, if at all. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business growth and respond to business challenges could be significantly impaired, and our business and prospects could be adversely affected.

If we do not retain our senior management team, including our founders, and key employees, or attract additional technology and sales talents, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.

Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management team, including our founders, Sammy Hsieh, Ricky Ng and Jian Tang. Our management team is currently spread across multiple physical locations and geographies, which can strain the organization and make coordinated management more challenging. Our future success also depends on our ability to continue to attract, retain and motivate highly skilled employees, particularly employees with technical skills that enable us to deliver effective marketing solutions, and sales and marketing, and publisher development and support personnel with experience in online marketing. Competition for these employees in our industry is intense. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain these management, technical, sales and marketing and publisher development and support personnel who are critical to our success, resulting in harm to our key marketer and publisher relationships, loss of key information, expertise or proprietary knowledge and unanticipated recruitment and training costs. The loss of the services of our senior management or other key employees could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals.

Increases in labor costs in the PRC may adversely affect our business and results of operations. Most of our employees are based in China. Chinese economy has experienced increases in inflation and labor costs in recent years. As a result, average wages in the PRC are expected to continue to increase. In addition, we are required by PRC laws and regulations to pay various statutory employee benefits, including pension, housing fund, medical insurance, work-related injury insurance, unemployment insurance and maternity insurance to designated government agencies for the benefit of our employees. We expect that our labor costs, including wages and employee benefits, will continue to increase. Unless we are able to control our labor costs or pass on these increased labor costs to our users by increasing the fees of our services, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

We face risks related to natural disasters, health epidemics and other outbreaks, which could significantly disrupt our operations.

We are vulnerable to natural disasters and other calamities. Fire, floods, typhoons, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, war, riots, terrorist attacks or similar events may give rise to server interruptions, breakdowns, system failures, technology platform failures or internet failures, which could cause the loss or corruption of data or malfunctions of software or hardware as well as adversely affect our ability to

 

35

---

Table of Contents

provide solutions and services on our platform. Our business could also be adversely affected by the effects of Ebola virus disease, Zika virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome, or SARS, or other epidemics. Our business operations could be disrupted if any of our employees is suspected of having Ebola virus disease, Zika virus disease, H1N1 flu, H7N9 flu, avian flu, SARS or other epidemic, since it could require our employees to be quarantined and/or our offices to be disinfected. In addition, our results of operations could be adversely affected to the extent that any of these epidemics harms the Chinese economy in general.

Most of our system hardware and back-up systems are hosted in leased facilities in Hong Kong, Shanghai, Beijing, Guangzhou and Zhejiang province, and most of our directors, senior management and employees are based in Hong Kong, Shanghai and Beijing. Therefore, if any of the above-mentioned natural disasters, health epidemics or other outbreaks were to occur in these regions, our operations may experience material disruptions, such as temporary closure of our offices and suspension of services, which may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We do not have any business insurance coverage.

Insurance companies in China currently do not offer as extensive an array of insurance products as insurance companies in more developed economies. Currently, we do not have any business liability or disruption insurance to cover our operations. We have determined that the costs of insuring for these risks and the difficulties associated with acquiring such insurance on commercially reasonable terms make it impractical for us to have such insurance. Any uninsured business disruptions may result in our incurring substantial costs and the diversion of resources, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure

We will need to continue to rely on the contractual arrangements that establish the structure for certain of our operations in China when and to the extent our operations are deemed as foreign-related survey.

Foreign ownership in advertising business used to be subject to certain restrictions under the PRC laws and regulations. For example, according to the Administrative Provisions on Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises, which were abolished in June 2015, foreign investors were required to meet several conditions in order to invest in PRC advertising business, such as a minimum number of years of advertising-related experience and an approval from the relevant PRC regulatory authority. OptAim, which we acquired in July 2015, is a Cayman Islands company and OptAim Beijing, its PRC subsidiary, is considered a foreign invested enterprise, or FIE. To comply with the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, including the Administrative Provisions on Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises, OptAim Beijing entered into a set of contractual arrangements with OptAim Network and its shareholders. For a detailed description of these contractual arrangements, see “Corporate History and Structure.” As a result of these contractual arrangements, we exert control over OptAim Network and its wholly owned subsidiary, Zhiyunzhong, and consolidate their operating results in our financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

We are in the process of transferring the business operated by our VIE, OptAim Network, to our wholly owned subsidiaries. We expect that by the end of 2018, OptAim Beijing will replace OptAim Network as contracting party for all our mobile audience solution business that are operated by OptAim. However, we cannot assure you that such transition will be completed in a timely manner or at all as some of our clients may not be willing to enter into contracts with a new signing entity or OptAim Beijing may not have the necessary infrastructure to support the transition of all our mobile audience solution business operated by OptAim. Therefore, OptAim may continue to conduct part of its business in China through the contractual arrangements between OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and its shareholders. In 2016, OptAim contributed 44.8% to our gross billing and 53.6% of our net revenues and in the six months ended June 30, 2017, OptAim contributed 60.1% to our gross billing and 74.1% of our net revenues.

 

36

---

Table of Contents

Under the Measures on the Administration of Foreign-related Surveys, or the Foreign-related Surveys Measures, promulgated by the National Bureau of Statistics of China on October 13, 2004, no individual or organization may conduct any foreign-related survey without a license for foreign-related survey granted by the National Bureau of Statistics in China or its local counterparts. Under the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce and National Development and Reform Commission on March 10, 2015, only a domestic enterprise or a sino-foreign enterprise which meets the several requirements stipulated in the Foreign-related Surveys Measures can apply for a license for the foreign-related survey. We do not believe our collection and use of multiple kinds of data from multiple sources in China to improve the cost-effectiveness of marketing campaigns for marketers in and outside China fall within the scope of “foreign-related survey” under the Foreign-related Survey Measures. However, there are uncertainties under the PRC Laws whether such activities may be deemed as “foreign-related survey”, which would require a foreign-related survey license from the National Bureau of Statistics in China or its local counterparts. In light of these uncertainties and out of prudence, we, through our VIE OptAim Network applied for and were granted a foreign-related survey license on June 6, 2017 by the Chinese National Bureau of Statistics. If the PRC regulatory authorities disagree with our interpretation of what would constitute foreign-related survey and enforcement practices on foreign-related survey licensing requirement or if we expand our business scope to engage in activities falling within the scope of foreign-related survey, we will need to continue to rely on OptAim Bejing’s contractual arrangements with OptAim Network and its shareholders to conduct certain of our operations in China, including to transfer such operations to our VIE to the extent they are deemed foreign-related survey.

In the opinion of our PRC counsel, Jingtian & Gongcheng, our current ownership structure, the ownership structure of our PRC subsidiaries, our consolidated variable interest entity and its subsidiary, and the contractual arrangements among OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network are not in violation of existing PRC laws, rules and regulations; and these contractual arrangements are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with their terms and applicable PRC laws and regulations currently in effect. However, Jingtian & Gongcheng has also advised us that there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current or future PRC laws and regulations and there can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with the opinion of our PRC counsel.

It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws, rules or regulations relating to variable interest entity structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. In particular, in January 2015, the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOC, published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law for public review and comments. Among other things, the draft Foreign Investment Law expands the definition of foreign investment and introduces the principle of “actual control” in determining whether a company is considered a foreign-invested enterprise, or an FIE. Under the draft Foreign Investment Law, variable interest entities would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors, and be subject to restrictions on foreign investments. However, the draft law has not taken a position on what actions will be taken with respect to the existing companies with the “variable interest entity” structure, whether or not these companies are controlled by Chinese parties. It is uncertain when the draft would be signed into law and whether the final version would have any substantial changes from the draft. See “Regulation — Regulations on Foreign Investment” and “— Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the enactment timetable, interpretation and implementation of draft PRC Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.” If the ownership structure, contractual arrangements and business of our company, our PRC subsidiaries or our consolidated variable interest entity and its subsidiary are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or we fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant governmental authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violation, including levying fines, confiscating our income or the income of our PRC subsidiaries, consolidated variable interest entity or its subsidiary, revoking the business licenses or operating licenses of our PRC subsidiaries, consolidated variable interest entity or its subsidiary, shutting down our servers or blocking our online platform, discontinuing or placing restrictions or onerous conditions on our operations, requiring us to undergo a costly and disruptive restructuring, restricting or prohibiting our use of proceeds from this offering to

 

37

---

Table of Contents

finance our business and operations in China, and taking other regulatory or enforcement actions that could be harmful to our business. Any of these actions could cause significant disruption to our business operations and severely damage our reputation, which would in turn materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. If any of these occurrences results in our inability to direct the activities of our consolidated variable interest entity and its subsidiary, and/or our failure to receive economic benefits from our consolidated variable interest entity and its subsidiary, we may not be able to consolidate their results into our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

We rely on contractual arrangements with our variable interest entity and its shareholders for certain of our business operations, which may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing operational control.

We have relied and expect to continue to rely on contractual arrangements with our variable interest entity, OptAim Network, and its shareholders for part of our online marketing business on mobile channels in China, as well as certain other complementary businesses, subject to the completion of the transfers of all the marketing campaign contracts executed by our VIE entity to our wholly owned PRC subsidiary, and to the extent our operations are deemed as foreign-related survey. For a description of these contractual arrangements, see “Corporate History and Structure.” These contractual arrangements may not be as effective as direct ownership in providing us with control over our consolidated variable interest entity and its subsidiary.

If we had direct ownership of OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong, we would be able to exercise our rights as a shareholder to effect changes in the board of directors of OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong, which in turn could implement changes, subject to any applicable fiduciary obligations, at the management and operational level. However, under the current contractual arrangements, we rely on the performance by OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network of their obligations under the contracts to exercise control over our consolidated variable interest entity and its subsidiary. The shareholders of our consolidated variable interest entity may not act in the best interests of our company or may not perform their obligations under these contracts. Such risks exist throughout the period in which we intend to operate our business through the contractual arrangements with OptAim Network and its shareholders. In addition, if any third party claims any interest in such shareholders’ equity interests in OptAim Network, our ability to exercise shareholders’ rights or foreclose the share pledge according to the contractual arrangements may be impaired. Therefore, our contractual arrangements with our consolidated variable interest entity may not be as effective in ensuring our control over the relevant portion of our business operations as direct ownership would be.

Any failure by our variable interest entity or its shareholders to perform their obligations under our contractual arrangements with them would have a material adverse effect on our business.

If our consolidated variable interest entity or its shareholders fail to perform their respective obligations under the contractual arrangements, we may have to incur substantial costs and expend additional resources to enforce such arrangements. We may also have to rely on legal remedies under PRC laws, including seeking specific performance or injunctive relief, and claiming damages, which we cannot assure you will be effective under PRC laws. For example, if the shareholders of OptAim Network were to refuse to transfer their equity interest in OptAim Network to us or our designee if we exercise the purchase option pursuant to these contractual arrangements, or if they were otherwise to act in bad faith toward us, then we may have to take legal actions to compel them to perform their contractual obligations. In addition, if any third parties claim any interest in such shareholders’ equity interests in OptAim Network, our ability to exercise shareholders’ rights or foreclose the share pledge according to the contractual arrangements may be impaired.

All the agreements under our contractual arrangements are governed by PRC laws and provide for the resolution of disputes through arbitration in China. Accordingly, these contracts would be interpreted in accordance with PRC laws and any disputes would be resolved in accordance with PRC legal procedures. The legal system in the PRC is different from some other jurisdictions, such as the United States. As a result, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements.

 

38

---

Table of Contents

Meanwhile, there are very few precedents and little formal guidance as to how contractual arrangements in the context of a consolidated variable interest entity should be interpreted or enforced under PRC laws. There remain significant uncertainties regarding the ultimate outcome of such arbitration should legal action become necessary. In addition, under PRC laws, rulings by arbitrators are final and parties cannot appeal arbitration results in court unless such rulings are revoked or determined unenforceable by a competent court. If the losing parties fail to carry out the arbitration awards within a prescribed time limit, the prevailing parties may only enforce the arbitration awards in PRC courts through arbitration award recognition proceedings, which would require additional expenses and delay. In the event that we are unable to enforce these contractual arrangements, or if we suffer significant delay or other obstacles in the process of enforcing these contractual arrangements, we may not be able to exert effective control over our consolidated variable interest entity and its subsidiary, and our ability to conduct our business may be negatively affected.

The shareholders of our variable interest entity, may have potential conflicts of interest with us, which may materially and adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The equity interests of OptAim Network are held by Mr. Jian Tang, who is our co-founder, director, chief operating officer and chief technology officer, and Ms. Jie Jiao, who is our chief financial officer. Their interests may differ from the interests of our company as a whole. These shareholders may breach, or cause our consolidated variable interest entity to breach, or refuse to renew the existing contractual arrangements we have with them and our consolidated variable interest entity, which would have a material adverse effect on our ability to effectively control our consolidated variable interest entity and receive economic benefits from them. For example, the shareholders may be able to cause our agreements with OptAim Network to be performed in a manner adverse to us by, among other things, failing to remit payments due under the contractual arrangements to us on a timely basis. We cannot assure you that when conflicts of interest arise, any or all of these shareholders will act in the best interests of our company or such conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

Currently, we do not have any arrangements to address potential conflicts of interest between these shareholders and our company, except that we could exercise our purchase option under the second amended and restated exclusive option agreement with these shareholders to request them to transfer all of their equity interests in OptAim Network to a PRC entity or individual designated by us, to the extent permitted by PRC laws. If we cannot resolve any conflict of interest or dispute between us and the shareholders of OptAim Network, we would have to rely on legal proceedings, which could result in the disruption of our business and subject us to substantial uncertainty as to the outcome of any such legal proceedings.

Contractual arrangements in relation to our variable interest entity may be subject to scrutiny by the PRC tax authorities and they may determine that we or our PRC variable interest entity owe additional taxes, which could negatively affect our results of operations and the value of your investment.

Under applicable PRC laws and regulations, arrangements and transactions among related parties may be subject to audit or challenge by the PRC tax authorities within ten years after the taxable year when the transactions are conducted. The PRC enterprise income tax law requires every enterprise in China to submit its annual enterprise income tax return together with a report on transactions with its related parties to the relevant tax authorities. The tax authorities may impose reasonable adjustments on taxation if they have identified any related party transactions that are inconsistent with arm’s length principles. We may face material and adverse tax consequences if the PRC tax authorities determine that the contractual arrangements between our wholly owned subsidiary OptAim Beijing, our variable interest entity OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network were not entered into on an arm’s length basis in such a way as to result in an impermissible reduction in taxes under applicable PRC laws, rules and regulations, and adjust OptAim Network’s income in the form of a transfer pricing adjustment. A transfer pricing adjustment could, among other things, result in a reduction of expense deductions recorded by OptAim Network for PRC tax purposes, which could in turn increase their tax liabilities without reducing OptAim Beijing’s tax expenses. In addition, if OptAim Beijing requests the shareholders of OptAim Network to transfer their equity interests in OptAim Network at nominal or no value

 

39

---

Table of Contents

pursuant to these contractual arrangements, such transfer could be viewed as a gift and subject OptAim Beijing to PRC income tax. Furthermore, the PRC tax authorities may impose late payment fees and other penalties on OptAim Network for the adjusted but unpaid taxes according to the applicable regulations. Our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if OptAim Network’s tax liabilities increase or if they are required to pay late payment fees and other penalties.

Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the enactment timetable, interpretation and implementation of draft PRC Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations.

The MOC published a discussion draft of the proposed Foreign Investment Law in January 2015 aiming to, upon its enactment, replace the trio of existing laws regulating foreign investment in China, namely, the Sino-foreign Equity Joint Venture Enterprise Law, the Sino-foreign Cooperative Joint Venture Enterprise Law and the Wholly Foreign-invested Enterprise Law, together with their implementation rules and ancillary regulations. The draft Foreign Investment Law embodies an expected PRC regulatory trend to rationalize its foreign investment regulatory regime in line with prevailing international practice and the legislative efforts to unify the corporate legal requirements for both foreign and domestic investments. The MOC is currently soliciting comments on this draft and substantial uncertainties exist with respect to its enactment timetable, interpretation and implementation. The draft Foreign Investment Law, if enacted as proposed, may materially impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate governance and business operations in many aspects.

Among other things, the draft Foreign Investment Law expands the definition of foreign investment and introduces the principle of “actual control” in determining whether a company is considered an FIE. The draft Foreign Investment Law specifically provides that entities established in China but “controlled” by foreign investors will be treated as FIEs, whereas an entity set up in a foreign jurisdiction would nonetheless be, upon market entry clearance by the MOC, treated as a PRC domestic investor provided that the entity is “controlled” by PRC entities and/or citizens. According to the draft Foreign Investment Law, once an entity is determined to be an FIE, it will be subject to the foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions set forth in a “catalogue of special administrative measures,” which is classified into the “catalogue of prohibitions” and “the catalogue of restrictions”, to be separately issued by the State Council later. Foreign investors are not allowed to invest in any sector set forth in the catalogue of prohibitions. Please see “Regulation — Regulations on Foreign Investment” for more details.

The draft Foreign Investment Law does not indicate what actions shall be taken with respect to companies with an existing VIE structure, whether or not these companies are controlled by Chinese parties. Moreover, it is uncertain whether the “catalogue of special administrative measures” to be issued will differ from the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries (Revised in 2015), or the 2015 Catalogue, and re-impose foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions on online marketing industry or advertising industry. If the enacted version of the Foreign Investment Law and the final “catalogue of special administrative measures” mandate further actions, such as the MOC market entry clearance, to be completed by companies with an existing VIE structure like us, and if online marketing industry or advertising industry becomes once again subject to the foreign investment restrictions or prohibitions or if our operations are deemed as foreign-related survey, we will face uncertainties as to whether such clearance can be timely obtained, or at all. If we are not able to obtain such clearance when required, our VIE structure may be regarded as invalid and illegal. As a result, we would not be able to (i) continue our business in China through our contractual arrangements with OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong, (ii) exert control over OptAim Network, (iii) receive the economic benefits of OptAim Network under such contractual arrangements, or (iv) consolidate the financial results of OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong. Were this to occur, our results of operations and financial condition would be materially and adversely affected.

The draft Foreign Investment Law, if enacted as proposed, may also materially impact our corporate governance practice and increase our compliance costs. For instance, the draft Foreign Investment Law imposes

 

40

---

Table of Contents

stringent ad hoc and periodic information reporting requirements on foreign investors and the applicable FIEs. Aside from an investment information report required at each investment, and investment amendment reports, which shall be submitted upon alteration of investment specifics, it is mandatory for entities established by foreign investors to submit an annual report, and large foreign investors meeting certain criteria are required to report on a quarterly basis. Any company found to be non-compliant with these reporting obligations may potentially be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities, and the persons directly responsible may be subject to criminal liabilities.

If we exercise the option to acquire equity ownership of OptAim Network, the ownership transfer may subject us to certain limitation and substantial costs.

Pursuant to the contractual arrangements, OptAim Beijing has the exclusive right to purchase all or any part of the equity interests in OptAim Network from OptAim Network’s shareholders for a nominal price, unless the relevant government authorities or then applicable PRC laws request that a minimum price amount be used as the purchase price, in such case the purchase price shall be the lowest amount under such request. The shareholders of OptAim Network will be subject to PRC individual income tax on the difference between the equity transfer price and the then current registered capital of our consolidated variable interest entity. Additionally, if such a transfer takes place, the competent tax authority may require OptAim Beijing to pay enterprise income tax for ownership transfer income with reference to the market value, in which case the amount of tax could be substantial.

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

Uncertainties in the interpretation and enforcement of PRC laws and regulations could limit the legal protections available to us.

The PRC legal system is based on written statutes. Unlike common law legal systems, prior court decisions may be cited for reference but have limited precedential value. The PRC legal system evolves rapidly, and the interpretations of many laws, regulations and rules may contain inconsistencies and enforcement of these laws, regulations and rules involves uncertainties.

From time to time, we may have to resort to administrative and court proceedings to enforce our legal rights. However, since PRC administrative and court authorities have significant discretion in interpreting and implementing statutory and contractual terms, it may be more difficult to evaluate the outcome of administrative and court proceedings and the level of legal protection we enjoy than in more developed legal systems. Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules (some of which are not published in a timely manner or at all) that may have retroactive effect. As a result, we may not be aware of our violation of these policies and rules until sometime after the violation. Such uncertainties, including uncertainty over the scope and effect of our contractual, property (including intellectual property) and procedural rights, could materially and adversely affect our business and impede our ability to continue our operations. Litigation in China may be protracted and result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention.

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Our primary operations are based in, and a substantial percentage of our revenue is generated from, China. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally and by continued economic growth in China as a whole.

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and

 

41

---

Table of Contents

allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall PRC economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate increases, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, and since 2012, the Chinese economy has slowed down. Any adverse changes in economic conditions in China, in the policies of the PRC government or in the laws and regulations in China could have a material adverse effect on the overall economic growth of China. Such developments could adversely affect our business and operating results, lead to reduction in demand for our services and adversely affect our competitive position.

A downturn in the Chinese or global economy could reduce the demand for our solutions, which could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The global financial markets have experienced significant disruptions since 2008 and the United States, Europe and other economies have experienced periods of recession. The recovery from the lows of 2008 and 2009 has been uneven and is facing new challenges, including the escalation of the European sovereign debt crisis from 2011 and the slowdown of the Chinese economy since 2012. It is unclear whether the Chinese economy will resume its high growth rate. Furthermore, the government of the United Kingdom held an in-or-out referendum on its membership in the European Union on June 23, 2016. The referendum resulted in a vote in favor of the exit of the United Kingdom from the European Union (“Brexit”). The uncertainty caused by Brexit could negatively impact all of the economies and market conditions of the European Union and/or worldwide, and could continue to contribute to instability in the global financial markets. There is considerable uncertainty over the long-term effects of the expansionary monetary and fiscal policies adopted by the central banks and financial authorities of some of the world’s leading economies, including the United States and China. There have also been concerns over unrest in Ukraine, the Middle East and Africa, which have resulted in volatility in financial and other markets. There have also been concerns about the economic effect of the tensions in the relationship between China and surrounding Asian countries. Economic conditions in China are sensitive to global economic conditions. Any prolonged slowdown in the global or Chinese economy may reduce the demand for our solutions and have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, continued turbulence in the international markets may adversely affect our ability to access the capital markets to meet liquidity needs.

We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company, used as a holding company, and we rely principally on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries for our cash requirements, including payment of dividends and other cash distributions to holders of our ordinary shares and services of any debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments

 

42

---

Table of Contents

governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiaries, as wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China, may pay dividends only out of their respective accumulated after-tax profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds, until the aggregate amount of such funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. At its discretion, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserve funds and staff welfare and bonus funds are not distributable as cash dividends.

In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require our PRC subsidiaries to adjust its taxable income under the contractual arrangements it currently has in place with our consolidated variable interest entity in a manner that would materially and adversely affect their ability to pay dividends and other distributions to us.

Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

Any funds we transfer to our PRC subsidiaries, either as a shareholder loan or as an increase in registered capital, are subject to approval by or registration with relevant governmental authorities in China. According to the relevant PRC regulations on foreign-invested enterprises in China, capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries are subject to the requirement of making necessary filings in the Foreign Investment Comprehensive Management Information System, or FICMIS, and registration with other governmental authorities in China. In addition, (a) any foreign loan procured by our PRC subsidiaries is required to be registered with the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, or its local branches, and (b) each of our PRC subsidiaries may not procure loans which exceed the difference between its registered capital and its total investment amount as recorded in FICMIS. Any medium or long term loan to be provided by us to our variable interest entity must be recorded and registered by the National Development and Reform Committee and the SAFE or its local branches. We may not complete such recording or registrations on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future capital contributions or foreign loans by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to complete such recording or registration, our ability to use the proceeds of this offering and to capitalize our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

In 2008, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on the Relevant Operating Issues Concerning the Improvement of the Administration of the Payment and Settlement of Foreign Currency Capital of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 142, which used to regulate the conversion by foreign-invested enterprises of foreign currency into Renminbi by restricting the usage of converted Renminbi. On March 30, 2015, the SAFE promulgated the Circular on Reforming the Management Approach Regarding the Foreign Exchange Capital Settlement of Foreign-Invested Enterprises, or SAFE Circular 19. SAFE Circular 19 took effect as of June 1, 2015 and superseded SAFE Circular 142 on the same date. SAFE Circular 19 launched a nationwide reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of foreign-invested enterprises and allows foreign-invested enterprises to settle their foreign exchange capital at their discretion, but continues to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from using the Renminbi fund converted from their foreign exchange capitals for expenditure beyond their business scopes, investment in security market, offering of entrustment loans or purchase of any investment properties. On June 9, 2016, the Notice of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Standardizing the Administrative Provisions on Capital Account Foreign Exchange Settlement, or SAFE Circular 16, was promulgated. In addition to restating the general principles of SAFE Circular 19, SAFE Circular 16 explicitly stipulates that foreign debts and repatriated funds raised through

 

43

---

Table of Contents

overseas listings as foreign exchange receipts can be settled discretionally. SAFE Circular 16 continues to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from using the Renminbi funds converted from their foreign exchange capitals for expenditures beyond their business scopes, investments in security market, offerings of entrustment loans or purchases of any investment properties. Although SAFE Circular 16 further relaxes the control over foreign exchange settlement of capital accounts, in practice, there are still several specific requirements that limit the abilities of PRC enterprises to access the offshore financing capitals, which may adversely affect our business, financial conditions and operating results.

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the price of our ADSs.

The value of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions in China and by China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar, and the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the Renminbi has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. On November 30, 2015, the Executive Board of the International Monetary Fund (IMF) completed the regular five-year review of the basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right, or the SDR, and decided that with effect from October 1, 2016, Renminbi is determined to be a freely usable currency and will be included in the SDR basket as a fifth currency, along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the Renminbi has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future. In addition, the People’s Bank of China may, from time to time, release policies and measures concerning the foreign exchange market to limit fluctuations in Renminbi exchange rates and for other policy considerations.

A substantial portion of our revenues and costs are denominated in Renminbi, whereas our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. Any significant depreciation of the Renminbi may materially and adversely affect our revenues, earnings and financial position as reported in U.S. dollars. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of the Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the Renminbi amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert our Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would have an adverse effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us.

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert Renminbi into foreign currency.

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the Renminbi into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive a substantial portion of our revenues in

 

44

---

Table of Contents

Renminbi. Under our current corporate structure, our company in the Cayman Islands relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries and HK subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from the SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulation, such as the overseas investment registrations by the beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents. However, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where the Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies, as enterprises shall duly file the cross-border financing contracts according to the Circular of the People’s Bank of China on Matters relating to the Macro-prudential Management of Full-covered Cross-border Financing for the Issuance of Foreign Debts by Enterprise, or Circular on Management of Cross-border Financing, effective on January 10, 2017, and any medium or long term loan to be provided by foreign entities to domestic enterprises must be recorded and registered by the National Development and Reform Committee, or the NDRC, according to the Circular on Promoting the Administrative Reform of the Record-filing and Registration System for the Issuance of Foreign Debts by Enterprises, or Circular on Promoting the Administrative Reform, by the NDRC on September 14, 2015.

In light of the flood of capital outflows of China in 2016 due to the weakening Renminbi, the PRC government has imposed more restrictive foreign exchange policies and stepped up scrutiny of major outbound capital movement. More restrictions and substantial vetting process are put in place by the SAFE to regulate cross-border transactions falling under the capital account. The PRC government may at its discretion further restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders, including holders of our ADSs.

PRC regulations relating to investments in offshore special purposes companies by PRC residents may subject our PRC-resident beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to liability or penalties, limit our ability to inject capital into our PRC subsidiaries or limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits.

The SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents’ Offshore Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, on July 4, 2014. SAFE Circular 37 requires PRC residents to register with the local SAFE branches in connection with their direct establishment or indirect control of any offshore entity, referred to in SAFE Circular 37 as a “special purpose vehicle”, for the purpose of overseas investment and financing with such PRC residents’ legally owned assets or equity interests in domestic enterprises or offshore assets or interests. SAFE Circular 37 requires further registrations in the event of any significant changes with respect to the special purpose vehicle, such as increase or decrease of capital contributed by PRC individuals, share transfer or exchange, merger, division or other material events. In the event that a PRC shareholder holding interests in a special purpose vehicle fails to fulfill this required SAFE registration, the PRC subsidiaries of that special purpose vehicle may be prohibited from making profit distributions to the offshore parent and from carrying out subsequent cross-border foreign exchange activities, and it may be restricted from contributing additional capital into its PRC subsidiaries. Moreover, failure to comply with the various SAFE registration requirements described above could result in liabilities under PRC law for evasion of foreign exchange controls. According to the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving Policies for the Foreign Exchange Administration of Direct Investment released on February 13, 2015 by the SAFE, local banks shall examine and handle foreign exchange registration for overseas direct investment, including the initial foreign exchange registration and amendment registration under SAFE Circular 37 since June 1, 2015. Beneficial owners of the special purpose vehicle who are PRC citizens are also required to make annual filing with the local banks regarding their overseas direct investment status.

 

45

---

Table of Contents

Certain beneficial owners of our shares who are PRC residents have not completed their registration with the SAFE for their beneficial ownership of our shares. Moreover, we do not have control over our beneficial owners and may not be aware of the identities of all of our beneficial owners. We cannot assure you that all of our PRC-resident beneficial owners comply with SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules. The failure of our beneficial owners who are PRC residents to register or amend their foreign exchange registrations in a timely manner pursuant to SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, or the failure of future beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and subsequent implementation rules, may subject such beneficial owners or our PRC subsidiaries to fines and legal sanctions. Failure to register or comply with relevant requirements may also limit our ability to contribute capital to our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to us. These risks may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The M&A rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

Among other things, the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, or the M&A rules, established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time-consuming and complex. Such regulation requires, among other things, that the Ministry of Commerce of the People’s Republic of China, or the MOFCOM, be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor acquires control of a PRC domestic enterprise or a foreign company with substantial PRC operations, if certain thresholds under the Provisions on Thresholds for Prior Notification of Concentrations of Undertakings, issued by the State Council in 2008, were triggered. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress of the PRC, which became effective in 2008 requires that transactions which are deemed concentrations and involve parties with specified turnover thresholds must be cleared by the MOFCOM before they can be completed. In addition, the Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Establishing the Security Review System for Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors which became effective in September 2011 require acquisitions by foreign investors of PRC companies engaged in military related or certain other industries that are crucial to national security be subject to security review before consummation of any such acquisition. We may pursue potential strategic acquisitions that are complementary to our business and operations. Complying with the requirements of these regulations to complete such transactions could be time-consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval or clearance from the MOFCOM, may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

Any failure to comply with PRC regulations regarding the registration requirements for employee stock incentive plans may subject the PRC plan participants or us to fines and other legal or administrative sanctions.

Pursuant to SAFE Circular 37, PRC residents who participate in share incentive plans in overseas non-publicly-listed companies may submit applications to the SAFE or its local branches for the foreign exchange registration with respect to offshore special purpose companies. In the meantime, our directors, executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who are non-PRC residents residing in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year, subject to limited exceptions, and who have been granted incentive share awards by us, may follow the Notices on Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals Participating in Stock Incentive Plan of Overseas Publicly-Listed Company, promulgated by the SAFE in 2012, or the 2012 SAFE Notices. Pursuant to the 2012 SAFE Notices, PRC citizens and non-PRC citizens who reside in China for a continuous period of not less than one year who participate in any stock incentive plan of an overseas publicly listed company, subject to a few exceptions, are required to register with the SAFE through a domestic qualified agent, which could be the PRC subsidiaries of

 

46

---

Table of Contents

such overseas listed company, and complete certain other procedures. In addition, an overseas entrusted institution must be retained to handle matters in connection with the exercise or sale of stock options and the purchase or sale of shares and interests. We and our executive officers and other employees who are PRC citizens or who reside in the PRC for a continuous period of not less than one year and who have been granted options will be subject to these regulations when our company becomes an overseas listed company upon the completion of this offering. Failure to complete the SAFE registrations may subject them to fines, and legal sanctions and may also limit our ability to contribute additional capital into our PRC subsidiaries and limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to distribute dividends to us. We also face regulatory uncertainties that could restrict our ability to adopt additional incentive plans for our directors, executive officers and employees under PRC law. See “Regulation — Regulations on Foreign Exchange — Equity Incentive Plans.”

The State Administration of Taxation, or SAT, has issued certain circulars concerning employee share options and restricted shares. Under these circulars, our employees working in China who exercise share options or are granted restricted shares will be subject to PRC individual income tax. Our PRC subsidiaries have obligations to file documents related to employee share options or restricted shares with relevant tax authorities and to withhold individual income taxes of those employees who exercise their share options. If our employees fail to pay or we fail to withhold their income taxes according to relevant laws and regulations, we may face sanctions imposed by the tax authorities or other PRC governmental authorities. See “Regulation — Regulations on Foreign Exchange — Equity Incentive Plans.”

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

Companies operating in China are required to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. We have not made adequate employee benefit payments. We may be required to make up the contributions for these plans as well as to pay late fees and fines. If we are subject to late fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the SAT issued the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Offshore Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular applies only to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners like us, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the

 

47

---

Table of Contents

PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. See “Taxation — People’s Republic of China Taxation.” However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body. As a majority of our management members are based in China, it remains unclear how the tax residency rule will apply to our case. If the PRC tax authorities determine that iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, then iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited or such subsidiary could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on its world-wide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Furthermore, income and any gains realized in respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs may be deemed by the PRC tax authorities as income or gain, as the case may be, arising from sources within the PRC, as described immediately below.

You may be subject to PRC income tax on dividends from us or on any gain realized on the transfer of our ordinary shares.

Under the EIT Law and its implementation rules, subject to any applicable tax treaty or similar arrangement between the PRC and our shareholders’ jurisdictions of residence that provide for a different income tax arrangement, PRC withholding tax at the rate of 10% is generally applicable to dividends from PRC sources paid to shareholders that are non-PRC resident enterprises, which do not have an establishment or place of business in the PRC, or which have such establishment or place of business but the relevant income is not effectively connected with the establishment or place of business. Any gain realized on the transfer of shares by such shareholders is subject to 10% PRC income tax if such gain is regarded as income derived from sources within the PRC unless a treaty or similar arrangement otherwise provides. Under the PRC Individual Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, dividends from sources within the PRC paid to foreign individual investors who are not PRC residents are generally subject to a PRC withholding tax at a rate of 20% and gains from PRC sources realized by such investors on the transfer of shares are generally subject to 20% PRC income tax, in each case, subject to any reduction or exemption set forth in applicable tax treaties and PRC laws.

As described in the preceding risk factor, there is a risk that we will be treated by the PRC tax authorities as a PRC tax resident enterprise. In that case, dividend income and gains from sales of our shares or ADSs may be treated as PRC source income or gains subject to the PRC taxes described above.

If PRC income tax is imposed on gains realized on the transfer of our ordinary shares or ADSs or on dividends paid to our non-resident shareholders or ADS holders, the value of your investment in our ordinary shares or ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, our shareholders or ADS holders whose jurisdictions of residence have tax treaties or arrangements with China may not qualify for benefits under such tax treaties or arrangements.

Value-added tax, or VAT, is imposed to replace the business tax, which could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us.

The Ministry of Finance and the SAT promulgated the Circular on the Inclusion of the Railway Transportation Industry and Postal Service Industry in the Pilot Collection of Value-added Tax to Replace Business Tax, or Circular 106. Pursuant to Circular 106, starting from January 1, 2014, a VAT rate of 6% applies to revenue derived from the provision of express delivery services, and a VAT rate of 11% applies to revenue derived from provision of transportation services, which is higher than the previously applicable 5% and 3% business tax rate. In 2016, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT promulgated the Circular on Comprehensively

 

48

---

Table of Contents

Promoting the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax to Replace Business Tax, or Circular 36. Circular 36 took effect as of May 1, 2016 and superseded Circular 106 on the same date. Circular 36 expanded the application of VAT in replacement business tax to enterprises engaging in the building industry, the real estate industry, the financial industry and the life service industry on a nationwide basis. According to Circular 36, the VAT rates applicable to revenue derived from the provision of express delivery services and revenue derived from provision of transportation services remain the same (6% and 11% respectively) as those under Circular 106. Although a taxpayer is allowed to offset the qualified input VAT paid on taxable purchases against the output VAT chargeable on the revenue from services provided, our effective tax rate could be higher. The replacement of the business tax with a VAT on our services could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us. See “Regulation — Regulations on Tax — Value Added Tax.”

We may not be able to obtain certain benefits under relevant tax treaty on dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries to us through our Hong Kong subsidiaries.

We are an exempted limited liability company, used as holding company, incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and as such rely on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries, as paid to us through our Hong Kong subsidiaries, to satisfy part of our liquidity requirements. Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a withholding tax rate of 10% currently applies to dividends paid by a PRC “resident enterprise” to a foreign enterprise investor, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for preferential tax treatment. Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, and Circular 81 issued by the State Administration of Taxation, such withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if the PRC enterprise is at least 25% held by a Hong Kong enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to distribution of the dividends and is determined by the relevant PRC tax authority to have satisfied other requirements. Furthermore, under the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Enterprises to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, which became effective in August 2015, the non-resident enterprises shall determine whether they are qualified for preferential tax treatment under the tax treaties and file relevant reports and materials with the tax authorities. There are also other conditions for benefiting from the reduced withholding tax rate according to other relevant tax rules and regulations. See “Taxation — People’s Republic of China Taxation.” We cannot assure you that our determination regarding our Hong Kong subsidiaries’ qualification to benefit from the preferential tax treatment will not be challenged by the relevant PRC tax authority or that we will be able to complete the necessary filings with the relevant PRC tax authority and benefit from the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Avoidance Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiaries.

We face uncertainties with respect to indirect transfers of equity interests in PRC resident enterprises by their non-PRC holding companies.

Pursuant to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-PRC Resident Enterprises, or SAT Circular 698, issued by the SAT in 2009 with retroactive effect from January 1, 2008, where a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by disposition of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, or an Indirect Transfer, and such overseas holding company is located in a tax jurisdiction that: (a) has an effective tax rate less than 12.5% or (b) does not tax foreign income of its residents, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, shall report to the competent tax authority of the PRC resident enterprise this Indirect Transfer.

On February 3, 2015, the SAT issued a Public Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Resident Enterprises, or SAT Public Notice 7. SAT Public Notice 7 supersedes the rules with respect to the Indirect Transfer under SAT Circular 698, but does not touch upon the other provisions of SAT Circular 698, which remain in force. SAT Public Notice 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from the previous one under SAT Circular 698 (Article V and Article VI).

 

49

---

Table of Contents

SAT Public Notice 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only Indirect Transfers set forth under SAT Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets through offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, SAT Public Notice 7 provides clearer criteria than SAT Circular 698 for assessment of reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. SAT Public Notice 7 also brings challenges to both foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise transfers taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company (other than by way of sale of equity securities traded on a public market), which is an Indirect Transfer, the non-resident enterprise as either transferor or transferee, or the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, may report such Indirect Transfer to the relevant tax authority. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such Indirect Transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and will the applicable taxes be withheld from payments to the transferor, currently at a rate of 10%. Both the transferor and the PRC entity that directly owns the taxable assets, or the withhold agent, may be subject to penalties under PRC tax laws if the withhold agent fails to withhold the taxes and the transferor fails to pay the taxes.

We face uncertainties as to the reporting and other implications of certain past and future transactions where PRC taxable assets are involved, such as offshore restructuring, sale of the shares in our offshore subsidiaries or investments. Our company may be subject to filing obligations or taxed or subject to withholding obligations in such transactions, under SAT Circular 698 and SAT Public Notice 7. For transfer of shares in our company by investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises, our PRC subsidiaries may be requested to assist in the filing under SAT Circular 698 and SAT Public Notice 7. As a result, we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Circular 698 and SAT Public Notice 7 or to request the relevant transferors from whom we purchase taxable assets to comply with these circulars, or to establish that our company should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The audit report included in this prospectus has been issued by auditors whose work, in part, is outside the scope of inspection by the PCAOB and, as such, you may be deprived of the benefits of such inspection with respect to such work.

Our independent registered public accounting firm that issues the audit reports included in this prospectus, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and professional standards. The PCAOB is currently unable to inspect the audit work of our independent registered public accounting firm with respect to our operations in mainland China without the approval of certain Chinese authorities. In May 2013, PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on Enforcement Cooperation with the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC, and the Ministry of Finance, which establishes a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations undertaken by PCAOB, the CSRC, or the Ministry of Finance in the United States and the PRC, respectively. PCAOB continues to be in discussions with the CSRC and the Ministry of Finance to permit joint inspections in the PRC of audit firms that are registered with PCAOB and audit US listed Chinese companies.

Inspections of audit firms that the PCAOB has conducted outside mainland China have identified deficiencies in those firms’ audit procedures and quality control procedures, which may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The PCAOB’s current inability to conduct inspections in mainland China prevents the PCAOB from regularly evaluating our auditor’s audit procedures and quality control procedures as they relate to our operations in mainland China, where our revenues are derived. As a result, investors may be deprived of the benefits of such regular PCAOB inspections and may lose confidence in our reported financial information and the quality of our financial statements.

 

50

---

Table of Contents

Proceedings instituted by the SEC against the “big four” PRC-based accounting firms, including our independent registered public accounting firm, could result in financial statements being determined to not be in compliance with the requirements of the Exchange Act.

In late 2012, the SEC commenced administrative proceedings under Rule 102(e) of its Rules of Practice and also under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act against the Chinese affiliates of the “big four” accounting firms (including our auditors). The Rule 102(e) proceedings initiated by the SEC relate to these firms’ inability to produce documents, including audit work papers, in response to the request of the SEC pursuant to Section 106 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as the auditors located in the PRC are not in a position lawfully to produce documents directly to the SEC because of restrictions under PRC law and specific directives issued by the China Securities Regulatory Commission, or the CSRC. The issues raised by the proceedings are not specific to our auditors or to us, but affect equally all audit firms based in China and all China-based businesses with securities listed in the United States.

Risks Related to This Offering and Our American Depositary Shares

An active trading market for our ordinary shares or our ADSs may not develop and the trading price for our ADSs may fluctuate significantly, you may not be able to resell the ADSs at or above the public offering price.

We expect to list our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market. We have no current intention to seek a listing for our ordinary shares on any stock exchange. Prior to the completion of this offering, there has been no public market for our ADSs or our ordinary shares, and we cannot assure you that a liquid public market for our ADSs will develop. If an active public market for our ADSs does not develop following the completion of this offering, the market price and liquidity of our ADSs may be materially and adversely affected. The initial public offering price for our ADSs will be determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters based upon several factors. We can provide no assurance that the trading price of our ADSs after this offering will not decline below the initial public offering price. As a result, investors in our securities may experience a significant decrease in the value of their ADSs.

The market price for our ADSs may be volatile.

The trading prices of our ADSs are likely to be volatile and could fluctuate widely due to factors beyond our control. This may happen because of broad market and industry factors, like the performance and fluctuation in the market prices or the underperformance or deteriorating financial results of other listed internet or other companies based in China that have listed their securities in the United States in recent years. The securities of some of these companies have experienced significant volatility since their initial public offerings, including, in some cases, substantial price declines in their trading prices. The trading performances of other Chinese companies’ securities after their offerings may affect the attitudes of investors toward Chinese companies listed in the United States, which consequently may impact the trading performance of our ADSs, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, any negative news or perceptions about inadequate corporate governance practices or fraudulent accounting, corporate structure or other matters of other Chinese companies may also negatively affect the attitudes of investors towards Chinese companies in general, including us, regardless of whether we have conducted any inappropriate activities. Furthermore, securities markets may from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations that are not related to our operating performance, such as the large decline in share prices in the United States, China and other jurisdictions in late 2008, early 2009 and the second half of 2011, which may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our ADSs.

In addition to the above factors, the price and trading volume of our ADSs may be highly volatile due to multiple other factors, including the following:

 

•

regulatory developments affecting us, our clients and end marketers, or our industry;

 

•

conditions in the online marketing industry;

 

51

---

Table of Contents

•

fluctuation of our results of operations from quarter to quarter due to seasonality in online marketing business, which may be affected by the online spending cycles of consumers and marketers’ practices in marketing budget allocation;

 

•

announcements of studies and reports relating to the quality of our solutions and service offerings or those of our competitors;

 

•

changes in the economic performance or market valuations of other providers of online marketing solutions;

 

•

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations and changes in or revisions to our expected results;

 

•

changes in financial estimates by securities research analysts;

 

•

announcements by us or our competitors of new product and service offerings, acquisitions, strategic relationships, joint ventures or capital commitments;

 

•

additions to or departures of our senior management;

 

•

detrimental negative publicity about us, our management or our industry;

 

•

fluctuations of exchange rates between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar;

 

•

release or expiry of lock-up or other transfer restrictions on our outstanding ordinary shares or ADSs; and

 

•

sales or perceived potential sales of additional ordinary shares or ADSs.

Any of these factors may result in large and sudden changes in the volume and price at which our ADSs will trade.

In the past, shareholders of public companies have often brought securities class action suits against those companies following periods of instability in the market price of their securities. If we were involved in a class action suit, it could divert a significant amount of our management’s attention and other resources from our business and operations and require us to incur significant expenses to defend the suit, which could harm our results of operations. Any such class action suit, whether or not successful, could harm our reputation and restrict our ability to raise capital in the future. In addition, if a claim is successfully made against us, we may be required to pay significant damages, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

You must rely on the judgment of our management as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and such use may not produce income or increase our ADS price.

We plan to use the net proceeds from this offering primarily for research and development and big data deep learning capabilities and capacities; the development and expansion of our suite of solutions and service offerings; in sales and marketing activities to attract, in particular, more clients to use our solutions on a self-serve basis, and clients from additional industry verticals and geographic markets and other general corporate purposes. We also plan to use the net proceeds in investment, acquisition and business collaboration opportunities that complement or enhance our existing operations and are strategically beneficial to our long-term goals, although we have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any investment, acquisition or business collaboration. We will use the remaining portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.” However, our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the net proceeds received by us. You will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether proceeds are being used appropriately. The net proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not improve our efforts to achieve or maintain profitability or increase our ADS price. The net proceeds from this offering may be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value.

 

52

---

Table of Contents

Our dual-class share structure with different voting rights will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any change of control transactions that holders of our Class A ordinary shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our ordinary shares will consist of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. In respect of matters requiring the votes of shareholders, holders of Class A ordinary shares will be entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to 20 votes per share based on our proposed dual-class share structure. We will sell Class A ordinary shares represented by our ADSs in this offering. Each Class B ordinary share is convertible into one Class A ordinary share at any time by the holder thereof, while Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B ordinary shares by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such Class B ordinary shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into the equal number of Class A ordinary shares.

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering all of the then outstanding ordinary shares held by Mr. Sammy Hsieh and Mr. Jian Tang will be re-designated as Class B ordinary shares. Mr. Hsieh and Mr. Tang, who beneficially own 21.8% of the aggregate voting power of our company as of the date of this prospectus, will beneficially own approximately         % of the aggregate voting power of our company immediately after the completion of this offering due to the disparate voting powers associated with our dual-class share structure, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. See “Principal Shareholders.” As a result of the dual-class share structure and the concentration of ownership, Mr. Hsieh and Mr. Tang will have considerable influence over matters such as decisions regarding change of directors, mergers, change of control transactions and other significant corporate actions. They may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could have the effect of depriving our other shareholders of the opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of our ADSs. This concentrated control will limit your ability to influence corporate matters and could discourage others from pursuing any potential merger, takeover or other change of control transactions that holders of Class A ordinary shares and ADSs may view as beneficial.

Our directors, officers and principal shareholders have substantial influence over our company and their interests may not be aligned with the interests of our other shareholders.

Our directors and officers will collectively own an aggregate of        % of the total voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares immediately upon completion of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option. As a result, they have substantial influence over our business, including significant corporate actions such as change of directors, mergers, change of control transactions and other significant corporate actions.

They may take actions that are not in the best interest of us or our other shareholders. This concentration of ownership may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company, which could deprive our shareholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their shares as part of a sale of our company and may reduce the price of the ADSs. These actions may be taken even if they are opposed by our other shareholders, including those who purchase ADSs in this offering. In addition, the significant concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of the ADSs due to investors’ perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. For more information regarding our principal shareholders and their affiliated entities, see “Principal Shareholders.”

We have granted, and may continue to grant, share incentives, which may result in increased share based compensation expenses.

We adopted a stock option plan in 2010, or the 2010 Plan. We adopted another share incentive plan in 2017, or the 2017 Plan, effective upon the completion of this offering. The purpose of these plans is to grant share-

 

53

---

Table of Contents

based compensation awards to employees, directors and advisors to incentivize their performance and align their interests with ours. In addition, in December 2016, our board of directors and shareholders authorized the issuance of 1,068,114 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2017, and the issuance of 801,086 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2018.

We account for compensation costs for all share incentives using a fair-value based method and recognize expenses in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Under our 2010 Plan, the maximum aggregate number of ordinary shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the plan is 2,398,137. As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase 1,978,278 ordinary shares have been granted 686,852 of which are not vested, 1,018,671 are fully vested but not exercised, and 272,755 have been exercised. Under the 2017 Plan that will be effective upon the completion of this offering, the maximum number of ordinary shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the plan shall initially be 1,000,000, plus an annual increase on the first day of each of our fiscal year during the term of the 2017 Plan commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018, by an amount equal to the least of (i) 0.5% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; (ii) 150,000 Class A ordinary shares or (iii) such number of Class A ordinary shares as may be determined by our board of directors. All of these shares will be Class A ordinary shares. We believe the granting of share-based compensation is of significant importance to our ability to attract and retain key personnel and employees, and we will continue to grant share based compensation to them in the future. As a result, our expenses associated with share-based compensation may increase, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ADSs and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our ADSs will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If research analysts do not establish and maintain adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our ADSs or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the market price for our ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which, in turn, could cause the market price or trading volume for our ADSs to decline.

The sale or availability for sale of substantial amounts of our ADSs could adversely affect their market price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market after the completion of this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the market price of our ADSs and could materially impair our ability to raise capital through equity offerings in the future. The ADSs sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, and shares held by our existing shareholders may also be sold in the public market in the future subject to the restrictions in Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act and the applicable lock-up agreements. There will be                ADSs (representing                 Class A ordinary shares) outstanding immediately after this offering, or                ADSs (representing                Class A ordinary shares) if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.

In connection with this offering, we, our directors and officers [and our existing shareholders] have agreed not to sell any ordinary shares or ADSs for 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions. However, the underwriters may release these securities from these restrictions at any time, subject to applicable regulations of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. We cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of securities held by our significant shareholders or any other shareholder or the availability of these securities for future sale will have on the market price of our ADSs. See “Underwriting” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling our securities after this offering.

 

54

---

Table of Contents

Because we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future after this offering, you must rely on price appreciation of our ADSs for return on your investment.

We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings after this offering to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, we do not expect to pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Therefore, you should not rely on an investment in our ADSs as a source for any future dividend income.

Our board of directors has discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to certain restrictions under Cayman Islands law, namely that our company may only pay dividends out of profits or share premium, and provided always that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our board of directors. Even if our board of directors decides to declare and pay dividends, the timing, amount and form of future dividends, if any, will depend on, among other things, our future results of operations and cash flow, our capital requirements and surplus, the amount of distributions, if any, received by us from our subsidiaries, our financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Accordingly, the return on your investment in our ADSs will likely depend entirely upon any future price appreciation of our ADSs. There is no guarantee that our ADSs will appreciate in value after this offering or even maintain the price at which you purchased the ADSs. You may not realize a return on your investment in our ADSs and you may even lose your entire investment in our ADSs.

The approval of the China Securities Regulatory Commission may be required in connection with this offering under PRC law.

The M&A rules requires an overseas special purpose vehicle formed for listing purposes through acquisitions of PRC domestic companies and controlled by PRC companies or individuals to obtain the approval of the CSRC, prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. The interpretation and application of the regulations remain unclear, and this offering may ultimately require approval from the CSRC. If CSRC approval is required, it is uncertain whether it would be possible for us to obtain the approval and any failure to obtain or delay in obtaining CSRC approval for this offering would subject us to sanctions imposed by the CSRC and other PRC regulatory agencies.

Our PRC counsel, Jingtian & Gongcheng, has advised us based on their understanding of the current PRC law, rules and regulations that the CSRC’s approval is not required for the listing and trading of our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market in the context of this offering, given that:

 

•

the CSRC currently has not issued any definitive rule or interpretation concerning whether offerings like ours under this prospectus are subject to this regulation; and

 

•

no provision in this regulation clearly classifies contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to its regulation.

However, our PRC legal counsel has further advised us that there remains some uncertainty as to how the M&A rules will be interpreted or implemented in the context of an overseas offering and its opinions summarized above are subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A rules. We cannot assure you that relevant PRC governmental agencies, including the CSRC, would reach the same conclusion as we do. If it is determined that CSRC approval is required for this offering, we may face sanctions by the CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies for failure to seek CSRC approval for this offering. These sanctions may include fines and penalties on our operations in the PRC, limitations on our operating privileges in the PRC, delays in or restrictions on the repatriation of the proceeds from this offering into the PRC, restrictions on or prohibition of the payments or remittance of dividends by our PRC subsidiaries, or other actions that could have a material and adverse effect on our business,

 

55

---

Table of Contents

financial condition, results of operations, reputation and prospects, as well as the trading price of our ADSs. The CSRC or other PRC regulatory agencies may also take actions requiring us, or making it advisable for us, to halt this offering before the settlement and delivery of the ADSs that we are offering. Consequently, if you engage in market trading or other activities in anticipation of and prior to the settlement and delivery of the ADSs we are offering, you would be doing so at the risk that the settlement and delivery may not occur. In addition, if the CSRC or other regulatory agencies later promulgate new rules or explanations requiring that we obtain their approvals for this offering, we may be unable to obtain a waiver of such approval requirements, if and when procedures are established to obtain such a waiver. Any uncertainties and/or negative publicity regarding such approval requirement could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of the ADSs.

The post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that we adopted effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering will contain anti-takeover provisions that could discourage a third party from acquiring us and adversely affect the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares and ADSs.

We adopted an amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will contain certain provisions that could limit the ability of others to acquire control of our company, including a dual-class share structure that gives greater voting power to the Class B ordinary shares beneficially owned by Mr. Sammy Hsieh and Mr. Jian Tang and a provision that grants authority to our board of directors to establish and issue from time to time one or more series of preferred shares without action by our shareholders and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred shares, the terms and rights of that series. These provisions could have the effect of depriving our shareholders and ADSs holders of the opportunity to sell their shares or ADSs at a premium over the prevailing market price by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our company in a tender offer or similar transactions.

As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we will adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.

As a Cayman Islands company listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we are subject to the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. However, NASDAQ Global Market rules permit a foreign private issuer like us to follow the corporate governance practices of its home country. Certain corporate governance practices in the Cayman Islands, which is our home country, may differ significantly from the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements. Upon the completion of this offering, we will follow our home country practices and rely on certain exemptions provided by the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules to a foreign private issuer, including exemptions from the requirements to have:

 

•

majority of independent directors on our board of directors;

 

•

only independent directors being involved in the selection of director nominees and determination of executive officer compensation; and

 

•

regularly scheduled executive sessions of independent directors.

As a result of our reliance on the corporate governance exemptions available to foreign private issuers, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of Nasdaq’s corporate governance requirements.

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

We are an exempted limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (2016

 

56

---

Table of Contents

Revision) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law are not as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

Shareholders of Cayman Islands exempted companies like us have no general rights under Cayman Islands law to inspect corporate records or to obtain copies of lists of shareholders of these companies. Our directors will have discretion under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, to determine whether or not, and under what conditions, our corporate records may be inspected by our shareholders, but are not obliged to make them available to our shareholders. This may make it more difficult for you to obtain the information needed to establish any facts necessary for a shareholder resolution or to solicit proxies from other shareholders in connection with a proxy contest.

As a result of all of the above, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a company incorporated in the United States. For a discussion of significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders, see “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law.”

Certain judgments obtained against us, our directors or officers by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

We are an exempted limited liability company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. We conduct substantially all of our operations in China and substantially all of our assets are located in China. In addition, a majority of our directors and executive officers reside within China, and most of the assets of these persons are located within China. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon these individuals, or to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of the PRC may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and China, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

The voting rights of holders of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement, and you may not be able to exercise your right to vote your Class A ordinary shares.

As a holder of our ADSs, you will only be able to exercise the voting rights with respect to the underlying Class A ordinary shares in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, you must vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. If we ask for your instructions, then upon receipt of your voting instructions, the depositary will try to vote the underlying Class A ordinary shares in accordance with these instructions. If we do not instruct the depositary to ask for your instructions, the depositary may still vote in accordance with instructions you give, but it is not required to do so. You will not be able to directly exercise your right to vote with respect to the underlying shares unless you withdraw the shares. When a general meeting is convened, you may not receive sufficient advance notice to withdraw the shares underlying your ADSs to allow you to vote with respect to any specific matter. If we ask for your instructions, the depositary

 

57

---

Table of Contents

will notify you of the upcoming vote and will arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. We have agreed to give the depositary at least 30 days’ prior notice of shareholder meetings. Nevertheless, we cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for their manner of carrying out your voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no legal remedy if the shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

Except in limited circumstances, the depositary for our ADSs will give us a discretionary proxy to vote our Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs if you do not vote at shareholders’ meetings, which could adversely affect your interests.

Under the deposit agreement for our ADSs, to the extent we have provided the depositary with at least 40 days’ notice of a proposed meeting, if voting instructions are not timely received by the depositary from you, you shall be deemed to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote the shares represented by you ADSs as desired. However, no such instruction shall be deemed given and no discretionary proxy shall be given (a) if we inform the depositary in writing that (i) we do not wish such proxy to be given, (ii) substantial opposition exists with respect to any agenda item for which the proxy would be given or (iii) the agenda item in question, if approved, would materially or adversely affect the rights of holders of shares and (b) unless we have provided the depositary with an opinion of our counsel to the effect that (a) the granting of such discretionary proxy does not subject the depositary to any reporting obligations in the Cayman Islands, (b) the granting of such proxy will not result in a violation of any applicable law, public rule or regulation in force in the Cayman Islands and (c) the courts of the Cayman Islands will give effect to the voting arrangement and deemed instruction as contemplated in the proxy under Cayman Islands law.

The effect of this discretionary proxy is that, if you fail to give voting instructions to the depositary as to how to vote the Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs at any particular shareholders’ meeting, you cannot prevent our Class A ordinary shares underlying your ADSs from being voted at that meeting, absent the situations described above, and it may make it more difficult for shareholders to influence our management. Holders of our Class A ordinary shares are not subject to this discretionary proxy.

Your rights to pursue claims against the depositary as a holder of ADSs are limited by the terms of the deposit agreement and the deposit agreement may be amended or terminated without your consent.

Under the deposit agreement, any action or proceeding against or involving the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby or by virtue of owning the ADSs may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and you, as a holder of our ADSs, will have irrevocably waived any objection which you may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submitted to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such action or proceeding. However, the depositary may, in its sole discretion, require that any dispute or difference arising from the relationship created by the deposit agreement be referred to and finally settled by an arbitration conducted under the terms described in the deposit agreement. Also, we may amend or terminate the deposit agreement without your consent. If you continue to hold your ADSs after an amendment to the deposit agreement, you agree to be bound by the deposit agreement as amended. See “Description of American Depositary Shares” for more information.

Your right to participate in any future rights offerings may be limited, which may cause dilution to your holdings.

We may from time to time distribute rights to our shareholders, including rights to acquire our securities. However, we cannot make such rights available to you in the United States unless we register both the rights and the securities to which the rights relate under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements is available. Under the deposit agreement, the depositary will not make rights available to you

 

58

---

Table of Contents

unless both the rights and the underlying securities to be distributed to ADS holders are either registered under the Securities Act or exempt from registration under the Securities Act. We are under no obligation to file a registration statement with respect to any such rights or securities or to endeavor to cause such a registration statement to be declared effective and we may not be able to establish a necessary exemption from registration under the Securities Act. Accordingly, you may be unable to participate in our rights offerings in the future and may experience dilution in your holdings.

You may not receive dividends or other distributions on our Class A ordinary shares and you may not receive any value for them, if it is illegal or impractical to make them available to you.

The depositary of our ADSs has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on Class A ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying our ADSs, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of Class A ordinary shares your ADSs represent. However, the depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any holders of ADSs. For example, it would be unlawful to make a distribution to a holder of ADSs if it consists of securities that require registration under the Securities Act but that are not properly registered or distributed under an applicable exemption from registration. The depositary may also determine that it is not feasible to distribute certain property through the mail. Additionally, the value of certain distributions may be less than the cost of mailing them. In these cases, the depositary may determine not to distribute such property. We have no obligation to register under U.S. securities laws any ADSs, Class A ordinary shares, rights or other securities received through such distributions. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, Class A ordinary shares, rights or anything else to holders of ADSs. This means that you may not receive distributions we make on our Class A ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you. These restrictions may cause a material decline in the value of our ADSs.

Because our initial public offering price is substantially higher than our net tangible book value per ordinary share, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will pay more for your ADSs than the amount paid by our existing shareholders for their ordinary shares on a per ADS basis. As a result, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution of US$                per ADS, representing the difference between the assumed initial public offering price of US$                per ADS, the midpoint of the estimated range of the initial public offering price, and our net tangible book value per ADS of US$                as of June 30, 2017, after giving effect to the net proceeds to us from this offering. In addition, you may experience further dilution to the extent that our ordinary shares are issued upon the exercise of any share options. See “Dilution” for a more complete description of how the value of your investment in our ADSs will be diluted upon completion of this offering.

You may be subject to limitations on transfer of your ADSs.

Your ADSs are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its transfer books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. In addition, the depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary deems it advisable to do so because of any requirement of law or of any government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason.

 

59

---

Table of Contents

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Exchange Act, and as such we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to U.S. domestic public companies.

Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the securities rules and regulations in the United States that are applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, including:

 

•

the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K;

 

•

the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents, or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

•

the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time; and

 

•

the selective disclosure rules by issuers of material nonpublic information under Regulation FD.

We will be required to file an annual report on Form 20-F within four months of the end of each fiscal year. In addition, we intend to publish our results on a quarterly basis as press releases, distributed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Global Market. Press releases relating to financial results and material events will also be furnished to the SEC on Form 6-K. However, the information we are required to file with or furnish to the SEC will be less extensive and less timely compared to that required to be filed with the SEC by U.S. domestic issuers. As a result, you may not be afforded the same protections or information that would be made available to you were you investing in a U.S. domestic issuer.

We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act and may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements. However, such reduced reporting requirements may make our ADSs less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, most significantly, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 for so long as we are an emerging growth company. We cannot predict if investors will find our ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ADSs and our stock price may be more volatile.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional cost and expense.

The determination of our status as a foreign private issuer is made annually on the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. If we were to lose our foreign private issuer status, the regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly higher. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers, which would involve additional costs.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company.

We will incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses as a public reporting company, particularly after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, which occurs on the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year during which we have total annual gross revenues of at least US$1.07 billion; (b) the last day of our fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering; (c) the date on which we have, during the preceding three-year period, issued more than US$1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (d) the date

 

60

---

Table of Contents

on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our ADSs that are held by non-affiliates exceeds US$700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. For example, we will be required to comply with additional requirements of the rules and regulations of the SEC and requirements of the NASDAQ Global Market, including applicable corporate governance practices. In addition, after we cease to qualify as an emerging growth company, we will be required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. We expect that compliance with these requirements will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We also expect that our management and other personnel will need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as a result of becoming a public company or the timing of such costs.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may also initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

There can be no assurance that we will not be passive foreign investment company, or PFIC, for United States federal income tax purposes for any taxable year, which could subject United States investors in our ADSs or ordinary shares to significant adverse United States income tax consequences.

A non-U.S corporation will be a “passive foreign investment company,” or “PFIC,” if, in any particular taxable year, either (a) 75% or more of our gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (b) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of our assets (as determined on the basis of fair market value) during such year produce or are held for the production of passive income (the “asset test”). We expect to derive sufficient active revenues and to have sufficient active assets, so that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year and in the foreseeable future. However, because the PFIC tests must be applied each year, and the composition of our income and assets and value of our assets (which may be determined by reference to the market value of our ADSs) may change, and because the treatment of our VIE for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not entirely clear, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or a future year.

In particular, because the value of our assets for purposes of the asset test may be determined by reference to the market price of our ADSs, fluctuations in the market price of our ADSs may cause us to become a PFIC for the current or subsequent taxable years. The determination of whether we are a PFIC also depends, in part, on the composition of our income and assets, which may be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in this offering. If we do not deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of being a PFIC may substantially increase.

If we are a PFIC in any taxable year, a U.S. Holder (as defined in “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations”) may incur significantly increased United States income tax on gain recognized on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares and on the receipt of distributions on the ADSs or ordinary shares to the extent such gain or distribution is treated as an “excess distribution” under the United States federal income tax rules, and such holder may be subject to burdensome reporting requirements. Further, if we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares, we generally will

 

61

---

Table of Contents

continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder holds our ADSs or ordinary shares. For more information see “Taxation — United States Federal Income Tax Considerations — Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

62

---

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INDUSTRY DATA

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that reflect our current expectations and views of future events. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Business” and “Regulation.” Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, including those listed under “Risk Factors,” may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

You can identify some of these forward-looking statements by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “aim,” “estimate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “is/are likely to,” “potential,” “continue” or other similar expressions. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements include statements relating to:

 

•

our goals and strategies;

 

•

our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

 

•

the expected growth of online marketing industry, including online marketing technology industry in China;

 

•

our expectations regarding demand for and market acceptance of our products and services;

 

•

our expectations regarding our clients and other marketers and marketing agencies;

 

•

our plans to invest in our platform, solutions, data analytics capabilities, technology and technology infrastructure;

 

•

our relationships with our content distribution channel partners;

 

•

competition in our industry;

 

•

general economic and business condition in China and elsewhere; and

 

•

relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry.

These forward-looking statements involve various risks and uncertainties. Although we believe that our expectations expressed in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, our expectations may later be found to be incorrect. The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, after the date on which the statements are made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. You should thoroughly read this prospectus and the documents that we refer to herein with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from and worse than what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

This prospectus contains certain data and information that we obtained from various government and private publications including industry data and information from Frost & Sullivan. Data and information in these publications also include projections based on a number of assumptions. China’s online marketing industry, including online marketing technology industry and independent online marketing technology industry, may not grow at the rate projected by market data, or at all. Failure of these industries to grow at the projected rate may have a material and adverse effect on our business and the market price of our ADSs. In addition, the new and rapidly changing nature of China’s online marketing industry, including online marketing technology industry, and independent online marketing technology industry may result in significant uncertainties for any projections or estimates relating to the growth prospects or future condition of our industry. Furthermore, if any one or more of the assumptions underlying the market data are later found to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately US$    million, or approximately US$    million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us. These estimates are based upon an assumed initial offering price of US$    per ADS, the midpoint of the range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus. A US$1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of US$    per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease the net proceeds of this offering by US$    million, or approximately US$    million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, assuming the sale of    ADSs at US$    per ADS, the midpoint of the range shown on the front cover page of this prospectus and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The primary purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, create a public market for our ADSs, retain talented employees by providing them with equity incentives and enable access to the public equity markets for us and our shareholders. We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering for research and development; the development and expansion of our suite of solutions and service offerings; sales and marketing and other general corporate purposes and in investment, acquisition and business collaboration opportunities that complement or enhance our existing operations and are strategically beneficial to our long-term goals. We have no present commitments or agreements to enter into any investment, acquisition or business collaboration.

The foregoing represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions to use and allocate the net proceeds of this offering. Our management, however, will have significant flexibility and discretion to apply the net proceeds of this offering. If an unforeseen event occurs or business conditions change, we may use the proceeds of this offering differently than as described in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Our American Depositary Shares — You must rely on the judgment of our management as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and such use may not produce income or increase our ADS price.”

In utilizing the proceeds of this offering, we are permitted under PRC laws and regulations to provide funding to our PRC subsidiaries only through loans or capital contributions. Subject to satisfaction of applicable government registration and approval requirements, we may extend inter-company loans to our PRC subsidiaries or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries to fund its capital expenditures or working capital. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain these government registrations or approvals on a timely basis, if at all. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — PRC regulation of loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies and governmental control of currency conversion may delay or prevent us from using the proceeds of this offering to make loans to or make additional capital contributions to our PRC subsidiaries, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.”

 

64

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not previously declared or paid cash dividends and we do not currently plan to declare or pay any dividends in the near future on our shares or ADSs. We currently intend to retain most, if not all, of our available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand our business. However, we may consider a dividend payout in the future with a payout ratio consistent with the online marketing sector.

We are an exempted limited liability company, used as a holding company incorporated in the Cayman Islands. We rely principally on dividends from our PRC subsidiaries, VIE and its subsidiary for our cash requirements, including any payment of dividends to our shareholders. PRC regulations may restrict the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends to us. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”

Our board of directors has discretion as to whether to distribute dividends, subject to applicable laws. In addition, our shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Under Cayman Islands law, a Cayman Islands company may pay a dividend on its shares out of either profit or share premium amount, provided that in no circumstances may a dividend be paid if this would result in the company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. Even if our board of directors decides to pay dividends, the form, frequency and amount will depend upon our future operations and earnings, capital requirements and surplus, general financial condition, contractual restrictions and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant. If we pay any dividends, we will pay our ADS holders to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, including the fees and expenses payable thereunder. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.” Cash dividends on our ordinary shares, if any, will be paid in U.S. dollars.

 

65

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our capitalization, as of June 30, 2017:

 

•

on an actual basis;

 

•

on a pro forma basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all our preferred shares into 9,525,757 Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis upon the completion of the offering, (ii) the redesignation of 2,500,580 ordinary shares held by Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh and 2,320,028 ordinary shares held by Jian Tang into Class B ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (iii) the redesignation of all of the remaining ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering; and

 

•

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect (i) the automatic conversion of all of our outstanding preferred shares into 9,525,757 Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately upon the completion of this offering, (ii) the redesignation of 2,500,580 ordinary shares held by Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh and 2,320,028 ordinary shares held by Jian Tang into Class B ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering, (iii) the redesignation of all of the remaining ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis immediately prior to the completion of this offering, and (iv) the sale of              Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADSs by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$    per ADS, the mid-point of the estimated range of the initial public offering price shown on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs.

You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

		As of June 30, 2017
		Actual				Pro Forma				Pro Forma as Adjusted(1)
		(US$ in thousands)
Mezzanine equity:
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 2,476,190 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$6,737 and US$7,290 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			5,654				—
Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 1,889,249 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$14,625 and US$14,962 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			10,151				—
Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,650,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 1,599,186 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$22,288 and US$23,163 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			10,733				—

 

66

---

Table of Contents

		As of June 30, 2017
		Actual				Pro Forma				Pro Forma as Adjusted(1)
		(US$ in thousands)
Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 4,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 2,493,018 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$58,874 and US$63,466 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			43,956				—
Series E convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,200,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 1,068,114 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$20,000 and US$27,547 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			18,845				—
Redeemable ordinary shares (US$0.001 par value; 742,320 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			16,287				—
Shareholders’ deficit:
Ordinary shares (US$0.001 par value; 37,150,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017)			14				—
Class A ordinary shares			—				19
Class B ordinary shares			—				5
Treasury shares (2,149,280 and 2,129,144 shares as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			(2,176	)			(2,176	)
Additional paid-in capital(2)			66,122				247,349
Statutory reserves			81				81
Accumulated other comprehensive losses			(3,412	)			(3,412	)
Accumulated deficit			(146,630	)			(146,630	)
Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity			(86,001	)			95,236
Total mezzanine equity and shareholders’ (deficit)/equity			19,625				95,236

 

(1)

The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only. Our additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ deficit and total mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit following the completion of this offering are subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

(2)

Assuming the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus remains the same, and after deduction of underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us, a US$1.00 change in the assumed initial public offering price of US$            per ADS would, in the case of an increase, increase and, in the case of a decrease, decrease each of additional paid-in capital, total shareholders’ deficit and total mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit by US$            million.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our ADSs, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and our net tangible book value per ADS after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per ordinary share is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares and holders of our convertible preferred shares which will automatically convert into our ordinary shares concurrently with the completion of this offering.

Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 was approximately US$(41.6) million, or US$(2.9) per ordinary share as of that date, and US$    per ADS. Net tangible book value represents the amount of our total consolidated assets, less the amount of our intangible assets, net, goodwill and total consolidated liabilities. Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share is calculated after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our issued and outstanding convertible preferred shares. Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share is calculated after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all our issued and outstanding convertible preferred shares and the issuance of Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADS by us in this offering. Dilution is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share from the public offering price per ordinary share. Because the Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares have the same dividend and other rights, except for voting and conversion rights, the dilution is presented based on all issued and outstanding ordinary shares, including Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares.

Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible book value after June 30, 2017, other than to give effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our issued and outstanding convertible preferred shares into 9,525,757 Class A ordinary shares concurrently with the completion of this offering and (ii) the issuance and sale by us of             Class A ordinary shares in the form of ADSs in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$    per ADS (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus) after deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2017 would have been US$     million, or US$            per outstanding ordinary share and US$    per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of US$    per ordinary share and US$    per ADS to the existing shareholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of US$    per ordinary share and US$    per ADS to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering. The following table illustrates such dilution:

 

		Per ordinary share				Per ADS
		US$
Assumed initial public offering price
Actual net tangible book value per ordinary share as of June 30, 2017			(2.9	)
Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all of our issued and outstanding convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after giving effect to (i) the automatic conversion of all of our issued and outstanding convertible preferred shares into ordinary shares and (ii) the issuance of    ordinary shares in the form of ADSs in this offering
Dilution in net tangible book value per ordinary share to new investors in the offering

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$     per ADS (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by US$    million, the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS after giving effect to the automatic conversion of our convertible preferred shares and this offering by US$     per ordinary share and US$     per ADS and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share and per ADS to new investors in this offering by

 

68

---

Table of Contents

US$    per ordinary share and US$    per ADS, assuming no change to the number of ADSs offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2017, the differences between existing shareholders, including holders of our convertible preferred shares, and new investors with respect to the number of ordinary shares (in the form of ADSs or ordinary shares) purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the average price per ordinary share/ADS paid before deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The total number of ordinary shares does not include ordinary shares underlying the ADSs issuable upon the exercise of the option to purchase additional ADSs granted to the underwriters.

 

Ordinary Shares Purchased

Total Consideration

Average Price per Ordinary Share

Average Price per ADS

Number

Percent

Amount

Percent

(in thousands of US$, except number of shares and percentages)

Existing shareholders

New investors

Total

100.0

%

100.0

%

A US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of US$     per ADS (the mid-point of the estimated initial public offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors by US$    million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The pro forma information discussed above is illustrative only. Our net tangible book value following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the actual initial public offering price of our ADSs and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

As of the date of this prospectus, there are 1,705,523 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares and an additional 419,859 ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under the 2010 Plan. To the extent that any of the unvested options later vest are exercised to purchase ordinary shares, there will be further dilution to new investors.

Under the 2010 Plan, the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be issued to the beneficiaries is 2,398,137, which have been issued to Arda Holdings Limited, or Arda, as trustee to the beneficiaries of the 2010 Plan. These ordinary shares issued to Arda are accounted for as our treasury shares until the options underlying these ordinary shares are vested and exercised into ordinary shares. Please refer to note 18 of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and note 17 of our consolidated financial statement as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information. As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase 1,978,278 ordinary shares were granted under the 2010 Plan, 686,852 of which are not vested, 1,018,671 are fully vested but not exercised, and 272,755 have been exercised (which are included in our issued and outstanding shares). In addition, in December 2016, our board of directors and shareholders authorized the issuance of 1,068,114 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2017, and the issuance of 801,086 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2018.

We adopted a share incentive plan in 2017, or the 2017 Plan, to provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants and promote the success of our business. The maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the proposed 2017 Plan shall initially be 1,000,000, plus an annual increase on the first day of each of our fiscal year during the term of the 2017 Plan commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018, by an amount equal to the least of (i) 0.5% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; (ii) 150,000 Class A ordinary shares or (iii) such number of Class A ordinary shares as may be determined by our board of directors. All of such shares will be Class A ordinary shares.

 

69

---

Table of Contents

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

Our business is primarily conducted in China, and the financial records of our subsidiaries and VIE and VIE’s subsidiary in China are maintained in Renminbi, their functional currency. The financial records of our non-PRC subsidiaries are denominated in their respective currencies, including Hong Kong dollar, Singapore dollars or New Taiwan dollars. However, we use the U.S. dollar as our reporting and functional currency; therefore, periodic reports made to shareholders will include current period amounts translated into U.S. dollars using the then-current exchange rates, for the convenience of the readers. The financial information of our subsidiaries in China is first prepared in Renminbi and then translated into the U.S. dollars, and the financial information of our non-PRC subsidiaries is first prepared in their respective currencies, including Hong Kong dollar, Singapore dollars or New Taiwan dollars, and then translated into the U.S. dollars, both at period-end exchange rates as to assets and liabilities and average exchange rates as to revenue and expenses. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transactions occurred. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in shareholders’ equity.

We make no representation that any Renminbi or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or Renminbi, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of Renminbi into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information concerning exchange rates between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar based on the exchange rates set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the Federal Reserve Board. These rates are provided solely for your reference and convenience. Unless otherwise stated, all translations of Renminbi into U.S. dollars in this prospectus were made at the rate of RMB6.7793 to US$1.00 and all translations of Hong Kong dollars into U.S. dollars in this prospectus were made at the rate of HK$7.8055 to US$1.00, each being the noon buying rates on June 30, 2017 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board. We make no representation that the Renminbi referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at any particular rate or at all. On October 13, 2017, the noon buying rate for Renminbi was RMB6.5785 to US$1.00 as set forth in the H.10 statistical release of the U.S. Federal Reserve Board.

 

		Certified Exchange Rate
Period		Period-End				Average(1)				High				Low
2012			6.2301				6.2990				6.2221				6.3879
2013			6.0537				6.1478				6.0537				6.2438
2014			6.2046				6.1620				6.0402				6.2591
2015			6.4778				6.2827				6.1870				6.4896
2016			6.9430				6.6400				6.4480				6.9580
2017
April			6.8900				6.8876				6.8778				6.8988
May			6.8098				6.8843				6.8098				6.9060
June			6.7793				6.8066				6.7793				6.8382
July			6.724				6.7679				6.7240				6.8039
August			6.5888				6.6670				6.5888				6.7272
September			6.6533				6.5697				6.4773				6.6591
October (through October 13, 2017)			6.5785				6.6210				6.5712				6.6533

 

Source: Federal Reserve Statistical Release

(1)	Annual averages were calculated by using the average of the exchange rates on the last day of each month during the relevant year. Monthly averages are calculated by using the average of the daily rates during the relevant month.

 

70

---

Table of Contents

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands to take advantage of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company, such as political and economic stability, an effective judicial system (except for certain disadvantages discussed below), a favorable tax system, the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions and the availability of professional and support services. However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages include that the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides significantly less protection to investors. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States. Our constituent documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes be submitted to arbitration, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders.

We conduct substantially all of our current operations outside the United States, and substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. All of our directors and executive officers are nationals or residents of jurisdictions other than the United States and a substantial portion of their assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon us or such persons, or to enforce against us or them judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have appointed Law Debenture Corporate Services, Inc. as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any state in the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

Travers Thorp Alberga, Attorneys at Law, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, has advised us that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands would (1) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (2) entertain original actions brought in the Cayman Islands against us or our directors or officers, predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Travers Thorp Alberga, Attorneys at Law, has informed us that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the federal or state courts of the United States (and the Cayman Islands are not a party to any treaties for the reciprocal enforcement or recognition of such judgments), a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re-examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment (a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction, (b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given, (c) is final, (d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and (e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands. However, the Cayman Islands courts are unlikely to enforce a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities law if such judgment is determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands to give rise to obligations to make payments that are penal or punitive in nature. Because such a determination has not yet been made by a court of the Cayman Islands, it is uncertain whether such civil liability judgments from U.S. courts would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands.

Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in China may recognize and enforce foreign judgments pursuant to treaties between China and the country where the judgment is rendered or reciprocity arrangements for the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. China does not have any treaties or other

 

71

---

Table of Contents

arrangements that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments with the United States or the Cayman Islands. Therefore, Jingtian & Gongcheng, our counsel as to PRC law, has advised us that there is substantial uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would (1) recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against us or our directors or officers, predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States, or (2) entertain original actions brought in the PRC against us or our directors or officers, predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

Judgment of United States courts will not be directly enforced in Hong Kong. There are currently no treaties or other arrangements providing for reciprocal enforcement of foreign judgments between Hong Kong and the United States. However, subject to certain conditions, including but not limited to when the judgment is for a liquidated amount in a civil matter and not in respect of taxes, fines, penalties or similar charges, the judgment is final and conclusive and has not been stayed or satisfied in full, the proceedings in which the judgment was obtained were not contrary to natural justice and the enforcement of the judgment is not contrary to public policy of Hong Kong, Hong Kong courts may accept such judgment obtained from a United States court as a debt due under the rules of common law enforcement. However, a separate legal action for debt must be commenced in Hong Kong in order to recover such debt from the judgment debtor.

 

72

---

Table of Contents

CORPORATE HISTORY AND STRUCTURE

We commenced our online marketing business in 2009. Two of our subsidiaries, Digital Marketing Group Limited and Tetris Media Limited, existed without significant operational activities prior to 2009. In February 2010, we restructured our holding structuring by incorporating Optimix Media Asia Limited in the Cayman Islands as the holding company of Optimix HK to facilitate financing and offshore listing. In March 2017, we changed our name from Optimix Media Asia Limited to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited.

In September 2010, we set up Diablo Holdings Corporation, a company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands, which focuses on search engine marketing and operates in China through Search Asia Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd., its wholly owned subsidiary.

In January 2011, we set up our Singapore subsidiary, iClick Interactive (Singapore) Pte. Ltd., to provide localized services to clients in Southeast Asia.

In January 2013, we incorporated Performance Media Group Limited in Hong Kong to further expand our online marketing business.

Also in January 2013, we set up Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., as our wholly owned PRC subsidiary.

In November 2014, we enhanced our data analytics capabilities by acquiring Buzzinate Company Limited, or Buzzinate, a company incorporated in Hong Kong. Buzzinate is an online marketing platform with strong data analytics capabilities and deep understanding of behavior of internet users in China. Buzzinate operates in China through Buzzinate (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd., its wholly owned subsidiary.

In July 2015, we acquired all shares in OptAim Ltd., or OptAim, and substantially expanded our online marketing business into mobile channels to identify, engage and convert mobile audience. Under the terms of the share purchase agreement, we acquired all equity interests in OptAim Ltd., including those of OptAim Ltd.’s VIE entity, OptAim Network, from its existing shareholders Igomax Inc. (an entity controlled by Jian Tang), Zaffre Investments Inc., Sohu. com Limited, and BAI GmbH, for a total consideration of RMB10 million and US$14,365,345 in cash and 2,535,091 of our ordinary shares. As part of the agreement, Jian Tang and Jie Jiao became the nominee shareholders of OptAim Network. Jian Tang is our co-founder, director, chief operating officer and chief technology officer. Jie Jiao is our chief financial officer. In addition, Optimix Media Asia Limited made two loans in the aggregate amount of US$5.0 million to OptAim, Ltd. to pay a special dividend to Igomax Inc. Igomax Inc., Sohu.com Limited and Jian Tang each agreed to a non-compete and non-solicitation undertaking with respect to OptAim Ltd. and its consolidated subsidiaries for a period of three years. OptAim operates in China through OptAim Beijing, its wholly owned subsidiary. OptAim Beijing has entered into a set of contractual arrangements with OptAim Network, a company incorporated in China, OptAim Network’s nominee shareholders, and Zhiyunzhong, the wholly owned Chinese subsidiary of OptAim Network. See “— Contractual Arrangements with OptAim Network.”

 

73

---

Table of Contents

The following diagram illustrates our organizational structure, including our subsidiaries, our VIE, and the VIE’s subsidiary as of the date of this prospectus.

 

 

(1)

We have established a subsidiary of OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Anhui Zhijunzhong Information Technology Co., Ltd., or Anhui Zhijunzhong, and is in the progress of obtaining its business license. Anhui Zhijunzhong will primarily focus on providing mobile audience solutions to PRC clients.

(2)	The nominee shareholders of OptAim Network are Jie Jiao and Jian Tang, who hold 51% and 49% equity interests in OptAim Network, respectively. Jie Jiao is our chief financial officer, and Jian Tang is our co-founder, director, chief operating officer and chief technology officer.

We conduct substantially all our operations through the following consolidated subsidiaries:

 

•

iClick Interactive Asia Limited: primarily focusing on providing both mobile audience solutions and other solutions to Hong Kong and overseas clients

 

74

---

Table of Contents

•

Tetris Media Limited and its subsidiary: primarily focusing on providing our other solutions to Hong Kong agency clients and its business are gradually being transferred to iClick Interactive Asia Limited

 

•

Performance Media Group Limited: primarily focusing on providing mobile audience solutions and other solutions to Hong Kong clients

 

•

China Search (Asia) Limited and its subsidiaries: promoting content distribution opportunities for the publisher under our sales agency arrangement

 

•

iClick Interactive (Singapore) Pte. Ltd: primarily focusing on providing both mobile audience solutions and other solutions to Singapore and other overseas clients

 

•

iClick Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd.: primarily focusing on providing our other solutions to PRC clients

 

•

OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co. Ltd.: primarily focusing on providing mobile audience solutions to PRC clients through our VIE and the VIE’s subsidiary

 

•

Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. which is our VIE, and its subsidiary: primarily focusing on providing mobile audience solutions to PRC clients

We are in the process of transferring the business operated by our VIE, OptAim Network, to our wholly owned subsidiaries. We expect that by the end of 2018, OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. will replace Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. as contracting party for all our mobile audience solution business that are operated by OptAim. Please refer to “Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — We will need to continue to rely on the contractual arrangements that establish the structure for certain of our operations in China when and to the extent our operations are deemed as foreign-related survey.”

Contractual Arrangements with OptAim Network

Foreign ownership in advertising companies used to be subject to certain restrictions under the PRC laws and regulations. For example, according to the Administrative Provisions on Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises, foreign investors were required to meet several conditions in order to invest in the PRC advertising business, such as a minimum number of years of advertising-related experience and an approval from the relevant PRC regulatory authority. OptAim is a Cayman Islands company and OptAim Beijing, its PRC subsidiary, is considered an FIE. To comply with the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, including the Administrative Provisions on Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises, OptAim Beijing entered into a set of contractual arrangements with OptAim Network and its shareholders. The laws and regulations that imposed restrictions on foreign ownership in advertising companies, including the Administrative Provisions on Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises were abolished in June 2015. We are in the process of transferring the business operated by our VIE, OptAim Network, to our wholly owned subsidiaries. We expect that by the end of 2018, OptAim Beijing will replace OptAim Network as contracting party for all our mobile audience solution business that are operated by OptAim.

Under the Measures on the Administration of Foreign-related Surveys, or the Foreign-related Surveys Measures, promulgated by the National Bureau of Statistics of China on October 13, 2004, no individual or organization may conduct any foreign-related survey without a license for foreign-related survey granted by the National Bureau of Statistics in China or its local counterparts. Under the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries, promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce and National Development and Reform Commission on March 10, 2015, only a domestic enterprise or a sino-foreign enterprise which meets the several requirements stipulated in the Foreign-related Surveys Measures can apply for a license for the foreign-related survey. We do not believe our collection and use of multiple kinds of data from multiple sources in China to improve the cost-effectiveness of marketing campaigns for marketers in and outside China fall within the scope of “foreign-related survey” under the Foreign-related Survey Measures. However, there are uncertainties under

 

75

---

Table of Contents

the PRC laws whether such activities may be deemed as “foreign-related survey”, which would require a foreign-related survey license from the National Bureau of Statistics in China or its local counterparts. In light of these uncertainties and out of prudence, we, through our VIE, OptAim Network, applied for and were granted a foreign-related survey license on June 6, 2017. If the PRC regulatory authorities disagree with our interpretation of what would constitute foreign-related survey and enforcement practices on foreign-related survey licensing requirement or if we expand our business scope to engage in activities falling within the scope of foreign-related survey, we will need to continue to rely on OptAim Bejing’s contractual arrangements with OptAim Network and its shareholders to conduct certain of our operations in China, including to transfer such operations to our VIE to the extent they are deemed foreign-related survey. See “Risk Factors — Risk Related to Our Corporate Structure — We will need to continue to rely on the contractual arrangements that establish the structure for certain of our operations in China when and to the extent our operations are deemed as foreign-related survey.”

The contractual arrangements between OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network allow us to:

 

•

exercise effective control over OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong;

 

•

receive substantially all of the economic benefits of OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong; and

 

•

have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in OptAim Network.

As a result of these contractual arrangements, we have effective control over, and are the primary beneficiary of, OptAim Network and therefore treat OptAim Network and its subsidiary as our consolidated affiliated entities under U.S. GAAP and have consolidated their financial results in our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

The following is a summary of the currently effective contractual arrangements by and among OptAim Beijing, our wholly owned subsidiary, OptAim Network, our consolidated VIE, the shareholders of OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong.

Agreements that Provide us with Effective Control over OptAim Network

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement

OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network entered into a second amended and restated equity pledge agreement on May 26, 2017. Pursuant to the second amended and restated equity pledge agreement, each shareholder of OptAim Network has pledged all of his or her equity interest in OptAim Network to OptAim Beijing to guarantee the performance by such shareholder and OptAim Network of their respective obligations under the exclusive business cooperation agreement, powers of attorney and the second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement as well as their respective liabilities arising from any breach. If OptAim Network or any of its shareholders breaches any obligations under these agreements, OptAim Beijing, as pledgee, will be entitled to dispose of the pledged equity and have priority to be compensated by the proceeds from the disposal of the pledged equity. Each of the shareholders of OptAim Network agrees that before his or her obligations under the contractual arrangements are discharged, he or she will not dispose of the pledged equity interests, create or allow any encumbrance on the pledged equity interests, or take any action which may result in any change of the pledged equity that may have material adverse effects on the pledgee’s rights under this agreement without the prior written consent of OptAim Beijing. The second amended and restated equity pledge agreement will remain effective until OptAim Network and its shareholders discharge all their obligations under the contractual arrangements and pay out all consulting and services fees under the exclusive business cooperation agreement. We have completed the registration of the equity pledge with the relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with PRC Property Rights Law on June 21, 2017.

 

76

---

Table of Contents

Powers of Attorney

Through powers of attorney dated May 26, 2017, each shareholder of OptAim Network irrevocably authorizes OptAim Beijing or any person(s) designated by OptAim Beijing to act as his or her attorney-in-fact to exercise all of such shareholder’s voting and other rights associated with the shareholder’s equity interest in OptAim Network, such as the right to appoint directors, supervisors and officers, as well as the right to sell, transfer, pledge and dispose of all or a portion of the shares held by such shareholder. The powers of attorney will remain in force unless OptAim Beijing gives out any instruction in writing otherwise. Once the powers of attorney are terminated in whole or in part, each shareholder shall revoke his/her power of attorney to OptAim Beijing and immediately sign another power of attorney with the person(s) designated by OptAim Beijing.

Spousal Consent

The spouse of Jian Tang signed a spousal consent letter on May 26, 2017. Jian Tang holds 49% equity interest in OptAim Network. Under the spousal consent letter, the signing spouse unconditionally and irrevocably agreed that she was aware of the disposal of OptAim Network shares held by Jian Tang in the abovementioned second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement, the power of attorney, and the second amended and restated equity pledge agreement. The signing spouse confirmed not having any interest in the OptAim Network shares and committed not to impose any adverse assertions upon those shares. The signing spouse further confirmed that her consent and approval are not needed for any amendment or termination of the abovementioned agreements and committed that she shall take all necessary measures needed for the performance of those agreements.

Agreement that Allows Us to Receive Economic Benefits from OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong entered into an exclusive business cooperation agreement on January 16, 2015. Pursuant to this agreement, OptAim Beijing or its designated party has the exclusive right to provide OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong with technical support, consulting services and other services. Without OptAim Beijing’s prior written consent, OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong shall not accept any technical support and services covered by this agreement from any third party. OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong agree to pay service fees in an amount equal to 100% of their respective net income for the relevant period on a monthly basis. OptAim Beijing owns the intellectual property rights arising out of the provisions of services under this agreement. OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong shall grant an irrevocable call option to OptAim Beijing to purchase all or any of their assets or business with the lowest price allowed by PRC law. Unless OptAim Beijing terminates this agreement, this agreement will remain effective until any party thereto is dissolved in accordance with PRC law.

Agreement that Provides Us with the Option to Purchase the Equity Interest in OptAim Network

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement

OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network entered into a second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement on May 26, 2017. Pursuant to the second amended and restated exclusive call option agreement, the shareholders of OptAim Network have irrevocably granted OptAim Beijing or any third party designated by OptAim Beijing a second amended and restated exclusive call option to purchase all or part of their respective equity interests in OptAim Network. Until there is any evaluation request by PRC law, the purchase price is equal to RMB100 or the lowest price allowed by PRC law. Unless otherwise agreed, the shareholders of OptAim Network will immediately gift OptAim Beijing or any third party designated by OptAim Beijing with the purchase price after OptAim Beijing or any third party designated by OptAim Beijing exercises the option. OptAim Beijing may transfer all or part of its option under this agreement to a third party under the approval of the shareholders of OptAim Beijing. Without OptAim Beijing’s prior written consent, the shareholders of OptAim Network shall not, among other things, amend its articles of association, increase or

 

77

---

Table of Contents

decrease the registered capital, sell, dispose of or set any encumbrance on its assets, business or revenue outside the ordinary course of business, enter into any material contract, merge with any other persons or make any investments, distribute dividends, or enter into any transactions which have material adverse effects on its business. The shareholders of OptAim Network also jointly and severally undertake that they will not sale, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of their equity interests in OptAim Network to any third party or create or allow any encumbrance on their equity interests. This agreement will remain effective until OptAim Beijing or any third party designated by OptAim Beijing has acquired all equity interest of OptAim Network from its shareholders.

In the opinion of Jingtian & Gongcheng, our PRC legal counsel:

 

•

the ownership structures of OptAim Beijing and OptAim Network, both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering, will not result in any violation of applicable PRC laws or regulations currently in effect; and

 

•

the contractual arrangements among OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network, the shareholders of OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong governed by PRC law both currently and immediately after giving effect to this offering are valid, binding and enforceable, and will not result in any violation of PRC laws or regulations currently in effect.

However, there are substantial uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, regulations and rules. Accordingly, the PRC regulatory authorities may in the future take a view that is contrary to or otherwise different from the above opinion of our PRC legal counsel. It is uncertain whether any new PRC laws or regulations relating to VIE structures will be adopted or if adopted, what they would provide. If the PRC government finds that the agreements that establish the structure for the operation of OptAim Network do not comply with PRC government restrictions on foreign investment in our businesses, we could be subject to severe penalties including being prohibited from continuing operations. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure — We will need to continue to rely on the contractual arrangements that establish the structure for certain of our operations in China when and to the extent our operations are deemed as foreign-related survey,” and “— Substantial uncertainties exist with respect to the enactment timetable, interpretation and implementation of draft PRC Foreign Investment Law and how it may impact the viability of our current corporate structure, corporate government and business operations.”

 

78

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss) data for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, and selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss) data for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2017 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements are prepared and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Our historical results do not necessarily indicate results expected for any future periods. You should read this Selected Consolidated Financial Data section together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		Year Ended December 31,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015				2016				2016				2017
		(US$ in thousands, except for per share and share data)
Selected Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss:
Net revenues			65,242				95,357				45,269				55,741
Cost of revenues			(34,531	)			(61,048	)			(28,003	)			(42,431	)
Gross profit			30,711				34,309				17,266				13,310
Operating expenses:
Research and development expenses			(8,106	)			(8,584	)			(4,426	)			(3,234	)
Sales and marketing expenses			(31,385	)			(28,266	)			(14,083	)			(12,205	)
General and administrative expenses			(12,745	)			(26,767	)			(4,936	)			(4,509	)
Total operating expenses			(52,236	)			(63,617	)			(23,445	)			(19,948	)
Operating loss			(21,525	)			(29,308	)			(6,179	)			(6,638	)
Interest expense			(107	)			(713	)			(290	)			(286	)
Other gains/(losses), net			791				(1,082	)			(69	)			7
Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative liabilities			(19,390	)			3,995				(177	)			(14,727	)
Loss before income tax expense			(40,231	)			(27,108	)			(6,715	)			(21,644	)
Income tax benefit/(expenses)			555				(222	)			129				(601	)
Share of losses from an equity investee			(38	)			—				—				—
Net loss			(39,714	)			(27,330	)			(6,586	)			(22,245	)
Accretion to convertible redeemable preferred shares redemption value			(2,692	)			(773	)			(381	)			(401	)
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value			(1,982	)			(1,556	)			(757	)			(842	)
Deemed contribution from Series B-1 preferred shareholders			2,591				—				—				—
Net loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited’s ordinary shareholders			(41,797	)			(29,659	)			(7,724	)			(23,488	)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of US$nil tax			(129	)			(139	)			(78	)			(171	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited			(39,843	)			(27,469	)			(6,664	)			(22,416	)

 

79

---

Table of Contents

		Year Ended December 31,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015				2016				2016				2017
		(US$ in thousands, except for per share and share data)
Net loss per share attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited
Basic			(3.58)				(2.26)				(0.59)				(1.72)
Diluted			(3.58)				(2.26)				(0.59)				(1.72)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in per share calculation
Basic			11,661,049				13,151,063				13,130,027				13,618,905
Diluted			11,661,049				13,151,063				13,130,027				13,618,905

The following table presents our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2015, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

		As of December 31,								As of June 30,
		2015				2016				2017
		(US$ in thousands)
Selected Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents			10,395				27,280				28,223
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful receivables of US$1,733, US$1,693 and US$678 as of December 31, 2015, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively			28,423				30,694				28,197
Rebates receivable			3,642				2,250				1,226
Prepaid media cost			24,793				34,409				20,939
Non-current assets:
Intangible assets, net			19,095				14,804				12,689
Goodwill			48,496				48,496				48,496
Total assets			146,110				169,640				149,395
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit:
Current liabilities			115,124				126,572				125,825
Non-current liabilities			3,705				2,997				3,945
Total liabilities			118,829				129,569				129,770
Total mezzanine equity			83,210				104,383				105,626
Total shareholders’ deficit			(55,929	)			(64,312	)			(86,001	)
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit			146,110				169,640				149,395

 

80

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the consolidated financial statements of OptAim and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion in this section contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Overview

We are an integrated cross-channel gateway providing marketers with innovative and cost-effective end-to-end solutions to optimize their online marketing efforts. Our solutions help marketers identify, engage and activate potential customers, monitor and measure the results of online marketing campaigns, and create content catering to audience across different online channels through both PC and mobile devices. We collaborate closely with leading content distribution channels in China, which enables marketers to access a wide variety of cross-channel content distribution opportunities in a single platform to achieve their branding and performance-based marketing goals.

We offer both mobile audience solutions and other solutions based on channels desired by our clients. Our mobile audience solutions are non-search engine marketing solutions designed to identify, engage and activate audience exclusively on mobile apps, and monitor and measure the results of online marketing activities on such channels. Mobile audience solutions have exhibited high growth potential for online marketing in light of the increasing mobile penetration rate and users’ engagement with mobile apps. We have been prioritizing our mobile strategy since 2014, including through our acquisition of OptAim on July 24, 2015, to capture a larger share of online marketing spend on mobile apps. Our gross billing from mobile audience solutions increased by US$71.1 million, or 172.0%, from US$41.3 million in 2015 to US$112.4 million in 2016 and by US$12.6 million, or 25.1%, from US$50.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$63.0 million in the same period in 2017. OptAim contributed US$41.1 million to our gross billing from July 24, 2015, when we acquired OptAim, to December 31, 2015, and contributed US$105.7 million to our gross billing in 2016. All such gross billing contribution from OptAim related to our mobile audience solutions. Our gross billing from mobile audience solutions represented 47.6% of our total gross billing in 2016, compared to 23.2% in 2015 and 60.9% of our total gross billing in the six months ended June 30, 2017, compared to 42.4% in the same period in 2016. Our net revenues from mobile audience solutions represented 60.6% of our net revenues in 2016, compared to 18.3% in 2015 and 75.8% of our net revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2017, compared to 54.2% in the same period in 2016. In addition to mobile audience solutions, we have other online marketing solutions that are primarily focused on non-mobile app channels and search engine marketing.

We take a flexible approach to deliver our solutions in order to cater to the preferences and levels of internal resources and sophistication of clients. Clients may choose to access our solutions either through (i) self-service, when they have the flexibility to utilize our solutions “a la carte” to complement their existing marketing resources, or through (ii) managed service, when our account management team provides in-depth services that suit clients’ specific marketing objectives and budgets utilizing our solutions. We seamlessly address marketers’ needs and deliver a highly integrated customer experience throughout their marketing cycle.

Our clients refer to entities which enter into marketing campaign contracts with us and incur marketing spend during the relevant period. They include direct marketer clients and marketing agencies clients. We derived over 70% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in 2015 and 2016 and over 60% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

We generate revenues primarily from clients’ marketing spend through our platform as they utilize our solutions in cost-plus and specified action marketing campaigns, and to a lesser extent from incentives from the

 

81

---

Table of Contents

publisher under our sales agency arrangement. Our gross billing grew by 32.5% from US$178.2 million in 2015 to US$236.3 million in 2016. Our gross billings decreased by 12.9% from US$118.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$103.4 million in the same period in 2017 due to a decrease in gross billing from other solutions as we terminated relationship with certain clients of other solutions in the first half of 2017 as part of our efforts to optimize the client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity. Our net revenues grew by 46.2% from US$65.2 million in 2015 to US$95.4 million in 2016 and by 23.1% from US$45.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$55.7 million in the same period in 2017. Our net loss amounted to US$39.7 million, US$27.3 million and US$22.2 million in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively.

The Effect of Our Acquisition of OptAim

Since our acquisition of OptAim on July 24, 2015, OptAim has been our wholly owned subsidiary and has been consolidated into our results of operations. Please refer to note 4(b) of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 included elsewhere in this prospectus. OptAim contributed US$41.1 million to our gross billing and US$11.7 million to our net revenues from July 24, 2015, when we acquired OptAim, to December 31, 2015, contributed US$105.7 million to our gross billing and US$51.1 million to our net revenues in 2016 and contributed US$62.1 million to our gross billing and US$41.3 million to our net revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2017. Intangible assets identified in connection with our acquisition of OptAim are amortized. Amortization expenses of US$1.8 million, US$4.0 million and US$2.0 million were recognized under our cost of revenues in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. In addition, as of June 30, 2017, we had US$48.5 million of goodwill, which represented approximately 32.5% of our total assets, primarily related to our acquisition of OptAim. Goodwill is recorded at fair value and is not amortized, but is reviewed for impairment at least annually or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Impairment charges could substantially affect our results of operations in the periods of such charges. In addition, impairment charges would negatively impact our financial ratios and could limit our ability to obtain financing in the future. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We may be required to record significant impairment charges as a result of our acquisition of OptAim.”

As we integrate OptAim’s operations, we have realized synergies and economies of scale. Our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased from 80.1% in 2015 to 66.7% in 2016 as we benefited from the complementary sales and marketing capabilities and research and development capabilities of OptAim. Our operating expense as a percentage of net revenues decreased from 51.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 35.8% in the same period in 2017 in part due to our streamlining of sales and marketing and general and administrative functions as we further integrated OptAim’s operations, which had been completed by the end of June 30, 2017.

 

82

---

Table of Contents

Key Operating and Financial Metrics

We regularly review a number of financial and operating metrics, including those set forth below, to help us evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, establish budgets, measure the effectiveness of sales and marketing, and assess our operational efficiencies.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)
Operating metrics:
Gross billing			178,239				100				236,253				100				118,674				100				103,420				100
Gross billing from mobile audience solutions			41,323				23.2				112,403				47.6				50,371				42.4				63,031				60.9
Gross billing from other solutions			136,916				76.8				123,850				52.4				68,303				57.6				40,389				39.1
Financial metrics:
Net revenues			65,242				36.6				95,357				40.4				45,269				38.1				55,741				53.9
Net revenues from mobile audience solutions			11,908				28.8				57,761				51.4				24,517				48.7				42.262				67.0
Net revenues from other solutions			53,334				38.9				37,596				30.4				20,752				30.4				13,479				33.4
Adjusted EBITDA			(8,850	)			(5.0	)			(2,240	)			(0.9	)			(1,414	)			(1.2	)			(1,881	)			(1.8	)
Adjusted net loss			(11,583	)			(6.5	)			(8,999	)			(3.8	)			(4,477	)			(3.7	)			(5,602	)			(5.4	)

 

1	With respect to net revenues from mobile audience solutions and net revenues from other solutions, % of gross billing refers to the % of gross billing for mobile audience solutions or % of gross billing for other solutions, as the case may be.

Gross Billing

Gross billing is an important operating measure by which we evaluate and manage our business. We define gross billing as the aggregate dollar amount that our clients pay us, after deducting rebates paid and discounts given to clients.

We use gross billing to assess our business growth, market share and scale of operations, and our ability to generate gross billing is strongly correlated to our ability to generate net revenues. As we have defined gross billing for internal uses, it may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies in the industry which present the impact of media costs differently.

Gross billing derived from our sales agency arrangement was US$32.9 million and US$42.8 million in 2015 and 2016, and US$23.8 million and US$16.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively, none of which was recognized as net revenues for the respective periods.

Gross billing derived from our cost-plus marketing campaigns was US$106.6 million and US$121.4 million in 2015 and 2016, and US$62.8 million and US$39.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively, out of which US$2.7 million, US$1.2 million, US$0.9 million and US$0.8 million was recognized as net revenues for the respective periods.

Gross billing derived from our specified action marketing campaigns was US$38.7 million and US$72.1 million in 2015 and 2016, and US$32.0 million and US$46.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively, all of which was recognized as net revenues for the respective periods.

Gross billing from our mobile audience solutions increased, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of total gross billing, from 2015 to 2016 and from the six months ended June 30, 2016 to the same period in 2017 as

 

83

---

Table of Contents

we prioritized the execution of our mobile strategy to capture a larger share of online marketing spend on mobile apps. This is evidenced by our acquisition of OptAim, which is focused on providing performance-driven mobile audience solutions, in July 2015. OptAim contributed US$41.1 million to our gross billing and US$11.7 million to our net revenues from July 24, 2015, when we acquired OptAim, to December 31, 2015, and contributed US$105.7 million to our gross billing and US$51.1 million to our net revenues in 2016. All such gross billing and net revenues contribution from OptAim related to our mobile audience solutions. Gross billing from our other solutions decreased from 2015 to 2016 and from the six months ended June 30, 2016 to the same period in 2017 and from the six months ended June 30, 2016 to the same period in 2017 as we optimized the client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity. For example, we terminated relationship with certain clients for our other solutions, as they had relatively long account receivable cycles and yielded relatively low operating profit margins. Some of these clients were large marketers and had individually accounted for more than 5% of our annual gross billing historically.

Our gross billing per client increased by US$32,020, or 47.5%, from US$67,413 in 2015 to US$99,433 in 2016, while the total number of our clients decreased by 10.1% from 2,644 in 2015 to 2,376 in 2016. Our gross billing per client increased by US$17,104, or 29.9%, from US$57,192 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$74,296 in the same period in 2017, while the total number of our clients decreased by 32.9% from 2,075 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 1,392 in the same period in 2017. This was due to our efforts in optimizing the client base for other solutions.

Net Revenues

We derive revenue from three sources and report them on either the net or gross basis. (i) Revenue from incentives earned from the website publisher for which we act as sales agent for its content distribution opportunities, or the sales agency arrangement; and (ii) revenue from performing cost-plus marketing campaigns are reported on the net basis; and (iii) revenue from performing specified actions marketing campaigns (i.e., a CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis) is reported on the gross basis.

We record incentives from the publisher under the sales agency arrangement as net revenues. We consider the publisher to be our customer under the sales agency arrangement. The amount of such incentives is determined based on a variety of factors, including yearly market spending at the publisher’s platforms. Under our sales agency arrangement, we do not receive any rebate from the publisher. Net revenues from our sales agency arrangement, which equal the incentives received from the publisher under the sales agency arrangement were US$7.1 million and US$7.9 million in 2015 and 2016, and US$4.7 million and US$3.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

We record service fees, net of media costs and rebates and discounts to clients for cost-plus marketing campaigns, as net revenues. We consider these clients to be our customers for cost-plus marketing campaigns. Service fees are generally calculated as a percentage of media cost. Such percentage is negotiated on a client-by-client, and campaign-by-campaign basis. Rebates received from the publishers for cost-plus marketing campaigns are recorded as net revenues. Net revenues from our cost-plus marketing campaigns were US$19.5 million and US$15.4 million in 2015 and 2016, and US$8.5 million and US$4.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

We record the aggregate gross dollar amount that our clients spend through our platform for specified action marketing campaigns, which includes media cost, as net revenues. We consider these clients to be our customers for specified action marketing campaigns. We charge our clients for specified actions, such as when a user clicks on their marketing messages, or a CPC pricing model, or when their marketing messages are displayed, or a CPM pricing model. Rebates received from publishers for specified action marketing campaigns are recorded as deduction of cost of revenues. Net revenues from our specified action marketing campaigns were US$38.7 million and US$72.1 million in 2015 and 2016, and US$32.0 million and US$46.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

84

---

Table of Contents

We grant rebates and discounts to marketers and marketing agencies to incentivize and encourage them to use our solutions. These rebates and discounts are calculated based on certain factors, including yearly market spending of the marketers and marketing agencies that we reasonably estimate that they are able to achieve based on the historical spending patterns of similar clients on our platform. The rebates and discounts we grant are settled when the relevant account receivables from the marketers and marketing agencies are settled, and the timing of settlement is independent of the settlement of the rebates or incentives, as the case may be, from the publishers, which is generally three to six months after the end of the relevant period to which such rebates or incentives, as the case may be, relate. Rebates we grant under our sales agency arrangement are recorded as cost of revenues as we consider these rebates are identifiable and separable from the incentive revenue generated from the publisher. In all other circumstances, rebates and discounts we grant are recorded as reduction of revenues.

Net revenues as a percentage of gross billing for our mobile audience solutions and other solutions, respectively, represent our share of gross billing under mobile solutions and other solutions, respectively. Net revenues as a percentage of gross billing can be affected by a variety of factors, in particular, the terms of our arrangement with clients, including whether to conduct their marketing campaigns on a specified-action (i.e., gross) or cost-plus (i.e., net) basis in a particular period, which in turn depends on clients’ needs and goals. Please refer to “— Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Our Revenue Models” on the impact of our revenue recognition models on our results of operations.

Net revenues as a percentage of gross billing for mobile audience solutions increased from 28.8% in 2015 to 51.4% in 2016, and from 48.7% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 67.0% in the same period in 2017 as a larger percentage of marketing campaigns involving mobile audience solutions were conducted on specified-action (i.e., gross) basis in 2016 compared to 2015 and in the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016. US$54.2 million, or 48.2%, of gross billing from mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016, compared to US$7.9 million, or 19.1%, in 2015, and US$41.5 million, or 65.9%, of gross billing from mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017, compared to US$21.6 million, or 43.0%, in the same period in 2016. This was a result of the implementation of our go-to-market strategy for mobile audience solutions to capture a larger share of clients’ marketing spend for these solutions. According to Frost & Sullivan, online marketing on mobile channels currently tends to focus on data traffic and action results, such as app-downloads and completion of other specified actions on mobile channels. In order to better control marketing costs and make their marketing spend more effective, instead of paying a fixed rate of service fees, marketers conducting marketing campaigns on mobile channels increasingly prefer to negotiate CPX ranges (e.g., CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL, etc.) with marketing technology companies for their services. These arrangements generally lead to marketing campaigns on specified-action (i.e., gross) basis. Our go-to-market strategy for mobile audience solutions is intended to be responsive to these industry trends.

Net revenues as a percentage of gross billing for our other solutions decreased from 38.9% in 2015 to 30.4% in 2016 primarily because a larger percentage of marketing campaigns involving other solutions were conducted on cost-plus (i.e., net) basis in 2016 compared to 2015. US$17.9 million, or 14.4%, of gross billing from other solutions were recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016, compared to US$30.8 million or 22.5% in 2015. Such negative impact on net revenues a percentage of gross billing for other solutions was partially offset by our termination of relationship with certain clients of other solutions, most of which conducted their marketing campaigns on a cost-plus (i.e., net) basis as we started a comprehensive review of our client base for other solutions in 2016 to focus on profitability and liquidity. Net revenues as a percentage of gross billing for other solutions increased slightly from 30.4% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 33.4% in the same period in 2017 as we terminated relationship with certain clients of other solutions with low profitability in the first half of 2017 as part of our efforts to optimize our client base for other solutions. Such positive impact on net revenues as a percentage of gross billing for other solutions was partially offset by the fact that a larger percentage of marketing campaigns involving other solutions were conducted on a cost-plus (i.e., net) basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016. US$35.0 million, or 86.7%, of gross billing from other solutions was recognized as net revenues on a net basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017, compared to

 

85

---

Table of Contents

US$57.9 million, or 84.8%, in the same period in 2016. According to Frost & Sullivan, compared to online marketing on mobile channels, online marketing on non-mobile channels is more established and tends to increasingly focus on transparency of cost structure. Therefore, marketers conducting online marketing campaigns on non-mobile channels increasingly pay a fixed rate of service fees to marketing technology companies for their services. These arrangements generally lead to marketing campaigns on cost-plus (i.e., net) basis.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

We use adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss, each a non-GAAP financial measure, in evaluating our operating results and for financial and operational decision making purposes.

We believe that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss help identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be distorted by the effect of the expenses and gains that we include in net loss. We believe that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss provide useful information about our operating results, enhance the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects and allow for greater visibility with respect to key metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss should not be considered in isolation or construed as an alternative to net loss or any other measure of performance or as an indicator of our operating performance. Investors are encouraged to review the historical non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures. Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net loss presented here may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies. Other companies may calculate similarly titled measures differently, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures to our data. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety and not rely on a single financial measure.

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA represents net loss before (i) depreciation and amortization, (ii) interest expense, (iii) income tax (benefit)/expense, (iv) share-based compensation, (v) fair value loss/(gain) on derivative liabilities, (vi) share of loss from an equity investee, (vii) compensation in relation to the acquisition of OptAim, and (viii) other (gains)/losses, net.

The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted EBITDA for the periods indicated:

 

		Year Ended December 31,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015				2016				2016				2017
		(US$ in thousands)
Net loss			(39,714	)			(27,330	)			(6,586	)			(22,245	)
Add / (less):
Depreciation and amortization			3,181				5,824				2,902				2,834
Interest expense			107				713				290				286
Income tax (benefit)/expense			(555	)			222				(129	)			601
EBITDA			(36,981	)			(20,571	)			(3,523	)			(18,524	)
Add:
Share-based compensation			6,494				21,244				1,863				1,923
Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative liabilities			19,390				(3,995	)			177				14,727
Share of loss from an equity investee			38				—				—				—
Compensation in relation to the acquisition of OptAim			3,000				—				—				—
Other (gains)/losses, net			(791	)			1,082				69				(7	)
Adjusted EBITDA			(8,850	)			(2,240	)			(1,414	)			(1,881	)

 

86

---

Table of Contents

Adjusted Net Loss

Adjusted net loss represents net loss before (i) share-based compensation, (ii) fair value loss/(gain) on derivative liabilities, (iii) share of loss from an equity investee, (iv) compensation in relation to the acquisition of OptAim, and (v) other (gains)/losses, net.

The table below sets forth a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted net loss for the periods indicated:

 

		Year Ended December 31,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015				2016				2016				2017
		(US$ in thousands)
Net loss			(39,714	)			(27,330	)			(6,586	)			(22,245	)
Add:
Share-based compensation			6,494				21,244				1,863				1,923
Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative liabilities			19,390				(3,995	)			177				14,727
Share of loss from an equity investee			38				—				—				—
Compensation in relation to the acquisition of OptAim			3,000				—				—				—
Other (gains)/losses, net			(791	)			1,082				69				(7	)
Adjusted net loss			(11,583	)			(8,999	)			(4,477	)			(5,602	)

Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

We believe the key factors affecting our financial condition and results of operations include the following:

 

•

Our ability to expand mobile app channels;

 

•

Our revenue models;

 

•

Our ability to optimize client base and increase client spending;

 

•

Our ability to enlarge audience data set, strengthen data analytics capabilities and innovate technologies; and

 

•

Seasonality.

Our Ability to Expand Mobile App Channels

Our future growth depends on our ability to expand our content distribution channels, in particular mobile app channels, to capture a larger share of the marketing spend in China. We have been prioritizing the execution of our mobile strategy since 2014 to capture a larger share of marketing spend on mobile apps, including through our acquisition of OptAim on July 24, 2015, which have significantly strengthened our mobile capabilities.

While marketing via non-mobile channels has been established for several years, marketing via mobile channels, in particular via mobile apps, which has a more dynamic competitive landscape, is a relatively new phenomena in China driven by recent innovations in mobile technologies and the growing popularity and prevalence of mobile devices and mobile apps. We have experienced and expect to continue to face significant competition for our mobile audience solutions, which have resulted in a downward pricing pressure on our mobile audience solutions. In addition, in light of the rising demand for marketing via mobile apps, mobile app publishers, especially popular mobile app publishers tend to command stronger bargaining power compared to their non-mobile app publisher counterparts, which has increased media costs for our mobile audience solutions. Furthermore, consistent with the general industry trends for online marketing on mobile channels and on non-mobile channels, an increasing percentage of marketing campaigns involving our mobile audience solutions were conducted on a specified action (i.e., gross) basis while an increasing percentage of marketing campaigns involving our other solutions were conducted on a cost-plus (i.e., net) basis in 2016 compared to 2015 and in the

 

87

---

Table of Contents

six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016. See “— Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Net Revenues” and “— Key Factors Affecting Our Results — Net Revenues”. Therefore, gross profit margins for our mobile audience solutions were significantly lower than those for our other solutions for the same periods historically, and we expect the trend to continue. As a result, an increase in the percentage of revenue from our mobile audience solutions may have a positive impact on our gross billing and net revenues but a negative impact on our gross profit margin.

We do not currently own or control any of our content distribution channels. To further expand our content distribution network, we need to develop new and enhance our existing relationships with content distribution channel partners, which depends, in part, on our ability to continually generate sufficient marketing spend from our clients on these channels, especially mobile app channels. We also intend to strengthen our relationships with content distribution channel partners through technology collaboration to facilitate innovative and effective user engagement.

Our Revenue Models

We derive revenue from three sources and report them on either the net or gross basis. (i) Revenue from incentives earned from the website publisher for which we act as sales agent for its content distribution opportunities, or the sales agency arrangement; and (ii) revenue from performing cost-plus marketing campaigns are reported on the net basis; and (iii) revenue from performing specified actions marketing campaigns (i.e., a CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis) is reported on the gross basis. Please see “— Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Net Revenues” above for more details.

The gross profit margins for our sales agency arrangement and cost-plus marketing campaigns are higher than that for our specified action marketing campaigns as cost of revenues for our sales agency arrangement and cost-plus marketing campaigns does not include media cost. As a result, an increase in the percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues from performing specified actions marketing campaigns will have a positive impact on our net revenues and a negative impact on gross profit margin. On the other hand, an increase in the percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues from our sales agency arrangement and from performing cost-plus marketing campaigns will have a negative impact on our net revenues and a positive impact on gross profit margin. Our mobile audience solutions, on one hand and other solutions, on the other hand, each represent a mixture of revenue recognized on gross basis and on net basis and the proportion of each fluctuates from period to period. Therefore our net revenues, net revenues as a percentage of gross billing, gross profit margin and the comparability of our financial results in one period to another may be affected by the relative percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues on the gross basis and net basis. The relative percentage of gross billing recognized as net revenues on the gross basis and net basis is in turn, affected by a variety of factors, in particular, the terms of the arrangements with our clients, including whether to conduct their marketing campaigns on a specified-action (i.e., gross) or cost-plus (i.e., net) basis in a particular period, which in turn depends on clients’ needs and goals.

Our Ability to Optimize Client Base and Increase Client Spending

Our growth and profitability are dependent upon our ability to optimize client base and increase client’s marketing spend on our platform. We started a comprehensive review of our client base for other solutions in 2016 to focus on profitability and liquidity. For example, we terminated relationship with certain clients for our other solutions, which had relatively long account receivable cycles and yielded relatively low operating profit margins in 2016 and the first half of 2017. We have also been focused, and expect to continue our focus, on sales to direct marketer clients, which tend to command higher gross profit margin compared to agency clients. Furthermore, our growth and profitability also depend on our ability to attract more clients to our self-service model, and to further diversify our client base to capture the growth in additional industry verticals and geographic markets.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

Our ability to increase clients’ marketing spend on our platform depends on whether our solutions can effectively address clients’ evolving and diverse needs in a cost-efficient manner. To that end, we plan to develop and offer more tailored, innovative and user-friendly solutions and services and enhance our sales, marketing and account servicing efforts.

Our Ability to Enlarge Audience Data Set, Strengthen Data Analytics Capabilities and Innovate Technologies

Our performance is significantly dependent on our ability to enlarge audience data set, strengthen data analytics capabilities and innovate technologies. This helps clients achieve more precise audience targeting and enables us to retain clients and increase their marketing spend. It also helps drive up our gross profit margin under our gross revenue model as we make better decisions about which content distribution opportunities to bid for and at which price, and better predict user interaction with a marketing message to achieve our clients’ minimum key performance indicator, or KPI requirements without having to purchase additional content distribution opportunities and incur additional media cost. Such KPIs generally include target audience reach (i.e., the percentage of target audience we successfully engage through our platform), click-through rate (i.e., the ratio of users who click on a specific link to the number of total users who view a marketing message) and landing rate (i.e., the ratio of users who arrive at the clients’ websites to the number of total users who view a marketing message). Furthermore, our ability to enlarge audience data set, strengthen data analytics capabilities and innovate technologies enables us to extend our data application across more aspects in online marketing and beyond to capitalize on more growth opportunities.

We plan to continue collaborating with clients and other third parties to increase the dimensions and varieties of our data assets and develop new strategic relationships to exploit new data sources and enlarge audience data set. We also plan to continue investing in our data science technologies and upgrading our technology infrastructure.

Seasonality

We have experienced seasonal fluctuations in revenue. The fourth quarter of each calendar year generally contributes the largest portion of our annual gross billing as marketers tend to allocate a significant portion of their online marketing budgets to that quarter, which coincides with Chinese consumers’ increased purchases around the holidays and shopping events in that quarter, such as Single’s Day on November 11 of each year. The first quarter of each calendar year generally contributes the smallest portion of our annual gross billing, primarily due to a lower level of allocation of online marketing budgets by marketers at the beginning of the calendar year in which the Chinese New Year holidays fall, during which time businesses in China are generally closed. We expect our gross billing to continue fluctuating based on seasonal factors that affect the online marketing industry as a whole.

Critical Accounting Policies

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, (ii) disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the end of each reporting period and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during each reporting period. We continually evaluate these estimates and assumptions based on historical experience, knowledge and assessment of current business and other conditions, expectations regarding the future based on available information and reasonable assumptions, which together form a basis for making judgments about matters not readily apparent from other sources. Since the use of estimates is an integral component of the financial reporting process, actual results could differ from those estimates. Some of our accounting policies require higher degrees of judgment than others in their application. We consider the policies discussed below to be critical to an understanding of our financial statements as their application places the most significant demands on the judgment of our management.

 

89

---

Table of Contents

Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities

Foreign ownership in advertising companies used to be subject to certain restrictions under PRC laws and regulations. To comply with the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, OptAim Beijing entered into a set of contractual arrangements with OptAim Network and its shareholders. The contractual arrangements between OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network allow us to:

 

•

exercise effective control over OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong;

 

•

receive substantially all of the economic benefits of OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong; and

 

•

have an exclusive option to purchase all or part of the equity interests and assets in OptAim Network when and to the extent permitted by PRC law.

Our consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIE and the VIE’s subsidiary for which we are the primary beneficiary. All transactions and balances among we, our subsidiaries, our VIE and the VIE’s subsidiary have been eliminated upon consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity in which we, directly or indirectly, control more than one half of the voting powers; or has the power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors; or to cast a majority of votes at the meeting of directors; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee under a statute or agreement among the shareholders or equity holders.

A VIE is an entity in which we, or our subsidiary, through contractual agreements, bears the risks of, and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the entity. In determining whether we or our subsidiaries are the primary beneficiary, we considered whether it has the power to direct activities that are significant to the VIE’s economic performance, and also our obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. OptAim Beijing, and ultimately we, hold all the variable interests of the VIE and its subsidiary, and has been determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

In accordance with the contractual agreements among the OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network, we have power to direct activities of the VIE, and can have assets transferred out of the VIE. Therefore, we consider that there is no asset in the VIE that can be used only to settle obligations of the VIE, except for registered capital and PRC statutory reserves of the VIE and the VIE’s subsidiary amounting to US$2.1 million and US$2.1 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. As the VIE was incorporated as limited liability company under the PRC Company Law, the creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for all the liabilities of the VIE. Currently there is no contractual arrangement that could require us to provide additional financial support to the VIE.

As we are conducting our PRC online advertising services business through OptAim Network, we will, if needed, provide such support on a discretion basis in the future, which could expose us to a loss.

We believe that the contractual arrangements among OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network are in compliance with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit our ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and if the shareholders of VIE were to reduce their interest in us, their interests may diverge from ours and that may potentially increase the risk that they would seek to act contrary to the contractual terms.

Our ability to control the VIE also depends on the power of attorney and OptAim Beijing has to vote on all matters requiring shareholder approval in the VIE. As noted above, we believe this power of attorney is legally enforceable but may not be as effective as direct equity ownership.

 

90

---

Table of Contents

Fair Value Determination Related to the Accounting for Business Combinations

We completed business combinations during 2015 which require us to perform purchase price allocations. In order to recognize the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, mainly consisting of intangible assets and goodwill, we use valuation techniques such as discounted cash flow analysis under the income approach. Major factors considered include historical financial results and assumptions including future growth rates, terminal rate and an estimate of weighted average cost of capital. Most of the valuations of our acquired businesses have been performed by independent valuation specialists under our management’s supervision. We believe that the estimated fair value assigned to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are based on reasonable assumptions and estimates that market participants would use. However, such assumptions are inherently uncertain and actual results could differ from those estimates.

Impairment of Goodwill

Impairment of goodwill assessment is performed on at least an annual basis on December 31 or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. According to ASC 350-20-35, an entity may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. We, however, select to proceed directly to perform a two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step compares the fair values of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. This allocation process is only performed for purposes of evaluating goodwill impairment and does not result in adjusting the value of any assets or liabilities. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. The judgment in estimating the fair value of a reporting unit includes estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and making other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit. No goodwill impairment losses were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Revenue Recognition

Our services are the provisions of online marketing services. We derive revenue from these services based on the specific terms of the contracts which are (i) agreed incentive to be earned for being a sales agent of a publisher, (ii) cost-plus, or (iii) specified actions (i.e. CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI). Our revenue is presented either on a gross or net basis which is further discussed below.

We recognize revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a customer, the size and nature of a customer’s business and transaction history. Amounts collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue. Revenues are recorded net of value-added taxes and surcharges.

Sales agent

In the arrangement with a particular publisher, we act as a sales agent for this publisher by having marketing clients market with this publisher. In return, we earn incentives from this publisher based on contractually

 

91

---

Table of Contents

stipulated amounts once certain spending thresholds are achieved. We consider this particular publisher as our customer and record such incentives as net revenues. Incentives from this publisher are calculated on both a quarterly and an annual basis in accordance with the terms as listed in the arrangement.

Cost-Plus

For cost-plus advertisement campaigns, sales are valued at the fair value of the amount received. Discounts granted to clients under cost-plus marketing campaigns, along with free or extended marketing campaigns, are recorded as a deduction from revenue. In the normal course of business, we act as an intermediary in executing transactions with third parties, specifically, we are not the principal in executing these transactions as we are acting on behalf of the website publishers.

The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether we are acting as the principal or an agent in our transactions. In determining whether we act as the principal or an agent, we follow the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. The determination of whether we are acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because we are facilitating the customers and the publishers to purchase and to sell advertising inventory and the pricing is generally restricted by the costs incurred through purchasing the advertising inventory, we conclude that we are not the principal in these arrangements and therefore report revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transaction on a net basis.

Specified Actions

We also generate revenue from performing specified actions (i.e. a CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis). Revenue is recognized on a CPM or CPC basis as impressions or clicks are delivered while revenue on a CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis is recognized once agreed actions are performed. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because we are the primary obligor and are responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party customers; (2) identifying website publishers to provide website spaces where the Group views the website publishers as suppliers; (3) establishing the selling prices of each of the CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI pricing model; (4) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk; and (5) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising, the Group acts as the principal of these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

Rebates

Throughout the various services delivered to our clients under the cost-plus and specified action arrangements, we earn rebates from our publishers and grant rebates to clients. The rebates we grant to clients under cost-plus/specified actions arrangement are recorded as deduction from revenue and are recorded based on the amount our customers would ultimately need to spend to earn the corresponding level of rebates. We are also able to reasonably estimate the spending our customers can ultimately achieve based on the historical spending patterns of our customers with similar arrangements. The rebates we receive from our publishers under the cost-plus and specified action arrangements are recorded as reduction of cost of revenue under the specified actions arrangement while under the cost-plus arrangement, they are recorded as revenue. These rebates are recognized when a particular milestone is achieved (i.e. applying the relevant rebates based on the level of spending threshold actually achieved) and spending has actually occurred. Furthermore, no rebates has been received from the publisher under the sales agent arrangement.

Under the sales agent arrangement, we grant rebates to our clients under this arrangement. The majority of the clients under our sales agent arrangement are not our customers under either the cost-plus arrangement or specified action arrangement. We record rebates granted to clients under the sales agent arrangement as cost of

 

92

---

Table of Contents

revenues as (i) we consider these rebates are for an identifiable benefit that is separable from the clients’ purchase of our services and (ii) we are able to reasonably estimate the fair value of the benefit received from granting these rebates.

Valuation of Ordinary Shares, Preferred Shares and Share Options

Fair Value of Preferred Shares

In determining fair value of our preferred shares, we, with the assistance of independent appraisers, adopted a two-step method as follows:

Step 1: to derive the fair value of total equity by adopting the discounted cash flow (“DCF”) Method;

Step 2: based on the total equity value derived in step 1, to derive the fair value of each class of shares by adopting equity allocation method.

Significant Factors, Assumptions, and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Total Equity

We, with the assistance of an independent appraiser, mainly performed retrospective valuations instead of contemporaneous valuations because, at the time of valuation, our financial resources and limited human resources were principally focused on business development efforts. This approach is consistent with the guidance prescribed by the AICPA Audit and Accounting Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, or the Practice Aid. We, with the assistance of an independent appraiser, evaluated the use of three generally accepted valuation approaches: market, cost and income approaches to estimate our enterprise value. We and our appraisers considered the market and cost approaches as inappropriate for valuing our total equity because no exactly comparable market transaction could be found for the market valuation approach, and the cost approach does not directly incorporate information about the economic benefits contributed by our business operations. Consequently, we and our appraisers relied solely on the income approach in determining the fair value of our total equity and we adopted market approach in verifying the fair value. This method eliminates the discrepancy in the time value of money by using a discount rate to reflect all business risks including intrinsic and extrinsic uncertainties in relation to our company.

The income approach involves applying discounted cash flow analysis based on our projected cash flows using management’s best estimate as of the valuation dates. Estimating future cash flow requires us to analyze projected revenue growth, gross profit margins, operating expense levels, effective tax rates, capital expenditures, working capital requirements, and discount rates. Our projected revenues were based on expected annual growth rates derived from a combination of our historical experience and the general trend in our industry. The revenue and cost assumptions we used are consistent with our long-term business plan and market conditions in our industry. We also have to make complex and subjective judgments regarding our unique business risks, our limited operating history, and future prospects at the time of valuation.

The table below sets forth the fair value of total equity as of January 1, 2015, August 1, 2015, December 31, 2015, December 28, 2016, March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017, respectively:

 

		US$ in millions
January 1, 2015			325
August 1, 2015			485
December 31, 2015			478
December 28, 2016			441
March 31, 2017			514
June 30, 2017			566

The other major assumptions used in calculating the fair value of total equity include:

Weighted average cost of capital, or WACC. Our cash flows were discounted to present value using discount rates that reflect the risks the management perceived as being associated with achieving the forecasts and are based

 

93

---

Table of Contents

on the estimate of our weighted average cost of capital, or WACC, on the issuance date. The WACCs were determined considering the risk-free rate, industry-average correlated relative volatility coefficient, or beta, equity risk premium, country risk premium, size of our company, scale of our business and our ability in achieving forecast projections. We used WACCs of 15.6%, 16.1%, 16.2%, 18.3%, 18.0% and 17.8% for January 1, 2015, August 1, 2015, December 31, 2015, December 28, 2016, March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

Comparable companies. In deriving the WACCs, which are used as the discount rates under the income approach, four publicly traded companies in the U.S. were selected for reference as our guideline companies.

Discount for lack of marketability, or DLOM. At the time of each issuance, we were a closely-held company and there was no public market for our equity securities. To determine the discount for lack of marketability, we and the independent appraisers used the Black-Scholes put option model. A put option was used because it incorporates certain company-specific factors, including timing of the expected initial public offering and the volatility of the share price of the guideline companies. Based on the analysis, we used DLOM of 12.4%, 9.4%, 20.7%, 19.2%, 9.6% and 5.7% for January 1, 2015, August 1, 2015, December 31, 2015, December 28, 2016, March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017 respectively.

Significant Factors Contributing to the Difference in Fair Value Determined of Total Equity

The determined fair value of total equity increased from US$324.6 million as of January 1, 2015 to US$485.4 million as of August 1, 2015, decrease to US$478.0 million as of December 31, 2015 and further to US$440.8 million as of December 31, 2016, and increase to US$513.5 million as of March 31, 2017 and further to US$566.2 million as of June 30, 2017. We believe the change in the fair value of our total equity was primarily attributable to the following factors:

The increase of equity value from January 2015 to August 2015 was mainly attributable to the acquisition of OptAim. Our equity values have remained fairly stable from August 2015 to December 2016 and certain fluctuation is attributable to the changes in discount rate as a result of the change in market data adopted in the CAPM model for derivation of WACC (i.e. increase in risk-free rates and unlevered beta of comparable companies has been observed by end of 2015 and 2016). The increase of equity value from December 2016 to June 2017 was attributed to the decrease in lack of marketability discount as a result of the closer timing of the expected initial public offering.

Significant Factors, Assumptions, and Methodologies Used in Determining Fair Value of Preferred Shares

Based on the total equity value as determined by step 1, we, with the assistance of independent appraisers, adopted the Equity Allocation Model, which was referenced to the “Practice Aid — Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation” issued by the AICPA in 2013, to allocate the equity value of the Company to different class of shares.

We have six classes of shares — ordinary shares, series A preferred shares, series B preferred shares, series C preferred shares, series D preferred shares and series E preferred shares. Under such capital structure, different classes of shareholders have economic or control rights disproportionate to their ownership percentage. As such, the fair value of total equity value is allocated to different classes of shareholders regarding to the economic and control rights associated.

As mentioned in the Amended and Restated Memorandum of Association, total equity value will be allocated to different classes of shareholders under three different scenarios, namely liquidation scenario, redemption scenario and conversion scenario (i.e. the IPO scenario).

Under the liquidation scenario and redemption scenario, we applied the Black-Scholes put option model to allocate the total equity value to these four classes of shares while total equity value is allocated on as-if-fully converted basis under the conversion scenario.

 

94

---

Table of Contents

The key assumptions used in the equity allocation model with contingent claim to allocate the total equity value under the liquidation scenario and redemption scenario include:

 

•

Current equity value. Current equity value is determined as the total equity value derived by step 1;

 

•

Life to expiration. Life to expiration is determined based on the remaining contractual life of each class of preferred shares;

 

•

Risk free interest rate. Risk free interest rate is determined based on the yield of U.S. Treasury Strips with a maturity life equal to the expected life to expiration; and

 

•

Volatility. volatility is determined based on our comparable companies.

After deriving the values of preferred and ordinary shares under each of the liquidation scenario, redemption scenario and conversion scenario, we then assigned the probabilities of each scenario to arrive at the probability weighted value of each class of shares. The table below sets forth the probability of the three scenarios used in calculating the fair value of the preferred shares as of January 1, 2015, August 1, 2015, December 31, 2015, December 28, 2016, March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017, respectively:

 

		Liquidation Scenario				Redemption Scenario				Conversion Scenario
January 1, 2015			12.5	%			12.5	%			75.0	%
August 1, 2015			10.0	%			10.0	%			80.0	%
December 31, 2015			10.0	%			10.0	%			80.0	%
December 28, 2016			5.0	%			5.0	%			90.0	%
March 31, 2017			5.0	%			5.0	%			90.0	%
June 30, 2017			5.0	%			5.0	%			90.0	%

The table below sets forth the fair value of ordinary shares and preferred shares as of January 1, 2015, August 1, 2015, December 31, 2015, December 28, 2016, March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

 

		Preferred Shares																				Ordinary Shares
		Series - A				Series - B				Series - C				Series - D				Series - E
		(US$ in millions)
January 1, 2015			35				39				24				48				—				183
August 1, 2015			48				51				31				58				—				296
December 31, 2015			49				38				32				59				—				305
December 28, 2016			44				34				29				49				21				293
March 31, 2017			49				37				32				54				23				327
June 30, 2017			54				41				35				58				25				361

Share-Based Compensation

We grant share options to eligible employees and account for these share-based awards in accordance with ASC 718 Compensation — Stock Compensation.

Share-based awards are measured at the grant date fair value of the awards and recognized as expenses using graded vesting method, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period, which is the vesting period. Compensation cost is accrued if it is probable that a performance condition will be achieved. We estimate the forfeiture rate based on historical forfeitures of equity awards and adjust the rate to reflect changes in facts and circumstances, if any. We revise our estimated forfeiture rate if actual forfeitures differ from our initial estimates. Grant date fair values of the awards are calculated using the binomial option pricing model with the assistance from an independent appraiser. The binomial option pricing model is used to measure the value of the awards. The determination of the fair value is affected by the share price as well as assumptions regarding a

 

95

---

Table of Contents

number of complex and subjective variables, including the expected volatility, risk-free interest rates, exercise multiple, expected dividend yield and expected term. The table below sets forth the key assumptions used in the binomial option model:

The binomial option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of the share options granted to employees and non-employees. The fair values of share options granted during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017 were estimated using the following assumptions:

 

Grant Date		Risk-free interest rate(1)				Dividend yield(2)				Volatility rate(3)				Expected term (in years) (4)
January 1, 2015			0.09	%			0	%			47.34	%			NA
January 1, 2015			2.37	%			0	%			53.47	%			NA
February 1, 2015			1.88	%			0	%			54.55	%			NA
June 30, 2015			2.57	%			0	%			52.87	%			NA
July 6, 2015			2.53	%			0	%			52.60	%			NA
July 6, 2015			2.58	%			0	%			52.64	%			NA
August 1, 2015			2.34	%			0	%			52.78	%			NA
December 31, 2015			2.52	%			0	%			55.54	%			NA
April 1, 2016			2.00	%			0	%			49.37	%			NA
July 1, 2016			1.62	%			0	%			50.52	%			NA
January 1, 2017			2.67	%			0	%			50.75	%			NA
April 1, 2017			2.59	%			0	%			50.79	%			NA

 

(1)	The risk-free interest rate of periods within the contractual life of the share option is based on the yield of U.S. Treasury Strips sourced from Bloomberg as of the valuation dates.

(2)	The Company has no history or expectation of paying dividends on its ordinary shares.

(3)	Expected volatility is estimated based on the average of historical volatilities of the comparable companies in the same industry as at the valuation dates.

(4)	The expected term is developed by assuming the share options will be exercised towards the end of maturity dates.

 

96

---

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated results of operations for the periods indicated. This information should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Due to our limited operating history, period-to-period comparisons discussed below may not be meaningful and are not indicative of our future trends. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We have experienced fluctuation in growth in recent periods, and our historical growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.”

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
Net revenues			65,242				100.0				95,357				100.0				45,269				100.0				55,741				100.0
Cost of revenues			(34,531	)			(52.9	)			(61,048	)			(64.0	)			(28,003	)			(61.9	)			(42,431	)			(76.1	)
Gross profit			30,711				47.1				34,309				36.0				17,266				38.1				13,310				23.9
Operating expenses
Research and development expenses			(8,106	)			(12.4	)			(8,584	)			(9.0	)			(4,426	)			(9.8	)			(3,234	)			(5.8	)
Sales and marketing expenses			(31,385	)			(48.1	)			(28,266	)			(29.6	)			(14,083	)			(31.1	)			(12,205	)			(21.9	)
General and administrative expenses			(12,745	)			(19.5	)			(26,767	)			(28.1	)			(4,936	)			(10.9	)			(4,509	)			(8.1	)
Total operating expenses			(52,236	)			(80.0	)			(63,617	)			(66.7	)			(23,445	)			(51.8	)			(19,948	)			(35.8	)
Operating loss			(21,525	)			(33.0	)			(29,308	)			(30.7	)			(6,179	)			(13.7	)			(6,638	)			(11.9	)
Interest expense			(107	)			(0.2	)			(713	)			(0.7	)			(290	)			(0.6	)			(286	)			(0.5	)
Other gains/(losses), net			791				1.2				(1,082	)			(1.1	)			(69	)			(0.2	)			7				0.0
Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative liabilities			(19,390	)			(29.7	)			3,995				4.2				(177	)			(0.4	)			(14,727	)			(26.4	)
Loss before income tax expense			(40,231	)			(61.7	)			(27,108	)			(28.3	)			(6,715	)			(14.9	)			(21,644	)			(38.8	)
Income tax benefit/(expense)			555				0.9				(222	)			(0.2	)			129				0.3				(601	)			(1.1	)
Share of loss from an equity investee			(38	)			(0.1	)			—				—				—				—				—				—
Net loss			(39,714	)			(60.9	)			(27,330	)			(28.5	)			(6,586	)			(14.6	)			(22,245	)			(39.9	)

Key Components of Results of Operations

Net Revenues

We generate revenue primarily from clients’ marketing spend through our platform as they utilize our solutions in cost-plus and specified action marketing campaigns, and to a less extent from incentives granted by the publisher under our sales agency arrangement. Please refer to “— Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Net Revenues”, “— Critical Accounting Policies — Revenue Recognition” and “— Critical Accounting Policies — Rebates” for a description of the components of our net revenues and revenue recognition policies.

 

97

---

Table of Contents

The table below shows our net revenues breakdown for our mobile audience solutions and other solutions for the periods presented.

 

		Year Ended December 31																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
Net revenues from mobile audience solutions			11,908				18.3				57,761				60.6				24,517				54.2				42,262				75.8
Net revenues from other solutions			53,334				81.7				37,596				39.4				20,752				45.8				13,479				24.2
Total net revenues			65,242				100				95,357				100				45,269				100				55,741				100

The table below shows our rebates received from publishers under cost-plus marketing campaigns, which were recognized as net revenues for our mobile audience solutions and other solutions for the periods presented.

 

		Year Ended December 31																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
Rebates received from publishers for mobile audience solutions			4,555				7.0				7,940				8.3				3,931				8.7				2,895				5.2
Rebates received from publishers for other solutions(1)			12,145				18.6				6,241				6.5				3,760				8.3				1,180				2.1
Rebates received from publishers			16,700				25.6				14,181				14.8				7,691				17.0				4,075				7.3

 

(1)

of which US$4,138 thousand, US$974 thousand, US$783 thousand and US$253 thousand in 2015, 2016, six months ended June 30, 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017 were received under cost-plus marketing campaigns from the publisher for which we acted as its sales agent under our sales agency arrangement.

The table below shows our incentive revenues received from the publisher under our sales agency arrangement, which were recognized as net revenues for our mobile audience solutions and other solutions for the periods presented.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
Incentive revenues received from the publisher for our mobile audience solutions			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Incentive revenues received from the publisher for our other solutions(1)			7,098				10.9				7,924				8.3				4,708				10.4				3,941				7.1
Incentive revenues received from the publisher			7,098				10.9				7,924				8.3				4,708				10.4				3,941				7.1

 

(1)

Exclude rebates in the amount of US$4,138 thousand, US$974 thousand, US$783 thousand and US$253 thousand in 2015, 2016, six months ended June 30, 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017 received under cost-plus marketing campaigns from the publisher for which we acted as its sales agent under our sales agency arrangement.

 

98

---

Table of Contents

The table below shows our rebates and discounts we granted to marketers and marketing agencies under our cost-plus and specified action marketing campaigns for our mobile audience solutions and other solutions for the periods presented. These rebates and discounts are recognized as reduction of net revenues.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
Rebates and discounts we granted			(14,982	)			(22.9	)			(17,021	)			(17.8	)			(7,279	)			(16.1	)			(9,128	)			(16.4	)
Rebates and discounts we granted for mobile audience solutions(1)			(6,820	)			(10.4	)			(10,675	)			(11.2	)			(3,724	)			(8.2	)			(7,912	)			(14.2	)
Rebates and discounts we granted for other solutions(2)			(8,162	)			(12.5	)			(6,346	)			(6.6	)			(3,555	)			(7.9	)			(1,216	)			(2.2	)

 

(1)

Of which US$(412) thousand, US$(6,347) thousand, US$(1,764) thousand and US$(5,598) thousand were in connection with our specified action (i.e., gross) marketing campaigns, and US$(6,408) thousand, US$(4,328) thousand, US$(1,961) thousand and US$(2,314) thousand were in connection with our cost-plus (i.e., net) marketing campaigns in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

(2)

Of which US$(3,620) thousand, US$(2,047) thousand, US$(1,120) thousand and US$(554) thousand were in connection with our specified action (i.e., gross) marketing campaigns, and US$(7,325) thousand, US$(5,402) thousand, US$(2,604) thousand and US$(759) thousand were in connection with our cost-plus (i.e., net) marketing campaigns in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

We have a diverse client base in terms of the geographic location of our clients’ or marketers’ headquarters as we help them, especially multinational marketers, navigate through the fragmented online marketing landscapes in China to identify and reach their potential audience. In determining the geographic classification of our revenue, we look at the geographic location of our subsidiary or VIE which executed the marketing campaign contract. Our subsidiaries or VIE in China generally are our signing entities for marketing campaign contracts with clients which are based in China. Our Singapore subsidiary generally is our signing entity for marketing campaign contracts with clients based in Southeast Asia. Our Hong Kong subsidiaries generally are our signing entities for the other clients. In 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, we derived 53.2%, 25.3%, 27.0% and 18.0% of our net revenues from outside China, respectively. Our net revenues from clients in China increased significantly from 2015 to 2016 and from the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared to the same period in 2017 as a result of our acquisition of OptAim, which used its consolidated subsidiaries in China to execute marketing campaign contracts, and as we continued to prioritize the execution of our mobile strategy. Clients for our mobile audience solutions are primarily based in China. Our net revenues from clients outside China decreased from 2015 to 2016 and from the six months ended June 30, 2016 compared to the same period in 2017 as we continued to optimize the client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity. Clients outside of China primarily use our other solutions. The table below shows our net revenues breakdown by geographic region for the periods presented.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
PRC			30,505				46.8				71,214				74.7				33,030				73.0				45,695				82.0
Hong Kong			34,442				52.8				22,766				23.9				11,800				26.0				9,179				16.5
Others			295				0.4				1,377				1.4				439				1.0				867				1.5
Total net revenues			65,242				100				95,357				100				45,269				100				55,741				100

 

99

---

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues; Gross Profit Margin

Cost of revenues primarily consists of:

 

•

Media cost in connection with specified-action marketing campaigns. Media cost refers to cost we pay to publishers for acquisition of content distribution opportunities, which is partially offset by rebates we receive from publishers in specified-action marketing campaigns. Media cost represented 81.8%, 88.2%, 86.8% and 91.9% of our cost of revenues in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

 

•

Rebates we grant under our sales agency arrangement. Rebates we grant under our sales agency arrangement are recognized as cost of revenues and represented 9.5%, 4.2%, 5.0% and 2.8% of our cost of revenues in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. The decrease from 2015 to 2016 was mainly due to the decrease in rebate rates for rebates we granted under our sales agency arrangement as a result of our increased bargaining power as we solidified our market position as the largest independent online marketing technology platform in China in terms of gross billing, partially offset by the increase in gross billing under our sales agency arrangement from US$46.4 million in 2015 to US$56.8 million in 2016. The decrease the six months ended June 30, 2016 to the same period in 2017 was mainly due to a decrease in gross billing under our sales agency arrangement from US$30.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$23.8 million in the same period in 2017, and the decrease in rebate rates for rebates to we granted under our sales agency arrangement as a result of our increased bargaining power as we solidified our market position as the largest independent online marketing technology platform in China in terms of gross billing.

The table below shows the rebates we granted to marketers and marketing agencies under our sales agency arrangement for our mobile audience solutions and other solutions for the periods presented. These rebates are recognized as cost of revenues.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% cost of revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of cost of revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of cost of revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of cost of revenues)
Rebates we granted			(3,291	)			(9.5	)			(2,568	)			(4.2	)			(1,389	)			(5.0	)			(1,196	)			(2.8	)
Rebates we granted for mobile audience solutions			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Rebates we granted for other solutions			(3,291	)			(9.5	)			(2,568	)			(4.2	)			(1,389	)			(5.0	)			(1,196	)			(2.8	)

The table below shows our rebates received from website publishers under specified action marketing campaigns, which were recognized as deduction of cost of revenues for our mobile audience solutions and other solutions for the periods presented.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(US$ in thousands)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
Rebates received from publishers			531				0.8				6,037				6.3				2,026				4.5				6,847				12.3
Rebates received from publishers for mobile audience solutions			219				0.3				5,875				6.2				1,931				4.3				6,807				12.2
Rebates received from publishers for other solutions			312				0.5				162				6.1				95				0.2				40				0.1

 

100

---

Table of Contents

•

Amortization of expenses. This relates to amortization of computer software acquired in the acquisitions of Buzzinate and OptAim, which represented 5.4%, 6.8%, 7.4% and 4.9% of our cost of revenues in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

The table below shows the cost of revenues, gross profit and gross profit margin for our mobile audience solutions for the periods presented. Gross profit margin for our mobile audience solutions represents gross profit as a percentage of net revenues for mobile audience solutions.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for mobile audience solutions)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues for mobile audience solutions)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for mobile audience solutions)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for mobile audience solutions)
Cost of revenues for mobile audience solutions			8,511				71.5				48,212				83.5				20,717				84.5				38,722				91.6
Gross profit for mobile audience solutions			3,397				28.5				9,549				16.5				3,800				15.5				3,540				8.4

The table below shows the cost of revenues, gross profit and gross profit margin for our other solutions for the periods presented. Gross profit margin for our other solutions represents gross profit as a percentage of net revenues for other solutions.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for other solutions)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues for other solutions)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for other solutions)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for other solutions)
Cost of revenues for other solutions			26,020				48.8				12,836				34.1				7,286				35.1				3,709				27.5
Gross profit for other solutions			27,314				51.2				24,760				65.9				13,466				64.9				9,770				72.5

Due to competitive landscape and pricing pressure as mobile audience solutions are relatively nascent compared to other solutions, with companies competing for more market share as they enter into this market and as mobile apps publishers tend to have stronger bargaining power compared to other online publishers as a result of the growing popularity of mobile apps, mobile audience solutions tend to command a lower gross profit margin compared to non-mobile marketing solutions. In addition, a larger percentage of gross billing from mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016 and in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, which was 48.2%, 43.0% and 65.9% respectively, compared to that for our other solutions in the same period, which was 14.4%, 15.2% and 13.3%, respectively. As a result, gross profit margins for our mobile audience solutions in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, which were 28.5%, 16.5%, 15.5% and 8.4%, respectively, were significantly lower than those for our other solutions, which were 51.2%, 65.9%, 64.9% and 72.5%, respectively, for the same periods.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

The table below shows the cost of revenues, gross profit and gross profit margin for our sales agency arrangement for the periods presented. Cost of revenues for sales agency arrangement primarily consists of rebates we granted to marketer and marketing agency clients under the sales agency arrangement. Gross profit margin for sales agency arrangement represents gross profit as a percentage of net revenues derived from sales agency arrangement.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)
Cost of revenues for sales agency arrangement			3,291				46.4				2,568				32.4				1,389				29.5				1,196				30.3
Gross profit for sales agency arrangement			3,807				53.6				5,356				67.6				3,319				70.5				2,745				69.7

The table below shows the cost of revenues, gross profit and gross profit margin for cost-plus marketing campaigns for the periods presented. Cost of revenues for cost-plus marketing campaigns primarily consists of salaries and benefits of the relevant operations and support personnel and depreciation of relevant property and equipment depreciation. Gross profit margin for sales agency arrangement represents gross profit as a percentage of net revenues derived from cost-plus marketing campaigns.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)
Cost of revenues for cost-plus marketing campaigns			1,857				9.5				2,664				17.3				1,335				15.6				842				17.1
Gross profit for cost-plus marketing campaigns			17,603				90.5				12,714				82.7				7,208				84.4				4,050				82.9

 

102

---

Table of Contents

The table below shows the cost of revenues, gross profit and gross profit margin for specified action marketing campaigns for the periods presented. Cost of revenues for specified action marketing campaigns primarily consists of media cost, as deducted by rebates received from publishers. Gross profit margin for specified action marketing campaigns represents gross profit as a percentage of net revenues derived from specified action marketing campaigns.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)				(US$ in thousands)				(% net revenues for sales agency arrangement)
Cost of revenues for specified action marketing campaigns			29,383				76.0				55,816				77.5				25,279				78.9				40,393				86.1
Gross profit for specified action marketing campaigns			9,301				24.0				16,239				22.5				6,739				21.1				6,515				13.9

Operating Expenses

We classify our operating expenses into three categories: research and development expenses, sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses. The following table sets forth our operating expenses, both in absolute amount and as a percentage of our net revenues, for the periods presented.

 

		Year Ended December 31,																Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015								2016								2016								2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of net revenues)
Operating expenses
Research and development expenses			(8,106	)			(12.4	)			(8,584	)			(9.0	)			(4,426	)			(9.8	)			(3,234	)			(5.8	)
Sales and marketing expenses			(31,385	)			(48.1	)			(28,266	)			(29.6	)			(14,083	)			(31.1	)			(12,205	)			(21.9	)
General and administrative expenses			(12,745	)			(19.5	)			(26,767	)			(28.1	)			(4,936	)			(10.9	)			(4,509	)			(8.1	)
Total operating expenses			(52,236	)			(80.0	)			(63,617	)			(66.7	)			(23,445	)			(51.8	)			(19,948	)			(35.8	)

 

•

Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of (i) advertising and market promotion expenses, and (ii) salary and welfare for sales and marketing personnel.

 

•

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses consist primarily of (i) salary and welfare for general and administrative personnel, (ii) allowance for doubtful receivables, (iii) professional service fees, and (iv) compensation to certain senior management of OptAim in 2015 in connection with our acquisition. Allowance for doubtful receivables, which related to account receivable from certain agency clients was US$1.7 million, US$0.1 million, US$0.0 million and US$0.0 million in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. Professional service fees primarily related to legal and audit service in connection with our private placements and OptAim acquisition and preparation for this offering. We expect to continue to invest in our corporate infrastructure and incur expenses related to being a public company, including increased accounting and legal fees, investor relations costs and compliance costs. As a result, we anticipate that general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in future periods.

 

103

---

Table of Contents

•

Research and development expenses. Research and development expenses consist primarily of (i) salary and welfare for research and development personnel, (ii) rental expenses and (iii) depreciation of office premise and (iv) servers utilized by research and development personnel.

Taxation

The Cayman Islands

We and our subsidiary incorporated in the Cayman Islands are not subject to income, corporation or capital gains tax, estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. In addition, payment of dividends to our shareholders or the shareholder of our subsidiary in the Cayman Islands are not subject to withholding tax in the Cayman Islands.

The British Virgin Islands

Our subsidiaries incorporated in the British Virgin Islands are not subject to income or capital gains taxes, estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax. In addition, payment of dividends to the shareholders of our subsidiaries in British Virgin Islands are not subject to withholding tax in the British Virgin Islands.

Hong Kong

Our subsidiaries incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to 16.5% Hong Kong profit tax on their taxable income generated from operations in Hong Kong under the current Hong Kong Inland Revenue Ordinance. Under the Hong Kong tax laws, we are exempted from the Hong Kong income tax on our foreign-derived income. In addition, payments of dividends from our Hong Kong subsidiary to us are not subject to any Hong Kong withholding tax.

PRC

Generally, our PRC subsidiaries, our consolidated VIE and its subsidiary, which are considered PRC resident enterprises under PRC tax law, are subject to enterprise income tax on their worldwide taxable income as determined under PRC tax laws and accounting standards at a rate of 25%.

We are subject to value added tax, or VAT, at a rate of 6% on the services we provide, less any deductible VAT we have already paid or borne. We are also subject to surcharges on VAT payments in accordance with PRC law. VAT has been phased in since August 2013 to replace the business tax that was previously applicable to the services we provide. During the periods presented, we were not subject to business tax on the services we provide.

Dividends paid by our wholly foreign-owned subsidiary in China to our intermediary holding company in Hong Kong will be subject to a withholding tax rate of 10%, unless the relevant Hong Kong entity satisfies all the requirements under the Arrangement between the PRC and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region on the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income and receives approval from the relevant tax authority. If our Hong Kong subsidiary satisfies all the requirements under the tax arrangement and receives approval from the relevant tax authority, then the dividends paid to the Hong Kong subsidiary would be subject to withholding tax at the standard rate of 5%. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”

If our holding company in the Cayman Islands or any of our subsidiaries outside of China were deemed to be a “resident enterprise” under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, it would be subject to enterprise income

 

104

---

Table of Contents

tax on its worldwide income at a rate of 25%. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders or ADS holders.”

Six Months Ended June 30, 2017 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2016

Net Revenues

Our net revenues increased by US$10.4 million, or 23.1%, from US$45.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$55.7 million in the same period in 2017, primarily as a result of an increase in our net revenues from our mobile audience solutions and partially offset by a decrease in our net revenues from our other solutions.

Net revenues from our mobile audience solutions increased by US$17.8 million, or 72.4% from US$24.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$42.3 million in the same period in 2017 as a result of an increase in gross billing from mobile audience solutions and a larger percentage of our gross billing from mobile audience solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016. US$21.6 million, or 43.0%, of gross billing from mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to US$41.5 million, or 65.9%, in the same period in 2017. Rebates received from publishers and recognized as net revenues decreased by US$1.0 million or 25.6% from US$3.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$2.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017 for our mobile audience solutions as gross billing from mobile audience solutions that was recognized on a net basis decreased. We did not receive any incentives from the publisher under our sales agency arrangement in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and the same period in 2017 for our mobile audience solutions. Rebates and discounts granted to our clients and recognized as deduction of revenues increased by US$4.2 million, or 113.5% from US$3.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$7.9 million in the same period in 2017 for our mobile solutions as gross billing from mobile audience solutions increased.

Net revenues from our other solutions decreased by US$7.3 million or 35.0% from US$20.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$13.5 million in the same period in 2017 primarily as a result of a decrease in gross billing from other solutions and smaller percentage of our gross billing from other solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis. US$5.3 million, or 13.3%, of gross billing from other solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017, compared to US$10.4 million, or 15.2%, in the same period in 2016. Rebates received from publishers and recognized as net revenues decreased by US$2.6 million or 66.7% from US$3.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$1.3 million in the same period in 2017 for our other solutions as gross billing from other solutions that were conducted on a cost-plus basis decreased. Incentives received from the publisher under our sales agency arrangement, which were recognized as net revenues decreased by US$0.8 million, or 17.0% from US$4.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$3.9 million in the same period in 2017 for our other solutions due to a decrease in gross billing under the sales agency arrangement. Rebates granted to our clients and recognized as deduction of revenues decreased by US$2.4 million, or 64.7% from US$3.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017 to US$1.3 million in the same period in 2017 for our other solutions as gross billing from other solutions decreased.

Cost of Revenues, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

		Six Months Ended June 30,
		2016				2017
		(US$ in thousands, except %)
Cost of revenues			(28,003	)			(42,431	)
Gross profit			17,266				13,310
Gross profit margin			38.1	%			23.9	%

 

105

---

Table of Contents

Our cost of revenues increased by US$14.4 million, or 51.4%, from US$28.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$42.4 million in the same period in 2017, primarily as a result of an increase in media cost, which increased by US$14.7 million, or 60.4%, from US$24.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$39.0 million in the same period in 2017 as a result of a larger percentage of gross billing being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis. 45.4% of our gross billing in the six months ended June 30, 2017 was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis, compared to 27.0% in the same period in 2016. Cost of revenues for our mobile audience solutions increased by US$18.0 million, or 86.9%, from US$20.7 million to US$38.7 million, while cost of revenues for our other solutions decreased by US$3.6 million, or 49.1%, from US$7.3 million to US$3.7 million.

The increase in cost of revenues for our mobile audience solutions was in line with the growth of gross billing from mobile audience solutions and also due to an increased percentage of gross billing from mobile audience solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis. US$41.5 million, or 65.9%, of gross billing from mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017, compared to US$21.6 million, or 43.0%, in the same period in 2016. No rebate or discount we granted was recognized as cost of revenues for our mobile audience solutions in the six months ended June 30, 2016 or 2017. Rebates received from website publishers recognized as deduction of cost of revenues increased by US$4.9 million, or 252.5% from US$1.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$6.8 million in the same period in 2017 for our mobile audience solutions as gross billing from mobile audience solutions that was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis increased.

The decrease in cost of revenues from our other solutions was in line with the decrease of gross billing from other solutions and also due to a decreased percentage of gross billing from other solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis. US$5.3 million, or 13.3%, of gross billing from other solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017, compared to US$10.4 million or 15.2% in the same period in 2016. Rebates we granted and recognized as cost of revenues, which related to rebates we granted to marketers and marketing agencies under our sales agency arrangement decreased by US$0.2 million, or 13.9%, from US$1.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$1.2 million in the same period in 2017 for other solutions in line with the decrease of gross billing from our sales agency arrangement. Rebates received from website publishers recognized as deduction of cost of revenues decreased by US$55,000, or 57.9%, from US$95,000 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$40,000 in the same period in 2017 for our other solutions as gross billing from other solutions that was recognized on a gross basis decreased.

As a result of the above, our gross profit decreased from US$17.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$13.3 million in the same period in 2017. Specifically, gross profit for our mobile audience solutions decreased by US$0.3 million, or 6.8%, from US$3.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$3.5 million in the same period in 2017, and gross profit for our other solutions decreased by US$3.7 million, or 27.4% from US$13.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$9.8 million in the same period in 2017. Our gross profit margin decreased from 38.1% in 2016 to 23.9% in 2017 primarily due to the expansion in our mobile audience solutions. Gross profit margin for our mobile audience solutions decreased from 15.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 8.4% in the same period in 2017 as a result of competitive pressure and a larger percentage of gross billing for our mobile audience solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016. Gross profit margin for our other solutions increased from 64.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 72.5% in the six months ended June 30, 2017 as we continued to optimize the client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity and as a result of a smaller percentage of gross billing for our other solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016.

Due to competitive landscape and pricing pressure as mobile audience solutions are relatively nascent compared to other solutions, with companies competing for more market share as they enter into this market and as mobile apps publishers tend to have stronger bargaining power compared to other online publishers as a result of the growing popularity of mobile apps, mobile audience solutions tend to command a lower gross profit

 

106

---

Table of Contents

margin compared to non-mobile marketing solutions. In addition, consistent with the general industry trends for online marketing on mobile channels and on non-mobile channels, a large percentage of gross billing from our mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in the six months ended June 30, 2017, which was 65.9%, compared to that for our other solutions in the same period, which was 13.3%. As a result, gross profit margins for our mobile audience solutions in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017 were significantly lower than those for our other solutions for the same periods.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses decreased by US$3.5 million, or 14.9%, during the six months ended June 30, 2017 compared to the same period in 2016, primarily due to decreases in research and development expenses, sales and marketing expenses and general and administrative expenses. Our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased from 51.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 35.8% in the same period in 2017.

 

•

Sales and marketing expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased by US$1.9 million, or 13.5%, from US$14.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$12.2 million in the same period in 2017. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in staff costs as we continued to optimize the client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity and as we continued to benefit from the synergies from the integration of complementary sales and marketing capabilities of OptAim, which had been completed by the end of June 30, 2017 and economies of scale. As a result, sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenues also decreased from 31.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 21.9% in the same period in 2017.

 

•

General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses decreased by US$0.4 million, or 8.2%, from US$4.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$4.5 million in the same period in 2017, primarily due to a decrease in staff costs as we streamlined our general and administrative functions and reduced the relevant staff headcount as we further integrated OptAim’s operations, which had been completed by the end of June 30, 2017. General and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues decreased from 10.9% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 8.1% in the same period in 2017.

 

•

Research and development expenses. Our research and development expenses decreased by US$1.2 million, or 27.3%, from US$4.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$3.2 million in the same period in 2017, primarily due to a decrease in staff costs, as we continued to benefit from the synergies from the integration of the complementary research and development capabilities of OptAim and economies of scale. As a result, research and development expenses as a percentage of our net revenues decreased from 9.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 5.8% in the same period in 2017.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense was flat at US$0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and the same period in 2017.

Other Gains/(Losses), Net

Our other losses, net was US$69,166 in the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to other gains, net of US$7,290 in the same period in 2017. The change was primarily due to an decrease by 83.9%, or US$105,922, from US$126,238 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$20,316 in the same period in 2017 in net exchange loss mainly due to the depreciation of Renminbi against the US dollars.

Fair Value (Loss)/Gain on Derivative Liabilities

Our fair value loss on derivative liabilities was US$0.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016, compared to a fair value loss on derivative liabilities of US$14.7 million in the same period in 2017. The fair

 

107

---

Table of Contents

value loss on derivative liabilities related to our preferred shares, the conversion and redemption features of which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities. The increase in the fair value loss on derivative liabilities from the six months ended June 30, 2016 to the same period in 2017 was primarily due to an increase in our enterprise value as a result of a decrease in lack of marketability discount as we are approaching an initial public offering.

Income Tax Benefit/(Expenses)

We recorded an income tax benefit of US$0.1 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and an income tax expense of US$0.6 million in the same period in 2017.

Net Loss

As a result of the foregoing, our net loss increased by 236.4% from US$6.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$22.2 million in the same period in 2017.

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2015

Net Revenues

Our net revenues increased by US$30.2 million, or 46.2%, from US$65.2 million in 2015 to US$95.4 million in 2016, primarily as a result of an increase in our net revenues from our mobile audience solutions and partially offset by a decrease in our net revenues from our other solutions.

Net revenues from our mobile audience solutions increased by US$45.9 million, or 385.1% from US$11.9 million in 2015 to US$57.8 million in 2016 as a result of an increase in gross billing from mobile audience solutions and a larger percentage of our gross billing from mobile audience solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016 compared to 2015. US$54.2 million, or 48.2%, of gross billing from mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016, compared to US$7.9 million, or 19.1%, in 2015. Rebates received from publishers and recognized as net revenues decreased by US$2.5 million or 24.0% from US$10.4 million in 2015 to US$7.9 million in 2016 for our mobile audience solutions as gross billing from mobile audience solutions that was recognized on a net basis decreased. We did not receive any incentives from the publisher under our sales agency arrangement in 2015 and 2016 for our mobile audience solutions. OptAim contributed US$51.1 million to our net revenues in 2016, compared to US$11.7 million from July 24, 2015, when we acquired OptAim, to December 31, 2015. All such net revenues contribution from OptAim related to our mobile audience solutions. Rebates and discounts we granted and recognized as deduction of revenues increased by US$3.9 million, or 56.5% from US$6.8 million in 2015 to US$10.7 million in 2016 for our mobile audience solutions as gross billing from mobile audience solutions increased.

Net revenues from our other solutions decreased by US$15.7 million or 29.5% from US$53.3 million in 2015 to US$37.6 million in 2016 primarily as a result of a decrease in gross billing from other solutions and smaller percentage of our gross billing from other solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016 compared to 2015. US$17.9 million, or 14.4%, of gross billing from other solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016, compared to US$30.8 million or 22.5% in 2015. Rebates received from publishers and recognized as net revenues decreased by US$6.7 million or 47.9% from US$14.0 million in 2015 to US$7.3 million in 2016 for our other solutions as gross billing from other solutions that were conducted on a cost-plus basis decreased. Incentives received from the publisher under our sales agency arrangement, which were recognized as net revenues increased by US$0.8 million, or 11.3% from US$7.1 million in 2015 to US$7.9 million in 2016 for our other solutions as a result of the increase in marketing spend by our clients. Rebates and discounts we granted and recognized as deduction of revenues decreased by US$3.5 million, or 31.9% from US$11.0 million in 2015 to US$7.5 million in 2016 for our other solutions.

 

108

---

Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues, Gross Profit and Gross Profit Margin

 

		Year Ended December 31
		2015				2016
		(US$ in thousands, except %)
Cost of revenues			(34,531	)			(61,048	)
Gross profit			30,711				34,309
Gross profit margin			47.1	%			36.0	%

Our cost of revenues increased by US$26.5 million, or 76.8%, from US$34.5 million in 2015 to US$61.0 million in 2016, primarily as a result of an increase in media cost, which increased by US$25.8 million, or 88.2%, from US$28.1 million in 2015 to US$53.9 million in 2016, consistent with the growth of our gross billing as we scaled up our business and as a result of a larger percentage of gross billing being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis. 30.4% of our gross billing in 2016 were recognized as net revenues on a gross basis, compared to 21.7% in 2015. Cost of revenues for our mobile audience solutions increased by US$39.7 million, or 466.4%, from US$8.5 million to US$48.2 million, while cost of revenues for our other solutions decreased by US$13.2 million, or 50.7%, from US$26.1 million to US$12.8 million.

The increase in cost of revenues for our mobile audience solutions was in line with the growth of gross billing from mobile audience solutions and also due to an increased percentage of gross billing from mobile audience solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis. US$54.2 million, or 48.2%, of gross billing from mobile audience solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016, compared to US$7.9 million, or 19.1%, in 2015. OptAim contributed US$47.0 million to our cost of revenues in 2016, compared to US$8.5 million from July 24, 2015, when we acquired OptAim, to December 31, 2015. All such cost of revenues contribution from OptAim related to our mobile audience solutions. No rebate or discount we granted was recognized as cost of revenues for our mobile audience solutions in 2015 or 2016. Rebates received from website publishers recognized as deduction of cost of revenues increased by US$5.7 million, or 2,582.6% from US$0.2 million in 2015 to US$5.9 million in 2016 for our mobile audience solutions as more marketing campaigns for mobile audience solutions were conducted on specified action (i.e., gross) basis.

The decrease in cost of revenues from our other solutions was in line with the decrease of gross billing from other solutions and also due to a decreased percentage of gross billing from other solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis. US$17.9 million, or 14.4%, of gross billing from other solutions was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016, compared to US$30.8 million or 22.5% in 2015. Rebates we granted and recognized as cost of revenues, which related to rebates we granted to marketers and marketing agencies under our sales agency arrangement decreased by US$0.7 million or 22.0% from US$3.3 million in 2015 to US$2.6 million in 2016 for other solutions. Rebates received from website publishers recognized as deduction of cost of revenues decreased by US$0.1 million, or 48.1% from US$0.3 million in 2015 to US$0.2 million in 2016 for our other solutions as less marketing campaigns for other solutions were conducted on a specified action (i.e., gross) basis.

As a result of the above, our gross profit increased slightly from US$30.7 million in 2015 to US$34.3 million in 2016. Specifically, gross profit for our mobile audience solutions increased significantly by US$6.1 million, or 179.4%, from US$3.4 million in 2015 to US$9.5 million in 2016, and gross profit for our other solutions decreased by US$2.5 million, or 9.2% from US$27.3 million in 2015 to US$24.8 million in 2016. Our gross profit margin decreased from 47.1% in 2015 to 36.0% in 2016 primarily due to the expansion in our mobile audience solutions. In addition, a larger percentage of our gross billing in 2016 was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis compared to 2015, which also contributed to an overall lower gross profit margin in 2016 compared to 2015. Gross profit margin for our mobile audience solutions decreased from 28.5% in 2015 to 16.5% in 2016 as a result of competitive pressure and a larger percentage of gross billing for our mobile audience solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016 compared to 2015. Gross profit margin for our other solutions increased from 51.2% in 2015 to 65.9% in 2016 as a result of a smaller percentage of gross billing for our other solutions being recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016 compared to 2015.

 

109

---

Table of Contents

Due to competitive landscape and pricing pressure as mobile audience solutions are relatively nascent compared to other solutions, with companies competing for more market share as they enter into this market and as mobile apps publishers tend to have stronger bargaining power compared to other online publishers as a result of the growing popularity of mobile apps, mobile audience solutions tend to command a lower gross profit margin compared to non-mobile marketing solutions. In addition, consistent with the general industry trends for online marketing on mobile channels and on non-mobile channels, a larger percentage of gross billing from our mobile audience solution was recognized as net revenues on a gross basis in 2016, which was 48.2%, compared to that for our other solutions in the same period, which was 14.4%. As a result, gross profit margins for our mobile audience solutions in 2015 and 2016 were significantly lower than those for our other solutions for the same periods.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses increased by US$11.4 million, or 21.8%, during 2016 compared to 2015, primarily due to increases in general and administrative expenses and research and development expenses, partially offset by a decrease in sales and marketing expenses. Our operating expenses as a percentage of net revenue decreased from 80.1% in 2015 to 66.7% in 2016.

 

•

Sales and marketing expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased by US$3.1 million, or 9.9%, from US$31.4 million in 2015 to US$28.3 million in 2016. Sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of net revenues also decreased significantly from 48.1% in 2015 to 29.6% in 2016, as a result of synergies from the integration of complementary sales and marketing capabilities of OptAim and economies of scale, and as we optimized our sales and marketing efforts to focus on profitability and liquidity.

 

•

General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses increased by US$14.1 million, or 111.0%, from US$12.7 million in 2015 to US$26.8 million in 2016, primarily due to an increase in personnel costs of US$18.2 million related to share based compensation of US$17.6 million to one of our founders and certain other employees in the fourth quarter of 2016, and an increase in headcount for our general and administrative personnel as a result of OptAim acquisition. The increase was partially offset by a decrease in legal and professional fees of US$1.6 million, and the absence of a compensation payment of US$3.0 million to certain existing shareholders of OptAim, both of which were incurred in 2015 in connection with our acquisition of OptAim. As a result, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenues increased from 19.5% in 2015 to 28.1% in 2016.

 

•

Research and development expenses. Our research and development expenses increased by US$0.5 million, or 5.9%, from US$8.1 million in 2015 to US$8.6 million in 2016. Research and development expenses as a percentage of our net revenues decreased from 12.4% in 2015 to 9.0% in 2016, primarily as a result of synergies from the integration of the complementary technology capabilities of OptAim and economies of scale.

Interest Expense

Our interest expense increased by 566.4%, or US$0.6 million, from US$0.1 million in 2015 to US$0.7 million in 2016. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the average balance of our outstanding bank borrowings in 2016 compared to 2015.

Other Gains/(Losses), Net

Our other gains, net was US$0.8 million in 2015, compared to other losses, net of US$1.1 million in 2016. The change was primarily due to an increase by 24.3%, or US$0.2 million, from US$0.9 million in 2015 to US$1.1 million in 2016 in net exchange loss due to the depreciation of Renminbi against the US dollars. In

 

110

---

Table of Contents

addition, we recorded 1) fair value gain on re-measurement of previously held equity interest in associate of US$1.2 million and 2) management fee income of US$0.4 million in 2015 in relation to our provision of office and human resource service to a third-party to help its expansion in China. We did not incur similar fair value gain and management fee in 2016.

Fair Value (Loss)/Gain on Derivative Liabilities

Our fair value loss on derivative liabilities was US$19.4 million in 2015, compared to a fair value gain on derivative liabilities of US$4.0 million in 2016. The fair value loss or gain on derivative liabilities related to our preferred shares, the conversion and redemption features of which are required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities. The fair value gain on derivative liabilities of US$4.0 million in 2016 was primarily related to our series A, B, D and E preferred shares. The fair value loss on derivative liabilities of US$19.4 million in 2015 was primarily related to our series A, B and D preferred shares, subsequent to which we grew our business substantially as we acquired OptAim.

Share of Losses from an Equity Investee

We incurred US$38 thousand share of losses from an equity investee, Buzzinate, in 2015. We acquired the remaining equity interest in Buzzinate in February 2015 and as a result Buzzinate has become our wholly owned subsidiary and been consolidated in our financial statements since February 2015. We did not have share of losses from an equity investee in 2016.

Income Tax Benefit / (Expenses)

We recorded an income tax benefit of US$0.6 million in 2015 and an income tax expense of US$0.2 million in 2016.

Net Loss

As a result of the foregoing, our net loss decreased by 31.2% from US$39.7 million in 2015 to US$27.3 million in 2016.

 

111

---

Table of Contents

Selected Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth our historical unaudited consolidated selected quarterly results of operations for the periods indicated. You should read the following table in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated quarterly financial information on the same basis as our annual audited consolidated financial statements.

 

		For the Three Months Ended
		March 31, 2016				June 30, 2016				September 30, 2016				December 31, 2016				March 31, 2017				June 30, 2017
		(US$ in thousands)
Net revenues			21,221				24,048				24,704				25,384				25,884				29,857
Cost of revenues			(12,177	)			(15,826	)			(16,844	)			(16,201	)			(19,527	)			(22,904	)
Gross profit			9,044				8,222				7,860				9,183				6,357				6,953
Operating expenses:
Research and development expenses			(2,248	)			(2,178	)			(2,054	)			(2,104	)			(1,771	)			(1,463	)
Sales and marketing expenses			(7,068	)			(7,015	)			(6,650	)			(7,533	)			(6,617	)			(5,588	)
General and administrative expenses			(2,736	)			(2,200	)			(2,229	)			(19,602	)			(2,374	)			(2,135	)
Total operating expenses			(12,052	)			(11,393	)			(10,933	)			(29,239	)			(10,762	)			(9,186	)
Operating loss			(3,008	)			(3,171	)			(3,073	)			(20,056	)			(4,405	)			(2,233	)
Interest expense			(150	)			(140	)			(199	)			(224	)			(145	)			(141	)
Other gains/(losses), net			96				(165	)			(308	)			(705	)			(33	)			40
Fair value gain on re-measurement of equity investee			4,366				(4,543	)			1,674				2,498				(7,430	)			(7,297	)
Loss before income tax expense			1,304				(8,019	)			(1,906	)			(18,487	)			(12,013	)			(9,631	)
Income tax benefit/(expenses)			82				47				111				(462	)			9				(610	)
Net loss			1,386				(7,972	)			(1,795	)			(18,949	)			(12,004	)			(10,241	)

 

112

---

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the key operating and financial metrics for each of the quarters for the period between January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017.

 

		For the Three Months Ended
		March 31, 2016								June 30, 2016								September 30, 2016								December 31, 2016								March 31, 2017								June 30, 2017
		(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)				(US$ in thousands)				(% of gross billing1)
Operating Metrics:
Gross billing			58,315				100				60,359				100				61,138				100				56,441				100				46,879				100				56,541				100
Gross billing from mobile audience solutions			23,825				40.9				26,546				44.0				33,585				54.9				28,447				50.4				24,993				53.3				38,038				67.3
Gross billing from other solutions			34,489				59.1				33,813				56.0				27,553				45.1				27,994				49.6				21,886				46.7				18,503				32.7
Financial Metrics:
Net revenues			21,221				36.4				24,048				39.8				24,704				40.4				25,384				45.0				25,884				55.2				29,857				52.8
Net revenues from mobile audience solutions			10,828				45.4				13,688				51.6				17,501				52.1				15,743				55.3				18,170				72.7				24,092				63.3
Net revenues from other solutions			10,393				30.1				10,360				30.6				7,203				26.1				9,641				34.4				7,714				35.2				5,765				31.2
Adjusted EBITDA			(616	)			(1.1	)			(798	)			(1.3	)			(744	)			(1.2	)			(82	)			(0.1	)			(1,911	)			(4.1	)			30				0.1
Adjusted net loss			(2,135	)			(3.7	)			(2,342	)			(3.9	)			(2,238	)			(3.7	)			(2,284	)			(4.0	)			(3,479	)			(7.4	)			(2,123	)			(3.8	)

 

1	With respect to net revenues from mobile audience solutions and net revenues from other solutions, % of gross billing refers to the % of gross billing for mobile audience solutions or % of gross billing for other solutions, as the case may be.

 

113

---

Table of Contents

The following table sets a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted EBITDA for each of the quarters for the period between January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017.

 

		For the Three Months Ended
		March 31, 2016				June 30, 2016				September 30, 2016				December 31, 2016				March 31, 2017				June 30, 2017
		(US$ in thousands)
Net loss			1,386				(7,972	)			(1,795	)			(18,949	)			(12,004	)			(10,241	)
Add/(less):
Depreciation and amortization			1,451				1,451				1,406				1,516				1,432				1,402
Interest expense			150				140				199				224				145				141
Income tax (benefit)/expense			(82	)			(47	)			(111	)			462				(9	)			610
EBITDA			2,905				(6,428	)			(301	)			(16,747	)			(10,436	)			(8,088	)
Add:
Share-based compensation			941				922				923				18,458				1,062				861
Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative liabilities			(4,366	)			4,543				(1,674	)			(2,498	)			7,430				7,297
Share of loss from an equity investee			—				—				—				—				—				—
Compensation in relation to the acquisition of OptAim			—				—				—				—				—				—
Other gains/(losses), net			(96	)			165				308				705				33				(40	)
Adjusted EBITDA			(616	)			(798	)			(744	)			(82	)			(1,911	)			30

The following table sets a reconciliation of our net loss to adjusted net loss for each of the quarters for the period between January 1, 2016 to June 30, 2017.

 

		For the Three Months Ended
		March 31, 2016				June 30, 2016				September 30, 2016				December 31, 2016				March 31, 2017				June 30, 2017
		(US$ in thousands)
Net loss			1,386				(7,972	)			(1,795	)			(18,949	)			(12,004	)			(10,241	)
Add:
Share-based compensation			941				922				923				18,458				1,062				861
Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative liabilities			(4,366	)			4,543				(1,674	)			(2,498	)			7,430				7,297
Share of loss from an equity investee			—				—				—				—				—				—
Compensation in relation to the acquisition of OptAim			—				—				—				—				—				—
Other gains/(losses), net			(96	)			165				308				705				33				(40	)
Adjusted net loss			(2,135	)			(2,342	)			(2,238	)			(2,284	)			(3,479	)			(2,123	)

We have experienced seasonality in our gross billing, mainly reflecting seasonal fluctuations of the online marketing business, which may be affected by the online spending cycles of consumers and marketers’ practices in marketing budget allocation. Please refer to “— Key Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Seasonality”. The seasonal trends that we have experienced in the past may not apply to, or be indicative of, our future operating results.

In addition, as we continued to optimize the client base for our other solutions to focus on sales profitability and liquidity, we may experience decrease in gross billing for a particular period. Furthermore, our ability to retain and attract clients may be affected by the competitiveness of our pricing and credit terms for our clients, which, in turn, may be constrained by our capital and financial resources for a particular period. Please refer to “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — We have experienced fluctuation in growth in

 

114

---

Table of Contents

recent periods, and our historical growth rates may not be indicative of our future growth.” and “— Failure to retain existing clients or attract new ones could adversely impact our business and results of operations.”

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Cash Flows and Working Capital

To date, we have financed our operations primarily through the issuance of shares in private placements and bank financing. As of June 30, 2017, we had US$28.2 million in cash and cash equivalents, and borrowing capacity of US$11.9 million under our revolving credit facilities and term loan facilities of a total principal amount of US$21.6 million. As of June 30, 2017, our cash and cash equivalents primarily consisted of cash on hand, cash held at bank, and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions, which have original maturities of three months or less. As of June 30, 2017, we had violated certain financial covenants with respect to our bank borrowings extended by a bank, however, we have obtained the necessary waiver letters such that the bank would not demand immediate repayment. We believe that our current cash and cash equivalents, together with the borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities and the term loan facility and anticipated proceeds from this offering will be sufficient to meet our anticipated working capital requirements and capital expenditures for the 12 months following this offering. We may, however, need additional capital in the future to fund our continued operations. If we determine that our cash requirements exceed our available financial resources, we may seek to issue equity or debt securities or obtain credit facilities. The issuance and sale of additional equity would result in further dilution to our shareholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased fixed obligations and could result in operating and financial covenants that might restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

In addition, although we consolidate the results of our consolidated VIE and its subsidiary, we only have access to the assets or earnings of our consolidated VIE and its subsidiary through our contractual arrangements with our consolidated VIE and its shareholders. See “Corporate History and Structure.” For restrictions and limitations on liquidity and capital resources as a result of our corporate structure, see “— Holding Company Structure.” A substantial amount of our future revenues are likely to be denominated in Renminbi. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, including profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from the SAFE as long as certain routine procedural requirements are fulfilled. However, approval from or registration with competent government authorities is required where Renminbi is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies. The PRC government may at its discretion restrict access to foreign currencies for current account transactions or change the foreign exchange control policy in the future. In addition, current PRC regulations permit our PRC subsidiary to pay dividends to us only out of its accumulated profits, if any, determined in accordance with Chinese accounting standards and regulations. Our PRC subsidiary is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits after making up previous years’ accumulated losses each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until the total amount set aside reaches 50% of its registered capital. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends. Furthermore, capital account transactions, which include foreign direct investment and loans, must be approved by and/or registered with the SAFE and its local branches. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to Doing Business in China — Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.”

 

115

---

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth a summary of our cash flows for the periods indicated:

 

		Year Ended December 31,								Six Months Ended June 30,
		2015				2016				2016				2017
		(US$ in thousands)
Selected Consolidated Cash Flow Data:
Net cash from/(used in) operating activities			(9,797	)			(3,907	)			(2,219	)			2,514
Net cash from/(used in) investing activities			(18,095	)			(3,710	)			577				1,940
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities			(2,612	)			24,564				2,140				(3,339	)
Effect on exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			(232	)			(62	)			(64	)			(172	)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents			(30,504	)			16,947				498				1,115
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period			41,131				10,395				10,395				27,280
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period			10,395				27,280				10,829				28,223

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to US$2.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2017, which was mainly attributable to a net loss of US$22.2 million, partially offset by a net increase in working capital of US$5.5 million and non-cash items of US$19.3 million. The net increase in working capital of US$5.5 million was primarily attributable to a decrease in prepaid media costs of US$13.5 million and a decrease in accounts receivable of US$2.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable of US$5.6 million, a decrease in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of US$3.9 million and a decrease in deferred revenue of US$2.4 million. The decrease in prepaid media costs of US$13.5 million was primarily driven by a decrease in prepaid media cost under our sales agency arrangement. We prepaid more media cost to the publisher under our sales agency arrangement towards the end of 2016 to secure favorable rates for our incentive revenue as we had additional liquidity following our issuance of series E convertible redeemable shares in December 2016. The non-cash items of US$19.3 million were primarily attributable to fair value loss on derivative liabilities of US$14.7 million due to an increase in our enterprise value as a result of a decrease in lack of marketability discount as we are approaching an initial public offering, amortization of intangible assets of US$2.1 million relating to intangible asset and share-based compensation of US$1.9 million.

Net cash used in operating activities amounted to US$3.9 million in 2016, which was mainly attributable to a net loss of $27.3 million, partially offset by a net increase in working capital of US$1.3 million and non-cash items of US$22.1 million. The net increase in working capital of US$1.3 million was primarily attributable to a increase in deferred revenue of US$10.8 million, and increase in income tax payable of US$1.9 million and a decrease in rebates receivables of US$1.4 million, partially offset by an increase in prepaid media cost of US$9.6 million and an increase in accounts receivable of US$2.3 million. The increase in deferred revenue of US$10.8 million was primarily driven by an increase in receipt in advance from clients. The increase in prepaid media cost of US$9.6 million was primarily driven by an increase in prepaid media cost under our sales agency arrangement towards the end of 2016 to secure favorable rates for our incentive revenue as we had additional liquidity following our issuance of Series E convertible redeemable shares in December 2016. The non-cash items of US$22.1 million were primarily attributable to share-based compensation of US$21.2 million in relation to our share based payment to one of our founders and certain members of OptAim management team of US$17.6 million and employees of US$3.6 million in 2016, and amortization of intangible assets of US$4.3 million relating to intangible assets, partially offset by fair value gain on derivative financial instruments of US$4.0 million.

Net cash used in operating activities was US$9.8 million in 2015, which was mainly attributable to a net loss of $39.7 million, partially offset by a net increase in working capital of US$1.6 million and non-cash items

 

116

---

Table of Contents

of US$28.4 million. The net increase in working capital of US$1.6 million was primarily attributable to an increase in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of US$9.3 million and a decrease in prepaid media costs of US$8.1 million, partially offset primarily by an increase in accounts receivable of US$13.7 million. The increase in accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of US$9.3 million was primarily driven by an increase in rebate provision to clients and accrued expenses. The increase in accounts receivable of US$13.7 million was commensurate with the growth of our gross billing. The non-cash items of US$28.4 million were mainly attributable to fair value loss on derivative financial instruments of US$19.4 million, share-based compensation of US$6.5 million and amortization of intangible assets of US$2.0 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2017 was US$1.9 million, due to a decrease in restricted cash of US$3.2 million, partially offset by an increase in short-term investments of US$1.2 million.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2016 was US$3.7 million, due to an increase in restricted cash of US$4.2 million as we incurred more bank borrowings in 2016, and purchase of property and equipment of US$1.0 million, partially offset by a decrease in short-term investments of US$1.6 million.

Net cash used in investing activities in 2015 was US$18.1 million. This primarily consisted of US$14.5 million acquisition cost of subsidiaries, net of cash received related to the payment of cash consideration for our acquisition of OptAim and purchase of property and equipment of US$2.6 million.

Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2017 was US$3.3 million, which was primarily attributable to repayments from bank borrowings of US$3.4 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities in 2016 was US$24.6 million, which was primarily attributable to US$20.0 million of proceeds from issuance of series E convertible redeemable preferred shares and US$8.2 million of proceeds from bank borrowings, partially offset by repayment of bank borrowings of US$3.8 million.

Net cash used in financing activities in 2015 was US$2.6 million. This was primarily attributable to US$15.0 million of remaining proceeds from issuance of series D convertible redeemable preferred shares, US$7.6 million of proceeds from bank borrowings and US$0.3 million of proceeds from exercise of share options. These were partially offset by the repurchase of ordinary shares in an amount of US$11.6 million, the repurchase of Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares in an amount of US$11.6 million, repayment of bank borrowings in an amount of US$1.6 million and repayment of a loan provided by our director in an amount of US$0.6 million.

Capital Expenditures

We made capital expenditures of US$2.7 million, US$0.9 million, US$0.4 million and US$0.1 million in 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively. In these periods, our capital expenditures were mainly used for the purchase of property and equipment and purchase of software. Our capital expenditures for the second half of 2017 are expected to be approximately US$1.0 million, consisting primarily of expenditures related to the purchase of property and equipment and purchase of software. We will continue to make capital expenditures to support our business.

 

117

---

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2016:

 

		Payment Due by Period
		Total				Less than 1 year				1-3 years				3-5 years				More than 5 years
		(US$ in thousands)
Operating lease obligations			3,500				2,065				1,435				—				—
Debt obligation, including interest			13,555				13,471				84				—				—
Total			17,055				15,536				1,519				—				—

Our operating lease obligations relate to our leases of office premises. We lease our office premises under a non-cancelable operating lease arrangement. Rental expenses under operating leases for 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 were US$3.0 million and US$1.3 million, respectively.

Credit Facilities

In December 2015, we entered into a facility agreement for working capital loans with SPD Silicon Valley Bank, which was most recently amended in August 2017. Pursuant to the agreement as amended, we were granted a one-year revolving line of credit up to the lesser of (a) RMB50 million (US$7.4 million) and (b) a borrowing base equal to 70% of eligible accounts receivable (as defined in the agreement). The agreement as amended provides for customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The agreement as amended also includes a financial covenant that requires that we meet certain minimum monthly adjusted quick ratio and minimum quarterly EBITDA. We provided corporate guarantee and a maximum amount of RMB60 million (US$8.9 million) account receivables as pledge to secure our obligation to SPD Silicon Valley Bank. The interest rate of this facility is the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 1.65% per annum. We are required to make monthly interest payments through December 2018, when the loan matures and the principal is due and payable. We are allowed to voluntarily prepay the loan without prepayment charges. As of June 30, 2017, the total outstanding amount of the revolving loan was RMB30 million (US$4.4 million) and RMB20 million (US$3.0 million) was available to be drawn under this facility.

In December 2015, we entered into a facility agreement for working capital loans with SPD Silicon Valley Bank, which was most recently amended in March 2017. Pursuant to the agreement as amended, we were provided with a US$2 million term loan and a revolving line of credit up to the lesser of (a) US$3 million and (b) a borrowing base equal to 80% of eligible accounts receivable (as defined in the agreement). The agreement as amended provides for customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The agreement as amended also includes a financial covenant that requires that we meet certain minimum monthly adjusted quick ratio, minimum quarterly EBITDA and minimum month-end unrestricted cash balance. We provided corporate guarantee and debentures constituting a floating charge over all assets of certain of our subsidiaries to secure our obligation to SPD Silicon Valley Bank. The interest rate for the term loan facility is the benchmark interest rate determined by three-month LIBOR plus 7.00% per annum, and we are required to make equal monthly payments of principal plus accrued interest through January 2018. We will be charged a prepayment fee if we prepay the term loan before the maturity date. As of June 30, 2017, the total outstanding amount of the term loan was approximately US$0.6 million and no further amounts were available to be drawn under this facility. The interest rate of the revolving loan is the benchmark interest rate determined by three-month LIBOR plus 5.75% per annum, and we are required to make monthly interest payments through December 2017, when the loan matures and the principal is due and payable. We are allowed to voluntarily prepay the revolving loan without prepayment charges. As of June 30, 2017, the total outstanding amount under the revolving loan was US$2,950,000 and US$50,000 was available to be drawn under this facility. This loan also contains certain repayable on demand clause.

 

118

---

Table of Contents

In May 2016, we entered into a facility agreement for working capital loans with Bangkok Bank, which was most recently amended in June 2017. Pursuant to the agreement as amended, we were provided with a RMB30 million (US$4.4 million) revolving line of credit. The agreement as amended provides for customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The agreement as amended does not include a financial covenant. Our obligations to Bangkok Bank are secured by a pledged deposit in US dollar equals to 105% of our total outstanding amount under this facility. The interest rate of this facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over six months granted by financial institutions times 115% per annum. We are required to make monthly interest payments through May 2018, when the loan matures and the principal is due and payable. We will be charged a prepayment fee if we prepay the loan before the maturity date. As of June 30, 2017, we had no outstanding balance under this revolving loan.

In July 2016, we entered into a facility agreement for working capital loans with SPD Silicon Valley Bank, which provides for a RMB12 million (US$1.8 million) one-year non-revolving loan. The agreement contains customary representations, warranties, affirmative and negative covenants and events of default. The agreement also includes a financial covenant that requires that we meet certain foreign debt quota coverage. Our obligations to Silicon Valley Bank are secured by a pledged deposit with an amount of US$2 million. The interest rate of this facility is the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 0.435% per annum, and we are required to make monthly interest payments through July, 2017, when the loan matures and the principal is due and payable. We are allowed to voluntarily prepay the loan without prepayment charges. As of June 30, 2017, the total outstanding amount of the non-revolving loan was RMB12 million (US$1.8 million) and no further amounts were available to be drawn under that facility.

In March 2017, we entered into a facility agreement for working capital loans with Eastwest Bank, which provides for a RMB30 million (US$4.4 million) 18-month revolving loan. The agreement includes a financial covenant that requires that we meet certain minimum monthly bank statement balance, annual profit margin requirement and minimum monthly adjusted quick ratio. We provided corporate guarantee and account receivables as pledge to secure our obligations under this revolving loan. The interest rate of this facility is fixed at 5.75% per annum, and we are required to make payment of accrued interest every three months through September 2018, when the loan matures and principal is due and payable. We are required to reimburse the bank with any incurred cost allowance if we prepay the loan before the maturity date. As of June 30, 2017, we had not drawn down under this revolving loan.

Other than those shown above, we did not have any significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of June 30, 2017.

Off-balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements

We have not entered into any financial guarantees or other commitments to guarantee the payment obligations of third parties. We have not entered into any derivative contracts that are indexed to our shares and classified as shareholder’s equity, or that are not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Furthermore, we do not have any retained or contingent interest in assets transferred to an unconsolidated entity that serves as credit, liquidity or market risk support to such entity. We do not have any variable interest in any unconsolidated entity that provides financing, liquidity, market risk or credit support to us or that engages in leasing, hedging or product development services with us.

Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Prior to this offering, we have been a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources with which to address our internal control and procedures over financial reporting. In the course of auditing our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses in our internal control over

 

119

---

Table of Contents

financial reporting, as well as other control deficiencies. As defined in the standards established by the PCAOB, a “material weakness” is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

These two material weaknesses identified relate to (1) the lack of sufficient accounting personnel with appropriate understanding of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements, and (2) the lack of a comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual to facilitate preparation of U.S. GAAP financial statements, which inhibits our subsidiaries’ ability to prepare consolidation from local books based on PRC GAAP and Hong Kong Financial Reporting Standards to their U.S. GAAP basis information for group financial reporting and imposes a risk that adjustments to U.S. GAPP are not identified in a timely manner. Neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm undertook a comprehensive assessment of our internal control under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for purposes of identifying and reporting any weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. We and they are required to do so only after we become a public company. Had we performed a formal assessment of our internal control over financial reporting or had our independent registered public accounting firm performed an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, additional control deficiencies may have been identified.

To remedy our identified material weaknesses, we have adopted a few measures to improve our internal control over financial reporting, including. In particular, we are in the process of hiring additional accounting staff with an appropriate understanding of U.S. GAAP and SEC reporting requirements. We also plan to establish a comprehensive accounting policies and procedures manual and provide internal training to accounting and operation staff in relation to these policies and procedures.

We cannot assure you that we will remediate our material weaknesses in a timely manner. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business — If we fail to implement and maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may be unable to accurately report our results of operations, meet our reporting obligations or prevent fraud.”

As a company with less than US$1.07 billion in revenue for our last fiscal year, we qualify as an emerging growth company pursuant to the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include exemption from the auditor attestation requirement under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, in the assessment of the emerging growth company’s internal control over financial reporting. The JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company does not need to comply with any new or revised financial accounting standards until such date that a private company is otherwise required to comply with such new or revised accounting standards. However, we have elected to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted for public companies. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Holding Company Structure

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited is a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company, used as a holding company with no material operations of its own. We conduct our operations primarily through our wholly owned subsidiaries, our consolidated VIE and its subsidiary in China. As a result, our ability to pay dividends depends upon dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries. If our PRC subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our wholly owned subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. Under PRC law, each of our wholly owned PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reaches 50% of its registered capital. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to

 

120

---

Table of Contents

increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation. Remittance of dividends by a wholly foreign-owned company out of China is subject to examination by the banks designated by the SAFE. We currently plan to reinvest all earnings from our PRC subsidiaries to their business developments and do not plan to request dividend distributions from them.

Inflation

Since our inception, inflation in China has not materially affected our results of operations. According to the National Bureau of Statistics of China, the year-over-year percent increases in the consumer price index for December 2015 and 2016 were 1.6% and 1.9%, respectively. Although we have not been materially affected by inflation in the past, we may be affected if China experiences higher rates of inflation in the future.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign currency risk arises from future commercial transactions and recognized assets and liabilities. A significant portion of our revenue-generating transactions and expense-related transactions are denominated in Renminbi, which is the functional currency of our subsidiaries, VIE and its subsidiaries in China. Our commercial transactions outside China are primarily denominated in U.S. dollars and Hong Kong dollars, which are pegged to U.S. dollars. We do not hedge against currency risk.

The value of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar and other currencies may fluctuate and is affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions and the foreign exchange policy adopted by the PRC government. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its policy of pegging the value of the Renminbi to the U.S. dollar. Following the removal of the U.S. dollar peg, the Renminbi appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. Between July 2008 and June 2010, this appreciation halted and the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar remained within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the PRC government has allowed the Renminbi to appreciate slowly against the U.S. dollar again, and it has appreciated more than 10% since June 2010. On August 11, 2015, the PBOC announced plans to improve the central parity rate of the RMB against the U.S. dollar by authorizing market-makers to provide parity to the China Foreign Exchange Trading Center operated by the PBOC with reference to the interbank foreign exchange market closing rate of the previous day, the supply and demand for foreign currencies as well as changes in exchange rates of major international currencies. Effective from October 1, 2016, the International Monetary Fund added Renminbi to its Special Drawing Rights currency basket. Such change and additional future changes may increase the volatility in the trading value of the Renminbi against foreign currencies. The PRC government may adopt further reforms of its exchange rate system, including making the Renminbi freely convertible in the future. Accordingly, it is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into Renminbi for our operations, appreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar would reduce the Renminbi amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert Renminbi into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs, servicing our outstanding debts, or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Renminbi would reduce the U.S. dollar amounts available to us.

As of December 31, 2016, we had Renminbi-denominated cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid cost and deferred revenue of RMB67.7 million, RMB159.0 million, RMB238.4 million and RMB167.9 million, respectively. We estimate that a 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on December 31, 2016 would result in a change of our holding U.S. dollar equivalents of US$(0.9) million, US$(2.1) million, US$(3.1) million and US$2.2 million for cash and cash equivalents,

 

121

---

Table of Contents

accounts receivable, prepaid cost and deferred revenue, respectively. As of June 30, 2017, we had Renminbi-denominated cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid cost and deferred revenue of RMB49.8 million, RMB164.2 million, RMB145.1 million and RMB151.8 million, respectively. We estimate that a 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on June 30, 2017 would result in a change of our holding U.S. dollar equivalents of US$(0.7) million, US$(2.1) million, US$(1.9) million and US$2.0 million for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepaid cost and deferred revenue, respectively.

In addition, we estimate that a 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on December 31, 2015 would result in a decrease of US$3.1 million and US$1.9 million in our net revenues and cost of revenues in 2015, respectively, a 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on December 31, 2016 would result in a decrease of US$6.7 million and US$5.3 million in our net revenues and cost of revenues in 2016, respectively, a 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on June 30, 2017 would result in a decrease of US$3.3 million and US$2.6 million in our net revenues and cost of revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2016, respectively, and a 10% depreciation of Renminbi against the U.S. dollar based on the foreign exchange rate on June 30, 2017 would result in a decrease of US$4.6 million and US$4.1 million in our net revenues and cost of revenues in the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively.

Certain of our operating activities are transacted in HK dollars. We consider the foreign exchange risk in relation to transactions denominated in HK dollars with respect to U.S. dollars is not significant as HK dollar is pegged to U.S. dollar.

Interest Rate Risk

Our main interest rate exposure relates to bank borrowings. We also have interest-bearing assets, including cash and cash equivalents, short-term investments and restricted cash. We manage our interest rate exposure with a focus on reducing our overall cost of debt and exposure to changes in interest rates. All of the aggregate principal outstanding amount of our bank borrowings as of June 30, 2017 was at floating rates.

As of December 31, 2016, if interest rates increased/decreased by 1%, with all other variables having remained constant, and assuming the amount of bank borrowings outstanding at the end of the year was outstanding for the entire year, our net loss would have been US$129,818 higher/lower, respectively. As of June 30, 2017, if interest rates increased/decreased by 1%, with all other variables having remained constant, and assuming the amount of bank borrowings outstanding at the end of the year was outstanding for the entire year, our net loss would have been US$95,950 higher/lower, respectively. These were mainly as a result of higher/lower interest expense for our bank borrowings at floating rates.

Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014 -09 will eliminate transaction-specific and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle-based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenues based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which defers by one year ASU 2014-09’s effective date. The amendment will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted only for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016.

 

122

---

Table of Contents

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, which amends the principal-versus-agent implementation guidance and illustrations in the Board’s new revenue standard (ASC 606). The amendments in this update clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. When another party, along with the reporting entity, is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of its promise is to provide that good or service to the customer (as a principal) or to arrange for the good or service to be provided to the customer by the other party (as an agent). The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

We will apply the new revenue standard beginning January 1, 2018 and will not early adopt. We will set up an implementation team to analyze each revenue stream in accordance with the new revenue standard to determine the impact on our consolidated financial statements. We plan to continue the evaluation, analysis and documentation of its adoption of ASU 2014-9 (including those subsequently issued updates that clarify its provisions) throughout 2017 as we work towards the implementation and finalizes our determination of the impact that the adoption will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” (“ASU 2015-02”). ASU 2015-02 focuses on the consolidation evaluation for reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The ASU simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models from four to two. In addition, the new standard simplifies the FASB Accounting Standards Codification and improves current guidance by: (i) placing more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest; (ii) reducing the frequency of the application of related-party guidance when determining a controlling financial interest in a VIE; and (iii) changing consolidation conclusions for public and private companies in several industries that typically make use of limited partnerships or VIEs.

The ASU will be effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2016, for public companies. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted ASU 2015-02 on January 1, 2017, and the impact of the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”. The new guidance requires entities to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, as non-current on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for publicly-traded companies for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (early adoption is permitted). We adopted ASU 2015-17 on January 1, 2017 and the impact of the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02: Leases (Topic 842). The core principle of Topic 842 is that a lessee should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. All leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, and, therefore, recognition of those lease assets and lease liabilities represents an improvement over previous U.S. GAAP, which did not require lease assets and lease liabilities to be recognized for most leases.

For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on our consolidated financial statements.

On August 6, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments.” The ASU provides guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments including debt prepayment or debt issuance costs and cash payments for contingent considerations. The ASU also provides clarification on the application of the predominance principle outlined in ASC 230. The effective date for public entities will be annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim

 

123

---

Table of Contents

periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this standard will have on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (Topic 740). This standard will require entities to recognize the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory at the time of transfer. This standard requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. ASU 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 31, 2018. We do not expect ASU 2016-16 to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which revises the definition of a business. To be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. To be a business without outputs, there will now need to be an organized workforce. ASU 2017-01 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018. We currently do not expect ASU 2017-01 to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements, but will apply the guidance upon adoption to business acquisitions, disposals and segment changes, if any.

In March, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which relates to the accounting for employee share-based payments. This standard addresses several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows; (d) accounting for forfeitures of share-based payments. The ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. We adopted ASU 2016-09 on January 1, 2017 and the impact of the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash”, which requires entities to include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the cash and cash equivalent balances in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): simplifying the test for goodwill impairment”, the guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not the difference between the fair value and carrying amount of goodwill which was the step 2 test before. The ASU should be adopted on a prospective basis for the annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on our consolidated financial statements.

 

124

---

Table of Contents

INDUSTRY

All the information and data presented in this section have been derived from Frost & Sullivan’s industry report dated August, 2017 entitled “China Online Marketing Market Independent Market Research”, unless otherwise noted. Frost & Sullivan has advised us that the statistical and graphical information contained herein is drawn from its database and other sources. The following discussion includes projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all.

China’s Online Marketing Market

Benefiting from its rapid economic growth and increasing domestic consumption in the past decades, China has the world’s second largest marketing industry with a market size of RMB924.3 billion in 2016, as measured by total marketing spend, growing from RMB697.2 billion in 2012 with a CAGR of 7.3%. It is expected to reach RMB1,371.4 billion in 2021, representing a CAGR of 8.2% from 2016 to 2021.

Driven by continuous innovations in internet and mobile technologies and the increasing amount of time consumers spend on digital devices as well as the data-driven potential of online marketing, marketers are increasingly shifting their marketing spend from offline channels, such as television advertising, print advertising and radio advertising, to online channels in order to achieve wider but more targeted audience reach and provide more tailored marketing messages in a cost effective manner. Online marketing in China, as measured by total marketing spend, grew from RMB152.6 billion in 2012 to RMB343.4 billion in 2016, representing a CAGR of 22.5%, which outpaced the growth of the overall marketing market. Online marketing spend in China is expected to reach RMB767.1 billion in 2021, representing a CAGR of 17.4% from 2016 to 2021. In 2016, online marketing spend accounted for approximately 37.2% of total marketing spend in China, surging from 21.9% in 2012. This percentage is expected to continue to increase in the coming years, reaching approximately 52.3% in 2020, when online marketing surpasses offline marketing as the primary segment in China’s marketing industry.

Mobile marketing is gaining increasing popularity in China, which is a major driver of growth of the online marketing market.

 

•

The mobile online marketing market size surged from RMB58.6 billion in 2012 to RMB216.9 billion in 2016, representing a CAGR of 38.7%. The mobile online marketing market replaced the dominant role of PC online marketing in 2015 and it is expected to maintain its upswing and reach RMB689.3 billion by 2021, representing a CAGR of 26.0% from 2016 to 2021.

 

•

The number of mobile internet users in China is expected to grow from 695 million in 2016 to 876 million in 2021, and the penetration of mobile internet users as a percentage of total internet users in China is expected to grow from 95.1% in 2016 to 97.0% in 2021. Driven by high-speed networks and the growing variety of smartphones, tablets and mobile applications, the average weekly time spent on the internet through mobile devices per capita in China has increased significantly at a CAGR of 21.0% from 2012 to 2016, and is expected to grow from 19.1 hours in 2016 to 37.9 hours in 2021, representing a CAGR of 14.7%.

 

125

---

Table of Contents

The diagram below illustrates the historical and projected breakdown of the online marketing market in China by online and offline segments for each of the periods presented.

Online Marketing Market Size Breakdown by Device (China), 2012-2021E

 

Online marketing is divided into the following four segments:

 

•

Create: the creation, personalization curation and management of marketing content to be delivered to targeted audience;

 

•

Connect: the delivery of marketing content to targeted audience through marketing channels and forms;

 

•

Manage: the planning and management strategies to accomplish marketing objectives utilizing available resources; and

 

•

Measure: the gathering of valuable audience insights through monitoring and analyzing campaign performance and other data traffic.

The key trends shaping China’s online marketing market include:

 

•

Integration of media resources. Marketers tend to promote their products and services through the most efficient channels. Companies that provide one-stop platforms to help marketers deliver marketing content and monitor its effectiveness across a wider spectrum of marketing channels in an cost-efficient manner are expected to benefit from this trend.

 

•

Enrichment, diversification and personalization of marketing content. Content marketing is a strategic marketing approach focusing on creating and distributing valuable, relevant and consistent content to attract and retain targeted audience and ultimately drive consumption. The ability to enrich, diversify and personalize marketing content will be one of the most critical factors for online marketing companies to succeed.

 

•

Rise of mobile marketing. Mobile marketing market has demonstrated tremendous growth potential with significant advantages in terms of accessibility and portability. In light of the growing mobile audience base and continuous innovation in mobile technology, companies that can help marketers better create, connect, manage and measure their marketing through mobile channels are poised to capture greater market share.

 

•

Development of advanced online marketing technologies. Advanced technologies have proven to boost the efficiency and capability of market content delivery, and to increase the reach of audience group. It also enables marketers to collect, monitor and analyze information and explore valuable insights, which in turn help them develop and implement targeted market strategies. As a result, companies that focus on technology innovations to online marketing to efficiently execute marketing campaigns are expected to capitalize on this trend.

 

126

---

Table of Contents

•

Rising significance of audience data management. Audience data management can help marketers gather valuable insights to evaluate the performance of their marketing campaigns and plan future marketing strategies. Companies that are able to apply technologies such as big data and cloud computing to extract most value out of audience data to increase effectiveness and efficiency of marketing objectives for marketers are expected to benefit from this trend.

The main differences between China’s online marketing market and US’s online marketing market include:

 

•

Diverse marketing technology market in China compared to concentrated online marketing market in the US. In the US, the online marketing market is relatively concentrated, with Google and Facebook, which provide value-added and advanced marketing services to meet advertisers’ various demands, accounting for over 80% of market share in terms of digital marketing in 2016. As such, successful marketing technology companies in the US tend to focus on specific functions such as distribution (for instance, whether to sell through a single distribution channel or multiple channels; online channels or offline channels), promotion (for instance, what type of promotion plan should be implemented, bundle sales, membership sales or discount sales), and positioning (for instance, what are the major target groups, how to segment the products, what business regions should be major focus), thereby consolidating their competitive advantages in the niche segments. In comparison, marketing technology market is relatively diverse and dynamic in China, with top three players, namely, Baidu, Alibaba, and Tencent occupying approximately 60% of the total digital marketing market and the rest of the market being shared by a large number of diverse players.

 

•

Growth of real time bidding, or RTB-based display in China. Driven by the rapid development of marketing technology in China, RTB-based display as a percentage of total advertising spend increased dramatically from approximately 2% in 2012 to approximately 16% in 2016, comparing to 34% of that in the US in 2016. Programmatic media buying is gaining ground in China and showing sign to replicate the trend in the US.

China’s Online Marketing Technology Market

Technologies have been increasingly utilized in online marketing in China in recent years. They help marketers optimize marketing resources and create and deliver tailored marketing content to a wide range of audience effectively and efficiently. They also provide instrumental data insights and feedback on audience engagement. The total size of China’s online marketing technology market, as measured by gross billing, was RMB129.1 billion in 2016, growing from RMB53.7 billion 2012, representing a CAGR of 24.5%, and is expected to further increase to RMB302.3 billion in 2021, representing a CAGR of 18.5% from 2016 to 2021.

China’s online marketing technology market experienced rapid growth in the past years. In the United States, marketers are accustomed to having larger marketing departments well versed in online marketing, including using marketing technologies through self-service model. In China, marketers expect a higher level of customer service support when using marketing technologies or more simplified marketing technology solutions that would enable them to execute marketing campaigns on their own.

Online marketing technology market can be divided into the same four segments as the online marketing industry, as each segment of the online marketing industry is served by marketing technologies of different functionalities:

 

•

Create: technologies that assist marketers in designing marketing content, and include content creation tools, graphic creation tools, webinar and event creation tools.

 

•

Connect: technologies that assist marketers in the delivery of marketing content to targeted audience, and include mobile apps design tools, search engine tools, email tools, video and display processing, analyzing and compressing technologies.

 

127

---

Table of Contents

•

Manage: technologies that assist marketers in accomplishing marketing objectives, and include client relationship management system, or CRM system, marketing automation, account-based marketing, or ABM, project and product management tools.

 

•

Measure: technologies that assist marketers in monitoring and analyzing data to derive valuable insights, and include mobile and web analytic tools, cloud computing and data integration tools.

The diagram below illustrates the historical and projected breakdown of China’s online marketing technology market.

 

Each of these four segments has experienced rapid growth in the past five years. From 2012 to 2016, the size of “create”, “connect”, “manage” and “measure” online marketing technology segments, as measured by gross billing, increased from RMB4.9 billion to RMB9.8 billion, from RMB32.6 billion to RMB85.2 billion, from RMB5.5 billion to RMB11.1 billion, and from RMB10.8 billion to RMB23.1 billion, representing CAGRs of 18.8%, 27.2%, 19.3% and 20.9%, respectively. It is expected that each of these segments will continue to grow rapidly, reaching RMB17.3 billion, RMB215.7 billion, RMB22.0 billion and RMB47.3 billion, respectively, in 2021.

In addition to the trends that drive the growth of China’s online marketing market in general, the following trends have driven, and are expected to continue to drive, the growth of online marketing technology market in China:

 

•

Big data era. The emergence and use of big data have transformed the planning and execution of marketing campaigns. Marketers are increasingly taking advantage of big data to refine marketing strategies on a real time basis for more cost-effective marketing. Online marketing technology companies with advanced big data analytics capacities that harness large amount of unstructured data to derive valuable insights on consumer behaviors and marketing performance can help marketers achieve this goal.

 

•

Rising demand from small and medium-sized enterprises. With the help of online marketing technologies, small and medium-sized enterprises have more options to promote their products and services and reach their targeted customers through various online marketing channels at relatively low costs. Online marketing technology companies with solutions and solution delivery models tailored to the need of small and medium-sized enterprises are expected to benefit from this trend.

 

•

Rising Demand from Multinational Companies. With rapid economic growth and increasing consumer spending power in China, multinational companies with global brands have a rising demand in bringing more of their products in China and need to better understand Chinese audience in order to develop more targeted marketing strategies to promote brand awareness and access a wider audience through multiple online marketing channels. Online marketing technology companies that offer one-stop access to a wide variety of cross-channel content distribution opportunities to Chinese audience and with

 

128

---

Table of Contents

resources to bridge multinational companies to the China market are expected to benefit from this trend.

 

•

Rising demand from and outsourcing of certain services by publishers. Publishers are increasingly looking to online marketing technologies to better monetize their media resources and channels, including innovations on audience engagement formats. In addition, publishers are increasingly outsourcing certain aspects of their services, such as audience data monitoring and analysis and marketing performance evaluation to online marketing technology platforms. Online marketing technology companies with advanced data analytics capabilities and close working relationships with publishers, including through collaborations on research and development initiatives, are expected to benefit from these trends.

 

•

Market consolidation. The trend of horizontal integration among small and medium-sized enterprises in the online marketing technology market is expected to continue as these enterprises look to diversify their product portfolios and enhance technology capabilities.

China’s Independent Online Marketing Technology Market

Independent online marketing technology companies are online marketing technology companies which do not own, or are not part of any group which owns, any online publishing resources. Compared to non-independent online marketing technology companies, which own, or are part of any group who owns, any online publishing resources, independent online marketing technology companies are perceived to have the following advantages:

 

•

Access to more diverse sources of data and wider range of content distribution opportunities. Non-independent online marketing technology companies may be limited in their access to audience data and content distribution opportunities from their competing publishers.

 

•

Neutrality. Independent online marketing technology companies are perceived to provide more neutral and unbiased value proposition to marketers as its selection of channels to deliver marketing content is solely driven by the evaluation as to which channels would achieve maximum results with minimal costs for marketers.

 

•

More focused business model. The primary business focus and business models of large internet companies with extensive resources of marketing data, including Baidu, Alibaba, and Tecent, are not marketing technology-oriented or to provide tailored marketing services to advertisers. Independent marketing technology companies focus on marketing technology and provide customized solutions and services to advertisers.

The total size of China’s independent online marketing technology market, as measured by gross billing, was RMB29.6 billion in 2016, growing from RMB8.4 billion in 2012, representing a CAGR of 37.2%, and is expected to reach RMB114.6 billion in 2021, representing a CAGR of 31.1% from 2016 to 2021. This market is highly competitive and fragmented. We were the largest independent online marketing technology company in China in terms of gross billing in 2016, with a market share of 5.4%. The five largest independent online marketing technology companies in China accounted for a total market share of 13.3% in terms of gross billing in 2016.

 

129

---

Table of Contents

The pie chart below illustrates the market shares of the top five largest independent online marketing technology companies in terms of gross billing and other independent online marketing technology companies in China in 2016.

 

The diagram below illustrates the historical and projected growth of China’s independent online marketing technology market.

 

 

130

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We were the largest independent online marketing technology platform in China in terms of gross billing in 2016 according to Frost & Sullivan. We had the largest Chinese consumer data set in terms of number of active profiled users in 2016 among independent online marketing technology companies in China; during 2016, we bridged the largest number of multinational companies to the China market among all independent online marketing technology platforms in China according to Frost & Sullivan.

We serve as an integrated cross-channel gateway that provides marketers with innovative and cost-effective ways to optimize their online marketing efforts throughout their marketing cycle and achieve their branding and performance-based marketing goals. Our integrated data-driven solutions help marketers identify, engage and activate potential customers, monitor and measure the results of marketing campaigns, and create content catering to potential customers across different content distribution channels through both PC and mobile devices.

Our solutions are enabled and supported by our extensive data set, sophisticated data analytics capabilities and cutting-edge technologies. We collect data from a wide variety of channels, including through our proprietary tracking tools, from our marketers, publishers and ad exchanges when managing marketing campaigns, and to a lesser extent, from third-party strategic partners. From our large volume of unstructured data, we construct context-rich user profiles, utilizing our proprietary audience profiling and segmentation technologies. These user profiles, which are updated and refined on a continuous basis, typically include information on a user’s attributes, such as his or her demographics, geographic location, device preference, spending history, personal interest and other online or offline behavioral pattern. In the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017, we analyzed approximately 665.4 million active profiled users with 19 attributes on average for each such profile. Leveraging our sophisticated automation and deep learning technologies, we continually refine our big data analytics and update our user profiles to address the evolving needs of our clients, optimize the effectiveness of our solutions, and increase our operational efficiency while ensuring the stability of our data and platform as we scale up operations.

Our platform appeals to marketers by offering omni-channel reach to the Chinese audience. We provide our clients with one-stop access to a wide variety of cross-channel content distribution opportunities, including those from the leading online publishers in China. We offer both mobile audience solutions and other solutions based on channels desired by our clients. In the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017, we covered approximately 74,000 mobile apps and 2.3 million websites. We work closely with our content distribution partners to facilitate innovative and effective audience engagement. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, our gross billing from mobile audience solutions and other solutions amounted to US$63.0 million and US$40.4 million, respectively.

We take a flexible approach to deliver our solutions in order to cater to the preferences and levels of internal resources and expertise of our clients. Our clients may choose to access our solutions through (i) self-service, when which they have the flexibility to utilize our solutions “a la carte” to complement their existing marketing resources, or through (ii) managed service, when our account management team provides in-depth services that suit the clients’ specified marketing objectives and budgets utilizing our solutions.

The success of our solutions is evidenced by our strong, diverse and loyal client base from a broad range of industry verticals, including banking and finance, entertainment and media, and E-commerce. Our clients include direct marketers and marketing agencies, and feature companies of different sizes, including more than 150 multinationals companies in 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively, as well as small and medium-sized enterprises, and from different geographic regions in and outside China. We derived over 70% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in 2015 and 2016 and over 60% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in the six months ended June 30, 2017.

 

131

---

Table of Contents

We generate revenue primarily from clients’ marketing spend through our platform as they utilize our solutions in cost-plus and specified action marketing campaigns, and to a less extent from incentives granted by the publisher under our sales agency arrangement. Our gross billing grew by 32.5% from US$178.2 million in 2015 to US$236.3 million in 2016. Our gross billings decreased by 12.9% from US$118.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$103.4 million in the same period in 2017 due to a decrease in gross billing from other solutions as we terminated relationship with certain clients of other solutions in the first half of 2017 as part of our efforts to optimize our client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity. Our net revenues grew by 46.2% from US$65.2 million in 2015 to US$95.4 million in 2016 and grew by 23.1% from US$45.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$55.7 million in the same period in 2017. Our net loss was US$39.7 million and US$27.3 million in 2015 and 2016, respectively, and US$6.6 million and US$22.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017, respectively.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following competitive strengths have contributed to our success and differentiated us from our competitors:

Leading independent online marketing technology platform in China with a highly scalable and flexible business model

We were the largest independent online marketing technology platform in China in terms of gross billing in 2016, according to Frost & Sullivan. Our gross billing reached US$236.3 million and US$103.4 million in 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017, leading to net revenues of US$95.4 million and US$55.7 million during these periods. We are also one of the first independent online marketing technology platforms in China to apply a data-driven approach to address marketers’ needs, according to Frost & Sullivan.

To address marketers’ needs and deliver highly integrated customer experience throughout their marketing cycle, we have developed a suite of end-to-end solutions spanning from identification, engagement and activation of their potential customers, to monitoring and measurement of the results of online marketing campaigns, to creating content catering to their potential customers across different channels. We offer both mobile audience solutions and other solutions based on channels desired by our clients. Our clients may choose to access our solutions through either self-service or managed service, which we believe are well suited to the current development stage of online marketing in China. Sophisticated marketers can access our solutions through self-service to run their campaigns on an “a-la-carte”, cost-effective basis. Through managed service, our account management team provides in-depth services utilizing our solutions, enables marketers to navigate through complicated and fragmented online marketing landscapes and manage their marketing activities based on specified objectives and budgets. Managed service is attractive to a wide spectrum of marketers because of the ease of use and helps us foster long-term strategic relationships with marketers to gain valuable insights into their audience data and refine our data algorithms.

We have been prioritizing our mobile strategy since 2014, including through our acquisition of OptAim on July 24, 2015. We have also launched an increasing number of mobile audience solutions, such as MoSocial in March 2015, and MoTV and MoFeeds in November 2015, to capture a larger share of online marketing spend on mobile apps, which we believe to have significant growth potential. According to Frost & Sullivan, in 2016, 95.1% of Internet users were mobile Internet users, and from 2016 to 2021, per capita mobile weekly time spent on the Internet is expected to grow at a CAGR of 14.7%. In addition, we are continually simplifying and streamlining the features and functions of our solutions so that small and medium-sized enterprises in China may also run their campaigns on a self-serve basis on our platform. For example, our iExpress solution is designed to be used by small and medium-sized enterprises to access audience on various mobile and online channels. Our operation is also highly scalable as our solutions are designed for easy plug-and-play and compatibility with marketers’ own systems and databases requiring minimal additional tailoring.

 

132

---

Table of Contents

Leveraging our market-leading position, we are well-positioned to attract and retain marketers and gain access to premium audience engagement opportunities, creating a virtuous cycle which we expect to continue to fuel our growth. As we attract more marketing spend, we are able to gain access to more extensive data, reinforce our content distribution network and enhance our access to audience engagement opportunities to reach more audience, which in turn draws more marketers to our platform.

Largest independent Chinese consumer data set with omni-channel, targeted audience reach

We had the largest Chinese consumer data set in terms of number of active profiled users in 2016 among independent online marketing technology companies in China, according to Frost & Sullivan. In the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017, we analyzed data of approximately 665.4 million active profiled users. The average daily volume of the data we collected reached 1.1 terabytes in the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017.

Our data is robust in terms of comprehensiveness and variety. It comes from a variety of sources, including from our own tracking through proprietary toolbars and software development kits installed on apps and websites, from marketers, publishers and ad exchanges, and from third-party data partners, including major internet companies in China. Our data includes users’ intent, interest, online transaction, offline purchase behavioral data, social data and demographic data, which helps us construct a context-rich user profile. Our proprietary user profiles typically include information on a user’s attributes, such as his or her demographics, geographic location, device preference, spending history, personal interest and other online or offline behavioral pattern, which can be targeted for marketing campaigns by specific industry verticals. These user profiles are continuously fed into our content distribution opportunity matching process, allowing marketers to identify and access or activate the right audience omni-channel. In particular, as internet users spend more time engaging with contents on the mobile channel, a larger proportion of our content distribution takes place on the mobile channel and in the native content format in particular to capitalize on the evolving behavior of internet users. Our data also includes campaign performance data that helps marketers refine campaign strategies and guide future campaign planning.

As we continue to deliver increasingly targeted and personalized audience engagement opportunities to marketers, more marketers are attracted to, or increase their marketing spend on, our platform. As our engagement with marketers expands and deepens, our data assets and analytics capabilities grow, and such growth in turn enables us to deliver more effective solutions.

Highly sophisticated and automated platform powered by proprietary, cutting-edge technologies

We have focused on leveraging cutting-edge and proprietary technologies to propel a highly sophisticated and automated online marketing platform since our inception. Backed by our sophisticated data science technologies and scalable and reliable technology infrastructure, we continually refine our big data analytics to capture the latest behavior of the audience set and address the evolving needs of marketers across different verticals. Our refined big data analytics enable us to offer more effective marketing solutions, and increase our operational efficiency while ensuring the stability of our data and platform as we scale up our operations.

We apply data science technologies extensively throughout their marketing cycle. For example, our digital fingerprinting technology enhances our ability to track user behavior across multiple channels, especially in mobile operating systems where cookies are difficult to collect with traditional tracking technologies. Our data mining and user behavior analytics technologies allow us to build and segment context-rich user profiles and update them in real time. Our state-of-the-art multi-dimensional automation technologies allow us to make cost-efficient decisions on, and continuously optimize our bids for, real-time audience engagement opportunities based on a wide range of parameters and predictions. We can process and match audience engagement opportunities within 30 milliseconds and handle up to 60,000 queries per second on the marketer side.

Our marketing platform is built on highly scalable and reliable cloud-based infrastructure. This allows us to harness large quantities of real-time data and ensures high speed performance at a larger scale to accommodate more clients and increased complexity of their online marketing campaigns.

 

133

---

Table of Contents

Strong, diverse and loyal client base

Our effective and flexible solutions, sophisticated data analytics capabilities, and market leadership position have earned us a strong and diverse client base from a broad range of industry verticals, including banking and finance, entertainment and media, and E-commerce. Our clients included over 150 multinational companies in 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively, making us the No.1 independent online marketing technology platform bridging the largest number of multinational companies to the Chinese market, according to Frost & Sullivan.

In addition to multinational companies, our diverse client base also includes small and medium-sized enterprises. We provide tailored and user-friendly solutions to cater to marketers and marketing agencies of different levels of sophistication and from different industry verticals. This allows us to serve a wide spectrum of clients to capture the growth potentials in the market segments or industry verticals that they represent.

Through our close working relationship with direct marketer clients, we are able to better understand and anticipate market trends, customize our solutions, foster closer client relationships and increase client loyalty and retention. We derived over 70% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in 2015 and 2016 and over 60% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in the six months ended June 30, 2017. Our gross billing per client increased by 47.5% from US$67,413 in 2015 to US$99,433 in 2016. Our gross billing per client increased by 29.9% from US$57,192 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$74,296 in the same period in 2017. All of these demonstrate the stickiness of our platform and the strength of our solutions in addressing direct marketer clients’ needs through differentiated and tailored service offerings.

Deep knowledge and familiarity with China’s online marketing industry

Leveraging our deep knowledge in Chinese consumer behavior patterns, we provide marketers with one-stop access to a wide variety of cross-channel audience engagement opportunities in China. According to Frost & Sullivan, with an estimated growth of per capita disposable income of urban households at a CAGR of 7.6% between 2016 and 2021, China represents one of the most important geographies for many marketers, and online marketing has become one of the most attractive options to those marketers in light of increasing mobile and internet penetration in China. According to Frost & Sullivan, in 2016, multinational companies spent RMB338.3 billion (US$48.7 billion) on marketing targeted at the Chinese market, 52.1% of which was spent on online marketing campaigns.

The independent online marketing technology industry in China is highly fragmented and competitive. According to Frost & Sullivan, we are one of the first independent online marketing technology platforms in China to apply a data-driven approach to address marketers’ needs in China. We have fostered in-depth knowledge of, and cooperation with leading online channels. For example, we were also awarded “Platinum Service Partner” of Tencent in 2016 in recognition of our online marketing capabilities on social media. We covered approximately 74,000 mobile apps and 2.3 million websites in the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017, to help marketers, especially multinational marketers, navigate the fragmented landscape to identify and reach their potential customers. In 2016, we derived approximately 30% of our gross billing from clients outside of China as measured by the location of our sales offices. We are also well-versed with the challenges and opportunities in online marketing in China and have developed solutions that analyze and transform massive amount of unstructured and scattered data into valuable insights on Chinese consumer behavior to help marketers capitalize on the growth opportunities in the China market.

Visionary leadership with proven track record of organic growth and acquisition execution

Our success is attributable to the deep industry experience and proven execution track record of our senior management team, with global perspectives and insightful knowledge in both technology and the online marketing industry. We are spearheaded by Sammy Hsieh, our chief executive officer and co-founder, Jian Tang,

 

134

---

Table of Contents

our chief operating officer, chief technology officer and co-founder, and Yan Lee, our chief product officer, together having an average of 15 years of experience in the online marketing industry in China. Our senior management team includes online marketing veterans and technology and E-commerce marketing experts from leading internet companies including Tencent, Yahoo! and Efficient Frontier (a part of Adobe Systems). Our management team’s experience in multinational companies and roots in China empower us with local know-how to develop and expand our network and reach in the fragmented and complex Chinese online marketing market as well as international perspectives to understand the needs of multinational companies.

Our management team has navigated us through the development of the online marketing industry in recent years, ensuring that our products and services continue to be attractive to and in demand by clients in the rapidly changing business environment. For example, according to Frost & Sullivan, we were one of the first companies to work with new apps and new media formats and stayed abreast of marketing campaign delivery formats with the shift from PC to mobile channel, which enabled us to maintain and enhance our market-leading position in China. We also have proven track record in successfully executing acquisitions and integrations. For example, we acquired Buzzinate in 2014 and OptAim in 2015 and their two founders have become our chief product officer, and chief operating officer and chief technology officer, respectively. The core technology teams of these two acquired companies have also become an integral part of our team and we have integrated their solution offerings and technologies to enhance the depth and breadth of our existing solutions and improve our technology platform.

We believe that the extensive industry experience, strategic vision and proven execution capabilities of our senior management team, along with our entrepreneurial corporate culture, have led to our present success, and laid a solid foundation for us to achieve a higher level of success in China’s online marketing industry.

Our Strategies

We intend to enhance our competitive strengths and pursue the following strategies to expand our business:

Optimize and diversify our client base

We plan to continue to optimize and diversify our client base, including attracting clients to use our solutions through self-service and to use our mobile audience solutions, and clients from additional industry verticals and geographic markets, through developing and offering more tailored and user-friendly solutions and services and targeted sales and marketing efforts.

We believe the online marketing needs for small and medium-sized enterprise market segment in China are underserved and there are considerable demands for, and growth opportunities in, simplified marketing technology solutions that would enable small and medium-sized enterprises to execute marketing campaigns on their own. We plan to partner with marketing agencies in 2^nd tier and 3^rd tier cities in China and invest in their training to strengthen their ability in attracting and retaining high-quality small and medium-sized enterprises locally and educate them to use our solutions on a self-serve basis. In addition, we believe mobile audience solutions have high growth potential in light of the increasing mobile penetration rate and users’ engagement with mobile apps. We plan to continue to prioritize our mobile strategy through improved functionalities of our platform, better understanding of and response to clients’ needs and preferences in mobile marketing campaigns and expanding and deepening cooperation with mobile content distribution channels to capture a larger share of online marketing spend on mobile channels. We also strive to diversify our client base and penetrate into new industry verticals and geographical markets to capture more growth opportunities. We plan to launch solutions with industry-specific features, such as more user data packages with industry focus, and interfaces to attract marketers and marketing agencies in additional industry verticals. In addition, we intend to continue to open overseas offices, increase our international presence and attract more overseas clients with timely and localized support. We plan to add new features to our existing solutions that are particularly relevant to overseas clients, such as multi-language, currency and time zone settings. Furthermore, we plan to roll out our self-service model

 

135

---

Table of Contents

in the overseas market to cater to more multinational companies. We believe this will empower a growing number of multinational clients to transact in an automated fashion with minimal additional sales and marketing inputs from us, enabling us to scale up operations efficiently.

Increase marketing spend on our platform

We strive to increase marketing spend of our clients on our platform by staying at the forefront of the online marketing industry and address marketers’ evolving needs with innovative solutions.

We intend to offer new features and enhanced functionalities on our platform to provide more effective and comprehensive solutions, especially mobile audience solutions. For example, we are in the process of beta testing our content creation solution, iExperience, which is designed to enable marketers to syndicate and manage their marketing messages, including to dynamically create and tailor marketing messages to specific audience interest. We expect to officially launch iExperience in the fourth quarter of 2017. In addition, we are working on new partnership initiatives, which would make third-party applications available to our clients through our platform directly, further enhancing customer experience and hence increasing the stickiness of our platform. For example, we intend to make available on our platform certain social listening and enhanced data visualization modules by third-party service providers to help our clients better monitor and optimize their campaigns.

We also intend to explore innovative audience engagement formats across multiple channels, in particular on mobile apps. For example, we are closely collaborating with over-the-top, or OTT, content partners to capture the growth in OTT marketing spend.

Continue to enlarge audience data set, strengthen data analytics capabilities and innovate technologies

We place a high value on data expansion and technological innovation and intend to continue devoting substantial resources to that end. We will continue to collaborate with marketers, publishers and other third parties to increase the dimensions and varieties of our data assets. We plan to work on further integration of data management platforms of our clients, publishers and other third-party partners with ours, and develop strategic relationships to exploit new data sources and enlarge audience data set. For example, we expect to form new partnership with selected consumer goods retailers to access their consumer transactional records, which will allow us to gain valuable insight into their spending patterns.

In addition, we plan to continue investing in our data science technologies, including refreshing and upgrading data modeling and segmentation technologies to meet marketer demands in different market segments and industry verticals. We also plan to upgrade our technical infrastructure to support our growing data set and data analytics capabilities as we continue to expand. For example, we have multiple ongoing initiatives to optimize both our hardware and software infrastructure and systems, such as faster reporting and analysis generation and more efficient server management.

Extend data application across more aspects in online marketing and beyond

We intend to broaden our solution offerings across more aspects in online marketing, including content creation and customer relationship management. For example, we plan to expand our data application to content optimization to help marketers decide how best to upgrade their marketing content.

In addition, we plan to explore the application of our data in areas beyond online marketing. For example, we are in preliminary discussions with insurance companies to collaborate on the development of data models to be used in credit scoring algorithms and risk pricing rules.

Explore strategic alliance and acquisition opportunities

We plan to take advantage of the fragmented nature and rapid growth of the online marketing technology market in China to continue to explore investment, acquisition and business collaboration opportunities and will

 

136

---

Table of Contents

consider opportunities that complement or enhance our existing operations and are strategically beneficial to our long-term goals. Our management plans to judiciously evaluate any such opportunity that may arise from time to time. We believe that our past acquisition experience, our relationship with many industry participants and our knowledge of, and experience in, the online marketing technology market in China will assist us in making sound acquisition decisions. We do not, however, currently have any specific acquisition plans or targets.

Our Solutions

Through our suite of end-to-end solutions, enabled and supported by our extensive data set, sophisticated data analytics capabilities and cutting-edge technologies, we deliver highly integrated customer experience and address marketers’ needs throughout their marketing cycle and across different online channels to:

 

•

identify their potential customers;

 

•

engage and activate potential customers;

 

•

monitor and measure the results of online marketing campaigns; and

 

•

create content catering to their potential customers.

All our solutions, including the solutions from OptAim are integrated in a single user-friendly platform, accessible through both PC and mobile devices.

The following diagram illustrates the architecture of our platform:

 

Our Suite of Solutions

Audience Identification Solution: iAudience

iAudience is our audience identification solution that allows marketers to search, identify and customize their targeted audience to generate or boost brand awareness. Marketers can simply type in a list of keywords, such as brand names or products of interest, and iAudience will automatically suggest other keywords usually associated with, or used in, the relevant contexts, and then search our database of user profiles to identify the most relevant user profiles to target. Marketers have the flexibility to refine these audience search results, for example, by user attribute, for more focused targeting. In addition, we have built “pre-packaged” audience groups for a wide variety of industries, including travel, education, finance, automobile and real estate to streamline the audience identification process for marketers in these industries, who can identify their desired user profiles in just one click.

 

137

---

Table of Contents

iAudience also helps marketers map out the competitive landscape by showing the overlaps of their consumers and their competitors. This enables marketers to filter out brand loyalists from brand switchers for more effective, bespoke communications.

Below is a sample interface for our iAudience solution.

 

Audience Engagement and Activation Solutions: iAccess and iActivation

iAccess and iActivation are our cross-channel audience engagement and activation solutions, respectively tailored for brand awareness-driven campaigns and performance-driven campaigns. iAccess and iActivation provide marketers with a comprehensive suite of targeting or re-targeting options to reach out to, or re-connect with, potential audience identified by iAudience. Marketers can choose to target these audience based on their gender, age, income levels, geographic locations, interest, device, and device operating system. Marketers are also afforded the flexibility to select their preferred content format, budgeting requirement, display frequency and time to reach these audience.

 

138

---

Table of Contents

Below is a sample interface for our iAccess solution.

 

Audience Engagement Solution Designed for Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises – iExpress

iExpress is the “lite” version of our iAccess solution. While iAccess is designed for and primarily used by multinational clients, iExpress is designed for small and medium-sized enterprises in China, who value simplicity and flexibility in their marketing activities. iExpress contains the basic functions of iAccess with a more simplified and intuitive user interface.

Campaign Results Monitoring and Measurement Solution: iNsights

iNsights is our online campaign results monitoring and measurement solution. It helps marketers analyze their campaign performance to refine campaign strategies and guide future campaign planning. Through a user-friendly interface, marketers can view their campaign performance information, including marketing costs incurred, number of clicks, click-through rates, number of conversions and other useful information for each online channel individually and for different online channels in the aggregate. In addition to basic campaign performance information, iNsights provides marketers with in-depth analyses, including:

 

•

Conversion path analyses – Holistic analyses of when, where and how a user interacts with various devices by the multiple touch points he or she has come in contact with, including the “last mile” through which the user is converted, i.e., making a purchase or otherwise taking an action that the marketer desires; and

 

•

Cross-channel effectiveness analyses – Analyses of the effectiveness of the various marketing channels in achieving different marketing objectives and their respective cost effectiveness. Combining these with conversion path analyses, marketers can identify the portfolio of channels that work in tandem with each other to generate the greatest marketing impact and effectiveness.

 

139

---

Table of Contents

Content Creation Solution: iExperience

We recently launched, on trial basis, iExperience, our content creation solution that helps marketers syndicate and manage all their marketing content and assets. iExperience enables marketers to syndicate their marketing messages across all their marketing channels, and provides them with the option to dynamically create and tailor marketing messages to specific audience interest by modifying their content and presentation (including, for example, style of the marketing message, colors displayed, text used and formatting) as well as by selecting specific products and services to include in the marketing messages. iExperience also assists marketers to optimize their websites to convert more visitors into consumers. We expect to officially launch iExperience in the fourth quarter of 2017.

Our solutions support other technical layers that provide marketers with value-adding features. For example, we screen websites to ensure that a marketing message will not be displayed in adult, political, criminal or other illegal or inappropriate contexts. In addition, we identify and sift out fraudulent clicks that lead to inflated traffic flow, which distorts campaign performance or leads to inflated media acquisition costs. We also support third-party tracking of audience engagement or other campaign performance data where a marketer requests.

We also leverage on our solutions such as iAudience, iAccess, and iActivation to design tailored solutions catering to clients’ specific marketing needs. For example, we have launched a number of mobile audience solutions, such as MoTV, our native in-app mobile video ad solution, MoSocial, our premium mobile social ad solution and MoFeeds, our native mobile in-feed ad solution.

Our Solution Delivery Model

We offer both mobile audience solutions and other solutions based on channels desired by our clients. Our mobile audience solutions are non-search engine marketing solutions designed to identify, engage and activate audience exclusively on mobile apps, and monitor and measure the results of online marketing activities on such channels. Our other solutions are primarily focused on identifying, engaging and activating audience on non-mobile app content distribution channels, such as PC banner display, PC video advertisements and search engine marketing.

We take a flexible approach to delivering our solutions. Depending on the preferences and levels of internal resources and sophistication of clients, our solutions are delivered through:

 

•

self-service, when clients have the flexibility to run their marketing campaigns on an “a la carte”, cost-effective basis; and

 

•

managed service, when our account management team manages marketing campaigns for our clients, including deciding on cross-channel marketing budget allocation and the timing, frequency, number and format of audience engagement based on their specified marketing objectives and budgets.

We generate revenues primarily from clients’ marketing spend through our platform as they utilize our solutions in cost-plus and specified action marketing campaigns, and depending on our revenue recognition model, either including or excluding media cost. To a lesser extent, we generate revenues from incentives granted by the publisher under our sales agency arrangement. Please refer to “Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Net Revenues”, “— Critical Accounting Policies — Revenue Recognition” and “— Critical Accounting Policies — Rebates” for a description of our revenue recognition policies and accounting treatment of rebates.

Our Data and Data Analytics Capabilities and Technologies

Our Data Assets

Our data assets are the backbone of our solutions and data analytics capabilities. We had the largest Chinese consumer data set in terms of number of active profiled users in 2016 among independent online marketing

 

140

---

Table of Contents

technology companies in China, according to Frost & Sullivan. From approximately 74,000 mobile apps and 2.3 million websites that we covered, we analyzed approximately 665.4 million active profiled users in China in the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017. According to the China Internet Network Information Center, or CNNIC, there were 731 million internet users and 695 million mobile internet users in China as of December 31, 2016. The average daily volume of the data we collected reached 1.1 terabytes in the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017.

We collect data from a variety of channels, including through our proprietary tracking tools, from our marketers, publishers and ad exchanges when managing marketing campaigns, and to a lesser extent, from third-party strategic partners. We track data with our proprietary toolbars and software development kits installed on apps and websites. The data that we have tracked are complemented by, and blended with, marketing campaign performance data from marketers, publishers and ad exchanges. To a lesser extent, we collect data from selected third-party data partners, including major internet companies in China and financial institutions, through our data collaboration arrangement with them. Our data assets primarily include users’ intent, interest, online transactional, offline purchase behavioral data, social data and demographic data, as well as campaign performance data.

 

•

Intent data – Intent data refers to data that indicates the various intent of a user. Intent data directly identifies the interests and immediate needs of a specific user. An example of intent data would be search terms entered into search engines by a particular user looking for business class air tickets from Hong Kong to Shanghai. We obtain intent data primarily from the websites and apps on which we have installed our proprietary sharing toolbars and software development kits as well as through API connection with major search engines where marketers’ search marketing is executed.

 

•

Interest data – Interest data refers to the category and semantic meaning of the content of websites and apps that a user visits, including visit frequency and sequence, from which we are able to infer the various interests of a user. Interest data shows the awareness of the relevant information by a specific user. An example of interest data would be data concerning how frequently a particular user interested in fine dining browses webpages of luxury Japanese cuisine restaurants. We collect interest data from websites and apps on which we have installed our proprietary sharing toolbars and software development kits as well as through API connection with certain ad exchanges.

 

•

Online transactional data – Online transactional data refers to a user’s behavior on online commerce platforms, including the items he or she is browsing or has added to his or her shopping cart. Online transactional data directly identifies the purchasing intent and immediate needs of a specific user. An example of online transactional data would be a particular user browsing for high-end skin care products and adding a specific brand of eye serum into the shopping cart in preparation of a purchase. We obtain online transactional data from partnerships with branded E-commerce platforms and the re-marketing campaigns for our E-commerce clients.

 

•

Offline purchase behavioral data – Offline purchase behavioral data refers to a user’s behavior in non-digitally connected environments, such as offline purchase behavior when the user buys an item physically from an offline retailer by swiping his or her credit card. Offline purchase behavioral data directly identifies the purchasing behavior and immediate needs of a specific user outside of the realms of traditional digital user tracking. An example of offline purchase behavioral data would be a particular user buying a luxury handbag in a specific luxury retailer with his or her credit card. We obtain offline purchase behavioral data from partnerships with financial institutions and credit card issuers. Our offline purchase behavioral data is pseudonymized and does not include users’ personal details.

 

•

Social data – Social data refers a user’s behavior on social networks, such as Sina Weibo and Tencent QZone, including the content the user shares from websites or apps via social sharing toolbars, and the content the user posts, shares on the social networks, his or her “social graph”, such as his or her “friends” and “followers” and other behavior data the user publicly shares on social networks. Social

 

141

---

Table of Contents

data demonstrates that a specific user is engaged in certain particular topics or content online on social media. An example of social data would be the name of a restaurant being recommended by a particular user via his or her social network account. We obtain social data by installing our proprietary sharing toolbars and software development kits on websites and apps, as well as through API connections with major social networks.

 

•

Demographic data – Demographic data refers to a user’s age, gender, income level and geographic location. In addition to inferred demographic information through our data tracking and profiling analytic capabilities and technologies, we obtain actual demographic data from social media accounts through our strategic relationship with selected third-party data partners, including major internet companies in China.

 

•

Campaign performance data – Campaign performance data refers to a user’s interaction with, and response to, a given marketing message, starting with such user’s click on the content and including the user’s interaction with the destination site to which the link leads, and all other actions taken by the user, including E-commerce transaction, clicks, registration or sign-ups, video viewing, and “follow” or “likes” on social media platforms. We obtain campaign performance data from websites and apps on which we have installed our proprietary sharing toolbars and software development kits, in managing client campaigns, and through our data collaboration arrangements with selected third-party data partners.

We distill structured variables from large volume of unstructured data to construct context-rich user profiles. In the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017, we analyzed approximately 665.4 million active profiled users, whose profiles include on average 19 attributes, including user demographics, geographic location, device preference, spending history, personal interest and other online or offline behavioral pattern. We “pre-package” our user profiles into audience groups that can be utilized by specific industry verticals for precise targeting. Data involving our user profiles and audience groups are continuously fed into our content distribution opportunity matching process, enabling marketers to make cost-efficient decisions on real-time audience engagement opportunities and continuously optimize these decisions to access and activate their target audience through different channels.

Our Data Analytics Capabilities and Technologies

We apply data science technologies extensively throughout the online marketing cycle to support audience tracking, profiling and segmentation and to execute cost-efficient decisions on real-time audience engagement. Our proprietary data analytics capabilities and technologies include:

Deep Learning and Artificial Intelligence

 

•

Audience tracking engine - Our audience tracking engine monitors our audience across various devices and channels to identify which user has been interacting with what content, through which devices and the environment the user is in. It also uses cookies and other digital fingerprinting technologies, which take into account social network IDs, browsing behavior, network usage, IP addresses, surfing patterns, and device features, to recognize, identify, and re-identify a user across multiple channels, devices, and geographic locations, including de-duplication of multiple devices to a user.

 

•

Contextual analysis engine - Our contextual analysis engine parses all data properties to understand the context and content which audiences are interacting in and with, including news articles, social networks, search engines, mobile apps, etc. These help understand what a user is interested in, including product categories, brand names, product names, keywords, and the depth of their interest.

 

•

Natural language processing algorithms - Our natural language processing algorithms, or NLP, are important elements of our contextual analysis engine. We use these algorithms to extract structure from unstructured data, so that it can be processed and analyzed effectively. Our NLP algorithms are

 

142

---

Table of Contents

designed to understand and analyze Chinese and English languages and their usage in various contexts. They enable the extraction of information about entities, correlations, sentiments and emotions from vast amounts of text converted from audio and video streams and other digital content. In addition, we combine deep learning techniques with our natural language processing capabilities to further enhance the accuracy of attributes of our user profiles.

Predictive Analytics

 

•

User profiling engine - Combining the data collected through, and processed by, our contextual analysis engine and audience tracking engine, our user profiling engine infers the user’s interest, demographic, intent and other features through multi-dimensional data drill down and dynamic correlation analysis. In addition, we employ various models and algorithms on user profiles to expand and provide more breadth and depth on each user profile. As of August 31, 2017, we had designed an aggregate of 187 data labels for our user profiles.

 

•

Profile Segmentation Algorithms - We use various algorithms to organize user profiles, which are generated and updated dynamically in real time, responding to real time changes in user interests and needs. This allows for accurate and detailed segmentation of user interests through multiple dimensions, e.g. by user interest keywords and user interest categories.

Real-Time Matching Technologies

 

•

Real-time user engagement algorithms – Our real time user engagement algorithms execute marketing decisions based on a wide range of parameters, including predictions on click-through rate and conversion rate, inventory price, inventory safety and inventory segment, and consider audience compatibility, demographics, and frequency capping or other budgeting restrictions among other parameters, to compute the most cost-efficient decisions on real-time audience engagement opportunities.

 

•

Online continuous real-time bid optimization algorithms – Our online continuous real-time bid optimization algorithms consider a wide range of parameters, including purchasing efficiency, predicted conversion rate, return on media value, budget allocation efficiency, inventory safety, and what marketers are willing to pay to dynamically optimize our bidding and pricing strategies. Our real-time bid optimization algorithms continuously sieve through a large volume of user engagement opportunities per day to decide which are the best possible opportunities to engage with.

Data Privacy and Security

We collect data solely to analyze audience and campaign performance. In order to identify each user profile, we associate a random number with each new profile. We then use that number as the anonymous identification for the profile and associate it with all related data. In general we do not collect personally identifiable information unless a user consents to it or a marketer gives consent on behalf of the user. If such information is inadvertently obtained by us, we require its immediate deletion.

We treat all information we collect as confidential. We do not disclose any information we gather from a marketer or any third party data partner unless such disclosure is approved by it, which in turn has obtained end user consent.

We have put in place appropriate physical, electronic and managerial procedures to safeguard and secure our data assets, including to prevent unauthorized access, to preserve their integrity and to ensure their appropriate use. On the software level, we maintain the same database login information across all our computer systems to control access, and individuals with different levels or job duties are assigned different levels of access permissions. For example, only high-level technology personnel, including head of system operations,

 

143

---

Table of Contents

head of data science and certain other technical developments leaders have root access to our operation system; and only database managers have access to the relevant database. We have central controls to govern user roles and permissions. On the hardware levels, our servers are located at IDCs, and only system operation personnel have access to our servers. In addition, we have established hardware firewall where all traffic is inspected and filtered according to a comprehensive set of rules. We conduct comprehensive security reviews of our data assets on an annual basis and ad hoc security reviews from time to time as special needs arise.

Our Technology Infrastructure

Our platform is built on a highly scalable and reliable cloud-based technology architecture. This allows us to harness large quantities of real-time data and ensures high speed performance at a large scale to accommodate more clients and increased complexity of their online marketing campaigns.

 

•

Real-time analytics - Our cloud-based technology architecture is built to be fully distributed while having a single unified access layer. Large amounts of data are ingested through multiple highly-optimized points and analyzed using both offline batch processing and online real-time processing through streaming technologies. This architecture allows us to combine multiple data dimensions and apply various machine learning algorithms in real-time to our data, providing the most up-to-date and accurate representations of a user’s traits and online behavior.

 

•

Scalability - With modular architecture that is built to be horizontally scalable, our platform can be easily expanded as data storage requirements and client base increase. Our data repositories are clustered and our data processing architecture is distributed in several cities in China and Hong Kong, which supports efficient expansion. When need arises, we can easily add servers and integrate them into our existing server clusters as either data nodes or processing nodes. In addition, load balancing technology helps us improve distribution of workloads across multiple computing components, optimizing resource utilization and minimizing response time.

 

•

Reliability - Our technology layers have built in software and hardware redundancy and will automatically switch if errors are detected. We built our platform on a distributed computing architecture with no single point of failure. In addition, our architecture supports multiple live copies of each data set along with snapshot capabilities for faster, point-in-time data recovery instead of traditional backup and restore methodologies. Furthermore, our data processing architecture is located within the same cities where servers of major ad exchanges in China are located, facilitating low latency access and reliability as we bid for content distribution opportunities in real time.

Our Content Distribution Channels

We provide marketers with one-stop access to a wide variety of cross-channel content distribution opportunities in China through our deep relationship with content distribution channel partners. For example, we purchase or promote content distribution opportunities on content distribution channels, including premium channels such as Tencent, Baidu, Google and Alibaba. We believe we have preferential access to the content distribution opportunities on some of our channels that allow us to purchase the content distribution opportunities ahead of other purchasers offering the same terms. Media cost for content distribution opportunities on Tencent, Baidu, Google and Alibaba channels in aggregate accounted for 84.0%, 81.6% and 87.7% of our media costs in 2015, 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively. Media cost for content distribution opportunities on our largest channel partner in each of 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 accounted for 55.0%, 42.2% and 58.8% of our media costs during the relevant periods, respectively, and media costs for content distribution opportunities on our second largest channel partner in each of 2015, 2016 and the six months ended June 30, 2017 accounted for 22.6%, 36.1% and 11.8% of our media cost during the relevant periods, respectively. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Loss of any content distribution channel may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.” and “— The independent online marketing technology market is highly fragmented and intensely competitive. In addition,

 

144

---

Table of Contents

independent online marketing technology platforms face competitive pressure from well-established internet companies, marketing agencies and traditional media.” for more details on the significance of these channel partners to our business and potential competition with them.

Our content distribution opportunities span the mobile and PC channels, and include various formats such as video and traditional banner ad. Our content distribution channel partners primarily include mobile and online publishers, major search engines and ad exchanges. In the 30 days leading up to August 31, 2017, we covered approximately 74,000 mobile apps and 2.3 million websites. In 2016, our gross billing from mobile audience solutions and other solutions amounted to US$112.4 million and US$123.9 million, accounting for 47.6% and 52.4% of our gross billing, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, our gross billings from mobile audience solutions and other solutions amounted to US$63.0 million and US$40.4 million, accounting for 60.9% and 39.1% of our gross billing, respectively. In 2016, our net revenues from mobile audience solutions and other solutions amounted to US$57.8 million and US$37.6 million, accounting for 60.6% and 39.4% of our net revenue, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, our net revenues from mobile audience solutions and other solutions amounted to US$42.3 million and US$13.5 million, accounting for 75.8% and 24.2% of our net revenues, respectively.

We generally enter into annual framework agreements with content distribution channel partners, which set out each party’s rights and responsibilities with respect to the relevant content distribution opportunities. For example, we are generally required to examine advertising content to ensure its compliance with applicable laws and content distribution channel partners’ policies. We are also generally required to prepay media cost, which is based on pricing models determined by content distribution partners and calculated based on content distribution partners’ tracking. In addition, these agreements generally provide for certain rebates or incentives, generally calculated as a percentage of marketing spend, that we are entitled to should the marketing spend during the terms exceed specified thresholds. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Operating and Financial Metrics — Net Revenues”, “—Key Components of Results of Operations — Cost of Revenues; Gross Profit Margin”, “—Critical Accounting Policies — Revenue Recognition — Sales Agency” and “—Critical Accounting Policies — Rebates” for a description of the accounting treatment of rebates and incentives that we receive from content distribution channels. Some of these agreements also provide for minimum amount of content distribution opportunities that needs to be purchased during the terms of the agreements, failing which the content distribution channel partners may terminate the agreements.

We collaborate with many of our content distribution channel partners. Our product, technology and data engineering division work closely with the respective technology teams in our channel partners to ensure the compatibility of our tracking tools and access to content distribution opportunities. In addition to basic cooperation on access to content distribution opportunities, we collaborate closely with our content distribution partners on product research and development to stay at the forefront of marketing technology innovation and facilitate optimal audience engagement. For example, in 2015, we launched MoTV mobile SDK through cooperation with certain leading apps in China, which is an in-app video app that provides blue-ray quality ad viewing experience.

Our Clients

We sell our solutions by entering into marketing campaign contracts with marketers or marketing agencies. We treat entities which enter into marketing campaign contracts with us and incur marketing spend during the relevant period as our clients. Therefore, we count specific sub-brands or divisions within the same brand or holding company as distinct clients so long as we have signed campaign contracts with different entities. On the other hand, even though multiple campaign contracts may be involved, we only record one single client if those contracts with us are signed by the same entity. Our clients include both marketers who have direct contractual relationships with us, or direct marketer clients, and marketing agency clients. Our “marketers” include both direct marketer clients, and marketers that are represented by our marketing agency clients and have no direct

 

145

---

Table of Contents

contractual relationship with us, or end marketers. During 2016, we had over 2,000 clients including over 1,800 direct marketer clients and over 500 marketing agency clients, which represented over 1,100 end marketers. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we had approximately 1,400 clients, including approximately 1,000 direct marketer clients and approximately 380 agency clients, which represented approximately 900 end marketers.

Our marketers span a diverse array of industry segments, with banking and finance, entertainment and media, E-commerce, personal care and beauty, and travel and hospitality being among the top five in terms of gross billing contribution in 2016. They also feature companies of different sizes, including more than 150 multinational companies in 2016 and in the six months ended June 30, 2017, respectively, as well as small and medium-sized enterprises. Our marketers come from a variety of regions, with headquarters in Europe, North America, South America, or Southeast Asia. In determining the geographic classification of revenue, we look at the geographic location of our subsidiary or VIE which executed the marketing campaign contract. Our subsidiaries or VIE in China generally are our signing entities for marketing campaign contracts with clients which are based in China. Our Singapore subsidiary generally is our signing entity for marketing campaign contracts with clients based in Southeast Asia. Our Hong Kong subsidiaries generally are our signing entities for marketing campaign contracts with other clients. Please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Key Components of Results of Operations — Net Revenues” for our net revenues breakdown by geographic region.

We derived over 70% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in 2015 and 2016 and over 60% of our gross billing from direct marketer clients in the six months ended June 30, 2017. We have been strategically optimizing the client base for other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity. As a result of these efforts, our gross billing per client increased by US$32,020, or 47.5%, from US$67,413 in 2015 to US$99,433 in 2016, and by US$17,104, or 29.9%, from US$57,192 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to US$74,296 in the same period in 2017. The total number of our clients decreased by 10.1% from 2,644 in 2015 to 2,376 in 2016 notwithstanding our full year consolidation of OptAim’s results of operations in 2016 compared to our consolidation of OptAim’s results of operations only for the period from July 24 to December 31 in 2015. The total number of our clients decreased by 32.9% from 2,075 in the six months ended June 30, 2016 to 1,392 in the same period in 2017.

In 2016, we derived 18% of our net revenues from a marketer in the entertainment industry and 11% of our net revenues from a marketer in the e-commerce industry. In the six months ended June 30, 2017, we derived 14% of our net revenues from a marketer in the entertainment industry. These marketers utilized our mobile audience solutions under specified-action arrangement and therefore, revenue from these marketers was recognized on a gross basis. Their marketing campaign contracts were for a term of one year and contained terms similar to that under the marketing campaign contracts we generally enter into with other marketers utilizing similar solutions. Please refer to “Risk Factors — Risk Related to Our Business and Industry — Failure to retain existing clients or attract new ones could adversely impact our business and results of operations.”

Sales, Business Development and Account Management

Our sales and business development workforce is focused on attracting more clients for our mobile audience solutions, optimizing the client base for our other solutions to focus on profitability and liquidity, and attracting more clients to use our solutions through our self-service model. Leveraging our existing positions and reputations in industry sectors where we already have a strong presence, we are able to attract more direct marketer clients in those sectors. In addition, we are focused on diversifying our client base. We have partnered with local marketing agencies at selected first and second-tier cities in China to expand our marketer base in industry segments where we have relatively less presence, as well as to attract and retain high quality small and medium-sized enterprises to use our solutions on a self-serve basis. Furthermore, our sales and business development team works closely with overseas marketing agencies and channel partners in the home countries of overseas marketers, who help promote our solutions to overseas marketers.

 

146

---

Table of Contents

Our sales and business development team is organized by geographic region, and is further divided into groups that focus on sales to marketers or to marketing agencies in each geographic region. As of June 30, 2017, we had 110 employees for sales and business development.

Supporting our sales and business development team are our account managers under our operational support team, who help maintain and grow the accounts of our clients. While our intuitive user interfaces are designed to enable clients to easily deploy and utilize our solutions themselves with minimal customer support, we make online and telephonic helpdesk facilities available and provide onsite engineering support to clients and also assign account managers for our direct marketer clients and some of our marketing agency clients. Our account mangers provide consultative services on the use of our solutions, and in addition, for our managed service clients, more in-depth servicing on campaign planning, execution and result measurement and analysis.

We use a variety of traditional and web-based channels to drive our brand awareness and generate demand, including through direct marketing, print advertising in trade journals, offline sales efforts and client referrals. We regularly attend trade shows and industry conferences, including the industry-renowned DMEXCO, RISE conference, iAB TechFront and GMIC, and speak to the press about the latest trends in China’s digital market industry and developments in our solution offerings. In addition, we periodically post case studies and observations and analysis on industry trends on our website and social media, including our WeChat public account.

Research and Development

We are committed to continually enhancing and innovating our solutions, technologies and technical infrastructure. Our current R&D initiatives include development of an integrated one-stop system where our marketers can collaborate with their agencies, vendors or third-party collaborators in a consolidated manner to implement marketing initiatives or plan, execute and manage marketing campaigns across PC, mobile and TV channels.

Our R&D process is demand and innovation driven and involves collaborative efforts, including from our other functional teams, including sales and marketing, and product and operation support. Our R&D process advocates adaptive planning, iterative and incremental development cycles, and encourages rapid and flexible response to change. We typically release new solution features or improvements every week.

Intellectual Property

We have developed all of the key technologies supporting our platform and solutions in-house. Our intellectual property rights are a key component of our success. We rely on a combination of trademark and trade secret laws, and contractual restrictions, including through confidentiality, non-disclosure invention assignment agreements with our key employees, consultants and third parties with whom we do business, to establish, maintain and protect our proprietary information and other intellectual property.

Notwithstanding these efforts, we cannot be sure that any intellectual property we own will not be challenged, invalidated, or circumvented or that such intellectual property will be commercially useful in protecting our brand, products, services and technology. For more information regarding the risks related to our intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business and Industry — Our business may suffer if it is alleged or determined that our technologies or any other aspects of our business infringe on the intellectual property rights of others,” “— If we are unable to protect our proprietary information or other intellectual property, our business could be adversely affected.”

As of July 31, 2017, we had two patents in application in China, and 13 registered trademarks and trademark application in China and Hong Kong.

 

147

---

Table of Contents

Competition

China’s independent online marketing technology market is highly competitive, fragmented and rapidly changing. According to Frost & Sullivan, we were the largest independent online marketing technology company in China in terms of gross billing in 2016, with a market share of 5.4%. According to Frost & Sullivan, the five largest independent online marketing technology companies accounted for a total market share of 13.3% in terms of gross billing among all independent online marketing technology companies in China in 2016. We mainly compete with independent online marketing technology companies in China that offer online marketing solutions through demand side platform and use advanced technologies to optimize marketing campaigns for marketers. Frost & Sullivan expects that the independent online marketing technology market will undergo further consolidation and continuous innovation, which could result in higher concentration levels and leading players achieving higher market shares.

We compete for online marketing revenue based on many factors, including our ability to deliver return on marketing expenditure at scale, client trust, geographic reach, breadth and depth of relationships with publishers, ad exchanges, ad networks and other participants in the online marketing ecosystem, comprehensiveness of solutions and service offerings, pricing structure and competitiveness, cross-channel capabilities, accessibility and user-friendliness of solutions and brand awareness. We compete for content distribution opportunities based on our ability to maximize the value of content distribution opportunities for content distribution channels partners, provide them with a wide array of solutions covering various types of content distribution opportunities and our ability to increase fill rates. While our industry is evolving rapidly and is becoming increasingly competitive, we believe that our highly scalable and flexible business model, large Chinese consumer data set, and omni-channel, targeted audience reach, proprietary, cutting-edge technologies, strong, diverse and loyal client base, deep knowledge and familiarity with China’s online marketing industry, and visionary leadership enable us to remain competitive.

In addition, independent online marketing technology platforms face competitive pressure from large and well-established internet companies, such as Alibaba, Baidu, Tencent and Google, which have established stronger and broader presence across the online marketing ecosystem and have significantly more financial, marketing and other resources, more extensive client base and broader supplier relationship, and longer operating histories and greater brand recognition than we do. While we believe that we do not directly compete with these large and well-established internet companies for marketing spend as we promote their content distribution opportunities or purchase their content distribution opportunities in the ordinary course of our business in connection with our execution of marketing campaigns, and these companies generally do not provide integrated online marketing solutions the way we do, they are major players in the online marketing technology industry as they provide online marketing technology and offer services and offer solutions that help marketers achieve one or more aspects of their marketing goals in one or more phases of their online marketing cycle. In addition, these large and well-established companies control content distribution channels and would directly compete with us should we vertically expand our business to own or operate content distribution channels in the future. Online marketing technology platforms also face competition from marketing agencies, who may have their own relationships with content distribution channels and can directly connect marketers with such channels. Furthermore, online marketing technology platforms continue to face competition from traditional media including direct marketing, television, radio, cable and print advertising companies.

Please refer to “Risk Factors – Risk Related to Our Business and Industry - The market for online marketing solutions is highly fragmented and intensely competitive, and we may not be able to compete successfully with existing or new competitors.” and “Risk Factors – Risk Related to Our Business and Industry - If online marketing solutions do not achieve widespread market acceptance, our business, growth prospects and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.”

 

148

---

Table of Contents

Employees

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, we had a total of 596 and 554 employees, respectively. The table below provides a breakdown of our employees by function as of December 31, 2016:

 

		Number of employees				% of Total
Product, technology and data engineering			128				23.1
Operation support			184				33.2
Sales and business development			161				29.1
General and administrative			81				14.6
Total			554				100

As of June 30, 2017, we had a total of 464 employees, decreasing by 16.2% from 554 as of the end of December 31, 2016. The decrease primarily resulted from the decrease in headcount for sales and business development functions as we continued to optimize our client base to focus on profitability and liquidity, and for general and administrative functions as we further integrated OptAim’s operations, which had been completed by June 30, 2017.

We enter into standard labor contracts and confidentiality agreements with our management and employees. Our success depends on our ability to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. We believe we offer our employees competitive compensation packages and an environment that encourages initiative and self-development. We provide specific training to new employees at orientation to familiarize them with our working environment and operational procedures. We also design and implement in-house training programs tailored to each job function and set of responsibilities to enhance performance. As a result, we have generally been able to attract and retain qualified personnel and maintain a stable core management team.

In addition to salaries and benefits, we provide commission-based compensation for our sales force and performance-based bonuses for other employees. We also allow many of our employees to participate in share-based incentive plans to align their interests more closely with those of our shareholders. As required by regulations in China, we participate in various employee social security plans that are administered by municipal and provincial governments, including housing, pension, medical insurance and unemployment insurance plans. We are required under PRC law to make contributions to employee benefit plans at specified percentages of the salaries, bonuses and certain allowances of our employees, up to a maximum amount specified by the local governments from time to time.

We believe that our working environment and the support and benefits provided to our employees have contributed to maintaining good working relationships with our employees. None of our employees are represented by labor unions.

Facilities

Our headquarters and principal executive office are located in Hong Kong, in an approximately 1,500 square-meter facility, under certain lease agreements expiring on December 31, 2018. We currently lease approximately 2,900 square-meter office space in China located in Beijing, Shanghai, Shenzhen and Guangzhou, which primarily carry out the functions of technology and data engineering, sales and business development and operation support. Outside of China and Hong Kong, we also have subsidiaries or sales offices in Singapore, Taiwan and London.

We lease all of our facilities and do not own any real property. Our leases will expire from 2017 to 2019. We believe that our current facilities are suitable and adequate to meet our current needs. If we require additional space, we expect to be able to obtain additional facilities on commercially reasonable terms.

 

149

---

Table of Contents

Legal and Administrative Proceedings

From time to time we may become involved in legal or administrative proceedings or be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal or administrative proceedings or claims that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation or any other legal or administrative proceedings or claims can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

150

---

Table of Contents

REGULATION

We operate in an increasingly complex legal and regulatory environment. We are subject to a variety of PRC and foreign laws, rules and regulations across numerous aspects of our business. This section sets forth a summary of the principal PRC laws, rules and regulations relevant to our business and operations in the PRC.

Regulations on Advertising Business

The Advertising Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on April 24, 2015 and became effective on September 1, 2015, is the principal law regulating our business. This law regulates contents of advertisements, codes of conduct for advertising, and the supervision and administration of advertising industry. It also stipulates that advertisers, advertising operators, and advertisement publishers shall abide by the Advertising Law and other laws and regulations, be honest and trustworthy, and compete in a fair manner in advertising business. According to the Advertising Law, advertising operators and advertisement publishers shall examine the relevant certification documents and verify the contents of advertisements in accordance with laws and regulations. According the Advertising Law, if advertising operators know or should have known the content of the advertisements is false or deceptive but still provide advertising design, production and agency services in connection with the advertisements, they might be subject to penalties, including confiscation of revenue and fines, and the competent PRC authority may suspend or revoke their business licenses. In addition, the Regulations on the Administration of Advertisement, promulgated by the State Council on October 26, 1987 requires the advertising operators to submit applications to the industry and commerce authorities for approval and registration. During the course of business, advertising operators are required to check papers or certificates and examine the contents of advertisements. According to this regulation, advertising operators may not publish, broadcast, install or post any advertisements which violate the provisions of the relevant regulations.

On July 4, 2016, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce (SAIC) promulgated the Interim Measures for the Administration of Internet Advertising, or Interim Measures on Internet Advertising to regulate advertising activities conducted via the internet. According to the Interim Measures on Internet Advertising, advertisements published or distributed via the internet shall not interfere with users’ normal use of the internet. For example, advertisements published on web page pop-up windows or in others forms shall be clearly marked with a “close” sign to give the users an opportunity to close them out. No entity or individual may induce users to click on the contents of an advertisement through deception. An internet advertisement publisher or advertising operator, shall establish and maintain an acceptable registration, examination and file management system for its advertisers; examine, verify and record the identity information of each advertiser. The Interim Measures on Internet Advertising also require internet advertisement publishers and advertising operators to verify related supporting documents, check the contents of the advertisement and prohibits them from designing, producing, providing services or publishing any advertisement if the content and the supporting documents do not match each other or the documentary evidence thereof are insufficient.

The Advertising Law defines an “advertising operator” as any natural person, legal person or other organization that agrees to provide advertising design, production and agency services for advertisers. Therefore, we are an “advertising operator” as provided in the Advertising Law and thus subject to the content review and conduct requirements of the Advertising Law and the Interim Measures on Internet Advertising, or the Interim Measures. To facilitate compliance with Advertising Law, we are developing certain advertising business management rules containing these mandatory content review and conduct requirements, and are establishing internal mechanisms to implement these rules, which we expect to complete before this offering.

Prior to June 29, 2015, we were regulated by the Regulations for the Administration of Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises, promulgated by the State Administration for Industry and Commerce and the MOFCOM, which prescribed certain conditions on foreign investors that invest in companies in advertising business in China. Among other things, such foreign investors shall have at least three years’ track record primarily engaging in advertising business and shall have obtained an Opinion on the Approval of Foreign-

 

151

---

Table of Contents

invested Advertising Enterprise Project, which is issued by the State Administrative of Industry and Commerce or its local counterparts. The Regulations for the Administration of Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises were abolished on June 29, 2015 by the State Administration for Industry and Commerce after consultation with the MOFCOM.

Regulations on Internet Information Service

There are several principal regulations on internet information service business, including (i) the Telecommunications Regulations of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the State Council on September 25, 2000 and most recently amended on February 6, 2016, (ii) the Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services, promulgated by the State Council on September 25, 2000, or the Internet Measures, and (iii) the Catalogue of Telecommunication Services, issued by the State Council on September 25, 2000, and most recently amended by the Ministry of Industry and Information Technology, or MIIT, on December 28, 2015. According to the Internet Measures, “internet information services” include provision of information services through the internet to internet users. Since we have websites that provides information, including description of our business and solutions, to online users, we are deemed to be providing “internet information service”, and are therefore subject to these regulations on internet information services. Pursuant to the Internet Measures, there are two categories of internet information services, namely, services of an operative nature and services of a non-operative nature. The Internet Measures require providers of operative internet information services to obtain an operating permit and imposes certain restrictions on the percentage of foreign ownership in such providers. Our business does not involve the provision of operative internet information services, and therefore, we are not required to obtain any operating permits or subject to foreign ownership restrictions under these regulations. In accordance with the Internet Measures, we shall complete a filing process for our website, which has been done.

Regulations on Privacy Protection

According to the Internet Measures, “internet information services” means the activity of providing information services through the internet to internet users. Since we have websites that provide information to internet users, we are considered an internet information service provider under the Internet Measures and are therefore, subject to regulations relating to the protection of privacy, including prohibitions on producing, copying, publishing or distributing information that is humiliating or defamatory to others or that infringes on the lawful rights and interests of others. Internet information service providers that violate the prohibition could face criminal charges or administrative sanctions by the PRC security authorities. In addition, relevant authorities may suspend their services, revoke their licenses or temporarily suspend or close down their websites.

Under the Several Provisions on Regulating the Market Order of Internet Information Services, issued by MIIT, in December 2011, internet information service providers are prohibited from collecting any user-related information that can reveal the identity of the user whether by itself or when used in combination with other information, or providing any such information to third parties without the consent of that user. Internet information service providers must expressly inform the users of the method, content and purpose to collect and process such user personal information, and may only collect such information necessary for their services. Internet information service providers are also required to properly maintain the user personal information and, in case of any leakage or likely leakage of such information, must take remedial measures immediately and report any material leakage to the telecommunications regulatory authority.

In December 2012, the Decision on Strengthening Network Information Protection promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress emphasizes the need to protect electronic information that contains personal identification information and other private data. The decision requires internet information service providers to establish and publish policies regarding the collection and use of personal electronic information, to take necessary measures to ensure the security of the information and to prevent leakage, damage or loss.

 

152

---

Table of Contents

Furthermore, the MIIT’s Rules on Protection of Personal Information of Telecommunications and Internet Users issued in July 2013 contain detailed requirements upon the activities collecting or using personal information of users in the provision of telecommunication service and internet information service, which mainly include: (i) the telecommunication business operators or internet information service providers shall expressly advise users about the purpose, method and scope of the collection or use of information, and the ways to inquire or correct information, and the consequences of refusal to provide information, etc.; (ii) the telecommunication business operators or internet information service providers shall not go beyond the necessary and the purpose for their service, nor by means of deceiving, misleading or force or in violation of the laws, regulations or the agreements between the parties; (iii) any collected information shall be kept in strict confidence with adequate measures; (iv) shall establish user complaint handling mechanism to accept complaints from the users, and etc. Internet information service providers, including us, may subject to penalties, including fines, warnings, orders to correct and even criminal charges if failed to fulfill the aforesaid requirements.

Regulations on Foreign-related Surveys Measures

According to the Foreign-related Surveys Measures, foreign-related surveys include: (i) market and social surveys conducted under the entrustment or financial aid of any overseas organization, individual, or the agency of any overseas organization in China; (ii) market and social surveys conducted in cooperation with any overseas organization, individual, or the agency of any overseas organization in China; (iii) market surveys lawfully conducted by the agency of any overseas organization in China; and (iv) market and social surveys of which the materials and results are to be provided to any overseas organization, individual, or the agency of any overseas organization in China. Any foreign-related market survey must be conducted by a foreign-related survey institution and no individual or organization may conduct any foreign-related survey without a license for foreign-related surveys. According to the Foreign-related Surveys Measure and the Catalogue of Industries for Guiding Foreign Investment (2015 version), only a domestic enterprise or a sino-foreign enterprise which meet the several requirements stipulated in the Foreign-related Surveys Measures can apply for license for the foreign- related survey.

We collect data of multiple kinds and from multiple sources through our consolidated subsidiaries in the PRC and Hong Kong. These data include users’ search, browse, E-commerce and offline behavioral data, social data, demographic data, campaign performance data, and certain technical data, from our proprietary tracking tools, our marketers, publishers and ad exchanges in connection with marketing campaigns, and from collaboration with selected third-party data partners. Except for the general definitions of market surveys and social surveys defined in the Foreign-related Surveys Measures, there is no further clarification or specific guidance on the characteristics and scope of “foreign-related surveys”. In the opinion of our PRC counsel, Jingtian & Gongcheng, the collection and use of data of our business do not fall within the scope of “foreign-related survey” and therefore we are not required to obtain a foreign-related survey license under the Foreign-related Survey Measures as currently interpreted and enforced by the relevant PRC regulatory authorities. However, in light of these uncertainties and out of prudence, we through OptAim Network, our VIE entity, applied for and were granted the foreign-related survey license on June 6, 2017 by the Chinese National Bureau of Statistics.

Regulations on Intellectual Property Rights

China has adopted legislation governing intellectual property rights, including copyrights, trademarks and patents. China is a signatory to major international conventions on intellectual property rights and is subject to the Agreement on Trade Related Aspects of Intellectual Property Rights as a result of its accession to the World Trade Organization in December 2001.

Computer Software Copyright

On March 1, 2013, the Regulations for the Protection of Computer Software promulgated by the State Council came into effect. These regulations are formulated for protecting the rights and interests of computer software copyright owners, encouraging the development and application of computer software and promoting the development of software business.

 

153

---

Table of Contents

Patent

Patents in the PRC are principally protected under the Patent Law of the People’s Republic of China, which was amended by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress in 2008 and became effective on October 1, 2009. This law is formulated for protecting the rights and interests of patentees, encouraging invention, promoting the application of inventions, enhancing innovation capacity, and facilitating the advancement of science and technology, and the economic and social development. Under this law, the duration of a patent right is either 10 years or 20 years from the date of application, depending on the type of patent right.

Trademark

The PRC Trademark Law, promulgated in 1983 and most recently amended in 2013, which such amendments became effective on May 1, 2014, protects the proprietary rights with respect to registered trademarks. The Trademark Office under the State Administration for Industry and Commerce handles trademark registrations and may grant a term of 10 years for registered trademarks, which may be extended for another 10 years upon request. Trademark license agreements shall be filed with the Trademark Office for record. In addition, if a registered trademark is recognized as a well-known trademark, the protection of the proprietary right of the trademark holder may reach beyond the specific class of the relevant products or services.

Domain Name

On December 20, 2004, the Measures for the Administration of Internet Domain Names of the PRC, promulgated by the Ministry of Information, came into effect. These measures are formulated with reference to the norms on administration of internet domain names worldwide, for the purposes of promoting the healthy development of China’s internet sector and guaranteeing the safe and reliable operation of the internet domain name system in the PRC.

Regulations on Employment

There are several principal rules and regulations in the PRC with respect to rights and obligations of employers and labors, including (i) the Labor Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress effective on January 1, 1995, or the Labor Law, (ii) the Labor Contract Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress effective on July 1, 2013, or the Labor Contract Law, (iii) the Social Insurance Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress effective on July 1, 2011, or the Social Insurance Law, and (iv) the Regulations on the Management of Housing Provident Fund, promulgated by the State Council on March 24, 2002.

According to the Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law, employers must execute written labor contracts with full-time employees. All employers must compensate their employees with wages equal to at least the local minimum wage standard. All employers are required, among other things, to establish a system for labor safety and workplace sanitation, and to provide employees with workplace safety training. Violations of the Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law may result in the imposition of fines and other administrative penalties. For serious violations, criminal liability may arise. In addition, pursuant to the Social Insurance Law, employers in the PRC are required to provide employees with welfare schemes covering pension insurance, unemployment insurance, maternity insurance, work-related injury insurance, medical insurance and housing funds.

Regulations on Taxation

PRC Enterprise Income Tax

PRC enterprise income tax is calculated based on taxable income, which is determined under (i) the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, promulgated by the National People’s Congress of China and implemented on

 

154

---

Table of Contents

January 1, 2008, or the EIT Law, and (ii) the implementation rules to the EIT Law promulgated by the State Council and implemented on January 1, 2008. The EIT Law imposes a uniform enterprise income tax rate of 25% on all resident enterprises in the PRC, including foreign-invested enterprises and domestic enterprises, unless they qualify for certain exceptions. According to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, the income tax rate of an enterprise that has been determined to be a high and new technology enterprise may be reduced to 15% with the approval of relevant tax authorities.

In addition, according to the EIT Law, enterprises that are incorporated outside the PRC but have their “de facto management body” located in China may be considered as PRC resident enterprises and may therefore be subject to PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on their worldwide income. The implementation rules of the EIT Law define “de facto management body” as “establishment that carries out substantial and overall management and control over the manufacturing and business operations, personnel, accounting, properties, etc. of an enterprise.” And the Notice Regarding the Determination of Chinese-Controlled Overseas Incorporated Enterprises as PRC Tax Resident Enterprises on the Basis of De Facto Management Bodies, or Circular 82, further provides certain specific criteria to determine whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular applies only to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” text should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises.

According to Circular 82, a Chinese-controlled offshore-incorporated enterprise will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management and the place where the enterprise performs its duties are in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval of organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals and board and shareholder resolutions are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) 50% or more of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC. In the event that we are considered a PRC resident enterprise, we would be subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on our worldwide income.

We are organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands and not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group, we therefore do not believe that we meet all of the conditions above. But if we are considered a PRC resident enterprise by the competent tax authority, we would be subject to the PRC enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on our worldwide income.

Income Tax for Share Transfers

According to the Notice on Strengthening Administration of Enterprise Income Tax for Share Transfers by Non-Resident Enterprises, or Circular 698, promulgated by the SAT on December 10, 2009, and the Announcement of the State Administration of Taxation on Several Issues Concerning the Enterprise Income Tax on Indirect Property Transfer by Non-Resident Enterprises, or Circular 7, promulgated by the SAT on February 3, 2015, if a non-resident enterprise transfers the equity interests of a PRC resident enterprise indirectly by transfer of the equity interests of an offshore holding company (issued by a PRC resident enterprise) without a reasonable commercial purpose, the PRC tax authorities have the power to reassess the nature of the transaction and the indirect equity transfer may be treated as a direct transfer. As a result, the gain derived from such transfer, which means the equity transfer price less the cost of equity, may be subject to PRC withholding tax at a rate of up to 10%. Under the terms of Circular 7, a transfer that meets all of the following circumstances will be deemed to have no reasonable commercial purposes: (i) over 75% of the value of the equity interests of the offshore holding company are directly or indirectly derived from PRC taxable properties; (ii) at any time during the year before the indirect transfer, over 90% of the total properties of the offshore holding company are

 

155

---

Table of Contents

investments within PRC territory, or in the year before the indirect transfer, over 90% of the offshore holding company’s revenue is directly or indirectly derived from PRC territory; (iii) the function performed and risks assumed by the offshore holding company are insufficient to substantiate its corporate existence; or (iv) the foreign income tax imposed on the indirect transfer is lower than the PRC tax imposed on the direct transfer of the PRC taxable properties.

There is uncertainty as to the application of Circular 698 and Circular 7. Circular 698 and Circular 7 may be determined by the PRC tax authorities to be applicable to our prior private equity financing transactions that involved non-resident investors, if any of such transactions were determined by the tax authorities to lack reasonable commercial purpose. As a result, we and our non-resident investors in such transactions may be taxed under Circular 698 and Circular 7, and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Circular 698 and Circular 7 or to establish that we should not be taxed under the general anti-avoidance rule of the EIT Law, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Value Added Tax

On January 1, 2012, the State Council launched a pilot value-added tax, or VAT, reform program, or the Pilot Program, applicable to businesses in selected industries, such as industries involving the leasing of tangible movable property, transportation services, research and development and technical services, information technology services, cultural and creativity services, logistics ancillary services and attestation and consulting services. Businesses subject to the Pilot Program are subject to VAT instead of business tax. On May 24, 2013, the Ministry of Finance and the SAT issued the Circular on Tax Policies in the Nationwide Pilot Collection of Value Added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax in the Transportation Industry and Certain Modern Services Industries. On August 1, 2013, the Pilot Program was implemented throughout China. On March 23, 2016, SAT and Ministry of Finance promulgated Circular on Comprehensively Promoting the Pilot Program of the Collection of Value-added Tax in Lieu of Business Tax, which became effective on May 1, 2016. According to the 2016 Circular, general taxpayers who are engaged in technical services, information technology services, cultural creativity services, logistics supporting services, leasing services, attestation consulting services and/or other modern service industries are subject to a VAT at the rate of 6%.

Dividends Withholding Tax

We are a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company, used as a holding company and a substantial part of our income may come from dividends we receive from our PRC subsidiary by distributions to our Hong Kong subsidiaries. Pursuant to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, and Special Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement, dividends generated after January 1, 2008 and distributed to our Hong Kong subsidiaries by our PRC subsidiary are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 5%.

The PRC and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region entered into the Arrangement for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Prevention of Fiscal Evasion with respect to Taxes on Income, or Special Double Taxation Avoidance Agreement, on August 21, 2006. This arrangement reduces the withholding tax rate in respect of the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise, such as from our PRC subsidiaries to our Hong Kong subsidiaries, from the statutory rate of 10% to 5% if the Hong Kong enterprise directly holds at least 25% of the PRC enterprise. Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or Circular 81, a Hong Kong resident enterprise must meet the following conditions, among others, in order to benefit from the reduced withholding tax rate: (i) it must be is a company; (ii) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (iii) it must have directly owned such required percentage in the PRC resident enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends. Furthermore, the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Taxpayers to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, or Non-Resident Tax Treatments Measures, which became effective in November 2015, require that non-resident taxpayers report and submit the relevant statements and materials specified in this measure and be administrated

 

156

---

Table of Contents

and supervised subsequently by the relevant tax authority in order for the reduced withholding tax rate to apply. There are also other conditions for the reduced withholding tax rate including that Hong Kong recipient must be the beneficial owner of the income.

As uncertainties remain regarding the interpretation and implementation of the EIT Law and its implementation rules, we cannot assure you that, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, any dividends to be distributed by us to our non-PRC shareholders and ADS holders would not be subject to any PRC withholding tax.

Regulations on Foreign Exchange

The Regulations of the People’s Republic of China on Foreign Exchange Control, promulgated by the State Council on August 5, 2008, are principal regulations on foreign currency exchange in the PRC. Under these regulations, the Renminbi is freely convertible for current account items after due process, including distribution of dividends, trade-related foreign exchange transactions and service-related foreign exchange transactions, whereas foreign exchange for capital account items, such as direct investments or loans, require prior approval of and registration with the SAFE.

Capital Settlement and Overseas Remittance of Foreign-Invested Enterprises

On May 13, 2013, the SAFE promulgated the Provisions on Foreign Exchange Administration Over Direct Investment Made by Foreign Investors in the PRC in order to promote and facilitate foreign investors to make direct investment in the PRC. Under these provisions, a foreign-invested enterprise may remit funds abroad for purchase and remit foreign exchange with relevant banks from capital reduction, liquidation, advance recovery of investment, profit distribution, etc. after due registration. On June 1, 2015, SAFE Circular 19 came into effect, which introduced a reform of the administration to the settlement of the foreign exchange capital for foreign-invested enterprises national wide based on the pilot experience in certain regions in the early days. On June 9, 2016, SAFE Circular 16 was promulgated, which included more detailed provisions on capital account settlement and overseas remittance for foreign-invested enterprises. This notice allows foreign-invested enterprises to settle their foreign exchange receipt on a discretionary basis and explicitly includes foreign debts and repatriated funds raised through overseas listing as foreign exchange receipts that can be settled discretionally in addition to foreign exchange capital, but continues to prohibit foreign-invested enterprises from using the Renminbi fund converted from their foreign exchange capitals for expenditure beyond their business scopes, investment in security market, offering of entrustment loans or purchase of any investment properties. Although this makes a further relaxation of policies on the control over foreign exchange settlement of capital accounts, in practice, there are still several specific requirements that affect the abilities of the PRC enterprises to access the offshore financing capitals.

According to Interim Administrative Measures for the Record-filing of the Incorporation and Change of Foreign-invested Enterprises promulgated by the Ministry of Commerce, or the MOC, effective on October 8, 2016, foreign investors making capital contributions to their PRC subsidiaries shall make necessary filings in the Foreign Investment Comprehensive Management Information System, or FICMIS. Pursuant to the Interim Measures on the Management of Foreign Debts promulgated jointly by the SAFE, Ministry of Finance, the NDRC, effective on March 1, 2003, PRC foreign-invested companies may not procure loans which exceed the difference between its registered capital and its total investment amount as recorded in FICMIS.

On January 10, 2017, the People’s Bank of China promulgated the Circular on Management of Cross-border Financing. According to this circular, an enterprise shall file the cross-border financing contracts for the record with the Capital Project Information System of the SAFE after the execution date of the contracts but no later than three working days before the withdrawal date. In addition, according to the Circular on Promoting the Administrative Reform, promulgated by the NDRC on September 14, 2015, any medium or long term loan to be provided by foreign entities to domestic enterprises must be recorded and registered by the NDRC.

 

157

---

Table of Contents

Outbound Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment

On July 4, 2014, the Circular on the Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Control on Domestic Residents Outbound Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment though Special Purpose Vehicles promulgated by the SAFE came into effect. This circular prescribes operational procedures and registration requirements for roundtrip investment through special purpose companies and others. In particular, it states that a domestic resident shall apply to the relevant local branch of the SAFE for foreign exchange registration of overseas investment, prior to making contribution to a special purpose company with legitimate domestic or overseas assets or interests.

Equity Incentive Plans

On February 15, 2012, the Notice of SAFE on Relevant Issues Concerning the Foreign Exchange Administration for Domestic Individuals’ Participation in Equity Incentive Plans of Overseas-Listed Companies came into effect. This notice prescribes foreign exchange registration requirements for domestic individuals such as directors, supervisors, officials and other employees in relation to equity incentive plans of companies listed abroad, including employee stock ownership plans, employee stock option plans and other equity incentive programs permitted by applicable laws and regulations. Under the notice, individuals who participate in equity incentive plans of an overseas listed company shall, through the domestic companies they serve, collectively entrust a domestic agency to handle matters such as foreign exchange registration with the SAFE, account opening, and funds transfer and remittance, and also entrust an overseas institution to handle matters such as exercise of options, purchasing and sale of related equity and transfer of funds. An individual may use his/her own foreign currency funds in his/her personal foreign currency deposit account, RMB funds or other legitimate domestic funds to participate in an equity incentive plan.

Regulations on Dividend Distribution

The principal legislation with respect to payment or distribution of dividends by wholly foreign-owned enterprises include (i) the Company Law of the People’s Republic of China, most recently amended by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress as of March 1, 2014, and (ii) Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise Law of the People’s Republic of China, promulgated on April 12, 1986 and amended on October 31, 2000 by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress. Under these laws, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in the PRC may pay dividends only out of accumulated profits, after setting aside annually at least 10% of accumulated after-tax profits as reserve fund, if any, until such time as the accumulative amount of such fund reaches 50% of the enterprise’s registered capital. A wholly foreign-owned enterprise may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits to its employee welfare and bonus funds at its discretion. These reserve funds may not be distributed as cash dividends.

Regulations on Foreign Investment

According to the Catalogue for the Guidance of Foreign Investment Industries (Revised in 2015), or the 2015 Catalogue, there is no restriction on the foreign-invested advertising company as advertising industry falls within neither the catalogue of prohibitions nor the catalogue of restrictions. Moreover, the Regulations for the Administration of Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises, which prescribed certain restrictions on foreign investors were abolished on June 29, 2015.

According to the 2015 Catalogue, market survey falls into the catalogue of restrictions, which means foreign investors can engage in businesses in this industry only through a sino-foreign enterprise, while social survey falls into the catalogue of prohibitions.

In January 2015, the MOFCOM published a consultation draft of PRC Foreign Investment Law for public review and comments. Among other things, the draft Foreign Investment Law expands the definition of foreign

 

158

---

Table of Contents

investment and introduces the principle of “actual control” in determining whether a company is considered an FIE. And “actual control” broadly defined in the Draft of PRC Foreign Investment Law including the following summarized categories: (i) holding, directly or indirectly, not less than 50% of shares, equities, share of voting rights or other similar rights of the subject entity; (ii) holding, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the voting rights of the subject entity but having the power to secure at least 50% of the seats on the board or other equivalent decision making bodies, or having the voting power to material influence on the board, the shareholders’ meeting or other equivalent decision making bodies; or (iii) having the power to exert decisive influence, via contractual or trust arrangements, over the subject entity’s operations, financial matters or other key aspects of business operations.

Therefore, under the Draft Foreign Investment Law, variable interest entities would also be deemed as FIEs, if they are ultimately “controlled” by foreign investors and be subject to restrictions on foreign investments. As a result, their operation in the industry listed on the “catalogue of restrictions” without market entry clearance or on the “catalogue of prohibitions” may be considered as illegal. If this is the case, the variable interest entities would be ordered to terminate the related business and might subject to penalties, including confiscations, fines, and even criminal charges.

In addition, the Draft Foreign Investment Law imposes stringent ad hoc and periodic information reporting requirements on foreign investors and the applicable FIEs. Aside from an investment information report required at each investment or each investment alteration, it is mandatory for entities established by foreign investors to submit an annual report, and large foreign investors meeting certain criteria are required to report on a quarterly basis. Any company found to be non-compliant with these reporting obligations may potentially be subject to fines and/or administrative or criminal liabilities, and the persons directly responsible may be subject to criminal liabilities.

The Draft Foreign Investment Law has not taken a position on what actions will be taken with respect to the existing companies with a “variable interest entity” structure, whether or not these companies are controlled by Chinese parties. And it is also uncertain when the draft would be passed into law and whether the final version would have any substantial changes from this draft.

 

159

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus. Except for Messrs. Scott Moore, Dylan Huang and Honnus Cheung, the business address for our directors and executive officers is that of our principal executive office at: 15/F, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong S.A.R. The business address of Mr. Scott Moore is Ad Lightning, Inc., 240 2^nd Ave. South, Suite 400, Seattle, WA 98104. The business address of Mr. Dylan Huang is Block C, Hengdian Building, No. 4 Wangjing East Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing, China. The business address of Ms. Honnus Cheung is Unit 3608, Level 36, AIA Tower, 183 Electric Road, Hong Kong.

 

Directors and Executive Officers		Age		Position/Title
Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh		44		Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, and Co-Founder
Jian Tang		40		Director, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Technology Officer, and Co-Founder
Yau Ping Ricky Ng		36		Director and Co-Founder
Yu Long		44		Director
Antares Au		38		Director
Scott Moore*		56		Director Appointee
Dylan Huang*		43		Director Appointee
Honnus Cheung*		46		Director Appointee
Jie Jiao		36		Chief Financial Officer
Yan Lee		34		Chief Product Officer

 

*	Each of Messrs. Scott Moore, Dylan Huang and Honnus Cheung has accepted our appointment to be a director of our company, effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part.

Mr. Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh is our chairman of the board and co-founder and has served as our chief executive officer since 2009. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Hsieh held senior positions in a number of prominent technology companies. Mr. Hsieh was general manager for Asia Pacific at Efficient Frontier (now an Adobe company), a leading digital performance marketing company in 2008. Prior to that, Mr. Hsieh was director of Search Marketing at Yahoo Hong Kong during 2000 to 2008, during which he oversaw the business operations, including sales, marketing, business development and product management. Mr. Hsieh also held various sales and marketing positions at the LVMH Group and British American Tobacco earlier in his career. Mr. Hsieh received his bachelor’s degree in economics from the University of California, Los Angeles.

Mr. Jian Tang is our director and co-founder and has served as our chief operating officer since January 2016 and our chief technology officer since November 2016. Mr. Tang has approximately 20 years of experience in digital advertising and is well-known in the area of advertising technologies and big data in China. Prior to joining us, Mr. Tang founded OptAim in 2012, which was later acquired by us in July 2015. Prior to founding OptAim, Mr. Tang was Tencent’s engineering director of Advertising Platform Department who helped initiate and develop Tencent’s programmatic ad exchange platform. Mr. Tang had also served key research and engineering and management roles at Yahoo’s global research and development center, Baidu and Microsoft Research from 2005 to 2011, where he led a number of major technical and research and development projects. Mr. Tang received his doctor’s degree in computer engineering from Tsinghua University. Mr. Tang was named by Campaign Asia as one of the leaders in its Digital A-List in 2016.

Mr. Yau Ping Ricky Ng is our director and co-founder. Mr. Ng has also served as director of both Aladdin Fintech (Beijing) Company Limited and Aladdin Fintech Company Limited. Prior to founding our company, Mr. Ng was head of direct sales at Yahoo Hong Kong where he specialized in developing new business and sales

 

160

---

Table of Contents

partnerships for the company’s search marketing and performance display solutions. Mr. Ng received his bachelor’s degree in computer science from the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Mr. Ng was named by Campaign Asia as “Digital A-list Digital Entrepreneur” in 2015 and Vmarketing as “Top 100 digital figures in 2011-2012.”

Ms. Yu Long was appointed as our director by Bertelsmann Asia Investments in February 2011 in connection with its subscription of our series B preferred shares. Ms. Long currently also serves as a member of Bertelsmann Group management committee, chief executive officer of Bertelsmann China Corporate Center and managing partner of Bertelsmann Asia Investments. Ms. Long serves on the board of Coach Inc. (NYSE: COH), and China Distance Education (NYSE: DL) and Bitauto Holdings Limited (NYSE: BITA). Prior to that, Ms. Long was a principal at Bertelsmann Digital Media Investments. She joined the international media, services, and education company via the Bertelsmann Entrepreneurs Program in 2005. From 1996 to 2003, Ms. Long was a producer and lead anchor for the Sichuan Broadcasting Group. From 1994 to 1996 she was a producer and host for Chengdu People’s Radio Broadcasting. In addition, she is a member of the Stanford Graduate School of Business Advisory Council. Ms. Long is an active member of the World Economic Forum’s Young Global Leaders Advisory Council and is also a member of its Global Agenda Council on the Future of Media, Entertainment & Information.

Mr. Antares Au was appointed as our director by SSG Capital in February 2011 in connection with its subscription of our ordinary and series C preferred shares. Mr. Au is a founding member and managing director of SSG Capital Management (Hong Kong) Limited and has headed its investment activities in Greater China since the firm’s establishment in 2009. He also serves as director of Jamestrong Investment Holding Limited and various entities affiliated with SSG Capital. Mr. Au previously worked at Lehman Brothers Asia Special Situations Group where he was responsible for the group’s investment activities in Greater China from 2007 to 2008. Prior to that, he worked at an affiliate of Och Ziff Capital Management from 2006 to 2007 and the private equity team of Fortress Investment Group from 2003 to 2005. He worked in the investment banking division of Goldman Sachs in New York from 2001 to 2002. Mr. Au received his bachelor’s degree in computer science and economics from Columbia University.

Mr. Scott Moore will serve as our director commencing from the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Moore is the founder, chief executive officer and member of the board of directors of Ad Lightning, Inc. From September 2013 to April 2016, he served as chairman of the board of directors and chief executive officer of Cheezburger Networks, Inc. Prior to this, Mr. Moore was the chief digital officer of Hibu, plc. From 2009 to 2011, Mr. Moore was the executive producer at MSN US for Microsoft Corporation. During his employment with Microsoft Corporation, Mr. Moore also served on the board of directors of MSNBC.com, a joint venture of Microsoft Corporation and NBC Universal. Mr. Moore received his MBA degree from the University of Washington in 1994 and his bachelor’s degree in arts from the Harvard College in 1985.

Mr. Dylan Huang will serve as our director commencing from the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. Mr. Huang has served as the corporate vice president, group chief technology officer and general manager at Tencent Online Media Group since 2008, leading its media’s mobile initiative. He was the senior lead program manager, program manager, software design engineer and software design engineer in test at Microsoft Corporation from 2001 to 2008. Prior to this, Mr. Huang served as product design manager at Hangzhou Fusheng Electrical Appliance Co., Ltd., previously named Fusheng Motor. Co. Mr. Huang received his bachelor’s degree and doctor’s degree in electrical engineering from Zhejiang University and his MBA degree from Washington Business School.

Ms. Honnus Cheung will serve as our director commencing from the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part. Ms. Cheung has served as the chief financial officer at Travelzoo, Asia Pacific since September 2015. Ms. Cheung served as the group chief financial officer of Travelzoo (Asia Pacific) Inc from November 2009 to August 2015 and the Asia Pacific chief financial

 

161

---

Table of Contents

officer of Travelzoo Inc. from September 2007 to October 2009. Prior to working at Travelzoo, Ms. Cheung served as the regional finance director of Yahoo Asia Pacific operations from 1999 to 2007. Prior to working at Yahoo, Ms. Cheung worked various professional positions at American Standard and PricewaterhouseCoopers. Ms. Cheung received her bachelor’s degree in commerce from the University of Queensland, Australia and an MBA degree from Northwestern University, United States. Ms. Cheung is a fellow member of Hong Kong Institution of Certified Public Accountants of Hong Kong (FCPA) and Certified Practising Accountants of Australia (FCPA), respectively. She is also a fellow member of the Hong Kong Institute of Directors (FHKIoD).

Ms. Jie Jiao has served as our chief financial officer since May 2017 and was our head of finance from 2014 to 2016. Ms. Jiao has also served as an independent non-executive director of China Sunshine Paper Holdings Company Limited (2002.HK), a Hong Kong listed company, since 2014. Prior to joining us, Ms. Jiao served at several U.S. or Hong Kong-listed companies, including ArtGo Holdings Limited (3313.HK) and Fang Holdings Limited (NYSE: SFUN), mainly in charge of their initial public offerings, compliance after the initial public offerings and investor relationship from 2007 to 2014. She was a senior counsel at Jingtian & Gongcheng from 2004 to 2007. Ms. Jiao received her bachelor degree of law and bachelor degree of economics from Peking University, and her master degree of law in Oxford University. Ms. Jiao is a Chartered Financial Analyst and has obtained her PRC Legal Profession Qualification Certificate.

Mr. Yan Lee has served as our chief product officer since 2016. Mr. Lee has approximately ten years of experience in digital marketing and products, with a focus on big data advertising platforms as well as business ecosystem infrastructure. Prior to joining us, Mr. Lee was the founder and chief executive officer of Buzzinate, a leading demand side platform and data service provider in mainland China, which was acquired by us in November 2014. Prior to founding Buzzinate, Mr. Lee held strategic advertising roles at several 4As agencies serving automobile, fast-moving consumer goods and retail clients. Mr. Lee received his dual bachelor’s degrees in advertising and corporate management from National Chengchi University in Taiwan, and an MBA degree from China Europe International Business School in Shanghai, China. In 2012, Mr. Lee was named by Forbes China as one of China’s “30 Under 30” Entrepreneurs.

Board of Directors

Upon the effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part, our board of directors will consist of eight directors, including executive directors and non-executive directors. Pursuant to our eighth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and will replace our current amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its entirety, the size of our board of directors shall be limited to nine. Please refer to “Risk Factors — Risk Related to This Offering and Our American Depositary Shares — As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we will adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.” The powers and duties of our directors include convening general meetings and reporting our board’s work at our shareholders’ meetings, declaring dividends and distributions, determining our business and investment plans, appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers, preparing our annual financial budgets and financial reports, formulating proposals for the increase or reduction of our authorized capital as well as exercising other powers, functions and duties as conferred by our articles of association. Our directors may exercise all the powers of our company to borrow money, mortgage its business, property and uncalled capital and issue debentures or other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any obligation of our company or of any third party. None of our non-executive directors has a service contract with us that provides for benefits upon termination of service.

A director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement notwithstanding that he may be interested therein and if he does so his vote shall be counted and he may be counted in the quorum at any meeting of the directors at which any such contract or proposed contract or arrangement is considered. A director who is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or proposed contract with us is required

 

162

---

Table of Contents

to declare the nature of his interest at a meeting of our directors. A general notice given to the directors by any director to the effect that he is a member, shareholder, director, partner, officer or employee of any specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or transaction with that company or firm shall be deemed a sufficient declaration of interest for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect to a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

Committees of the Board of Directors

We are a foreign private issuer (as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act), and our ADSs are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under Section 5615 of the NASDAQ Stock Market Rules, NASDAQ-listed companies that are foreign private issuers are permitted to follow home country practice in lieu of the corporate governance provisions specified by NASDAQ with limited exceptions. Please refer to “Risk Factors — Risk Related to This Offering and Our American Depositary Shares — As a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands, we will adopt certain home country practices in relation to corporate governance matters that differ significantly from the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements; these practices may afford less protection to shareholders than they would enjoy if we complied fully with the NASDAQ corporate governance requirements.” Prior to the completion of this offering, we intend to establish an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee under the board of directors. We intend to adopt a charter for each of the three committees prior to the completion of this offering. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

Audit Committee Our audit committee consists of Honnus Cheung, Scott Moore and Dylan Huang, and is chaired by Honnus Cheung. Honnus Cheung, Scott Moore and Dylan Huang each satisfy the “independence” requirements of the Rule5605(c)(2) of the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market and meet the independence standards under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. We have determined that Honnus Cheung qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

selecting the independent registered public accounting firm and pre-screening all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

•

reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

•

reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions, as defined in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act;

 

•

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

•

reviewing major issues as to the adequacy of our internal controls and any special audit steps adopted in light of material control deficiencies;

 

•

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of our audit committee charter;

 

•

meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent registered public accounting firm; and

 

•

reporting regularly to the board of directors.

Compensation Committee Our compensation committee consists of Dylan Huang, Sammy Hsieh and Jian Tang, and will be chaired by Dylan Huang. Dylan Huang satisfies the “independence” requirements of the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and

 

163

---

Table of Contents

executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated upon. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

 

•

reviewing the total compensation package for our executive officers and making recommendations to the board with respect to it;

 

•

reviewing the compensation of our directors and making recommendations to the board with respect to it; and

 

•

periodically reviewing and approving any long-term incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements, annual bonuses, and employee pension and welfare benefit plans.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Scott Moore, Sammy Hsieh, and Jian Tang, and will be chaired by Scott Moore. Scott Moore satisfies the “independence” requirements of the Listing Rules of the NASDAQ Stock Market. The nominating and corporate governance committee will assist the board in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

•

recommending nominees to the board for election or re-election to the board, or for appointment to fill any vacancy on the board;

 

•

reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, age, skills, experience and availability of service to us;

 

•

monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

Duties of Directors

Under Cayman Islands law, our directors have a common law duty to act honestly in good faith with a view to our best interests and for a proper purpose. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the skill they actually possess with the care and diligence that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. We have the right to seek damages if a duty owed by our directors is breached. In limited exceptional circumstances, a shareholder may have the right to seek damages in our name if a duty owed by our directors is breached. You should refer to “Description of Share Capital — Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our standard of corporate governance under Cayman Islands law.

Terms of Directors and Officers

Pursuant to our eighth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and will replace our current amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its entirety, our board of directors shall have the power from time to time and at any time to appoint any person as a director to fill a casual vacancy on the board or as an addition to the existing board (subject to the maximum size limit). Any director so appointed by the board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting and shall then be eligible for re-election. Our directors will not be subject to a term of office and will hold their offices until such time as they are removed from office by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders with or without cause, or by the board of directors for cause. “Cause” shall mean a conviction for a criminal offence involving dishonesty or engaging in conduct which brings the director or us into disrepute or which results in material financial detriment to the us. In addition, the office of any of our directors shall be vacated if the director (a) resigns his office by notice in writing to our company; (b) becomes of unsound mind or dies; (c) without special leave of absence from our board of directors, is absent from meetings of the board for six consecutive months and the board of directors resolves that his office be vacates; (d) becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds

 

164

---

Table of Contents

with his creditors; (e) is prohibited by law from being a director; or (f) ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association.

Pursuant to our eighth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, any removal or appointment of chairman of the board is subject to shareholder approval by ordinary resolution.

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements with Executive Officers

We have entered into employment agreements with each of our executive officers.

Term and Termination

Pursuant to these agreements, we will be entitled to terminate a senior executive officer’s employment for cause at any time without remuneration for certain act of dishonesty, serious misconduct or any other act that justifies immediate dismissal of the officer, or if that officer is precluded by law from performing his duty as an officer. We may also terminate a senior executive officer’s employment by giving three months’ prior written notice or three months’ salary if the senior executive officer is not qualified for his position after we provide relevant training to him. A senior executive officer may terminate his or her employment at any time by giving three months’ prior written notice.

Confidentiality; IP

Each executive officer has agreed to hold, both during and after the termination or expiry of his or her employment agreement, in strict confidence and not to use, except as required in the performance of his or her duties in connection with the employment or pursuant to applicable law, any of our confidential information, including but not limited to, trade secrets, any information concerning the process, system, data, financials, dealings or other confidential business information. The executive officers have also agreed that all intellectual property rights which they conceive, develop, write or otherwise created in the course of their employment, whether during or outside normal working hours, will be vested solely in us, and the officers will, at our request and expense, execute such assignments and assurances as may be reasonably necessary to perfect our ownership of those rights.

Non-Competition and Non-Solicitation

In addition, each executive officer has agreed to be bound by non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions during the term of his or her employment and typically for six months following the last date of employment. Specifically, during such term each executive officer has agreed not to (i) directly or indirectly engage or involve in any business which is in competition with us; (ii) directly or indirectly canvass or solicit from our clients any goods or services similar to ours; and (iii) entice, endeavor to entice, persuade or procure away any of our employees.

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Under these agreements, we agree to indemnify our directors and executive officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by them in connection with claims made by reason of their being a director or officer of our company.

Compensation of Directors and Executive Officers

For the twelve months ended December 31, 2016 and six months ended June 30, 2017, we paid an aggregate of approximately US$1 million and US$0.4 million in cash to our executive officers, and we did not pay any

 

165

---

Table of Contents

compensation to our non-executive directors. Subject to the requirements under the applicable laws, we have not set aside or accrued any amount to provide pension, retirement or other similar benefits to our executive officers and directors. Our PRC subsidiaries and variable interest entity are required by law to make contributions based on the insurance scales set forth by the local government for employees’ pension insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance and other statutory benefits and a housing provident fund. Our Hong Kong subsidiaries are required by the Hong Kong Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance to make monthly contributions to the mandatory provident fund scheme in an amount equal to at least 5% of an employee’s salary. For incentive share grants to our executive officers, see “— Share Incentive Plans.”

Share Incentive Plans

2010 Plan

Our board of directors approved the 2010 Plan in 2010, to provide incentives to our certain employees and consultants and promote the success of our business. Under the 2010 Plan, the maximum number of ordinary shares that may be issued to the beneficiaries is 2,398,137, which have been issued to Arda as trustee to the beneficiaries of the 2010 Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, options to purchase 1,978,278 ordinary shares were granted under the 2010 Plan, 686,852 of which are not vested, 1,018,671 are fully vested but not exercised, and 272,755 have been exercised.

The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of the 2010 Plan.

Type of Awards. The 2010 Plan permits the award of options to purchase our ordinary shares.

Trustee. Mr. Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh through Arda upon trust serves as the trustee to the beneficiaries of the 2010 Plan. Upon a grantee’s exercise of any options awarded under the 2010 Plan, the trustee shall hold the resulting ordinary shares until a public offering of our ordinary shares on a stock exchange or if our board of directors decides to transfer the ordinary shares to the grantee, and until either of such transfer events, the trustee shall pay cash or other dividend payments on these ordinary shares to the grantee. The trustee shall only deal with the trust properties in such manner as our board of directors from time to time directs in writing.

Award Agreement. Any award granted under the 2010 Plan is evidenced by an award agreement that sets forth terms, conditions and limitations on such award, which may include the number of options awarded, the exercise price, the vesting schedule, the provisions applicable in the event of the grantee’s employment or service terminates, among others. We may amend or delete the terms of any award from time to time, provided that no such amendment shall impair the rights and benefits of any participant without his or her consent.

Eligibility. We may grant awards to employees of our company or any of our subsidiaries.

Vesting Schedule. Unless otherwise stated in respective grants, subject to forfeiture and arrangement on termination of employment or service, 25% of the share options shall be vested at the one-year anniversary of the grant date and 1/36 of the remaining 75% of the shares options shall be vested per month thereafter. In the event a take-over offer is made to our ordinary shares, we will use our best endeavors to procure that such take-over offer be extended to any ordinary shares that may be allotted pursuant to the exercise of unexercised share options. 120,067 options that were granted to Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh and 29,933 options that were granted to Yau Ping Ricky Ng shall vest immediately upon the earlier of the following: (i) approval of our listing on a stock exchange with an expected market capitalization of no less than US$500 million, or (ii) any merger or acquisition of us at a valuation of US$500 million or above as a result of which our shareholders immediately prior to such merger or acquisition no longer hold a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, and shall expire immediately prior to our listing on a stock exchange.

Exercise of Options. Vested options will become exercisable during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the termination date of the 2010 Plan, subject to other terms and conditions

 

166

---

Table of Contents

provided in the relevant award agreements. Once all the preconditions are met, a participant may exercise options in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to us specifying information such as the number of shares to be purchased.

Transfer Restrictions. The participant will not be permitted to transfer, assign, dispose of, or create or purport to create any encumbrances over any option. In principle, all options shall be exercisable only by the participants. Any such transfer, assignment, disposal or encumbrance or purported encumbrance shall result in the automatic cancellation of the option.

Termination and amendment of the 2010 Plan. Our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2010 Plan, provided that such amendment or termination shall not impair the rights of a participant under any award without such participant’s consent.

The following table summarizes, as of the date of this prospectus, the outstanding options granted under the 2010 Plan to our directors, executive officers and other grantees.

 

Name		Ordinary Shares Underlying Outstanding Options				Exercise Price (US$/Share)		Grant Date		Expiration Date
Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh			*			0.0010		August 27, 2014		The earlier of: (1) within 10 years of the vesting date; (2) immediately prior to listing of the Company on a stock exchange,
Yau Ping Ricky Ng			*			0.0010 – 4.800		June 21, 2013 to Aug 27, 2014		April 1, 2023; The earlier of: (1) within 10 years of the vesting date; (2) immediately prior to listing of the Company on a stock exchange,
Jian Tang			*			0.2687 – 4.0304		August 1, 2015		August 1, 2025
Yan Lee			*			8.1290 – 8.1300		January 1, 2015 to January 1, 2017		January 1, 2025 to January 1, 2027
Jie Jiao			*			8.1290 – 8.1300		August 18, 2014 to January 1, 2017		July 1, 2024
Other grantees			1,285,072			0.0100 – 20.0000		April 1, 2011 to January 1, 2017		April 1, 2020 to April 1, 2027

 

*	Less than 1% of our total outstanding ordinary shares.

2017 and 2018 Performance-Based Incentive Shares

In December 2016, our board of directors and shareholders authorized the issuance of 1,068,114 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2017, and the issuance of 801,086 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2018.

2017 Share Incentive Plan

We adopted a share incentive plan in 2017, or the 2017 Plan to provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants and promote the success of our business. The maximum aggregate number of shares

 

167

---

Table of Contents

which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the proposed 2017 Plan shall initially be 1,000,000, plus an annual increase on the first day of each of our fiscal year during the term of the 2017 Plan commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018, by an amount equal to the least of (i) 0.5% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; (ii) 150,000 Class A ordinary shares or (iii) such number of Class A ordinary shares as may be determined by our board of directors. All of such shares will be Class A ordinary shares.

The following paragraphs describe the principal terms of the 2017 Plan.

Types of Awards. The 2017 Plan permits the awards of options, restricted shares and restricted share units.

Plan Administration. Our board of directors or a committee of one or more members of the board of directors will administer the 2017 Plan. The committee or the full board of directors, as applicable, will determine the participants to receive awards, the type and number of awards to be granted to each participant, and the terms and conditions of each award grant.

Award Agreement. Awards granted under the 2017 Plan are evidenced by an award agreement that sets forth terms, conditions and limitations for each award, which may include the term of the award, the provisions applicable in the event of the grantee’s employment or service terminates, and our authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind the award.

Eligibility. We may grant awards to our employees, directors and consultants of our company. However, we may grant options that are intended to qualify as incentive share options only to our employees and employees of our parent companies and subsidiaries.

Vesting Schedule. In general, the plan administrator determines the vesting schedule, which is specified in the relevant award agreement.

Exercise of Options. The plan administrator determines the exercise price for each award, which is stated in the award agreement. The vested portion of option will expire if not exercised prior to the time as the plan administrator determines at the time of its grant. However, the maximum exercisable term is ten years from the date of a grant.

Transfer Restrictions. Awards may not be transferred in any manner by the recipient other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, except as otherwise provided by the plan administrator.

Termination and amendment of the 2017 Plan. Unless terminated earlier, the 2017 Plan has a term of ten years. Our board of directors has the authority to amend or terminate the plan subject to shareholder approval to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law. Shareholder approval is required for any amendment to the 2017 Plan that (i) increases the number of shares available under the 2017 Plan, or (ii) permits the plan administrator to extend the term of the 2017 Plan or the exercise period for an option beyond ten years from the date of grant.

 

168

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by:

 

•

each person or entity that we know beneficially owns or will beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

•

each director or executive officer who beneficially owns or will beneficially own more than 1% of our outstanding ordinary shares; and

 

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

The calculations in the table below are based on 23,901,183 ordinary shares on an as-converted basis outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, which include all exercised options, but do not include granted but unexercised options, whether or not they are vested, and         ordinary shares outstanding immediately upon completion of this offering, including (i)              Class A ordinary shares to be sold by us in this offering in the form of ADSs, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs, (ii) 19,080,575 Class A ordinary shares into which all of our outstanding ordinary shares (other than 4,820,608 ordinary shares held by Mr. Sammy Hsieh and Mr. Jian Tang) and preferred shares will automatically convert and redesignate immediately prior to the completion of this offering on a one-for-one basis, and (iii) 4,820,608 Class B ordinary shares redesignated from the 4,820,608 outstanding ordinary shares held by Mr. Sammy Hsieh and Mr. Jian Tang immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

169

---

Table of Contents

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. In computing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we have included ordinary shares that the person has the right to acquire within 60 days, including through the exercise of any option, warrant, or other right or the conversion of any other security. These ordinary shares, however, are not included in the computation of the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

										Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned After This Offering
		Ordinary Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to This Offering								Class A Ordinary Shares								Class B Ordinary Shares								Total Ordinary Shares on an as-converted basis								Aggregate Voting Power
		Number*				%**				Number				%+				Number				%++				Number				%^				%^^
Directors and Executive Officers:
Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh(1)(10)			2,893,402				12.0
Jian Tang(2)(10)			2,338,893				9.8
Yau Ping Ricky Ng(3)(10)			984,586				4.1
Yu Long			—				—
Antares Au			—				—
Scott Moore***			—				—
Dylan Huang***			—				—
Honnus Cheung***			—				—
Jie Jiao			*				*
Yan Lee			*				*
All directors and Executive Officers as a Group			6,286,586				26.0
Principal Shareholders:
Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG and its affiliate(4)			3,281,417				13.7
Blue Focus International Limited(5)			3,235,338				13.5
Sumitomo Corporation Equity Asia Limited(6)			2,881,030				12.1
Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh(1)			2,893,402				12.0
Czerny Holdings Limited and Cervetto Holdings Limited(7)			2,486,802				10.4
Igomax Inc.(10)			2,320,028				9.7
Maestro Investment Holdings Limited(8)			1,749,818				7.3
O & K Investment Limited(9)			1,532,955				6.4

 

*	Less than 1% of our total outstanding shares.

**

For each person and group included in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of shares beneficially owned by such person or group by the sum of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding, which is 23,901,183 ordinary shares on an as-converted basis as of the date of this prospectus, and the number of ordinary shares such person or group has the right to acquire upon the exercise of options, warrants or other rights within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.

***	Each of Messrs. Scott Moore, Dylan Huang and Honnus Cheung has accepted our appointment to be a director of our company, effective upon the SEC’s declaration of effectiveness of our registration statement on Form F-1, of which this prospectus is a part.

 

170

---

Table of Contents

+

For each person and group included in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of Class A ordinary shares beneficially owned by such person or group, including Class A ordinary shares that such person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date of this prospectus, by the sum of (1)                     , which is the total number of Class A ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs), and (2) the number of Class A ordinary shares that such person or group has the right to acquire upon the exercise of options, warrants or other rights within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.

++

For each person and group included in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of Class B ordinary shares beneficially owned by such person or group, including Class B ordinary shares that such person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date of this prospectus, by the sum of (1)                     , which is the total number of Class B ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering, and (2) the number of Class B ordinary shares that such person or group has the right to acquire upon the exercise of options, warrants or other rights within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.

^

For each person and group included in this column, percentage ownership is calculated by dividing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by such person or group, including ordinary shares that such person or group has the right to acquire within 60 days after the date of this prospectus, by the sum of (1)                     , which is the total number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs), and (2) the number of ordinary shares that such person or group has the right to acquire upon exercise of option, warrant or other right within 60 days after the date of this prospectus.

^^

For each person or group included in this column, the percentage of total voting power represents voting power based on both Class A and Class B ordinary shares held by such person or group immediately after the completion of this offering with respect to all of our outstanding Class A and Class B ordinary shares as one class immediately after the completion of this offering (assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs). Each holder of Class A ordinary shares is entitled to one vote per share. Each holder of our Class B ordinary shares is entitled to 20 votes per share on all matters subject to a shareholder’s vote. Our Class B ordinary shares are convertible at any time by the holder into Class A ordinary shares on a one-for-one basis, whereas Class A ordinary shares are not convertible into Class B ordinary shares under any circumstances. Upon any transfer of Class B ordinary shares by a holder thereof to any person or entity which is not an affiliate of such holder, such Class B ordinary shares shall be automatically and immediately converted into the equal number of Class A ordinary shares.

(1)

Represents (a) 2,500,580 ordinary shares held by Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh as of the date of this prospectus; (b) 272,755 ordinary shares held by Arda Holdings from the exercise of options under our 2010 Plan. Mr. Hsieh through Arda upon trust serves as the trustee to the beneficiaries of the 2010 Plan (the trustee shall only deal with the trust properties in such manner as our board from time to time directs in writing); and (c) 120,067 ordinary shares underlying 120,067 options granted to Mr. Hsieh, which shall vest immediately upon the earlier of the following: (i) approval of our listing on a stock exchange with an expected market capitalization of no less than US$500 million, or (ii) any merger or acquisition of us at a valuation of US$500 million or above as a result of which our shareholders immediately prior to such merger or acquisition no longer hold a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, and shall expire immediately prior to our listing on a stock exchange. The 2,500,580 ordinary shares held by Mr. Hsieh and 120,067 ordinary shares that are issuable upon the exercise of options granted to Mr. Hsieh will be re-designated as Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The 272,755 ordinary shares held by Arda Holdings will be re-designated into Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(2)

Represents (a) 2,320,028 ordinary shares held by Igomax Inc., a British Virgin Islands company wholly owned by Jian Tang, and (b) 18,865 ordinary shares that are issuable upon exercise of options held in trust by Mr. Tang on behalf of certain consultants of OptAim that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of the date of this prospectus. The 2,320,028 ordinary shares held by Igomax Inc. will be re-designated as Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The 18,865 ordinary shares that are issuable upon exercise of options will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

 

171

---

Table of Contents

(3)

Represents (a) 880,653 ordinary shares held by Yau Ping Ricky Ng as of the date of this prospectus; (b) 74,000 ordinary shares that are issuable upon exercise of options held by Mr. Ng that are exercisable currently or within 60 days of the date of this prospectus; and 29,933 ordinary shares underlying 29,933 options granted to Yau Ping Ricky Ng that shall vest immediately upon the earlier of the following: (i) approval of our listing on a stock exchange with an expected market capitalization of no less than US$500 million, or (ii) any merger or acquisition of us at a valuation of US$500 million or above as a result of which our shareholders immediately prior to such merger or acquisition no longer hold a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, and shall expire immediately prior to our listing on a stock exchange. The 880,653 ordinary shares and 29,933 ordinary shares underlying the options granted to Mr. Ng will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering. The 74,000 ordinary shares that are issuable upon exercise of options will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(4)

Represents (a) 1,204,920 ordinary shares and 1,484,409 series B preferred shares held by Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG, and (b) 592,088 ordinary shares held by BAI GmbH. Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG is a Swiss company and BAI GmbH is a Germany company. Both Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG and BAI GmbH are controlled by Bertelsmann SE & Co. KGaA. The 1,204,920 ordinary shares held by Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG and 592,088 ordinary shares held by BAI GmbH will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the 1,484,409 series B preferred shares held by Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG will be automatically converted into and re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(5)

Represents (a) 742,320 ordinary shares, and (b) 2,493,018 series D preferred shares held by Blue Focus International Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong. Blue Focus International Limited is wholly owned by BlueFocus Communication Group Co. Ltd., a company listed on Shenzhen Stock Exchange. The 742,320 ordinary shares held by Blue Focus International Limited will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the 2,493,018 series D preferred shares held by Blue Focus International Limited will be automatically converted into and re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(6)

Represents 2,476,190 series A preferred shares and 404,840 series B preferred shares held by Sumitomo Corporation Equity Asia Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong wholly owned by Sumitomo. All of these shares will be automatically converted into and re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(7)

Represents (a) 887,616 ordinary shares held by Czerny Holdings Limited and (b) 1,599,186 series C preferred shares held by Cervetto Holdings Limited. Czerny Holdings Limited and Cervetto Holdings Limited are incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. Czerny Holdings Limited is wholly owned by SSG Capital Partners I GPGP, Ltd and Cervetto Holdings Limited is wholly owned by SSG Capital Partners II GPGP, Ltd. Mr. Wong Ching Him, Mr. Shyam Maheshwari and Mr. Andreas Vourloumis together hold all voting power over SSG Capital Holdings Limited, which is the sole shareholder of SSG Capital Partners I GPGP, Ltd and SSG Capital Partners II GPGP, Ltd. The registered office address of Czerny Holdings Limited and Cervetto Holdings Limited is P.O. Box 957, Offshore Incorporations Center, Road Town, Tortola, British Virgin Islands. The 887,616 ordinary shares held by Czerny Holdings Limited will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering and the 1,599,186 series C preferred shares held by Czerny Holdings Limited will be automatically converted into and re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(8)

Represents 1,749,818 ordinary shares held by Maestro Investment Holdings Limited, a company incorporated in British Virgin Islands. Jiping Liu is the sole shareholder of Maestro Investment Holdings Limited. All of these shares will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(9)

Represents 1,532,955 ordinary shares held by O & K Investment Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong. Sunee Chiraseivinupraphand is the sole shareholder of O & K Investment Limited. Sunee Chiraseivinupraphand is spouse of Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh. All of these shares will be re-designated as Class A ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(10)	In December 2016, Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh and Yau Ping Ricky Ng each transferred 247,088 and 176,138 ordinary shares to Igomax Inc. for nominal consideration as compensation of Jian Tang’s service to

 

172

---

Table of Contents

us. Please refer to note 19(c) of our consolidated financial statements. All of these shares will be re-designated as Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

As of the date of this prospectus, none of our ordinary shares or preferred shares issued and outstanding on an as converted basis were held by record holders in the United States. None of our shareholders has informed us that it is affiliated with a registered broker-dealer or is in the business of underwriting securities. Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, our ordinary shares will be divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote per share, while holders of Class B ordinary shares are entitled to 20 votes per share. Offering will represent Class A ordinary shares. See “Description of Share Capital” for a more detailed description of our Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. We are not aware of any arrangement that may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our company.

 

173

---

Table of Contents

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Contractual Arrangements with our Variable Interest Entity and its Shareholders

See “Corporate History and Structure.”

Private Placements

See “Description of Share Capital — History of Securities Issuances.”

Shareholders Agreement

See “Description of Share Capital — History of Securities Issuances.”

Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements

See “Management — Employment Agreements and Indemnification Agreements with Executive Officers.”

Share Incentive Plans

See “Management — Share Incentive Plans.”

Other Transactions with Related Parties

On December 31, 2015, we borrowed interest-free short-term loans from Mr. Jian Tang, our director, chief operating officer, chief technology officer, and co-founder in the aggregate principal amount of RMB300,000. We used the proceeds of these loans for capital injection into OptAim Network, our VIE, when we were unable to obtain foreign currency in a timely manner. The entire principal amounts of these loans were repaid on January 19, 2016.

 

174

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

We are a Cayman Islands exempted limited liability company and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law (2016 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, which we refer to as the Companies Law below, and the common law of the Cayman Islands.

As of the date of this prospectus, our company is authorized to issue up to a maximum of 50,000,000 shares, which consist of 37,150,000 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.001 each, 2,500,000 series A preferred shares with a par value of US$0.001 each, 3,000,000 series B preferred Shares with a par value of US$0.001 each, 1,650,000 series C preferred shares with a par value of US$0.001 each, 4,500,000 series D preferred shares with a par value of US$0.001 each and 1,200,000 series E preferred shares with a par value of US$0.001 each. As of the date of this prospectus, 14,375,426 ordinary shares, including 272,755 ordinary shares held by Arda from the exercise of options under our 2010 Plan, 2,476,190 series A preferred shares, 1,889,249 series B preferred shares, 1,599,186 series C preferred shares, 2,493,018 series D preferred shares and 1,068,114 series E preferred shares are issued and outstanding. All of our issued and outstanding ordinary and preferred shares are fully paid. See “Management — Share Incentive Plans — 2010 Plan.”

In December 2016, our board of directors and shareholders authorized the issuance of 1,068,114 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2017, and the issuance of 801,086 ordinary shares to Jian Tang and certain other employees in China upon the fulfillment of certain performance conditions in 2018.

We adopted a share incentive plan in 2017, or the 2017 Plan, to provide additional incentives to employees, directors and consultants and promote the success of our business. The maximum aggregate number of shares which may be issued pursuant to all awards under the proposed 2017 Plan shall initially be 1,000,000, plus an annual increase on the first day of each of our fiscal year during the term of the 2017 Plan commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018, by an amount equal to the least of (i) 0.5% of the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; (ii) 150,000 Class A ordinary shares or (iii) such number of Class A ordinary shares as may be determined by our board of directors. All of these shares will be Class A ordinary shares

Upon completion of the offering, we are authorized to issue up to a maximum of 100,000,000 shares, of which 80,000,000 shares shall be designated as Class A ordinary shares, 20,000,000 shares shall be designated as Class B ordinary shares and provided always that our directors may, in their absolute discretion and without your approval, create and designate out of our unissued shares (including unissued Class A Ordinary Shares) one or more classes or series of preferred shares, comprising such number of preferred shares, and having such designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, voting rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, as they may determine.

Upon completion of this offering, there will be                             Class A ordinary shares and              Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, including (i)              Class A ordinary shares to be sold by us in this offering in the form of ADSs, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs, (ii)              Class A ordinary shares resulting from the automatic conversion and redesignation of all of our outstanding preferred shares and ordinary shares (other than              beneficially owned by Mr. Sammy Hsieh and Mr. Jian Tang) immediately prior to the completion of this offering on a one-for-one basis, and (iii)              Class B ordinary shares redesignated from the              outstanding ordinary shares held by Mr. Sammy Hsieh and Mr. Jian Tang immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Our Post-Offering Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

We adopted an eighth amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will become effective and replace our current seventh amended and restated memorandum and articles of association in its

 

175

---

Table of Contents

entirety immediately upon the completion of this offering. The following are summaries of material provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and of the Companies Law, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares. This summary is not complete, and you should read the form of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Objects of Our Company. Under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the objects of our company are unrestricted and we have the full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Ordinary Shares. Our ordinary shares are issued in registered form and are issued when registered in our register of members. Our shareholders who are non-residents of the Cayman Islands may freely hold and vote their shares.

Register of Members. Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there should be entered therein:

 

(a)

the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member;

 

(b)

the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

 

(c)

the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e. the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members should be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this offering, the register of members should be immediately updated to record and give effect to the issue of shares by us to the Depositary (or its nominee) as the depositary. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members should be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name.

If the name of any person is incorrectly entered in or omitted from our register of members, or if there is any default or unnecessary delay in entering on the register the fact of any person having ceased to be a member of our company, the person or member aggrieved (or any member of our company or our company itself) may apply to the Cayman Islands Grand Court for an order that the register be rectified, and the Court may either refuse such application or it may, if satisfied of the justice of the case, make an order for the rectification of the register.

Dividends. The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. In addition, our shareholders may by ordinary resolution declare a dividend, but no dividend may exceed the amount recommended by our directors. Under Cayman Islands law, dividends may be declared and paid only out of funds legally available therefor, namely out of either profit or our share premium account, and provided further that a dividend may not be paid if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

Voting Rights. Our share capital is currently divided into Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. On a show of hands each shareholder is entitled to one vote or, on a poll, each Class A ordinary share shall be entitled to one (1) vote on all matters subject to vote at general meetings of the Company, and each Class B ordinary share shall be entitled to twenty (20) votes on all matters subject to vote at general meetings of the Company. Unless otherwise required under the laws of the Cayman Islands, Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares shall vote together as a single class.

Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by way of a poll, unless the chairman allows a vote by show of hands on a resolution which relates purely to a procedural or administrative matter. Procedural and administrative

 

176

---

Table of Contents

matters are those that are not on the agenda of the general meeting and relate to the chairman’s duties to maintain the orderly conduct of the meeting or allow the business of the meeting to be properly and effectively dealt with, while affording all shareholders a reasonable opportunity to express their views.

A quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists of two shareholders entitled to vote present in person or by proxy or, if the shareholder is a legal entity, by its duly authorized representative. A majority of the board or the chairman of the board may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine. Advance notice of at least ten clear days is required for the convening of our annual general shareholders’ meeting and any other general shareholders’ meeting.

An ordinary resolution to be passed by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of votes attached to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of no less than two-thirds of votes cast attached to the ordinary shares. Both ordinary resolutions and special resolutions may also be passed by unanimous written resolutions signed by all the shareholders of our company, as permitted by the Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. An ordinary resolution will be required for important matters including appointment or removal of the chairman of the board of directors, or removal of any directors (other than “for cause”), etc. A special resolution will be required for fundamental matters including a change of control event, and statutory matters such as merger, a change of name, making changes to our memorandum and articles of association or other matter as required under the laws of the Cayman Islands.

Conversion. Class B ordinary shares are convertible into Class A ordinary shares. All Class B ordinary shares are subject to automatic conversion into Class A ordinary shares when the beneficial ownership of Class B ordinary shares is transferred to persons who are not an affiliate of the holders of the Class B ordinary shares. Each Class B ordinary share is generally convertible into one Class A ordinary share. However, if and when the nominal amount of one Class A ordinary share changes by reason of consolidation or sub-division, the applicable conversion rate of Class B ordinary shares into Class A ordinary shares shall equal the quotient of the revised nominal amount, divided by the former nominal amount, of one Class A ordinary share.

Transfer of Ordinary Shares. Subject to the restrictions set out below, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or any other form approved by our board of directors.

Our board of directors may, in its absolute discretion, decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share which is not fully paid up or on which we have a lien. Our board of directors may also decline to register any transfer of any ordinary share unless:

 

•

the instrument of transfer is lodged with us, accompanied by the certificate for the ordinary shares to which it relates and such other evidence as our board of directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

•

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of shares;

 

•

the instrument of transfer is properly stamped, if required;

 

•

in the case of a transfer to joint holders, the number of joint holders to whom the ordinary share is to be transferred does not exceed four; and

 

•

a fee of such maximum sum as the NASDAQ may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as our directors may from time to time require is paid to us in respect thereof.

If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within three months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, send to each of the transferor and the transferee notice of such refusal.

 

177

---

Table of Contents

The registration of transfers may, after compliance with any notice required of the NASDAQ, be suspended and the register closed at such times and for such periods as our board of directors may from time to time determine, provided, however, that the registration of transfers shall not be suspended nor the register closed for more than 30 days in any year as our board may determine.

Liquidation. On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of our ordinary shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

Calls on Shares and Forfeiture of Shares. Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time and place of payment. The shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

Redemption, Repurchase and Surrender of Ordinary Shares. We may issue shares on terms that such shares are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders thereof, on such terms and in such manner as may be determined, before the issue of such shares, by our board of directors or by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders. Our company may also repurchase any of our shares provided that the manner and terms of such purchase have been approved by our board of directors or by ordinary resolution of our shareholders, or are otherwise authorized by our memorandum and articles of association. Under the Companies Law, the redemption or repurchase of any share may be paid out of our company’s profits or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of such redemption or repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) if the company can, immediately following such payment, pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Companies Law no such share may be redeemed or repurchased (a) unless it is fully paid up, (b) if such redemption or repurchase would result in there being no shares issued and outstanding, or (c) if the company has commenced liquidation. In addition, our company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration.

Variations of Rights of Shares. The rights attached to any class or series of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series) may be varied with the consent in writing of all the holders of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class or series. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

Issuance of Additional Shares. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorizes our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent of available authorized but unissued shares.

Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association also authorizes our board of directors to establish from time to time one or more series of preferred shares and to determine, with respect to any series of preference shares, the terms and rights of that series, including:

 

•

the designation of the series;

 

•

the number of shares of the series;

 

•

the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights; and

 

•

the rights and terms of redemption and liquidation preferences.

 

178

---

Table of Contents

Our board of directors may issue preferred shares without action by our shareholders to the extent authorized but unissued. Issuance of these shares may dilute the voting power of holders of ordinary shares.

Inspection of Books and Records. Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Anti-Takeover Provisions. Some provisions of our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or management that shareholders may consider favorable, including provisions that:

 

•

authorize our board of directors to issue preference shares in one or more series and to designate the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such preference shares without any further vote or action by our shareholders; and

 

•

limit the ability of shareholders to requisition and convene general meetings of shareholders.

However, under Cayman Islands law, our directors may only exercise the rights and powers granted to them under our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association for a proper purpose and for what they believe in good faith to be in the best interests of our company.

General Meetings of Shareholders and Shareholder Proposals. Our shareholders’ general meetings may be held in such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as our board of directors considers appropriate.

As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we shall in each year hold a general meeting as our annual general meeting.

Shareholders’ annual general meetings and any other general meetings of our shareholders may be convened by a majority of our board of directors or our chairman. Our board of directors shall give no less than ten clear days’ written notice of a shareholders’ meeting to those persons whose names appear as members in our register of members on the date the notice is given (or on any other date determined by our directors to be the record date for such meeting) and who are entitled to vote at the meeting.

Exempted Company. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company:

 

•

does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

 

•

is not required to open its register of members for inspection;

 

•

does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

 

•

may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;

 

•

may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

 

•

may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

 

•

may register as a limited duration company; and

 

•

may register as a segregated portfolio company.

 

179

---

Table of Contents

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Differences in Corporate Law

The Companies Law is derived, to a large extent, from the older Companies Acts of England but does not follow recent United Kingdom statutory enactments, and accordingly there are significant differences between the Companies Law and the current Companies Act of England. In addition, the Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. The Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, (a) “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company and (b) a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company. In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by (a) a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. The written plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares (which, if not agreed between the parties, will be determined by the Cayman Islands court) if they follow the required procedures, subject to certain exceptions. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation which is effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction and amalgamation of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders or creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the Grand Court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

•

the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

•

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question and the statutory majority are acting bona fide without coercion of the minority to promote interests adverse to those of the class;

 

•

the arrangement is such that may be reasonably approved by an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest; and

 

•

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law.

When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares affected within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four month period, require the

 

180

---

Table of Contents

holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed in the case of an offer which has been so approved unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

If an arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

Shareholders’ Suits. In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company and a derivative action may ordinarily not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authority, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Cayman Islands courts can be expected (and have had occasion) to follow and apply the common law principles (namely the rule in Foss v. Harbottle and the exceptions thereto) so that a minority shareholder may be permitted to commence a representative action against, or derivative actions in the name of, our company to challenge:

 

(a)

an act which is ultra vires the company or illegal, which is therefore incapable of ratification by the shareholders,

 

(b)

an act which constitutes a fraud against the minority where the wrongdoers are themselves in control of the company, or

 

(c)

an act which requires a resolution with a qualified (or special) majority (i.e. more than a simple majority) which has not been obtained.

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability. Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to indemnify our officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty, willful default or fraud of such directors or officers. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

In addition, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and executive officers that provide such persons with additional indemnification beyond that provided in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties. Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders

 

181

---

Table of Contents

generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he owes the following duties to the company — a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a personal profit based on his position as director (unless the company permits him to do so), a duty not to put himself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his personal interest or his duty to a third party and a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his knowledge and experience. However, English and Commonwealth courts have moved towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

Shareholder Proposals. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings.

Cumulative Voting. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the laws of the Cayman Islands but our post-offering amended and restated articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting. As a result, our shareholders are not afforded any less protections or rights on this issue than shareholders of a Delaware corporation.

Removal of Directors. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a director of a corporation with a classified board may be removed only for cause with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders with or without cause or by our directors for cause.

Transactions with Interested Shareholders. The Delaware General Corporation Law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all

 

182

---

Table of Contents

shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors.

Cayman Islands law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

Dissolution; Winding up. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

Under Cayman Islands law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its members. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Companies Law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders, or by an ordinary resolution on the basis that our company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due.

Variation of Rights of Shares. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law and our post-offering amended and restated articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of all the holders of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

Amendment of Governing Documents. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under Cayman Islands law, our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution of our shareholders.

Rights of Non-resident or Foreign Shareholders. There are no limitations imposed by our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our post-offering amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

History of Securities Issuances

The following is a summary of our securities issuances in the past three years.

Ordinary Shares

In December 2014, we issued 274,752 ordinary shares to Big Tooth Corporation in recognition of Mr. Robert Tran’s consulting services to us.

 

183

---

Table of Contents

In December 2014, we issued 255,033 ordinary shares to Arda to reserve for future grant and exercise of options under the 2010 Plan. See “Management — Share Incentive Plans — 2010 Plan.”

In December 2014, we issued 742,320 ordinary shares to BlueFocus International Limited for total consideration of US$12.0 million.

In February 2015, we issued 142,151 ordinary shares to the then shareholders of Buzzinate, as part of the consideration for the acquisition of all shares of Buzzinate.

In July 2015, we issued 2,535,091 ordinary shares to the then shareholders of OptAim, as part of the consideration for the acquisition of all shares of OptAim.

In July 2015, we issued 632,581 ordinary shares to Arda to reserve for future grant and exercise of options under the 2010 Plan. See “Management — Share Incentive Plans — 2010 Plan.”

In October 2015, we issued 945,663 ordinary shares to Arda to reserve for future grant and exercise of options under the 2010 Plan. See “Management — Share Incentive Plans — 2010 Plan.”

Preferred Shares

In December 2014, we issued 2,493,018 series D convertible redeemable preferred shares to BlueFocus International Limited for total subscription price of US$48.0 million.

In December 2016, we issued 1,068,114 series E convertible redeemable preferred shares to Shenwan Hongyuan Goldspring Fund I for a total subscription price of US$20.0 million.

Each holder of our preferred shares has the right, at such holder’s sole discretion, to convert all or any portion of their preferred shares into ordinary shares at any time. The initial conversion price is the original purchase price per share, subject to adjustment for share dividends, subdivision, combinations or consolidation of ordinary shares, certain distributions and anti-dilution adjustments. The preferred shares will be automatically converted into ordinary shares at the then applicable conversion price upon the completion of a qualified initial public offering.

Shareholders Agreement

We entered into a fourth amended and restated shareholders agreement on December 28, 2016 with our shareholders, which consist of holders of our ordinary shares, series A preferred shares, series B preferred shares, series C preferred shares, series D preferred shares and series E preferred shares.

The shareholders agreement provides for certain shareholders rights. Except for the registration rights described below, all the shareholders’ rights under the shareholders agreement will automatically terminate upon completion of this offering if it meets the definition of a qualified initial public offering as the term is defined in the shareholders agreement.

Set forth below is a description of the registration rights granted under the agreement.

Demand Registration Rights. Holders of at least 25% of the registrable securities, which include our ordinary shares issued or issuable to certain ordinary shareholders, ordinary shares issued or to be issued upon conversion of our preferred shares, ordinary shares issued as a dividend of our preferred shares, or ordinary shares owned or acquired by purchasers of our preferred shares, may, at any time, request registration of their shares and we will use our reasonable best efforts to cause such shares to be registered. We, however, are not obligated to effect a demand registration if we have already effected three demand registrations. We also have the

 

184

---

Table of Contents

right to defer the filing of a registration statement for up to forty-five days on any one occasion or for up to a total of ninety days during any twelve month period if our board of directors determines in good faith that the registration at such time would be materially detrimental to us and our shareholders, provided that we may not register any securities for our own account or any other person within such period other than pursuant to a registration statement relating to the sale of securities pursuant to our share incentive plan, relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities, or a registration in which the only ordinary shares being registered are ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

Form F-3 Registration Rights. When we are eligible for registration on Form F-3, upon a written request from any holder of the registrable securities then outstanding, we must promptly file a registration statement on Form F-3 covering the offer and sale of the registrable securities by the requesting shareholders and other holders of registrable securities who choose to participate in the offering upon notice. We, however, are not obligated to effect more than two such Form F-3 registrations that have been declared and ordered effective within any twelve-month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights. If we propose to file a registration statement for a public offering for our own account or for the account of holder of equity securities, other than pursuant to a registration statement relating to the sale of securities pursuant to our share incentive plan, relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities, or a registration in which the only ordinary shares being registered are ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered, then we must offer holders of our registrable securities an opportunity to include in this registration all or any part of their registrable securities.

Underwritten Offering. The underwriters of any underwritten offering may in good faith request a reduction in the number of shares offered by reducing the number to be satisfactory to the underwriter in the following order: (i) if the offering is our IPO, exclude from the underwritten offering all of the registrable securities (so long as the only securities included in such offering are those sold for our own account) or (ii) otherwise exclude up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the registrable securities requested to be registered but only after first excluding all other equity securities from the registration and underwritten offering and so long as the number of shares to be included in the registration on behalf of the non-excluded holders is allocated among all holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of registrable securities requested by such holders to be included.

Expenses of Registration. We will pay all expenses incurred in complying with the terms of the registration rights provisions, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of registrable securities pursuant to the registration rights provisions (which shall be borne by the holders requesting registration on a pro rata basis in proportion to their respective numbers of registrable securities sold in such registration), provided that expenses for a demand or F-3 registration withdrawn at the request of a majority of holders of registrable securities shall be borne by the withdrawing shareholders unless such withdrawal is due to our action or inaction or an event outside of the reasonable control of such holders.

Termination of Obligations. The registration rights set forth above shall terminate on the later of (i) the date that is five years from the date of closing of a qualified initial public offering and (ii) with respect to any holder, the date on which such holder may sell all of their registrable securities under Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any ninety-day period.

 

185

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

American Depositary Receipts

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary will issue the ADSs which you will be entitled to receive in this offering. Each ADS will represent an ownership interest a designated number of shares which we will deposit with the custodian, as agent of the depositary, under the deposit agreement among ourselves, the depositary and yourself as an ADR holder. In the future, each ADS will also represent any securities, cash or other property deposited with the depositary but which they have not distributed directly to you. Unless certificated ADRs are specifically requested by you, all ADSs will be issued on the books of our depositary in book-entry form and periodic statements will be mailed to you which reflect your ownership interest in such ADSs. In our description, references to American depositary receipts or ADRs shall include the statements you will receive which reflect your ownership of ADSs.

The depositary’s office is located at 4 New York Plaza, Floor 12, New York, NY, 10004.

You may hold ADSs either directly or indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, by having an ADS registered in your name on the books of the depositary, you are an ADR holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. If you hold the ADSs through your broker or financial institution nominee, you must rely on the procedures of such broker or financial institution to assert the rights of an ADR holder described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

As an ADR holder, we will not treat you as a shareholder of ours and you will not have any shareholder rights. Cayman Island law governs shareholder rights. Because the depositary or its nominee will be the shareholder of record for the shares represented by all outstanding ADSs, shareholder rights rest with such record holder. Your rights are those of an ADR holder. Such rights derive from the terms of the deposit agreement to be entered into among us, the depositary and all registered holders from time to time of ADSs issued under the deposit agreement. The obligations of the depositary and its agents are also set out in the deposit agreement. Because the depositary or its nominee will actually be the registered owner of the shares, you must rely on it to exercise the rights of a shareholder on your behalf. The deposit agreement and the ADSs are governed by New York law. Under the deposit agreement, as an ADR holder, you agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement, the ADSs or the transactions contemplated thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and you irrevocably waive any objection which you may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding and irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

The following is a summary of what we believe to be the material terms of the deposit agreement. Notwithstanding this, because it is a summary, it may not contain all the information that you may otherwise deem important. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR which contains the terms of your ADSs. You can read a copy of the deposit agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. You may also obtain a copy of the deposit agreement at the SEC’s Public Reference Room which is located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-732-0330. You may also find the registration statement and the attached deposit agreement on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

How will I receive dividends and other distributions on the shares underlying my ADSs?

We may make various types of distributions with respect to our securities. The depositary has agreed that, to the extent practicable, it will pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on

 

186

---

Table of Contents

shares or other deposited securities, after converting any cash received into U.S. dollars (if it determines such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis) and, in all cases, making any necessary deductions provided for in the deposit agreement. The depositary may utilize a division, branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to direct, manage and/or execute any public and/or private sale of securities under the deposit agreement. Such division, branch and/or affiliate may charge the depositary a fee in connection with such sales, which fee is considered an expense of the depositary. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of underlying securities that your ADSs represent.

Except as stated below, the depositary will deliver such distributions to ADR holders in proportion to their interests in the following manner:

 

•

Cash. The depositary will distribute any U.S. dollars available to it resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof (to the extent applicable), on an averaged or other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain registered ADR holders, and (iii) deduction of the depositary’s and/or its agents’ expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner. If exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert a foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

 

•

Shares. In the case of a distribution in shares, the depositary will issue additional ADRs to evidence the number of ADSs representing such shares. Only whole ADSs will be issued. Any shares which would result in fractional ADSs will be sold and the net proceeds will be distributed in the same manner as cash to the ADR holders entitled thereto.

 

•

Rights to receive additional shares. In the case of a distribution of rights to subscribe for additional shares or other rights, if we timely provide evidence satisfactory to the depositary that it may lawfully distribute such rights, the depositary will distribute warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the depositary representing such rights. However, if we do not timely furnish such evidence, the depositary may:

 

(i)

sell such rights if practicable and distribute the net proceeds in the same manner as cash to the ADR holders entitled thereto; or

 

(ii)

if it is not practicable to sell such rights by reason of the non-transferability of the rights, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise, do nothing and allow such rights to lapse, in which case ADR holders will receive nothing and the rights may lapse.

 

•

Other Distributions. In the case of a distribution of securities or property other than those described above, the depositary may either (i) distribute such securities or property in any manner it deems equitable and practicable or (ii) to the extent the depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, sell such securities or property and distribute any net proceeds in the same way it distributes cash.

If the depositary determines in its discretion that any distribution described above is not practicable with respect to any specific registered ADR holder, the depositary may choose any method of distribution that it deems practicable for such ADR holder, including the distribution of foreign currency, securities or property, or

 

187

---

Table of Contents

it may retain such items, without paying interest on or investing them, on behalf of the ADR holder as deposited securities, in which case the ADSs will also represent the retained items.

Any U.S. dollars will be distributed by checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents. Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the depositary in accordance with its then current practices.

The depositary is not responsible if it fails to determine that any distribution or action is lawful or reasonably practicable.

There can be no assurance that the depositary will be able to convert any currency at a specified exchange rate or sell any property, rights, shares or other securities at a specified price, nor that any of such transactions can be completed within a specified time period. All purchases and sales of securities will be handled by the Depositary in accordance with its then current policies, which are currently set forth in the “Depositary Receipt Sale and Purchase of Security” section of https://www.adr.com/Investors/FindOutAboutDRs, the location and contents of which the Depositary shall be solely responsible for.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How does the depositary issue ADSs?

The depositary will issue ADSs if you or your broker deposit shares or evidence of rights to receive shares with the custodian and pay the fees and expenses owing to the depositary in connection with such issuance. In the case of the ADSs to be issued under this prospectus, we will arrange with the underwriters named herein to deposit such shares.

Shares deposited in the future with the custodian must be accompanied by certain delivery documentation and shall, at the time of such deposit, be registered in the name of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary for the benefit of holders of ADRs or in such other name as the depositary shall direct.

The custodian will hold all deposited shares (including those being deposited by or on our behalf in connection with the offering to which this prospectus relates) for the account and to the order of the depositary. ADR holders thus have no direct ownership interest in the shares and only have such rights as are contained in the deposit agreement. The custodian will also hold any additional securities, property and cash received on or in substitution for the deposited shares. The deposited shares and any such additional items are referred to as “deposited securities”.

Upon each deposit of shares, receipt of related delivery documentation and compliance with the other provisions of the deposit agreement, including the payment of the fees and charges of the depositary and any taxes or other fees or charges owing, the depositary will issue an ADR or ADRs in the name or upon the order of the person entitled thereto evidencing the number of ADSs to which such person is entitled. All of the ADSs issued will, unless specifically requested to the contrary, be part of the depositary’s direct registration system, and a registered holder will receive periodic statements from the depositary which will show the number of ADSs registered in such holder’s name. An ADR holder can request that the ADSs not be held through the depositary’s direct registration system and that a certificated ADR be issued.

How do ADR holders cancel an ADS and obtain deposited securities?

When you turn in your ADR certificate at the depositary’s office, or when you provide proper instructions and documentation in the case of direct registration ADSs, the depositary will, upon payment of certain applicable fees, charges and taxes, deliver the underlying shares to you or upon your written order. Delivery of deposited securities in certificated form will be made at the custodian’s office. At your risk, expense and request, the depositary may deliver deposited securities at such other place as you may request.

 

188

---

Table of Contents

The depositary may only restrict the withdrawal of deposited securities in connection with:

 

•

temporary delays caused by closing our transfer books or those of the depositary or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends;

 

•

the payment of fees, taxes and similar charges; or

 

•

compliance with any U.S. or foreign laws or governmental regulations relating to the ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Record Dates

The depositary may, after consultation with us if practicable, fix record dates (which, to the extent applicable, shall be as near as practicable to any corresponding record dates set by us) for the determination of the registered ADR holders who will be entitled (or obligated, as the case may be):

 

•

to receive any distribution on or in respect of deposited securities,

 

•

to give instructions for the exercise of voting rights at a meeting of holders of shares, or

 

•

to pay the fee assessed by the depositary for administration of the ADR program and for any expenses as provided for in the ADR,

 

•

to receive any notice or to act in respect of other matters

all subject to the provisions of the deposit agreement.

Voting Rights

How do I vote?

If you are an ADR holder and the depositary asks you to provide it with voting instructions, you may instruct the depositary how to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your ADSs. Subject to the next sentence, as soon as practicable after receipt from us of notice of any meeting at which the holders of shares are entitled to vote, or of our solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of shares, the depositary shall fix the ADS record date in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement in respect of such meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy. The depositary shall, if we request in writing in a timely manner (the depositary having no obligation to take any further action if our request shall not have been received by the depositary at least 30 days prior to the date of such vote or meeting) and at our expense and provided no legal prohibitions exist, distribute to the registered ADR holders a notice stating such information as is contained in the voting materials received by the depositary and describing how you may instruct, or, subject to the next sentence, will be deemed to instruct, the depositary to exercise the voting rights for the shares which underlie your ADSs, including instructions for giving a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us. To the extent we have provided the depositary with at least 40 days’ notice of a proposed meeting, if voting instructions are not timely received by the depositary from any holder, such holder shall be deemed, and in the deposit agreement the depositary is instructed to deem such holder, to have instructed the depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by us to vote the shares represented by their ADSs as desired, provided that no such instruction shall be deemed given and no discretionary proxy shall be given (a) if we informs the depositary in writing that (i) we do not wish such proxy to be given, (ii) substantial opposition exists with respect to any agenda item for which the proxy would be given or (iii) the agenda item in question, if approved, would materially or adversely affect the rights of holders of shares and (b) unless, with respect to such meeting, we have provided the depositary with an opinion of our counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the depositary, to the effect that (a) the granting of such discretionary proxy does not subject the depositary to any reporting obligations in the

 

189

---

Table of Contents

Cayman Islands, (b) the granting of such proxy will not result in a violation of Cayman Island law, rule, regulation or permit and (c) the voting arrangement and deemed instruction as contemplated herein will be given effect under Cayman Island law.

Holders are strongly encouraged to forward their voting instructions to the depositary as soon as possible. For instructions to be valid, the ADR department of the depositary that is responsible for proxies and voting must receive them in the manner and on or before the time specified, notwithstanding that such instructions may have been physically received by the depositary prior to such time. The depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion. Furthermore, neither the depositary nor its agents are responsible for any failure to carry out any voting instructions, for the manner in which any vote is cast or for the effect of any vote. Notwithstanding anything contained in the deposit agreement or any ADR, the depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by law or regulations, or by the requirements of the stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the depositary in connection with any meeting of, or solicitation of consents or proxies from, holders of deposited securities, distribute to the registered holders of ADRs a notice that provides such holders with, or otherwise publicizes to such holders, instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request (i.e., by reference to a website containing the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the materials).

We have advised the depositary that under the Cayman Islands law and our constituent documents, each as in effect as of the date of the deposit agreement, voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a poll save that the chairman of the meeting may in good faith, allow a resolution which relates purely to a procedural or administrative matter to be voted on by a show of hands in accordance with relevant provisions in the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company. In the event that voting on any resolution or matter is conducted on a show of hands basis in accordance with our constituent documents, the depositary will refrain from voting and the voting instructions received by the depositary from holders shall lapse. The depositary will not demand a poll or join in demanding a poll, whether or not requested to do so by holders of ADSs.

There is no guarantee that you will receive voting materials in time to instruct the depositary to vote and it is possible that you, or persons who hold their ADSs through brokers, dealers or other third parties, will not have the opportunity to exercise a right to vote.

Reports and Other Communications

Will ADR holders be able to view our reports?

The depositary will make available for inspection by ADR holders at the offices of the depositary and the custodian the deposit agreement, the provisions of or governing deposited securities, and any written communications from us which are both received by the custodian or its nominee as a holder of deposited securities and made generally available to the holders of deposited securities.

Additionally, if we make any written communications generally available to holders of our shares, and we furnish copies thereof (or English translations or summaries) to the depositary, it will distribute the same to registered ADR holders.

Fees and Expenses

What fees and expenses will I be responsible for paying?

The depositary may charge each person to whom ADSs are issued, including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of shares, issuances in respect of share distributions, rights and other distributions, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or issuances pursuant to a merger, exchange of securities or any other transaction or event affecting the ADSs or deposited securities, and each person surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of deposited securities or whose ADRs are cancelled or reduced for any other

 

190

---

Table of Contents

reason, $5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or any portion thereof) issued, delivered, reduced, cancelled or surrendered, as the case may be. The depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient securities and property received in respect of a share distribution, rights and/or other distribution prior to such deposit to pay such charge.

The following additional charges shall be incurred by the ADR holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing shares or by any party surrendering ADSs and/or to whom ADSs are issued (including, without limitation, issuance pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by us or an exchange of stock regarding the ADSs or the deposited securities or a distribution of ADSs), whichever is applicable:

 

•

a fee of up to U.S.$0.05 per ADS for any cash distribution made pursuant to the deposit agreement;

 

•

a fee of US$1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers of certificated or direct registration ADRs;

 

•

an aggregate fee of up to U.S.$0.05 per ADS per calendar year (or portion thereof) for services performed by the depositary in administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against holders of ADRs as of the record date or record dates set by the depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable in the manner described in the next succeeding provision);

 

•

a fee for the reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred by the depositary and/or any of its agents (including, without limitation, the custodian and expenses incurred on behalf of holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the shares or other deposited securities, the sale of securities (including, without limitation, deposited securities), the delivery of deposited securities or otherwise in connection with the depositary’s or its custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation (which fees and charges shall be assessed on a proportionate basis against holders as of the record date or dates set by the depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the depositary by billing such holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions);

 

•

a fee for the distribution of securities (or the sale of securities in connection with a distribution), such fee being in an amount equal to the $0.05 per ADS issuance fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (treating all such securities as if they were shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the depositary to those holders entitled thereto;

 

•

stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges;

 

•

cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at your request in connection with the deposit or delivery of shares, ADRs or deposited securities;

 

•

transfer or registration fees for the registration of transfer of deposited securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of deposited securities; and

 

•

in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) shall deduct out of such foreign currency the fees, expenses and other charges charged by it and/or its agent (which may be a division, branch or affiliate) so appointed in connection with such conversion.

JPMorgan and/or its agent may act as principal for such conversion of foreign currency. For further details see https://www.adr.com.

We will pay all other charges and expenses of the depositary and any agent of the depositary (except the custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between us and the depositary. The charges described above may be amended from time to time by agreement between us and the depositary.

The depositary may make available to us a set amount or a portion of the depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary may agree from time

 

191

---

Table of Contents

to time. The depositary collects its fees for issuance and cancellation of ADSs directly from investors depositing shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions, or by directly billing investors, or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary will generally set off the amounts owing from distributions made to holders of ADSs. If, however, no distribution exists and payment owing is not timely received by the depositary, the depositary may refuse to provide any further services to holders that have not paid those fees and expenses owing until such fees and expenses have been paid. At the discretion of the depositary, all fees and charges owing under the deposit agreement are due in advance and/or when declared owing by the depositary.

Payment of Taxes

If any taxes or other governmental charges (including any penalties and/or interest) shall become payable by or on behalf of the custodian or the depositary with respect to any ADR, any deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced thereby or any distribution thereon, including, without limitation, any Chinese Enterprise Income Tax owing if the Circular Guoshuifa [2009] No. 82 issued by the Chinese State Administration of Taxation (SAT) or any other circular, edict, order or ruling, as issued and as from time to time amended, is applied or otherwise, such tax or other governmental charge shall be paid by the holder thereof to the depositary and by holding or having held an ADR the holder and all prior holders thereof, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and save harmless each of the depositary and its agents in respect thereof. If an ADR holder owes any tax or other governmental charge, the depositary may (i) deduct the amount thereof from any cash distributions, or (ii) sell deposited securities (by public or private sale) and deduct the amount owing from the net proceeds of such sale. In either case the ADR holder remains liable for any shortfall. If any tax or governmental charge is unpaid, the depositary may also refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of deposited securities or withdrawal of deposited securities until such payment is made. If any tax or governmental charge is required to be withheld on any cash distribution, the depositary may deduct the amount required to be withheld from any cash distribution or, in the case of a non-cash distribution, sell the distributed property or securities (by public or private sale) in such amounts and in such manner as the depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes and distribute any remaining net proceeds or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes to the ADR holders entitled thereto.

By holding an ADR or an interest therein, you will be agreeing to indemnify us, the depositary, its custodian and any of our or their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

If we take certain actions that affect the deposited securities, including (i) any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities or (ii) any distributions of shares or other property not made to holders of ADRs or (iii) any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, then the depositary may choose to, and shall if reasonably requested by us:

 

(1)

amend the form of ADR;

 

(2)

distribute additional or amended ADRs;

 

(3)

distribute cash, securities or other property it has received in connection with such actions;

 

(4)

sell any securities or property received and distribute the proceeds as cash; or

 

(5)

none of the above.

 

192

---

Table of Contents

If the depositary does not choose any of the above options, any of the cash, securities or other property it receives will constitute part of the deposited securities and each ADS will then represent a proportionate interest in such property.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADSs without your consent for any reason. ADR holders must be given at least 30 days notice of any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or otherwise prejudices any substantial existing right of ADR holders. Such notice need not describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, but must identify to ADR holders a means to access the text of such amendment. If an ADR holder continues to hold an ADR or ADRs after being so notified, such ADR holder is deemed to agree to such amendment and to be bound by the deposit agreement as so amended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the deposit agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, we and the depositary may amend or supplement the deposit agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations, which amendment or supplement may take effect before a notice is given or within any other period of time as required for compliance. No amendment, however, will impair your right to surrender your ADSs and receive the underlying securities, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary may, and shall at our written direction, terminate the deposit agreement and the ADRs by mailing notice of such termination to us and the registered holders of ADRs at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination; provided, however, if the depositary shall have (i) resigned as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to registered holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating under the deposit agreement within 60 days of the date of such resignation, and (ii) been removed as depositary under the deposit agreement, notice of such termination by the depositary shall not be provided to registered holders of ADRs unless a successor depositary shall not be operating under the deposit agreement on the 90th day after our notice of removal was first provided to the depositary. The depositary may terminate the deposit agreement upon 30 days’ notice to us and the registered holders of ADR under the following circumstances: (i) in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy or insolvency, (ii) if the Company’s shares are de-listed, (iii) if the Company effects (or will effect) a redemption of all or substantially all of the deposited securities, or a cash or share distribution representing a return of all or substantially all of the value of the Deposited Securities, or (iv) there occurs a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets or other transaction as a result of which securities or other property are delivered in exchange for or in lieu of deposited securities. After the date so fixed for termination, (a) all direct registration ADRs shall cease to be eligible for the direct registration system and shall be considered ADRs issued on the ADR register maintained by the depositary and (b) the depositary shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible so that neither DTC nor any of its nominees shall thereafter be a registered holder of ADRs. At such time as the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible and/or neither DTC nor any of its nominees is a registered holder of ADRs, the depositary shall (a) instruct its custodian to deliver all shares to us along with a general stock power that refers to the names set forth on the ADR register maintained by the depositary and (b) provide us with a copy of the ADR register maintained by the depositary. Upon receipt of such shares and the ADR register maintained by the depositary, we have agreed to use our best efforts to issue to each registered holder a Share certificate representing the Shares represented by the ADSs reflected on the ADR register maintained by the depositary in such registered holder’s name and to deliver such Share certificate to the registered holder at the address set forth on the ADR register maintained by the

 

193

---

Table of Contents

depositary. After providing such instruction to the custodian and delivering a copy of the ADR register to us, the depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the deposit agreement or the ADRs and shall cease to have any obligations under the deposit agreement and/or the ADRs.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability to ADR holders

Limits on our obligations and the obligations of the depositary; limits on liability to ADR holders and holders of ADSs

Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer, split-up, combination, or cancellation of any ADRs, or the delivery of any distribution in respect thereof, and from time to time in the case of the production of proofs as described below, we or the depositary or its custodian may require:

 

•

payment with respect thereto of (i) any stock transfer or other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock transfer or registration fees in effect for the registration of transfers of shares or other deposited securities upon any applicable register and (iii) any applicable fees and expenses described in the deposit agreement;

 

•

the production of proof satisfactory to it of (i) the identity of any signatory and genuineness of any signature and (ii) such other information, including without limitation, information as to citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, beneficial ownership of any securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations, provisions of or governing deposited securities and terms of the deposit agreement and the ADRs, as it may deem necessary or proper; and

 

•

compliance with such regulations as the depositary may establish consistent with the deposit agreement.

The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of shares, the registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs or the withdrawal of shares, may be suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADR register or any register for deposited securities is closed or when any such action is deemed advisable by the depositary; provided that the ability to withdraw shares may only be limited under the following circumstances: (i) temporary delays caused by closing transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books or the deposit of shares in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting, or the payment of dividends, (ii) the payment of fees, taxes, and similar charges, and (iii) compliance with any laws or governmental regulations relating to ADRs or to the withdrawal of deposited securities.

The deposit agreement expressly limits the obligations and liability of the depositary, ourselves and our respective agents, provided, however, that no disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any of the limitations of liabilities provisions of the deposit agreement. In the deposit agreement it provides that neither we nor the depositary nor any such agent will be liable if:

 

•

any present or future law, rule, regulation, fiat, order or decree of the United States, the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China (including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the People’s Republic of China) or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the provisions of or governing any deposited securities, any present or future provision of our charter, any act of God, war, terrorism, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strike, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions, computer failure or circumstance beyond our, the depositary’s or our respective agents’ direct and immediate control shall prevent or delay, or shall cause any of them to be subject to any civil or criminal penalty in connection with, any act which the deposit agreement or the ADRs provide shall be done or performed by us, the depositary or our respective agents (including, without limitation, voting);

 

•

it exercises or fails to exercise discretion under the deposit agreement or the ADRs including, without limitation, any failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable;

 

194

---

Table of Contents

•

it performs its obligations under the deposit agreement and ADRs without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

 

•

it takes any action or refrains from taking any action in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any registered holder of ADRs, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information; or

 

•

it relies upon any written notice, request, direction, instruction or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties.

Neither the depositary nor its agents have any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs. We and our agents shall only be obligated to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any deposited securities or the ADRs, which in our opinion may involve us in expense or liability, if indemnity satisfactory to us against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability is furnished as often as may be required. The depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the deposit agreement, any registered holder or holders of ADRs, any ADRs or otherwise related to the deposit agreement or ADRs to the extent such information is requested or required by or pursuant to any lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking, securities or other regulators. The depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system. Furthermore, the depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, the insolvency of any custodian that is not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the deposit agreement or any ADRs, the depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, any act or omission to act on the part of the custodian except to the extent that the custodian has (i) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the depositary or (ii) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the custodian is located. The depositary and the custodian(s) may use third party delivery services and providers of information regarding matters such as pricing, proxy voting, corporate actions, class action litigation and other services in connection with the ADRs and the deposit agreement, and use local agents to provide extraordinary services such as attendance at annual meetings of issuers of securities. Although the depositary and the custodian will use reasonable care (and cause their agents to use reasonable care) in the selection and retention of such third party providers and local agents, they will not be responsible for any errors or omissions made by them in providing the relevant information or services. The depositary shall not have any liability for the price received in connection with any sale of securities, the timing thereof or any delay in action or omission to act nor shall it be responsible for any error or delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of the party so retained in connection with any such sale or proposed sale.

The depositary has no obligation to inform ADR holders or other holders of an interest in any ADSs about the requirements of Cayman Islands or People’s Republic of China law, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto.

Additionally, none of us, the depositary or the custodian shall be liable for the failure by any registered holder of ADRs or beneficial owner therein to obtain the benefits of credits on the basis of non-U.S. tax paid against such holder’s or beneficial owner’s income tax liability. Neither we nor the depositary shall incur any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by registered holders or beneficial owners on account of their ownership of ADRs or ADSs.

Neither the depositary nor its agents will be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the deposited securities, for the manner in which any such vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. The depositary may rely upon instructions from us or our counsel in respect of any approval or license required for any currency conversion, transfer or distribution. The depositary shall not incur any liability for the content of

 

195

---

Table of Contents

any information submitted to it by us or on our behalf for distribution to ADR holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the deposited securities, for the validity or worth of the deposited securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the deposit agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from us. The depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the depositary. Neither the depositary nor any of its agents shall be liable to registered holders or beneficial owners of interests in ADSs for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses) or lost profits, in each case of any form incurred by any person or entity, whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought.

In the deposit agreement each party thereto (including, for avoidance of doubt, each holder and beneficial owner and/or holder of interests in ADRs) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any suit, action or proceeding against the depositary and/or us directly or indirectly arising out of or relating to the shares or other deposited securities, the ADSs or the ADRs, the deposit agreement or any transaction contemplated therein, or the breach thereof (whether based on contract, tort, common law or any other theory).

The depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of our company and our affiliates and in ADRs.

Disclosure of Interest in ADSs

To the extent that the provisions of or governing any deposited securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on beneficial or other ownership of deposited securities, other shares and other securities and may provide for blocking transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limits, you agree to comply with all such disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any reasonable instructions we may provide in respect thereof. We reserve the right to instruct you to deliver your ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of the deposited securities so as to permit us to deal with you directly as a holder of shares and, by holding an ADS or an interest therein, you will be agreeing to comply with such instructions.

Books of Depositary

The depositary or its agent will maintain a register for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs, which register shall include the depositary’s direct registration system. Registered holders of ADRs may inspect such records at the depositary’s office at all reasonable times, but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of the business of our company or a matter relating to the deposit agreement. Such register may be closed at any time or from time to time, when deemed expedient by the depositary or, in the case of the issuance book portion of the ADR Register, when reasonably requested by the Company solely in order to enable the Company to comply with applicable law.

The depositary will maintain facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs.

 

Appointment

In the deposit agreement, each registered holder of ADRs and each person holding an interest in ADSs, upon acceptance of any ADSs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the deposit agreement will be deemed for all purposes to:

 

•

be a party to and bound by the terms of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or ADRs, and

 

•

appoint the depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions contemplated in the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR or ADRs, to adopt

 

196

---

Table of Contents

any and all procedures necessary to comply with applicable laws and to take such action as the depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the deposit agreement and the applicable ADR and ADRs, the taking of such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.

Governing Law

The deposit agreement and the ADRs shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York. In the deposit agreement, we have submitted to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and appointed an agent for service of process on our behalf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) any action based on the deposit agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby may be instituted by the depositary in any competent court in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong, the People’s Republic of China and/or the United States, (ii) the depositary may, in its sole discretion, elect to institute any action, controversy, claim or dispute directly or indirectly based on, arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated thereby, including without limitation any question regarding its or their existence, validity, interpretation, performance or termination, against any other party or parties to the deposit agreement (including, without limitation, against ADR holders and owners of interests in ADSs), by having the matter referred to and finally resolved by an arbitration conducted under the terms described below, and (iii) the depositary may in its sole discretion require that any action, controversy, claim, dispute, legal suit or proceeding brought against the depositary by any party or parties to the deposit agreement (including, without limitation, by ADR holders and owners of interests in ADSs) shall be referred to and finally settled by an arbitration conducted under the terms described below. Any such arbitration shall be conducted in the English language either in New York, New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association or in Hong Kong following the arbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL).

By holding an ADS or an interest therein, registered holders of ADRs and owners of ADSs each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving us or the depositary, arising out of or based upon the deposit agreement, the ADSs or the transactions contemplated thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and each irrevocably waives any objection which it may have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.

 

197

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Upon completion of this offering, we will have          ADSs outstanding, representing approximately     % of our outstanding ordinary shares. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares or the ADSs, and while application has been made for the ADSs to be listed on the NASDAQ Global Market, we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs. We do not expect that a trading market will develop for our ordinary shares not represented by the ADSs.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, lend, make any short sale or otherwise transfer or dispose of (including entering into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequence of ownership interests), directly or indirectly, any of our ADSs or ordinary shares or any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, our ADSs or ordinary shares or any substantially similar securities, without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters for a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except issuances pursuant to the exercise of employee share options outstanding on the date hereof and certain other exceptions.

Each of our directors, executive officers [and existing shareholders] has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of, any of our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, for a period of 180 days after the date this prospectus becomes effective. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors, executive officers or our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings. In addition, through a letter agreement, we will instruct JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, not to accept any deposit of any ordinary shares or deliver any ADSs until after 180 days following the date of this prospectus unless we consent to such deposit or issuance. We will not provide such consent without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters.

We are not aware of any plans by any significant shareholders to dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares. However, one or more existing shareholders or owners of securities convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for our ADSs or ordinary shares may dispose of significant numbers of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the future. We cannot predict what effect, if any, future sales of our ADSs or ordinary shares, or the availability of ADSs or ordinary shares for future sale, will have on the trading price of our ADSs from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of our ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our ADSs.

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares that will be outstanding upon the completion of this offering, other than those Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering, are “restricted shares” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain additional restrictions.

 

198

---

Table of Contents

Our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

•

1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares of the same class, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal             Class A ordinary shares immediately after this offering assuming the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option; or

 

•

the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares of the same class, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, on the NASDAQ, during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Persons who are not our affiliates are only subject to one of these additional restrictions, the requirement of the availability of current public information about us, and this additional restriction does not apply if they have beneficially owned our restricted shares for more than one year.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, holders of our registrable securities will be entitled to request that we register their shares under the Securities Act, following the expiration of the lock-up agreements described above. See “Description of Share Capital — Shareholders Agreement.”

 

199

---

Table of Contents

TAXATION

The following summary of the material Cayman Islands, PRC and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this registration statement, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not discuss all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state and local tax laws or under the tax laws of jurisdictions other than the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China and the United States.

Cayman Islands Taxation

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us or our shareholders or ADS holders levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

People’s Republic of China Taxation

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control and overall management over the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular applies only to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the term “de facto management body” should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

We believe that iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited is not a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited is not controlled by a PRC enterprise or PRC enterprise group and we do not believe that iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited meets all of the conditions above. iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.”

If the PRC tax authorities determine that iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a tax at the rate of 10% (or other preferential rates in the applicable tax treaty) from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises,

 

200

---

Table of Contents

including the holders of our ADSs. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders (including our ADS holders) may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. Furthermore, if we are deemed a PRC resident enterprise, dividends paid to our non-PRC individual shareholders (including our ADS holders) and any gain realized on the transfer of ADSs or ordinary shares by such shareholders may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 20% (which in the case of dividends would be withheld at source) unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. It is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited is treated as a PRC resident enterprise.

In January 2009, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Provisional Measures for the Administration of Withholding of Enterprise Income Tax for Non-resident Enterprises, pursuant to which the entities that have the direct obligation to make certain payments to a non-resident enterprise should act as withholding agents for the non-resident enterprise, and such payments include: income from equity investments (including dividends and other return on investment), interest, rents, royalties and income from assignment of property as well as other incomes subject to enterprise income tax received by non-resident enterprises in China. Further, the measures provide that in case of an equity transfer between two non-resident enterprises which occurs outside China, the non-resident enterprise which receives the equity transfer payment must, by itself or engage an agent to, file tax declaration with the PRC tax authority located at place of the PRC company whose equity has been transferred, and the PRC company whose equity has been transferred should assist the tax authorities to collect taxes from the relevant non-resident enterprise.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax considerations that are likely to be relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares or ADSs by a U.S. Holder (as defined below).

This summary is based on provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial interpretations thereof, in force as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed at any time, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those summarized below.

This summary is not a comprehensive discussion of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular investor’s decision to purchase, hold, or dispose of ordinary shares or ADSs. In particular, this summary is directed only to U.S. Holders that hold ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets and does not address all of the tax consequences to U.S. Holders who may be subject to special tax rules, such as banks, brokers or dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities electing to mark to market, financial institutions, life insurance companies, tax exempt entities, partnerships (including any entities treated as partnerships for U.S. tax purposes) and the partners therein, holders that own or are treated as owning 10% or more of our voting ordinary shares, persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or a straddle, or persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar. Moreover, this summary does not address state, local or non-U.S. taxes, the U.S. federal estate and gift taxes, or the Medicare contribution tax applicable to net investment income of certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, or alternative minimum tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs.

For purposes of this summary, a “U.S. Holder” is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs that is a citizen or resident of the United States or a U.S. domestic corporation or that otherwise is subject to U.S. federal income taxation on a net income basis in respect of such ordinary shares or ADSs.

You should consult your own tax advisors about the consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares or ADSs, including the relevance to your particular situation of the considerations discussed below and any consequences arising under non-U.S., state, local or other tax laws.

 

201

---

Table of Contents

ADSs

In general, if you are a U.S. Holder of ADSs, you will be treated, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as the beneficial owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by those ADSs.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that parties to whom ADSs are released before the underlying shares are delivered to the depositary (“pre-release”), or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders of ADSs and the issuer of the security underlying the ADSs, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of ADSs. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the creditability of PRC taxes, and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, each described below, could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.

Taxation of Dividends

Subject to the discussion below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” the gross amount of any distribution of cash or property with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs that is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for United States federal income tax purposes) will generally be includible in your taxable income as ordinary dividend income on the day on which you receive the dividend, in the case of ordinary shares, or the date the depositary receives the dividends, in the case of ADSs, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction allowed to U.S. corporations under the Code.

We do not expect to maintain calculations of our earnings and profits in accordance with U.S. federal income tax principles. U.S. Holders therefore should expect that distributions generally will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Subject to certain exceptions for short-term positions, the dividends received by an individual with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs will be subject to taxation at a preferential rate if the dividends are “qualified dividends.” Dividends paid on the ordinary shares or ADSs will be treated as qualified dividends if:

 

•

the ordinary shares or ADSs are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States or we are eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States that the U.S. Treasury determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and that includes an exchange of information program; and

 

•

we were not, in the year prior to the year in which the dividend was paid, and are not, in the year in which the dividend is paid, a PFIC.

The ADSs will be listed on the NASDAQ Select Market, and will qualify as readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States so long as they are so listed. Based on our audited financial statements, we believe that we were not treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to our 2016 taxable year. In addition, based on our audited financial statements and our current expectations regarding the value and nature of our assets, the sources and nature of our income, and our anticipated market capitalization following this offering, we do not anticipate becoming a PFIC for our current taxable year or in the foreseeable future, as discussed under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular circumstances.

Because the ordinary shares are not themselves listed on a U.S. exchange, dividends received with respect to the ordinary shares that are not represented by ADSs may not be treated as qualified dividends. U.S. Holders of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential availability of the reduced dividend tax rate on shares in the light of their own particular circumstances.

 

202

---

Table of Contents

In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law (see “Taxation — People’s Republic of China Taxation”), a U.S. Holder may be subject to PRC withholding taxes on dividends paid on our ADSs or ordinary shares. In that case, we may, however, be eligible for the benefits of the Agreement Between the Government of the United States of America and the Government of the People’s Republic of China for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and the Prevention of Tax Evasion with Respect to Taxes on Income (the “Treaty”). If we are eligible for such benefits, dividends we pay on our ordinary shares, regardless of whether such shares are represented by the ADSs, would be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation described above. Dividend distributions with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs generally will be treated as “passive category” income from sources outside the United States for purposes of determining a U.S. Holder’s U.S. foreign tax credit limitation. Subject to the limitations and conditions provided in the Code and the applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations, a U.S. Holder may be able to claim a foreign tax credit against its U.S. federal income tax liability in respect of any PRC income taxes withheld at the appropriate rate applicable to the U.S. Holder from a dividend paid to such U.S. Holder. Alternatively, the U.S. Holder may deduct such PRC income taxes from its U.S. federal taxable income, provided that the U.S. Holder elects to deduct rather than credit all foreign income taxes for the relevant taxable year. The rules with respect to foreign tax credits are complex and involve the application of rules that depend on a U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances. Accordingly, U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit or the deductibility of foreign taxes under their particular circumstances.

U.S. Holders that receive distributions of additional ADSs or ordinary shares or rights to subscribe for ADSs or ordinary shares as part of a pro rata distribution to all our shareholders generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax in respect of the distributions.

Taxation of Dispositions of ADSs or Ordinary Shares

Subject to the discussion above under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules,” if a U.S. Holder realizes gain or loss on the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs or ordinary shares, that gain or loss will be capital gain or loss and generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the ADS or ordinary shares have been held for more than one year. Long-term capital gain realized by a U.S. Holder that is an individual generally is subject to taxation at a preferential rate. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

Gain, if any, realized by a U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares generally will be treated as U.S. source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. Consequently, if a PRC withholding tax is imposed on the sale or disposition of the shares, a U.S. Holder that does not receive significant foreign source income from other sources may not be able to derive effective U.S. foreign tax credit benefits in respect of such PRC taxes. However, in the event that gain from the disposition of the ADSs or ordinary shares is subject to tax in the PRC, we may be eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, in which case, such gain may be treated as PRC source gain under Treaty. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the foreign tax credit rules to their investment in, and disposition of, the ADSs or ordinary shares.

Deposits and withdrawals of ordinary shares by U.S. Holders in exchange for ADSs will not result in the realization of gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.

Special U.S. tax rules apply to companies that are considered to be PFICs. We will be classified as a PFIC in a particular taxable year if either

 

•

75 percent or more of our gross income for the taxable year is passive income; or

 

•

the average percentage of the value of our assets (including assets of subsidiaries in which we own at least 25 percent of the stock) that produce or are held for the production of passive income is at least 50 percent. Although the law in this regard is not entirely clear, we treat our consolidated variable

 

203

---

Table of Contents

interest entities as being owned by us for U.S. federal income tax purposes because we control their management decisions and are entitled to substantially all of the economic benefits associated with these entities.

We expect to derive sufficient active revenues and to have sufficient active assets, so that we will not be classified as a PFIC for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. However, because the PFIC tests must be applied each year, and the composition of our income and assets and value of our assets (which may be determined by reference to the market value of our ADSs) may change, and because the treatment of our VIE for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not entirely clear, it is possible that we may become a PFIC in the current or a future year. In the event that, contrary to our expectation, we are classified as a PFIC in any year and a U.S. Holder does not make a mark-to-market election, as described in the following paragraph, the holder will be subject to a special tax at ordinary income tax rates on “excess distributions,” including certain distributions by us and gain that the holder recognizes on the sale of our ordinary shares or ADSs. The amount of income tax on any excess distributions will be increased by an interest charge to compensate for tax deferral, calculated as if the excess distributions were earned ratably over the period that the U.S. Holder holds its ordinary shares or ADSs. Classification as a PFIC may also have other adverse tax consequences, including, in the case of individuals, the denial of a step-up in the basis of his or her ordinary shares or ADSs at death.

A U.S. Holder can avoid the unfavorable rules described in the preceding paragraph by electing to mark its ordinary shares or ADSs to market. If the U.S. Holder makes this mark-to-market election, the holder will be required in any year in which we are a PFIC to include as ordinary income the excess of the fair market value of the shares at year-end over the holder’s basis in those shares. In addition, any gain the U.S. Holder recognizes upon the sale of the holder’s ADSs or ordinary shares will be taxed as ordinary income in the year of sale.

A U.S. Holder that owns an equity interest in a PFIC must annually file IRS Form 8621. A failure to file one or more of these forms as required may toll the running of the statute of limitations in respect of each of the U.S. Holder’s taxable years for which such form is required to be filed. As a result, the taxable years with respect to which the U.S. Holder fails to file the form may remain open to assessment by the IRS indefinitely, until the form is filed.

U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations discussed above and the desirability of making a mark-to-market election.

Foreign Financial Asset Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals that own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 are generally required to file an information statement along with their tax returns, currently on Form 8938, with respect to such assets. “Specified foreign financial assets” include any financial accounts held at a non-U.S. financial institution, as well as securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer (which would include the ordinary shares and the ADSs) that are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions. Higher reporting thresholds apply to certain individuals living abroad and to certain married individuals. Regulations extend this reporting requirement to certain entities that are treated as formed or availed of to hold direct or indirect interests in specified foreign financial assets based on certain objective criteria. U.S. Holders that fail to report the required information could be subject to substantial penalties. In addition, the statute of limitations for assessment of tax would be suspended, in whole or part. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of these rules to their investment in the ADSs, including the application of the rules to their particular circumstances.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Dividends paid on, and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of, the ADSs or ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder generally may be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Code and may be subject to backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and makes any other required certification or otherwise establishes an exemption. Backup withholding is not an additional tax.

 

204

---

Table of Contents

The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is furnished to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner.

A holder that is a foreign corporation or a non-resident alien individual may be required to comply with certification and identification procedures in order to establish its exemption from information reporting and backup withholding.

 

205

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated              , we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Nomura Securities International, Inc. are acting as representatives, the following respective numbers of shares of ADSs:

 

Underwriter		Number of ADSs
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC
Nomura Securities International, Inc.
Total

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all ADSs in the offering if any are purchased, other than those ADSs covered by the over-allotment option described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and certain of their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to            additional ADSs from us at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of ADSs.

The underwriters propose to offer ADSs initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of US$             per ADS. The underwriters and selling group members may allow a discount of US$             per ADS on sales to other broker/dealers. After the initial public offering the underwriters may change the public offering price and concession and discount to broker/dealers. The underwriters may offer and sell ADSs through one or more of their respective affiliates or selling agents.

The following table summarizes the compensation and estimated expenses we and the selling stockholders will pay:

 

Per ADS

Total

Without Over-allotment

With Over-allotment

Without Over-allotment

With Over-allotment

Underwriting Discounts and Commissions paid by us

US$

US$

US$

US$

Expenses payable by us

US$

US$

US$

US$

[We have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any ADSs, our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any ADSs or our ordinary shares, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Nomura Securities International, Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.]

[Our directors, executive officers [and all of our existing shareholders] have agreed that, subject to certain exceptions, they will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, sell any option or contract to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,

 

206

---

Table of Contents

right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs, our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any ADSs or our ordinary shares, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of ADSs or our ordinary shares, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of ADSs or our ordinary shares or other securities, in cash or otherwise, without, in each case, the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Nomura Securities International, Inc. for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus.]

In addition, through a letter agreement, we will instruct JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary, not to accept any deposit of any ordinary shares or deliver any ADSs until after 180 days following the date of this prospectus unless we consent to such deposit or issuance. We will not provide such consent without the prior written consent of the representatives on behalf of the underwriters.

We have applied to list our ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations among us and the representatives and will not necessarily reflect the market price of the ADSs following this offering. The principal factors that were considered in determining the initial public offering price included:

 

•

the information presented in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters;

 

•

the history of, and prospects for, the industry in which we will compete;

 

•

the ability of our management;

 

•

the prospects for our future earnings;

 

•

the present state of our development, results of operations and our current financial condition;

 

•

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

 

•

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies.

We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which the ADSs will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for the ADSs will develop and continue after this offering.

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”).

 

•

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

•

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of ADSs in excess of the number of ADSs the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of ADSs over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of ADSs that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of ADSs involved is greater than the number of ADSs in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing ADSs in the open market.

 

•

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of ADSs in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs

 

207

---

Table of Contents

available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase ADSs through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more ADSs than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

•

Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

•

In passive market making, market makers in the ADSs who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our ADSs until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ADSs or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the ADSs. As a result the price of our ADSs may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of ADSs to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for us, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. These investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act. Any offer in

 

208

---

Table of Contents

Australia of the ADSs may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the ADSs without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. The ADSs applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring ADSs must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions. This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any ADSs recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Canada

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of ADSs in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the ADSs in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the ADSs.

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing ADSs in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

 

•

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the ADSs without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106 – Prospectus Exemptions,

 

•

the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103-Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations,

 

•

where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

 

•

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105 – Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this document

 

209

---

Table of Contents

contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of ADSs should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the ADSs for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

Cayman Islands

This prospectus does not constitute an invitation or offer to the public in the Cayman Islands of the ADSs, whether by way of sale or subscription. The underwriters have not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ADSs in the Cayman Islands.

Dubai International Financial Center

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The ADSs which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this document may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ADSs offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ADSs. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, it has not made and will not make an offer of ADSs which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

•

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

•

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

•

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of ADSs shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

210

---

Table of Contents

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any ADSs in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ADSs to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ADSs, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

France

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ADSs described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The ADSs have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ADSs has been or will be:

 

•

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

•

to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

•

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

 

•

released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

•

used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the ADSs to the public in France.

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

•

to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

•

to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

•

in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

The ADSs may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

Germany

This prospectus does not constitute a Prospectus Directive-compliant prospectus in accordance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz) and does therefore not allow any public offering in the Federal Republic of Germany (“Germany”) or any other Relevant Member State pursuant to § 17 and § 18 of the German Securities Prospectus Act. No action has been or will be taken in Germany that would permit a public offering of the ADSs, or distribution of a prospectus or any other offering material relating to the ADSs. In particular, no securities prospectus (Wertpapierprospekt) within the meaning of the German Securities

 

211

---

Table of Contents

Prospectus Act or any other applicable laws of Germany, has been or will be published within Germany, nor has this prospectus been filed with or approved by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht) for publication within Germany.

Each underwriter will represent, agree and undertake, (i) that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver the ADSs within Germany other than in accordance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz) and any other applicable laws in Germany governing the issue, sale and offering of ADSs, and (ii) that it will distribute in Germany any offering material relating to the ADSs only under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of Germany.

This prospectus is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

Hong Kong

The ADSs may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance, or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Israel

This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and qualified individuals, each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors. Qualified investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they meet the criteria for one of the categories of investors set forth in the prospectus.

Italy

The offering of ADSs has not been registered with the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (“CONSOB”) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no ADSs may be offered, sold or delivered, nor copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the ADSs may not be distributed in Italy except:

 

•

to “qualified investors”, as referred to in Article 100 of Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998, as amended (the “Decree No. 58”) and defined in Article 26, paragraph 1, letter d) of CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of October 29, 2007, as amended (“Regulation No. 16190”) pursuant to Article 34-ter, paragraph 1, letter. b) of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of 14 May 1999, as amended (“Regulation No. 11971”); or

 

•

in any other circumstances where an express exemption from compliance with the offer restrictions applies, as provided under Decree No. 58 or Regulation No. 11971.

 

212

---

Table of Contents

Any offer, sale or delivery of the ADSs or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the ADSs in the Republic of Italy must be:

 

•

made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in the Republic of Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the “Banking Law”), Decree No. 58 and Regulation No. 16190 and any other applicable laws and regulations;

 

•

in compliance with Article 129 of the Banking Law, and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy, as amended; and

 

•

in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed, from time to time, by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy or other competent authority.

Please note that, in accordance with Article 100-bis of Decree No. 58, where no exemption from the rules on public offerings applies, the subsequent distribution of the ADSs on the secondary market in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and the prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and Regulation No. 11971.

Furthermore, ADSs which are initially offered and placed in Italy or abroad to qualified investors only but in the following year are regularly (“sistematicamente”) distributed on the secondary market in Italy to non-qualified investors become subject to the public offer and the prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and Regulation No. 11971. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of the ADSs being declared null and void and in the liability of the intermediary transferring the ADSs for any damages suffered by such non-qualified investors.

Japan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

PRC

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and the ADSs may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC or to persons for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph, the PRC does not include Taiwan and the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macao.

Qatar

The ADSs have not been and will not be offered, sold or delivered at any time, directly or indirectly, in the State of Qatar (“Qatar”) in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been reviewed or approved by or registered with the Qatar Central Bank, the Qatar Exchange or the Qatar Financial Markets Authority. This prospectus is strictly private and confidential, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose, nor provided to any person other than the recipient thereof.

 

213

---

Table of Contents

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of ADSs may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ADSs be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than

 

•

to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the ‘‘SFA’’),

 

•

to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or

 

•

otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the ADSs are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

•

a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

•

a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ADSs pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

(i)

to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

(ii)

where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

(iii)

where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

(iv)

as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

(v)

as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

Switzerland

This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the ADSs described herein. The ADSs may not be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in, into or from Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus within the meaning of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated trading facility in Switzerland, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, nor the Company nor the ADSs have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. The ADSs are not subject to the supervision by any Swiss regulatory authority, e.g., the Swiss Financial Markets Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and investors in the ADSs will not benefit from protection or supervision by such authority.

 

214

---

Table of Contents

Taiwan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer or sell the ADSs in Taiwan.

United Arab Emirates (Excluding the Dubai International Financial Center)

The ADSs have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (“U.A.E.”) other than in compliance with the laws of the U.A.E. Prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Center should have regard to the specific selling restrictions on prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Center set out below.

The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of ADSs in the U.A.E. in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 of the U.A.E., as amended) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial adviser. This prospectus is provided for the benefit of the recipient only, and should not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person.

United Kingdom

Each of the underwriters severally represents warrants and agrees as follows:

 

•

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the ADSs in circumstances in which Section 21 of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

•

it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ADSs in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

215

---

Table of Contents

EXPENSES RELATING TO THIS OFFERING

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, that are expected to be incurred in connection with the offer and sale of the ADSs. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the NASDAQ Global Market listing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee		US$	12,450
FINRA Filing Fee		US$	18,500
NASDAQ Global Market Listing Fee		US$	25,000
Printing Expenses		US$
Legal Fees and Expenses		US$
Accounting Fees and Expenses		US$
Miscellaneous		US$
Total		US$

 

216

---

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

We are being represented by Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP with respect to certain legal matters as to United States federal securities and New York State law. The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Travers Thorp Alberga, Attorneys at Law. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Jingtian & Gongcheng and for the underwriters by Fangda Partners. Cleary, Gottlieb, Steen & Hamilton LLP may rely upon Travers Thorp Alberga, Attorneys at Law, with respect to matters governed by Cayman Islands law and Jingtian & Gongcheng with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP may rely upon Fangda Partners with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

217

---

Table of Contents

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited (previously named Optimix Media Asia Limited) as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated statements of for OptAim for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance upon the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The office of PricewaterhouseCoopers is located at 22/F, Prince’s Building, Central, Hong Kong.

 

218

---

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the underlying ordinary shares represented by the ADSs to be sold in this offering. We have also filed a related registration statement on Form F-6 with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and our ADSs.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov or inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of documents, upon payment of a duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated combined financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, if we so request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

 

219

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

 

		Page
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2016
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2016			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016			F-7
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016			F-8
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December  31, 2015 and 2016			F-10
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements			F-12
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2016 and 2017
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017			F-71
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017			F-75
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017			F-76
Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017			F-77
Notes to the Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements			F-79
OPTAIM LIMITED (Note)
Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Auditors			F-117
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of July 23, 2015			F-118
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Loss for the Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015			F-120
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015			F-121
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015			F-122
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015			F-123

Note:

Effective July 24, 2015, the registrant acquired 100% equity interest of OptAim Limited (“OptAim”) for approximately US$67,620,000 in cash and shares (the “Acquisition”). Under Rule 3-05 of Regulation S-X, the Acquisition was determined to be greater than 50% material to the registrant and the net revenues reported by OptAim in its most recent fiscal year (i.e. fiscal year ended December 31, 2016) are less than US$50.0 million, requiring that 2 years of audited financials for OptAim be provided in connection with any public offering of securities by the registrant.

To meet the two-year audited financial statements requirement, the registrant is filing (i) pre-Acquisition financials for OptAim from January 1, 2015 (the first day of OptAim’s fiscal year) through July 23, 2015 (the day prior to the Acquisition’s effective date), together with a pro forma condensed combined statement of operations to illustrate the pro forma effect on iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited’s statement of comprehensive income had the Acquisition been completed on January 1, 2015, and (ii) consolidated audited financials for the twelve months ended December 31, 2016, together with a related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Combining those financials pre- and post-Acquisition financials with the registrant’s filed audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 (covering a post-Acquisition period) provides potential investors over 2 years of audited financials for OptAim.

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive loss, of changes in shareholders’ deficit and of cash flows, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Hong Kong

May 18, 2017, except for note 22, which is as of July 13, 2017

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

						As of December 31,
		Note				2015				2016				2016 Pro-forma (Note 26) (unaudited)
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			5				10,395				27,280				27,280
Restricted cash			6				1,000				5,234				5,234
Short-term investments			7				1,552				—				—
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful receivables of US$1,733 and US$1,693 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively			8				28,423				30,694				30,694
Rebates receivable							3,642				2,250				2,250
Prepaid media costs							24,793				34,409				34,409
Other current assets			9				4,081				3,055				3,055
Income tax receivable							744				47				47
Deferred tax assets			21				76				—				—
Total current assets							74,706				102,969				102,969
Non-current assets
Deferred tax assets			21				646				682				682
Property and equipment, net			10				2,942				2,318				2,318
Intangible assets, net			11				19,095				14,804				14,804
Goodwill			12				48,496				48,496				48,496
Other assets			9				225				371				371
Total non-current assets							71,404				66,671				66,671
Total assets							146,110				169,640				169,640

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

						As of December 31,
		Note				2015				2016				2016 Pro-forma (Note 26) (unaudited)
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit
Current liabilities
Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$426 and US$28 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)							11,225				9,189				9,189
Deferred revenue (including deferred revenue of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$6,668 and US$11,878 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			13				14,935				25,697				25,697
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities (including accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$66 and US$404 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			14				14,808				15,091				15,091
Derivative liabilities			16				63,724				60,525				—
Amounts due to a related party (including amount due to a related party of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$46 and US$nil as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			23				46				—				—
Bank borrowings			15				8,542				12,982				12,982
Income tax payable							783				2,021				2,021
Deferred tax liabilities			21				1,061				1,067				1,067
Total current liabilities							115,124				126,572				66,047
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities			21				3,705				2,638				2,638
Derivative liabilities			16				—				359				—
Total non-current liabilities							3,705				2,997				2,638
Total liabilities							118,829				129,569				68,685
Commitments and contingencies			25

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

						As of December 31,
		Note				2015				2016				2016 Pro-forma (Note 26) (unaudited)
Mezzanine equity
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 2,476,190 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$7,393 and US$6,737 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			16				5,487				5,597				—
Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 1,889,249 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$14,441 and US$14,625 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			16				9,145				9,807				—
Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,650,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 1,599,186 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$20,636 and US$22,288 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			16				10,733				10,733				—
Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 4,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 2,493,018 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$55,944 and US$58,874 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			16				43,956				43,956				—
Series E convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,200,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016; 1,068,114 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016; redemption amount of US$20,000 as of December 31, 2016)			16				—				18,845				—
Redeemable ordinary shares (US$0.001 par value; 742,320 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			17				13,889				15,445				—
Total mezzanine equity							83,210				104,383				—

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

						As of December 31,
		Note				2015				2016				2016 Pro-forma (Note 26) (unaudited)
Shareholders’ (deficit)/equity
Ordinary shares (US$0.001 par value; 38,350,000 and 37,150,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 13,104,300 and 13,609,208 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			18				13				14				24
Treasury shares (2,654,188 and 2,149,280 shares as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			18				(9,783	)			(2,468	)			(2,468	)
Additional paid-in capital							53,917				65,687				230,944
Statutory reserves							81				81				81
Accumulated other comprehensive losses							(3,102	)			(3,241	)			(3,241	)
Accumulated deficit							(97,055	)			(124,385	)			(124,385	)
Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity							(55,929	)			(64,312	)			100,955
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ (deficit)/equity							146,110				169,640				169,640

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

						For the years ended December 31,
		Note				2015				2016
Net revenues							65,242				95,357
Cost of revenues							(34,531	)			(61,048	)
Gross profit							30,711				34,309
Operating expenses
Research and development expenses							(8,106	)			(8,584	)
Sales and marketing expenses							(31,385	)			(28,266	)
General and administrative expenses							(12,745	)			(26,767	)
Total operating expenses							(52,236	)			(63,617	)
Operating loss							(21,525	)			(29,308	)
Interest expense							(107	)			(713	)
Other gains/(losses), net			20				791				(1,082	)
Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative liabilities			16				(19,390	)			3,995
Loss before income tax expense							(40,231	)			(27,108	)
Income tax benefit/(expense)			21				555				(222	)
Share of loss from an equity investee							(38	)			—
Net loss							(39,714	)			(27,330	)
Accretion to convertible redeemable preferred shares redemption value							(2,692	)			(773	)
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value							(1,982	)			(1,556	)
Deemed contribution from Series B-1 preferred shareholders							2,591				—
Net loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited’s ordinary shareholders							(41,797	)			(29,659	)
Net loss							(39,714	)			(27,330	)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of US$nil tax							(129	)			(139	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited							(39,843	)			(27,469	)
Net loss per share attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited
— Basic			22				(3.58	)			(2.26	)
— Diluted			22				(3.58	)			(2.26	)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in per share calculation:
— Basic			22				11,661,049				13,151,063
— Diluted			22				11,661,049				13,151,063

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Ordinary shares								Treasury shares
		Number of shares				Amount				Number of shares				Amount				Additional paid-in capital				Accumulated deficit				Statutory reserves				Accumulated other comprehensive losses				Total shareholders’ deficit
Balance as of January 1, 2015			11,102,278				11				1,143,044				—				—				(59,932	)			81				(2,973	)			(62,813	)
Issuance of ordinary shares and reissuance of treasury shares upon acquisition of OptAim Limited			2,535,091				3				(600,169	)			—				51,641				—				—				—				51,644
Reissuance of treasury shares upon acquisition of Buzzinate Company Limited			142,151				—				(142,151	)			—				2,027				—				—				—				2,027
Issuance of ordinary shares and held as treasury shares			—				—				1,578,244				—				—				—				—				—				—
Repurchase of ordinary shares			(803,217	)			(1	)			803,217				(11,637	)			—				—				—				—				(11,638	)
Reissuance of treasury shares upon exercise of employee share options			127,997				—				(127,997	)			1,854				(1,571	)			—				—				—				283
Share-based compensation expense			—				—				—				—				6,494				—				—				—				6,494
Preferred shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(2,692	)			—				—				—				(2,692	)
Redeemable ordinary shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(1,982	)			—				—				—				(1,982	)
Deemed contribution upon repurchase of Series B-1 preferred shares			—				—				—				—				—				2,591				—				—				2,591
Net loss for the year			—				—				—				—				—				(39,714	)			—				—				(39,714	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(129	)			(129	)
Balance as of December 31, 2015			13,104,300				13				2,654,188				(9,783	)			53,917				(97,055	)			81				(3,102	)			(55,929	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT (CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Ordinary shares								Treasury shares
		Number of shares				Amount				Number of shares				Amount				Additional paid-in capital				Accumulated deficit				Statutory reserves				Accumulated other comprehensive losses				Total shareholders’ deficit
Balance as of December 31, 2015			13,104,300				13				2,654,188				(9,783	)			53,917				(97,055	)			81				(3,102	)			(55,929	)
Reissuance of treasury shares as share-based compensation			436,773				1				(436,773	)			6,328				(6,329	)			—				—				—				—
Reissuance of treasury shares upon exercise of employee share options			68,135				—				(68,135	)			987				(816	)			—				—				—				171
Share-based compensation expense			—				—				—				—				21,244				—				—				—				21,244
Preferred shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(773	)			—				—				—				(773	)
Redeemable ordinary shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(1,556	)			—				—				—				(1,556	)
Net loss for the year			—				—				—				—				—				(27,330	)			—				—				(27,330	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(139	)			(139	)
Balance as of December 31, 2016			13,609,208				14				2,149,280				(2,468	)			65,687				(124,385	)			81				(3,241	)			(64,312	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statement.

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss			(39,714	)			(27,330	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation of property and equipment			1,138				1,512
Amortization of intangible assets			2,043				4,312
Loss on disposal of property and equipment			4				—
Allowance for doubtful accounts			1,886				99
Recovery of doubtful debts previously provided for			(185	)			—
Share of loss from an equity investee			38				—
Share-based compensation			6,494				21,244
Fair value loss/(gain) on derivative liabilities			19,390				(3,995	)
Fair value gain on re-measurement of equity investee			(1,161	)			—
Deferred tax			(1,292	)			(1,021	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivable			(13,746	)			(2,330	)
Prepayments and other assets			(155	)			881
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities			9,308				284
Deferred revenue			(3,765	)			10,763
Rebates receivables			172				1,392
Prepaid media costs			8,100				(9,617	)
Accounts payable			1,885				(2,036	)
Income tax payable			(237	)			1,935
Net cash used in operating activities			(9,797	)			(3,907	)
Cash flows from investing activities
Prepayment of property and equipment			—				(122	)
Purchase of property and equipment			(2,628	)			(884	)
Purchase of intangible assets			(121	)			(22	)
(Increase)/decrease in short-term investments			(1,552	)			1,552
Decrease/(increase) in restricted cash			692				(4,234	)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash received			(14,486	)			—
Net cash used in investing activities			(18,095	)			(3,710	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Cash flows from financing activities
Repurchase of Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares			(11,581	)			—
Proceeds from issuance of Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares			15,000				—
Proceeds from issuance of Series E convertible redeemable preferred shares			—				20,000
Proceeds from exercise of share options			284				171
Proceeds from bank borrowings			7,589				8,232
Repayments of bank borrowings			(1,642	)			(3,793	)
Repurchase of ordinary shares			(11,639	)			—
Repayment of amounts due to related parties			(623	)			(46	)
Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities			(2,612	)			24,564
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents			(30,504	)			16,947
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year			41,131				10,395
Effect on exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			(232	)			(62	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year			10,395				27,280
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interests paid			(103	)			(713	)
Cash (paid)/refunded for income taxes			(912	)			665
			—				—
Non-cash investing and financing activities:			—				—
Acquisition of Buzzinate Company Limited in form of share issuance			2,027				—
Acquisition of OptAim Limited in form of share issuance			50,843				—
Fair value of replacement awards attributable to pre-acquisition services for acquisition of OptAim Limited (note 4(b))			801				—
Accretion to Series A preferred shares redemption value			307				110
Accretion to Series B preferred shares redemption value			2,385				662
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value			1,982				1,556

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities

 

(a)	Organization and nature of operation

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the Group. The Company was incorporated under the law of Cayman Islands as a limited company on February 3, 2010. The Group is principally engaged in the provision of online marketing services. The Group’s principal operations and geographic market are in Greater China and have offices in Hong Kong, the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). There are also sales teams in Singapore and the United Kingdom.

In January 2009, the business of the Group was established in Hong Kong with a primary focus on search engine marketing and optimization. The Group formed the research and development team in Hong Kong to design and build the Group’s proprietary platform for online marketing. The Group’s platform is a cross-channel, cross-device and cross-geography programmatic digital marketing platform that addresses comprehensively the needs of advertisers who want to acquire and retain online customers in Greater China. The platform also enables marketers to combine performance-based marketing and brand awareness building through its dynamic retargeting technology. Key functions include aggregating the right media source for maximizing inventory reach; audience builder for producing effective targeting solutions through data crunching and machine learning; programmatic optimization to dynamically enhance campaign performance; and data analysis and reporting for cross-channel budget allocation optimization.

The Group established an office in Beijing and Shanghai, respectively, in 2010 and in the same year the Group opened a research and development center in Beijing for the development of optimization algorithms to step up the Group’s efforts in cross-platform optimization. This facility was further expanded in 2011. The Group added an office in Shenzhen in early 2011 and further expanded into Southeast Asia when the Group set up operations in Singapore and Taiwan in that year. The Group also has sales representatives in the United Kingdom.

In November 2014, the Company entered into a sale and purchase agreement (“SPA”) with Buzzinate Company Limited (“Buzzinate”) and its shareholders and acquired 33.3% equity interest in Buzzinate as the first tranche, at a cash consideration of US$750. In the SPA, the Company has also agreed to purchase up to 57.1% equity interests in Buzzinate in stages from April 2015 to April 2016, with an option exercisable by the Company to accelerate the purchase of up to 57.1% equity interests in Buzzinate. In February 2015, the Company exercised such option and purchased up to 57.1% equity interest, and at the same time purchased the remaining 42.9% equity interest in Buzzinate by issuing 142,151 shares of the Company. As a result, Buzzinate became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company since February 2015.

Buzzinate is also engaged in the provision of online marketing services and mainly focuses on the PRC market. Refer to note 4(a) to the consolidated financial statements for more details in relation to this transaction.

In July 2015, the Company, entered into a SPA with OptAim Limited (“OptAim”) and its shareholders where the Company agreed to subscribe for the entire equity interests in OptAim, with certain operations of OptAim conducted through VIE arrangements. Upon completion of this transaction, OptAim and its subsidiaries become wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company. OptAim is engaged in the provision of online marketing services with a focus of mobile device in the PRC market. Refer to note 4(b) to the consolidated financial statements for more details in relation to this transaction.

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(a)	Organization and nature of operation (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2016, the Group had net current liabilities of US$23,603, total shareholders’ deficit of US$64,312 and accumulated deficit of US$124,385. During the year ended December 31, 2016, the Group incurred a net loss of US$27,330 and a net operating cash outflow of US$3,907. In December 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to issue Series E preferred shares for a total cash consideration of US$20,000 and management considered such additional funding to enable the Company to operate without significant curtailment of its operation and to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. As of December 31, 2016, the Group had violated certain financial covenants with respect to its bank borrowings extended by a bank, however, the Group had obtained the necessary waiver letters such that the bank would not demand immediate repayment. Accordingly, the management is of the opinion that the financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries and consolidated VIEs and the VIE’s subsidiary (defined in Note 1(b)) as follows:

 

Name		Relationship		% of direct or indirect economic ownership		Date of incorporation		Place of incorporation/ establishment		Principal activities
Digital Marketing Group Limited		Subsidiary		100%		October 2006		Hong Kong		Dormant
Tetris Media Limited		Subsidiary		100%		July 2007		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
iClick Interactive Asia Limited		Subsidiary		100%		December 2008		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
Optimix Media Asia Limited		Subsidiary		100%		March 2009		Hong Kong		Investment holding
China Search (Asia) Limited		Subsidiary		100%		September 2010		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
Diablo Holdings Corporation		Subsidiary		100%		August 2010		British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)		Investment holding
Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation		Subsidiary		100%		August 2010		BVI		Investment holding
iClick Interactive (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		January 2011		Singapore		Internet marketing services and solutions
iClick Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd		Subsidiary		100%		January 2011		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(a)	Organization and nature of operation (Continued)

 

Name		Relationship		% of direct or indirect economic ownership		Date of incorporation		Place of incorporation/ establishment		Principal activities
Search Asia Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		January 2011		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
i-Click Interactive Taiwan Limited Taiwan Branch		Subsidiary’s branch		100%		September 2011		Taiwan		Internet marketing services and solutions
Performance Media Group Limited		Subsidiary		100%		January 2013		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		July 2013		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Buzzinate Company Limited		Subsidiary		100%		March 2009		Hong Kong		Technology development
Buzzinate (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		July 2009		The PRC		Technology development service
OptAim Limited		Subsidiary		100%		July 2014		Cayman Islands		Investment holding
OptAim (HK) Limited		Subsidiary		100%		July 2014		Hong Kong		Investment holding
OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		November 2014		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.		VIE		100%		September 2012		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd.		VIE’s subsidiary		100%		September 2014		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Arda Holdings Limited		VIE		100%		May 2010		BVI		To hold treasury shares

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(b)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary

When the Company acquired OptAim WFOE in July 2015, OptAim WFOE is considered as a foreign invested enterprise and any foreign ownership in advertising business was subject to certain restrictions under the PRC laws and regulations at that time. To comply with the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, certain of the Group’s operations are conducted through Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing OptAim”) and Zhiyun Zhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai OptAim”) (or “OptAim VIE”). OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd, (“OptAim WFOE”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or a wholly foreign owned enterprise (“WFOE”) of the Company entered into a series of contractual agreements among Beijing OptAim and Beijing OptAim’s legal shareholders.

OptAim VIE

The Company’s relationships with Beijing OptAim and its shareholders are governed by the following contractual arrangements:

 

•

Cooperative Agreement

Under the cooperative agreement between OptAim WFOE, Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim, OptAim WFOE has the exclusive right to provide to Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim, among others, technical consulting, technical support, business consulting, and appointment and dismissal of employees. OptAim WFOE will collect a fee from Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim to be determined at the sole discretion of OptAim WFOE. The term of this agreement will not expire unless OptAim WFOE provides prior written notice to Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim. There was no service fee paid and payable from Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim to OptAim WFOE for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 as Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim, in aggregated, have been incurring losses.

 

•

Purchase Option Agreement

The parties to the purchase option agreement are OptAim WFOE, Beijing OptAim and each of the shareholders of Beijing OptAim. Under the purchase option agreement, each of the shareholder of Beijing OptAim irrevocably granted OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of its equity interests in Beijing OptAim. OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s) have sole discretion as to when to exercise such options, either in part or in full. Without OptAim WFOE’s prior written consent, Beijing OptAim’s shareholders shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose their equity interests in Beijing OptAim. The agreement will not expire until all shares of Beijing OptAim are transferred to OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s).

 

•

Power of Attorney

Pursuant to the irrevocable power of attorney executed by the shareholders of Beijing OptAim, Beijing OptAim appointed OptAim WFOE as its attorney-in-fact to exercise all shareholders’ rights in Beijing OptAim, including, without limitation, the power to vote on all matters of Beijing OptAim requiring shareholder approval under PRC laws and regulations and the articles of association of Beijing OptAim. The power of attorney will remain in force until OptAim WFOE provides prior written notice to Beijing OptAim.

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(b)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary (Continued)

 

•

Pledge Agreement

Pursuant to the pledge agreement between OptAim WFOE and the shareholders of Beijing OptAim, the shareholders of Beijing OptAim have pledged all of their equity interests in Beijing OptAim to OptAim WFOE to guarantee the performance by Beijing OptAim under the cooperative agreement, purchase option agreement, and powers of attorney. If Beijing OptAim and/or its shareholders breach their contractual obligations under those agreements, OptAim WFOE, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including the right to sell the pledged equity interests. Under the pledge agreement, the shareholders of Beijing OptAim are not able to provide any other guarantee by pledging the shares of Beijing OptAim, transfer or sell their pledged shares to other individual, change share capital of Beijing OptAim or transfer or sell the assets out of Beijing OptAim.

The shareholders of Beijing OptAim are in the process of registering the equity pledge with the relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law and expect to complete by June 2017.

Through the aforementioned contractual agreements, OptAim VIE are considered VIE in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“US GAAP”) because the Company, through OptAim WFOE, has the ability to:

 

•

exercise effective control over OptAim VIE whereby having the power to direct OptAim VIE’s activities that most significantly drive the economic results of OptAim VIE;

 

•

receive substantially all of the economic benefits and residual returns, and absorb substantially all the risks and expected losses from the OptAim VIE as if it was their sole shareholder; and

 

•

have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in OptAim VIE.

Management evaluated the relationships among the Company, OptAim WFOE and OptAim VIE, and concluded that OptAim WFOE is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs. As a result, OptAim VIE’s results of operations, assets and liabilities have been included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the total assets of OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were US$20,341 and US$27,135, respectively, mainly comprising cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepayments and other current assets, property and equipment. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the total liabilities of the OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were US$7,206 and US$12,310 respectively, mainly comprising deferred revenue, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities.

In accordance with the aforementioned agreements, the Company has power to direct activities of the OptAim VIE, and can have assets transferred out of OptAim VIE. Therefore the Company considers that there is no asset in OptAim VIE that can be used only to settle obligations of the OptAim VIE, except for registered capital and PRC statutory reserves of the OptAim VIE amounting to US$2,081 and US$2,081, respectively, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. As the OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were incorporated as limited liability company under the PRC Company Law, the creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for all the liabilities of the OptAim VIE. Currently there is no contractual arrangement that could require the Company to provide additional financial support to OptAim VIE.

As the Company is conducting its PRC online marketing services business through OptAim VIE, the Company will, if needed, provide such support on a discretion basis in the future, which could expose the Company to a loss.

There is no VIE where the Company has variable interest but is not the primary beneficiary.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(b)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary (Continued)

 

The Group believes that the contractual arrangements among its shareholders and OptAim WFOE are in compliance with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and if the shareholders of OptAim VIE were to reduce their interest in the Company, their interests may diverge from that of the Company and that may potentially increase the risk that they would seek to act contrary to the contractual terms.

The Company’s ability to control the OptAim VIE also depends on the power of attorney and the effect of the share pledge under the Pledge Agreement and OptAim WFOE has to vote on all matters requiring shareholder approval in OptAim VIE. As noted above, the Company believes this power of attorney is legally enforceable but may not be as effective as direct equity ownership.

 

2	Principal accounting policies

 

(a)	Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the US GAAP. Significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements are summarized below.

 

(b)	Use of estimates

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from such estimates.

The Company believes that revenue recognition, consolidation of VIE, determination of share-based compensation, measurement of redemption value of redeemable preferred shares and impairment assessment of long-lived assets and intangible assets that reflect more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Management bases the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions as discussed elsewhere to the consolidated financial statements that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

 

(c)	Consolidation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIEs and a VIE’s subsidiary for which the Company or its subsidiary is the primary beneficiary. All transactions and balances among the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIEs have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(c)	Consolidation (Continued)

 

A subsidiary is an entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting powers; or has the power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors; or to cast a majority of votes at the meeting of directors; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee under a statute or agreement among the shareholders or equity holders.

A VIE is an entity in which the Company, or its subsidiary, through contractual agreements, bears the risks of, and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the entity. In determining whether the Company or its subsidiaries are the primary beneficiary, the Company considered whether it has the power to direct activities that are significant to the VIE’s economic performance, and also the Group’s obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. OptAim WFOE and ultimately the Company hold all the variable interests of the VIE and its subsidiary, and has been determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

 

(d)	Foreign currency translation

The reporting currency of the Company is the United States dollars (“US$”). The Company is a holding company engaged in capital raising and financing activities denominated in US$. As such, the Company’s functional currency has been determined to be the US$. The functional currency of the Company’s subsidiaries is the local currency of the country in which they are domiciled.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange existing at the balance sheet date. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency during the year are converted into the functional currency at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing at the transaction date. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in “Other losses, net”. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated using the average rate for the year. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statements of changes in shareholders’ deficit and comprehensive loss.

 

(e)	Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements are based on a fair value hierarchy, based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(e)	Fair value of financial instruments (Continued)

 

Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources. At December 31, 2015 and 2016 the Company’s derivative liabilities are measured using unobservable inputs that require a high level of judgment to determine fair value, and thus classified as Level 3 (Note 3(c)).

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, prepayment and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities, deferred revenue and amounts due to a related party, approximate to their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to the Group for debt with similar terms, the carrying value of the short-term loan approximates to its fair value (using Level 2 inputs).

Certain assets, including intangible assets, are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired as a result of an impairment review. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, no impairments were recorded on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

(f)	Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash in bank and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions, which have original maturities of three months or less and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

 

(g)	Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represented bank deposits in accounts that are restricted as to withdrawal or usage. For restriction which is expected to be released within one year of the balance sheet date, the respective restricted cash balance is classified as current. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Group’s restricted cash represents balance held in restricted bank accounts as required by certain loan agreement.

 

(h)	Short-term investments

Short-term investments primarily consist of wealth management treasury products that are principal-protected variable interest rate deposits held at certain financial institutions with original maturities greater than three months but less than one year. In addition, short-term investments also comprise financial instruments with fixed interest rates. Investments in these financial instruments are stated in the consolidated balance sheets at the principal amount plus accrued interest income, calculated at the specified interest rate.

As of December 31, 2016, the Group did not have any short-term investments.

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(i)	Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Group uses specific identification in providing for bad debts when facts and circumstances indicate that collection is doubtful and based on factors listed in the following paragraph. If the financial conditions of its customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowance may be required.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts which reflects its best estimate of amounts that potentially will not be collected. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful accounts on an individual basis taking into consideration various factors including but not limited to historical collection experience and credit-worthiness of the customers as well as the age of the individual receivables balance. Additionally, the Company makes specific bad debt provisions based on any specific knowledge the Company has acquired that might indicate that an account is uncollectible. The facts and circumstances of each account may require the Company to use substantial judgment in assessing its collectability.

 

(j)	Rebates receivable

Rebates receivable represent sales rebates that have already been earned but not received from third party publishers. The Company earns its rebates from purchasing advertising spaces from these website publishers.

 

(k)	Equity method investment

The Group holds investments in privately held companies. The Group accounts for these investments over which it has significant influence but does not own a majority equity interest or otherwise control using the equity method of accounting. The Group assesses its equity method investments for other-than-temporary impairment by considering factors including, but not limited to, current economic and market conditions, operating performance of the companies, including current earnings trends and undiscounted cash flows, and other company-specific information. The fair value determination, particularly for investments in privately-held companies, requires significant judgment to determine appropriate estimates and assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could affect the calculation of the fair value of the investments and determination of whether any identified impairment is other-than-temporary.

As noted in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company accelerated the purchase of up to 57.1% equity interests in Buzzinate by exercising the option in February 2015 and at the same time purchased the remaining 42.9% equity interest. Prior to the acquisition, the equity interest held in Buzzinate was accounted for using the equity method. When Buzzinate became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and accordingly the previously held interest was remeasured at fair value with the revaluation gain was recorded in “other gains/(losses), net”. Furthermore, as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there was no equity method investment.

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(l)	Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements		Over the shorter of lease term or 2 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures		2 – 5 years
Office equipment		3 – 5 years

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The gain or loss on the disposal of property and equipment is the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant assets and is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss.

 

(m)	Business combinations

The Group accounts for acquisitions of entities that include inputs and processes and have the ability to create outputs as business combinations. The Group allocates the purchase price of the acquisition to the tangible assets, liabilities, and identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred.

 

(n)	Intangible assets, net

Intangible assets mainly consist of computer software and systems acquired through the acquisition of OptAim and Buzzinate, respectively. Identifiable intangible assets are carried at acquisition cost less accumulated amortization and impairment loss, if any. Finite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment if impairment indicators arise. Amortization of finite lived intangible assets is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives, which are as follows:

 

Computer software and systems		2 – 5 years

 

(o)	Impairment of long-lived assets and intangible assets

For other long-lived assets including property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, the Group evaluates for impairment whenever events or changes (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. The Group assesses the recoverability of the long-lived assets by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to receive from use of the assets and their eventual disposition. Such assets are considered to be impaired if the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets. The impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

 

(p)

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the amounts assigned to the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed of an acquired business.

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(q)	Impairment of goodwill

Impairment of goodwill assessment is performed on at least an annual basis on December 31 or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recoverable. According to ASC 350-20-35, an entity may assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not (that is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. The Group, however, selects proceed directly to perform a two-step goodwill impairment test. The first step compares the fair values of a reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not considered impaired and the second step will not be required. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to accounting for a business combination with the allocation of the assessed fair value determined in the first step to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. The excess of the fair value of the reporting unit over the amounts assigned to the assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill. This allocation process is only performed for purposes of evaluating goodwill impairment and does not result in adjusting the value of any assets or liabilities. An impairment loss is recognized for any excess in the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value of goodwill. The judgment in estimating the fair value of a reporting unit includes estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount rates and making other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of the fair value of a reporting unit. No goodwill impairment losses were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

(r)	Deferred revenue

The Group receives prepayments for services in advance of service performance from certain customers. The amounts received in advance are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue in the period which the corresponding services are performed.

 

(s)	Derivative financial instruments

ASC 815, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“ASC 815”) requires every derivative financial instrument (including certain derivative financial instruments embedded in other contracts) to be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as either an asset or a liability. ASC 815 also requires that changes in the fair value of recorded derivatives be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met.

 

(t)	Revenue recognition

The Group’s services are the provisions of online marketing services. The Group utilizes a combination of pricing models and revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on (i) cost-plus, (ii) agreed rebates to be earned from certain website publishers or (iii) specified actions (i.e. cost per impression (“CPM”), cost per click (“CPC”), cost per action (“CPA”), cost per sale (“CPS”), cost per lead (“CPL”) or return on investment (“ROI”)) and related campaign budgets, depending on the customers’ preferences and their campaigns launched.

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(t)	Revenue recognition (Continued)

 

The Group recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a customer, the size and nature of a customer’s business and transaction history. Amounts collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue.

Revenue in relation to rebates to be earned from certain website publishers are based on factors determined by these website publishers, such as yearly spending at these website publishers’ various platforms and other factors selected at the discretion of these website publishers. Such rebates earned from website publishers are recorded as revenues when the Group is acting as an agent in a transaction, and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. Revenues are recorded net of value-added taxes and surcharges.

Cost-plus and agreed rebates to be earned from certain website publishers

For cost-plus advertisement campaigns and rebates to be earned from certain website publishers, sales are valued at the amount received and receivable. Rebates and discounts granted to customers, along with free or extended marketing campaigns, are recorded as a deduction from revenue. In the normal course of business, the Group acts as an intermediary in executing transactions with third parties, specifically for transactions where the Group is not the principal in executing these transactions as the Group is acting on behalf of the website publishers. The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Group is acting as the principal or an agent in our transactions. In determining whether the Group acts as the principal or an agent, the Group follows the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. Such determination involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because the Group is simply facilitating the customers and the publishers to purchase and to sell inventory and the pricing is generally restricted by the costs incurred through purchasing the inventory, the Group is not the principal in these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transaction on a net basis.

Specified actions

The Group also generates revenue from performing specified actions (i.e. a CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis). Revenue is recognized on a CPM or CPC basis as impressions or clicks are delivered while revenue on a CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis is recognized once agreed actions are performed. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because the Group is the primary obligor and are responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party customers; (2) identifying website publishers to provide website spaces where the Group views the website publishers as suppliers; (3) establishing the selling prices of each of the CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI pricing model; (4) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk; and (5) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the marketing, the Group acts as the principal of these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(u)	Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues consists of the costs to purchase space for the online marketing operations, amortization expenses related to the Group’s computer software and systems, salaries and benefits of relevant operations and support personnel and depreciation of relevant property and equipment depreciation. The Group becomes obligated to make payments related to website publishers in the period the marketing impressions and click-through occur. Such expenses are classified as cost of revenues in the consolidated statements of operations as incurred. Cost of revenues also includes rebates received from website publishers which are recorded as a deduction against the cost of revenues when the Group is acting as a principal in a transaction. Following recent reforms of PRC tax laws, business tax is gradually being replaced by VAT, which is recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Group’s PRC subsidiaries, OptAim VIE and its subsidiary are subjected to VAT at a rate of 6%.

 

(v)	Prepaid media costs

Prepaid media costs represent prepayments for online space paid by the Group to third party publishers of websites. Upon utilization, media costs are recognized in cost of revenues when the Group is determined as acting as the principal. However, when the Group is determined as acting as the agent, those costs are recognized as deduction to revenue by the Group. These prepayments are classified as current considering the corresponding online spaces are expected to be purchased and utilized within twelve months from the date of payments.

 

(w)	Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of (i) salary and welfare for research and development personnel, (ii) rental expenses and (iii) depreciation of office premise and servers utilized by research and development personnel. Costs incurred during the research stage are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in the development stage, prior to the establishment of technological feasibility, which is when a working model is available, are expensed when incurred.

The Company accounts for internal use software development costs in accordance with guidance on intangible assets and internal use software. This requires capitalization of qualifying costs incurred during the software’s application development stage and to expense costs as they are incurred during the preliminary project and post implementation/operation stages. For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company has not capitalized any costs related to internal use software. The research and development expenses amounted to US$8,106 and US$8,584 during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

(x)	Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of (i) advertising and marketing expenses, and (ii) salary and welfare for sales and marketing personnel. The sales and market promotion expenses amounted to US$31,385 and US$28,266 during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

(y)	General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of (i) salary and welfare for general and administrative personnel, (ii) allowance for doubtful receivables, and (iii) professional service fees. The general and administrative expenses amounted to US$12,745 and US$26,767 during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(z)	Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease periods. The Group had no capital leases for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

(aa)	Employee social security and welfare benefits

Employees of the Group in the PRC are entitled to staff welfare benefits including pension, work-related injury benefits, maternity insurance, medical insurance, unemployment benefit and housing fund plans through a PRC government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan. The Group is required to contribute to the plan based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government.

The PRC government is responsible for the medical benefits and the pension liability to be paid to these employees and the Group’s obligations are limited to the amounts contributed and no legal obligation beyond the contributions made.

 

(ab)	Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided on the basis of net income for financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items which are not assessable or deductible for income tax purposes, in accordance with the regulations of the relevant tax jurisdictions. Deferred income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The tax base of an asset or liability is the amount attributed to that asset or liability for tax purpose. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss in the period of change. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion of, or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The guidance on accounting for uncertainties in income taxes prescribes a more likely than not threshold for financial statements recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Guidance was also provided on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Group’s uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The Group recognizes interests and penalties, if any, under accrued expenses and other current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheets and under other expenses in its statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Group did not recognize any significant interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(ac)	Share-based compensation

The Group accounts for share-based compensation expenses in accordance with ASC subtopic 718-10 (“ASC 718-10”), Compensation-Stock Compensation, for share-based awards to employees. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, share-based compensation costs are measured at the grant date. The share-based compensation expenses have been categorized as either general and administrative expenses, selling and marketing expenses or research and development expenses, depending on the job functions of the grantees.

Option granted to employees

For the options granted to employees, the compensation expense is recognized using the graded-vesting attribution approach over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant, with such estimate updated periodically and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimate. In determining the fair value of the Company’s share options, the binomial option pricing model has been applied.

Option modification

According to ASC 718, a change in any of the terms or conditions of equity based awards shall be accounted for as a modification of the award. Therefore, the Company calculates incremental compensation cost of a modification as the excess of the fair value of the modified option over the fair value of the original option immediately before its terms are modified. For vested options, the Company would recognize incremental compensation costs on the date of modification and for unvested options, the Company would recognize, prospectively and over the remaining requisite service period, the sum of the incremental compensation costs and the remaining unrecognized compensation costs for the original award.

Option granted to non-employees

For share-based awards granted to non-employees, the Group accounts for the related share-based compensation expenses in accordance with ASC subtopic, 505-50 (“ASC 505-50”), Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. Under the provision of ASC 505-50, options of the Company issued to non-employees are measured based on fair value of the options which are determined by using the binomial option pricing model. These options are measured as of the earlier of the date at which either: (1) commitment for performance by the non-employee has been reached; or (2) the non-employee’s performance is complete.

 

(ad)	Statutory reserves

The Group’s subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and its subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC are required on an annual basis to make appropriations of retained earnings set at certain percentage of after-tax profit determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations (“PRC GAAP”).

Appropriation to the statutory general reserve should be at least 10% of the after tax net income determined in accordance with the legal requirements in the PRC until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entities’ registered capital. The Group is not required to make appropriation to other reserve funds and the Group does not have any intentions to make appropriations to any other reserve funds.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(ad)	Statutory reserves (Continued)

 

The general reserve fund can only be used for specific purposes, such as setting off the accumulated losses, enterprise expansion or increasing the registered capital. Appropriations to the general reserve funds are classified in the consolidated balance sheets as statutory reserves.

There are no legal requirements in the PRC to fund these reserves by transfer of cash to restricted accounts, and the Group was not done so.

Relevant laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the PRC subsidiaries and affiliated companies only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with respective accounting standards and regulations. Accordingly, the above balances are not allowed to be transferred to the Company in terms of cash dividends, loans or advances.

 

(ae)	Related parties

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

 

(af)

Dividends

Dividends are recognized when declared. No dividends were declared for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. The Group does not have any present plan to pay any dividends on ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. The Group currently intends to retain the available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand its business.

 

(ag)	Loss per share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to holders of ordinary shares by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year using the two class method. Using the two class method, net loss is allocated between ordinary shares and other participating securities (i.e. preferred shares) based on their participating rights.

Diluted loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders as adjusted for the effect of dilutive ordinary equivalent shares, if any, by the weighted average number of ordinary and dilutive ordinary equivalents shares outstanding during the year. Dilutive equivalent shares are excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share if their effects would be anti-dilutive. Ordinary share equivalents consist of the ordinary shares issuable in connection with the Group’s convertible non-redeemable and redeemable preferred shares using the if-converted method, and ordinary shares issuable upon the conversion of the stock options, using the treasury stock method.

 

(ah)	Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in shareholders’ deficit of the Company during a period arising from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by shareholders and distributions to shareholders.

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(ah)	Comprehensive loss (Continued)

 

Comprehensive loss is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss. Accumulated other comprehensive losses of the Group include the foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

(ai)	Segment reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in businesses activities for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Group’s chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Group’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results including revenue, gross profit and operating profit at a consolidated level only. The Group does not distinguish between markets for the purpose of making decisions about resources allocation and performance assessment. Hence, the Group has only one operating segment and one reportable segment.

 

(aj)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 will eliminate transaction-specific and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle-based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenues based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which defers by one year ASU 2014-09’s effective date. The amendment will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted only for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, which amends the principal-versus-agent implementation guidance and illustrations in the Board’s new revenue standard (ASC 606). The amendments in this update clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. When another party, along with the reporting entity, is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of its promise is to provide that good or service to the customer (as a principal) or to arrange for the good or service to be provided to the customer by the other party (as an agent). The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

The Company will apply the new revenue standard beginning January 1, 2018 and will not early adopt. The Company will set up an implementation team to analyze each of the Group’s revenue stream in accordance with the new revenue standard to determine the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company plans to continue the evaluation, analysis and documentation of its adoption of ASU 2014-9 (including those subsequently issued updates that clarify its provisions) throughout 2017 as the Company works towards the implementation and finalizes its determination of the impact that the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” (“ASU 2015-02”). ASU 2015-02 focuses on the consolidation evaluation for

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(aj)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The ASU simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models from four to two. In addition, the new standard simplifies the FASB Accounting Standards Codification and improves current guidance by: (i) placing more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest; (ii) reducing the frequency of the application of related-party guidance when determining a controlling financial interest in a VIE; and (iii) changing consolidation conclusions for public and private companies in several industries that typically make use of limited partnerships or VIEs.

The ASU will be effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2016, for public companies. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”. The new guidance requires entities to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, as non-current on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for publicly-traded companies for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (early adoption is permitted). The Company does not expect this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02: Leases (Topic 842). The core principle of Topic 842 is that a lessee should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. All leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, and, therefore, recognition of those lease assets and lease liabilities represents an improvement over previous GAAP, which did not require lease assets and lease liabilities to be recognized for most leases.

For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements.

On August 6, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments.” The ASU provides guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments including debt prepayment or debt issuance costs and cash payments for contingent considerations. The ASU also provides clarification on the application of the predominance principle outlined in ASC 230. The effective date for public entities will be annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (Topic 740). This standard will require entities to recognize the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory at the time of transfer. This standard requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. ASU 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 31, 2018. The Company does not expect ASU 2016-16 to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(aj)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which revises the definition of a business. To be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. To be a business without outputs, there will now need to be an organized workforce. ASU 2017-01 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018. We currently do not expect ASU 2017-01 to have a material impact to our consolidated financial statements, but will apply the guidance upon adoption to business acquisitions, disposals and segment changes, if any.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which revises the definition of a business. To be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. To be a business without outputs, there will now need to be an organized workforce. ASU 2017-01 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company currently does not expect ASU 2017-01 to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, but will evaluate the impact of adopting this standard prospectively upon any transactions of acquisitions or disposals of assets of businesses.

In March, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which relates to the accounting for employee share-based payments. This standard addresses several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows; (d) accounting for forfeitures of share-based payments. The ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Group does not expect this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash”, which requires entities to include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the cash and cash equivalent balances in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): simplifying the test for goodwill impairment”, the guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not the difference between the fair value and carrying amount of goodwill which was the step 2 test before. The ASU should be adopted on a prospective basis for the annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration

 

(a)	PRC regulations

The Chinese market in which the Company operates poses certain macro-economic and regulatory risks and uncertainties. These uncertainties extend to the ability of the Company to engage in online marketing businesses through contractual arrangements in the PRC since the internet and marketing services industries remain regulated. The Company conducts certain of its operations in China through its variable interest entity, which it consolidates as a result of a series contractual arrangements enacted. Though the PRC has, since 1978, implemented a wide range of market-oriented economic reforms, continued reforms and progress towards a full market-oriented economy are uncertain. In addition, the telecommunication, information, and media industries remain highly regulated. Restrictions are currently in place and are unclear with respect to which segments of these industries foreign owned entities, like the Company, may operate. The Chinese government may issue from time to time new laws or new interpretations on existing laws to regulate areas such as telecommunication, information and media. Regulatory risk also encompasses the interpretation by the tax authorities of current tax laws, and the Group’s legal structure and scope of operations in the PRC, which could be subject to further restrictions resulting in limitations on the Company’s ability to conduct business in the PRC. There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations governing the validity and enforcement of the contractual arrangements with consolidated VIE. The Company believes that the structure for operating its business in China (including the ownership structure and the contractual arrangements with the consolidated VIE is in compliance with all applicable existing PRC laws, rules and regulations, and does not violate, breach, contravene or otherwise conflict with any applicable PRC laws, rules or regulations. However, the Company cannot assure that the PRC regulatory authorities will not adopt any new regulation to restrict or prohibit foreign investments in the online marketing business through contractual arrangements in the future or that it will not determine that the ownership structure and contractual arrangements violate PRC laws, rules or regulations. If the Company and its consolidated VIE are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

•

revoking the business licenses of such entities;

 

•

discontinuing or restricting the conduct of any transactions between the Company’s PRC subsidiaries and the OptAim VIE;

 

•

imposing fines, confiscating the income of the OptAim VIE or the Company’s PRC subsidiaries, or imposing other requirements with which the Company or its PRC subsidiaries and consolidated VIEs may not be able to comply;

 

•

requiring the Company to restructure its ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with OptAim VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of OptAim VIE, which in turn would affect its ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over OptAim VIE; or

 

•

restricting or prohibiting its use of the proceeds of any offering to finance its business and operations in China.

If the imposition of any of these penalties precludes the Company from operating its business, it would no longer be in a position to generate revenue or cash from it. If the imposition of any of these penalties causes the Company to lose its rights to direct the activities of its consolidated VIEs or its rights to receive its economic benefits, the Company would no longer be able to consolidate these entities, and its financial

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

statements would no longer reflect the results of operations from the business conducted by VIEs except to the extent that the Company receives payments from VIEs under the contractual arrangements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on the Company in this event, would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. Nevertheless, the laws and regulations that imposed restrictions on foreign ownership in advertising companies, including the Administrative Provisions on Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises were abolished in June 2015. To the extent any current or future business of OptAim VIE can be directly operated by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries under PRC law, the Company is in the process of transferring such business to the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company expects that by the end of 2018, OptAim WFOE will replace OptAim VIE and its subsidiary as contracting party for their businesses that are operated by OptAim VIE and its subsidiary.

On January 19, 2015, the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC, or (the “MOFCOM”) released on its Website for public comment a proposed PRC law (the “Draft FIE Law”) that appears to include VIEs within the scope of entities that could be considered to be foreign invested enterprises (or “FIEs”) that would be subject to restrictions under existing PRC law on foreign investment in certain categories of industry. Specifically, the Draft FIE Law introduces the concept of “actual control” for determining whether an entity is considered to be an FIE. In addition to control through direct or indirect ownership or equity, the Draft FIE Law includes control through contractual arrangements within the definition of “actual control”. If the Draft FIE Law is passed by the People’s Congress of the PRC and goes into effect in its current form, these provisions regarding control through contractual arrangements could be construed to reach the Group’s VIE arrangement, and as a result the Group’s VIE could become explicitly subject to the current restrictions on foreign investment in certain categories of industry. The Draft FIE Law includes provisions that would exempt from the definition of foreign invested enterprises entities where the ultimate controlling shareholders are either entities organized under PRC law or individuals who are PRC citizens.

The Draft FIE Law does not make clear how “control” would be determined for such purpose, and is silent as to what type of enforcement action might be taken against existing VIEs that operate in restricted industries and are not controlled by entities organized under PRC law or individuals who are PRC citizens. If a finding were made by PRC authorities under the Draft FIE Law if it becomes effective, that the Company’s operation of certain of its operations and businesses through VIE violates the Draft FIE Law, regulatory authorities with jurisdiction over the licensing and operation of such operations and businesses may require the Company to take various actions as discussed in the paragraph above. The Group’s management considers the possibility of such a finding by PRC regulatory authorities under the Draft VIE law, if it becomes effective, to be remote.

OptAim VIE holds assets that are important to the operation of the Group’s business, including patents for proprietary technology and trademarks. If OptAim VIE falls into bankruptcy and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, the Group may be unable to conduct major part of its business activities in China, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s future financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, the Group believes this is a normal business risk many companies face. The Group will continue to closely monitor the financial conditions of OptAim VIE.

OptAim VIE’s assets comprise both recognized and unrecognized revenue-producing assets. The recognized revenue-producing assets include leasehold improvements, computers and network equipment and self-developed computer software which are recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

unrecognized revenue-producing assets mainly consist of patents, trademarks and assembled workforce which are not recorded in the financial statements of OptAim VIE as it did not meet the recognition criteria set in ASC 350-30-25.

The following financial information of the OptAim VIE and its subsidiary excluding the intercompany items with the Company’s subsidiaries was included in the accompanying financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			6				1,046
Accounts receivable, net			4,866				8,129
Other current assets			15,212				17,761
Total current assets			20,084				26,936
Non-current assets
Property and equipment, net			94				36
Other non-current assets			163				163
Total non-current assets			257				199
Total assets			20,341				27,135
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable			426				28
Deferred revenue			6,668				11,878
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities			66				404
Amounts due to a related party			46				—
Total current liabilities			7,206				12,310
Total liabilities			7,206				12,310

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Net revenues			11,653				52,215
Net profit/(loss)			(172)				(322)

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities			(1,144)				1,043
Net cash used in investing activities			(19)				(3)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents			(1,163)				1,040

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

In accordance with the VIE arrangements, the Group has power to direct activities of the OptAim VIE, and can have assets transferred out of the OptAim VIE. Therefore, the Group considers that there is no assets of the OptAim VIE can be used only to settle their obligations.

 

(b)	Foreign exchange risk

Assets and liabilities of non-US$ functional currency entities are translated into US$ using the applicable exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Items in the statements of comprehensive loss are translated into US$ using the average exchange rate during the period. Equity accounts were translated at their historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are accumulated as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated statements of shareholders’ deficit.

Certain of the Group’s operating activities are transacted in Renminbi (“RMB”), which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China.

The revenues and expenses of the Group’s subsidiaries and the VIE in the PRC are generally denominated in RMB and their assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies, and remittances of foreign currencies into the PRC and exchange of foreign currencies into RMB require approval by foreign exchange administrative authorities and certain supporting documentation. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into other currencies. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market.

Certain of the Group’s operating activities are transacted in Hong Kong Dollars (“HK$”). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group considers the foreign exchange risk in relation to transactions denominated in HK$ with respect to US$ is not significant as HK$ is pegged to US$.

 

(c)	Fair value measurement

Fair value reflects the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

The Company applies a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(c)	Fair value measurement (Continued)

 

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities classified under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above was as follows:

 

		Fair value measurements using
		Total fair value				Quoted prices in active market for identical assets (Level 1)				Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)				Significant Unobservable inputs (Level 3)
As of December 31, 2015
Cash and cash equivalents			10,395				10,395				—				—
Restricted cash			1,000				1,000				—				—
Short-term investments			1,552				—				—				1,552
Bank borrowings			8,542				—				8,542				—
Derivative liabilities			63,724				—				—				63,724
As of December 31, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents			27,280				27,280				—				—
Restricted cash			5,234				5,234				—				—
Bank borrowings			12,982				—				12,982				—
Derivative liabilities			60,525				—				—				60,525

 

(d)	Concentration risk

 

(i)

Concentration of revenues

For the year ended December 31, 2016, two individual customers accounted for 18% and 11% of the net revenue, respectively. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of the net revenues for the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

(ii)

Concentration of accounts receivable

The Group has not experienced any significant recoverability issue with respect to its accounts receivable. The Group conducts credit evaluations on its customers and generally does not require collateral or other security from such customers. The Group periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of the existing customers in determining an allowance for doubtful accounts primarily based upon the age of the receivables and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers.

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(d)	Concentration risk (Continued)

 

(ii)

Concentration of accounts receivable (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2015, one customer accounted for 13% of the consolidated accounts receivable. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2016. The top 10 accounts receivable accounted for 44% and 39% of the consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

(ii)

Credit risk

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were placed with financial institutions in Hong Kong and the PRC. Management chooses these institutions because of their reputations and track records for stability, and their known large cash reserves, and management periodically reviews these institutions’ reputations, track records, and reported reserves. Management expects that any additional institutions that the Group uses for its cash and bank deposits will be chosen with similar criteria for soundness. The balances in the PRC are not insured since it is not a market practice in the PRC. Nevertheless under the PRC law, it is required that a commercial bank in the PRC that holds third party cash deposits should maintain a certain percentage of total customer deposits taken in a statutory reserve fund for protecting the depositors’ rights over their interests in deposited money. PRC banks are subject to a series of risk control regulatory standards; PRC bank regulatory authorities are empowered to take over the operation and management of any PRC bank that faces a material credit crisis. The Group believes that it is not exposed to unusual risks as these financial institutions are PRC banks with high credit quality. The Group had not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 and believes that its credit risk to be minimal.

 

4	Business Acquisition

The Company accounted for its acquisitions in accordance with ASC 805, “Business Combination” (“ASC 805”). The results of the acquirees’ operations have been included in the consolidated financial statements since the acquisition date. The excess of the fair value of the acquired entities over the fair value of net tangible and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill, which is not deductible for corporate income taxation purposes.

 

(a)	Acquisition of Buzzinate

In November 2014, the Company entered into a SPA with Buzzinate and its shareholders and acquired 33.3% equity interest in Buzzinate as the first tranche, at a cash consideration of US$750. In the SPA, the Company has also agreed to purchase up to 57.1% equity interests in Buzzinate in stages from April 2015 to April 2016, and there was an agreement to purchase the remaining 42.9% equity interests in Buzzinate when the purchase of equity interests up to 57.1% was completed.

Pursuant to the SPA, the Company had an option to accelerate the completion dates of the remaining tranches by paying the cash consideration upon exercising the option. On February 13, 2015, the Company acquired in one go the equity interests in Buzzinate of the remaining five tranches at cash considerations of US$250 for each tranche purchased, and exercised the option to acquire the remaining equity interests in Buzzinate by issuing 142,151 shares of the Company which amounted to US$2,027. Buzzinate then became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

4	Business Acquisition (Continued)

 

(a)	Acquisition of Buzzinate (Continued)

 

The movement of carrying value of the equity method investment in Buzzinate from January 1, 2015 to February 13, 2015 (the “period”) is as follows:

 

Balance at beginning of the period			533
Share of loss of equity investee for the period			(38	)
Balance at February 13, 2015			495
Fair value gain on re-measurement of equity investee			1,161
			1,656

Fair value of consideration transferred:

 

Cash			1,250
Ordinary shares of the Company			2,027
Total			3,277
Fair value of previously held interest in Buzzinate			1,656

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

Cash			1,439
Other current assets			207
Property and equipment			375
Intangible asset			644
Current liabilities			(529	)
Deferred tax liabilities			(161	)
Total identifiable net assets acquired			1,975
Goodwill (Note 12)			2,958
Total purchase consideration, net of cash acquired			3,494

The excess of purchase price over tangible assets and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill associated with acquisition of Buzzinate was attributable to the expected synergy arising from the consolidated operations. The acquired goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Acquisition-related costs were insignificant and were included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In determining the fair value of previously held interest in Buzzinate, a business valuation of Buzzinate was undertaken by management with the assistance of an external valuer. Significant factor, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach. Such approach involves certain significant estimates, which are terminal growth rate of 3.0%, weighted average cost of capital of 18.6%, and growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 3.0% to 10.0%.

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

4	Business Acquisition (Continued)

 

(a)	Acquisition of Buzzinate (Continued)

 

In determining the fair value of the intangible asset, an income approach was used. In this approach, significant estimates consist of discount rate of 19.6% and growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 3.0% to 10.0%. The estimated amounts recognized on the acquired identifiable intangible asset and its estimated useful life are shown in the following table:

 

		Estimated useful life				Gross carrying amount
						US$‘000
A self-developed computer software and systems			5 years				644

Pro-forma results related to the acquisition in accordance with ASC 805 have not been presented because the acquisition of Buzzinate is not material, where net revenue and net loss of the acquired entities are less than 5% of the Company’s consolidated net revenue and net loss for the corresponding year.

 

(b)	Acquisition of OptAim

In July 2015, the Company acquired 100% equity interest of OptAim from several independent third parties. OptAim, through its VIE and its underlying subsidiary, is engaged in the provision of online and mobile marketing services in the PRC. The Company expects to increase its market shares in the PRC online marketing segment, particularly in relation to mobile platforms.

The total purchase consideration for all the equity interest of OptAim amounted to US$67,620. This is comprised of cash consideration of US$15,976, 2,535,091 shares of the Company amounted to US$50,843 and fair value of replacement awards attributable to pre-acquisition services amounted to US$801.

The acquisition was recorded as a business combination. The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of acquisition:

Fair value of consideration transferred:

 

Cash			15,976
Ordinary shares of the Company			50,843
Fair value of replacement awards attributable to pre-acquisition services			801
			67,620

Recognised amounts of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 

Cash			1,301
Other current assets			13,193
Property and equipment			84
Intangible asset			20,100
Current liabilities			(7,571	)
Deferred tax liabilities			(5,025	)
Total identifiable net assets acquired			22,082
Goodwill (Note 12)			45,538
Total purchase consideration, net of cash acquired			50,343

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

4	Business Acquisition (Continued)

 

(b)	Acquisition of OptAim (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2015, purchase consideration payable of US$15,976 was settled and there is no adjustment to the purchase consideration amounts.

The excess of purchase price over tangible assets, identifiable intangible asset acquired and liabilities assumed was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill associated with the acquisition of OptAim was attributable to the expected synergy arising from the consolidated marketing operations. The acquired goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Acquisition-related costs were immaterial and were included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015.

In determining the fair value of shares of the Company issued as part of the consideration of acquiring OptAim, a business valuation of the Company was performed by management with the assistance of an external valuer. Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach. Such approach involves certain significant estimates. They are terminal growth rate of 3.0%, weighted average cost of capital of 16.1%, and growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 1.0% to 4.0%.

In determining the fair value of the intangible asset, an income approach was used. In this approach, significant estimates consist of discount rate of 20.6% and a growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 3.0% to 8.0%. The estimated amounts recognized on the acquired identifiable intangible asset and its estimated useful life are shown in the following table:

 

		Estimated useful life				Gross carrying amount
						US$‘000
A self-developed computer software and systems			5 years				20,100

Unaudited pro forma operating results for the Company, assuming the acquisition of OptAim occurred on January 1, 2015 is as follows:

 

		For the year ended December 31, 2015
Net revenues			69,025
Net loss			(39,688	)
Net loss per share			(3.80	)
Diluted loss per share			(3.80	)

The Company did not have any material, non-recurring pro-forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination reflected in the reported pro-forma net revenue and net loss.

The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the actual results that would have been achieved had OptAim acquisition occurred as of January 1, 2015 or the results that may be achieved in future periods.

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

5	Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand, cash held at bank, and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions, which have original maturities of three months or less. Cash on hand and cash held at bank balance as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 primarily consist of the following currencies:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015								2016
		Amount				US$’000 equivalent				Amount				US$’000 equivalent
RMB			43,725				6,762				67,697				9,771
HK$			10,044				1,294				15,666				2,019
US$			1,268				1,268				15,064				15,064
SGD			726				515				235				165
TWD			16,383				528				2,855				88
Euro (“EUR”)			2,854				2				125				133
Others			17				26				292				40
							10,395								27,280

 

6	Restricted cash

The Group’s restricted cash amounting to US$1,000 and US$5,234 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, represented balance held in a restricted bank account pursuant to certain short term loan agreements (see Note 15 for details). The restricted cash is held in US$ and carries fixed interest at the rate of 0.55% and 0.05% per annum as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

 

7	Short-term investments

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Investment in treasury instruments			1,552				—

The investments were issued by commercial banks in Hong Kong with a variable interest rate. Since these investments’ maturity dates are within one year, they are classified as short-term investments.

Interest income generated from short-term investments are recorded using the effective interest method. It was recorded in “other losses, net” on the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

 

8	Accounts receivable, net

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Accounts receivable, gross			30,156				32,387
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts			(1,733	)			(1,693	)
Accounts receivable, net			28,423				30,694

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

8	Accounts receivable, net (Continued)

 

The following table presents the movement in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Balance at the beginning of year			608				1,733
Additions for the year			1,885				99
Recoveries			(185	)			—
Accounts receivable written off			(544	)			(99	)
Exchange differences			(31	)			(40	)
Balance at the end of year			1,733				1,693

 

9	Other assets

The other assets consist of the following:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Current
Deposits			3,158				2,202
Prepayments			240				417
VAT receivable			466				372
Others			217				64
			4,081				3,055
Non-current
Prepayment for acquisition of fixed assets			—				122
Rental deposits			225				249
			225				371

 

10	Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Cost:
Office equipment			3,899				4,629
Leasehold improvements			1,650				1,653
Furniture and fixtures			476				747
Total cost			6,025				7,029
Less: Accumulated depreciation			(3,011	)			(4,519	)
Exchange differences			(72	)			(192	)
Property and equipment, net			2,942				2,318

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

10	Property and equipment, net (Continued)

 

Depreciation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are summarized as follows:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Cost of revenues			9				11
Research and development			161				199
Sales and marketing expenses			662				838
General and administrative expenses			306				464
Total			1,138				1,512

 

11	Intangible assets, net

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Cost:
Computer software			21,557				21,576
Less: Accumulated amortization
Computer software			(2,461	)			(6,773	)
Exchange differences			(1	)			1
Intangible assets, net			19,095				14,804

Amortization expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are summarized as follows:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Cost of revenues			1,874				4,149
Research and development			30				28
Sales and marketing expenses			16				19
General and administrative expenses			123				116
			2,043				4,312

 

F-42

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

11	Intangible assets, net (Continued)

 

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years as of December 31, 2016 is:

 

		Computer software
2017			4,219
2018			4,160
2019			4,150
2020			2,275
2021			—
			14,804

 

12

Goodwill

Movements on goodwill during the year were as follows:

 

		Buzzinate				OptAim				Total
Balance as of January 1, 2015			—				—				—
Goodwill arising from acquisition during the year (Note 4)			2,958				45,538				48,496
Balance as of December 31, 2015 and 2016			2,958				45,538				48,496

Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The Group performs the annual impairment test on December 31 of each year. Based on the impairment tests performed, no impairment of goodwill was recorded for all years presented.

 

13	Deferred revenue

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Deferred revenue, current			14,935				25,697

 

14	Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Rebates payable to customers			4,488				5,214
VAT and other taxes payable			1,026				1,679
Security deposit received from customers			1,037				772
Accrued employee benefits			3,223				3,257
Accrued professional fees			1,610				1,544
Accrued marketing and hosting expense			2,340				1,424
Others			1,084				1,201
			14,808				15,091

 

F-43

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

15	Bank borrowings

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
1-year revolving loan denominated in RMB (Note (i), (viii))			4,639				4,330
1-year revolving loan denominated in US$ (Note (ii), (viii))			2,950				2,950
Short-term loan denominated in RMB (Note (iii))			953				—
2-year demand loan agreement denominated in US$ (Note (iv), (viii))			—				1,083
6-month revolving loan denominated in RMB (Note (v))			—				1,444
1-year revolving loan denominated in RMB (Note (vi), (viii))			—				1,732
3-month loan denominated in RMB (Note (vii), (viii))			—				1,443
			8,542				12,982

 

(i)

On December 21, 2015, the Company, through its PRC subsidiaries, entered into a one-year revolving loan agreement with a bank amounting to RMB30 million (equivalent to US$4,639). The interest rate of this loan facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 1.65% per annum. The Company, through its PRC subsidiary, renewed the one-year revolving loan agreement with the bank on December 19, 2016. The interest rate remained as the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 1.65% per annum.

 

(ii)

On December 21, 2015, the Company, through its Hong Kong subsidiaries, entered into a one-year loan agreement with a bank amounting to US$3,000. Out of this loan facility, the Hong Kong subsidiary had utilized US$2,950 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. The Company, through its Hong Kong subsidiary, renewed the one-year revolving loan agreement with the bank on December 19, 2016. The interest rate of this short-term loan facility was determined by three-month LIBOR plus 5.75% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

(iii)

On December 28, 2015, the Company, through its PRC subsidiary, obtained a short-term loan facility amounting to RMB20 million (equivalent to US$3,093) granted by the bank. Out of this credit facility, the PRC subsidiary had utilized US$953 as of December 31, 2015 with approximately US$2,140 remained unutilized. The interest rate of this bank loan was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over six months granted by financial institutions plus 20.0% per annum. The bank loan had a maturity period of six months and such loan was finally settled on June 28, 2016. Restricted cash amounting to US$1,000 was held in a restricted bank account as required by this loan agreement as of December 31, 2015.

 

(iv)

On January 20, 2016, the Company, through its Hong Kong subsidiaries, entered into a two-year loan agreement with a bank amounting to US$2,000. Out of this loan facility, the Hong Kong subsidiaries had utilized US$1,083 as of December 31, 2016. The interest rate of this loan was the benchmark interest rate determined by three-month LIBOR plus 7.00% per annum for the year ended December 31, 2016. The bank facility agreement includes repayable on demand clauses such that the bank borrowing are classified as current liabilities as of December 31, 2016.

 

(v)

On May 20, 2016, the Company, through its PRC subsidiary, entered into a six-month revolving loan agreement with a bank of limit up to RMB20 million. Out of this loan facility, the PRC subsidiary had utilized RMB10 million (equivalent to US$1,444) as of 31 December 2016. The interest rate of this loan facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over six months granted by financial institutions plus 20.0% per annum. Restricted cash amounting to

 

F-44

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Bank borrowings (Continued)

 

US$1,568 was held in a restricted bank account as required by this loan agreement as of December 31, 2016.

 

(vi)

On July 28, 2016, the Company, through its PRC subsidiary, entered into a one-year revolving loan agreement with a bank amounting to a total of RMB12 million (equivalent to US$1,732). The interest rate of this loan facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 0.435% per annum. Restricted cash amounting to US$2,000 was held in a restricted bank account as required by this loan agreement as of December 31, 2016.

 

(vii)

On November 14, 2016, the Company, through its PRC subsidiary, entered into a three-month revolving loan agreement with a bank amounting to a total of RMB10 million (equivalent to US$1,443). The interest rate of this loan facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over three months granted by financial institutions plus 0.435% per annum. Restricted cash amounting to US$1,666 was held in a restricted bank account as required by this loan agreement as of December 31, 2016.

 

(viii)

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, certain financial covenants (minimum monthly adjusted quick ratio and minimum quarterly EBITDA as defined in the banking facilities agreements) as set out in these loan agreements have been breached. The relevant subsidiaries have obtained waiver letters for waiving the requirements to meet the financial covenants such that the bank cannot demand for immediate repayment.

The weighted average interest rate for bank loans outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 was 6.03% and 5.99% per annum, respectively.

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares

Series A preferred shares

On February 17, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series A Agreement”) to issue Series A preferred shares and preferred share warrants to a third-party investor (“Investor A”) for a total cash consideration of US$1,200. Accordingly, the Company issued 1,142,857 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share; and warrants to purchase 342,857 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share (“Series A Warrants”) at the option of Investor A. Pursuant to the Series A Agreement, the Company also granted an option, exercisable within one year from the date of agreement, to Investor A where the Company would issue 761,905 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share (“Series A-1 preferred shares”) and warrants to purchase 228,571 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share (“Series A-1 Warrants”) at the option of Investor A. On September 29, 2010, Investor A exercised the option and the Group received a total consideration of US$800. During the year ended December 31, 2013, both Series A Warrants and Series A-1 Warrants were fully exercised.

Series B preferred shares

On February 21, 2011, the Company entered into agreements (“Series B Agreements”) to issue Series B preferred shares and preferred share warrants to two other third-party investors (“Investors B”) for an aggregate cash consideration of US$7,000. Pursuant to the Series B Agreements, the Company issued 1,266,667 Series B preferred shares at US$5.53 per share; and warrants to purchase 542,858 Series B

 

F-45

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Series B preferred shares (Continued)

 

preferred shares at US$5.53 per share (“Series B Warrants”) at the option of Investors B. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Series B Warrants were fully exercised.

On May 16, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series B-1 Agreement”) to issue additional Series B preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor B-1”) for a total consideration of US$4,285 (“Series B-1 preferred shares”). Pursuant to the Series B-1 Agreement, the Company issued 723,808 Series B-1 preferred shares at US$5.92 per share.

On September 24, 2015, the Company repurchased from Investor B-1 723,808 Series B-1 preferred shares at a consideration of US$11,581.

For accounting purposes, the Company determined the per share fair value of Series B-1 preferred shares to be US$19.58 on September 24, 2015, the date of repurchase. The per share repurchase price of US$16.00 was mutually negotiated at the time of the repurchase transaction. There were no other arrangements with Investor B-1. Investor B-1 was willing to sell its Series B-1 preferred shares at the US$16.00 per share price as it would provide liquidity to Investor B-1. For the Series B-1 preferred shares repurchased, the Company recorded the excess of purchase price over the carrying value of US$2,591 to accumulated deficit as deemed contribution from Series B-1 preferred shareholders.

Series C preferred shares

On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series C Agreement”) to issue Series C preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor C”) for a total cash consideration of US$13,000. Pursuant to the Series C Agreement, the Company issued 1,599,186 Series C preferred shares at US$8.13 per share.

Series D preferred shares

On December 30, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series D Agreement”) to issue Series D preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor D”) for a total cash consideration of US$48,000. Pursuant to the Series D Agreement, the Company issued 2,493,018 Series D preferred shares at US$19.25 per share.

The Company was also obligated to issue additional Series D preferred shares to Investor D at no consideration, the total number of which is based on a formula stipulated in the agreement, if the gross billing of the Group as defined in the Series D Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2015 is less than US$85,000. Considering the gross billing of the Group as defined in the Series D Agreement for the year ended December 31, 2015 was more than US$85,000, no additional Series D preferred shares were issued. Furthermore, the Company determines that the fair value of this obligation is zero as of December 31, 2015.

Series E preferred shares

On December 28, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series E Agreement”) to issue Series E preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor E”) for a total cash consideration of US$20,000. Pursuant to the Series E Agreement, the Company issued 1,068,114 Series E preferred shares at US$18.72 per share.

 

F-46

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Series E preferred shares (Continued)

 

The key terms of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares are as follows:

Dividend rights

Subject to the approval and declaration by the Board of Directors, the holders of the preferred shares are entitled to receive dividends in the following order:

 

•

Series E preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividend on the Series D preferred Shares, Series B preferred shares, Series A preferred shares, Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares

 

•

the Series D preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividends on the Series B, Series A and Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares;

 

•

the Series B preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividends on the Series A and Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares;

 

•

the Series A preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividends on the Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares;

 

•

any remaining dividends shall be distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of all the preferred shares and ordinary shares on a fully diluted and as-if converted basis.

Voting rights

The holders of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares shall be entitled to such number of votes equal to the whole number of ordinary shares into which such Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares are convertible.

Liquidation preference

In the event of a liquidating transaction as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association as 1) a winding up or other dissolution of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, 2) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, 3) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or assets of its subsidiaries, or 4) government policies promulgated or interpreted after the closing that prohibit investment or exit of the Company by foreign investors, provided, that, in the case of 2) and 3), only when such merger, acquisition or sale implies a valuation of the Company on a fully diluted basis of less than US$550,000, available assets and funds are distributed as following manner.

The holders of Series E, Series D, Series B and Series A preferred shares are entitled to receive an amount equal to i) 110% prior to or on December 28, 2017 or ii) 120% from January 1, 2018, 150%, 150% and

 

F-47

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Liquidation preference (Continued)

 

200%, respectively, of the issue price as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events, and plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon minus all paid cash or non-cash dividends and distributions paid thereon since issue date). If the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make the payment of the amount in full, then the assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably to the holders of preferred shares in proportion to the amount each holder would otherwise be entitled to receive in order of 1) Series E, 2) Series D, 3) Series B and then 4) Series A.

If the liquidating transaction is a qualified merger or acquisition of the Company in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each case, which implies i) an equity valuation of the Group of US$300,000 or higher, the distribution to the holders of Series B and Series A preferred shares shall be reduced to 0% of issue price or ii) an equity valuation of the Group of US$250,000 or higher, but lower than US$300,000, the distribution to the holders of Series B and Series A preferred shares shall be reduced to 100% of issue price as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

After the full amount has been paid to holders of Series E, Series D, Series B and Series A, any remaining funds or assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of preferred shares on an as-converted basis together with the holders of the ordinary shares.

Conversion rights

Each share of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the issuance of such shares, and each share can be converted into one ordinary share of the Company. The conversion is subject to adjustments for certain events, including but not limited to additional equity securities issuance share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares. The conversion price is also subject to adjustment in the event the Company issues additional ordinary shares at a price per share that is less than such conversion price. In such case, the conversion price shall be reduced to adjust for dilution on a weighted average basis.

In addition, each share of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares would automatically be converted into ordinary shares of the Company (i) upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s shares or (ii) upon the election of holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

Anti-dilution provision

Pursuant to the provisions of Series B Agreement, there is an anti-dilution provision which prevents the original ownership interest of ordinary shares, Series B preferred shares and Series B preferred share warrants (as if converted into Series B preferred shares) owned by Investors B to be diluted.

In May 2011, the Company issued 457,611 ordinary shares of the Company to Mr. Cong and Mr. Liu in exchange for Mr. Cong and Mr. Liu would procure the grant of an exclusive reseller agreement from Baidu Online Network Technology (Beijing) Co. Ltd. (“Baidu”) for Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and Singapore for a period up to December 31, 2012. In accordance with the Series B Agreement, the issuance of the

 

F-48

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Anti-dilution provision (Continued)

 

ordinary shares was considered an event which triggered the anti-dilution provision. As a result, the Company was required to issue additional 100,452 ordinary shares and 55,807 Series B preferred shares and to amend the conversion price of Series B preferred share warrants to maintain the original ownership interests of these ordinary shares, preferred shares and preferred shares warrants owned by Investors B. There were no beneficial conversion features for the issuance of additional Series B preferred shares and the value of the additional ordinary shares and Series B preferred shares issued amounted to US$421 and US$320, respectively, was charged to additional paid-in capital as a deemed dividend.

Although the anti-dilution provision was triggered in May 2011, the Company only issued the additional ordinary shares and Series B preferred shares in May 2013. Accordingly, the Company recorded such obligation to issue additional ordinary shares and Series B preferred shares as liabilities until the corresponding ordinary shares and preferred shares were issued in May 2013.

Redemption right

The Series A and B preferred shares are redeemable at any time after the earlier of: (i) the 4th anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series A Agreement and Series B Agreement, respectively; or (ii) the occurrence of a material breach as defined in the subscription agreements.

The holders of Series C preferred shares can redeem the preferred shares at any time after the earlier of: (i) the 2^nd anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series C Agreement; (ii) the occurrence of any liquidating transaction as defined in the subscription agreements; (iii) Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, ceasing to exert day-to-day management and operational control over the Group; or (iv) any holder of the Series B preferred shares or the Series A preferred shares or the Series D preferred shares or the Series E preferred shares electing for redemption.

The holders of Series D preferred shares can redeem the preferred shares at any time after the earlier of: (i) the 2^nd anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series D preferred shares; (ii) the occurrence of any liquidating transaction as defined in the subscription agreements; (iii) Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, ceasing to exert day-to-day management and operational control over the Group; (iv) the occurrence of material breach of any warranty and covenants specified in the Series D Agreement; or (v) any holder of the Series A, Series B, or Series C preferred shares electing for redemption.

The holders of Series E preferred shares can redeem the preferred shares at any time after the earlier of: (i) the occurrence of any liquidating transaction as defined in the subscription agreements; (i) the failure of the Group to achieve the following targets: (1) the audited consolidated revenues from the principal business (excluding any non-operating and non-recurring revenue) of the Group as of and for the twelve months ending on December 31, 2017 being no less than US$200,000; and (2) the audited consolidated revenues from the principal business (excluding any non-operating and non-recurring revenue) of the Group as of and for the twelve months ending on December 31, 2018 being no less than US$300,000; (iii) the termination of the employment with the relevant Group Company by Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, Tang Jian or Lee, Yanshu before the consummation of a Qualified IPO as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (i.e. the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company of its ordinary shares for its own account that results in such securities being listed or registered on NASDAQ, New York Stock Exchange, Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the Shenzhen Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange or such other international recognized stock exchange approved in writing by

 

F-49

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Redemption right (Continued)

 

certain of its preferred shareholders with an implied market capitalization of the Company immediately prior to such offering of not less than US$600 million; and which results in aggregate net proceeds to the Company of not less than US$150 million); (iv) the failure of the Company to consummate a Qualified IPO prior to or on June 30, 2018 (iv) the occurrence of material breach of any warranty and covenants specified in the Series E Agreement; or (v) any holder of the Series A, Series B, Series C or Series D preferred shares electing for redemption.

The redemption price for Series A and B preferred shares is equal to the greater of (1) 200% or 150%, respectively, of the original issue price (plus all declared but unpaid dividends) or (2) the fair market value of the preferred shares subject to redemption as determined by an independent appraiser. With respect to the redemption price for Series C preferred shares, it is equal to 200% of the original issue price (proportionally adjusted for share splits and stack dividends). For the redemption price for Series D preferred shares, it shall be equal to the greater of (1) a price reflecting an implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company at US$500,000, (2) the highest redemption price that would have been received by any other shareholders of the Company if their shares have become redeemable (proportionally adjusted for share splits and stack dividends), or (3) a price reflecting the implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company used in any liquidating transaction as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. For the redemption price for Series E preferred shares is equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the Series E issue price, plus 9.5% annual compound interest thereon calculated from the Series E original issue date to the date of receipt of the Series E redemption price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like, or (2) the highest redemption price that would have been received by any other shareholder of the Company if their shares have become redeemable, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, or (3) a price reflecting the implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company used in any Liquidating Transaction as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

Upon the completion of Series D Agreement, the redemption date of Series A, A-1, B, B-1 and C preferred share was changed to December 30, 2016. The redemption date of Series A, A-1, B, C and D preferred share was further changed to December 28, 2018 upon the completion Series E Agreement. Such change was considered as a modification and no gain or loss was recorded. However, considered the modification was occurred in connection with the issuance of Series D preferred shares and Series E preferred shares, there was a transfer of value from the existing preferred shareholders to new preferred shareholders and ordinary shareholders. With respect to the modification relating to the issuance of Series D preferred share, the transfer of value was considered insignificant. For the modification relating to the issuance of Series E preferred share, the transfer of value was recorded from additional paid in capital to retained earnings. Furthermore, due to the change of redemption date of Series C preferred share to December 28, 2018, the corresponding derivatives liabilities relating to the redemption feature were reclassified from current liabilities to non-current liabilities as of December 31, 2016.

The Company has determined that the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares should be classified as mezzanine equity after considering the features of the preferred shares as described above. The conversion features and redemption features as mentioned below, Series A Warrants, Series A-1 Warrants and Series B Warrants are initially measured at its fair value and the initial carrying value for Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares is allocated on a residual basis as the warrants are liability classified. There were no beneficial conversion features for the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares.

 

F-50

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Redemption right (Continued)

 

The Company has determined that conversion feature embedded in the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, D and E preferred share is required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities as the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded conversion are not clearly and closely related to that of the preferred shares and there is a mechanism in place for net settlement. However, Series C preferred shares does not have a mechanism in place for net settlement and therefore, bifurcation is considered unnecessary.

The Company has also determined the redemption feature embedded in the Series C, D and E preferred shares is required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities as the economic characteristics and risk of the embedded redemption features are not clearly and closely related to that of the preferred shares. For Series A, A-1, B and B-1 preferred shares, the corresponding redemption feature is not required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities as the economic characteristic and risk of the embedded redemption feature are clearly and closely related to that of the preferred shares.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the fair values of these conversion features and redemption features which required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities are as follows:

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Financial derivatives — conversion features			61,049				56,916
Financial derivatives — redemption features			2,675				3,968
			63,724				60,884
Less: current portion			(63,724	)			(60,525	)
Non-current portion			—				359

Due to the redemption features described above with respect to Series A, A-1, B and B-1 preferred shares, the Company recognizes the changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur by way of accreting their respective carrying amounts to the redemption value to the first redemption date, using the effective interest method. The accretion is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid in capital. Once additional paid-in capital has been exhausted, additional charges are recorded by increasing the accumulated deficit of the Company.

In determining the fair value of these preferred shares for purposes of determining the conversion feature and redemption feature as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, a business valuation of the Company was estimated. Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach, and such approach involves certain significant estimates which are as follows:

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Terminal growth rate			3.0%				3.0%
Weighted average cost of capital			16.2%				18.3%
Growth rate on average spending per customer			2.2% - 22.7%				3.0% - 19.0%

 

F-51

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

 

Series A

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Beginning balance			5,179				5,487
Accretion to redemption value			308				110
Ending balance			5,487				5,597

Series B

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Beginning balance			20,932				9,145
Accretion to redemption value			2,385				662
Buy back of preference shares			(14,172	)			—
Ending balance			9,145				9,807

Series C

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Carrying amount			10,733				10,733

Series D

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Carrying amount			43,956				43,956

Series E

 

		Years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Issuance of preferred shares			—				18,845

The Company has determined that there was no beneficial conversion feature attributable to the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares because the accounting conversion of these preferred shares upon issuance were higher than the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as determined by the Company with the assistance from an independent valuation.

 

17	Redeemable ordinary shares

On December 30, 2014, concurrent with the issuance of Series D preferred shares to Investor D, the Company issued 742,320 ordinary shares to Investor D at US$16.17 per share, of which 99,022 shares were transferred from treasury shares held by the Company and 643,298 shares were newly issued shares. The aggregate consideration was US$12,000.

 

F-52

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

17	Redeemable ordinary shares (Continued)

 

Investor D shall have an option to require the Company to repurchase all of the ordinary shares if a qualified IPO is not consummated by the 2^nd anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series D preferred shares. The redemption price shall equal to the issue price, plus accrued interest at a non-compound interest rate of 18% per annum for each of 2015 and 2016, and 12% per annum for 2017. The redeemable date of the ordinary shares was further changed to December 28, 2018 upon the completion of Series E Agreement. The change in value of such modification was insignificant.

As these ordinary shares are contingently redeemable, they are classified as mezzanine equity. The Company recognizes the accretion charge using the effective interest method.

 

18	Ordinary shares

The Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association authorizes the Company to issue 38,350,000 and 37,150,000 shares of US$0.001 par value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively. Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote in shareholders meeting of the Company. The holders of ordinary shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, which is subject to the approval by the holders of the number of ordinary shares and Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares representing a majority of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were 14,465,124 and 14,970,029 ordinary shares outstanding, respectively.

At the time the Company adopted the 2010 Employee Share Option Plan (the “2010 Share Option Plan”), the Company, together with the then shareholders, also decided to allot ordinary shares with par value of US$0.001 to Arda Holdings Limited (“Arda”), a British Virgin Islands company owned by the Group’s chairman and chief executive officer at no consideration. Arda will only hold these ordinary shares on trust for the benefit of the employees who are under the 2010 Share Option Plan and the dealing of these ordinary shares is under the direction of the board of directors of the Company. The Company considered Arda to be a variable interest entity as this entity has no equity at risk. The Company further considered that it is the primary beneficiary because the purchase of Arda is to hold treasury shares on behalf of the Company and the dealings of those transactions are under the direction of the Company’s board of directors. Given the structure of this arrangement, while these ordinary shares have been legally issued, they do not bear the attributes of unrestricted, issued and outstanding shares. Therefore, the ordinary shares issued to Arda are accounted for as treasury shares of the Company until these ordinary shares are earned by the Company’s employees, officers, directors or consultants for service provided to the Group. The Company allotted 627,811 shares during the year the 2010 Share Option Plan was adopted, and 1,293,364 and 788,459 shares during the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 to Arda. Arda does not hold any other assets or liabilities as at December 31, 2015 and 2016, nor earn any income nor incur any expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

In addition to the share allotted to Arda which are accounted for as treasury shares, the Company has also purchased certain ordinary shares from shareholders during the year ended December 31, 2015 and they are summarized as follows:

 

Purchase date		Purchase consideration				Shares purchased
January 2015			7,500				484,286

 

F-53

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

19	Share-based compensation

 

(a)	Share option plan

The Company’s 2010 Share Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive share options to the Company’s employees, officers, directors or consultants. The Company’s board of directors administers the 2010 Share Option Plan, selects the individuals to whom options will be granted, determines the number of options to be granted, and the term and exercise price of each option.

During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Company granted share options to non-employees, employees, officers and directors of the Group. These options were granted with exercise prices denominated in the US$, which is the functional currency of the Company. The table below sets forth information regarding share options granted over the years:

 

Grant Date		Number of shares				Term (year)				Vesting period (year)				Exercise price at grant date (US$)
January 1, 2015 (Note ii)			6,000				0.16				0.00				6.0000
January 1, 2015 (Note ii)			18,500				0.16				0.00				1.8227
January 1, 2015 (Note ii)			11,938				0.16				0.00				2.1669
January 1, 2015			206,845				10.01				4.00				8.1300
February 1, 2015 (Note i)			10,000				10.17				4.16				16.1700
June 30, 2015			36,000				10.01				4.00				16.1700
July 6, 2015			25,000				10.25				4.24				20.0000
July 6, 2015			15,000				11.25				5.24				20.0000
August 1, 2015 (Note iii)			58,058				10.01				1.67				0.3224
August 1, 2015 (Note iv)			25,308				10.01				1.75				0.4299
August 1, 2015 (Note v)			7,444				10.01				2.25				0.8598
August 1, 2015 (Note vi)			49,871				10.01				2.33				1.0748
August 1, 2015 (Note vii)			32,750				10.01				2.67				1.2897
August 1, 2015 (Note vii)			10,421				10.01				2.67				0.4299
August 1, 2015 (Note viii)			82,995				10.01				3.33				1.6122
August 1, 2015 (Note ix)			11,165				10.01				3.42				0.2687
August 1, 2015 (Note x)			78,156				10.01				3.67				2.6869
August 1, 2015 (Note xi)			147,007				10.01				3.83				4.0304
August 1, 2015 (Note xii)			21,884				10.01				4.00				5.3739
December 31, 2015			113,311				10.01				0.00				0.0100
April 1, 2016			32,200				10.25				4.00				20.0000
April 1, 2016			79,116				10.25				4.00				6.0000
July 1, 2016			10,000				10.00				4.00				20.0000
July 1, 2016			1,000				10.00				4.00				12.0000

 

(i)

The Company modified certain terms of the options previously granted which these modifications were related to either the vesting period or the exercise price. The incremental costs resulting from such modifications were assessed to be insignificant.

(ii)

These share options were granted to employees for their past services and immediately vested on grant date. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during January 1, 2015 to February 28, 2015.

 

F-54

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

19	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

(iii)

58.33% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 41.67% of the options are vested over a 1.67 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to March 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(iv)

56.25% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 43.75% of the options are vested over a 1.75 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to April 30, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(v)

43.75% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 56.25% of the options are vested over a 2.25 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to October 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(vi)

41.67% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 58.3% of the options are vested over a 2.33 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to November 30, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(vii)

33.67% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 66.33% of the options are vested over a 2.67 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to March 31, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(viii)

16.67% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 83.33% of the options are vested over a 3.33 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to November 30, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(ix)

14.58% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 85.42% of the options are vested over a 3.42 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to December 31, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(x)

8.33% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 91.67% of the options are vested over a 3.67 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to March 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(xi)

4.17% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 95.83% of the options are vested over a 3.83 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to May 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(xii)

The options are vested over a 4 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to May 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

 

F-55

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

19	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the share option activity for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016:

 

		Number of shares				Weighted average exercise price ($)				Weighted average grant date fair value (US$)				Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)				Aggregate intrinsic value (US$’000)
Outstanding at January 1, 2015			876,052				5.13								8.22				7,854
Granted			967,653				4.58				14.66
Exercised			(127,997	)			2.91
Forfeited			(123,265	)			6.12
Outstanding at December 31, 2015			1,592,443				4.90								8.58				23,641
At January 1, 2016			1,592,443				4.90								8.58				23,641
Granted			122,316				10.42				13.81
Exercised			(68,135	)			2.51
Forfeited			(154,439	)			7.14
At December 31, 2016			1,492,185				5.23								7.80				18,631
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2016			1,083,293				4.25				9.64				7.15				14,494
Exercisable to vest at December 31, 2016			928,597				3.68				10.77				7.44				12,615

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant. If necessary, forfeitures are revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Based upon the Company’s historical and expected forfeitures for share options granted, the directors of the Company estimated that its future forfeiture rate would be 34% and 9% for employees and 26% and 0% for senior management in 2015 and 2016 respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 and the exercise price.

All share-based payments to employees are measured based on their grant-date fair values. Compensation expense is recognized based on the vesting schedule over the requisite service period. Total fair values of options vested and recognized as expenses as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 were US$6,494 and US$3,688 respectively.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were 150,000 share options granted to certain employees which the vesting was subject to the earlier occurrence of any of the following events, either: the Company being approved to be listed on a stock exchange with an expected market capitalization of no less than US$500,000; or (ii) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its subsidiaries at a valuation of US$500,000 or above in which the shareholders of the Company shall no longer hold a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation; or (iii) the Company achieves a gross profit of US$50,000, for the financial year ended December 31, 2015.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were US$5,439 and US$5,647 of unrecognized share-based compensation expenses related to share options, which were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average vesting period of 2.51 and 2.20 years, respectively. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from the Company’s estimate, the actual share-based compensation related to these awards may be different from the expectation.

 

F-56

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

19	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

The binomial option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of the share options granted to employees and non-employees. The fair values of share options granted during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 were estimated using the following assumptions:

 

Grant Date		Risk-free interest rate (Note i)				Dividend yield (Note ii)				Volatility rate (Note iii)				Expected term (in years) (Note iv)
January 1, 2015			0.09	%			0	%			47.34	%			NA
January 1, 2015			2.37	%			0	%			53.47	%			NA
February 1, 2015			1.88	%			0	%			54.55	%			NA
June 30, 2015			2.57	%			0	%			52.87	%			NA
July 6, 2015			2.53	%			0	%			52.60	%			NA
July 6, 2015			2.58	%			0	%			52.64	%			NA
August 1, 2015			2.34	%			0	%			52.78	%			NA
December 31, 2015			2.52	%			0	%			55.54	%			NA
April 1, 2016			2.00	%			0	%			49.37	%			NA
July 1, 2016			1.62	%			0	%			50.52	%			NA

Notes:

 

(i)

The risk-free interest rate of periods within the contractual life of the share option is based on the yield of US Treasury Strips sourced from Bloomberg as of the valuation dates.

(ii)

The Company has no history or expectation of paying dividends on its ordinary shares.

(iii)

Expected volatility is estimated based on the average of historical volatilities of the comparable companies in the same industry as at the valuation dates.

(iv)

The time to expire is assumed to be the option’s contractual term while early exercise multiples, being 2.2x and 2.8x for general staff and management staff, respectively, and post-vesting employment termination behavior have been factored into the model to derive the fair values of the share options.

 

(b)	Repurchase of shares from a shareholder

During 2015, the Company repurchased 318,931 shares from a shareholder with an amount of US$4,138 who is also an employee of the Company. The excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the shares amounting to US$179 was recognized as expenses as of December 31, 2015.

 

(c)	Issuance of shares to certain employees with performance conditions

On December 28, 2016, the Company authorized and communicated the issuance of restricted ordinary shares of 1,068,114 and 801,086 of the Company to certain employees upon fulfillment of certain performance conditions for the fiscal years of 2017 and 2018, respectively and these employees have to be remained employed by the Company. Considering the likelihood of achieving the performance conditions are not probable as of December 31, 2016, no share-based compensation expense has been recorded. Total fair value of these shares were US$32,869. Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach, and such approach involves certain significant estimates. They are terminal growth rate of 3.0%, weighted average cost of

 

F-57

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

19	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(c)	Issuance of shares to certain employees with performance conditions (Continued)

 

capital of 18.3% and growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 3.0% to 19.0%. In addition, none of these restricted ordinary shares were vested, forfeited, and expired during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

(d)	Issuance of shares to certain employees

On December 28, 2016, the Company and three of the Company’s shareholders agreed to transfer a total of 998,338 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares held by them to certain employees of the Company at no cost for services previously provided for. The fair value of the shares transferred and the corresponding share-based compensation expense and additional paid in capital was US$17,555 and included in general and administrative expenses. In determining the fair value of shares of the Company transferred to these employees, a business valuation of the Company was performed by management with the assistance of an external valuer. Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach, and such approach involves certain significant estimates. They are terminal growth rate of 3.0%, weighted average cost of capital of 18.3% and growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 3.0% to 19.0%.

Total compensation costs recognized for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are as follows:

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Cost of revenues			80				52
Research and development			1,526				985
Sales and marketing			4,099				2,160
General and administrative expenses			789				18,047
Total			6,494				21,244

 

20	Other gains/(losses), net

 

		For the year ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Fair value gain on re-measurement of previously held equity interests in Buzzinate (Note 4(a))			1,161				—
Net exchange loss			(923	)			(1,147	)
Management fee income			375				—
Others			178				65
Total			791				(1,082	)

 

F-58

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

21	Income tax

 

(i)	Cayman Islands

Under the current tax laws of Cayman Islands, the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Besides, upon payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

(ii)	Hong Kong profits tax

Entities incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to Hong Kong profits tax at a rate of 16.5% on the estimated assessable profit for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

 

(iii)

PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”)

The Company’s subsidiaries and VIEs in China are governed by the Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”). Pursuant to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, enterprises in China are generally subjected to tax at a statutory rate of 25%.

In addition, according to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, foreign enterprises, which have no establishment or place in the PRC but derive dividends, interest, rents, royalties and other income (including capital gains) from sources in the PRC shall be subject to PRC withholding tax (“WHT”) at 10% (a further reduced WHT rate may be available according to the applicable double tax treaty or arrangement). The 10% WHT is applicable to any dividends to be distributed from the Group’s PRC subsidiaries to the Group’s overseas companies unless otherwise exempted pursuant to applicable tax treaties or tax arrangements between the PRC government and the government of other jurisdiction which the WHT is reduced to 5%.

Although there are undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC that are available for distribution to the Company, the undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries located in the PRC are considered to be indefinitely reinvested, because the Group does not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on its ordinary shares in the foreseeable future and intends to retain most of its available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of its business. Accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been accrued for the Chinese dividend withholding taxes that would be payable upon the distribution of those amounts to the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. The undistributed earnings from the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 amounted US$222 and US$305 would be due if these earnings were remitted as dividends as of December 31, 2015 and 2016. An estimated foreign withholding taxes of US$22 and US$31 would be due if these earnings were remitted as dividends as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Composition of income tax expense

The current and deferred portions of income tax expense included in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss are as follows:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Current income tax expense			737				1,283
Deferred tax benefits			(1,292	)			(1,061	)
Income tax (benefit)/expense			(555	)			222

 

F-59

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

21	Income tax (Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred taxes were measured using the enacted tax rates for the periods in which they are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax asset balances as of December 31, 2015 and 2016 are as follows:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Deferred tax assets — current
Tax losses carried forward			76				—
Deferred tax assets — non-current
Tax losses carried forward			5,804				6,838
Share-based payments			646				682
Less: Valuation allowance			(5,804	)			(6,838	)
			646				682
			722				682
Deferred tax liabilities — current
Acquired intangible assets			(1,039	)			(1,039	)
Others			(22	)			(28	)
			(1,061	)			(1,067	)
Deferred tax liabilities — non-current
Acquired intangible assets			(3,677	)			(2,638	)
Others			(28	)			—
			(3,705	)			(2,638	)
			(4,766	)			(3,705	)

 

(a)

Valuation allowance is provided against deferred tax assets when the Group determines that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized in the future. In making such determination, the Group considered factors including future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and tax loss carry forwards. Valuation allowance was provided for net operating loss carry forward because it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized based on the Group’s estimate of its future taxable income. If events occur in the future that allow the Group to realize more of its deferred income tax than the presently recorded amounts, an adjustment to the valuation allowances will result in a decrease in tax expense when those events occur.

Movement of valuation allowance is as follows:

 

		December 31,
		2015				2016
Beginning balance			3,462				5,804
Additions			2,342				1,034
Ending balance			5,804				6,838

 

F-60

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

21	Income tax (Continued)

 

Tax loss carryforwards

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Group had tax loss carryforwards of approximately US$24,356 and US$28,201, respectively, which can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. The net operating tax loss carry forwards will begin to expire as follows:

 

		2015				2016
2016			286				—
2017			3,321				1,993
2018			1,746				1,630
2019			2,423				1,709
2020			13,226				12,344
2021			—				8,025
Tax loss with no expiry			3,354				2,500
			24,356				28,201

In accordance with PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the PRC tax authorities generally have up to five years to claw back underpaid tax plus penalties and interest for PRC entities’ tax filings. In the case of tax evasion, which is not clearly defined in the law, there is no limitation on the tax years open for investigation. Accordingly, the PRC entities’ tax years from 2010 to 2016 remain subject to examination by the tax authorities. There were no ongoing examinations by tax authorities as of December 31, 2015 and 2016.

Reconciliation between the expense of income taxes computed by applying the statutory tax rate to loss before income taxes and the actual provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Tax benefit calculated at Hong Kong statutory tax rate (Note i)			(6,553	)			(4,509	)
Effect of differences between Hong Kong statutory tax rate and foreign effective tax rates			(527	)			213
Non-taxable other income			(448	)			(738	)
Non-deductible expenses			4,684				4,208
Valuation allowance			2,342				1,034
Others			(53	)			14
Income tax (benefit)/expense			(555	)			222

Note:

 

(i)

The Group’s major operation, prior to the acquisition of OptAim, was conducted out of Hong Kong. Accordingly, the Group prepared its tax rate reconciliation starting with the Hong Kong statutory tax rate.

 

F-61

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

22	Basic and diluted net loss per share

 

(a)	Revision to previously issued financial statements

These financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2015 are being revised to correct misstatements related to the accounting of the deemed contribution in calculating the basic and diluted loss per share. As previously reported, the Company accounted for the difference of US$2,591 between the purchase price over the carrying value of Series B-1 preferred shares as deemed contribution from the Series B-1 preferred shareholders during the year ended December 31, 2015 and such deemed contribution was not accounted for in calculating the basic and diluted loss per share. The Company has revised the accounting treatment to account for the deemed contribution in calculating the basic and diluted loss per share.

The revision only has impact to the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and is reflected in the following table:

 

		For the year ended December 31, 2015
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss		As Previously Reported				Revision				As Revised
		US$’000				US$’000				US$’000
Net loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited’s ordinary shareholders			(44,388	)			2,591				(41,797	)
Net loss per share attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited
— Basic			(3.81	)			0.23				(3.58	)
— Diluted			(3.81	)			0.23				(3.58	)

 

(b)	Basic and diluted net loss per share

Basic and diluted net loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 are calculated as follows:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company			(39,714	)			(27,330	)
Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares redemption value			(2,692	)			(773	)
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value			(1,982	)			(1,556	)
Deemed contribution from Series B-1 preferred shareholders			2,591				—
Numerator of basic net loss per share			(41,797	)			(29,659	)
Denominator:
Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share
— weighted average shares outstanding			11,661,049				13,151,063
Basic net loss per share			(3.58	)			(2.26	)
Diluted net loss per share			(3.58	)			(2.26	)

 

F-62

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

22	Basic and diluted net loss per share (Continued)

 

(b)	Basic and diluted net loss per share (Continued)

 

The Company’s preferred shares are participating securities and as such would be included in the calculation of basic earnings per share under the two-class method. According to the contractual terms of the preferred shares, the preferred shares do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. Therefore no loss was allocated to the preferred shares in the computation of basic loss per share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016.

The preferred shares, share options and preferred share warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

The following ordinary shares equivalent were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Preferred shares — weighted average (thousands)			8,458				8,469
Share options — weighted average (thousands)			1,194				1,091
Redeemable ordinary shares — weighted average (thousands)			742				742

 

23	Related party transactions

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the amount due to a related party was as follows:

 

		December 31,
		2015				2016
Amount due to a related party
Amount due to a director			46				—

The amount due to a director represents cash advances from a director which was unsecured, interest-free and is repayable on demand. The amount due to a director has been settled during the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

F-63

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

24

Segment

The Company considers operating segments to be components of the Company in which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company has one business activity, and there are no segment managers who are held accountable for operations, operating results or plans for levels or components below the consolidated unit level. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it has a single operating and reportable segment. Revenue generated for the respective countries are summarized as follows:

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
PRC			30,505				71,214
Hong Kong			34,442				22,766
Others			295				1,377
			65,242				95,357

The Group’s long-lived assets are located in the following countries:

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
PRC			1,907				1,666
Hong Kong			985				637
Others			50				15
			2,942				2,318

 

25	Commitments and contingencies

 

(a)	Operating lease commitments

The Group leases facilities under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on different dates. The terms of substantially all of these leases are two years or less. Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of the respective leases.

Total office rental expenses under all operating leases were US$2,636,718 and US$3,024,404 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

As of December 31, 2016, future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases for office rental consist of the following:

 

2017			2,065
2018			1,435
			3,500

 

F-64

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

25	Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

 

(b)	Purchase commitments

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, no purchase commitments were related to the purchase of space for its online marketing services.

 

(c)	Litigation

In the ordinary course of the business, the Group is subject to periodic legal or administrative proceedings. As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Group is not a party to any legal or administrative proceedings which will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

26	Unaudited pro forma balance sheet and net loss per share

Upon the completion of a qualified initial public offering, the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares shall automatically be converted into ordinary shares. The unaudited pro-forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2016 assumes a qualified initial public offering has occurred and presents an adjusted financial position as if the conversion of all outstanding Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares into ordinary shares at the conversion ratio as described in Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements occurred on December 31, 2016.

The unaudited pro-forma basic and diluted net loss per share reflecting the effect to conversion of all outstanding Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares into ordinary shares into ordinary shares as if the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the year, or the date of issuance, whichever is later:

 

						For the year ended December 31, 2016
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited							(29,659	)
Accretion to convertible redeemable shares redemption value							773
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value							1,556
Fair value gain in derivatives liabilities							(3,995	)
Numerator for pro-forma basic and diluted net loss per share							(31,325	)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding							13,151,063
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series A preferred shares							2,493,018
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series B preferred shares							1,599,186
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series C preferred shares							1,889,249
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series D preferred shares							2,476,190
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series E preferred shares							1,068,114
Pro-forma effect of redeemable ordinary shares							742,320
Denominator for pro-forma basic and diluted net loss per share							23,419,140
Pro-forma net loss per share:
Basic							(1.34	)
Diluted							(1.34	)

 

F-65

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

26	Unaudited pro forma balance sheet and net loss per share (Continued)

 

The potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the calculation of above pro-forma dilutive net loss per share in the period presented where their inclusion would be anti-dilutive include options to purchase ordinary shares of 1,091,088, for the year ended December 31, 2016 on a weighted average basis.

 

27	Subsequent events

The Group evaluated subsequent events through May 18, 2017, the date on which these financial statements were issued.

 

28	Restricted net assets

Relevant PRC laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE incorporated in the PRC only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE in the PRC are required to annually appropriate 10% of their net after-tax income to the statutory general reserve fund prior to payment of any dividends, unless such reserve funds have reached 50% of their respective registered capital. As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE subsidiary incorporated in the PRC are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company either in the form of dividends, loans or advances. There are no significant differences between US GAAP and PRC accounting standards in connection with the reported net assets of the legally owned subsidiary in the PRC and the VIE. Even though the Company currently does not require any such dividends, loans or advances from the PRC entities for working capital and other funding purposes, the Company may in the future require additional cash resources from them due to changes in business conditions, to fund future acquisitions and development, or merely to declare and pay dividends or distributions to our shareholders. Except for the above, there is no other restriction on use of proceeds generated by the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE to satisfy any obligations of the Company.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the total restricted net assets of the Company’s subsidiaries, OptAim VIE and its subsidiary incorporated in PRC and subjected to restriction amounted to approximately US$3,714 and US$4,297, respectively. Even though the Company currently does not require any such dividends, loans or advances from the PRC entities for working capital and other funding purposes, the Company may in the future require additional cash resources from them due to changes in business conditions, to fund future acquisitions and development, or merely to declare and pay dividends or distributions to its shareholders. Except for the above and the amounts classified as restricted cash of US$1,000 and US$5,234 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively, there is no other restriction on the use of proceeds generated by the Company’s subsidiaries, VIEs and VIE subsidiaries to satisfy any obligations of the Company.

 

F-66

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION: CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY

Rules 12-04(a) and 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X require condensed financial information as to the financial position, cash flows and results of operations of a parent company as of and for the same periods for which the audited consolidated financial statements have been presented when the restricted net assets of the consolidated and unconsolidated subsidiaries together exceed 25% of consolidated net assets as of the end of the most recently completed fiscal year.

The following condensed financial statements of the Company have been prepared using the same accounting policies as set out in the Company’s consolidated financial statements except that the Company used the equity method to account for its investment in its subsidiaries and VIEs. Such investment is presented on the separate condensed balance sheets of the Company as “Investment in subsidiaries and VIEs” and “Accumulated losses in excess of investment in subsidiaries and VIEs.” The Company, its subsidiaries and VIEs were included in the consolidated financial statements whereby the inter-company balances and transactions were eliminated upon consolidation. The Company’s share of income from its subsidiaries and VIEs is reported as share of income from subsidiaries and VIEs in the condensed financial statements.

The Company is a Cayman Islands company and, therefore, is not subjected to income taxes for all years presented. The footnote disclosures contain supplemental information relating to the operations of the Company and, as such, these statements should be read in conjunction with the notes to the consolidated financial statements of the Company. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted.

As of December 31, 2015 and 2016, there were no material commitments or contingencies, significant provisions for long-term obligations or guarantees of the Company, except for those which have been separately disclosed in the consolidated financial statements, if any.

Inter-company charges, share-based compensation and other miscellaneous expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016, which were previously recognized at the parent company level, had been pushed down to the WFOE/VIE level given the majority of services were provided to the WFOE/VIE entities.

 

F-67

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		As of December 31,
		2015				2016
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			56				12,005
Amounts due from subsidiaries and VIEs			39,284				47,006
Other assets			13				15
Total current assets			39,353				59,026
Non-current asset
Investments in subsidiaries and VIEs			55,011				45,050
Total assets			94,364				104,076
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit
Current liabilities
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities			1,124				1,012
Derivative liabilities			63,724				60,525
Amounts due to subsidiaries and VIEs			2,235				2,109
Total current liabilities			67,083				63,646
Non-current liabilities
Derivative liabilities			—				359
Total non-current liabilities			—				359
Total liabilities			67,083				64,005
Commitments and contingencies			—				—

 

F-68

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

		2015				2016
Mezzanine equity
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 2,476,190 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$7,393 and US$6,737 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			5,487				5,597
Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 1,889,249 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$14,441 and US$14,625 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			9,145				9,807
Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,650,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 1,599,186 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$20,636 and US$22,288 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			10,733				10,733
Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 4,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; 2,493,018 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively; redemption amount of US$55,944 and US$58,874 as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			43,956				43,956
Series E convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,200,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016; 1,068,114 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016; redemption amount of US$20,000 as of December 31, 2016)			—				18,845
Redeemable ordinary shares (US$0.001 par value; 742,320 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015 and 2016, respectively)			13,889				15,445
Total mezzanine equity			83,210				104,383
Shareholders’ deficit
Ordinary shares			13				14
Treasury shares			(9,783	)			(2,468	)
Other shareholders’ deficit			(46,159	)			(61,858	)
Total shareholders’ deficit			(55,929	)			(64,312	)
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit			94,364				104,076

 

F-69

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		For the years ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Operating expenses
General and administrative expenses			(7,455	)			(21,655	)
Total operating expenses			(7,455	)			(21,655	)
Operating loss
Other gains, net			101				145
Fair value (loss)/gain on derivative liabilities			(19,390	)			3,995
Loss from subsidiaries and VIEs			(12,970	)			(9,815	)
Loss before income tax expense			(39,714	)			(27,330	)
Income tax expense			—				—
Net loss			(39,714	)			(27,330	)
Accretion to convertible redeemable preferred shares redemption value			(2,692	)			(773	)
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value			(1,982	)			(1,556	)
Net loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited’s ordinary shareholders			(44,388	)			(29,659	)
Net loss			(39,714	)			(27,330	)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax			(129	)			(139	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited			(39,843	)			(27,469	)

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AND 2016

		For the year ended December 31,
		2015				2016
Net cash used in operating activities			(86,738	)			(8,083	)
Net cash from financing activities			2,494				20,171
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents			(84,244	)			12,088

 

 

F-70

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016, AND JUNE 30, 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017				June 30, 2017 Pro-forma (Note 23) (Unaudited)
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			4				27,280				28,223				28,223
Restricted cash			5				5,234				2,000				2,000
Short-term investments			6				—				1,155				1,155
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful receivables of US$1,693 and US$678 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively			7				30,694				28,197				28,197
Rebates receivable							2,250				1,226				1,226
Prepaid media costs							34,409				20,939				20,939
Other current assets			8				3,055				3,581				3,581
Income tax receivable							47				—				—
Total current assets							102,969				85,321				85,321
Non-current assets
Deferred tax assets			20				682				863				863
Property and equipment, net			9				2,318				1,739				1,739
Intangible assets, net			10				14,804				12,689				12,689
Goodwill			11				48,496				48,496				48,496
Other assets			8				371				287				287
Total non-current assets							66,671				64,074				64,074
Total assets							169,640				149,395				149,395

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-71

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016, AND JUNE 30, 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017				June 30, 2017 Pro-forma (Note 23) (Unaudited)
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ deficit
Current liabilities
Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$28 and US$28 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)							9,189				3,581				3,581
Deferred revenue (including deferred revenue of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$11,878 and US$9,230 as December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			12				25,697				23,323				23,323
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities (including accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$404 and US$483 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			13				15,091				11,216				11,216
Derivative liabilities			15				60,525				75,342				—
Bank borrowings			14				12,982				9,595				9,595
Income tax payable							2,021				2,768				2,768
Total current liabilities							125,505				125,825				50,483
Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liabilities			20				3,705				3,676				3,676
Derivative liabilities			15				359				269				—
Total non-current liabilities							4,064				3,945				3,676
Total liabilities							129,569				129,770				54,159
Commitments and contingencies			22

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-72

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016, AND JUNE 30, 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017				June 30, 2017 Pro-forma (Note 23) (Unaudited)
Mezzanine equity
Series A convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 2,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 2,476,190 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$6,737 and US$7,290 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			15				5,597				5,654				—
Series B convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 3,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 1,889,249 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$14,625 and US$14,962 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			15				9,807				10,151				—
Series C convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,650,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 1,599,186 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$22,288 and US$23,163 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			15				10,733				10,733				—
Series D convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 4,500,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 2,493,018 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$58,874 and US$63,466 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			15				43,956				43,956				—
Series E convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.001 par value; 1,200,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; 1,068,114 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017; redemption amount of US$20,000 and US$27,547 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			15				18,845				18,845				—
Redeemable ordinary shares (US$0.001 par value; 742,320 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017)			16				15,445				16,287				—
Total mezzanine equity							104,383				105,626				—

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-73

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (CONTINUED)

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2016, AND JUNE 30, 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017				June 30, 2017 Pro-forma (Note 23) (Unaudited)
Shareholders’ (deficit)/equity
Ordinary shares (US$0.001 par value; 37,150,000 shares as of December 31 2016 and June 30, 2017; 13,609,208 and 13,629,344 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			17				14				14				24
Treasury shares (2,149,280 and 2,129,144 shares as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively)			17				(2,468	)			(2,176	)			(2,176	)
Additional paid-in capital							65,687				66,122				247,349
Statutory reserves							81				81				81
Accumulated other comprehensive losses							(3,241	)			(3,412	)			(3,412	)
Accumulated deficit							(124,385	)			(146,630	)			(146,630	)
Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity							(64,312	)			(86,001	)			95,236
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ (deficit)/equity							169,640				149,395				149,395

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-74

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				June 30, 2016				June 30, 2017
Net revenues							45,269				55,741
Cost of revenues							(28,003	)			(42,431	)
Gross profit							17,266				13,310
Operating expenses
Research and development expenses							(4,426	)			(3,234	)
Sales and marketing expenses							(14,083	)			(12,205	)
General and administrative expenses							(4,936	)			(4,509	)
Total operating expenses							(23,445	)			(19,948	)
Operating loss							(6,179	)			(6,638	)
Interest expense							(290	)			(286	)
Other (losses)/gains, net			19				(69	)			7
Fair value loss on derivative liabilities							(177	)			(14,727	)
Loss before income tax expense							(6,715	)			(21,644	)
Income tax benefit/(expense)			20				129				(601	)
Net loss							(6,586	)			(22,245	)
Accretion to convertible redeemable preferred shares redemption value							(381	)			(401	)
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value							(757	)			(842	)
Net loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited’s ordinary shareholders							(7,724	)			(23,488	)
Net loss							(6,586	)			(22,245	)
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of US$nil tax							(78	)			(171	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited							(6,664	)			(22,416	)
Net loss per share attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited
— Basic			21				(0.59	)			(1.72	)
— Diluted			21				(0.59	)			(1.72	)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in per share calculation:
— Basic			21				13,130,027				13,618,905
— Diluted			21				13,130,027				13,618,905

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-75

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Ordinary shares								Treasury shares
		Number of shares				Amount				Number of shares				Amount				Additional paid-in capital				Accumulated deficit				Statutory reserves				Accumulated other comprehensive losses				Total shareholders’ deficit
Balance as of January 1, 2016			13,104,300				13				2,654,188				(9,783	)			53,917				(97,055	)			81				(3,102	)			(55,929	)
Reissuance of treasury shares upon exercise of employee share options			53,388				—				(53,388	)			774				(663	)			—				—				—				111
Share-based compensation expense			—				—				—				—				1,863				—				—				—				1,863
Preferred shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(381	)			—				—				—				(381	)
Redeemable ordinary shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(757	)			—				—				—				(757	)
Net loss for the period			—				—				—				—				—				(6,586	)			—				—				(6,586	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(78	)			(78	)
Balance as of June 30, 2016			13,157,688				13				2,600,800				(9,009	)			53,979				(103,641	)			81				(3,180	)			(61,757	)
Balance as of January 1, 2017			13,609,208				14				2,149,280				(2,468	)			65,687				(124,385	)			81				(3,241	)			(64,312	)
Reissuance of treasury shares upon exercise of employee share options			20,136				—				(20,136	)			292				(245	)			—				—				—				47
Share-based compensation expense			—				—				—				—				1,923				—				—				—				1,923
Preferred shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(401	)			—				—				—				(401	)
Redeemable ordinary shares accretion			—				—				—				—				(842	)			—				—				—				(842	)
Net loss for the period			—				—				—				—				—				(22,245	)			—				—				(22,245	)
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(171	)			(171	)
Balance as of June 30, 2017			13,629,344				14				2,129,144				(2,176	)			66,122				(146,630	)			81				(3,412	)			(86,001	)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-76

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Cash flows from operating activities
Net loss			(6,586	)			(22,245	)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities
Depreciation of property and equipment			758				719
Amortization of intangible assets			2,144				2,115
Allowance for doubtful accounts			—				15
Share-based compensation			1,863				1,923
Fair value loss on derivative liabilities			177				14,727
Deferred tax			(525	)			(211	)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivable			(3,011	)			2,482
Prepayments and other assets			(1,167	)			(441	)
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities			(1,760	)			(3,875	)
Deferred revenue			4,965				(2,374	)
Rebates receivables			287				1,024
Prepaid media costs			(1,207	)			13,470
Accounts payable			1,490				(5,608	)
Income tax receivable/payable			353				793
Net cash (used in)/ provided by operating activities			(2,219	)			2,514
Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property and equipment			(372	)			(139	)
Purchase of intangible assets			(2	)			—
Decrease/(increase) in short-term investments			1,552				(1,155	)
(Increase)/decrease in restricted cash			(601	)			3,234
Net cash provided by investing activities			577				1,940

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-77

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2016 AND 2017

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from exercise of share options			112				48
Proceeds from bank borrowings			3,521				—
Repayments of bank borrowings			(1,447	)			(3,387	)
Repayment of amounts due to related parties			(46	)			—
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities			2,140				(3,339	)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents			498				1,115
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period			10,395				27,280
Effect on exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			(64	)			(172	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period			10,829				28,223
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Interests paid			(290	)			(286	)
Cash paid for income taxes			(23	)			(13	)
Accretion to Series A preferred shares redemption value			54				57
Accretion to Series B preferred shares redemption value			327				344
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value			757				842

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F-78

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities

 

(a)	Organization and nature of operation

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the Group. The Company was incorporated under the law of Cayman Islands as a limited company on February 3, 2010. The Group is principally engaged in the provision of online marketing services. The Group’s principal operations and geographic market are in Greater China and have offices in Hong Kong and the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). There are also sales teams in Singapore and the United Kingdom.

In January 2009, the business of the Group was established in Hong Kong with a primary focus on search engine marketing and optimization. The Group formed the research and development team in Hong Kong to design and build the Group’s proprietary platform for online marketing. The Group’s platform is a cross-channel, cross-device and cross-geography programmatic digital marketing platform that addresses comprehensively the needs of advertisers who want to acquire and retain online customers in Greater China. The platform also enables marketers to combine performance-based marketing and brand awareness building through its dynamic retargeting technology. Key functions include aggregating the right media source for maximizing inventory reach; audience builder for producing effective targeting solutions through data crunching and machine learning; programmatic optimization to dynamically enhance campaign performance; and data analysis and reporting for cross-channel budget allocation optimization.

The Group established an office in Beijing and Shanghai, respectively, in 2010 and in the same year the Group opened a research and development center in Beijing for the development of optimization algorithms to step up the Group’s efforts in cross-platform optimization. This facility was further expanded in 2011. The Group added an office in Shenzhen in early 2011 and further expanded into Southeast Asia when the Group set up operations in Singapore and Taiwan in that year. The Group also has sales representatives in the United Kingdom.

In November 2014, the Company entered into a sale and purchase agreement (“SPA”) with Buzzinate Company Limited (“Buzzinate”) and its shareholders and acquired 33.3% equity interest in Buzzinate as the first tranche, at a cash consideration of US$750. In the SPA, the Company has also agreed to purchase up to 57.1% equity interests in Buzzinate in stages from April 2015 to April 2016, with an option exercisable by the Company to accelerate the purchase of up to 57.1% equity interests in Buzzinate. In February 2015, the Company exercised such option and purchased up to 57.1% equity interest, and at the same time purchased the remaining 42.9% equity interest in Buzzinate by issuing 142,151 shares of the Company. As a result, Buzzinate became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company since February 2015.

In July 2015, the Company, entered into a SPA with OptAim Limited (“OptAim”) and its shareholders where the Company agreed to subscribe for the entire equity interests in OptAim, with certain operations of OptAim conducted through VIE arrangements. Upon completion of this transaction, OptAim and its subsidiaries become wholly-owned subsidiaries of the Company.

As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the Group had net current liabilities of US$22,536, and US$40,504, total shareholders’ deficit of US$64,312 and US$86,001 and accumulated deficit of US$124,385 and US$146,630. During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the Group incurred a net loss of US$6,586 and US$22,245 and a net operating cash (outflow)/inflow of US$(2,219) and US$2,514. In December 2016, the Company entered into an agreement to issue Series E preferred shares for a total cash consideration of US$20,000 and management considered such additional funding to

 

F-79

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(a)	Organization and nature of operation (Continued)

 

enable the Company to operate without significant curtailment of its operation and to meet its financial obligations as and when they fall due. As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the Group had violated certain financial covenants with respect to its bank borrowings extended by a bank as of December 31, 2016, however, the Group had obtained the necessary waiver letters subsequently such that the bank would not demand immediate repayment. The covenants are subjected to annual review. Accordingly, the management is of the opinion that the financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis.

The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries and consolidated VIEs and the VIE’s subsidiary (defined in Note 1(b)) as follows:

 

Name		Relationship		% of direct or indirect economic ownership		Date of incorporation		Place of incorporation/ establishment		Principal activities
Digital Marketing Group Limited		Subsidiary		100%		October 2006		Hong Kong		Dormant
Tetris Media Limited		Subsidiary		100%		July 2007		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
iClick Interactive Asia Limited		Subsidiary		100%		December 2008		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
Optimix Media Asia Limited		Subsidiary		100%		March 2009		Hong Kong		Investment holding
China Search (Asia) Limited		Subsidiary		100%		September 2010		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
Diablo Holdings Corporation		Subsidiary		100%		August 2010		British Virgin Islands (“BVI”)		Investment holding
Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation		Subsidiary		100%		August 2010		BVI		Investment holding
iClick Interactive (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		January 2011		Singapore		Internet marketing services and solutions
iClick Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		January 2011		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Search Asia Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		January 2011		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions

 

F-80

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(a)	Organization and nature of operation (Continued)

 

Name		Relationship		% of direct or indirect economic ownership		Date of incorporation		Place of incorporation/ establishment		Principal activities
i-Click Interactive Taiwan Limited Taiwan Branch		Subsidiary’s branch		100%		September 2011		Taiwan		Internet marketing services and solutions
Performance Media Group Limited		Subsidiary		100%		January 2013		Hong Kong		Internet marketing services and solutions
Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		July 2013		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Buzzinate Company Limited		Subsidiary		100%		March 2009		Hong Kong		Technology development
Buzzinate (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		July 2009		The PRC		Technology development service
OptAim Limited		Subsidiary		100%		July 2014		Cayman Islands		Investment holding
OptAim (HK) Limited		Subsidiary		100%		July 2014		Hong Kong		Investment holding
OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary		100%		November 2014		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.		VIE		100%		September 2012		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd.		VIE’s subsidiary		100%		September 2014		The PRC		Internet marketing services and solutions
Arda Holdings Limited		VIE		100%		May 2010		BVI		To hold treasury shares

 

(b)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary

When the Company acquired OptAim WFOE in July 2015, OptAim WFOE is considered as a foreign invested enterprise and any foreign ownership in advertising business was subject to certain restrictions

 

F-81

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(b)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary (Continued)

 

under the PRC laws and regulations at that time. To comply with the then-effective PRC laws and regulations, certain of the Group’s operations are conducted through Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“Beijing OptAim”) and Zhiyun Zhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai OptAim”) (or “OptAim VIE”). OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd, (“OptAim WFOE”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, or a wholly foreign owned enterprise (“WFOE”) of the Company entered into a series of contractual agreements among Beijing OptAim and Beijing OptAim’s legal shareholders.

OptAim VIE

The Company’s relationships with Beijing OptAim and its shareholders are governed by the following contractual arrangements:

 

•

Cooperative Agreement

Under the cooperative agreement between OptAim WFOE, Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim, OptAim WFOE has the exclusive right to provide to Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim, among others, technical consulting, technical support, business consulting, and appointment and dismissal of employees. OptAim WFOE will collect a fee from Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim to be determined at the sole discretion of OptAim WFOE. The term of this agreement will not expire unless OptAim WFOE provides prior written notice to Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim. There was no service fee paid and payable from Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim to OptAim WFOE for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2016 as Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim, in aggregated, have been incurring losses.

 

•

Purchase Option Agreement

The parties to the purchase option agreement are OptAim WFOE, Beijing OptAim and each of the shareholders of Beijing OptAim. Under the purchase option agreement, each of the shareholder of Beijing OptAim irrevocably granted OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of its equity interests in Beijing OptAim. OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s) have sole discretion as to when to exercise such options, either in part or in full. Without OptAim WFOE’s prior written consent, Beijing OptAim’s shareholders shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose their equity interests in Beijing OptAim. The agreement will not expire until all shares of Beijing OptAim are transferred to OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s).

 

•

Power of Attorney

Pursuant to the irrevocable power of attorney executed by the shareholders of Beijing OptAim, Beijing OptAim appointed OptAim WFOE as its attorney-in-fact to exercise all shareholders’ rights in Beijing OptAim, including, without limitation, the power to vote on all matters of Beijing OptAim requiring shareholder approval under PRC laws and regulations and the articles of association of Beijing OptAim. The power of attorney will remain in force until OptAim WFOE provides prior written notice to Beijing OptAim.

 

F-82

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(b)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary (Continued)

 

 

•

Pledge Agreement

Pursuant to the pledge agreement between OptAim WFOE and the shareholders of Beijing OptAim, the shareholders of Beijing OptAim have pledged all of their equity interests in Beijing OptAim to OptAim WFOE to guarantee the performance by Beijing OptAim under the cooperative agreement, purchase option agreement, and powers of attorney. If Beijing OptAim and/or its shareholders breach their contractual obligations under those agreements, OptAim WFOE, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including the right to sell the pledged equity interests. Under the pledge agreement, the shareholders of Beijing OptAim are not able to provide any other guarantee by pledging the shares of Beijing OptAim, transfer or sell their pledged shares to other individual, change share capital of Beijing OptAim or transfer or sell the assets out of Beijing OptAim.

The shareholders of Beijing OptAim are in the process of registering the equity pledge with the relevant office of the Administration for Industry and Commerce in accordance with the PRC Property Rights Law and expect to complete by June 2017.

Through the aforementioned contractual agreements, OptAim VIE are considered VIE in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“US GAAP”) because the Company, through OptAim WFOE, has the ability to:

 

•

exercise effective control over OptAim VIE whereby having the power to direct OptAim VIE’s activities that most significantly drive the economic results of OptAim VIE;

 

•

receive substantially all of the economic benefits and residual returns, and absorb substantially all the risks and expected losses from the OptAim VIE as if it was their sole shareholder; and

 

•

have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in OptAim VIE.

Management evaluated the relationships among the Company, OptAim WFOE and OptAim VIE, and concluded that OptAim WFOE is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs. As a result, OptAim VIE’s results of operations, assets and liabilities have been included in the Group’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the total assets of OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were US$27,135 and US$ 5,926, respectively, mainly comprising cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepayments and other current assets, property and equipment. As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the total liabilities of the OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were US$12,310 and US$9,741 respectively, mainly comprising deferred revenue, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities.

In accordance with the aforementioned agreements, the Company has power to direct activities of the OptAim VIE, and can have assets transferred out of OptAim VIE. Therefore the Company considers that there is no asset in OptAim VIE that can be used only to settle obligations of the OptAim VIE, except for registered capital and PRC statutory reserves of the OptAim VIE amounting to US$ 2,081, respectively, as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017. As the OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were incorporated as limited liability company under the PRC Company Law, the creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for all the liabilities of the OptAim VIE. Currently there is no contractual arrangement that could require the Company to provide additional financial support to OptAim VIE.

 

F-83

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(b)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary (Continued)

 

•

Pledge Agreement (Continued)

 

As the Company is conducting its PRC online marketing services business through OptAim VIE, the Company will, if needed, provide such support on a discretion basis in the future, which could expose the Company to a loss.

There is no VIE where the Company has variable interest but is not the primary beneficiary.

The Group believes that the contractual arrangements among its shareholders and OptAim WFOE are in compliance with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and if the shareholders of OptAim VIE were to reduce their interest in the Company, their interests may diverge from that of the Company and that may potentially increase the risk that they would seek to act contrary to the contractual terms.

The Company’s ability to control the OptAim VIE also depends on the power of attorney and the effect of the share pledge under the Pledge Agreement and OptAim WFOE has to vote on all matters requiring shareholder approval in OptAim VIE. As noted above, the Company believes this power of attorney is legally enforceable but may not be as effective as direct equity ownership.

 

2	Principal accounting policies

 

(a)	Basis of presentation and use of estimates

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the US GAAP. Significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements are summarized below.

The preparation of the Group’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from such estimates.

The Company believes that revenue recognition, consolidation of VIE, determination of share-based compensation, measurement of redemption value of redeemable preferred shares and impairment assessment of long-lived assets and intangible assets that reflect more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

Management bases the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions as discussed elsewhere to the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

 

(b)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 will eliminate transaction-specific and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under

 

F-84

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(b)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle-based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenues based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which defers by one year ASU 2014-09’s effective date. The amendment will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted only for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, which amends the principal-versus-agent implementation guidance and illustrations in the Board’s new revenue standard (ASC 606). The amendments in this update clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. When another party, along with the reporting entity, is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of its promise is to provide that good or service to the customer (as a principal) or to arrange for the good or service to be provided to the customer by the other party (as an agent). The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

The Company will apply the new revenue standard beginning January 1, 2018 and will not early adopt. The Company will set up an implementation team to analyze each of the Group’s revenue stream in accordance with the new revenue standard to determine the impact on the Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements. The Company plans to continue the evaluation, analysis and documentation of its adoption of ASU 2014-9 (including those subsequently issued updates that clarify its provisions) throughout 2017 as the Company works towards the implementation and finalizes its determination of the impact that the adoption will have on its interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” (“ASU 2015-02”). ASU 2015-02 focuses on the consolidation evaluation for reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The ASU simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models from four to two. In addition, the new standard simplifies the FASB Accounting Standards Codification and improves current guidance by: (i) placing more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest; (ii) reducing the frequency of the application of related-party guidance when determining a controlling financial interest in a VIE; and (iii) changing consolidation conclusions for public and private companies in several industries that typically make use of limited partnerships or VIEs.

The ASU will be effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2016, for public companies. For public business entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted ASU 2015-02 on January 1, 2017, and the adoption did not have a material impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”. The new guidance requires entities to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, as non-current on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for publicly-traded companies for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016

 

F-85

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(b)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

(early adoption is permitted). The Company adopted ASU 2015-17 on January 1, 2017, and the impact of the adoption did not have a material impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02: Leases (Topic 842). The core principle of Topic 842 is that a lessee should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. All leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, and, therefore, recognition of those lease assets and lease liabilities represents an improvement over previous GAAP, which did not require lease assets and lease liabilities to be recognized for most leases.

For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

On August 6, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments.” The ASU provides guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments including debt prepayment or debt issuance costs and cash payments for contingent considerations. The ASU also provides clarification on the application of the predominance principle outlined in ASC 230. The effective date for public entities will be annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard will have on its interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (Topic 740). This standard will require entities to recognize the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory at the time of transfer. This standard requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. ASU 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 31, 2018. The Company does not expect ASU 2016-16 to have a material impact to the Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which revises the definition of a business. To be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. To be a business without outputs, there will now need to be an organized workforce. ASU 2017-01 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company currently does not expect ASU 2017-01 to have a material impact to the Company’s interim condensed consolidated financial statements, but will evaluate the impact of adopting this standard prospectively upon any transactions of acquisitions or disposals of assets of businesses.

In March, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which relates to the accounting for employee share-based payments. This standard addresses several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows; (d) accounting for forfeitures of share-based payments. The ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016,

 

F-86

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(b)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company adopted ASU 2016-09 on January 1, 2017 and the adoption did not have a material impact on the interim condensed consolidated financial statements and the related disclosures.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash”, which requires entities to include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the cash and cash equivalent balances in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): simplifying the test for goodwill impairment”, the guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not the difference between the fair value and carrying amount of goodwill which was the step 2 test before. The ASU should be adopted on a prospective basis for the annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its interim condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

3	Certain risks and concentration

 

(a)	PRC regulations

The Chinese market in which the Company operates poses certain macro-economic and regulatory risks and uncertainties. These uncertainties extend to the ability of the Company to engage in online marketing businesses through contractual arrangements in the PRC since the internet and marketing services industries remain regulated. The Company conducts certain of its operations in China through its variable interest entity, which it consolidates as a result of a series contractual arrangements enacted. Though the PRC has, since 1978, implemented a wide range of market-oriented economic reforms, continued reforms and progress towards a full market-oriented economy are uncertain. In addition, the telecommunication, information, and media industries remain highly regulated. Restrictions are currently in place and are unclear with respect to which segments of these industries foreign owned entities, like the Company, may operate. The Chinese government may issue from time to time new laws or new interpretations on existing laws to regulate areas such as telecommunication, information and media. Regulatory risk also encompasses the interpretation by the tax authorities of current tax laws, and the Group’s legal structure and scope of operations in the PRC, which could be subject to further restrictions resulting in limitations on the Company’s ability to conduct business in the PRC. There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations governing the validity and enforcement of the contractual arrangements with consolidated VIE. The Company believes that the structure for operating its business in China (including the ownership structure and the contractual arrangements with the consolidated VIE is in compliance with all applicable existing PRC laws, rules and regulations, and does not violate, breach, contravene or otherwise conflict with any applicable PRC laws, rules or regulations. However, the Company cannot assure that the PRC regulatory authorities will not adopt any new regulation to restrict or prohibit foreign investments in the

 

F-87

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

online marketing business through contractual arrangements in the future or that it will not determine that the ownership structure and contractual arrangements violate PRC laws, rules or regulations. If the Company and its consolidated VIE are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

•

revoking the business licenses of such entities;

 

•

discontinuing or restricting the conduct of any transactions between the Company’s PRC subsidiaries and the OptAim VIE;

 

•

imposing fines, confiscating the income of the OptAim VIE or the Company’s PRC subsidiaries, or imposing other requirements with which the Company or its PRC subsidiaries and consolidated VIEs may not be able to comply;

 

•

requiring the Company to restructure its ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with OptAim VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of OptAim VIE, which in turn would affect its ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over OptAim VIE; or

 

•

restricting or prohibiting its use of the proceeds of any offering to finance its business and operations in China.

If the imposition of any of these penalties precludes the Company from operating its business, it would no longer be in a position to generate revenue or cash from it. If the imposition of any of these penalties causes the Company to lose its rights to direct the activities of its consolidated VIEs or its rights to receive its economic benefits, the Company would no longer be able to consolidate these entities, and its financial statements would no longer reflect the results of operations from the business conducted by VIEs except to the extent that the Company receives payments from VIEs under the contractual arrangements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on the Company in this event, would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations. Nevertheless, the laws and regulations that imposed restrictions on foreign ownership in advertising companies, including the Administrative Provisions on Foreign-Invested Advertising Enterprises were abolished in June 2015. To the extent any current or future business of OptAim VIE can be directly operated by the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries under PRC law, the Company is in the process of transferring such business to the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries. The Company expects that by the end of 2018, OptAim WFOE will replace OptAim VIE and its subsidiary as contracting party for their businesses that are operated by OptAim VIE and its subsidiary.

On January 19, 2015, the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC, or (the “MOFCOM”) released on its Website for public comment a proposed PRC law (the “Draft FIE Law”) that appears to include VIEs within the scope of entities that could be considered to be foreign invested enterprises (or “FIEs”) that would be subject to restrictions under existing PRC law on foreign investment in certain categories of industry. Specifically, the Draft FIE Law introduces the concept of “actual control” for determining whether an entity is considered to be an FIE. In addition to control through direct or indirect ownership or equity, the Draft FIE Law includes control through contractual arrangements within the definition of “actual control”. If the Draft FIE Law is passed by the People’s Congress of the PRC and goes into effect in its current form, these

 

F-88

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

provisions regarding control through contractual arrangements could be construed to reach the Group’s VIE arrangement, and as a result the Group’s VIE could become explicitly subject to the current restrictions on foreign investment in certain categories of industry. The Draft FIE Law includes provisions that would exempt from the definition of foreign invested enterprises entities where the ultimate controlling shareholders are either entities organized under PRC law or individuals who are PRC citizens.

The Draft FIE Law does not make clear how “control” would be determined for such purpose, and is silent as to what type of enforcement action might be taken against existing VIEs that operate in restricted industries and are not controlled by entities organized under PRC law or individuals who are PRC citizens. If a finding were made by PRC authorities under the Draft FIE Law if it becomes effective, that the Company’s operation of certain of its operations and businesses through VIE violates the Draft FIE Law, regulatory authorities with jurisdiction over the licensing and operation of such operations and businesses may require the Company to take various actions as discussed in the paragraph above. The Group’s management considers the possibility of such a finding by PRC regulatory authorities under the Draft VIE law, if it becomes effective, to be remote.

OptAim VIE holds assets that are important to the operation of the Group’s business, including patents for proprietary technology and trademarks. If OptAim VIE falls into bankruptcy and all or part of its assets become subject to liens or rights of third-party creditors, the Group may be unable to conduct major part of its business activities in China, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s future financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, the Group believes this is a normal business risk many companies face. The Group will continue to closely monitor the financial conditions of OptAim VIE.

OptAim VIE’s assets comprise both recognized and unrecognized revenue-producing assets. The recognized revenue-producing assets include leasehold improvements, computers and network equipment and self-developed computer software which are recognized in the Company’s unaudited interim condensed consolidated balance sheet. The unrecognized revenue-producing assets mainly consist of patents, trademarks and assembled workforce which are not recorded in the financial statements of OptAim VIE as it did not meet the recognition criteria set in ASC 350-30-25.

 

F-89

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

The following financial information of the OptAim VIE and its subsidiary excluding the intercompany items with the Company’s subsidiaries was included in the accompanying financial statements as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 and for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and 2017:

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			1,046				180
Accounts receivable, net			8,129				4,804
Other current assets			17,761				755
Total current assets			26,936				5,739
Non-current assets
Property and equipment, net			36				24
Other non-current assets			163				163
Total non-current assets			199				187
Total assets			27,135				5,926
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable			28				28
Deferred revenue			11,878				9,230
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities			404				483
Amounts due to a related party			—				—
Total current liabilities			12,310				9,741
Total liabilities			12,310				9,741

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Net revenues			9,649				14,940
Net profit/(loss)			(1,224	)			(274	)

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities			111				(866	)
Net cash used in investing activities			(2	)			—
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents			109				(866	)

 

F-90

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

Assets and liabilities of non-US$ functional currency entities are translated into US$ using the applicable exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Items in the statements of comprehensive loss are translated into US$ using the average exchange rate during the period. Equity accounts were translated at their historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are accumulated as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of shareholders’ deficit.

Certain of the Group’s operating activities are transacted in Renminbi (“RMB”), which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China.

The revenues and expenses of the Group’s subsidiaries and the VIE in the PRC are generally denominated in RMB and their assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies, and remittances of foreign currencies into the PRC and exchange of foreign currencies into RMB require approval by foreign exchange administrative authorities and certain supporting documentation. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into other currencies. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market.

Certain of the Group’s operating activities are transacted in Hong Kong dollars (“HK$”). Foreign exchange risk arises from future commercial transactions, recognized assets and liabilities and net investments in foreign operations. The Group considers the foreign exchange risk in relation to transactions denominated in HK$ with respect to US$ is not significant as HK$ is pegged to US$.

 

(b)	Fair value measurement

Fair value reflects the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.

The Company applies a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or

 

F-91

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(b)	Fair value measurement (Continued)

 

infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3 applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities classified under the appropriate level of the fair value hierarchy as described above was as follows:

 

		Fair value measurements using
		Total fair value				Quoted prices in active market for identical assets (Level 1)				Significant other observable inputs (Level 2)				Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
As of December, 2016
Cash and cash equivalents			27,280				27,280				—				—
Restricted cash			5,234				5,234				—				—
Bank borrowings			12,982				—				12,982				—
Derivative liabilities			60,525				—				—				60,525
As of June 30, 2017
Cash and cash equivalents			28,223				28,223				—				—
Restricted cash			2,000				2,000				—				—
Bank borrowings			9,595				—				9,595				—
Derivative liabilities			75,342				—				—				75,342

 

(c)	Concentration risk

 

(i)

Concentration of revenues

For the six months ended June 30, 2017 an individual customer accounted for 14% of the net revenues. For the six months ended June 30, 2016 two individual customers accounted for 14% and 10% of the net revenues, respectively.

 

(ii)

Concentration of accounts receivable

The Group has not experienced any significant recoverability issue with respect to its accounts receivable. The Group conducts credit evaluations on its customers and generally does not require collateral or other security from such customers. The Group periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of the existing customers in determining an allowance for doubtful accounts primarily based upon the age of the receivables and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers.

As of June 30, 2017 one customer accounted for 10% of the consolidated accounts receivable. No individual customer accounted for more than 10% of the consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2016. The top 10 accounts receivable accounted for 38% and 46% of the consolidated accounts receivable as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

 

F-92

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(c)	Concentration risk (Continued)

 

(iii)

Credit risk

As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were placed with financial institutions in Hong Kong and the PRC. Management chooses these institutions because of their reputations and track records for stability, and their known large cash reserves, and management periodically reviews these institutions’ reputations, track records, and reported reserves. Management expects that any additional institutions that the Group uses for its cash and bank deposits will be chosen with similar criteria for soundness. The balances in the PRC are not insured since it is not a market practice in the PRC. Nevertheless under the PRC law, it is required that a commercial bank in the PRC that holds third party cash deposits should maintain a certain percentage of total customer deposits taken in a statutory reserve fund for protecting the depositors’ rights over their interests in deposited money. PRC banks are subject to a series of risk control regulatory standards; PRC bank regulatory authorities are empowered to take over the operation and management of any PRC bank that faces a material credit crisis. The Group believes that it is not exposed to unusual risks as these financial institutions are PRC banks with high credit quality. The Group had not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents during the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 and believes that its credit risk to be minimal.

 

4	Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand, cash held at bank, and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions, which have original maturities of three months or less. Cash on hand and cash held at bank balance as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 primarily consist of the following currencies:

 

		December 31, 2016								June 30, 2017
		Amount				US$’000 equivalent				Amount				US$’000 equivalent
RMB			67,697				9,771				49,762				7,182
HK$			15,666				2,019				54,627				7,040
US$			15,064				15,064				13,456				13,456
SGD			235				165				284				206
TWD			2,855				88				4,101				137
Euro (“EUR”)			125				133				76				86
Others			292				40				6,338				116
							27,280								28,223

 

5	Restricted cash

The Group’s restricted cash amounting to US$5,234 and US$2,000 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively, represented balance held in a restricted bank account pursuant to certain short term loan agreements (see Note 14 for details). The restricted cash is held in US$ and carries fixed interest at the rate of 0.55% per annum as of December 31, 2016 and 0.05% per annum as of June 30, 2017, respectively.

 

F-93

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

6	Short-term investments

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Investment in treasury instruments			—				1,155

The investments were issued by commercial banks in PRC with a variable interest rate. Since these investments’ maturity dates are within one year, they are classified as short-term investments.

Interest income generated from short-term investments are recorded using the effective interest method. It was recorded in “other (losses)/gains, net” on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

 

7	Accounts receivable, net

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Accounts receivable, gross			32,387				28,875
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts			(1,693	)			(678	)
Accounts receivable, net			30,694				28,197

The following table presents the movement in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Balance at the beginning of period			1,733				1,693
Additions for the period			—				15
Accounts receivable written off			—				(1,030	)
Exchange differences			(17	)			—
Balance at the end of period			1,716				678

 

8	Other assets

The other assets consist of the following:

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Current
Deposits			2,202				2,348
Prepayments			417				260
Deferred offering costs			—				288
VAT receivable			372				—
Others			64				685
			3,055				3,581
Non-current
Prepayment for acquisition of fixed assets and intangible assets			122				53
Rental deposits			249				234
			371				287

 

F-94

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

9	Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Cost:
Office equipment			4,629				4,661
Leasehold improvements			1,653				1,759
Furniture and fixtures			747				747
Total cost			7,029				7,167
Less: Accumulated depreciation			(4,519	)			(5,235	)
Exchange differences			(192	)			(193	)
Property and equipment, net			2,318				1,739

Depreciation expense recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Cost of revenues			6				4
Research and development			107				54
Sales and marketing expenses			472				383
General and administrative expenses			173				278
			758				719

 

10	Intangible assets, net

Intangible assets consist of the following:

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Cost:
Computer software			21,576				21,573
Less: Accumulated amortization			(6,773	)			(8,885	)
Exchange differences			1				1
Intangible assets, net			14,804				12,689

Amortization expense recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are summarized as follows:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Cost of revenues			2,074				2,074
Research and development			14				2
Sales and marketing expenses			9				11
General and administrative expenses			47				28
			2,144				2,115

 

F-95

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

10	Intangible assets, net (Continued)

 

The estimated aggregate amortization expense for each of the next five years as of June 30, 2017 is:

 

		Computer software
2017			2,145
2018			4,160
2019			4,150
2020			2,275
2021			—
			12,730

 

11

Goodwill

In November 2014, the Company entered into a SPA with Buzzinate and its shareholders and acquired 33.3% equity interest in Buzzinate as the first tranche, at a cash consideration of US$750. In the SPA, the Company has also agreed to purchase up to 57.1% equity interests in Buzzinate in stages from April 2015 to April 2016, and there was an agreement to purchase the remaining 42.9% equity interests in Buzzinate when the purchase of equity interests up to 57.1% was completed.

Pursuant to the SPA, the Company had an option to accelerate the completion dates of the remaining tranches by paying the cash consideration upon exercising the option. On February 13, 2015, the Company acquired in one go the equity interests in Buzzinate of the remaining five tranches at cash considerations of US$250 for each tranche purchased, and exercised the option to acquire the remaining equity interests in Buzzinate by issuing 142,151 shares of the Company which amounted to US$2,027. Buzzinate then became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company.

In July 2015, the Company acquired 100% equity interest of OptAim from several independent third parties. OptAim, through its VIE and its underlying subsidiary, is engaged in the provision of online and mobile marketing services in the PRC. The Company expects to increase its market shares in the PRC online marketing segment, particularly in relation to mobile platforms.

The total purchase consideration for all the equity interest of OptAim amounted to US$67,620. This comprised cash consideration of US$15,976, 2,535,091 shares of the Company amounted to US$50,843 and fair value of replacement awards attributable to pre-acquisition services amounted to US$801.

 

		Buzzinate				OptAim				Total
Balance as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017			2,958				45,538				48,496

Goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. The Group performs the annual impairment test on December 31 of each year. Based on the impairment tests performed and no other impairment indicators have been identified, no impairment of goodwill was recorded for all periods presented.

 

12	Deferred revenue

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Deferred revenue, current			25,697				23,323

 

F-96

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

13	Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Rebates payable to customers			5,214				4,019
VAT and other taxes payable			1,679				2,280
Security deposit received from customers			772				559
Accrued employee benefits			3,257				1,811
Accrued professional fees			1,544				1,035
Accrued marketing and hosting expense			1,424				692
Others			1,201				820
			15,091				11,216

 

14	Bank borrowings

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
1-year revolving loan denominated in RMB (Note (i), (vii))			4,330				4,330
1-year revolving loan denominated in US$ (Note (ii), (vii))			2,950				2,950
2-year demand loan agreement denominated in US$ (Note (iii), (vii))			1,083				583
6-month revolving loan denominated in RMB (Note (iv))			1,444				—
1-year revolving loan denominated in RMB (Note (v), (vii))			1,732				1,732
3-month loan denominated in RMB (Note (vi), (vii))			1,443				—
			12,982				9,595

Notes:

 

(i)

On December 21, 2015, the Company, through its PRC subsidiaries, entered into a one-year revolving loan agreement with a bank amounting to RMB30 million (equivalent to US$4,330). The interest rate of this loan facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 1.65% per annum. The Company, through its PRC subsidiary, renewed the one-year revolving loan agreement with the bank on December 19, 2016. The interest rate remained as the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 1.65% per annum.

 

(ii)

On December 21, 2015, the Company, through its Hong Kong subsidiaries, entered into a one-year loan agreement with a bank amounting to US$3,000. Out of this loan facility, the Hong Kong subsidiary had utilized US$2,950 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017. The Company, through its Hong Kong subsidiary, renewed the one-year revolving loan agreement with the bank on December 19, 2016. The interest rate of this short-term loan facility was determined by three-month LIBOR plus 5.75% per annum.

 

(iii)

On January 20, 2016, the Company, through its Hong Kong subsidiaries, entered into a two-year loan agreement with a bank amounting to US$2,000. Out of this loan facility, the Hong Kong subsidiaries had utilized US$1,083 and US$583 as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 respectively. The interest rate of this loan was the benchmark interest rate determined by three-month LIBOR plus 7.00%

 

F-97

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

14	Bank borrowings (Continued)

Notes (Continued):

 

per annum. The bank facility agreement includes repayable on demand clauses such that the bank borrowing are classified as current liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

(iv)

On May 20, 2016, the Company, through its PRC subsidiary, entered into a six-month revolving loan agreement with a bank of limit up to RMB20 million. Out of this loan facility, the PRC subsidiary had utilized RMB10 million (equivalent to US$1,444) as of December 31, 2016. The interest rate of this loan facility was 120% of the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over six months granted by financial institutions per annum. The loan was finally settled on 13 January, 2017. Restricted cash amounting to US$1,568 was held in a restricted bank account as required by this loan agreement as of December 31, 2016. In January 2017, the Company renewed this bank facility which will mature in May 2018 with no changes in terms except for an increase in credit line to RMB30 million. Subsequently, the Company entered into an amended agreement in June 2017 for this bank facility and the interest rate was amended as 115% of the benchmark per annum interest rate determined by the People’s bank of China for loans over six months granted by financial institutions.

 

(v)

On July 28, 2016, the Company, through its PRC subsidiary, entered into a one-year revolving loan agreement with a bank amounting to a total of RMB12 million (equivalent to US$1,732) as of 31 December, 2016 and 30 June, 2017. The interest rate of this loan facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over one year granted by financial institutions plus 0.435% per annum. Restricted cash amounting to US$2,000 was held in a restricted bank account as required by this loan agreement as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

(vi)

On November 14, 2016, the Company, through its PRC subsidiary, entered into a three-month revolving loan agreement with a bank amounting to a total of RMB10 million (equivalent to US$1,443). The interest rate of this loan facility was the benchmark interest rate determined by the People’s Bank of China for loans over six months granted by financial institutions plus 0.435% per annum. The loan was finally settled on 14 February, 2017. Restricted cash amounting to US$1,666 was held in a restricted bank account as required by this loan agreement as of December 31, 2016.

 

(vii)

As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, certain financial covenants (minimum monthly adjusted quick ratio and minimum quarterly EBITDA as defined in the banking facilities agreements) as set out in these loan agreements have been breached. The relevant subsidiaries have obtained waiver letters for waiving the requirements to meet the financial covenants such that the bank cannot demand for immediate repayment.

The weighted average interest rate for bank loans outstanding as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 was 5.99% per annum for both periods.

 

(viii)

In March 2017, the Company entered into a facility agreement for working capital loans with Eastwest Bank, which provides for a RMB30 million (US$4.3 million) 18-month revolving loan. The Company provide corporate guarantee and account receivables as pledge to secure the obligations under this revolving loan. The interest rate of this loan facility is fixed at 5.75% per annum. As of June 30, 2017, the Company had not drawn down under this revolving loan.

Other than those shown above, the Company did not have any significant capital and other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

F-98

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares

Series A preferred shares

On February 17, 2010, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series A Agreement”) to issue Series A preferred shares and preferred share warrants to a third-party investor (“Investor A”) for a total cash consideration of US$1,200. Accordingly, the Company issued 1,142,857 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share; and warrants to purchase 342,857 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share (“Series A Warrants”) at the option of Investor A. Pursuant to the Series A Agreement, the Company also granted an option, exercisable within one year from the date of agreement, to Investor A where the Company would issue 761,905 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share (“Series A-1 preferred shares”) and warrants to purchase 228,571 Series A preferred shares at US$1.05 per share (“Series A-1 Warrants”) at the option of Investor A. On September 29, 2010, Investor A exercised the option and the Group received a total consideration of US$800. During the year ended December 31, 2013, both Series A Warrants and Series A-1 Warrants were fully exercised.

Series B preferred shares

On February 21, 2011, the Company entered into agreements (“Series B Agreements”) to issue Series B preferred shares and preferred share warrants to two other third-party investors (“Investors B”) for an aggregate cash consideration of US$7,000. Pursuant to the Series B Agreements, the Company issued 1,266,667 Series B preferred shares at US$5.53 per share; and warrants to purchase 542,858 Series B preferred shares at US$5.53 per share (“Series B Warrants”) at the option of Investors B. During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Series B Warrants were fully exercised.

On May 16, 2011, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series B-1 Agreement”) to issue additional Series B preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor B-1”) for a total consideration of US$4,285 (“Series B-1 preferred shares”). Pursuant to the Series B-1 Agreement, the Company issued 723,808 Series B-1 preferred shares at US$5.92 per share.

On September 24, 2015, the Company repurchased from Investor B-1 723,808 Series B-1 preferred shares at a consideration of US$11,581.

For accounting purposes, the Company determined the per share fair value of Series B-1 preferred shares to be US$19.58 on September 24, 2015, the date of repurchase. The per share repurchase price of US$16.00 was mutually negotiated at the time of the repurchase transaction. There were no other arrangements with Investor B-1. Investor B-1 was willing to sell its Series B-1 preferred shares at the US$16.00 per share price as it would provide liquidity to Investor B-1. For the Series B-1 preferred shares repurchased, the Company recorded the excess of purchase price over the carrying value of US$2,591 to accumulated deficit as deemed contribution from Series B-1 preferred shareholders.

Series C preferred shares

On December 16, 2013, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series C Agreement”) to issue Series C preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor C”) for a total cash consideration of US$13,000. Pursuant to the Series C Agreement, the Company issued 1,599,186 Series C preferred shares at US$8.13 per share.

 

F-99

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

 

Series D preferred shares

On December 30, 2014, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series D Agreement”) to issue Series D preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor D”) for a total cash consideration of US$48,000. Pursuant to the Series D Agreement, the Company issued 2,493,018 Series D preferred shares at US$19.25 per share.

The Company was also obligated to issue additional Series D preferred shares to Investor D at no consideration, the total number of which is based on a formula stipulated in the agreement, if the gross billing of the Group as defined in the Series D Agreement for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 is less than US$85,000. Considering the gross billing of the Group as defined in the Series D Agreement for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 was more than US$85,000, no additional Series D preferred shares were issued. Furthermore, the Company determines that the fair value of this obligation is zero as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

Series E preferred shares

On December 28, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series E Agreement”) to issue Series E preferred shares to another third-party investor (“Investor E”) for a total cash consideration of US$20,000.

Pursuant to the Series E Agreement, the Company issued 1,068,114 Series E preferred shares at US$18.72 per share.

The key terms of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares are as follows:

Dividend rights

Subject to the approval and declaration by the Board of Directors, the holders of the preferred shares are entitled to receive dividends in the following order:

 

•

Series E preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividend on the Series D preferred Shares, Series B preferred shares, Series A preferred shares, Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares

 

•

the Series D preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividends on the Series B, Series A and Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares;

 

•

the Series B preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividends on the Series A and Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares;

 

•

the Series A preferred shareholders are entitled to receive dividends at an amount equal to 8% of the issue price prior to and in preference to any dividends on the Series C preferred shares and ordinary shares or any other class or series of shares;

 

•

any remaining dividends shall be distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of all the preferred shares and ordinary shares on a fully diluted and as-if converted basis.

 

F-100

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

 

Voting rights

The holders of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares shall be entitled to such number of votes equal to the whole number of ordinary shares into which such Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares are convertible.

Liquidation preference

In the event of a liquidating transaction as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association as 1) a winding up or other dissolution of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, 2) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its subsidiaries in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, 3) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or assets of its subsidiaries, or 4) government policies promulgated or interpreted after the closing that prohibit investment or exit of the Company by foreign investors, provided, that, in the case of 2) and 3), only when such merger, acquisition or sale implies a valuation of the Company on a fully diluted basis of less than US$550,000, available assets and funds are distributed as following manner.

The holders of Series E, Series D, Series B and Series A preferred shares are entitled to receive an amount equal to i) 110% prior to or on December 28, 2017 or ii) 120% from January 1, 2018, 150%, 150% and 200%, respectively, of the issue price as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events, and plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon minus all paid cash or non-cash dividends and distributions paid thereon since issue date). If the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make the payment of the amount in full, then the assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably to the holders of preferred shares in proportion to the amount each holder would otherwise be entitled to receive in order of 1) Series E, 2) Series D, 3) Series B and then 4) Series A.

If the liquidating transaction is a qualified merger or acquisition of the Company in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, in each case, which implies i) an equity valuation of the Group of US$300,000 or higher, the distribution to the holders of Series B and Series A preferred shares shall be reduced to 0% of issue price or ii) an equity valuation of the Group of US$250,000 or higher, but lower than US$300,000, the distribution to the holders of Series B and Series A preferred shares shall be reduced to 100% of issue price as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

After the full amount has been paid to holders of Series E, Series D, Series B and Series A, any remaining funds or assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of preferred shares on an as-converted basis together with the holders of the ordinary shares.

Conversion rights

Each share of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the issuance of such shares, and each share can be converted into one ordinary share of the Company. The conversion is subject to adjustments for certain events, including but not limited to

 

F-101

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Conversion rights (Continued)

 

additional equity securities issuance share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares. The conversion price is also subject to adjustment in the event the Company issues additional ordinary shares at a price per share that is less than such conversion price. In such case, the conversion price shall be reduced to adjust for dilution on a weighted average basis.

In addition, each share of the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares would automatically be converted into ordinary shares of the Company (i) upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s shares or (ii) upon the election of holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

Anti-dilution provision

Pursuant to the provisions of Series B Agreement, there is an anti-dilution provision which prevents the original ownership interest of ordinary shares, Series B preferred shares and Series B preferred share warrants (as if converted into Series B preferred shares) owned by Investors B to be diluted.

In May 2011, the Company issued 457,611 ordinary shares of the Company to Mr. Cong and Mr. Liu in exchange for Mr. Cong and Mr. Liu would procure the grant of an exclusive reseller agreement from Baidu Online Network Technology (Beijing) Co. Ltd. (“Baidu”) for Hong Kong, Macau, Taiwan and Singapore for a period up to December 31, 2012. In accordance with the Series B Agreement, the issuance of the ordinary shares was considered an event which triggered the anti-dilution provision. As a result, the Company was required to issue additional 100,452 ordinary shares and 55,807 Series B preferred shares and to amend the conversion price of Series B preferred share warrants to maintain the original ownership interests of these ordinary shares, preferred shares and preferred shares warrants owned by Investors B. There were no beneficial conversion features for the issuance of additional Series B preferred shares and the value of the additional ordinary shares and Series B preferred shares issued amounted to US$421 and US$320, respectively, was charged to additional paid-in capital as a deemed dividend.

Although the anti-dilution provision was triggered in May 2011, the Company only issued the additional ordinary shares and Series B preferred shares in May 2013. Accordingly, the Company recorded such obligation to issue additional ordinary shares and Series B preferred shares as liabilities until the corresponding ordinary shares and preferred shares were issued in May 2013.

Redemption right

The Series A and B preferred shares are redeemable at any time after the earlier of: (i) the 4th anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series A Agreement and Series B Agreement, respectively; or (ii) the occurrence of a material breach as defined in the subscription agreements.

The holders of Series C preferred shares can redeem the preferred shares at any time after the earlier of: (i) the 2^nd anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series C Agreement; (ii) the occurrence of any liquidating transaction as defined in the subscription agreements; (iii) Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, ceasing to exert day-to-day management and operational control over the Group; or (iv) any holder of the Series B preferred shares or the Series A preferred shares or the Series D preferred shares or the Series E preferred shares electing for redemption.

 

F-102

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Redemption right (Continued)

 

The holders of Series D preferred shares can redeem the preferred shares at any time after the earlier of: (i) the 2^nd anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series D preferred shares; (ii) the occurrence of any liquidating transaction as defined in the subscription agreements; (iii) Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, ceasing to exert day-to-day management and operational control over the Group; (iv) the occurrence of material breach of any warranty and covenants specified in the Series D Agreement; or (v) any holder of the Series A, Series B, or Series C preferred shares electing for redemption.

The holders of Series E preferred shares can redeem the preferred shares at any time after the earlier of: (i) the occurrence of any liquidating transaction as defined in the subscription agreements; (i) the failure of the Group to achieve the following targets: (1) the audited consolidated revenues from the principal business (excluding any non-operating and non-recurring revenue) of the Group as of and for the twelve months ending on December 31, 2017 being no less than US$200,000; and (2) the audited consolidated revenues from the principal business (excluding any non-operating and non-recurring revenue) of the Group as of and for the twelve months ending on December 31, 2018 being no less than US$300,000; (iii) the termination of the employment with the relevant Group Company by Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, Tang Jian or Lee, Yanshu before the consummation of a Qualified IPO as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (i.e. the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company of its ordinary shares for its own account that results in such securities being listed or registered on NASDAQ, New York Stock Exchange, Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the Shenzhen Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange or such other international recognized stock exchange approved in writing by certain of its preferred shareholders with an implied market capitalization of the Company immediately prior to such offering of not less than US$600 million; and which results in aggregate net proceeds to the Company of not less than US$150 million); (iv) the failure of the Company to consummate a Qualified IPO prior to or on June 30, 2018 (iv) the occurrence of material breach of any warranty and covenants specified in the Series E Agreement; or (v) any holder of the Series A, Series B, Series C or Series D preferred shares electing for redemption.

The redemption price for Series A and B preferred shares is equal to the greater of (1) 200% or 150%, respectively, of the original issue price (plus all declared but unpaid dividends) or (2) the fair market value of the preferred shares subject to redemption as determined by an independent appraiser. With respect to the redemption price for Series C preferred shares, it is equal to 200% of the original issue price (proportionally adjusted for share splits and stack dividends). For the redemption price for Series D preferred shares, it shall be equal to the greater of (1) a price reflecting an implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company at US$500,000, (2) the highest redemption price that would have been received by any other shareholders of the Company if their shares have become redeemable (proportionally adjusted for share splits and stack dividends), or (3) a price reflecting the implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company used in any liquidating transaction as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association. For the redemption price for Series E preferred shares is equal to the greater of (1) 100% of the Series E issue price, plus 9.5% annual compound interest thereon calculated from the Series E original issue date to the date of receipt of the Series E redemption price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like, or (2) the highest redemption price that would have been received by any other shareholder of the Company if their shares have become redeemable, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, or (3) a price reflecting the implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company used in any Liquidating Transaction as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

 

F-103

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

Redemption right (Continued)

 

Upon the completion of Series D Agreement, the redemption date of Series A, A-1, B, B-1 and C preferred share was changed to December 30, 2016. The redemption date of Series A, A-1, B, C and D preferred share was further changed to December 28, 2018 upon the completion Series E Agreement. Such change was considered as a modification and no gain or loss was recorded. However, considered the modification was occurred in connection with the issuance of Series D preferred shares and Series E preferred shares, there was a transfer of value from the existing preferred shareholders to new preferred shareholders and ordinary shareholders. With respect to the modification relating to the issuance of Series D preferred share, the transfer of value was considered insignificant. For the modification relating to the issuance of Series E preferred share, the transfer of value was recorded from additional paid in capital to retained earnings. Furthermore, due to the change of redemption date of Series C preferred share to December 28, 2018, the corresponding derivatives liabilities relating to the redemption feature were reclassified from current liabilities to non-current liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

The Company has determined that the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares should be classified as mezzanine equity after considering the features of the preferred shares as described above. The conversion features and redemption features as mentioned below, Series A Warrants, Series A-1 Warrants and Series B Warrants are initially measured at its fair value and the initial carrying value for Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares is allocated on a residual basis as the warrants are liability classified. There were no beneficial conversion features for the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares.

The Company has determined that conversion feature embedded in the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, D and E preferred share is required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities as the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded conversion are not clearly and closely related to that of the preferred shares and there is a mechanism in place for net settlement. However, Series C preferred shares does not have a mechanism in place for net settlement and therefore, bifurcation is considered unnecessary.

The Company has also determined the redemption feature embedded in the Series C, D and E preferred shares is required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities as the economic characteristics and risk of the embedded redemption features are not clearly and closely related to that of the preferred shares. For Series A, A-1, B and B-1 preferred shares, the corresponding redemption feature is not required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities as the economic characteristic and risk of the embedded redemption feature are clearly and closely related to that of the preferred shares.

As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the fair values of these conversion features and redemption features which required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivative liabilities are as follows:

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Financial derivatives — conversion features			56,916				72,340
Financial derivatives — redemption features			3,968				3,271
			60,884				75,611
Less: current portion			(60,525	)			(75,342	)
Non-current portion			359				269

 

F-104

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

 

Redemption right (Continued)

Due to the redemption features described above with respect to Series A, A-1, B and B-1 preferred shares, the Company recognizes the changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur by way of accreting their respective carrying amounts to the redemption value to the first redemption date, using the effective interest method. The accretion is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid in capital. Once additional paid-in capital has been exhausted, additional charges are recorded by increasing the accumulated deficit of the Company.

In determining the fair value of these preferred shares for purposes of determining the conversion feature and redemption feature as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, a business valuation of the Company was estimated. Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach, and such approach involves certain significant estimates which are as follows:

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Terminal growth rate			3.0%				3.0%
Weighted average cost of capital			18.3%				17.8%
Per annum growth rate on average spending per customer			3.0% - 19.0%				3.7% - 27.2%

Series A

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Beginning balance			5,487				5,597
Accretion to redemption value			54				57
Ending balance			5,541				5,654

Series B

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Beginning balance			9,145				9,807
Accretion to redemption value			327				344
Ending balance			9,472				10,151

Series C

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Carrying amount			10,733				10,733

Series D

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Carrying amount			43,956				43,956

 

F-105

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

15	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

 

Series E

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Issuance of preferred shares			—				18,845

The Company has determined that there was no beneficial conversion feature attributable to the Series A, A-1, B, B-1, C, D and E preferred shares because the accounting conversion of these preferred shares upon issuance were higher than the fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as determined by the Company with the assistance from an independent valuation.

 

16	Redeemable ordinary shares

On December 30, 2014, concurrent with the issuance of Series D preferred shares to Investor D, the Company issued 742,320 ordinary shares to Investor D at US$16.17 per share, of which 99,022 shares were transferred from treasury shares held by the Company and 643,298 shares were newly issued shares. The aggregate consideration was US$12,000.

Investor D shall have an option to require the Company to repurchase all of the ordinary shares if a qualified IPO is not consummated by the 2^nd anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series D preferred shares. The redemption price shall equal to the issue price, plus accrued interest at a non-compound interest rate of 18% per annum for each of 2016, and 12% per annum for 2017. The redeemable date of the ordinary shares was further changed to December 28, 2018 upon the completion of Series E Agreement. The change in value of such modification was insignificant.

As these ordinary shares are contingently redeemable, they are classified as mezzanine equity. The Company recognizes the accretion charge using the effective interest method.

 

17	Ordinary shares

The Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association authorizes the Company to issue 37,150,000 shares of US$0.001 par value per ordinary share as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017. Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote in shareholders meeting of the Company. The holders of ordinary shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, which is subject to the approval by the holders of the number of ordinary shares and Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares representing a majority of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares. As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, there were 13,609,208 and 13,629,344 ordinary shares outstanding, respectively.

At the time the Company adopted the 2010 Employee Share Option Plan (the “2010 Share Option Plan”), the Company, together with the then shareholders, also decided to allot ordinary shares with par value of US$0.001 to Arda Holdings Limited (“Arda”), a British Virgin Islands company owned by the Group’s chairman and chief executive officer at no consideration. Arda will only hold these ordinary shares on trust for the benefit of the employees who are under the 2010 Share Option Plan and the dealing of these ordinary shares is under the direction of the board of directors of the Company. The Company considered Arda to be a variable interest entity as this entity has no equity at risk. The Company further considered that it is the primary beneficiary because the purchase of Arda is to hold treasury shares on behalf of the Company and

 

F-106

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

17	Ordinary shares (Continued)

 

the dealings of those transactions are under the direction of the Company’s board of directors. Given the structure of this arrangement, while these ordinary shares have been legally issued, they do not bear the attributes of unrestricted, issued and outstanding shares. Therefore, the ordinary shares issued to Arda are accounted for as treasury shares of the Company until these ordinary shares are earned by the Company’s employees, officers, directors or consultants for service provided to the Group. The Company allotted 627,811 shares during the year the 2010 Share Option Plan was adopted, and 788,459 shares and 0 share during the periods ended December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 to Arda, respectively. Arda does not hold any other assets or liabilities as at December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, nor earn any income nor incur any expenses for the periods ended December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

18	Share-based compensation

 

(a)	Share option plan

The Company’s 2010 Share Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive share options to the Company’s employees, officers, directors or consultants. The Company’s board of directors administers the 2010 Share Option Plan, selects the individuals to whom options will be granted, determines the number of options to be granted, and the term and exercise price of each option.

During the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the Company granted share options to non-employees, employees, officers and directors of the Group. These options were granted with exercise prices denominated in the US$, which is the functional currency of the Company. The table below sets forth information regarding share options granted over the years:

 

Grant Date		Number of shares				Term (year)				Vesting period (year)				Exercise price at grant date (US$)
January 1, 2015 (Note ii)			6,000				0.16				0.00				6.0000
January 1, 2015 (Note ii)			18,500				0.16				0.00				1.8227
January 1, 2015 (Note ii)			11,938				0.16				0.00				2.1669
January 1, 2015			206,845				10.01				4.00				8.1300
February 1, 2015 (Note i)			10,000				10.17				4.16				16.1700
June 30, 2015			36,000				10.01				4.00				16.1700
July 6, 2015			25,000				10.25				4.24				20.0000
July 6, 2015			15,000				11.25				5.24				20.0000
August 1, 2015 (Note iii)			58,058				10.01				1.67				0.3224
August 1, 2015 (Note iv)			25,308				10.01				1.75				0.4299
August 1, 2015 (Note v)			7,444				10.01				2.25				0.8598
August 1, 2015 (Note vi)			49,871				10.01				2.33				1.0748
August 1, 2015 (Note vii)			32,750				10.01				2.67				1.2897
August 1, 2015 (Note vii)			10,421				10.01				2.67				0.4299
August 1, 2015 (Note viii)			82,995				10.01				3.33				1.6122
August 1, 2015 (Note ix)			11,165				10.01				3.42				0.2687
August 1, 2015 (Note x)			78,156				10.01				3.67				2.6869
August 1, 2015 (Note xi)			147,007				10.01				3.83				4.0304
August 1, 2015 (Note xii)			21,884				10.01				4.00				5.3739
December 31, 2015			113,311				10.01				0.00				0.0100
April 1, 2016			32,200				10.25				4.00				20.0000

 

F-107

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

18	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

Grant Date		Number of shares				Term (year)				Vesting period (year)				Exercise price at grant date (US$)
April 1, 2016			79,116				10.25				4.00				6.0000
July 1, 2016			10,000				10.00				4.00				20.0000
July 1, 2016			1,000				10.00				4.00				12.0000
January 1, 2017			4,400				10.01				4.00				20.0000
January 1, 2017			180,000				10.01				4.00				8.1290
January 1, 2017			100,800				10.01				4.00				8.1290
April 1, 2017			5,000				10.01				4.00				12.0000

 

(i)

The Company modified certain terms of the options previously granted which these modifications were related to either the vesting period or the exercise price. The incremental costs resulting from such modifications were assessed to be insignificant.

(ii)

These share options were granted to employees for their past services and immediately vested on grant date. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during January 1, 2015 to February 28, 2015.

(iii)

58.33% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 41.67% of the options are vested over a 1.67 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to March 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(iv)

56.25% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 43.75% of the options are vested over a 1.75 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to April 30, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(v)

43.75% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 56.25% of the options are vested over a 2.25 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to October 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(vi)

41.67% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 58.3% of the options are vested over a 2.33 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to November 30, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(vii)

33.67% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 66.33% of the options are vested over a 2.67 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to March 31, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(viii)

16.67% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 83.33% of the options are vested over a 3.33 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to November 30, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(ix)

14.58% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 85.42% of the options are vested over a 3.42 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to December 31, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

 

F-108

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

18	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

(x)

8.33% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 91.67% of the options are vested over a 3.67 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to March 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(xi)

4.17% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 95.83% of the options are vested over a 3.83 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to May 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

(xii)

The options are vested over a 4 years period starting from August 1, 2015 to May 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options during the first five business days of January, April, July and October until the expiration date — August 1, 2025 of the share option.

The following table summarizes the share option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017:

 

		Number of shares				Weighted average exercise price ($)				Weighted average grant date fair value (US$)				Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)				Aggregate Intrinsic value (US$’000)
At January 1, 2016			1,592,443				4.90								8.58				23,641
Granted			111,316				10.05				13.96
Exercised			(53,388	)			2.10
Forfeited			(102,857	)			6.49
At June 30, 2016			1,547,514				5.26				10.96				8.7				22,834
At January 1, 2017			1,492,185				5.27								7.80				18,576
Granted			290,200				8.38
Exercised			(20,136	)			2.34
Forfeited			(120,643	)			5.92
At June 30, 2017			1,641,606				5.97				11.47				7.75				26,110

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant. If necessary, forfeitures are revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Based upon the Company’s historical and expected forfeitures for share options granted, the directors of the Company estimated that its future forfeiture rate would be 9% and 0% and 6% and 23% for employees and senior management in June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 respectively.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 and the exercise price.

All share-based payments to employees are measured based on their grant-date fair values. Compensation expense is recognized based on the vesting schedule over the requisite service period. Total fair values of options vested and recognized as expenses as of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 were US$1,863 and US$1,923 respectively.

As of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, there were 150,000 share options granted to certain employees which the vesting was subject to the earlier occurrence of any of the following events, either: the Company

 

F-109

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

18	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

being approved to be listed on a stock exchange with an expected market capitalization of no less than US$500,000; or (ii) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its subsidiaries at a valuation of US$500,000 or above in which the shareholders of the Company shall no longer hold a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation; or (iii) the Company achieves a gross profit of US$50,000, for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

As of June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, there were US$7,329 and US$6,170 of unrecognized share-based compensation expenses related to share options, which were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average vesting period of 2.59 and 2.45 years, respectively. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from the Company’s estimate, the actual share-based compensation related to these awards may be different from the expectation.

The binomial option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of the share options granted to employees and non-employees. The fair values of share options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 were estimated using the following assumptions:

 

Grant Date		Risk-free interest rate (Note i)				Dividend yield (Note ii)				Volatility rate (Note iii)				Expected term (in years) (Note iv)
January 1, 2015			0.09	%			0	%			47.34	%			NA
January 1, 2015			2.37	%			0	%			53.47	%			NA
February 1, 2015			1.88	%			0	%			54.55	%			NA
June 30, 2015			2.57	%			0	%			52.87	%			NA
July 6, 2015			2.53	%			0	%			52.60	%			NA
July 6, 2015			2.58	%			0	%			52.64	%			NA
August 1, 2015			2.34	%			0	%			52.78	%			NA
December 31, 2015			2.52	%			0	%			55.54	%			NA
April 1, 2016			2.00	%			0	%			49.37	%			NA
July 1, 2016			1.62	%			0	%			50.52	%			NA
January 1, 2017			2.67	%			0	%			50.75	%			NA
April 1, 2017			2.59	%			0	%			50.79	%			NA

Notes:

 

(i)

The risk-free interest rate of periods within the contractual life of the share option is based on the yield of US Treasury Strips sourced from Bloomberg as of the valuation dates.

(ii)

The Company has no history or expectation of paying dividends on its ordinary shares.

(iii)

Expected volatility is estimated based on the average of historical volatilities of the comparable companies in the same industry as at the valuation dates.

(iv)

The time to expire is assumed to be the option’s contractual term while early exercise multiples, being 2.2x and 2.8x for general staff and management staff, respectively, and post-vesting employment termination behavior have been factored into the model to derive the fair values of the share options.

 

(b)	Issuance of shares to certain employees with performance conditions

On December 28, 2016, the Company authorized and communicated the issuance of restricted ordinary shares of 1,068,114 and 801,086 of the Company to certain employees upon fulfillment of certain

 

F-110

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

18	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(b)	Issuance of shares to certain employees with performance conditions (Continued)

 

performance conditions for the fiscal years of 2017 and 2018, respectively and these employees have to be remained employed by the Company. Considering the likelihood of achieving the performance conditions are not probable as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, no share-based compensation expense has been recorded. Total fair value of these shares were US$32,869. Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach, and such approach involves certain significant estimates. They are terminal growth rate of 3.0%, weighted average cost of capital of 18.3% and growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 3.0% to 19.0%. In addition, none of these restricted ordinary shares were vested, forfeited, and expired during the period ended June 30, 2017.

 

(c)	Issuance of shares to certain employees

On December 28, 2016, the Company and three of the Company’s shareholders agreed to transfer a total of 998,338 shares of the Company’s ordinary shares held by them to certain employees of the Company at no cost for services previously provided for. The fair value of the shares transferred and the corresponding share-based compensation expense and additional paid-in capital was US$17,555 and included in general and administrative expenses. In determining the fair value of shares of the Company transferred to these employees, a business valuation of the Company was performed by management with the assistance of an external valuer. Significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used in determining the business valuation include applying the discounted cash flow approach, and such approach involves certain significant estimates. They are terminal growth rate of 3.0%, weighted average cost of capital of 18.3% and growth rate on average spending per customer ranges from 3.0% to 19.0%.

Total compensation costs recognized for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Cost of revenues			26				28
Research and development			468				546
Sales and marketing			1,124				1,080
General and administrative expenses			245				269
			1,863				1,923

 

19	Other (losses)/gains, net

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Net exchange losses			(126	)			(21	)
Others			57				28
			(69	)			7

 

F-111

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

20	Income tax

 

(a)	Cayman Islands

Under the current tax laws of Cayman Islands, the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Besides, upon payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

(b)	Hong Kong profits tax

Entities incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to Hong Kong profits tax at a rate of 16.5% on the estimated assessable profit for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

(c)	PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”)

The Company’s subsidiaries and VIEs in China are governed by the Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”). Pursuant to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, enterprises in China are generally subjected to tax at a statutory rate of 25%.

In addition, according to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, foreign enterprises, which have no establishment or place in the PRC but derive dividends, interest, rents, royalties and other income (including capital gains) from sources in the PRC shall be subject to PRC withholding tax (“WHT”) at 10% (a further reduced WHT rate may be available according to the applicable double tax treaty or arrangement). The 10% WHT is applicable to any dividends to be distributed from the Group’s PRC subsidiaries to the Group’s overseas companies unless otherwise exempted pursuant to applicable tax treaties or tax arrangements between the PRC government and the government of other jurisdiction which the WHT is reduced to 5%.

Although there are undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries in the PRC and Taiwan that are available for distribution to the Company, the undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries located in the PRC are considered to be indefinitely reinvested, because the Group does not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on its ordinary shares in the foreseeable future and intends to retain most of its available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of its business. Accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been accrued for the Chinese dividend withholding taxes that would be payable upon the distribution of those amounts to the Company as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

Composition of income tax benefit/(expense)

The current and deferred portions of income tax benefit/(expense) included in the unaudited interim condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive loss are as follows:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Current income tax expense			(396	)			(812	)
Deferred tax benefits			525				211
Income tax benefit/(expense)			129				(601	)

 

F-112

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

20	Income tax (Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred taxes were measured using the enacted tax rates for the periods in which they are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax asset balances as of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are as follows:

 

		December 31, 2016				June 30, 2017
Deferred tax assets
Tax losses carried forward			6,838				8,636
Share-based payments			682				863
Less: Valuation allowance (Note i)			(6,838	)			(8,636	)
			682				863
Deferred tax liabilities
Acquired intangible assets			(3,677	)			(3,157	)
Outside basis difference (Note ii)			—				(486	)
Others			(28	)			(33	)
			(3,705	)			(3,676	)

Note:

 

(i)

Valuation allowance is provided against deferred tax assets when the Group determines that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized in the future. In making such determination, the Group considered factors including future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and tax losses carried forward. Valuation allowance was provided for net operating loss carried forward because it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized based on the Group’s estimate of its future taxable income. If events occur in the future that allow the Group to realize more of its deferred income tax than the presently recorded amounts, an adjustment to the valuation allowances will result in a decrease in tax expense when those events occur.

Movement of valuation allowance is as follows:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Beginning balance			5,804				6,838
Additions			1,653				1,798
Ending balance			7,457				8,636

 

(ii)

The deferred tax liabilities are recorded for the undistributed earnings in the Group’s VIE and its subsidiary.

 

F-113

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

20	Income tax (Continued)

 

Tax loss carryforwards

As of June 30, 2017, the Group had tax loss carryforwards of approximately US$26,978, which can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. The net operating tax loss carry forwards will begin to expire as follows:

 

		June 30, 2017
Remainder of 2017			1,993
2018			1,630
2019			1,464
2020			12,035
2021			6,589
Tax loss with no expiry			3,267
			26,978

In accordance with PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the PRC tax authorities generally have up to five years to claw back underpaid tax plus penalties and interest for PRC entities’ tax filings. In the case of tax evasion, which is not clearly defined in the law, there is no limitation on the tax years open for investigation. Accordingly, the PRC entities’ tax years from 2010 to 2016 remain subject to examination by the tax authorities. There were no ongoing examinations by tax authorities as of June 30, 2017.

 

21	Basic and diluted net loss per share

Basic and diluted net loss per share for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017 are calculated as follows:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to ordinary shareholders of the Company			(6,586	)			(22,245	)
Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred shares redemption value			(381	)			(401	)
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value			(757	)			(842	)
Numerator of basic net loss per share			(7,724	)			(23,488	)
Denominator:
Denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share
— weighted average shares outstanding			13,130,027				13,618,905
Basic net loss per share			(0.59	)			(1.72	)
Diluted net loss per share			(0.59	)			(1.72	)

The Company’s preferred shares are participating securities and as such would be included in the calculation of basic earnings per share under the two-class method. According to the contractual terms of the preferred shares, the preferred shares do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. Therefore no loss was allocated to the preferred shares in the computation of basic loss per share for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017.

 

F-114

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

21	Basic and diluted net loss per share (Continued)

 

The preferred shares, share options and preferred share warrants were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect.

The following ordinary shares equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per ordinary share for the periods presented because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

		For the six months ended June 30,
		2016				2017
Preferred shares — weighted average (thousands)			8,458				9,526
Share options — weighted average (thousands)			775				919
Redeemable ordinary shares — weighted average (thousands)			742				742

 

22	Commitments and contingencies

 

(a)	Operating lease commitments

The Group leases facilities under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on different dates. The terms of substantially all of these leases are two years or less. Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of the respective leases.

Total office rental expenses under all operating leases were US$1,466 and US$1,303 for the six months ended June 30, 2016 and June 30, 2017, respectively.

As of June 30, 2017, future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases for office rental consist of the following:

Remaining of

 

2017			1,083
2018			1,618
2019			63
			2,764

 

(b)	Purchase commitments

As of June 30, 2017, no purchase commitments were related to the purchase of space for its online marketing services.

 

(c)	Litigation

In the ordinary course of the business, the Group is subject to periodic legal or administrative proceedings. As of December 31, 2016 and June 30, 2017, the Group is not a party to any legal or administrative proceedings which will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

F-115

---

Table of Contents

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED INTERIM CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

23	Unaudited pro forma balance sheet and net loss per share

Upon the completion of a qualified initial public offering, the Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares shall automatically be converted into ordinary shares. The unaudited pro-forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2017 assumes a qualified initial public offering has occurred and presents an adjusted financial position as if the conversion of all outstanding Series A, B, C, D and E preferred shares into ordinary shares at the conversion ratio as described in Note 15 to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements occurred on June 30, 2017.

 

						For the six months ended June 30, 2017
Numerator:
Net loss attributable to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited							(23,488	)
Accretion to convertible redeemable shares redemption value							842
Accretion to redeemable ordinary shares redemption value							401
Fair value loss on derivative liabilities							14,727
Numerator for pro-forma basic and diluted net loss per share							(7,518	)
Denominator:
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding							13,618,905
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series A preferred shares							2,493,018
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series B preferred shares							1,599,186
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series C preferred shares							1,889,249
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series D preferred shares							2,476,190
Pro-forma effect of the conversion of Series E preferred shares							1,068,114
Pro-forma effect of redeemable ordinary shares							742,320
Denominator for pro-forma basic and diluted net loss per share							23,886,982
Pro-forma net loss per share:
Basic							(0.31	)
Diluted							(0.31	)

 

24	Subsequent events

The Group evaluated subsequent events through August 18, 2017, the date on which these financial statements were issued.

 

F-116

---

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Auditors

To the Management of OptAim Limited

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of OptAim Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (the “Group”), which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of July 23, 2015, and the related consolidated statement of comprehensive loss, consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on our judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, we consider internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of OptAim Limited and its subsidiaries as of July 23, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

Hong Kong

May 18, 2017

 

F-117

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF JULY 23, 2015

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				As of July 23, 2015
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			4				1,301
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of US$nil as of July 23, 2015			5				3,730
Prepaid media costs							8,799
Other current assets			6				664
Total current assets							14,494
Non-current assets
Property and equipment, net			7				84
Total assets							14,578
Liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity
Current liabilities
Accounts payable (including accounts payable of the consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”) and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of US$1,096 as of July 23, 2015)							1,096
Deferred revenue (including deferred revenue of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of of US$5,240 as of July 23, 2015)			8				5,240
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities (including accrued liabilities and other current liabilities of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of of US$521 as of July 23, 2015)			9				654
Amount due to a related party (including amount due to a related party of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of of US$537 as of July 23, 2015)			15				537
Income tax payable (including income tax payable of the consolidated VIE and its subsidiary without recourse to the Company of of US$44 as of July 23, 2015)							44
Total liabilities							7,571
Commitments and contingencies			16

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-118

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (CONTINUED)

AS OF JULY 23, 2015

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				As of July 23, 2015
Mezzanine equity
Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares (US$0.0002 par value; 15,909,091 shares authorized as of July 23, 2015; 15,909,091 shares issued and shares outstanding as of July 23, 2015)			12				6,734
Shareholders’ equity
Series A-1 convertible preferred shares (US$0.0002 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized as of July 23, 2015; 25,000,000 shares issued and shares outstanding as of July 23, 2015)			10				5
Ordinary shares (US$0.0002 par value; 250,000,000 shares authorized as of July 23, 2015; 55,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of July 23, 2015)			11				11
Additional paid-in capital							2,303
Statutory reserves							81
Currency translation differences							(77	)
Accumulated deficit							(2,050	)
Total shareholders’ equity							273
Total liabilities, mezzanine equity and shareholders’ equity							14,578

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-119

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015 TO JULY 23, 2015

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Note				Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Net revenues							3,783
Cost of revenues							(264	)
Gross profit							3,519
Operating expenses
Research and development expenses							(454	)
Sales and marketing expenses							(1,150	)
General and administrative expenses							(1,895	)
Operating income							20
Other income, net							50
Profit before income tax expense							70
Income tax expense			14				(44	)
Net profit attributable to OptAim Limited’s ordinary shareholders							26
Other comprehensive loss:
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of US$nil tax							(79	)
Comprehensive loss attributable to OptAim Limited							(53	)

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-120

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015 TO JULY 23, 2015

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Series A1 convertible preferred shares								Ordinary shares
		Number of shares				Amount				Number of shares				Amount				Additional paid-in capital				Accumulated deficit				Statutory Reserve				Currency translation differences				Total shareholders’ (deficit)/equity
Balance as of January 1, 2015			25,000				5				55,000				11				1,706				(2,076	)			81				2				(271	)
Share-based compensation expense			—				—				—				—				597				—				—				—				597
Beneficial conversion feature of Series A-1 preferred shares			—				—				—				—				7,125				—				—				—				7,125
Amortization of beneficial conversion feature of Series A-1 preferred shares			—				—				—				—				(7,125	)			—				—				—				(7,125	)
Net income			—				—				—				—				—				26				—				—				26
Foreign currency translation			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				(79	)			(79	)
Balance as of July 23, 2015			25,000				5				55,000				11				2,303				(2,050	)			81				(77	)			273

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statement.

 

F-121

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM JANUARY 1, 2015 TO JULY 23, 2015

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Cash flows from operating activities
Net profit			26
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation of property and equipment			2
Allowance for doubtful accounts			357
Share-based compensation			597
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net
Accounts receivable			(2,857	)
Prepaid media costs			(4,882	)
Other current assets			1,298
Accounts payable			488
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities			34
Deferred revenue			2,455
Income tax payable			44
Net cash used in operating activities			(2,438	)
Cash flows from investing activity
Purchase of property and equipment			(42	)
Net cash used in investing activity			(42	)
Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of Series A-2 convertible redeemable preferred shares			1,500
Increase in amount due to a related party			352
Net cash provided by financing activities			1,852
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents			(628	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of period			1,932
Effect on exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents			(3	)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of period			1,301
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Non-cash financing activity:
Beneficial conversion feature of Series A-1 preferred shareholder			7,125

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-122

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities

 

(a)	Organization and nature of operation

OptAim Limited (“OptAim” or the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Group”) are engaged in the provision of online advertising services with a focus of mobile device in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”) market.

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited (“Optimix”) acquired 100% equity interest of OptAim on July 24, 2015, which is considered the effective date of the acquisition for the purpose of the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The consolidated statement of comprehensive loss, of changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows, are prepared for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015 (the “Period”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the legal entities and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) as follows:

 

Name		Relationship		% of direct or indirect ownership		Date of incorporation		Place of incorporation/ establishment		Principal activities
OptAim (HK) Limited		Subsidiary		100%		July 2014		Hong Kong		Investment holding
OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		Subsidiary (WFOE)		100%		November 2014		The PRC		Investment holding
Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.		VIE		100%		September 2012		The PRC		Internet advertising services and solutions
Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd.		VIE’s subsidiary		100%		September 2014		The PRC		Internet advertising services and solutions

 

(b)	Reorganization

The Company was incorporated in the Cayman Islands in July 2014.

The Group began its operations in September 2012 through Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. (“OptAim VIE”), a PRC domestic company established by our founders. OptAim VIE established one wholly owned subsidiary, Zhiyun Zhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. (“Shanghai OptAim”), in September 2014.

In July 2014, the Group undertook a reorganization (“Restructuring”) and established the Company under the laws of the Cayman Islands; the Company established a wholly owned Hong Kong subsidiary, OptAim (HK) Limited (“OptAim HK”), which in turn established a wholly owned subsidiary in China, OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“OptAim WFOE”) or a wholly foreign owned enterprise (“WFOE”) of the Company.

On January 15, 2015, OptAim WFOE entered into a series of contractual agreements (“VIE agreements”) amongst OptAim VIE and OptAim VIE’s legal shareholders. The Restructuring was undertaken in order to facilitate an international financing completed in January 2015 as well as to comply with relevant government regulations and policies in the PRC. Prior to the Restructuring, the Group’s founders held 100%

 

F-123

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(b)	Reorganization (Continued)

 

of the beneficial ownership interest in OptAim VIE. In the Restructuring, the Cayman Islands entity was established with the same beneficial ownership structure as OptAim VIE. Therefore, the Group’s founders held 100% of the beneficial ownership interests in, and maintained control of, the Group immediately before and after the Restructuring.

The entities included in the Restructuring were under common control and the two reorganizations have been accounted for in a manner akin to a common control transaction as if the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, had been in existence and been the primary beneficiary of the VIE throughout the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements.

 

(c)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary

To comply with PRC laws and regulations that prohibit or restrict foreign ownership of companies that provide online advertising services, certain of the Group’s operations are conducted through OptAim VIE and its subsidiary, Shanghai OptAim. OptAim WFOE, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a series of contractual agreements amongst OptAim VIE and OptAim VIE’s legal shareholders.

OptAim VIE

The Company’s relationships with OptAim VIE and its shareholders are governed by the following contractual arrangements which were entered into on January 16, 2015:

 

•

Cooperative Agreement

Under the cooperative agreement between OptAim WFOE and OptAim VIE, OptAim WFOE has the exclusive right to provide to OptAim VIE, among others, technical consulting, technical support, business consulting, and appointment and dismissal of employees. OptAim WFOE will collect a fee from OptAim VIE to be determined at the sole discretion of Beijing OptAim. The term of this agreement will not expire unless OptAim WFOE provides prior written notice to OptAim VIE.

 

•

Purchase Option Agreement

The parties to the purchase option agreement are OptAim WFOE, OptAim VIE and each of the shareholders of OptAim VIE. Under the purchase option agreement, each of the shareholder of OptAim VIE irrevocably granted OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s) an exclusive option to purchase, to the extent permitted under PRC law, all or part of its equity interests in OptAim VIE. OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s) have sole discretion as to when to exercise such options, either in part or in full. Without OptAim WFOE’s prior written consent, OptAim VIE’s shareholders shall not sell, transfer, mortgage or otherwise dispose their equity interests in OptAim VIE. The agreement will not expire until all shares of OptAim VIE are transferred to OptAim WFOE or its designated representative(s).

 

•

Power of Attorney

Pursuant to the irrevocable power of attorney executed by the shareholders of OptAim VIE, the shareholders of OptAim VIE appointed OptAim WFOE as its attorney-in-fact to exercise all shareholders’ rights in OptAim VIE, including, without limitation, the power to vote on all matters of OptAim VIE requiring shareholder approval under PRC laws and regulations and the articles of association of OptAim VIE. The power of attorney will remain in force until OptAim WFOE provides prior written notice to OptAim VIE.

 

F-124

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(c)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary (Continued)

OptAim VIE (Continued)

•

Pledge Agreement

Pursuant to the pledge agreement between OptAim WFOE and the shareholders of OptAim VIE, the shareholders of OptAim VIE have pledged all of their equity interests in OptAim VIE to OptAim WFOE to guarantee the performance by OptAim VIE under the cooperative agreement, purchase option agreement, and power of attorney. If OptAim VIE and/or its shareholders breach their contractual obligations under those agreements, OptAim WFOE, as pledgee, will be entitled to certain rights, including the right to sell the pledged equity interests. Under the pledge agreement, the shareholders of OptAim VIE are not able to provide any other guarantee by pledging the shares of OptAim VIE, transfer or sell their pledged shares to other individual, increase share capital of OptAim VIE or transfer or sell the assets out of OptAim VIE.

Through the aforementioned contractual agreements, OptAim VIE is considered a VIE in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States (“US GAAP”) because the Company, through OptAim WFOE has the ability to:

 

•

exercise effective control over OptAim VIE whereby having the power to direct OptAim VIE’s activities that most significantly drive the economic results of OptAim VIE;

 

•

receive substantially all of the economic benefits and residual returns, and absorb substantially all the risks and expected losses from OptAim VIE as if it was their sole shareholder; and

 

•

have an exclusive option to purchase all of the equity interests in OptAim VIE.

Management evaluated the relationships among the Company, OptAim WFOE and OptAim VIE, and concluded that OptAim WFOE is the primary beneficiary of the VIEs. As a result, the VIEs’ results of operations, assets and liabilities have been included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

As of July 23, 2015, the total assets of OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were US$14,227, mainly comprising cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepayments and other current assets, property and equipment. As of July 23, 2015, the total liabilities of OptAim VIE and its subsidiary were US$7,439, mainly comprising deferred revenue, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities.

In accordance with the aforementioned agreements, the Company has power to direct activities of OptAim VIE, and can have assets transferred out of OptAim VIE. Therefore the Company considers that there is no asset in OptAim VIE that can be used only to settle obligations of OptAim VIE, except for registered capital and PRC statutory reserves of OptAim VIE amounting to US$2,081 as of July 23, 2015. As OptAim VIE were incorporated as limited liability company under the PRC Company Law, the creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company for all the liabilities of the VIEs. Currently there is no contractual arrangement that could require the Company to provide additional financial support to OptAim VIE.

As the Company is conducting its PRC online advertising services business through OptAim VIE, the Company will, if needed, provide such support on a discretional basis in the future, which could expose the Company to a loss.

There is no VIE where the Company has variable interest but is not the primary beneficiary.

 

F-125

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

1	Organization and principal activities (Continued)

 

(c)	Consolidated VIE and VIE’s subsidiary (Continued)

 

The Group believes that the contractual arrangements among OptAim VIE, its shareholders and OptAim WFOE are in compliance with PRC law and are legally enforceable. However, uncertainties in the PRC legal system could limit the Company’s ability to enforce these contractual arrangements and if the shareholders of OptAim VIE were to reduce their interest in the Company, their interests may diverge from that of the Company and that may potentially increase the risk that they would seek to act contrary to the contractual terms.

The Company’s ability to control OptAim VIE also depends on the power of attorney and OptAim WFOE has to vote on all matters requiring shareholder approval in OptAim VIE. As noted above, the Company believes this power of attorney is legally enforceable but may not be as effective as direct equity ownership.

 

2	Principal accounting policies

 

(a)	Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the US GAAP. Significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements are summarized below.

 

(b)	Use of estimates

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from such estimates.

The Company believes that revenue recognition, consolidation of VIEs, determination of share-based compensation, measurement of redemption value of redeemable preferred shares and impairment assessment of long-lived assets that reflect more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements.

Management bases the estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions as discussed elsewhere to the consolidated financial statements that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates.

 

(c)	Consolidation

The Group’s consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIE and the VIE’s subsidiary for which the Company or its subsidiary is the primary beneficiary. All transactions and balances among the Company, its subsidiaries, its VIE and the VIE’s subsidiary have been eliminated upon consolidation.

A subsidiary is an entity in which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting powers; or has the power to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors; or to cast a majority of votes at the meeting of directors; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies of the investee under a statute or agreement among the shareholders or equity holders.

 

F-126

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(c)	Consolidation (Continued)

 

A VIE is an entity in which the Company, or its subsidiary, through contractual agreements, bears the risks of, and enjoys the rewards normally associated with ownership of the entity. In determining whether the Company or its subsidiaries are the primary beneficiary, the Company considered whether it has the power to direct activities that are significant to the VIE’s economic performance, and also the Group’s obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. OptAim WFOE and ultimately the Company hold all the variable interests of the VIE and its subsidiary, and has been determined to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE.

 

(d)	Foreign currency translation

The reporting currency of the Company is presented in thousands of United States dollars (“US$’000”) unless otherwise stated. The Company is a holding company engaged in capital raising and financing activities denominated in US$. As such, the Company’s functional currency has been determined to be the US$. The cash flows of the Company’s non-PRC subsidiary are denominated in US$, and its functional currency has been determined to be US$. The financial records of the Company’s PRC subsidiary, VIE and its subsidiary are maintained in their local currency, the Renminbi (“RMB”), which is their functional currency.

Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are translated into the functional currency at the rates of exchange existing at the balance sheet date. Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency during the year are converted into the functional currency at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing at the transaction date. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in “Other income, net”. Assets and liabilities of the Group’s subsidiaries and VIEs are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenues, expenses, gains and losses are translated using the average rate for the year. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive loss in the consolidated statement of changes in shareholders’ deficit and comprehensive loss.

 

(e)	Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Fair value measurements are based on a fair value hierarchy, based on three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value which are the following:

Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

F-127

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(e)	Fair value of financial instruments (Continued)

 

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Observable inputs are based on market data obtained from independent sources.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, prepayment and other current assets, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and other current liabilities, deferred revenue and amount due to a related party, approximate to their fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

Certain assets are also subject to measurement at fair value on a non-recurring basis if they are deemed to be impaired as a result of an impairment review. For the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015, no impairments were recorded on those assets required to be measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

 

(f)	Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, cash in bank and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions, which have original maturities of three months or less and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

 

(g)	Accounts receivable, net

Accounts receivable are presented net of allowance for doubtful accounts. The Group uses specific identification in providing for bad debts when facts and circumstances indicate that collection is doubtful and based on factors listed in the following paragraph. If the financial conditions of its customers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowance may be required.

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts which reflects its best estimate of amounts that potentially will not be collected. The Company determines the allowance for doubtful accounts on an individual basis taking into consideration various factors including but not limited to historical collection experience and credit-worthiness of the debtors as well as the age of the individual receivables balance. Additionally, the Company makes specific bad debt provisions based on any specific knowledge the Company has acquired that might indicate that an account is uncollectible. The facts and circumstances of each account may require the Company to use substantial judgment in assessing its collectability.

 

(h)	Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment loss, if any. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

Leasehold improvements		Over the shorter of lease term or 2 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures		2 – 5 years
Office equipment		3 – 5 years

 

F-128

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(h)	Property and equipment, net (Continued)

 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The gain or loss on the disposal of property and equipment is the difference between the net sales proceeds and the carrying amount of the relevant assets and is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss.

 

(i)	Impairment of long-lived assets

For long-lived assets including property and equipment, the Group evaluates for impairment whenever events or changes (triggering events) indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may no longer be recoverable. The Group assesses the recoverability of the long-lived assets by comparing the carrying value of the long-lived assets to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to receive from use of the assets and their eventual disposition. Such assets are considered to be impaired if the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows is less than the carrying amount of the assets. The impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets.

 

(j)	Deferred revenue

The Group receives prepayments for services in advance of service performance from certain customers. The amounts received in advance are recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue in the period which the corresponding services are performed.

 

(k)	Revenue recognition

The Group’s services are the provisions of online advertising services. The Group utilizes a combination of pricing models and revenue is recognized when the related services are delivered based on the specific terms of the contract, which are commonly based on (i) cost-plus, (ii) agreed rebates to be earned from certain website publishers or (iii) specified actions (i.e. cost per impression (“CPMs), cost per click (“CPC”), cost per action (“CPA”), cost per sale (“CPS”), cost per lead (“CPL”) or return on investment (“ROI”) and related campaign budgets, depending on the advertisers’ preferences and their campaigns launched.

The Group recognizes revenue when four basic criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement with the customer exists reflecting the terms and conditions under which the services will be provided; (2) services have been provided or delivery has occurred; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured. Collectability is assessed based on a number of factors, including the creditworthiness of a customer, the size and nature of a customer’s business and transaction history. Amounts collected in excess of revenue recognized are included as deferred revenue.

Revenue in relation to rebates to be earned from certain website publishers are based on factors determined by these website publishers, such as yearly spending at these website publishers’ various platforms and other factors selected at the discretion of these website publishers. Such rebates earned from website publishers are recorded as revenues when the Group is acting as an agent in a transaction, and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. Revenues are recorded net of value-added taxes and surcharges.

Cost-plus and agreed rebates to be earned from certain website publishers

For cost-plus advertisement campaigns and rebates to be earned from certain website publishers, sales are valued at the amount received and receivable. Rebates and discounts granted to advertisers, along with free

 

F-129

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(k)	Revenue recognition (Continued)

Cost-plus and agreed rebates to be earned from certain website publishers (Continued)

 

or extended advertising campaigns, are recorded as a deduction from revenue. In the normal course of business, the Group acts as an intermediary in executing transactions with third parties, specifically for transactions where the Group is not the principal in executing these transactions as the Group is acting on behalf of the website publishers. The determination of whether revenue should be reported on a gross or net basis is based on an assessment of whether the Group is acting as the principal or an agent in those transactions. In determining whether the Group acts as the principal or an agent, the Group follows the accounting guidance for principal-agent considerations. The determination of whether the Group is acting as a principal or an agent in a transaction involves judgment and is based on an evaluation of the terms of each arrangement. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because the Group is simply facilitating the advertisers and the publishers to purchase and to sell advertising inventory and the pricing is generally restricted by the costs incurred through purchasing the advertising inventory, the Group is not the principal in these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transaction on a net basis.

Specified actions

The Group also generates revenue from performing specified actions (i.e. a CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis). Revenue is recognized on a CPM or CPC basis as impressions or clicks are delivered while revenue on a CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI basis is recognized once agreed actions are performed. While none of the factors individually are considered presumptive or determinative, because the Group is the primary obligor and are responsible for (1) identifying and contracting with third-party advertisers which the Group views as customers; (2) identifying website publishers to provide website spaces where the Group views the website publishers as suppliers; (3) establishing the selling prices of each of the CPM, CPC, CPA, CPS, CPL or ROI pricing model; (4) performing all billing and collection activities, including retaining credit risk; and (5) bearing sole responsibility for fulfillment of the advertising, the Group acts as the principal of these arrangements and therefore reports revenue earned and costs incurred related to these transactions on a gross basis.

 

(l)	Cost of revenues

Cost of revenues consists of the costs to purchase advertising space for the online advertising operations, salaries and benefits of the relevant operations and support personnel and depreciation of relevant property and equipment depreciation. The Group becomes obligated to make payments related to website publishers in the period the advertising impressions and click-through occur. Such expenses are classified as cost of revenues in the consolidated statement of operations as incurred. Cost of revenues also includes rebates received from website publishers which are recorded as a deduction against the cost of revenues when the Group is acting as a principal in a transaction. Following recent reforms of PRC tax laws, business tax is gradually being replaced by VAT, which is recorded as a reduction of revenue. The Group’s PRC subsidiaries and VIEs are subjected to VAT at a rate of 6%.

 

(m)	Prepaid media costs

Prepaid media costs represent prepayments for online advertising space paid by the Group to third party publishers of websites. Upon utilization, media costs are recognized in cost of revenues when the Group is

 

F-130

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(m)	Prepaid media costs (Continued)

 

determined as acting as the principal. However, when the Group is determined as acting as the agent, these costs are recognized as deduction to revenue by the Group. These prepayments are classified as current considering the corresponding online advertising spaces are expected to be purchased and utilized within twelve months from the date of payments.

 

(n)	Research and development expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of (i) salary and welfare for research and development personnel, (ii) rental expenses and (iii) depreciation of office premise and servers utilized by research and development personnel. Costs incurred during the research stage are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in the development stage, prior to the establishment of technological feasibility, which is when a working model is available, are expensed when incurred.

The Company accounts for internal use software development costs in accordance with guidance on intangible assets and internal use software. This requires capitalization of qualifying costs incurred during the software’s application development stage and to expense costs as they are incurred during the preliminary project and post implementation/operation stages. For the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015, the Company has not capitalized any costs related to internal use software.

 

(o)	Sales and marketing expenses

Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of (i) advertising and market promotion expenses, and (ii) salary and welfare for sales and marketing personnel. The sales and marketing expenses amounted to US$1,150 during the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015.

 

(p)	General and administrative expenses

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of (i) salary and welfare for general and administrative personnel, (ii) allowance for doubtful receivables, and (iii) professional service fees.

 

(q)	Operating leases

Leases where substantially all the rewards and risks of ownership of assets remain with the lessor are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statement of operations on a straight-line basis over the lease periods. The Group had no capital leases for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015.

 

(r)	Employee social security and welfare benefits

Employees of the Group in the PRC are entitled to staff welfare benefits including pension, work-related injury benefits, maternity insurance, medical insurance, unemployment benefit and housing fund plans through a PRC government-mandated multi-employer defined contribution plan. The Group is required to contribute to the plan based on certain percentages of the employees’ salaries, up to a maximum amount specified by the local government.

 

F-131

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(r)	Employee social security and welfare benefits (Continued)

 

The PRC government is responsible for the medical benefits and the pension liability to be paid to these employees and the Group’s obligations are limited to the amounts contributed and no legal obligation beyond the contributions made.

 

(s)	Income taxes

Current income taxes are provided on the basis of net income for financial reporting purposes, adjusted for income and expense items which are not assessable or deductible for income tax purposes, in accordance with the regulations of the relevant tax jurisdictions. Deferred income taxes are accounted for using an asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences by applying enacted statutory rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. The tax base of an asset or liability is the amount attributed to that asset or liability for tax purpose. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss in the period of change. A valuation allowance is provided to reduce the amount of deferred tax assets if it is considered more likely than not that some portion of, or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

Uncertain tax positions

The guidance on accounting for uncertainties in income taxes prescribes a more likely than not threshold for financial statements recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Guidance was also provided on derecognition of income tax assets and liabilities, classification of current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accounting for interest and penalties associated with tax positions, accounting for income taxes in interim periods, and income tax disclosures. Significant judgment is required in evaluating the Group’s uncertain tax positions and determining its provision for income taxes. The Group recognizes interests and penalties, if any, under accrued expenses and other current liabilities on its consolidated balance sheet and under other expenses in its statements of operations and comprehensive income. The Group did not recognize any significant interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015. As of July 23, 2015, the Group did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions.

 

(t)	Share-based compensation

The Group accounts for share-based compensation expenses in accordance with ASC subtopic 718-10 (“ASC 718-10”), Compensation-Stock Compensation, for share-based awards to employees. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC 718-10, share-based compensation costs are measured at the grant date. The share-based compensation expenses have been categorized as either general and administrative expenses, selling and marketing expenses or research and development expenses, depending on the job functions of the grantees.

Option granted to employees

For the options granted to employee, the compensation expense is recognized using the graded-vesting attribution approach over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period.

 

F-132

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(t)	Share-based compensation (Continued)

Option granted to employees (Continued)

 

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant, with such estimate updated periodically and with actual forfeitures recognized currently to the extent they differ from the estimate. In determining the fair value of the Company’s share options, the binomial option pricing model has been applied.

Option modification

According to ASC 718, a change in any of the terms or conditions of equity based awards shall be accounted for as a modification of the award. Therefore, the Company calculates incremental compensation cost of a modification as the excess of the fair value of the modified option over the fair value of the original option immediately before its terms are modified. For vested options, the Company would recognize incremental compensation costs on the date of modification and for unvested options, the Company would recognize, prospectively and over the remaining requisite service period, the sum of the incremental compensation costs and the remaining unrecognized compensation costs for the original award.

Option granted to non-employees

For share-based awards granted to non-employees, the Group accounts for the related share-based compensation expenses in accordance with ASC subtopic, 505-50 (“ASC 505-50”), Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees. Under the provision of ASC 505-50, options of the Company issued to non-employees are measured based on fair value of the options which are determined by using the binomial option pricing model. These options are measured as of the earlier of the date at which either: (1) commitment for performance by the non-employee has been reached; or (2) the non-employee’s performance is complete.

 

(u)	Statutory reserves

The Group’s subsidiaries, consolidated VIE and its subsidiaries incorporated in the PRC are required on an annual basis to make appropriations of retained earnings set at certain percentage of after-tax profit determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations (“PRC GAAP”).

Appropriation to the statutory general reserve should be at least 10% of the after tax net income determined in accordance with the legal requirements in the PRC until the reserve is equal to 50% of the entities’ registered capital. The Group is not required to make appropriation to other reserve funds and the Group does not have any intentions to make appropriations to any other reserve funds.

The general reserve fund can only be used for specific purposes, such as setting off the accumulated losses, enterprise expansion or increasing the registered capital. Appropriations to the general reserve funds are classified in the consolidated balance sheet as statutory reserves.

There are no legal requirements in the PRC to fund these reserves by transfer of cash to restricted accounts, and the Group does not do so.

Relevant laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the PRC subsidiaries and affiliated companies only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with respective accounting standards and regulations. Accordingly, the above balances are not allowed to be transferred to the Company in terms of cash dividends, loans or advances.

 

F-133

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(v)	Related parties

Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability, directly or indirectly, to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial and operating decisions. Parties are also considered to be related if they are subject to common control or significant influence, such as a family member or relative, shareholder, or a related corporation.

 

(w)

Dividends

Dividends are recognized when declared. No dividends were declared for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015. The Group does not have any present plan to pay any dividends on ordinary shares in the foreseeable future. The Group currently intends to retain the available funds and any future earnings to operate and expand its business.

 

(x)	Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in shareholders’ equity of the Company during a period arising from transactions and other events and circumstances excluding transactions resulting from investments by shareholders and distributions to shareholders.

Comprehensive loss is reported in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss. Accumulated other comprehensive losses of the Group include the foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

(y)	Segment reporting

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise engaging in businesses activities for which separate financial information is available that is regularly evaluated by the Group’s chief operating decision makers in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance. The Group’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Chief Executive Officer, who reviews consolidated results including revenue, gross profit and operating profit at a consolidated level only. The Group does not distinguish between markets for the purpose of making decisions about resources allocation and performance assessment. Hence, the Group has only one operating segment and one reportable segment.

 

(z)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” (“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 will eliminate transaction-specific and industry-specific revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP and replace it with a principle-based approach for determining revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 will require that companies recognize revenues based on the value of transferred goods or services as they occur in the contract. The ASU also will require additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenues and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. In August 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-14, which defers by one year ASU 2014-09’s effective date. The amendment will be effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 including interim periods within that reporting period. Early adoption is permitted only for annual and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016.

 

F-134

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(z)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, which amends the principal-versus-agent implementation guidance and illustrations in the Board’s new revenue standard (ASC 606). The amendments in this update clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations. When another party, along with the reporting entity, is involved in providing goods or services to a customer, an entity is required to determine whether the nature of its promise is to provide that good or service to the customer (as a principal) or to arrange for the good or service to be provided to the customer by the other party (as an agent). The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.

The Company will apply the new revenue standard beginning January 1, 2018 and will not early adopt. The Company will set up an implementation team to analyze each of the Group’s revenue streams in accordance with the new revenue standard to determine the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company plans to continue the evaluation, analysis, and documentation of its adoption of ASU 2014-09 (includes those subsequently issued updates that clarify its provisions) throughout 2017 as the Company works towards the implementation and finalize its determination of the impact that the adoption will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis” (“ASU 2015-02”). ASU 2015-02 focuses on the consolidation evaluation for reporting organizations that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. The ASU simplifies consolidation accounting by reducing the number of consolidation models from four to two. In addition, the new standard simplifies the FASB Accounting Standards Codification and improves current guidance by: (i) placing more emphasis on risk of loss when determining a controlling financial interest; (ii) reducing the frequency of the application of related-party guidance when determining a controlling financial interest in a VIE; and (iii) changing consolidation conclusions for public and private companies in several industries that typically make use of limited partnerships or VIEs.

The ASU will be effective for periods beginning after December 15, 2016, for public companies. For public interest entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes”. The new guidance requires entities to present all deferred tax assets and liabilities, along with any related valuation allowance, as non-current on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for publicly-traded companies for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 (early adoption is permitted). The Company does not expect this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02: Leases (Topic 842). The core principle of Topic 842 is that a lessee should recognize the assets and liabilities that arise from leases. All leases create an asset and a liability for the lessee in accordance with FASB Concepts Statement No. 6, Elements of Financial Statements, and, therefore, recognition of those lease assets and lease liabilities represents an improvement over previous GAAP, which did not require lease assets and lease liabilities to be recognized for most leases.

For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

F-135

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(z)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

On August 6, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows — Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Payments.” The ASU provides guidance on the classification of certain cash receipts and payments including debt prepayment or debt issuance costs and cash payments for contingent considerations. The ASU also provides clarification on the application of the predominance principle outlined in ASC 230. The effective date for public entities will be annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes: Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory (Topic 740). This standard will require entities to recognize the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory at the time of transfer. This standard requires a modified retrospective approach to adoption. ASU 2016-16 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 31, 2018. The Company does not expect ASU 2016-16 to have a material impact to the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business, which revises the definition of a business. To be considered a business, an acquisition would have to include an input and a substantive process that together significantly contribute to the ability to create outputs. To be a business without outputs, there will now need to be an organized workforce. ASU 2017-01 is effective for fiscal years and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company currently does not expect ASU 2017-01 to have a material impact to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, but will evaluate the impact of adopting this standard prospectively upon any transaction of acquisitions or disposals of assets or businesses.

In March, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”, which relates to the accounting for employee share-based payments. This standard addresses several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions, including: (a) income tax consequences; (b) classification of awards as either equity or liabilities; and (c) classification on the statement of cash flows; (d) accounting for forfeitures of share-based payments. The ASU will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Group does not expect this standard to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of cash flows (Topic 230): restricted cash”, which requires entities to include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents in the cash and cash equivalent balances in the statement of cash flows. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption on its consolidated financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): simplifying the test for goodwill impairment”, the guidance removes Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test, which requires a hypothetical purchase price allocation. Goodwill impairment will now be the amount by which a reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, not the difference between the fair value and carrying amount of good will which was the step 2 test before. The ASU should be adopted on a prospective basis for the annual or any interim goodwill impairment tests beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after

 

F-136

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

2	Principal accounting policies (Continued)

 

(z)	Recently issued accounting pronouncements (Continued)

 

January 1, 2017. The Group is currently evaluating the impact of adopting this standard on its consolidated financial statements.

 

3	Certain risks and concentration

 

(a)	PRC regulations

The Chinese market in which the Company operates poses certain macro-economic and regulatory risks and uncertainties. These uncertainties extend to the ability of the Company to engage in online advertising businesses through contractual arrangements in the PRC since the internet and advertising services industries remain regulated. The Company conducts certain of its operations in China through its variable interest entities, which it consolidates as a result of a series contractual arrangements enacted. Though the PRC has, since 1978, implemented a wide range of market-oriented economic reforms, continued reforms and progress towards a full market-oriented economy are uncertain. In addition, the telecommunication, information, and media industries remain highly regulated. Restrictions are currently in place and are unclear with respect to which segments of these industries foreign owned entities, like the Company, may operate. The Chinese government may issue from time to time new laws or new interpretations on existing laws to regulate areas such as telecommunication, information and media. Regulatory risk also encompasses the interpretation by the tax authorities of current tax laws, and the Group’s legal structure and scope of operations in the PRC, which could be subject to further restrictions resulting in limitations on the Company’s ability to conduct business in the PRC. There are uncertainties regarding the interpretation and application of current and future PRC laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the laws, rules and regulations governing the validity and enforcement of the contractual arrangements with consolidated VIE. The Company believes that the structure for operating its business in China (including the ownership structure and the contractual arrangements with the consolidated VIE) is in compliance with all applicable existing PRC laws, rules and regulations, and does not violate, breach, contravene or otherwise conflict with any applicable PRC laws, rules or regulations. However, the Company cannot assure that the PRC regulatory authorities will not adopt any new regulation to restrict or prohibit foreign investments in the online advertising business through contractual arrangements in the future or that it will not determine that the ownership structure and contractual arrangements violate PRC laws, rules or regulations. If the Company and its consolidated VIE are found to be in violation of any existing or future PRC laws or regulations, or fail to obtain or maintain any of the required permits or approvals, the relevant PRC regulatory authorities would have broad discretion in dealing with such violations, including:

 

•

revoking the business licenses of such entities;

 

•

discontinuing or restricting the conduct of any transactions between the Company’s PRC subsidiaries and OptAim VIE;

 

•

imposing fines, confiscating the income of OptAim VIE or the Company’s PRC subsidiaries, or imposing other requirements with which the Company or its PRC subsidiaries and consolidated VIEs may not be able to comply;

 

•

requiring the Company to restructure its ownership structure or operations, including terminating the contractual arrangements with OptAim VIE and deregistering the equity pledges of OptAim VIE, which in turn would affect its ability to consolidate, derive economic interests from, or exert effective control over OptAim VIE; or

 

F-137

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

•

restricting or prohibiting its use of the proceeds of any offering to finance its business and operations in China.

If the imposition of any of these penalties precludes the Company from operating its business, it would no longer be in a position to generate revenue or cash from it. If the imposition of any of these penalties causes the Company to lose its rights to direct the activities of its consolidated VIEs or its rights to receive its economic benefits, the Company would no longer be able to consolidate these entities, and its financial statements would no longer reflect the results of operations from the business conducted by VIEs except to the extent that the Company receives payments from VIEs under the contractual arrangements. Either of these results, or any other significant penalties that might be imposed on the Company in this event, would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition and results of operations.

On January 19, 2015, the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC, or (the “MOFCOM”) released on its Website for public comment a proposed PRC law (the “Draft FIE Law”) that appears to include VIEs within the scope of entities that could be considered to be foreign invested enterprises (or “FIEs”) that would be subject to restrictions under existing PRC law on foreign investment in certain categories of industry. Specifically, the Draft FIE Law introduces the concept of “actual control” for determining whether an entity is considered to be an FIE. In addition to control through direct or indirect ownership or equity, the Draft FIE Law includes control through contractual arrangements within the definition of “actual control”. If the Draft FIE Law is passed by the People’s Congress of the PRC and goes into effect in its current form, these provisions regarding control through contractual arrangements could be construed to reach the Group’s VIE arrangement, and as a result the Group’s VIE could become explicitly subject to the current restrictions on foreign investment in certain categories of industry. The Draft FIE Law includes provisions that would exempt from the definition of foreign invested enterprises entities where the ultimate controlling shareholders are either entities organized under PRC law or individuals who are PRC citizens.

The Draft FIE Law does not make clear how “control” would be determined for such purpose, and is silent as to what type of enforcement action might be taken against existing VIEs that operate in restricted industries and are not controlled by entities organized under PRC law or individuals who are PRC citizens. If a finding were made by PRC authorities under the Draft FIE Law if it becomes effective, that the Company’s operation of certain of its operations and businesses through VIE violates the Draft FIE Law, regulatory authorities with jurisdiction over the licensing and operation of such operations and businesses may require the Company to take various actions as discussed in the paragraph above. The Group’s management considers the possibility of such a finding by PRC regulatory authorities under the Draft VIE law, if it becomes effective, to be remote.

 

F-138

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(a)	PRC regulations (Continued)

 

The following financial information of OptAim VIE and its subsidiary excluding the intercompany items with the Company’s subsidiaries was included in the accompanying financial statements as of and for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Assets
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents			1,175
Accounts receivable, net			3,730
Other current assets			9,240
Total current assets			14,145
Non-current asset
Property and equipment, net			82
Total assets			14,227
Liabilities
Current liabilities
Accounts payable			1,096
Deferred revenue			5,240
Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities			521
Amounts due to a related party			537
Income tax payable			44
Total liabilities			7,438

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Net revenues			3,783
Net profit			1,455

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Net cash provided by operating activities			747
Net cash used in investing activity			(6	)
			741

In accordance with the VIE arrangements, the Group has power to direct activities of OptAim VIE, and can have assets transferred out of OptAim VIE. Therefore, the Group considers that there is no assets of OptAim VIE can be used only to settle their obligations.

 

F-139

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(b)	Foreign exchange risk

Assets and liabilities of non-US dollar functional currency entities are translated into US$ using the applicable exchange rates at the balance sheet date. Items in the statements of comprehensive income are translated into US$ using the average exchange rate during the period. Equity accounts were translated at their historical exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are accumulated as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income on the consolidated statement of shareholders’ deficit.

Certain of the Group’s operating activities are transacted in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China.

The revenues and expenses of the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE in the PRC are generally denominated in RMB and their assets and liabilities are denominated in RMB. RMB is not freely convertible into foreign currencies, and remittances of foreign currencies into the PRC and exchange of foreign currencies into RMB require approval by foreign exchange administrative authorities and certain supporting documentation. The State Administration for Foreign Exchange, under the authority of the People’s Bank of China, controls the conversion of RMB into other currencies. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with suppliers’ invoices and signed contracts. The value of RMB is subject to changes in central government policies and to international economic and political developments affecting supply and demand in the China Foreign Exchange Trading System market.

 

(c)	Concentration risk

 

(i)

Concentration of revenues

The top 10 customers accounted for 55% of the net revenues for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015 and there was one customer with net revenues accounted for 11% of the total net revenues for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015. Prior to entering into sales agreements, the Group performs credit assessments of its customers to assess the credit history of its customers. Further, the Group has not experienced any significant bad debts with respect to its accounts receivable.

 

(ii)

Concentration of accounts receivable

The Group conducts credit evaluations on its customers and generally does not require collateral or other security from such customers. The Group periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of the existing customers in determining an allowance for doubtful accounts primarily based upon the age of the receivables and factors surrounding the credit risk of specific customers.

As of July 23, 2015, one customer accounted for 38% of the consolidated accounts receivable. The top 10 accounts receivable accounted for 85% of the total accounts receivable as of July 23, 2015. The following table summarizes the percentage of accounts receivable from third party advertisers and third party advertising agencies with over 10% of total accounts receivable:

 

		July 23, 2015
Third party advertisers and third party advertising agencies
A1			1,400
A2			471
A3			459

 

F-140

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

3	Certain risks and concentration (Continued)

 

(c)	Concentration risk (Continued)

 

(iii)

Credit risk

As of July 23, 2015, substantially all of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents were placed with financial institutions in Hong Kong and the PRC. Management chooses these institutions because of their reputations and track records for stability, and their known large cash reserves, and management periodically reviews these institutions’ reputations, track records, and reported reserves. Management expects that any additional institutions that the Group uses for its cash and bank deposits will be chosen with similar criteria for soundness. The balances in the PRC are not insured since it is not a market practice in the PRC. Nevertheless under the PRC law, it is required that a commercial bank in the PRC that holds third party cash deposits should maintain a certain percentage of total customer deposits taken in a statutory reserve fund for protecting the depositors’ rights over their interests in deposited money. PRC banks are subject to a series of risk control regulatory standards; PRC bank regulatory authorities are empowered to take over the operation and management of any PRC bank that faces a material credit crisis. The Group believes that it is not exposed to unusual risks as these financial institutions are PRC banks with high credit quality. The Group had not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents during the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015 and believes that its credit risk to be minimal.

 

4	Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash on hand and cash held at bank. Cash on hand and cash held at bank balance as of July 23, 2015 primarily consist of the following currencies:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
		Amount				US$’000 equivalent
RMB			7,782				1,253
US$			48				48
Total							1,301

 

5	Accounts receivable, net

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Accounts receivable, gross			3,730
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts			—
Accounts receivable, net			3,730

The following table presents the movement in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Balance at the beginning of year			—
Additions for the year			357
Accounts receivable written off			(357	)
Balance at the end of year			—

 

F-141

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

6	Other current assets

Other current assets consist of the following:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Current
VAT receivables			366
Advances to employees			194
Rental deposits			80
Prepayments			24
Total			664

 

7	Property and equipment, net

Property and equipment consist of the following:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Cost:
Office equipment			105
Less: Accumulated depreciation			(21	)
Property and equipment, net			84

Depreciation expense recognized for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015 are summarized as follows:

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Research and development			—
Sales and marketing expenses			1
General and administrative expenses			1
Total			2

 

8	Deferred revenue

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Deferred revenue			5,240

 

F-142

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

 

9	Accrued liabilities and other current liabilities

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Accrued employee benefits			539
VAT and other taxes payable			92
Others			23
Total			654

 

10	Convertible preference shares

As of July 23, 2015, the Company had 25,000,000 Series A-1 preferred shares outstanding.

The key terms of Series A-1 preferred shares are as follows:

Dividend rights

The holder of Series A-1 preferred shares is entitled to participate in any dividend pari passu with ordinary shareholders of the Company on an as-converted basis.

Voting rights

The holder of the Series A-1 preferred shares shall be entitled to such number of votes equal to the whole number of ordinary shares into which such Series A-1 preferred shares are convertible.

Liquidation preference

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, either voluntary or involuntary, after the payment of Series A-2 Preference Amount has been made in full, the holders of the Series A-1 preferred shares shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to the holders of ordinary shares by reason of their ownership of such shares, the amount equal to 100% of the Series A-1 preferred shares issue price for each Series A-1 preferred shares (adjusted for share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar events with respect to such shares), plus all declared but unpaid dividends and distributions on such Series A-1 preferred shares (collectively, the “Series A-1 Preference Amount”). If the remaining assets and funds thus distributed to the holder of the Series A-1 preferred shares shall be insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full Series A-1 Preference Amount, then the entire remaining assets and funds of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed ratably to the holder of the Series A-1 preferred shares in proportion to the Series A-1 Preference Amount that such holder is otherwise entitled to receive.

After the payment of Series A-2 Preference Amount and Series A-1 Preference mount have been made in full, the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution shall be distributed among all holders of ordinary shares and Series A-1 preferred shares on a pro rata and as-converted basis.

 

F-143

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

10	Convertible preference shares (Continued)

 

Conversion rights

Each share of the Series A-1 preferred shares is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the issuance of such shares, and each share can be converted into one ordinary share of the Company. The conversion is subject to adjustments for certain events, including but not limited to additional equity securities issuance share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares. The conversion price is also subject to adjustment in the event the Company issues additional ordinary shares at a price per share that is less than such conversion price. In such case, the conversion price shall be reduced to adjust for dilution on a weighted average basis.

In addition, each share of the Series A-1 preferred shares would automatically be converted into ordinary shares of the Company (i) upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s shares or (ii) upon the election of holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding preferred shares, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

As the Series A-1 preferred shares did not contain any redemption feature, they would be classified within permanent equity. Furthermore, at the time of issuance, the Series A-1 preferred shares contained a beneficial conversion feature of US$7,125 and the amount was charged to additional paid-in capital as a deemed dividend.

 

11	Ordinary shares

The Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association authorizes the Company to issue 250,000,000 shares of US$0.0002 par value per ordinary share as of July 23, 2015. Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote in shareholders meeting of the Company. The holders of ordinary shares are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds are legally available and when declared by the board of directors, which is subject to the approval by the holders of the number of ordinary shares and the Series A-1 and A-2 preferred shares representing a majority of the aggregate voting power of all outstanding shares. As of July 23, 2015, there were 55,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding, respectively.

 

12	Redeemable convertible preferred shares

On January 16, 2015, the Company entered into an agreement (“Series A-2 Agreement”) to issue Series A-2 preferred shares to a third-party investor (“Investor A-2”) for a total cash consideration of US$3,500. Accordingly, the Company issued 15,909,091 Series A-2 preferred shares at US$0.22 per share.

The key terms of the Series A-2 are as follows:

Dividend rights

The holders of the Series A-2 are entitled to participate in any dividend pari passu with ordinary shareholders of the Company on an as-converted basis.

Voting rights

The holders of the Series A-2 preferred shares shall be entitled to such number of votes equal to the whole number of ordinary shares into which such Series A-2 preferred shares are convertible.

 

F-144

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

12	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

 

Liquidation preference

In the event of a liquidating transaction as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association, the holders of Series A-2 preferred shares are entitled to receive an amount equal to 120% of the issue price as defined in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association (adjusted for share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and similar events with respect to such shares), plus all declared but unpaid dividend and distributions on such Series A-2 preferred shares. If the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make the payment of the amount in full, then the assets of the Company shall be distributed ratably to the holders of preferred shares in proportion to the amount each holder would otherwise be entitled to receive.

After the full amount has been paid to holders of Series A-1 and Series A-2, any remaining funds or assets of the Company legally available for distribution shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of preferred shares on an as-converted basis together with the holders of the ordinary shares.

Conversion rights

Each share of the Series A-2 preferred shares is convertible at the option of the holder, at any time after the issuance of such shares, and each share can be converted into one ordinary share of the Company. The conversion is subject to adjustments for certain events, including but not limited to additional equity securities issuance share dividends, distribution, subdivisions, redemptions, combinations, or consolidation of ordinary shares. The conversion price is also subject to adjustment in the event the Company issues additional ordinary shares at a price per share that is less than such conversion price. In such case, the conversion price shall be reduced to adjust for dilution on a weighted average basis.

In addition, each share of the Series A-2 preferred shares would automatically be converted into ordinary shares of the Company (i) upon the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s shares or (ii) upon the election of holders of at least a majority of Series A-2 preferred shares.

Redemption right

The Series A-2 preferred shares are redeemable at any time after the 7th anniversary of the closing of sale and purchase of the Series A-2 Agreement. The redemption price for Series A-2 shares is equal to 150% of the original issue price (plus all declared but unpaid dividends).

The Company has determined that the Series A-2 preferred shares should be classified as mezzanine equity after considering the features of the preferred shares as described above.

The Company has also determined that conversion and redemption features embedded in the preferred shares are not required to be bifurcated and accounted for as derivatives, as the economic characteristics and risks of the embedded conversion and redemption features are clearly and closely related to that of the preferred shares. The preferred shares are not readily convertible into cash as there is not a market mechanism in place for trading of the Company’s shares.

Due to the redemption features described above with respect to Series A-2 preferred shares, the Company recognizes the changes in the redemption value immediately as they occur by way of accreting their respective carrying amounts to the redemption value to the first redemption date, using the effective interest method. The accretion is recorded against retained earnings, or in the absence of retained earnings, by charges against additional paid in capital. Once additional paid-in capital has been exhausted, additional charges are recorded by increasing the accumulated deficit of the Company.

 

F-145

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

12	Redeemable convertible preferred shares (Continued)

 

Series A-2

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Beginning balance			—
Issuance of preferred shares			6,734
Ending balance			6,734

The Company assessed beneficial conversion feature attributable to the Series A-2 preferred shares and determined that there was a beneficial conversion feature with an amount of US$1,973, which was bifurcated from the carrying value of Series A-2 preferred shares as a contribution to additional paid-in capital upon issuance of Series A-2 preferred shares. The discount of US$1,973 resulting from the recognition of the beneficial conversion feature will be amortized from the date of the issuance to the first redemption date of the Series A-2 preferred shares as a deemed dividend to preferred shareholders and charged against retained earnings, and in the absence of retained earnings, a charge to additional paid-in capital.

 

13	Share-based compensation

 

(a)	Share option plan

The Company’s share option plan provides for the grant of incentive share options to the Company’s employees, officers, directors or consultants. The Company’s board of directors administers the share option plan, selects the individuals to whom options will be granted, determines the number of options to be granted, and the term and exercise price of each option.

During the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015, the Company granted share options to employees, officers and directors of the Group. These options were granted with exercise prices denominated in the US$ , which is the functional currency of the Company. The table below sets forth information regarding share options granted over the years:

 

Grant Date		Number of shares				Term (year)				Vesting period (year)				Exercise price at grant date (US$)
January 16, 2015 (Note i)			290,000				10				4.00				0.060
January 16, 2015 (Note i)			300,000				10				4.00				0.010
February 1, 2015 (Note ii)			1,760,000				10				4.00				0.060
February 1, 2015 (Note iii)			550,000				10				2.00				0.012
February 1, 2015 (Note iv)			220,000				10				2.25				0.016
February 1, 2015 (Note v)			40,000				10				2.42				0.012
February 1, 2015 (Note v)			150,000				10				2.42				0.016
February 1, 2015 (Note vi)			250,000				10				2.50				0.016
February 1, 2015 (Note vii)			100,000				10				2.75				0.032
February 1, 2015 (Note viii)			100,000				10				2.83				0.032
February 1, 2015 (Note viii)			640,000				10				2.83				0.040

 

F-146

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

13	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

Grant Date		Number of shares				Term (year)				Vesting period (year)				Exercise price at grant date (US$)
February 1, 2015 (Note ix)			700,000				10				2.92				0.040
February 1, 2015 (Note x)			30,000				10				3.17				0.016
February 1, 2015 (Note x)			320,000				10				3.17				0.048
February 1, 2015 (Note xi)			970,000				10				3.25				0.012
February 1, 2015 (Note xi)			250,000				10				3.25				0.016
February 1, 2015 (Note xii)			240,000				10				3.33				0.048
February 1, 2015 (Note xiii)			40,000				10				3.50				0.060
February 1, 2015 (Note xiv)			40,000				10				3.83				0.060
February 15, 2015 (Note xv)			60,000				10				2.25				0.016
February 15, 2015 (Note xvi)			320,000				10				3.17				0.048
February 15, 2015 (Note xvii)			80,000				10				3.67				0.060
March 15, 2015 (Note xviii)			20,000				10				4.00				0.060
April 2, 2015 (Note xix)			2,100,000				10				4.00				0.100
June 1, 2015 (Note xx)			3,950,000				10				4.00				0.150
July 1, 2015 (Note xxi)			553,000				10				4.00				0.200
July 1, 2015 (Note xxii)			35,000				10				4.08				0.200

 

(i)

25% of the options were vested on January 1, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting from January 1, 2016 to January 15, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 15, 2025 of the share options.

 

(ii)

25% of the options were vested on February 1, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting February 1, 2016 to January 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(iii)

50% of the options were vested on February 1, 2015 and the remaining 50% of the options are vested over a 2-year period starting February 1, 2015 to January 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(iv)

43.75% of the options were vested on February 1, 2016 and the remaining 56.25% of the options are vested over a 2.25-year period starting February 1, 2016 to April 30, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(v)

39.6% of the options were vested on February 1, 2015 and the remaining 60.4% of the options are vested over a 2.42-year period starting February 1, 2015 to June 30, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(vi)

37.5% of the options were vested on February 1, 2015 and the remaining 62.5% of the options are vested over a 2.50-year period starting February 1, 2015 to July 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

F-147

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

13	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

(vii)

31.25% of the options were vested on February 1, 2015 and the remaining 68.75% of the options are vested over a 2.75-year period starting February 1, 2015 to October 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(viii)

29.2% of the options were vested on February 1, 2015 and the remaining 70.8% of the options are vested over a 2.83-year period starting February 1, 2015 to November 30, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(ix)

27% of the options were vested on February 1, 2015 and the remaining 73% of the options are vested over a 2.92-year period starting February 1, 2015 to December 31, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(x)

25% of the options were vested on April 1, 2015 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting April 1, 2015 to March 31, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xi)

25% of the options were vested on May 1, 2015 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting May 1, 2015 to April 30, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xii)

25% of the options were vested on June 1, 2015 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting June 1, 2015 to May 31, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xiii)

25% of the options were vested on August 1, 2015 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting August 1, 2015 to July 31, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xiv)

25% of the options were vested on December 1, 2015 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting December 1, 2015 to November 30, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — January 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xv)

43.75% of the options were vested on February 15, 2015 and the remaining 56.25% of the options are vested over a 2.25-year period starting February 15, 2015 to May 14, 2017. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — February 14, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xvi)

25% of the options were vested on April 15, 2015 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting April 15, 2015 to April 14, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — February 14, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xvii)

25% of the options were vested on October 15, 2015 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting October 15, 2015 to October 14, 2018. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — February 14, 2025 of the share options.

 

F-148

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

13	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

(xviii)

25% of the options were vested on March 15, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting March 15, 2016 to March 14, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — March 14, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xix)

25% of the options were vested on April 2, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting April 2, 2016 to April 1, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — April 1, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xx)

25% of the options were vested on June 1, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting June 1, 2016 to May 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — May 31, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xxi)

25% of the options were vested on July 1, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting July 1, 2016 to June 30, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — June 30, 2025 of the share options.

 

(xxii)

25% of the options were vested on August 1, 2016 and the remaining 75% of the options are vested over a 3-year period starting August 1, 2016 to July 31, 2019. The holders of the options are entitled to exercise the vested options until the expiration date — June 30, 2025 of the share options.

The following table summarizes the share option activity for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015:

 

		Number of shares				Weighted average exercise price (US$)				Weighted average grant date fair value (US$)				Weighted average remaining contractual life (years)				Aggregate intrinsic value (US$’000)
At January 1, 2015			—				—				—				—				—
Granted			14,108,000				0.085				0.3455
At July 23, 2015			14,108,000				0.0850				0.3455				9.67				8,858

Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant. If necessary, forfeitures are revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Based upon the Company’s historical and expected forfeitures for share options granted, the directors of the Company estimated that its future forfeiture rate would be 0% for employees and 0% for senior management during the period.

The aggregate intrinsic value in the table above represents the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s ordinary shares as of July 23, 2015 and the exercise price.

All share-based payments to employees are measured based on their grant-date fair values. Compensation expense is recognized based on the vesting schedule over the requisite service period. Total fair values of options vested and recognized as expenses as of July 23, 2015 were US$597.

As of July 23, 2015, there were US$4,296 of unrecognized share-based compensation expenses related to share options, which were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average vesting period of 3.27 years. To the extent the actual forfeiture rate is different from the Company’s estimate, the actual share-based compensation related to these awards may be different from the expectation.

 

F-149

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

13	Share-based compensation (Continued)

 

(a)	Share option plan (Continued)

 

The binomial option pricing model is used to determine the fair value of the share options granted to employees and non-employees. The fair values of share options granted during the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015 were estimated using the following assumptions:

 

Grant Date		Risk-free interest rate (Note i)				Dividend yield (Note ii)				Volatility rate (Note iii)				Expected term (in years) (Note iv)
January 16, 2015			3.570	%			0.0	%			53.45	%			10.00
February 1, 2015			3.510	%			0.0	%			53.39	%			10.00
February 15, 2015			3.380	%			0.0	%			53.40	%			10.00
March 15, 2015			3.450	%			0.0	%			53.31	%			10.00
April 2, 2015			3.630	%			0.0	%			53.22	%			10.00
June 1, 2015			3.640	%			0.0	%			52.98	%			10.00
July 1, 2015			3.630	%			0.0	%			52.86	%			10.00

Notes:

(i)

The risk-free interest rate of periods within the contractual life of the share option is based on the yield of US Treasury Strips sourced from Bloomberg as of the valuation dates.

(ii)

The Company has no history or expectation of paying dividends on its ordinary shares.

(iii)

Expected volatility is estimated based on the average of historical volatilities of the comparable companies in the same industry as at the valuation dates.

(iv)

The expected term is developed by assuming the share options will be exercised towards the end of maturity dates.

 

14	Income tax

 

(i)	Cayman Islands

Under the current tax laws of Cayman Islands, the Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to tax on income or capital gains. Besides, upon payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders, no Cayman Islands withholding tax will be imposed.

 

(ii)	Hong Kong profits tax

Entities incorporated in Hong Kong are subject to Hong Kong profits tax at a rate of 16.5% on the estimated assessable profit for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015.

 

(iii)

PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”)

The Company’s subsidiaries and VIEs in China are governed by the Enterprise Income Tax Law (“EIT Law”). Pursuant to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, enterprises in China are generally subjected to tax at a statutory rate of 25%.

In addition, according to the EIT Law and its implementation rules, foreign enterprises, which have no establishment or place in the PRC but derive dividends, interest, rents, royalties and other income (including capital gains) from sources in the PRC shall be subject to PRC withholding tax (“WHT”) at 10% (a further

 

F-150

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

14	Income tax (Continued)

 

(iii)

PRC Enterprise Income Tax (“EIT”) (Continued)

 

reduced WHT rate may be available according to the applicable double tax treaty or arrangement). The 10% WHT is applicable to any dividends to be distributed from the Group’s PRC subsidiaries to the Group’s overseas companies unless otherwise exempted pursuant to applicable tax treaties or tax arrangements between the PRC government and the government of other jurisdiction which the WHT is reduced to 5%.

Although there are undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiary located in the PRC that are available for distribution to the Company, the undistributed earnings of the Company’s subsidiaries located in the PRC are considered to be indefinitely reinvested, because the Group does not have any present plan to pay any cash dividends on its ordinary shares in the foreseeable future and intends to retain most of its available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of its business. Accordingly, no deferred tax liability has been accrued for the Chinese dividend withholding taxes that would be payable upon the distribution of those amounts to the Company as of July 23, 2015.

Composition of income tax expense

The current and deferred portions of income tax expense included in the consolidated statement of comprehensive loss are nil as of July 23, 2015 are as follows:

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
		US$‘000
Current income tax expense			44
Deferred tax expense			—
			44

Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred taxes were measured using the enacted tax rates for the periods in which they are expected to be reversed. The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to the deferred tax asset balances as of July 23, 2015 are as follows:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Deferred tax assets, current:
Deferred revenue			1,310
Accrued expense and others not currently deductible for tax purposes			97
Valuation allowance (a)			(1,407	)
Total current deferred tax assets, net			—
Deferred tax assets, non-current:
Tax loss carried forward			575
Valuation allowance (a)			(575	)
Total non-current deferred tax assets, net			—

 

F-151

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

14	Income tax (Continued)

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities (Continued)

 

(a)

Valuation allowance is provided against deferred tax assets when the Group determines that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be utilized in the future. In making such determination, the Group considered factors including future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and tax loss carry forwards. Valuation allowance was provided for net operating loss carryforwards because it was more likely than not that such deferred tax assets will not be realized based on the Group’s estimate of its future taxable income. If events occur in the future that allow the Group to realize more of its deferred income tax than the presently recorded amounts, an adjustment to the valuation allowances will result in a decrease in tax expense when those events occur.

Movement of valuation allowance is as follows:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Beginning balance			1,792
Additions			190
Ending balance			1,982

Tax loss carryforwards

As of July 23, 2015, the Group had tax loss carryforwards of approximately US$2,301, which can be carried forward to offset future taxable income. The net operating tax loss carry forwards will begin to expire as follows:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
2019			1
2020			2,300
Total			2,301

In accordance with PRC Tax Administration Law on the Levying and Collection of Taxes, the PRC tax authorities generally have up to five years to claw back underpaid tax plus penalties and interest for PRC entities’ tax filings. In the case of tax evasion, which is not clearly defined in the law, there is no limitation on the tax years open for investigation. Accordingly, the PRC entities’ tax years from 2010 to 2016 remain subject to examination by the tax authorities. There were no ongoing examinations by tax authorities as of July 23, 2015.

 

F-152

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

14	Income tax (Continued)

 

Tax loss carryforwards (Continued)

Reconciliation between the expense of income taxes computed by applying the statutory tax rate to loss before income taxes and the actual provision for income taxes is as follows:

 

		Period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015
Net income before provision for income tax			70
PRC statutory tax rate at 25%			—
Income tax expense at statutory tax rate			18
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes			20
Change in valuation allowance			190
Effect of income tax rate difference in other jurisdictions			(184	)
Provision for income tax			44

 

15	Related party transactions

As of July 23, 2015, the amount due to a related party was as follows:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Amount due to a related party
Amount due to a director			537

The amount due to a director represents cash advances from a director which was unsecured, interest-free and with no fixed repayment terms.

 

16	Commitments and contingencies

 

(a)	Operating lease commitments

The Group leases facilities under non-cancellable operating leases expiring on different dates. The terms of substantially all of these leases are two years or less. Payments under operating leases are expensed on a straight-line basis over the periods of the respective leases.

Total office rental expenses under all operating leases were US$74 for the period from January 1, 2015 to July 23, 2015.

 

F-153

---

Table of Contents

OPTAIM LIMITED

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(US$’000, except share data and per share data, or otherwise noted)

 

16	Commitments and contingencies (Continued)

 

(a)	Operating lease commitments (Continued)

 

As of July 23, 2015, future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating leases for office rental consist of the following:

 

		As of July 23, 2015
Remainder of 2015			32
2016			36
2017			20
Total			88

 

(b)	Purchase commitments

As of July 23, 2015, there were no purchase commitments.

 

(c)	Litigation

In the ordinary course of the business, the Group is subject to periodic legal or administrative proceedings. As of July 23, 2015, the Group is not a party to any legal or administrative proceedings which will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and each of the consolidated financial statements.

 

17	Restricted net assets

Relevant PRC laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE incorporated in the PRC only out of their retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE in the PRC are required to annually appropriate 10% of their net after-tax income to the statutory general reserve fund prior to payment of any dividends, unless such reserve funds have reached 50% of their respective registered capital. As a result of these and other restrictions under PRC laws and regulations, the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE subsidiary incorporated in the PRC are restricted in their ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to the Company either in the form of dividends, loans or advances. There are no significant differences between US GAAP and PRC accounting standards in connection with the reported net assets of the legally owned subsidiary in the PRC and the VIE. Even though the Company currently does not require any such dividends, loans or advances from the PRC entities for working capital and other funding purposes, the Company may in the future require additional cash resources from them due to changes in business conditions, to fund future acquisitions and development, or merely to declare and pay dividends or distributions to our shareholders. Except for the above, there is no other restriction on use of proceeds generated by the Group’s subsidiary and the VIE to satisfy any obligations of the Company.

 

18	Subsequent events

Optimix acquired 100% equity interest of the Company on July 24, 2015 at a consideration of approximately US$67,620 in the form of cash and shares of Optimix.

 

F-154

---

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. The new articles of association that we expect to adopt to become effective upon the completion of this offering provide for indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such only if they acted honestly and in good faith with a view to the best interests of our company and, in the case of criminal proceedings, only if they had no reasonable cause to believe that their conduct was unlawful.

Pursuant to the form of indemnification agreement filed as Exhibit 10.9 to this registration statement, we will agree to indemnify our directors and officers against certain liabilities and expenses incurred by such persons in connection with claims made by reason of their being such a director or officer.

The Underwriting Agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will also provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 7.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

During the past three years, we have issued the following securities. We believe that each of the following issuances was exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act regarding sales by an issuer in offshore transactions or pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act regarding transactions not involving a public offering. No underwriters were involved in these issuances of securities. We believe that our issuances of share awards to our employees, officers and consultants were exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

Purchaser		Date of Issuance		Number of Securities		Consideration		Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
Maestro Investment Holdings Limited		January 1, 2014		1,740,653 ordinary shares		Note 1		Not applicable
Big Tooth Corporation		December 22, 2014		274,752 ordinary shares		Note 2		Not applicable
Arda Holdings Limited		December 23, 2014		255,033 ordinary shares		Note 3		Not applicable
BlueFocus International Limited		December 30, 2014		742,320 ordinary shares		US$12.0 million		Not applicable
BlueFocus International Limited		December 30, 2014		2,493,018 series D preferred shares		US$48.0 million		Not applicable
Bondwa Enterprise Limited		February 13, 2015		71,076 ordinary shares		Note 4		Not applicable
Triwin Holdings Limited		February 13, 2015		71,075 ordinary shares		Note 4		Not applicable

 

II-1

---

Table of Contents

Purchaser		Date of Issuance		Number of Securities		Consideration in U.S. Dollars		Underwriting Discounts and Commissions
Igomax Inc.		July 24, 2015		1,496,399 ordinary shares		Note 5		Not applicable
Zaffre Investments, Inc.		July 24, 2015		446,604 ordinary shares		Note 5		Not applicable
BAI GmbH		July 24, 2015		592,088 ordinary shares		Note 5		Not applicable
Arda Holdings Limited		July 24, 2015		632,581 ordinary shares		Note 3		Not applicable
Arda Holdings Limited		October 14, 2015		945,663 ordinary shares		Note 3		Not applicable
Shenwan Hongyuan Goldspring Fund I		December 28, 2016		1,068,114 series E preferred shares		US$20.0 million		Not applicable

 

1	These ordinary shares were issued to Maestro Investment Holdings Limited in consideration for our acquisition of 49% shares in Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation.

2	These ordinary shares were issued to Blue Tooth Corporation in recognition of Mr. Robert Tran’s consulting services to us.

3	These ordinary shares were issued to Arda Holdings Limited to reserve for future grant and exercise of options under the 2010 Plan.

4	These ordinary shares were issued to Bondwa Enterprise Limited and Triwin Holdings Limited, then-shareholders of Buzzinate as share consideration for our acquisition of Buzzinate.

5	These ordinary shares were issued to Igomax Inc., Zaffre Investment, Inc., and BAI GmbH, then-shareholders of OptAim as share consideration for our acquisition of OptAim.

 

II-2

---

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits. The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

1.1*		Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1		Seventh Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, as currently in effect
3.2		Eighth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Registrant, effective upon completion of this offering
4.1		Registrant’s Specimen American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.3)
4.2		Registrant’s Specimen Certificate for Class A Ordinary Shares
4.3		Form of Deposit Agreement among the Registrant, the Depositary and Beneficial Owners of the American Depositary Receipts
5.1		Opinion of Travers Thorp Alberga Attorneys at Law regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered and certain other legal matters
8.1		Opinion of Travers Thorp Alberga Attorneys at Law regarding certain Cayman Islands tax matters (included in Exhibit 5.1)
8.2		Opinion of Jingtian & Gongcheng regarding certain PRC tax matters (included in Exhibit 99.2)
10.1		Series E Share Subscription Agreement dated December 19, 2016
10.2		Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated December 28, 2016
10.3		English translation of Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement between OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and Zhiyunzhong dated January 16, 2015
10.4		English translation of Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Call Option Agreement among OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network dated May 26, 2017
10.5		English translation of Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement among OptAim Beijing, OptAim Network and the shareholders of OptAim Network dated May 26, 2017
10.6		English translation of Irrevocable Powers of Attorney granted by the Jian Tang and Jie Jiao dated May 26, 2017
10.7		English translation of Spousal Consents granted by Xinyu Fan dated May 26, 2017
10.8		2010 Share Option Incentive Scheme of the Registrant
10.9		Form of Indemnification Agreement with Executive Officers and Directors
10.10		Form of Employment Agreement and One Way Non-disclosure Agreement with Executive Officers
10.11		2017 Share Incentive Plan
10.12		English Translation of Tencent Advertising Agency Agreement for 2017
10.13		English Translation of Tencent Advertising Placement Contract for 2017
21.1		List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1		Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
23.2		Consent of Travers Thorp Alberga Attorneys at Law (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3		Consent of Jingtian & Gongcheng (included in Exhibit 99.2)
23.4		Consent of Scott Moore

 

II-3

---

Table of Contents

23.5		Consent of Dylan Huang
23.6		Consent of Honnus Cheung
24.1		Powers of Attorney (included on signature page in Part II of the registration statement)
99.1		Code of Business Conduct and Ethics of the Registrant
99.2		Opinion of Jingtian & Gongcheng regarding certain PRC law matters
99.3		Consent of Frost & Sullivan

 

*	To be filed by amendment.

The agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties were made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) were not intended to be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) may have been qualified in such agreement by disclosure that was made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement; (iii) may apply contract standards of “materiality” that are different from “materiality” under the applicable securities laws; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement.

We acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, we are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosure of material information regarding material contractual provisions is required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes thereto.

ITEM 9.    UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 6, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

II-4

---

Table of Contents

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Hong Kong, on October 20, 2017.

 

 

II-6

---

Table of Contents

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints each of Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh and Jie Jiao as attorneys-in-fact with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to do any and all acts and all things and to execute any and all instruments which said attorney and agent may deem necessary or desirable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of ordinary shares of the registrant (the “Shares”), including, without limitation, the power and authority to sign the name of each of the undersigned in the capacities indicated below to the Registration Statement on Form F-1 to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission with respect to such Shares, to any and all amendments or supplements to such Registration Statement, whether such amendments or supplements are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement, to any related Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and to any and all instruments or documents filed as part of or in connection with such Registration Statement or any and all amendments thereto, whether such amendments are filed before or after the effective date of such Registration Statement; and each of the undersigned hereby ratifies and confirms all that such attorney and agent shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature		Title		Date
/s/ Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh		Chief Executive Officer and Executive Chairman of the Board (principal executive officer)		October 20, 2017
/s/ Jie Jiao Jie Jiao		Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and principal accounting officer)		October 20, 2017
/s/ Jian Tang Jian Tang		Director		October 20, 2017
/s/ Yau Ping Ricky Ng Yau Ping Ricky Ng		Director		October 20, 2017
/s/ Yu Long Yu Long		Director		October 20, 2017
/s/ Antares Au Antares Au		Director		October 20, 2017

 

II-7

---

Table of Contents

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited, has signed this registration statement or amendment thereto in New York on October 20, 2017.

 

 

II-8

Exhibit 3.1

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

OPTIMIX MEDIA ASIA LIMITED

Incorporated on the 3^rd day of February, 2010

(Amended and restated by Special Resolutions passed on the 28th day of December, 2016)

---

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

OPTIMIX MEDIA ASIA LIMITED

(As amended and adopted by Special Resolutions passed on the 28th day of December, 2016)

 

1	The name of the Company is Optimix Media Asia Limited.

 

2	The registered office of the Company shall be at the offices of Offshore Incorporations (Cayman) Limited, P.O. Box 31119 Grand Pavilion, Hibiscus Way, 802 West Bay Road, Grand Cayman, KY1-1205 Cayman Islands, or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

3	The objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law (as amended) or as the same may be revised from time to time, or any other law of the Cayman Islands.

 

4	The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s shares.

 

5

The share capital of the Company is US$50,000 divided into 50,000,000 shares of par value of US$0.001 each, of which 37,150,000 are designated Ordinary Shares of par value US$0.001 per share (the “Ordinary Shares”), 2,500,000 are designated Series A Preference Shares of par value US$0.001 per share (the “Series A Preference Shares”), 3,000,000 are designated Series B Preference Shares of par value US$0.001 per share (the “Series B Preference Shares”), 1,650,000 are designated Series C Preference Shares of par value US$0.001 per share (the “Series C Preference Shares”), 4,500,000 are designated Series D Preference Shares of par value US$0.001 per share (the “Series D Preference Shares”) and 1,200,000 are designated Series E Preference Shares of par value US$0.001 per share (the “Series E Preference Shares”).

 

6	The Company has power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

7	Capitalised terms that are not defined in this Memorandum of Association bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

---

THE COMPANIES LAW (AS AMENDED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

SEVENTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

OPTIMIX MEDIA ASIA LIMITED

(As amended and adopted by Special Resolutions passed on the day of December 28th, 2016)

 

1	Interpretation

 

1.1	In these Articles Table A in the First Schedule to the Statute does not apply and, unless there is something in the subject or context inconsistent therewith:

 

“2017 Financial Year”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(e)(ii)(x) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“2018 Financial Year”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(e)(ii)(y) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“A and B Holders”		means holders of Series A Preference Shares and Series B Preference Shares, together with permitted transferees and assigns of such holders who become parties to the Second Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement.
“A and B Holders’ Option Period”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5(a) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“A and B Co-Sale Shares”		has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Additional Ordinary Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.4(iii) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.

---

“Adjusted Ordinary Issue Price”		means the BF Aggregate Subscription Price (x) multiplied by the BF Ordinary Percentage, and (y) divided by the total number of Existing Shares and additional Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any).
“Adjusted Series D Issue Price”		means the BF Aggregate Subscription Price (x) multiplied by the BF Series D Percentage, and (y) divided by the total number of New Shares, BF Compensation Shares (if any) and Series D Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any).
“Affiliate”		means, any other person that, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such person.
“Articles”		means these seventh amended and restated Articles of Association of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time.
“Auditor”		means the person for the time being performing the duties of auditor of the Company (if any).
“BAI”		means BAI GmbH, a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Germany.
“BAI Shares”		means Ordinary Shares held by BAI as of July 24, 2015.
“Bertelsmann”		means Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG, a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Switzerland.
“BF Aggregate Subscription Price”		means the Aggregate Subscription Price as defined in the Series D SPA.
“BF Compensation Shares”		means the Compensation Shares as defined in the Series D SPA.

 

2

---

“BF Ordinary Percentage”		means a fraction, the numerator being the Initial Ordinary Issue Price, multiplied by the total number of Existing Shares and additional Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any), and the denominator being the sum of (x) the Initial Ordinary Issue Price multiplied by the total number of Existing Shares and additional Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any), and (y) the Initial Series D Issue Price, multiplied by the total number of New Shares, the BF Compensation Shares (if any) and additional Series D Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any).
“BF Purchased Shares”		means the Purchased Shares as defined in the Series D SPA, as well as any additional Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA.
“BF Redemption Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(d) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“BF Series D Percentage”		means a fraction, the numerator being the Initial Series D Issue Price, multiplied by the total number of New Shares, the BF Compensation Shares (if any), and additional Series D Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any), and the denominator being the sum of (x) the Initial Ordinary Issue Price multiplied by the total number of Existing Shares and additional Ordinary Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any), and (y) the Initial Series D Issue Price, multiplied by the total number of New Shares, the BF Compensation Shares (if any) and additional Series D Shares issued pursuant to Section 7.10 of the Series D SPA (if any).
“BlueFocus”		means BlueFocus International Limited, a limited corporation duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong SAR.
“Board” and “Board of Directors”		means the board of Directors of the Company.

 

3

---

“Co-Sale Notice”		has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1 hereof.
“Closing”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series E SPA.
“Company”		means the above named company.
“Company’s Option Period”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.2 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Company Redemption Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2(b) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Control”		means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, which power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such person; the term “Controlled” has the meaning correlative to the foregoing.
“Conversion Price”		means, in respect of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series A Conversion Price, in respect of the Series B Preference Shares, the Series B Conversion Price, in respect of the Series C Preference Shares, the Series C Conversion Price in respect of the Series D Preference Shares, the Series D Conversion Price and, in respect of the Series E Preference Shares, the Series E Conversion Price.
“Convertible Securities”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.4(a)(ii) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Conversion Shares”		means Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of Preference Shares.
“Directors”		means the directors for the time being of the Company.

 

4

---

“Dividend”		includes an interim dividend.
“Election Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2(a) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Electronic Record”		has the same meaning as in the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, as may be amended from time to time.
“Eligible A and B Holders”		has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7 hereof.
“Eligible Ordinary Investor”		has the meaning set forth in Section 11.9 hereof.
“Equity Securities”		means any Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents of the Company.
“ESOP”		means the equity incentive plan of the Company adopted by the Board in 2010, as amended and restated from time to time.
“Exercising Holder”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.4 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Exercising Shareholder”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5(c) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Fifth Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5(c) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Fifth Pre-emptive Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.6 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Fifth Remaining Securities”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.6 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“First Pre-emptive Rights”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Founders”		means each of Mr. Hsieh Wing Hong Sammy, Ng Yau Ping and O&K Investment Ltd.
“Fourth Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.4 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Fourth Pre-emptive Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.5 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.

 

5

---

“Fourth Remaining Securities”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.5 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Group Company”		means each of the Company and each of its wholly, directly and indirectly owned Subsidiaries, and “Group” refers to all Group Companies collectively.
“Igomax”		means Igomax Inc., a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of the British Virgin Islands.
“Igomax QIPO”		means the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares with an offering price (net of underwriting commissions and expenses) that implies a market capitalization of the Company immediately prior to such offering of not less than US$500,000,000.
“Igomax Shares”		means the Ordinary Shares held by Igomax as of July 24, 2015.
“Initial Ordinary Issue Price”		means the Ordinary Share Price referred to in the Series D SPA.
“Initial Series D Issue Price”		means the Series D Share Price referred to in the Series D SPA.
“IPO”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement.
“Issue Price”		means the Series E Issue Price, Series D Issue Price, the Series C Issue Price, the Series B Issue Price or the Series A Issue Price, as applicable.
“Issuance Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Liquidating Transaction”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Management”		means key management members and officers of the Company and its subsidiaries and any other Affiliates (except the Founders), as set forth in Schedule G of the ROFR and having an interest in the Equity Securities.

 

6

---

“Member”		has the same meaning as in the Statute.
“Memorandum”		means the seventh amended and restated Memorandum of Association of the Company, as amended and restated from time to time in accordance with Article 16 hereof.
“New Securities”		means subject to the terms of Section 8 of Schedule 1 hereof, any newly issued Equity Securities of the Company, except for (i) any Ordinary Shares, or any option or warrant to acquire any Ordinary Shares, issued to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Company pursuant to a stock option plan, stock purchase plan, or other equity incentive plan, in any case that is approved by at least 2/3 of the members of the Board (which majority must include the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director); (ii) Equity Securities issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares; (iii) Equity Securities issued in connection with any share split, share dividend, combination, or similar transaction of the Company; (iv) Equity Securities issued in a Qualified IPO; (v) Equity Securities issued upon the conversion of any debenture, warrant, option, or other convertible securities outstanding prior to the issuance of the Series B Preference Shares; or (vi) any Equity Securities issued or allotted pursuant to Section 10.6 of the Shareholders Agreement.
“Non-Exercising Holder”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.4 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Non-Liquidation M&A”		means (i) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of thet issued and outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the assets of its Subsidiaries, in each case that implies a valuation on a fully-diluted basis of the Company of US$550,000,000 or higher.

 

7

---

“Offered Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“OptAim Director”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.
“OptAim Subsidiaries”		means OptAim (HK) Limited, OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. , Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. and their successor(s).
“Options”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.4(a)(i) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Ordinary Co-Sale Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.9 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Ordinary Director”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.
“Ordinary Investors”		means SSG I, Bertelsmann and BlueFocus in their capacities as holders of Ordinary Shares.
“Ordinary Investors’ Option Period”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.7 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Ordinary Resolution”		means a resolution passed by a simple majority of the Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting, and includes a unanimous written resolution. In computing the majority when a poll is taken regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Member is entitled by the Articles.
“Ordinary Shares”		means the ordinary shares, par value US$0.001 per share, in the capital of the Company.
“Ordinary Share Equivalents”		means warrants, options and rights exercisable for Ordinary Shares and instruments convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, including, without limitation, the Preference Shares.
“Overallotment Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.4 of Schedule 1 of these Articles.

 

8

---

“Permitted Transferee” and “Permitted Transferees”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 13.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Pledged Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.5 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Preference Amount”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Preference Shares”		means, collectively, the Series E Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares and the Series A Preference Shares.
“Principal”		means each of the Founders, Mr. Chau Tsun Ming, Jimmy, Arda Holdings, Wong Pi Yan, Selina, Cheng Ka Lar, Cara, Tran Kwok Wai, Robert, Yim Tsz Ling, Sidney, Tang Jian, and Igomax; provided that, if a Qualified IPO has not been consummated by December 31, 2017, each of Tang Jian and Igomax shall cease to be a Principal effective as of January 1, 2018.
“Put Exercise Notice”		has the meaning ascribed to it in Section 7.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Put Option Interest Rate”		means for each of 2015 and 2016, a non-compound interest rate of 18% per annum, and for 2017, a non-compound interest rate of 12% per annum.
“Qualified Auditor”		means any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, PwC, Ernst & Young or KPMG.
“QIPO Put Option”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“QIPO Put Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“QIPO Put Trigger Date”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 7.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Qualified Auditor”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series D SPA.

 

9

---

“Qualified IPO”		means the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares for its own account that results in such securities being listed or registered on NASDAQ Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange, Hong Kong Stock Exchange, the Shenzhen Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange or such other international recognized stock exchange approved in writing by SWHY, BlueFocus, Bertelsmann and the Majority Series A Holders, (i) with an offering price (net of underwriting commissions and expenses) that implies a market capitalization of the Company immediately prior to such offering of not less than US$600,000,000 (if on or prior to December 31, 2017) or US$650,000,000 (if on or after January 1, 2018); and (ii) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than US$150,000,000 (or an equivalent amount thereof in another currency) prior to deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses, except that if such first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company is on NASDAQ or NYSE, then the aggregate cash proceeds to the Company resulting from such could be less than US$150,000,000 (or an equivalent amount thereof in another currency) prior to deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses. For the avoidance of doubt, the total amount of deduction in item (ii) shall not exceed US$30,000,000 unless otherwise approved by the Board including the affirmative consent of the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director.
“Qualified M&A Event 1”		means (i) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the surviving corporation or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the assets of its Subsidiaries, in each case, which implies an equity valuation of the Group of US$300,000,000 or higher.

 

10

---

“Qualified M&A Event 2”		means (i) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the surviving corporation or (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the assets of its Subsidiaries, in each case, which implies an equity valuation of the Group of US$250,000,000 or higher, but lower than US$300,000,000.
“Qualifying Ordinary Investor”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.6 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Redemption Date”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2(b) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Redemption Price”		means, in respect of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series A Redemption Price, in respect of the Series B Preference Shares, the Series B Redemption Price, in respect of the Series C Preference Shares, the Series C Redemption Price, in respect of the Series D Preference Shares, the Series D Redemption Price, and in respect of the Series E Preference Share, the Series E Redemption Price.
“Redemption Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.2(c) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Register of Members”		means the register maintained in accordance with the Statute and includes (except where otherwise stated) any duplicate Register of Members.
“Registered Office”		means the registered office for the time being of the Company.
“Remaining Securities”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.2 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Residual Amount”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series D SPA.
“Revenue Target”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series D SPA.

 

11

---

“ROFR”		means the third amended and restated right of first refusal and co-sale agreement dated December 28, 2016
“Seal”		means the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal.
“Second Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.2 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Second Pre-emptive Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.2 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Second Pre-emptive Rights”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.2 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Second Remaining Securities”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.3 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Selling Shareholder”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series A Conversion Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1(c)(i) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series A Director”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.1(a).
“Series A Issue Price”		means US$1.05 per Series A Preference Share.
“Series A Preference Amount”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(e) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series A Preference Shares”		means the Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share.
“Series A Redemption Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(b) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series A SPA”		means the Series A Preference Share and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated February 12, 2010, entered into by and among the Company, Sumitomo, and certain other parties.
“Series B Conversion Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1(c)(ii) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.

 

12

---

“Series B Director”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.1(a).
“Series B Issue Price”		means the per share price for the Series B Preference Shares referred to in the Series B SPA.
“Series B Preference Amount”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(d) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series B Preference Shares”		means the Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share.
“Series B Redemption Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(a) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series B SPA”		means the Series B Preference Share and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated February 21, 2011, entered into by and among the Company, Bertelsmann, and certain other parties.
“Series C Conversion Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1(c)(iii) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series C Co-Sale Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.8 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series C Investor”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Shareholders Agreement.
“Series C Investor’s Option Period”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.6 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series C Issue Price”		means (i) the Purchase Price as defined in the Series C Subscription Agreement divided by (ii) the number of Purchased Shares as defined in the Series C Subscription Agreement.
“Series C Preference Shares”		means the Series C redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share.
“Series C Redemption Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(c)(iv) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.

 

13

---

“Series C Subscription Agreement”		means the Series C Preference Share Subscription Agreement dated December 16, 2013, entered into by and among the Company, SSG II, and certain other parties.
“Series D Co-Sale Shares”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 11.6 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series D Conversion Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1(c)(iv) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series D Director”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Article 27.1(a).
“Series D Investor”		has the meaning set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.
“Series D Investor’s Option Period”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.4 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series D Original Issue Date”		means the first date on which any Series D Preference Share is issued by the Company.
“Series D Preference Shares”		means the Series D redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share.
“Series D Preference Amount”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(c) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series D Redemption Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(d)(v) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series D SPA”		means the Share Subscription Agreement dated December 16, 2014, entered into by and among the Company and BlueFocus.
“Series E Investor”		has the meaning set forth in the Shareholders Agreement
“Series E Conversion Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 1.1(c)(v) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series E Investor’s Option Period”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.3 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.

 

14

---

“Series E Issue Price”		means (i) the Purchase Price as defined in the Series E Subscription Agreement divided by (ii) the number of Purchased Shares as defined in the Series E Subscription Agreement.
“Series E Original Issue Date”		means the first date on which any Series E Preference Share is issued by the Company.
“Series E Preference Shares”		means the Series E redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share.
“Series E Preference Amount”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.1(b) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series E Redemption Price”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 4.1(e)(vi) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Series E SPA”		means Series E Shares Subscription Agreement dated December 19, 2016, entered into by and among the Company, SWHY and other parties named therein.
“Seventh Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.6 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Share” and “Shares”		means the Ordinary Shares, the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series C Preference, the Series D Preference Shares, and the Series E Preference Shares and includes a fraction of a share.
“Shareholders Agreement”		means the fourth amended and restated Shareholders Agreement dated November 28 2016, entered into by and among the Company and all shareholders of the Company, as amended or restated from time to time.
“Sixth Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5(e) of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Special Resolution”		has the same meaning as in the Statute, and includes a unanimous written resolution, subject to Sections 6.1, 6.1A and 6.1B of Schedule 1 to these Articles.

 

15

---

“SSG I”		means SSG Capital Partners I, L.P., a limited partnership registered in the Cayman Islands.
“SSG I Ordinary Shares”		means the Ordinary Shares acquired by SSG I pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement dated January 26, 2011 entered into by any among the Company, SSG I, and certain other parties.
“SSG II”		means SSG Capital Partners II, L.P., a limited partnership registered in the Cayman Islands.
“SSG Director”		has the meaning ascribed in Article 27.1.
“Statute”		means the Companies Law (as amended) of the Cayman Islands, as may be amended from time to time.
“Subsidiary”		means, with respect to any specified person, any person of which the specified person, directly or indirectly, owns or Controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding authorized capital, share capital, voting interests or registered capital.
“Sumitomo”		means Sumitomo Corporation Equity Asia Limited, a limited liability company, incorporated in Hong Kong.
“SWHY”		means Shenwan Hongyuan Goldspring Fund I, a limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands.
“Third Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.3 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Third Pre-emptive Holders”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.3 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Third Pre-emptive Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.3 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Third Remaining Securities”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 8.4 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Transfer”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 9.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.

 

16

---

“Transferor”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section Section 10.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Transfer Notice”		has the meaning ascribed thereto in Section Section 10.1 of Schedule 1 to these Articles.
“Zaffre”		means Zaffre Investments, Inc., a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of British Virgin Islands.
“Zaffre Shares”		means Ordinary Shares held by Zaffre as of July 24, 2015.

 

1.2	In the Articles:

 

(a)

words importing the singular number include the plural number and vice versa;

 

(b)

words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(c)

words importing persons include corporations;

 

(d)

“written” and “in writing” include all modes of representing or reproducing words in visible form, including in the form of an Electronic Record;

 

(e)

references to provisions of any law or regulation shall be construed as references to those provisions as amended, modified, re-enacted or replaced from time to time;

 

(f)

any phrase introduced by the terms “including”, “include”, “in particular” or any similar expression shall be construed as illustrative and shall not limit the sense of the words preceding those terms;

 

(g)

headings are inserted for reference only and shall be ignored in construing these Articles; and

 

(h)

in these Articles Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003 Revision) of the Cayman Islands shall not apply.

 

2	Commencement of Business

 

2.1	The business of the Company may be commenced as soon after incorporation as the Directors shall see fit.

 

17

---

2.2	The Directors may pay, out of the capital or any other monies of the Company, all expenses incurred in or about the formation and establishment of the Company, including the expenses of registration.

 

3	Issue of Shares

 

3.1

Subject to the provisions, if any, in the Memorandum and these Articles, in particular, Section 6 of Schedule 1 hereto (and to any direction that may be given by the Company in general meeting) and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing Shares, the Directors may allot, issue, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including fractions of a Share) with or without preferred, deferred or other rights or restrictions, whether in regard to Dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise and to such persons, at such times and on such other terms as they think proper.

 

3.2	The Company shall not issue Shares to bearer.

 

3.3

The Preference Shares shall carry the rights (preferential or otherwise) set forth in these Articles and, in particular, in Schedule 1 hereto. For the sake of clarity, Schedule 1 shall form part of the Articles. In the event of conflict between the terms and provisions in the Articles and Schedule 1, the terms and provisions of Schedule 1 shall prevail.

 

4	Register of Members

The Company shall maintain or cause to be maintained the Register of Members in accordance with the Statute.

 

5	Closing Register of Members or Fixing Record Date

 

5.1

For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend, or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days. If the Register of Members shall be closed for the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members the Register of Members shall be closed for at least ten days immediately preceding the meeting.

 

5.2

In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at any meeting of the Members or any adjournment thereof, or for the purpose of determining the Members entitled to receive payment of any Dividend or in order to make a determination of Members for any other purpose.

 

5.3

If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to notice of, or to vote at, a meeting of Members or Members entitled to receive payment of a Dividend, the date on which notice of the meeting is sent or the date on which the resolution of the Directors declaring such Dividend is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Article, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

 

18

---

6	Certificates for Shares

 

6.1

A Member shall only be entitled to a share certificate if the Directors resolve that share certificates shall be issued. Share certificates representing Shares, if any, shall be in such form as the Directors may determine. Share certificates shall be signed by one or more Directors or other person authorised by the Directors. The Directors may authorise certificates to be issued with the authorised signature(s) affixed by mechanical process. All certificates for Shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified and shall specify the Shares to which they relate. All certificates surrendered to the Company for transfer shall be cancelled and subject to these Articles no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate representing a like number of relevant Shares shall have been surrendered and cancelled.

 

6.2	The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for Shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them.

 

6.3

If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and on the payment of such expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence, as the Directors may prescribe, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) upon delivery of the old certificate.

 

7	Transfer of Shares

 

7.1

Subject to Schedule 1 hereto, Shares are transferable subject to the consent of the Directors, who shall register any properly documented transfer of Shares unless such transfer is restricted pursuant to any applicable agreement or, on advice of counsel, applicable law. If the Directors refuse to register a transfer they shall notify the transferee within two months of such refusal.

 

7.2

The instrument of transfer of any Share shall be in writing and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor (and if the Directors so require, signed by the transferee). The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of a Share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register of Members.

 

8	Redemption and Repurchase of Shares

 

8.1

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may issue Shares that are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Member or the Company. The redemption of such Shares shall be effected in such manner as provided in these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof) or as the Company may, by Special Resolution, determine before the issue of the Shares.

 

19

---

8.2	Subject to the provisions of the Statute and these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof), the Company may purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) provided that the Members shall have approved the manner of purchase by Ordinary Resolution.

 

8.3	The Company may make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Statute, including out of capital.

 

9	Variation of Rights of Shares

 

9.1

Subject to these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof), if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, subject to the Memorandum and these Articles, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters of the issued Shares of that class, or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a general meeting of the holders of the Shares of that class.

 

9.2	The provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall apply to every class meeting of the holders of one class of Shares except that the necessary quorum shall be one person holding or representing by proxy at least one third of the issued Shares of the class.

 

9.3	The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

10	Commission on Sale of Shares

The Company may, in so far as the Statute permits, pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe whether absolutely or conditionally for any Shares of the Company. Such commissions may be satisfied by the payment of cash and/or the issue of fully or partly paid-up Shares. The Company may also on any issue of Shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

11	Non Recognition of Trusts

The Company shall not be bound by or compelled to recognize in any way (even when notified) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any Share, or (except only as is otherwise provided by these Articles or the Statute) any other rights in respect of any Share other than an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

20

---

12	Lien on Shares

 

12.1

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on all Shares (whether fully paid-up or not) registered in the name of a Member (whether solely or jointly with others) for all debts, liabilities or engagements, to or with the Company, which are due and payable, by such Member or his estate, either alone or jointly with any other person, whether a Member or not, but the Directors may at any time declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The registration of a transfer of any such Share shall operate as a waiver of the Company’s lien thereon. The Company’s lien on a Share shall also extend to any amount payable in respect of that Share.

 

12.2

The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares on which the Company has a lien, if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, and is not paid within fourteen clear days after notice has been given to the holder of the Shares, or to the person entitled to it in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the Shares may be sold.

 

12.3

To give effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The purchaser or his nominee shall be registered as the holder of the Shares comprised in any such transfer, and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale or the exercise of the Company’s power of sale under these Articles.

 

12.4

The net proceeds of such sale after payment of costs, shall be applied in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the Shares before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

13	Call on Shares

 

13.1

Subject to the terms of the allotment the Directors may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any monies unpaid on their Shares (whether in respect of par value or premium), and each Member shall (subject to receiving at least fourteen days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on the Shares. A call may be revoked or postponed as the Directors may determine. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the Shares in respect of which the call was made.

 

21

---

13.2	A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising such call was passed.

 

13.3	The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof.

 

13.4

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable, the person from whom it is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid at such rate as the Directors may determine, but the Directors may waive payment of the interest wholly or in part.

 

13.5

An amount payable in respect of a Share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether on account of the par value of the Share or premium or otherwise, shall be deemed to be a call and if it is not paid all the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call.

 

13.6	The Directors may issue Shares with different terms as to the amount and times of payment of calls, or the interest to be paid.

 

13.7

The Directors may, if they think fit, receive an amount from any Member willing to advance all or any part of the monies uncalled and unpaid upon any Shares held by him, and may (until the amount would otherwise become payable) pay interest at such rate as may be agreed upon between the Directors and the Member paying such amount in advance.

 

13.8	No such amount paid in advance of calls shall entitle the Member paying such amount to any portion of a Dividend declared in respect of any period prior to the date upon which such amount would, but for such payment, become payable.

 

14	Forfeiture of Shares

 

14.1

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Directors may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest, which may have accrued. The notice shall specify where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the Shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

14.2

If the notice is not complied with any Share in respect of which it was given may, before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors. Such forfeiture shall include all Dividends or other monies declared payable in respect of the forfeited Share and not paid before the forfeiture.

 

14.3

A forfeited Share may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited Share is to be transferred to any person the Directors may authorise some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the Share in favour of that person.

 

22

---

14.4

A person any of whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of them and shall surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for the Shares forfeited and shall remain liable to pay to the Company all monies which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of those Shares together with interest, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all monies due and payable by him in respect of those Shares.

 

14.5

A certificate in writing under the hand of one Director or officer of the Company that a Share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the fact as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The certificate shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer) constitute a good title to the Share and the person to whom the Share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, nor shall his title to the Share be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the Share.

 

14.6

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a Share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the par value of the Share or by way of premium as if it had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

15	Transmission of Shares

 

15.1

If a Member dies the survivor or survivors where he was a joint holder or his legal personal representatives where he was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest. The estate of a deceased Member is not thereby released from any liability in respect of any Share, which had been jointly held by him.

 

15.2

Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other way than by transfer) may, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, elect, by a notice in writing sent by him, either to become the holder of such Share or to have some person nominated by him become the holder of such Share but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution, as the case may be.

 

15.3

A person becoming entitled to a Share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution of a Member (or in any other case than by transfer) shall be entitled to the same Dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of such Share. However, he shall not, before becoming a Member in respect of a Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company and the Directors may at any time give notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him become the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before his death or bankruptcy or liquidation or dissolution or any other case than by transfer, as the case may be). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

23

---

16	Amendments of Memorandum and Articles of Association and Alteration of Capital

 

16.1	Subject to provisions of the Memorandum and these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof), the Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a)

increase the share capital by such sum as the resolution shall prescribe and with such rights, priorities and privileges annexed thereto, as the Company in general meeting may determine;

 

(b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c)

by subdivision of its existing Shares or any of them divide the whole or any part of its Share capital into Shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum or into Shares without par value; and

 

(d)

cancel any Shares that at the date of the passing of the resolution have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person.

 

16.2	All new Shares created in accordance with the provisions of the preceding Article shall be subject to the same provisions of the Articles with reference to the payment of calls, liens, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise as the Shares in the original share capital.

 

16.3	Subject to the provisions of the Statute and the provisions of these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof) as regards the matters to be dealt with by Ordinary Resolution, the Company may by Special Resolution:

 

(a)

change its name;

 

(b)

alter or add to these Articles;

 

(c)

alter or add to the Memorandum with respect to any objects, powers or other matters specified therein; and

 

24

---

(d)

reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve fund.

 

17	Registered Office

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Company may by resolution of the Directors change the location of its Registered Office.

 

18	General Meetings

 

18.1	All general meetings other than annual general meetings shall be called extraordinary general meetings.

 

18.2

The Company shall, if required by the Statute, in each year hold a general meeting as its annual general meeting, and shall specify the meeting as such in the notices calling it. The annual general meeting shall be held at such time and place as the Directors shall appoint and if no other time and place is prescribed by them, it shall be held at the Registered Office on the second Wednesday in December of each year at ten o’clock in the morning. At these meetings the report of the Directors (if any) shall be presented.

 

18.3	The Company may hold an annual general meeting, but shall not (unless required by Statute) be obliged to hold an annual general meeting.

 

18.4	The Directors may call general meetings, and they shall on a Members requisition forthwith proceed to convene an extraordinary general meeting of the Company.

 

18.5	A Members requisition is a requisition of Members of the Company holding at the date of deposit of the requisition not less than ten per cent. in par value of the capital of the Company as at that date carries the right of voting at general meetings of the Company.

 

18.6	The requisition must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the requisitionists and deposited at the Registered Office, and may consist of several documents in like form each signed by one or more requisitionists.

 

18.7

If the Directors do not within twenty-one days from the date of the deposit of the requisition duly proceed to convene a general meeting to be held within a further twenty-one days, the requisitionists, or any of them representing more than one-half of the total voting rights of all of them, may themselves convene a general meeting, but any meeting so convened shall not be held after the expiration of three months after the expiration of the said twenty-one days.

 

18.8	A general meeting convened as aforesaid by requisitionists shall be convened in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which general meetings are to be convened by Directors.

 

25

---

19	Notice of General Meetings

 

19.1

At least five days’ notice shall be given of any general meeting. Every notice shall be exclusive of the day on which it is given or deemed to be given and of the day for which it is given and shall specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting and the general nature of the business and shall be given in the manner hereinafter mentioned or in such other manner if any as may be prescribed by the Company, provided that a general meeting of the Company shall, whether or not the notice specified in this regulation has been given and whether or not the provisions of the Articles regarding general meetings have been complied with, be deemed to have been duly convened if it is so agreed:

 

(a)

in the case of an annual general meeting, by all the Members (or their proxies) entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b)

in the case of an extraordinary general meeting, by a majority in number of the Members (or their proxies) having a right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than ninety five per cent in par value of the Shares (including SWHY) giving that right.

 

19.2	The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non receipt of notice of a meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings of that meeting.

 

20	Proceedings at General Meetings

 

20.1

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present. At least (i) the Members holding of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares, (ii) the Members holding of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares, (iii) the Members holding of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series D Preference Shares, (iv) the Members holding of a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares, and (v) either of SSG I or SSG II being individuals present in person or by proxy or if a corporation or other non-natural person by its duly authorised representative or proxy, shall be a quorum unless the Company has only one Member entitled to vote at such general meeting in which case the quorum shall be that one Member present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a corporation or other non-natural person) by a duly authorised representative or proxy.

 

20.2

A person may participate at a general meeting by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other. Participation by a person in a general meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting.

 

20.3

A resolution (including a Special Resolution) in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings (or, being corporations, signed by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the resolution had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

26

---

20.4

If a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned for 48 hours later to the same time and place or to such other day, time or such other place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Members present shall be a quorum, provided that matters discussed in such adjourned meeting shall be limited to those stated in the written notices and agendas of such meeting.

 

20.5

The chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors shall preside as chairman at every general meeting of the Company, or if there is no such chairman, or if he shall not be present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for the holding of the meeting, or is unwilling to act, the Directors present shall elect one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

20.6	If no Director is willing to act as chairman or if no Director is present within fifteen minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Members present shall choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

20.7

The chairman may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present, (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. When a general meeting is adjourned for thirty days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to give any such notice.

 

20.8	A resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided by a poll.

 

20.9	Except on a poll on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment, a poll shall be taken as the chairman directs, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the general meeting at which the poll was taken.

 

20.10

A poll on the election of a chairman or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll on any other question shall be taken at such time as the chairman of the general meeting directs, and any business other than that upon which a poll is contingent thereon may proceed pending the taking of the poll.

 

20.11

In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote.

 

27

---

21	Votes of Members

 

21.1

Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any Shares (including those set out in Schedule 1 hereof), on a poll every Member who (being an individual) is present in person or by proxy or, if a corporation or other non-natural person is present by its duly authorised representative or proxy, shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

21.2

In the case of joint holders of record the vote of the senior holder who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the Register of Members.

 

21.3

A Member of unsound mind, or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court, having jurisdiction in lunacy, may vote by his committee, receiver, curator bonis, or other person on such Member’s behalf appointed by that court, and any such committee, receiver, curator bonis or other person may vote by proxy.

 

21.4	No person shall be entitled to vote at any general meeting or at any separate meeting of the holders of a class of Shares unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting nor unless all calls or other monies then payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid.

 

21.5

No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

21.6	On a poll votes may be cast either personally or by proxy. A Member may appoint more than one proxy or the same proxy under one or more instruments to attend and vote at a meeting.

 

21.7

A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of his Shares in the same way on any resolution and therefore may vote a Share or some or all such Shares either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting a Share or some or all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of the instrument appointing him, a proxy appointed under one or more instruments may vote a Share or some or all of the Shares in respect of which he is appointed either for or against a resolution and/or abstain from voting.

 

22

Proxies

 

22.1

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing, be executed under the hand of the appointer or of his attorney duly authorised in writing, or, if the appointer is a corporation under the hand of an officer or attorney duly authorised for that purpose. A proxy need not be a Member of the Company.

 

28

---

22.2

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be deposited at the Registered Office or at such other place as is specified for that purpose in the notice convening the meeting, or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company not less than 48 hours before the time for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote. The chairman may in any event at his discretion direct that an instrument of proxy shall be deemed to have been duly deposited. An instrument of proxy that is not deposited in the manner permitted shall be invalid.

 

22.3	The instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or generally until revoked.

 

22.4

Votes given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal or revocation of the proxy or of the authority under which the proxy was executed, or the transfer of the Share in respect of which the proxy is given unless notice in writing of such death, insanity, revocation or transfer was received by the Company at the Registered Office before the commencement of the general meeting, or adjourned meeting at which it is sought to use the proxy.

 

23	Corporate Members

Any corporation or other non-natural person which is a Member may in accordance with its constitutional documents, or in the absence of such provision by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorize such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or of any class of Members, and the person so authorized shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which he represents as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member.

 

24	Shares that May Not be Voted

Shares in the Company that are beneficially owned by the Company shall not be voted, directly or indirectly, at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of issued and outstanding Shares at any given time.

 

25

Directors

Subject to the Memorandum and these Articles, there shall be a Board of Directors consisting of no more than six (6) persons (exclusive of alternate Directors), provided however that subject to Section 6 of Schedule 1 hereof, the Company may from time to time by Special Resolution increase or reduce the limits in the number of Directors.

 

29

---

26	Powers of Directors

 

26.1

Subject to the provisions of the Statute, the Memorandum and the Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof) and to any directions given by Special Resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Directors who may exercise all the powers of the Company. No alteration of the Memorandum or Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

26.2	All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other negotiable instruments and all receipts for monies paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed as the case may be in such manner as the Directors shall determine by resolution.

 

26.3

The Directors on behalf of the Company may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

26.4

Subject to these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof), the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital or any part thereof and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

27	Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

27.1	The Company may by Ordinary Resolution appoint any person to be a Director or may by Ordinary Resolution remove any Director, provided that:

 

(a)

(i) For so long as BlueFocus holds no less than 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), then BlueFocus has the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) Director (the “Series D Director”); (ii) for so long as Bertelsmann holds no less than 448,801 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), then Bertelsmann has the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) Director (the “Series B Director”); (iii) for so long as Sumitomo holds no less than 437,629 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), Sumitomo has the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) Director (the “Series A Director”); (iv) the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares (excluding any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of Preference Shares), voting separately as a single class, have the right but not the obligation to designate three (3) Directors (the “Ordinary Directors”) of which, (A) for so long as either (x) SSG I holds all the SSG I Ordinary Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events) or (y) SSG II or any Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with SSG II, in the aggregate, hold no less than 399,796 Series C Preference Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events), SSG I and SSG II shall have the collective right to designate one (1) out of the three (3) Ordinary Directors (the “SSG Director”); and (B) notwithstanding any other provision in these Articles, for so long as Igomax continues to hold no less than 5% of the Igomax Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events), (x) Igomax shall have the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) out of the three (3) Ordinary Directors (the “OptAim Director”), and (y) the OptAim Director shall not be removed without the prior written consent of Igomax. Subject to applicable law and listing rules, the right to appoint the OptAim Director by Igomax pursuant to these Articles shall survive the closing of a Qualified IPO.

 

30

---

(b)

Any holders of Shares entitled to designate any individual to be elected as a Director of the Board pursuant to this Article 27 shall have the right to remove any Director occupying such position and to fill any vacancy caused by the resignation, death or renewal of any Director occupying such position.

 

(c)

Any Director not elected in the manner provided in sub-paragraphs (a) or (b) shall be elected by the members at a general meeting, with holders of the Series D Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series A Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares voting together on an as-converted basis and not as separate classes.

 

(d)

For so long as (i) Bertelsmann holds no less than 448,801 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), (ii) Sumitomo hold no less than 437,629 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), (iii) SSG I holds all of the SSG I Ordinary Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events) or SSG II or any Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with SSG II, in the aggregate, hold no less than 399,796 Series C Preference Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events), (iv) BlueFocus holds no less than 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), and (v) SWHY holds any Shares, each of (i) Bertelsmann, (ii) Sumitomo, (iii) SSG I or SSG II (but not both of them), (iv) BlueFocus and (v) SWHY shall be entitled to designate one (1) observer to attend all meetings and receive all notices and materials of the Board or of any committee of the Board in a non-voting observer capacity.

 

31

---

28	Vacation of Office of Director

The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a)

he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b)

if he absents himself (without being represented by proxy or an alternate Director appointed by him) from three consecutive meetings of the Board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and they pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c)

if he dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(d)

if he is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e)

if a Director is determined by at least a majority of the other Directors, upon advice by a third party counsel that the Director to be removed violated any of his or her fiduciary duties to the Company or committed fraud (or its equivalent under applicable law); provided, that any Person(s) that had the right to designate such Director shall have the right to designate a replacement for such Director.

 

29	Proceedings of Directors

 

29.1

The Board shall hold no less than one (1) meeting during each fiscal quarter unless otherwise approved by 2/3 of the members of the Board, including the Series D Director, the Series A Director and the Series B Director. The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors shall be four, including the Series D Director (where one is appointed), the Series B Director (where one is appointed) and the Series A Director (where one is appointed), the SSG Director or their respective alternates; provided that the presence of the Series D Director is not necessary for a board meeting convened solely for the purpose of considering the paramount lien, the making of a call or forfeiture of that portion of BlueFocus’s Shares representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) after 1 July 2015. A person who holds office as an alternate Director shall, if his appointer is not present, be counted in the quorum. A Director who also acts as an alternate Director shall, if his appointer is not present, count once towards the quorum.

 

32

---

29.2

Subject to the provisions of the Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall have a second or casting vote. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled in the absence of his appointer to a separate vote on behalf of his appointer in addition to his own vote.

 

29.3

A person may participate in a meeting of the Directors or committee of Directors by conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other at the same time. Participation by a person in a meeting in this manner is treated as presence in person at that meeting. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is at the start of the meeting.

 

29.4

A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or a majority of all the members of a committee of Directors, in each case including the Series D Director, the Series B Director, the Series A Director and the SSG Director (an alternate Director being entitled to sign such a resolution on behalf of his appointer) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

29.5

A Director or alternate Director on the requisition of another Director or alternate Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least five days’ notice in writing to every Director, alternate Director and observer designated by BlueFocus, Bertelsmann, Sumitomo, SSG I or SSG II, unless all directors agree to shorter notice, which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors (or their alternates) either at, before or after the meeting is held.

 

29.6

If the SSG Director, the Series A Director, the Series B Director or the Series D Director is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, shall be dissolved and in any other case it shall stand adjourned for 48 hours later to the same time and place or to such other day, time or such other place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting the SSG Director, the Series A Director, the Series B Director or the Series D Director is not present within half an hour from the time scheduled for the adjourned meeting, the Directors present shall form the quorum.

 

29.7

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and so long as their number is reduced below the number fixed by or pursuant to these Articles as the necessary quorum of Directors the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of increasing the number of Directors to that number, or of summoning a general meeting of the Company, but for no other purpose.

 

33

---

29.8

The Directors may elect a chairman of the Board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

29.9

All acts done by any meeting of the Directors or of a committee of Directors (including any person acting as an alternate Director) shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director or alternate Director as the case may be.

 

29.10

A Director but not an alternate Director may be represented at any meetings of the Board of Directors by a proxy appointed in writing by him. The proxy shall count towards the quorum and the vote of the proxy shall for all purposes be deemed to be that of the appointing Director.

 

30	Presumption of Assent

A Director of the Company who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered post to such person immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

31	Directors’ Interests

 

31.1	A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine.

 

31.2	A Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

31.3

A Director or alternate Director of the Company may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

34

---

31.4

No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote thereon.

 

31.5

A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

32

Minutes

The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of Directors including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting. The minutes shall be provided to all the Directors and the observers designated by BlueFocus, Bertelsmann and Sumitomo within seven (7) business days after the holding of such meetings.

 

33	Delegation of Directors’ Powers

 

33.1

The Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any Director holding any other executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him provided that an alternate Director may not act as managing director and the appointment of a managing director shall be revoked forthwith if he ceases to be a Director. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

33.2

The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees or local boards, provided that all of the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director shall have the right, but not the obligation, to be a member of any such committee or local board. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

35

---

33.3	The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any person to be the agent of the Company on such conditions as the Directors may determine, provided that the delegation is not to the exclusion of their own powers and may be revoked by the Directors at any time.

 

33.4

The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

33.5

The Directors may appoint such officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer may be removed by resolution of the Directors or Members.

 

34	Alternate Directors

 

34.1	Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may by writing appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director and by writing may remove from office an alternate Director so appointed by him.

 

34.2

An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointer is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his appointer as a Director in his absence.

 

34.3	An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointer ceases to be a Director.

 

36

---

34.4	Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be by notice to the Company signed by the Director making or revoking the appointment or in any other manner approved by the Directors.

 

34.5	An alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

35	No Minimum Shareholding

The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

36	Remuneration of Directors

 

36.1

The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination partly of one such method and partly the other.

 

36.2

The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services other than his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

37

Seal

 

37.1

The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or some officer or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

37.2	The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

37.3

A Director or officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document of the Company required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

37

---

38	Dividends, Distributions and Reserve

 

38.1

Subject to the Statute and these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof), the Directors may declare Dividends and distributions on Shares in issue and authorise payment of the Dividends or distributions out of the funds of the Company lawfully available therefor. No Dividend or distribution shall be paid except out of the realised or unrealised profits of the Company or out of the share premium account or as otherwise permitted by the Statute.

 

38.2

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares, all Dividends shall be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Dividend as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Dividend accordingly.

 

38.3	The Directors may deduct from any Dividend or distribution payable to any Member all sums of money (if any) then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

38.4

The Directors may declare that any Dividend or distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

38.5

Any Dividend, distribution, interest or other monies payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by wire transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Dividends, bonuses, or other monies payable in respect of the Share held by them as joint holders.

 

38.6	No Dividend or distribution shall bear interest against the Company.

 

38.7

Any Dividend which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date of the declaration of such Dividend may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Dividend shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Dividend which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of the declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

38

---

39	Capitalisation

Subject to these Articles (including Schedule 1 hereof), the Directors may capitalize any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve fund) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and to appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a distribution of profits by way of Dividend and to apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportion aforesaid. In such event the Directors shall do all acts and things required to give effect to such capitalization, with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrue to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Directors may authorize any person to enter on behalf of all of the Members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalization and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

40	Books of Account

 

40.1

The Directors shall cause proper books of account to be kept with respect to all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt or expenditure takes place, all sales and purchases of goods by the Company and the assets and liabilities of the Company. Proper books shall not be deemed to be kept if there are not kept such books of account as are necessary to give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

40.2

The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by Statute or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

40.3	The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

39

---

41

Audit

 

41.1	Subject to Section 6.2 of Schedule 1 hereto, the audit committee of the Company may appoint an Auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by a resolution of the Directors, and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

41.2

Every Auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and officers of the Company such information and explanation as may be necessary for the performance of the duties of the Auditor.

 

41.3

Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at the next annual general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an ordinary company, and at the next extraordinary general meeting following their appointment in the case of a company which is registered with the Registrar of Companies as an exempted company, and at any other time during their term of office, upon request of the Directors or any general meeting of the Members.

 

42

Notices

 

42.1

Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent airmail.

 

42.2

Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre paying and posting a letter containing the notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing and sending such notice and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

42.3

A notice may be given by the Company to the person or persons which the Company has been advised are entitled to a Share or Shares in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a Member in the same manner as other notices which are required to be given under these Articles and shall be addressed to them by name, or by the title of representatives of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description at the address supplied for that purpose by the persons claiming to be so entitled, or at the option of the Company by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

40

---

42.4

Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorised to every person shown as a Member in the Register of Members on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members and every person upon whom the ownership of a Share devolves by reason of his being a legal personal representative or a trustee in bankruptcy of a Member of record where the Member of record but for his death or bankruptcy would be entitled to receive notice of the meeting, and no other person shall be entitled to receive notices of general meetings.

 

43	Winding Up

 

43.1

Subject to the rights provided by the terms of issue of the Preference Shares, if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to pay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members on a pro-rata basis.

 

43.2

Subject to the rights provided by the terms of issue of the Preference Shares, if in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members on a pro-rata basis at the time of commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise.

 

43.3

Subject to the rights provided by the terms of issue of the Preference Shares, if the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by the Statute, divide in kind amongst the Members the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether such assets shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

41

---

44

Indemnity

Subject to the Statute, every Director or officer of the Company shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability incurred by him as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out his functions other than such liability (if any) that he may incur by his own actual fraud or wilful default. No such Director or officer shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage in carrying out his functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Director or officer. References in this Article to actual fraud or wilful default mean a finding to such effect by a competent court in relation to the conduct of the relevant party.

 

45	Financial Year

Unless the Directors otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall end on 31st December in each year and, following the year of incorporation, shall begin on 1st January in each year.

 

46	Transfer by way of Continuation

If the Company is exempted as defined in the Statute, it shall, subject to the provisions of the Statute and with the approval of a Special Resolution, have the power to register by way of continuation as a body corporate under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be deregistered in the Cayman Islands.

 

42

---

SCHEDULE 1

RIGHTS OF PREFERENCE SHARES

The respective rights, privileges and restrictions attaching to the Preference Shares shall be as hereinafter specified in this Schedule 1. Unless otherwise specified, the words “hereof”, “hereunder” and “hereto”, and words of like import used in this Schedule 1, refer to this Schedule 1 and reference to a “Section” refers to such Section in this Schedule 1.

SECTION 1

CONVERSION RIGHTS

1.1    Conversion Rights.

(a)    Optional Conversion. Each holder of Preference Shares shall have the right, at such holder’s sole discretion, to convert all or any portion of the Preference Shares into Ordinary Shares at any time (provided, however, that any such converted Ordinary Shares cannot be converted into any preferred shares of the Company in the future). The conversion rate for Preference Shares shall be determined by dividing the Issue Price for each of the Preference Shares when they were issued, by the applicable Conversion Price, being no less than par value, provided that in the event of any share splits, share combinations, share dividends, recapitalisations and similar events, the initial Series E Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or Series A Conversion Price shall be adjusted accordingly in accordance with this Section 1.

(b)    Automatic Conversion.

(i)    Without any action being required by the holder of such Preference Share and whether or not the certificates representing such Preference Share are surrendered to the Company or its transfer agent, each Preference Share shall automatically be converted into Ordinary Shares (x) immediately prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO, or (y) upon the election of holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Preference Shares, voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

(ii)    The Company shall not be obligated to issue certificates for any Ordinary Shares issuable upon the automatic conversion of Preference Shares unless the certificate or certificates evidencing such Preference Shares is either delivered as provided below to the Company or any transfer agent for the Preference Shares, or the holder notifies the Company or its transfer agent that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed and executes an agreement satisfactory to the Company to indemnify the Company from any loss incurred by it in connection with such certificate. The Company shall, as soon as practicable after receipt of certificates for Preference Shares, or satisfactory agreement for indemnification in the case of a lost certificate, promptly issue and deliver at its office to the holder thereof a certificate or certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares to which the holder is entitled.

 

43

---

(c)    Conversion Price.

(i)    The conversion price for each of the Series A Preference Shares, subject to adjustments from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, is referred hereinafter as “Series A Conversion Price”. The initial Series A Conversion Price for each of the Series A Preference Shares shall be the Series A Issue Price at the time of issue of the applicable Series A Preference Shares.

(ii)    The conversion price for each of the Series B Preference Shares, subject to adjustments from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, is referred hereinafter as “Series B Conversion Price”. The initial Series B Conversion Price for each of the Series B Preference Shares shall be the Series B Issue Price at the time of issue of the applicable Series B Preference Shares.

(iii)    The conversion price for each of the Series C Preference Shares, subject to adjustments from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, is referred hereinafter as “Series C Conversion Price”. The initial Series C Conversion Price for each of the Series C Preference Shares shall be the Series C Issue Price at the time of issue of the applicable Series C Preference Shares.

(iv)    The conversion price for each of the Series D Preference Shares, subject to adjustments from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, is referred hereinafter as “Series D Conversion Price”. The initial Series D Conversion Price for each of the Series D Preference Shares shall be the Adjusted Series D Issue Price at the time of issue of the applicable Series D Preference Shares.

(v)    The conversion price for each of the Series E Preference Shares, subject to adjustments from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof, is referred hereinafter as “Series E Conversion Price”. The initial Series E Conversion Price for each of the Series E Preference Shares shall be the Series E Issue Price at the time of issue of the applicable Series E Preference Shares.

1.2    Mechanism of Conversion. No fractional Ordinary Share shall be issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares. In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Company shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the then effective respective Conversion Price. Before any holder of Preference Shares shall be entitled to convert the same into full Ordinary Shares and to receive certificates therefor, he shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Company or of any transfer agent for the Preference Shares and shall give written notice to the Company at such office that he elects to convert the same. The Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preference Shares a certificate or certificates for the number of Ordinary Shares to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid and a check payable to the holder in the amount of any cash amounts payable as the result of a conversion into fractional Ordinary Shares. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the Preference Shares to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the Ordinary Shares issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such Ordinary Shares on such date. The Directors may effect conversion in any manner permitted by law including, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, repurchasing or redeeming the relevant Preference Shares and applying the proceeds towards the issue of the relevant number of new Ordinary Shares.

 

44

---

1.3    Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares (solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preference Shares) such number of its Ordinary Shares as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the outstanding Preference Shares, and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued Ordinary Shares shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the then outstanding Preference Shares, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preference Shares, the Company will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its legal counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized share capital and number of Ordinary Shares to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes.

1.3A    Adjustment of Conversion Price.

(a)    The Series E Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and the Series A Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as follows if any of the events listed in Sections 1.4 and 1.5 below occur prior to the conversion of any Series E Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares or Series A Preference Shares. The right to adjust any Conversion Price may be waived with the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares or Series A Preference Shares, as applicable, voting separately as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

(b)    The Series E Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price and the Series A Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment as follows if any of the events listed in Sections 1.6, 1.7 and 1.8 below occur prior to the conversion of any Series E Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares or Series A Preference Shares. The right to adjust any Conversion Price may be waived with the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares or Series A Preference Shares, as applicable, voting separately as a single class on an as-if-converted basis.

 

45

---

1.4    Anti-dilution Adjustments of Conversion Price.

(a)    Special Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1.4, the following definitions shall apply:

(i)    “Options” mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Ordinary Shares or Convertible Securities.

(ii)    “Convertible Securities” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares (other than the Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares) or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares.

(iii)    “Additional Ordinary Shares” shall mean all Ordinary Shares (including reissued shares) issued (or, pursuant to Section 1.4(c) hereof, deemed to be issued) by the Company after the Series E Original Issue Date, other than:

(A)    Ordinary Shares issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares authorized herein;

(B)    any securities issued as a dividend or distribution on Preference Shares or any event for which adjustment is made pursuant to Sections 1.6 or 1.7 or 1.8 hereof; and

(C)    any securities issued in a Qualified IPO.

(D)    any Securities issued/allotted pursuant to Section 10.5 of the Shareholders Agreement.

(b)    No Adjustment to Conversion Price. No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares unless the consideration per share for an Additional Ordinary Share issued or deemed to be issued by the Company is less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance.

(c)    Deemed Issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time after the Series E Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number that would result in an adjustment pursuant to clause (ii) below) of Ordinary Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Ordinary Shares issued as of the time of such issuance or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, provided that Additional Ordinary Shares shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share of such Additional Ordinary Shares would be less than the applicable Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance, or such record date, as the case may be, and provided further that in any such case in which Additional Ordinary Shares are deemed to be issued:

 

46

---

(i)    no further adjustment to the relevant Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issuance of Convertible Securities or Ordinary Shares upon the exercise of such options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(ii)    if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Company, or increase or decrease in the number of Ordinary Shares issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof, the relevant Conversion Price computed upon the original issuance thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities;

(iii)    upon the expiration of any such Options or any rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities which shall not have been exercised, the relevant Conversion Price computed upon the original issuance thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto), and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon such expiration be recomputed as if:

(A)    in the case of Convertible Securities or Options for Ordinary Shares, the only Additional Ordinary Shares issued were Ordinary Shares, if any, actually issued upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities and the consideration received therefor was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issuance of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration actually received by the Company upon such exercise, or for the issuance of all such Convertible Securities which were actually converted or exchanged, plus the additional consideration, if any, actually received by the Company upon such conversion or exchange, and

(B)    in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, only the Convertible Securities, if any, actually issued upon the exercise thereof were issued at the time of issuance of such Options, and the consideration received by the Company for the Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to have been then issued was the consideration actually received by the Company for the issuance of all such Options, whether or not exercised, plus the consideration deemed to have been received by the Company upon the issuance of the Convertible Securities with respect to which such Options were actually exercised;

(iv)    no readjustment pursuant to clause (ii) or (iii) above shall have the effect of increasing the relevant Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (x) such Conversion Price on the original adjustment date, or (y) the Conversion Price that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date; and

 

47

---

(v)    in the case of any Options which expire by their terms not more than 30 days after the date of issuance thereof, no adjustment of the relevant Conversion Price shall be made until the expiration or exercise of all such Options, whereupon such adjustment shall be made in the manner provided in clause (iii) above.

(d)    Issuance of Additional Ordinary Shares below Conversion Price. Subject to Sections 1.4(c) and 1.4(d), in the event that the Company shall issue any Additional Ordinary Shares (including those deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 1.4(c)) at a subscription price per Ordinary Share (on an as-converted basis) less than either the Series E Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price or the Series A Conversion Price (as adjusted from time to time) as in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issuance, such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issuance, to the price per share received or receivable by the Company for the Additional Ordinary Shares newly issued or sold by the Company.

1.5    Determination of Consideration. For purposes of this Section 1, the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of any Additional Ordinary Shares shall be computed as follows:

(a)    Cash and Property. Except as provided in clause (ii) below, such consideration shall:

(i)    insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Company excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest for accrued dividends;

(ii)    insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issuance, as determined in good faith by the Board; provided, however, that no value shall be attributed to any services performed by any employee, officer or Director of the Company; and

(iii)    in the event Additional Ordinary Shares are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Company for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received with respect to such Additional Ordinary Shares, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

(b)    Options and Convertible Securities. The consideration per share received by the Company for Additional Ordinary Shares deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 1.4(c), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

(i)    the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Company as consideration for the issuance of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Company upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities by

 

48

---

(ii)    the maximum number of Ordinary Shares (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion exchange of such Convertible Securities.

1.6    Adjustments for Share Dividends, Subdivisions, Combinations or Consolidations of Ordinary Shares. In the event the Company pays a dividend or makes a distribution on its Ordinary Shares in Ordinary Shares other than by way of a scrip dividend or if the outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be subdivided into a greater number of Ordinary Shares, the Conversion Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, be proportionately decreased. In the event the outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be combined or consolidated, by reclassification or otherwise, into a lesser number of Ordinary Shares the Conversion Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such combination or consolidation, be proportionately increased.

1.7    Adjustments for Other Distributions. In the event the Company at any time or from time to time makes, or files a record date for the determination of holders of Ordinary Shares entitled to receive any distribution payable in securities or assets of the Company other than Ordinary Shares, then and in each such event provision shall be made so that the holders of Preference Shares shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of Ordinary Shares receivable thereupon, the amount of securities or assets of the Company which they would have received had their Preference Shares been converted into Ordinary Shares on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities or assets receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustment called for during such period under this Section 1 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preference Shares.

1.8    Adjustments for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution. If the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares shall be changed into the same or a different number of shares of any other class or classes of shares, whether by capital reorganization, reclassification or otherwise (other than a subdivision or combination of shares provided for above), then and in each such event the holder of each such Preference Shares shall have the right thereafter to convert such share into the kind and amount of shares and other securities and property receivable upon such reorganization or reclassification or other change by holders of the number of Ordinary Shares that would have been subject to receipt by the holders upon conversion of the Preference Shares immediately before that change, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

 

49

---

1.9    No Impairment. The Company will not, by the amendment of the Memorandum and Articles or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issuance or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of Section 1 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the conversion rights of the holders of the Preference Shares against impairment.

1.10    Certificate as to Adjustments. Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price pursuant to Section 1, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of Preference Shares a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of ordinary shares and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of Preference Shares.

1.11    Miscellaneous.

(i)    All calculations under this Section 1 shall be made to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a cent or to the nearest one hundredth (1/100) of a share, as the case may be.

(ii)    The holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares, the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares (in relation to determination pursuant to Sections 1.6 – 1.9 only), the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series C Preference Shares, the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series D Preference Shares and the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares, each voting separately as a single class on an as-if-converted basis, shall have the right to challenge any determination by the Board of fair value pursuant to this Section 1, in which case such determination of fair value shall be made by an independent appraiser selected jointly by the Board and the challenging parties, the cost of such appraisal to be borne equally by the Company and the challenging holders of Preference Shares.

(iii)    No adjustment in the Conversion Price need be made unless such adjustment would require a change of at least one percent (1%) in such Conversion Price. Any adjustment of less than one percent (1%) in the Conversion Price which is not made shall be carried forward and shall be made at the time of and together with any subsequent adjustment which, on a cumulative basis, amounts to one percent (1%) or more in such Conversion Price.

 

50

---

(iv)    Upon any conversion of the Preference Shares, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and shall not be reissued, and the Company may from time to time take such appropriate action as may be necessary to diminish the authorized number of Preference Shares accordingly.

SECTION 2

LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP

2.1    In the event of (i) a winding up or other dissolution of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (ii) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation, (iii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the assets of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) government policies promulgated or interpreted after the Closing that prohibit investment or exit of the Company by foreign investors, provided, that, in the case of (ii) and (iii), only when such merger, acquisition or sale implies a valuation of the Company on a fully diluted basis of less than US$550,000,000 (each a “Liquidating Transaction”), either voluntary or involuntary, and subject to Section 4.4, distributions to the Members of the Company shall be made in the following manner:

(a)    The holders of the Series E Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, prior to any distribution to the holders of the Ordinary Shares or any other class or series of shares, an amount per Series E Preference Share equal to (i) 110% of the Series E Issue Price in respect of such Series E Preference Share prior to or on December 31, 2017, or (ii) 120% of the Series E Issue Price in respect of such Series E Preference Share from January 1, 2018, as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events, and plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon minus all paid cash or non-cash dividends and distributions paid thereon since the Series E Original Issue Date (collectively, the “Series E Preference Amount”). If the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make the payment of the Series E Preference Amount in full to all holders of Series E Preference Shares, then the assets of the company shall be distributable ratably to the holders of the Series E Preference Shares in portion to the Series E Preference Amount to each such holder of Series E Preference Shares would otherwise be entitled to receive.

(b)    The holders of the Series D Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, after the payment of the Series E Preference Amount has been made in full to all holders of the Series E Preference Shares and prior to any distribution to holders of the Series B Preference Shares, the Series A Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares and the Ordinary Shares, an amount per Series D Preference Share (other than any Series D Preference Shares for which the Residual Amount has not been paid to the Company) equal to 150% of the Adjusted Series D Issue Price in respect of such Series D Preference Share, as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events, and plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon minus all paid cash or non-cash dividends and distributions paid thereon since the Series D Original Issue Date (collectively, the “Series D Preference Amount”). If the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make the payment of the Series D Preference Amount in full to all holders of Series D Preference Shares, then the assets of the Company shall be distributable ratably to the holders of the Series D Preference Shares in portion to the Series D Preference Amount to each such holder of Series D Preference Shares would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

51

---

(c)    The holders of the Series B Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, after the payment of the Series E Preference Amount and Series D Preference Amount has been made in full to all holders of the Series E Preference Shares and Series D Preference Shares and prior to any distribution to the holders of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares and the Ordinary Shares, an amount per Series B Preference Share equal to 150% of the Series B Issue Price in respect of such Series B Preference Share (provided that (i) if the Liquidating Transaction is a Qualified M&A Event 1, such amount per Series B Preference Share shall be reduced to 0% of the Series B Issue Price and (ii) if the Liquidating Transaction is a Qualified M&A Event 2, such amount per Series B Preference Share shall be reduced to 100% of the Series B Issue Price), as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events, and plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon minus all paid cash or non-cash dividends and distributions paid thereon since the Series B Original Issue Date (collectively, the “Series B Preference Amount”). If the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make the payment of the Series B Preference Amount in full to all holders of the Series B Preference Shares, then the assets of the company shall be distributable ratably to the holders of the Series B Preference Shares in portion to the Series B Preference Amount to each such holder of the Series B Preference Shares would otherwise be entitled to receive.

(d)    The holders of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares shall be entitled to receive, after the payments of the Series E Preference Amount, the Series D Preference Amount and the Series B Preference Amount have been made in full to all holders of the Series E Preference Shares, Series D preference Shares and the Series B Preference Shares and prior to any distribution to the holders of the Series C Preference Shares and the Ordinary Shares, an amount per Series A Preference Share equal to 200% of the Series A Issue Price (provided that (i) if the Liquidating Transaction is a Qualified M&A Event 1, such amount per Series A Preference Share shall be reduced to 0% of the Series A Issue Price and (ii) if the Liquidating Transaction is a Qualified M&A Event 2, such amount per Series A Preference Share shall be reduced to 100% of the Series A Issue Price), as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events, and plus all accrued or declared but unpaid dividends thereon minus all paid cash or non-cash dividends and distributions paid thereon since the first date on which any Series A Preference Share was issued by the Company (collectively, the “Series A Preference Amount”). If the assets of the Company shall be insufficient to make the payment of the Series A Preference Amount in full to all holders of the Series A Preference Shares, then the assets of the company shall be distributable ratably to the holders of the Series A Preference Shares in portion to the Series A Preference Amount to each such holder of the Series A Preference Shares would otherwise be entitled to receive.

 

52

---

(e)    After the full Series E Preference Amount, Series D Preference Amount, Series B Preference Amount and Series A Preference Amount have been paid (together, the “Preference Amount”), any remaining funds or assets of the Company legally available for distribution to shareholders shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of the Preference Shares (other than any Series D Preference Shares for which the Residual Amount has not been paid to the Company) (on an as-converted basis) together with the holders of the Ordinary Shares.

2.2    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2, and subject to the consents or approvals required in Section 6, the Company may at any time, out of funds legally available therefor, repurchase options under the ESOP, Ordinary Shares of the Company issued to or held by employees, officers or consultants of the Company or its Subsidiaries, whether upon termination of their employment, services or otherwise, pursuant to any bona fide agreement providing for such right of repurchase, whether or not dividends on the Preference Shares shall have been declared.

2.3    In the event the Company proposes to distribute assets other than cash in connection with any Liquidating Transaction of the Company, the value of the assets to be distributed to the holders of Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares shall be determined in good faith by the liquidator, if one is appointed, or by the Board, if no liquidator is appointed. Any securities not subject to investment letter or similar restrictions on free marketability shall be valued as follows:

(a)    If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the security’s closing prices on such exchange over the thirty (30) day ending one (1) day prior to the distribution;

(b)    If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the thirty (30) day period ending three (3) days prior to the distribution; and

(c)    If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the liquidator (or, in the case of any proposed distribution in connection with a transaction which is a deemed liquidation hereunder, by the Board).

2.4    The method of valuation of securities subject to restrictions on free marketability shall be adjusted to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as above in Section 2.3 to reflect the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the liquidator (or, in the case of any proposed distribution in connection with a Liquidating Transaction, by the Board). The holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares, the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series D Preference Shares, the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series C Preference Shares, the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares or the holders of at least a majority of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares, each voting separately as a single class, shall have the right to challenge any determination by the liquidator or the Board, as the case may be, of fair market value pursuant to this Section 2, in which case the determination of fair market value shall be made by an independent appraiser selected jointly by the liquidator or the Board, as the case may be, and the challenging parties, the cost of such appraisal to be borne by the Company.

 

53

---

SECTION 3

DIVIDENDS

3.1    No Dividends shall be made, declared or set aside, whether in cash, in property, or in any other Shares of the Company, with respect to any other class or series of Shares of the Company during any fiscal year, unless and until such distribution is approved and declared by the Board of Directors and at least a majority of all then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares and Series E Preference Shares, each voting separately as a single class.

3.2    Upon approval and declaration as set forth in Section 3.1, the holders of each Series E Preference Share shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to 8% of the Series E Issue Price payable out of funds or assets when and as such funds or assets become legally therefor on parity with each other, prior to and in preference to any dividend on the Series D Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series A Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares or any other class or series of Shares.

3.3    At such time when all accrued dividends in the amounts set forth in Section 3.2 above shall have been paid, the holders of each Series D Preference Share (other than any Series D Preference Shares for which the Residual Amount has not been paid to the Company) shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to 8% of the Adjusted Series D Issue Price, payable out of funds or assets when and as such funds or assets become legally therefor on parity with each other, prior to and in preference to any dividend on the Series B Preference Shares, Series A Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares or any other class or series of Shares.

3.4    At such time when all accrued dividends in the amounts set forth in Section 3.3 above shall have been paid, the holders of each Series B Preference Share shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to 8% of the Series B Issue Price, payable out of remaining funds or assets when and as such funds or assets become legally therefor on parity with each other, prior to and in preference to any dividend on the Series A Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares, Ordinary Shares or any other class or series of Shares.

3.5    At such time when all accrued dividends in the amounts set forth in Section 3.4 above shall have been paid, the holders of each Series A Preference Share shall be entitled to receive an amount equal to 8% of the Series A Issue Price, payable out of remaining funds or assets when and as such funds or assets become legally therefor on parity with each other, prior to and in preference to any dividend on the Series C Preference Shares, Ordinary Shares or any other class or series of Shares.

 

54

---

3.6    Following the distribution in full of the amount as set forth in Section 3.5, any remaining Dividends shall be distributed on a pro rata basis to holders of the Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares on a fully diluted and as-if converted basis.

SECTION 4

REDEMPTION

4.1    The Preference Shares are redeemable as following

(a)    At any time and from time to time beginning upon the earlier of (i) the second (2^nd) anniversary of the date of the Closing or such earlier date as any other series or class of Shares is redeemable, or (ii) the occurrence of a material breach of any of the warranties or undertakings specified in the Series B SPA, the Shareholders Agreement or the Series A SPA or other transaction documents contemplated therein, any holder of the Series B Preference Shares shall have an option to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of the issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares held by such holder for a redemption price per Series B Preference Share equal to the greater of (x) 150% of the Series B Issue Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like or (y) the fair market value of the Series B Preference Shares subject to redemption (exclusive of liquidity event, fire-sale or minority ownership discounts) as determined by an independent appraiser mutually agreeable to the Company and the holders of the Series B Preference Shares electing for such redemption (the “Series B Redemption Price”); provided that if the Company and the holders of such Series B Preference Shares cannot agree on an appraiser, the Company and such holders shall each select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such fair market value.

(b)    At any time and from time to time beginning upon the earlier of (i) the second (2^nd) anniversary of the date of the Closing, or (ii) the occurrence of a material breach of any of the warranties or undertakings specified in the Series A SPA or other transaction documents contemplated therein, any holder of the Series A Preference Shares shall have an option to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of the issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares held by such holder for a redemption price per Series A Preference Share equal to the greater of (x) 200% of the Series A Issue Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like or (y) the fair market value of the Series A Preference Shares subject to redemption (exclusive of liquidity event, fire-sale or minority ownership discounts) as determined by an independent appraiser mutually agreeable to the Company and the holders of the Series A Preference Shares electing for such redemption (the “Series A Redemption Price”); provided that if the Company and the holders of such Series A Preference Shares cannot agree on an appraiser, the Company and such holders shall each select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such fair market value.

 

55

---

(c)    Any time and from time to time following the occurrence of any of the following:

(i)    on or after the second (2^nd) anniversary of the date of the Closing;

(ii)    any Liquidating Transaction;

(iii)    Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy ceasing to exert day-to-day management and operational control over the Company, Optimix Media Asia Limited, iClick Interactive Asia Limited, Diablo Holdings Corporation, Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation or China Search (Asia) Limited; or

(iv)    any holder of the Series B Preference Shares or the Series A Preference Shares or Series D Preference Shares or Series E Preference Shares electing for redemption pursuant to Section 4.1(a) or Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(d) or Section 4.1(e), respectively,

the holders of the Series C Preference Shares shall have an option to require the Company to redeem all (but not only some) of the issued and outstanding Series C Preference Shares held by all such holders for a redemption price per Series C Preference Share equal to 200% of the Series C Issue Price, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends (the “Series C Redemption Price”).

(d)    Any time and from time to time beginning upon the earlier of any of the following:

(i)    on or after the second (2^nd) anniversary of the date of the Closing;

(ii)    any Liquidating Transaction;

(iii)    Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy ceasing to exert day-to-day management and operational control over the Company, Optimix Media Asia Limited, iClick Interactive Asia Limited, Diablo Holdings Corporation, Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation or China Search (Asia) Limited;

(iv)    the occurrence of a material breach of any of the warranties or covenants specified in the Series D SPA or other transaction documents contemplated therein; or

 

56

---

(v)    any holder of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series C Preference Shares electing for redemption pursuant to Section 4.1(a), 4.1(b) or 4.1(c), respectively;

the holders of the Series D Preference Shares (other than any Series D Preference Shares for which the Residual Amount has not been paid to the Company) shall have an option to require the Company to redeem all (but not only some) of the outstanding BF Purchased Shares and BF Compensation Shares (if any) held by BlueFocus (“BF Redemption Shares”) for a redemption price per Share at the higher of (a) a price reflecting an implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company at US$500 million, (b) the highest redemption price that would have been received by any other shareholder of the Company if their shares have become redeemable, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and (c) a price reflecting the implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company used in any Liquidating Transaction (if applicable) (the “Series D Redemption Price”).

(e)    Any time and from time to time beginning upon the earlier of any of the following:

(i)    any Liquidating Transaction;

(ii)    the failure of the Company to achieve the following targets:

(x)    the audited consolidated revenues from the principal business (excluding any non-operating and non-recurring revenue) of the Group as of and for the twelve months ending on December 31, 2017 (the “2017 Financial Year”) being no less than US$200,000,000; and

(y)    the audited consolidated revenues from the principal business (excluding any non-operating and non-recurring revenue) of the Group as of and for the twelve months ending on December 31, 2018 (the “2018 Financial Year”) being no less than US$300,000,000.

For the purpose of assessing the above targets, as soon as practicable but in any event within four (4) months after December 31, 2017 or December 31, 2018, as applicable, the Company shall deliver to the Series E Investor the audited financial statements of the Group for such financial year prepared in accordance with US GAAP and audited by a Qualified Auditor.

(iii)    the termination of the employment with the relevant Group Company by Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, TANG Jian or Lee, Yanshu before the consummation of a Qualified IPO;

(iv)    the failure of the Company to consummate a Qualified IPO prior to or on June 30, 2018;

 

57

---

(v)    the occurrence of any material breach of any of the warranties or covenants specified in the Series E SPA or other transaction documents contemplated therein; or

(vi)    any holder of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares or Series D Preference Shares electing for redemption pursuant to Sections 4.1(a), 4.1(b), 4.1(c), 4.1(d) respectively;

the holders of the Series E Preference Shares shall have an option to require the Company to redeem all or a portion of the issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares held by such holder for a redemption price per Series E Preference Share equal to the greater of (x) 100% of the Series E Issue Price, plus 9.5% annual compound interest thereon calculated from the Series E Original Issue Date to the date of receipt of the Series E Redemption Price, plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of redemption, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, and the like, or (y) the highest redemption price that would have been received by any other shareholder of the Company if their shares have become redeemable, proportionally adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, or (z) a price reflecting the implied valuation (on a fully-diluted basis) of the Company used in any Liquidating Transaction (if applicable) (the “Series E Redemption Price”).

4.2    Redemption Procedures.

(a)    In the event of such an election, the electing holder of Preference Shares shall provide a written notice (“Election Notice”) to the Company, upon which, the Company shall within seven (7) days deposit 100% of the total redemption price payable at the Redemption Date, assuming redemption of all then issued and outstanding Preference Shares, into an accredited bank account approved by the holders of majority of Series E Preference Shares (if any holder of the Series E Preference Shares is providing the Election Notice), or Series D Director (if any holder of the Series D Preference Shares is providing the Election Notice and no holder of the Series E Preference Share is providing the Election Notice), the Series B Director (if any holder of the Series B Preference Shares or the Series A Preference Shares is providing the Election Notice and no holder of the Series D Preference Shares or Series E Preference Shares is providing the Election Notice), or the SSG Director (if no holders of the Series E Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series A Preference Shares provide an Election Notice). From and after receipt of any Election Notice, the Company shall immediately cease any payment or expenses or any distribution pursuant to Section 2 that may, upon the reasonable judgment of the Series A Director, the Series B Director, the Series D Director, the SSG Director or holders of majority of Series E Preference Shares, as applicable, result in the inability of the Company to meet its obligations at any subsequent Redemption Dates.

 

58

---

(b)    Within three (3) business days of the receipt of the Election Notice, the Company shall give written notice (the “Company Redemption Notice”) to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of Preference Shares, at the address last shown on the records of the Company for such holder(s). The Company Redemption Notice shall (i) indicate the number of Shares to be submitted for redemption and direct the holders of such Shares to submit their share certificates to the Company on or before the scheduled date for such redemption, (ii) indicate that other holders of Preference Shares may elect to have all or a portion of their Preference Shares redeemed at the Series A Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price, the Series C Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price or the Series E Redemption Price (provided that, in case of the Series C Preference Shares and BF Redemption Shares, redemption shall be in respect of all (but not only some) of the issued and outstanding Series C Preference Shares or BF Redemption Shares, as the case may be, and (iii) fix a date by which all elections for redemption from such holders must be received by the Company (which shall be not earlier than ten (10) business days after mailing of the Company Redemption Notice). The closing of the redemption of the Shares pursuant to this Section 4.2 (the “Redemption Date”) shall take place no later than thirty (30) days following the date of the relevant Election Notice.

(c)    Except as provided below, on or after the Redemption Date, (x) each holder of the Preference Shares for which an election of redemption has been submitted pursuant to Section 4.2(b) (the “Redemption Shares”) to be redeemed on such date shall surrender to the Company the certificate or certificates representing such Shares, in the manner and at the place designated in the Company Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Series E Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price, the Series C Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price or the Series A Redemption Price, as applicable, of such Shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof, or to a holder other than such person, but only if the title of such holder to such certificate or certificates is established to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company, (y) the Company shall cancel each surrendered certificate or certificates, and (z) the Company shall issue a new certificate or certificates to each such holder of Redemption Shares representing the remaining number of unredeemed Shares to be held by such holder, provided that, if no certificate representing such Shares has been issued, the Series E Redemption Price, the Series D Redemption Price, the Series C Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price or the Series A Redemption Price, as applicable, shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date to the order of the person registered as the shareholder of such Shares in the Register of Members.

4.3    If the funds of the Company legally available for redemption of Redemption Shares on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of Redemption Shares to be redeemed on such date, those funds which are legally available will be paid (i) first to redeem all Series E Preference Shares requested to be redeemed at the Series E Redemption Price, (ii) second to redeem all BF Redemption Shares entitled and requested to be redeemed at the Series D Redemption Price, and then (iii) any remaining fund shall be paid to redeem the Series C Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares and the Series A Preference Shares entitled and requested to be redeemed on a pari passu basis in proportion to the respective full Redemption Price such Redemption Shares would otherwise have been entitled to receive. Redemption Shares not redeemed for lack of funds shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Company are legally available for the redemption of Redemption Shares, such funds will immediately be used to pay off, if applicable, first to the holders of the Series E Preference Shares, second to the holders of the Series D Preference Shares, and then to the holders of the Series C Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares and the Series A Preference Shares entitled and requested to be redeemed that have not already been redeemed (on a pari passu basis in proportion to the respective full Redemption Price such Redemption Shares would otherwise have been entitled to receive).

 

59

---

4.4    In the event that the funds of the Company legally available for redemption on the Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of Redemption Shares to be redeemed on such date, then at the written direction of the majority of the holders of each class of Preference Shares that have elected for redemption but whose Preference Shares have not been redeemed in full (voting separately as a single class) and on an as-if-converted basis), (i) the aggregate Redemption Price that remains outstanding shall be automatically (without requirement for any resolution of the Board or of the Company in general meeting or consent of any Members and notwithstanding any other provisions herein) converted into debt payable by the Company to such holder of Preference Shares over a period of six (6) months or on another payment schedule mutually agreed by the Company and the respective redeeming party(ies), or (ii) the Company shall be liquidated immediately, provided that, in such liquidation:

(a)    (i) the holders of the Series A Preference Shares will be entitled to receive the higher of (x) the Series A Preference Amount and (y) (if the relevant Series A Preference Shares have been elected to be redeemed) the aggregate Redemption Price that remains outstanding in respect of such Series A Preference Shares, (ii) the holders of the Series B Preference Shares will be entitled to receive the higher of (x) the Series B Preference Amount and (y) (if the relevant Series B Preference Shares have been elected to be redeemed) the aggregate Redemption Price that remains outstanding in respect of such Series B Preference Shares, (iii) if the Series C Preference Shares have been elected to be redeemed, the holders of the Series C Preference Shares will be entitled to receive the aggregate Redemption Price that remains outstanding in respect of such Series C Preference Shares, (iv) the holders of the Series D Preference Shares will be entitled to receive the higher of (x) the Series D Preference Amount and (y) (if the BF Redemption Shares have been elected to be redeemed,) the aggregate Redemption Price that remains outstanding in respect of such BF Redemption Shares, and (v) the holders of the Series E Preference Shares will be entitled to receive the higher of (x) the Series E Preference Amount and (y) (if the relevant Series E Preference Shares have been elected to be redeemed) the aggregate Redemption Price that remains outstanding in respect of such Series E Preference Shares; and

(b)    distributions to the Members of the Company shall be made in the following order:

(i)    first, to the holders of the Preference Shares that have elected for redemption pursuant to Sections 4.1(a), 4.1(b), 4.1(c), 4.1(d) or 4.1(e), in such priority and in such proportion set out in Section 4.3, substituting the relevant Redemption Price with such amount they are entitled to pursuant to paragraph (a) above. For the avoidance of doubt, any Shares that have received the full amount to which they are entitled pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be treated as redeemed and shall not be eligible to participate in any further distributions in the liquidation; and

 

60

---

(ii)    secondly, upon the full payment of the amount payable to the holders of the Preference Shares that have elected for redemption, to the other Members of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.1, provided that the Preference Amount payable to each Series A Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares or Series E Preference Shares shall be substituted by such amount they are entitled to pursuant to paragraph (a) above.

4.5    For so long any Redemption Price in respect of the Preference Shares that have been elected for redemption remains outstanding, the holders of Ordinary Shares (for purposes of this Section 4.5 the definition of “Ordinary Shares” shall: (a) for so long as SSG I holds any SSG I Ordinary Shares, exclude the SSG I Ordinary Shares; (b) for so long as Igomax holds any Igomax Shares, exclude the Igomax Shares; (c) for so long as Zaffre holds any Zaffre Shares, exclude the Zaffre Shares; and (d) for so long as BAI holds any BAI Shares, exclude the BAI Shares) shall have pledged their Shares in the Company to the holders of the Preference Shares electing for redemption in the amount, based on the fair market value of the Company as determined by an independent appraiser mutually agreeable to the holders of Ordinary Shares and the holders of the Preference Shares electing for redemption, that is equal to the remaining redemption value of the Preference Shares elected to be redeemed (“Pledged Shares”); provided that if the holders of Ordinary Shares and the holders of the Preference Shares cannot agree on an appraiser, the holders of Ordinary Shares and the holders of the Preference Shares shall each select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two (2) appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such fair market value. Under such pledge the holders of Ordinary Shares will undertake to purchase such unredeemed Preference Shares within six (6) months after the date of the original redemption request, failing which certain number of the Pledged Shares with fair market value equal to the unredeemed Preference Shares at the end of the six (6)-month period shall be transferred to the holders of Preference Shares electing for redemption. In the event of the transfer of the Pledged Shares to such holders of Preference Shares, the Company shall continue to be obligated to redeem the remaining unpurchased Preference Shares as soon as the Company has legally available funds therefor, and such holders of Preference Shares shall transfer the Pledged Shares back to the holders of Ordinary Shares upon the full redemption of all the Preference Shares such holder elects to be redeemed.

SECTION 5

VOTING RIGHTS

5.1    Each holder of any Preference Shares shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to that number of Ordinary Shares into which such Preference Shares could then be converted, and with respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Ordinary Shares, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the Company’s Memorandum and Articles, and shall be entitled to vote, together with holders of Ordinary Shares, with respect to any question upon which holders of Ordinary Shares have the right to vote. Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as converted basis (after aggregating all Shares into which the Preference Shares held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded upward to the nearest whole number.

 

61

---

SECTION 6

PROTECTIVE PROVISIONS

6.1    Approval of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares and the Series D Preference Shares. For so long as Bertelsmann, Sumitomo and BlueFocus respectively holds no less than 448,801 Shares, 437,629 Shares and 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), in addition to any other vote or consent required elsewhere in the Memorandum and these Articles or by the Statute, the Company shall not, and Members of the Company shall procure that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall not (directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with a Non-Liquidation M&A) without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of at least 50% of the then issued and outstanding Series D Preference Shares, the holders of at least 50% of the then issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares and the holders of at least 50% of the then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares, each voting separately as a single class.

(a)    to liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Company, or effect any Liquidating Transaction;

(b)    to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Memorandum and Articles;

(c)    to create or authorize the creation of or issue any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares, or increase the authorized number of shares of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares or do any act which has the effect of diluting or reducing the effective shareholding of the holders of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares, provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the holders of Series D Shares before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with in these Articles after July 1, 2015;

 

62

---

(d)    to create, or issue of any debenture or any obligation convertible into, any securities convertible into, any option to purchase or subscribe for, or warrants exercisable for, Shares of the Company (other than grant stock options to employees or consultant as ESOP pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement);

(e)    to purchase or redeem or pay any dividend on any capital stock prior to the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares (other than stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost), provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the holders of Series D Shares before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with these Articles after July 1, 2015;

(f)    to create or authorize the creation of any debt security (other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit) unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board, including the approval of the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director;

(g)    to increase or decrease the size of the Board;

(h)    to approve any change in the business scope or activities of the Company;

(i)    to take actions subject to other protective provisions to be set forth in the definitive agreements in connection with the Series A financing, the Series B financing or the Series D financing;

(j)    to approve and change any compensation package of the management of the Company, including but not limited to the chief executive officer, general manager, and any other key employee; and

(k)    to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

6.1A    Approval of Series C Preference Shares. For so long as SSG II holds no less than 399,796 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), in addition to any other vote or consent required elsewhere in the Memorandum and these Articles or by the Statute, the Company shall not, and Members of the Company shall procure that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall not take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with an Non-Liquidation M&A) without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of at least 50% of the then issued and outstanding Series C Preference Shares:

(a)    to liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Company, or effect any Liquidating Transaction;

(b)    to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Memorandum and Articles,

 

63

---

(c)    to increase or decrease the size of the Board; and

(d)    to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

6.1B    Approval of Series E Preference Shares. For so long as SWHY holds any Shares, in addition to any other vote or consent required elsewhere in the Memorandum and these Articles or by the Statute, the Company shall not, and Members of the Company shall procure that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall not take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with an Non-Liquidation M&A) without the prior affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 50% of the then issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares:

(a)    to liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Company, or effect any Liquidating Transaction;

(b)    to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Memorandum and Articles;

(c)    to create, or issue of any debenture or any obligation convertible into, any securities convertible into, any option to purchase or subscribe for, or warrants exercisable for, Shares of the Company (other than grant stock options to employees or consultant as ESOP pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement);

(d)    to purchase or redeem or pay any dividend on any capital stock prior to the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares or the Series E Preference Shares (other than stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost);

(e)    to create or authorize the creation of any debt security (other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit) unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board, including the approval of the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director;

(f)    to increase or decrease the size of the Board;

(g)    to approve any change in the business scope or activities of the Company;

(h)    to take actions subject to other protective provisions to be set forth in the definitive agreements in connection with the Series E financing; and

(i)    to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

6.2    Approval by the Board. For so long as any Series A Preference Shares, Series Preference B Shares or Series D Preference Shares remain outstanding and Bertelsmann, Sumitomo and BlueFocus respectively holds no less than 448,801 Shares, 437,629 Shares and 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), the Company shall not take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with a Non-Liquidation M&A) without 2/3 consent of the Board, including consent by the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director:

 

64

---

(a)    to adopt or amend the Articles of Association or similar constitutive documents of any of the Group Companies, provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Series D Director before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with these Articles after July 1, 2015;

(b)    to make any filing with respect to any of the Group Companies for the appointment of a receiver, administrator or other form of external manager for the winding up, liquidation, bankruptcy or insolvency of any of the Group Companies, or the passing of any resolution in respect of the same or any other forms of voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of any of the Group Companies;

(c)    to effect any merger, spin-off, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any of the Group Companies;

(d)    to declare or pay any dividend by, or the making of any distribution on or with respect to the shares or any other share capital of, any of Group Companies;

(e)    to make any increase or decrease in capital, or any purchase or redemption of any shares of any of Group Companies; provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Series D Director before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with these Articles after July 1, 2015;

(f)    to make any investment in excess of HK$3,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currency) in the aggregate in the same financial year or in any non-core business investments, or any acquisition of assets or equity interests inside or outside the PRC and Hong Kong SAR;

(g)    to adopt annual budget, or any material change annual budget, or to engage in any new line of business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(h)    to appoint and remove the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, general manager, legal representative, vice-president or any key employee of any Group Company;

(i)    to appoint or change of the auditors of any of the Group Companies;

 

65

---

(j)    to grant any indemnity or guarantee, security, or rights having similar or like economic effect over all or any part of the assets or rights of any of Group Company (or by any Founder of its equity interest in any Group Company), except for the purpose of securing borrowings from banks in the ordinary course of business not exceeding HK$3,000,000 in the aggregate (or its equivalent in other currency);

(k)    to change in the business scope or activities of any of any Group Company;

(l)    to adopt or amend any terms of, any of stock option or any bonus or profit sharing scheme;

(m)    to authorize or incur any capital expenditure in excess of HK$5,000,000 for a single purchase or in aggregate more than HK$10,000,000 within the same financial year of the Company;

(n)    to acquire or form any subsidiary or acquire the whole or any substantial part of the undertakings, assets or business of any other company or any entity or any entry into any joint venture or partnership with any other entity or any enter into any merger, consolidation or restructure;

(o)    to enter into any contract, agreement or transaction between the Company or any Subsidiary and any of its directors, officers or shareholders (or their respective affiliates), including without limitation, any loans, credits, undertakings and benefits in favour of such persons and any amendment or termination of any contract, agreement or transaction previously approved by the Board or the holders of the Series A Preference Shares and the Series B Preference Shares;

(p)    to sell or dispose of the whole or a substantial part of the good will or the assets of the Company and/or any Subsidiary;

(q)    to amend or change the existing accounting policies or the financial year of the Company;

(r)    to increase the aggregate compensation (including all benefits and bonus) of any of the five most highly compensated employees or officers of the Company and any Subsidiary by more than 50% in any twelve-month period;

(s)    to borrow any money or obtain any financial facilities except pursuant to trade facilities obtained from banks or other financial institutions in the ordinary course of business

(t)    to sell, transfer, license, charge, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the trademarks, patents, copyrights or other intellectual property owned by the Company and/or Subsidiary;

(u)    to transfer any shares in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Series D Director before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual amount (if any) in accordance with these Articles after July 1, 2015;

 

66

---

(v)    to enter into any transaction outside of the Company’s ordinary course of business; and

(w)    to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

6.2A    Approval by the OptAim Director. For so long as any Igomax Shares remain outstanding and Igomax holds no less than 5% of the Igomax Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), the Company shall not take any of the following actions without the consent by OptAim Director:

(a)    to adopt or amend the Memorandum and Articles or similar constitutive documents of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(b)    to effect any merger, spin-off, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(c)    to transfer any shares in OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries or to sell, transfer, license, charge, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the trademarks, patents, copyrights or other intellectual property owned by OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(d)    to adopt or amend or terminate any terms of, any of stock option or any bonus or profit sharing scheme, which are applied to the employees of OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(e)    to adopt annual budget, or any material change annual budget, or to engage in any new line of business of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(f)    to grant any indemnity or guarantee, security, or rights having similar or like economic effect over all or any part of the assets or rights of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries, except for the purpose of securing borrowings from banks in the ordinary course of business not exceeding HK$3,000,000 in the aggregate (or its equivalent in other currency);

(g)    to initiate the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company which is not an Igomax QIPO;

(h)    to remove TANG Jian from the chief executive officer and a director of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries; and

(i)    to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

 

67

---

6.3    The powers mandated to the Board of Directors in Section 6.2 above are irrevocably mandated by the holders of Shares of the Company to the Board of Directors and shall not be revoked or rescinded in any case unless with the consent of holders of at least a majority of all issued and outstanding Ordinary Shares, holders of at least a majority of all issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares, holders of at least a majority of all issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares, holders of at least a majority of all issued and outstanding Series C Preference Shares and holders of at least a majority of all issued and outstanding Series D Preference Shares, each voting separately as a single class. Further, the powers mandated to the OptAim Director in Section 6.2A above are irrevocably mandated by the holders of Shares of the Company to the OptAim Director, and shall not be revoked or rescinded in any case unless with the consent of Igomax.

6.4    Subsidiaries. The protective provisions set forth in Section 6.1, Section 6.1A, Section 6.1B and Section 6.2 shall apply to all Subsidiaries and Controlled affiliates of the Company with respect to actions listed therein or any equivalent actions.

SECTION 7

PUT OPTION

7.1    If a Qualified IPO has not been consummated by the second (2^nd) anniversary of the Closing (the “QIPO Put Trigger Date”), BlueFocus shall have an option (the “QIPO Put Option”), so long as BlueFocus has paid the Residual Amount to the Company by July 1, 2015, exercisable by providing a written notice to the Company (the “Put Exercise Notice”), to require the Company to, subject to Section 7.2 of Schedule 1 hereof, repurchase all (but not only some) of the BF Purchased Shares and BF Compensation Shares (if any) held by BlueFocus (collectively, the “Put Shares”) on or prior to the date of the Put Exercise Notice by paying to BlueFocus a put price per such Put Share (the “QIPO Put Price”) an amount in cash in U.S. dollars equal to the sum of, (i) with respect to each Put Share that is a Series D Preference Share, the Adjusted Series D Issue Price, and with respect to each Put Share that is an Ordinary Share, the Adjusted Ordinary Issue Price, in each case as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events, and (ii) any accrued interest on the Adjusted Series D Issue Price (with respect to each Put Share that is a Series D Preference Share), or Adjusted Ordinary Issue Price (with respect to each Put Share that is an Ordinary Share), at the Put Option Interest Rate (such interest to be calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a 360-day year, to accrue from day to day from the date the subscription price for such Put Share has been paid to the Company in full, and exclude all previous declared or paid dividends on such Put Share). Following the delivery of the Put Exercise Notice, the Company and BlueFocus shall discuss a mutually-acceptable closing date for the sale of the Put Shares, which shall be subject to compliance with Law and in no event be later than ninety (90) days following the date of the delivery of the Put Exercise Notice. If BlueFocus exercises the QIPO Put Option, then on the closing date of the sale of the Put Shares, BlueFocus shall, against payment of the QIPO Put Price, deliver to the Company certificates representing the Put Shares, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company. In connection with the sale of the Put Shares, BlueFocus shall represent and warrant to the Company that (i) it has full power and authority to transfer the Put Shares, (ii) the transfer of the Put Shares has been duly authorized by BlueFocus, (iii) the execution of the documents related to the transfer is enforceable against BlueFocus, and the performance by BlueFocus of its obligations with respect to the transfer of the Put Shares does not conflict with its constitutional documents or applicable Law and (iv) the Put Shares are owned beneficially and of record by BlueFocus and are transferred free from all liens. If the Company fails to close the sale of the Put Shares within ninety (90) days following the date of the delivery of the Put Exercise Notice, BlueFocus may by notice in writing to the Company, initiate a sale of the Company by selecting an international investment bank, which shall be subject to the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), to represent the Members in a sale of the Company on the open market to an independent third party for the highest price reasonably obtainable on normal market terms, and all fees and expenses of such investment bank and other professional advisers shall be shared by the Members on a pro rata basis. Proceeds from such sale shall be distributed (i) first to pay for the Company’s obligation under the Put Exercise Notice and then (ii) any remaining fund shall be paid in accordance with Section 2 if there has been a Liquidating Transaction. After full payment of the QIPO Put Price for all of the Put Shares, BlueFocus shall not be entitled to any further payment under Section 2 or Section 4 of Schedule 1 hereof with respect to the Put Shares.

 

68

---

7.2    Notwithstanding Section 7.1 of Schedule 1 hereof:

(a)    the QIPO Put Option shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the closing of a QIPO, and (ii) the consummation of a Non-Liquidation M&A; and

(b)    the QIPO Put Trigger Date shall be automatically extended for an additional one-year period if (i) the Revenue Target for the financial year ended December 31, 2015 has been met; (ii) the consolidated net profit of the Group (before deduction of any expenses relating to an IPO) as shown in the financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended December 31, 2015 prepared in accordance with US GAAP and audited by a Qualified Auditor shall be positive, and (iii) there has been an increase of at least 30% of the consolidated net profit and consolidated revenue of the Group as shown in the financial statements of the Group for the financial year ended December 31, 2016 prepared in accordance with US GAAP and audited by a Qualified Auditor as compared to those for the financial year ended December 31, 2015.

SECTION 8

PRE-EMPTIVE RIGHT

8.1    Issuance Notice. In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give Series E Investor a written notice (an “Issuance Notice”) of such intention, describing (i) the type of New Securities, (ii) the identity of the prospective transferee, and (iii) the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Series E Investor shall have thirty (30) days after the receipt of the Issuance Notice to agree to purchase all or a portion of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the Issuance Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (“First Pre-emptive Rights”).

 

69

---

8.2    Second Pre-emptive Notice. If Series E Investor fails to exercise its First Pre-emptive Rights to purchase all of the New Securities specified in the Issuance Notice, the Company shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day period described in the Issuance Notice, deliver a written notice (“Second Pre-emptive Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of New Securities that remain unpurchased by Series E Investor following the procedures set out in Section 8.1 (the “Remaining Securities”) to Series D Investor who shall have a right to purchase all or a portion of the Remaining Securities by notifying the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Second Pre-emptive Notice from the Company (“Second Pre-emptive Rights”).

8.3    Third Pre-emptive Notice. If Series D Investor fails to exercise its Second Pre-emptive Rights to purchase all Remaining Securities, the Company shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day period described in the Second Pre-emptive Notice, deliver a written notice (“Third Pre-emptive Notice”) specifying the number of Remaining Securities that remain unpurchased by Series D Investor following the procedures set out in Section 8.2 (the “Second Remaining Securities”) to each holder of Series A Preference Shares and Series B Preference Shares (“Third Pre-emptive Holders”) who shall have a right to purchase up to such Third Pre-emptive Holder’s Pro-Rata Share (and any overallotment, as provided below in Section 8.4 of any Second Remaining Securities by giving written notice to the Company within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Third Pre-emptive Notice. Each Third Pre-emptive Holder’s “Pro-Rata Share” for purposes of this Sections 8.3 and 8.4 shall be equal to the Second Remaining Securities multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by such Third Pre-emptive Holder (on a fully diluted and as converted basis) and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Ordinary Shares held by all of the Third Pre-emptive Holders (on a fully diluted and as converted basis), on the date of the Third Pre-emptive Notice.

8.4    Overallotment. If any Third Pre-emptive Holder fails to exercise its right to purchase its full Pro Rata Share of any Second Remaining Securities (each, a “Non-Exercising Holder”), the Company shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the ten (10) day period described in the Third Pre-emptive Notice, deliver a written notice (“Overallotment Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of unpurchased Second Remaining Securities that were eligible for purchase by all Non-Exercising Holders (the “Third Remaining Securities”) to each Third Pre-emptive Holder that exercised its right to purchase its full Pro Rata Share of the Second Remaining Securities (each, an “Exercising Holder”). Each Exercising Holder shall have a right of overallotment, and may exercise an additional right to purchase the Third Remaining Securities by notifying the Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Overallotment Notice; provided, however, that if the Exercising Holders desire to purchase in aggregate more than the total number of Third Remaining Securities, then the Third Remaining Securities will be allocated to the extent necessary among such Exercising Holders in accordance with their relative Pro Rata Shares.

 

70

---

8.5    Fourth Pre-emptive Notice. Within five (5) days after the expiration of the ten (10) day period described in the Third Pre-emptive Notice or the Overallotment Notice, as applicable, the Company shall deliver a written notice (“Fourth Pre-emptive Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of Third Remaining Securities that remain unpurchased by the Third Pre-emptive Holders following the procedures set out in Section 8.3 and Section 8.4 (the “Fourth Remaining Securities”) to Series C Investor who shall have a right to purchase all or a portion of the Fourth Remaining Securities by notifying the Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Fourth Pre-emptive Notice from the Company.

8.6    Fifth Pre-emptive Notice. Within five (5) days after the expiration of the ten (10) day period described in the Fourth Pre-emptive Notice, the Company shall deliver a written notice (“Fifth Pre-emptive Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of Fourth Remaining Securities that remain unpurchased by Series C Investor following the procedures set out in Section 8.5 (the “Fifth Remaining Securities”) to the Ordinary Investors (other than any Ordinary Investor who is also the Series D Investor or a Third Pre-emptive Holder) who shall have a right to purchase the Fifth Remaining Securities (“Qualifying Ordinary Investor”), and each Qualifying Ordinary Investor may exercise its right to purchase the Fifth Remaining Securities on a pro-rata basis (based on the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by such Qualifying Ordinary Investor (on a fully diluted and as converted basis) in relation to the total number of Ordinary Shares held by all Qualifying Ordinary Investors (on a fully diluted and as converted basis) on the date of the Fifth Pre-emptive Notice by notifying the Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Fifth Pre-emptive Notice from the Company.

8.7    Sales by the Company. Within a period of ninety (90) days following the expiration of the last of ten (10) day period as described in the Fifth Pre-emptive Notice, the Company may sell any New Securities with respect to which the Series E Investor’s, the Series D Investor’s, the Third Pre-emptive Holders’, the Series C Investor’s and the Ordinary Investors’ rights under this Section 8 were not exercised, to the purchasers identified in the Issuance Notice and at a price and upon terms not more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Issuance Notice. In the event the Company has not sold such New Securities within such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Series E Investor, the Series D Investor, the Third Pre-emptive Holders, the Series C Investor and the Ordinary Investors in the manner provided in this Section 8.

8.8    Termination of Preemptive Rights. The preemptive rights in this Section 8 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the closing of the Qualified IPO, (ii) the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction and (iii) the consummation of a Non-Liquidation M&A.

8.9    Nothing in this Section 8 shall give any holder of Ordinary Share that is not an Ordinary Investor any preemptive rights over the New Securities.

 

71

---

SECTION 9

PROHIBITION ON TRANSFER OF SHARES

9.1    The Founders and the Management shall not directly or indirectly sell, assign, transfer, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise encumber or dispose of in any way (“Transfer”) any Shares owned or held by such Founder or Management, unless otherwise approved in writing by the holders of a majority of then issued and outstanding Series E Preference Shares, the holders of a majority of then issued and outstanding Series D Preference Shares (with respect to any Transfer by the Founders, Mr. Tran Kwok Wai Robert and Big Tooth Corporation only), the holders holding a majority of then issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares and the holders holding a majority of then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares (each voting as a separate class). Upon such approval, such Transfer may be conducted subject to compliance with Section 10, 11, 12, and 13.

9.2    No Principal, regardless of such Principal’s employment status with the Company, shall Transfer all or any part of any interest in any Shares now or hereafter owned or held by such Principal, unless otherwise approved in writing by the holders holding a majority of then issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares and the holders holding a majority of then issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares (each voting as a separate class). Upon such approval, such Transfer may be conducted subject to compliance with Sections 10, 11, 12 and 13.

9.3    Any Transfer of Shares not made in compliance with this Section or the Shareholders Agreement shall be null and void as against the Company, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.

SECTION 10

RIGHTS OF FIRST REFUSAL

10.1    Transfer Notice. Subject to Section 13, if any Principal proposes to make any Transfer of any Equity Securities (such holder, a “Transferor”) to one or more third parties that are not Affiliates of such Transferor (or otherwise related to such Transferor through common ownership or Control), then the Transferor shall give the Company, Series E Investor and Series D Investor written notice of the Transferor’s intention to make such Transfer (the “Transfer Notice”), which shall include (a) a description of the Equity Securities to be transferred (the “Offered Shares”), (b) the identity of the prospective transferee and (c) the consideration and the material terms and conditions upon which the proposed Transfer is to be made. The Transfer Notice shall certify that the Transferor has received a definitive offer from the prospective transferee and in good faith believes a binding agreement for the Transfer is obtainable on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice. The Transfer Notice shall also include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or letter of intent or other agreement relating to the proposed Transfer.

 

72

---

10.2    Company’s Option. The Company shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days following its receipt of the Transfer Notice (the “Company’s Option Period”) to elect to purchase all or a portion of the Offered Shares at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor and the Series E Investor in writing before the expiration of the Company’s Option Period as to the number of such Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase. Within ten (10) days after expiration of the Company’s Option Period, the Transferor shall deliver a written notice to Series E Investor (the “Second Notice”) setting forth the number of Offered Shares, if any, which the Company did not elect to purchase.

10.3    Series E Investor’s Option. The Series E Investor shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days following receipt of the Second Notice (the “Series E Investor’s Option Period”) to elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares which the Company did not elect to purchase pursuant to Section 10.2 at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor and the Company in writing before the expiration of the Series E Investor’s Option Period of the number of such Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase. Within three (3) days after expiration of the Series E Investor’s Option Period, the Transferor shall deliver written notice to Series D Investor (the “Third Notice”) setting forth the number of Offered Shares, if any, which the Series E Investor did not elect to purchase. Subject to applicable securities Laws, the Series E Investor shall be entitled to apportion Offered Shares to be purchased among its Affiliates, provided that the Series E Investor notifies the Company and the Transferor in writing.

10.4    Series D Investor’s Option. The Series D Investor shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days following receipt of the Third Notice (the “Series D Investor’s Option Period”) to elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares which the Series E Investor did not elect to purchase pursuant to Section 10.3 at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor and the Company in writing before the expiration of the Series D Investor’s Option Period of the number of such Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase. Within three (3) days after expiration of the Series D Investor’s Option Period, the Transferor shall deliver written notice to the A and B Holders (the “Fourth Notice”) setting forth the number of Offered Shares, if any, which the Series D Investor did not elect to purchase.

10.5    A and B Holders’ Option.

(a)    Each A and B Holder shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days following receipt of the Fourth Notice (the “A and B Holders’ Option Period”) to elect to purchase all or any portion of its respective Pro Rata Share of the Offered Shares which the Series D Investor did not elect to purchase pursuant to Section 10.4 at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor and the Company in writing before expiration of the A and B Holders’ Option Period as to the number of such Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase.

 

73

---

(b)    For the purposes of this Section 10.5, each such A and B Holder’s “Pro Rata Share” of the Offered Shares shall be equal to (i) the total number of Offered Shares which the Series D Investor did not elect to purchase pursuant to Section 10.4, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the aggregate number of Conversion Shares held by such A and B Holder on the date of the Fourth Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Conversion Shares held by all A and B Holders on the date of the Fourth Notice.

(c)    If any such A and B Holder fails to exercise its right to purchase its full Pro Rata Share of the available Offered Shares, the Transferor shall deliver written notice (the “Fifth Notice”) within five (5) days after the expiration of the A and B Holders’ Option Period to the Company and each A and B Holder that elected to purchase its entire Pro Rata Share of the Offered Shares (an “Exercising Shareholder”). The Exercising Shareholders shall have a right of re-allotment, and may exercise an additional right to purchase such unpurchased Offered Shares by notifying the Transferor and the Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Fifth Notice; provided, however, that if the Exercising Shareholders desire to purchase in aggregate more than the number of such unpurchased Offered Shares, then such unpurchased Offered Shares will be allocated to the extent necessary among the Exercising Shareholders in accordance with their relative Pro Rata Shares.

(d)    Subject to applicable securities Laws, each such A and B Holder shall be entitled to apportion Offered Shares to be purchased among its Affiliates, provided that such A and B Holder notifies the Company and the Transferor in writing.

(e)    Within three (3) days after expiration of the A and B Holders’ Option Period, the Transferor shall deliver a written notice to the Series C Investor (the “Sixth Notice”) setting forth the number of Offered Shares, if any, which the A and B Holders did not elect to purchase.

10.6    Series C Investor’s Option. The Series C Investor shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days following receipt of the Sixth Notice (the “Series C Investor’s Option Period”) to elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares which the the A and B Holders did not elect to purchase pursuant to Section 10.5, at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor and the Company in writing before the expiration of the Series C Investor’s Option Period of the number of such Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase. Within three (3) days after expiration of the Series C Investor’s Option Period, the Transferor shall deliver written notice to the Ordinary Investors (the “Seventh Notice”) setting forth the number of Offered Shares, if any, which the Series C Investor did not elect to purchase.

10.7    Ordinary Investors’ Option. Each Ordinary Investor shall have an option for a period of ten (10) days following receipt of the Seventh Notice (the “Ordinary Investors’ Option Period”) to elect to purchase all or any portion of its respective Pro Rata Share of the Offered Shares which the Series C Investor did not elect to purchase pursuant to Section 10.6 at the same price and subject to the same material terms and conditions as described in the Transfer Notice, by notifying the Transferor and the Company in writing before the expiration of the Ordinary Investors’ Option Period of the number of Offered Shares that it wishes to purchase. For the purposes of this Section 10.7, each Ordinary Investor’s “Pro Rata Share” of the Offered Shares shall be equal to (x) the total number of Offered Shares which the Series C Investor did not elect to purchase pursuant to Section 10.6, multiplied by (y) a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by such Ordinary Investor other than any Ordinary Investor who is also the Series D Investor or A and B Holder (on a fully-diluted basis) on the date of the Seventh Notice and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Ordinary Shares held by all such Ordinary Investors (on a fully-diluted basis) on the date of the Seventh Notice.

 

74

---

10.8    Procedure. If the Company and/or the Series E Investor and/or the Series D Investor and/or any A and B Holder and/or the Series C Investor and/or any Ordinary Investor gives the Transferor notice that it desires to purchase Offered Shares, and, as the case may be, its re-allotment, then payment for the Offered Shares to be purchased shall be by wire transfer in immediately available funds of the appropriate currency, against allotment of such Offered Shares to be purchased, at a place agreed to by the Transferor, the Company, and all the participating Series E Investor, Series D Investor, A and B Holders and/or Series C Investor and/or Ordinary Investors and at the time of the scheduled closing therefor, no later than thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Company’s Option Period, the Series E Investor’s Option Period, the Series D Investor’s Option Period, the A and B Holders’ Option Period, the Series C Investor’s Option Period and the Ordinary Investors’ Option period, as applicable, unless the Transfer Notice contemplated a later closing with the prospective third party transferee or unless the value of the purchase price has not yet been established pursuant to Section 10.9. The Transferor shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any Transfer Notice and any intent to Transfer Offered Shares at any time, whether or not the Company and/or the Series E Investor and/or the Series D Investor, and/or A and B Holder and/or the Series C Investor and/or any Ordinary Investor has elected to purchase under this Section 10 any Offered Shares offered thereby.

10.9    Valuation of Property.

(a)    Should the purchase price specified in the Transfer Notice be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Company, the Series E Investor, the Series D Investor, the A and B Holders, the Series C Investor and/or the Ordinary Investors shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the fair market value of such property.

(b)    If the Transferor, the Company and the Series E Investor cannot agree on such fair market value within the Series E Investor’s Option Period, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of internationally recognized standing jointly selected by the Transferor, the Company (if the Company has elected to purchase any Offered Shares), and the Series E Investor (if the Series E Investor has elected to purchase any Offered Shares) or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within the Company’s Option Period (or the Series E Investor’s Option Period if the Company does not elect to purchase all Offered Shares), each shall select an appraiser of internationally recognized standing and the two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of internationally recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value.

 

75

---

(c)    The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by the Transferor, on the one hand, and the Company and the Series E Investor (if Series E Investor has elected to purchase any Offered Shares), on the other hand, with the portion of the cost borne by the Company and the Series E Investor to be borne pro rata by the Company and the Series E Investor based on the number of Offered Shares such Party has elected to purchase pursuant to this Section 10.

(d)    If the value of the purchase price offered by the prospective transferee is not determined within the thirty (30) day period specified in Section 10.8 above, the closing of the purchase of Offered Shares by the Company and/or the Series E Investor shall be held on or prior to the fifth (5th) business day after such valuation shall have been made pursuant to this Section 10.9.

(e)    If the Third Notice has been issued and the fair market value of such property has not been agreed or determined by the Transferor, the Company and the Series E Investor pursuant to paragraphs (b) to (d) above, the Transferor, the Company and Series D Investor shall agree or determine such fair market value on substantially the same terms as set out in paragraphs (b) to (d) mutatis mutandis, by replacing all references to “Series E Investor” by “Series D Investor” and all references to “Series E Investor’s Option Period” by “Series D Investor’s Option Period”.

(f)    If the Fourth Notice has been issued and the fair market value of such property has not been agreed or determined by the Transferor, the Company, the Series E Investor and the Series D Investor pursuant to paragraphs (b) to (e) above, the Transferor, the Company and the A and B Holders shall agree or determine such fair market value on substantially the same terms as set out in paragraphs (b) to (d) mutatis mutandis, by replacing all references to “Series E Investor” by “A and B Holders” and all references to “Series E Investor’s Option Period” by “A and B Holders’ Option Period”.

(g)    If the Sixth Notice has been issued and the fair market value of such property has not been agreed or determined by the Transferor, the Company, the Series E Investor, the Series D Investor, and the A and B Holders pursuant to paragraphs (b) to (f) above, the Transferor, the Company and Series C Investor shall agree or determine such fair market value on substantially the same terms as set out in paragraphs (b) to (d), mutatis mutandis, by replacing all references to “Series E Investor” by “Series C Investor” and all references to “Series E Investor’s Option Period” by “Series C Investor’s Option Period”.

(h)    If the Seventh Notice has been issued and the fair market value of such property has not been agreed or determined by the Transferor, the Company, the Series E Investor, the Series D Investor, the A and B Holders and/or the Series C Investor pursuant to paragraphs (b) to (g) above, the Transferor, the Company and the Ordinary Investors shall agree or determine such fair market value on substantially the same terms as set out in paragraphs (b) to (d), mutatis mutandis, by replacing all references to “Series E Investor” by “Ordinary Investors” and all references to “Series E Investor’s Option Period” by “Ordinary Investors’ Option Period”.

 

76

---

10.10    Nothing in this Section 10 shall give an Ordinary Shareholder that is not an Ordinary Investor any right of first-refusal over the Offered Shares.

SECTION 11 RIGHT OF CO-SALE

11.1    In the event that the Company and/or the Series E Investor and/or the Series D Investor and/or the A and B Holders and/or the Series C Investor and/or the Ordinary Investors do not exercise their respective rights of first refusal as to all of the Equity Securities proposed to be sold by any Transferor pursuant to Section 10, the Transferor shall within five (5) days upon the expiration of the Ordinary Investors’ Option Period give a written notice (“Co-Sale Notice”) to each of the Series E Investor, Series D Investor, the A and B Holders, the Series C Investor and the Ordinary Investors who did not exercise its right of first refusal pursuant to Section 10. The Series E Investor, if it did not exercise its right of first refusal under Section 10.3, shall have a right to participate in the sale of Equity Securities by the Transferor on the same terms and conditions as specified in the Transfer Notice (but in no event less favorable to the Transferor) by notifying the Transferor in writing within ten (10) days following the receipt of the Co-Sale Notice indicating the number of Equity Securities the Selling Shareholder wishes to sell under its right to participate. To the extent the Series E Investor exercises such right of participation (“Selling Shareholder”) in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth below, the number of Equity Securities that the Transferor may sell in the Transfer shall be correspondingly reduced.

11.2    The total number of Equity Securities that the Selling Shareholder may elect to sell shall be equal to the product of (i) the aggregate number of the Offered Shares not purchased by the Company, Series E Investor, Series D Investor, the A and B Holders, Series C Investor and Ordinary Investors following the exercise or expiration of all rights of first refusal pursuant to Section 10 hereof, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by the Selling Shareholder on the date of the Co-Sale Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by the Transferor and the Selling Shareholder on the date of the Co-Sale Notice.

11.3    The Selling Shareholder shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Transferor, for Transfer to the prospective purchaser, a duly executed share transfer form and one or more certificates, which represent the type and number of Equity Securities which the Selling Shareholder elects to sell; provided, however, that if the prospective third party purchaser objects to the delivery of Equity Securities in lieu of Ordinary Shares, the Selling Shareholder shall only allot and deliver Ordinary Shares (and therefore shall convert any such Equity Securities into Ordinary Shares) and certificates corresponding to such Ordinary Shares. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual Transfer of such shares to the purchaser and contingent on such Transfer.

 

77

---

11.4    The share certificate or certificates that the Selling Shareholder delivers to the Transferor pursuant to Section 11.3 shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the Equity Securities pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice, and the Transferor shall concurrently therewith remit to the Selling Shareholder that portion of the sale proceeds to which the Selling Shareholder is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale.

11.5    To the extent that any prospective purchaser prohibits the participation of the Selling Shareholder exercising its co-sale rights hereunder in a proposed Transfer or otherwise refuses to purchase shares or other securities from the Selling Shareholder exercising its co-sale rights hereunder, the Transferor shall not sell to such prospective purchaser any Equity Securities unless and until, simultaneously with such sale, the Transferor shall purchase from the Selling Shareholder such shares or other securities that Selling Shareholder would otherwise be entitled to sell to the prospective purchaser pursuant to its co-sale rights for the same consideration and on the same terms and conditions as the proposed transfer described in the Transfer Notice.

11.6    In the event that the Series E Investor does not exercise its respective rights of co-sale pursuant to Sections 11.1 to 11.5 as to the total number of Equity Securities permitted to be sold pursuant to Section 11.2, the Series D Investor if it did not exercise its right of first refusal under Section 10.4 may then participate in the sale of the balance of such Equity Securities proposed to be sold by the Transferor (the “Series D Co-Sale Shares”). The total number of Equity Securities that the Series D Investor may elect to sell shall be equal to the product of (i) the total number of Series D Co-Sale Shares, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by the Series D Investor on the date of the Co-Sale Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by the Transferor and the Series D Investor on the date of the Co-Sale Notice.

11.7    In the event that the Series D Investor does not exercise its respective rights of co-sale pursuant to Section 11.6 as to the total number of Equity Securities permitted to be sold pursuant to Section 11.2, any of the A and B Holders who did not exercise its right of first refusal under Section 10.5 (“Eligible A and B Holders”) may then participate in the sale of the balance of such Equity Securities proposed to be sold by the Transferor (the “A and B Co-Sale Shares”). The total number of Equity Securities that each A and B Holder may elect to sell shall be equal to the product of (i) the total number of A and B Co-Sale Shares, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by such Eligible A and B Holder on the date of the Co-Sale Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by the Transferor and all of the Eligible A and B Holders on the date of the Co-Sale Notice.

 

78

---

11.8    In the event that the A and B Holders do not exercise their respective rights of co-sale pursuant to Section 11.7 as to the total number of A and B Co-Sale Shares, the Series C Investor if it did not exercise its right of first refusal under Section 10.6 may then participate in the sale of the balance of such Equity Securities proposed to be sold by the Transferor (the “Series C Co-Sale Shares”). The total number of Equity Securities that the Series C Investor may elect to sell shall be equal to the product of (i) the total number of Series C Co-Sale Shares, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by such Series C Investor on the date of the Co-Sale Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by the Transferor and the Series C Investor on the date of the Co-Sale Notice.

11.9    In the event that the Series C Investor does not exercise its right of co-sale pursuant to Section 11.8 as to the total number of Series C Co-Sale Shares, the Ordinary Investors (except for any Ordinary Investor who is also the Series D Investor or A and B Holder) who did not exercise its right of first refusal under Section 10.7 (“Eligible Ordinary Investor”) may then participate in the sale of the balance of such Equity Securities proposed to be sold by the Transferor (the “Ordinary Co-Sale Shares”). The total number of Equity Securities that such Ordinary Investor may elect to sell shall be equal to the product of (i) the total number of Ordinary Co-Sale Shares, multiplied by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by such Eligible Ordinary Investor on the date of the Co-Sale Notice and the denominator of which is the total number of Ordinary Shares (assuming the exercise, conversion and exchange of any Ordinary Share Equivalents) owned by the Transferor and all of the Eligible Ordinary Investor on the date of the Co-Sale Notice.

11.10    Nothing in this Section 11 shall give an Ordinary Shareholder that is not an Ordinary Investor any right of co-sale over such Offered Shares.

SECTION 12

NON-EXERCISE OF RIGHTS

12.1    To the extent that the Company, the Series E Investor, the Series D Investor, the A and B Holders, the Series C Investor and/or the Ordinary Investors have not exercised their rights to purchase all Offered Shares within the time periods specified in Section 10, subject to the right of the Series E Investor, Series D Investor, A and B Holders, Series C Investor and/or Ordinary Investors to exercise their rights to participate in the sale of Offered Shares within the time periods specified in Section 11, the Transferor shall have a period of sixty (60) days from the expiration of such rights specified in Section 11 in which to sell the remaining Offered Shares to the third party transferee identified in the Transfer Notice upon terms and conditions (including the purchase price) no more favourable to the purchaser than those specified in the Transfer Notice, so long as any such sale is effected in accordance with any applicable securities Laws.

 

79

---

12.2    In the event the Transferor does not consummate the sale or disposition of any Offered Shares within sixty (60) days from the expiration of such rights, rights of the Series E Investor, Series D Investor, A and B Holders, Series C Investor and/or Ordinary Investors under Section 10 and Section 11, as the case may be, shall be re-invoked and shall be applicable to any subsequent disposition of such Offered Shares by the Transferor until such rights lapse in accordance with the terms of these Articles.

12.3    The exercise or non-exercise of the rights of the Series E Investor, Series D Investor, the A and B Holders, Series C Investor and/or Ordinary Investors under these Section 10 and 11 to purchase Equity Securities from a Transferor or participate in the sale of Equity Securities by a Transferor shall not adversely affect their rights to make subsequent purchases from the Transferor of Equity Securities or subsequently participate in sales of Equity Securities by the Transferor hereunder.

SECTION 13

PERMITTED TRANSFERS

Subject to the requirements of applicable Law, notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 13, any Principal may sell or otherwise assign, with or without consideration, any Equity Securities now or hereafter held by such person, to any spouse, parent, lineal descendants, or to a trust, custodian, trustee, executor, or other fiduciary for the account of any of the foregoing, or to a trust for such holder’s account, or a charitable remainder trust (transferees pursuant to the preceding clause, collectively, the “Permitted Transferees” and each, a “Permitted Transferee”); provided, that each such Permitted Transferee, prior to the completion of the sale, transfer, or assignment, shall have executed a document in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Series E Investor, the Series D Investor and the A and B Holders assuming the obligations of such Principal under the ROFR as a “Principal”, including but not limited to Section 9 hereof, with respect to the transferred Equity Securities.

SECTION 14

DE FACTO CONTROL

Except in connection with a Non-Liquidation M&A, the Control of the Company and the de facto controlling person of the Company shall remain unchanged prior to a Qualified IPO.

 

80

Exhibit 3.2

THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION

OF

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

(Conditionally adopted by way of a special resolution passed on October 13, 2017 and to

become effective immediately upon the completion of the Company’s initial public

offering of Class A Ordinary Shares represented

by American Depository Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market)

 

1.

The name of the Company is iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited.

 

2.

The Registered Office of the Company shall be at the offices of Maples Corporate Services Limited at PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman, KY1-1104, Cayman Islands.

 

3.

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted.

 

4.

Subject to the following provisions of this Memorandum, the Company shall have and be capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity irrespective of any question of corporate benefit, as provided by Section 27(2) of the Companies Law.

 

5.

Nothing in this Memorandum shall permit the Company to carry on a business for which a licence is required under the laws of the Cayman Islands unless duly licensed.

 

6.

The Company shall not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this clause shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

7.

The liability of each member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such member’s shares.

---

8.

The share capital of the Company is US$100,000 divided into 100,000,000 shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.001, of which 80,000,000 shares shall be designated as Class A ordinary shares, 20,000,000 shares shall be designated as Class B ordinary shares and provided always that the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without the approval of the Members, create and designate out of the unissued shares of the Company (including unissued Class A Ordinary Shares) one or more classes or series of preferred shares, comprising such number of preferred shares, and having such designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, voting rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, as the Directors may determine.

 

9.

The Company may exercise the power contained in the Companies Law to deregister in the Cayman Islands and be registered by way of continuation in another jurisdiction.

---

THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

EXEMPTED COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

THE EIGHTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

(Conditionally adopted by way of a special resolution passed on October 13, 2017

and to become effective immediately upon the completion of the Company’s

initial public offering of Class A Ordinary Shares represented

by American Depository Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market)

 

 

---

INDEX

 

SUBJECT		Article No.
Table A			1
Interpretation			1-8
Share Capital			8
Alteration Of Capital			9-10
Share Rights			10-15
Variation Of Rights			15-16
Shares			16-18
Share Certificates			18-19
Lien			20-21
Calls On Shares			21-22
Forfeiture Of Shares			23-25
Register Of Members			25-26
Record Dates			26
Transfer Of Shares			27-28
Transmission Of Shares			29
Untraceable Members			31
General Meetings			31
Notice Of General Meetings			32
Proceedings At General Meetings			32-34
Voting			34-37
Proxies			38-39
Corporations Acting By Representatives			40
Board Of Directors			41
Retirement of Directors			86-87
Disqualification Of Directors			41
Alternate Directors			42-43
Directors’ Fees And Expenses			43-44
Directors’ Interests			44-46
General Powers Of The Directors			46-49
Borrowing Powers			49-50
Proceedings Of The Directors			50-52
Audit Committee, Compensation Committee and Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee			52-53
Officers			54

---

Register of Directors and Officers			55
Minutes			55
Seal			55-56
Authentication Of Documents			56
Destruction Of Documents			57-58
Dividends And Other Payments			58-64
Reserves			64
Capitalisation			65
Subscription Rights Reserve			66-68
Accounting Records			68-69
Audit			70
Notices			71-73
Signatures			73
Winding Up			74
Indemnity			75
Amendment to Memorandum and Articles of Association and Name of Company			75
Information			76
Merger and Consolidation			76
Change of Control Event			76

---

INTERPRETATION

TABLE A

 

1.	The regulations in Table A in the Schedule to the Companies Law do not apply to the Company.

INTERPRETATION

 

2.	(1) In these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires, the words standing in the first column of the following table shall bear the meaning set opposite them respectively in the second column.

 

		WORD		MEANING
		“Articles”		these Articles in their present form or as supplemented or amended or substituted from time to time.
		“affiliate”		for the purposes of Article 58(2), shall have the meaning given to it in Rule 405 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
		“as converted basis”		the number of votes to which the holder of the Class B Ordinary Shares would be entitled if such holder converted the Class B Ordinary Shares at the then effective Conversion Rate on the record date in respect of the meeting at which any poll is taken or, if no record date is established, the date any poll is taken.
		“Audit Committee”		the audit committee of the Company formed by the Board pursuant to Article 124) hereof, or any successor audit committee.
		“Auditor”		the independent auditor of the Company which shall be an internationally recognized firm of independent accountants.

 

1

---

		“Automatic Conversion Date”		the Business Day on which the first Automatic Conversion Event occurs.
		Automatic Conversion Event”		the first to occur of the Beneficial Ownership of Class B Ordinary Shares is transferred to persons who are not an affiliate of the holders of the Class B Ordinary Shares.
		“Beneficial Ownership”		shall have the meaning given to such term as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act and Form 20-F issued under the Securities Exchange Act, and be calculated on an as converted basis. The terms “Beneficially Own”, “Beneficially Owned” and “Beneficial Owner” shall each have a correlative meaning.
		“Board” or “Directors”		the board of directors of the Company or the directors present at a meeting of directors of the Company at which a quorum is present.
		“Business Day”		shall mean a day on which the Designated Stock Exchange generally is open for the business of dealing in securities in the Unites States of America.
		“Capital”		the share capital from time to time of the Company.
		“Cause”		a conviction for a criminal offence involving dishonesty or engaging in conduct which brings the Director or the Company into disrepute or which results in material financial detriment to the Company.
		“Class A Ordinary Shares”		class A ordinary shares of par value US$0.001 each of the Company having the rights set out in these Articles.
		“Class B Ordinary Shares”		class B ordinary shares of par value US$0.001 each of the Company having the rights set out in these Articles.

 

2

---

		“clear days”		in relation to the period of a notice, that period excluding the day when the notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect.
		“clearing house”		a clearing house recognised by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such jurisdiction.
		“Company”		iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited.
		“competent regulatory authority”		a competent regulatory authority in the territory where the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on a stock exchange or interdealer quotation system in such territory.
		“Conversion Date”		in respect of a Conversion Notice means the Business Day on which that Conversion Notice is delivered.
		“Conversion Notice”		a written notice delivered to the Company at its Office (and as otherwise stated therein) stating that a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares elects to convert the number of Class B Ordinary Shares specified therein pursuant to Article 9.
		“Conversion Number”		in relation to any Class B Ordinary Shares, such number of Class A Ordinary Shares as may, upon exercise of the Conversion Right, be issued at the Conversion Rate in force on the relevant Conversion Date.
		“Conversion Rate”		at any time, on a 1 : 1 basis, subject to adjustment in accordance with Article 9(b).
		“Conversion Right”		in respect of a Class B Ordinary Share means the right of its holder, subject to the provisions of the Articles and to any applicable fiscal or other laws or regulations including the Law, to convert all or any of its Class B Ordinary Shares, into the Conversion Number of Class A Ordinary Shares.

 

3

---

		“control”		for the purposes of Article 58(2), shall have the meaning given to it in Rule 405 of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the term “controlled by” shall have a correlative meaning.
		“debenture” and “debenture holder”		include debenture stock and debenture stockholder respectively.
		“Designated Stock Exchange”		the Nasdaq Global Market.
		“Designated Stock Exchange Rules”		the Nasdaq Global Market listing rules.
		“dollars” and “$”		dollars, the legal currency of the United States of America.
		“FIL”		the consultation draft Foreign Investment Law of the People’s Republic of China published by the Ministry of Commerce of the PRC on January 19, 2015.
		“head office”		such office of the Company as the Directors may from time to time determine to be the principal office of the Company.
		“Independent Director”		as defined in the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, including for purposes of serving on an audit committee, and in respect of whom the Board has determined constitutes an Independent Director for purposes of compliance with applicable law or the Company’s listing requirements.
		“Law”		the Companies Law (Revised) of the Cayman Islands.

 

4

---

		“Member”		a duly registered holder from time to time of the shares in the capital of the Company.
		“month”		a calendar month.
		“Notice”		written notice unless otherwise specifically stated and as further defined in these Articles.
		“Office”		the registered office of the Company for the time being.
		“ordinary resolution”		means a resolution:
				(a) passed by a simple majority of the votes cast by such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company and in computing a majority where a poll is taken, regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or (b) approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument, or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;
		“Ordinary Shares”		means the Class A Ordinary Shares and the Class B Ordinary Shares
		“paid up”		paid up or credited as paid up.
		“PRC”		the People’s Republic of China.
		“PRC Business”		such businesses as the Company or any of its subsidiaries or otherwise controlled entities have carried out or contemplate to carry out in the PRC.
		“Register”		the principal register and where applicable, any branch register of Members of the Company to be maintained at such place within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Board shall determine from time to time.

 

5

---

		“Registration Office”		in respect of any class of share capital such place as the Board may from time to time determine to keep a branch register of Members in respect of that class of share capital and where (except in cases where the Board otherwise directs) the transfers or other documents of title for such class of share capital are to be lodged for registration and are to be registered.
		“SEC”		the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
		“Securities Exchange Act”		the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
		“Seal”		common seal or any one or more duplicate seals of the Company (including a securities seal) for use in the Cayman Islands or in any place outside the Cayman Islands.
		“Secretary”		any person, firm or corporation appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any assistant, deputy, temporary or acting secretary.
		“special resolution”		means a special resolution of the Company passed in accordance with the Law, being a resolution:
				(a) passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes of such Shareholders as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or, where proxies are allowed, by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been duly given, and in computing a majority where a poll is taken, regard shall be had to the number of votes to which each Shareholder is entitled; or

 

6

---

				(b) approved in writing by all of the Shareholders entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Shareholders and the effective date of the special resolution so adopted shall be the date on which the instrument or the last of such instruments, if more than one, is executed;
		“Statutes”		the Law and every other law of the Legislature of the Cayman Islands for the time being in force applying to or affecting the Company, its Memorandum of Association and/or these Articles.
		“year”		a calendar year.

 

(2)

In these Articles, unless there be something within the subject or context inconsistent with such construction:

 

(a)

words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

(b)

words importing a gender include both gender and the neuter;

 

(c)

words importing persons include companies, associations and bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

(d)

the words:

 

(i)

“may” shall be construed as permissive;

 

(ii)

“shall” or “will” shall be construed as imperative;

 

(e)

expressions referring to writing shall, unless the contrary intention appears, be construed as including printing, lithography, photography and other modes of representing words or figures in a visible form, and including where the representation takes the form of electronic display, provided that both the mode of service of the relevant document or notice and the Member’s election comply with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations;

 

7

---

(f)

references to any law, ordinance, statute or statutory provision shall be interpreted as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force;

 

(g)

save as aforesaid words and expressions defined in the Statutes shall bear the same meanings in these Articles if not inconsistent with the subject in the context;

 

(h)

references to a document being executed include references to it being executed under hand or under seal or by electronic signature or by any other method and references to a notice or document include a notice or document recorded or stored in any digital, electronic, electrical, magnetic or other retrievable form or medium and information in visible form whether having physical substance or not;

 

(i)

Section 8 of the Electronic Transactions Law (2003) of the Cayman Islands, as amended from time to time, shall not apply to these Articles to the extent it imposes obligations or requirements in addition to those set out in these Articles.

SHARE CAPITAL

 

3.

(1)

The share capital of the Company at the date on which these Articles come    into effect shall be divided into shares of a par value of US$0.001 each.

 

(2)

Subject to the Law, the Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and/or any competent regulatory authority, any power of the Company to purchase or otherwise acquire its own shares shall be exercisable by the Board in such manner, upon such terms and subject to such conditions as it thinks fit.

 

(3)

No share shall be issued to bearer.

 

8

---

ALTERATION OF CAPITAL

 

4.	The Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution in accordance with the Law alter the conditions of its Memorandum of Association to:

 

(a)

increase its capital by such sum, to be divided into shares of such amounts, as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

(b)

consolidate and divide all or any of its capital into shares of larger amount than its existing shares;

 

(c)

without prejudice to the powers of the Board under Article 12, divide its shares into several classes and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of existing shares attach thereto respectively any preferential, deferred, qualified or special rights, privileges, conditions or such restrictions which in the absence of any such determination by the Company in general meeting, as the Directors may determine provided always that, for the avoidance of doubt, where a class of shares has been authorized by the Company no resolution of the Company in general meeting is required for the issuance of shares of that class and the Directors may issue shares of that class and determine such rights, privileges, conditions or restrictions attaching thereto as aforesaid, and further provided that where the Company issues shares which do not carry voting rights, the words “non-voting” shall appear in the designation of such shares and where the equity capital includes shares with different voting rights, the designation of each class of shares, other than those with the most favourable voting rights, must include the words “restricted voting” or “limited voting”;

 

(d)

sub-divide its shares, or any of them, into shares of smaller amount than is fixed by the Memorandum of Association (subject, nevertheless, to the Law), and may by such resolution determine that, as between the holders of the shares resulting from such sub-division, one or more of the shares may have any such preferred, deferred or other rights or be subject to any such restrictions as compared with the other or others as the Company has power to attach to unissued or new shares;

 

(e)

cancel any shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken, or agreed to be taken, by any person, and diminish the amount of its capital by the amount of the shares so cancelled or, in the case of shares, without par value, diminish the number of shares into which its capital is divided.

 

9

---

5.

The Board may settle as it considers expedient any difficulty which arises in relation to any consolidation and division under the last preceding Article and in particular but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or arrange for the sale of the shares representing fractions and the distribution of the net proceeds of sale (after deduction of the expenses of such sale) in due proportion amongst the Members who would have been entitled to the fractions, and for this purpose the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares representing fractions to their purchaser or resolve that such net proceeds be paid to the Company for the Company’s benefit. Such purchaser will not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor will his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

 

6.	The Company may from time to time by special resolution, subject to any confirmation or consent required by the Law, reduce its share capital or any capital redemption reserve in any manner permitted by law.

 

7.

Except so far as otherwise provided by the conditions of issue, or by these Articles, any capital raised by the creation of new shares shall be treated as if it formed part of the original capital of the Company, and such shares shall be subject to the provisions contained in these Articles with reference to the payment of calls and instalments, transfer and transmission, forfeiture, lien, cancellation, surrender, voting and otherwise.

SHARE RIGHTS

 

8.

(1)

Subject to the provisions of the Law, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and the Memorandum and Articles of Association and to any special rights conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares, and without prejudice to Article 12 hereof, any share in the Company (whether forming part of the present capital or not) may be issued with or have attached thereto such rights or restrictions whether in regard to dividend, voting, return of capital or otherwise as the Board may determine, including without limitation on terms that they may be, or at the option of the Company or the holder are, liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner, including out of capital, as the Board may deem fit.

 

10

---

(2)

Subject to the Law, any preferred shares may be issued or converted into shares that, at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder thereof, are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may in their absolute discretion determine.

 

9.

Subject to Article 8(1), the Memorandum of Association and any resolution of the Members to the contrary and without prejudice to any special rights conferred thereby on the holders of any other shares or class of shares, the share capital of the Company shall be divided into Class A Ordinary Shares, Class B Ordinary Share provided always that the Directors may, in their absolute discretion and without the approval of the Members, create and designate out of the unissued shares of the Company (including unissued Class A Ordinary Shares) one or more classes or series of preferred shares, comprising such number of preferred shares, and having such designations, powers, preferences, privileges and other rights, including dividend rights, voting rights, conversion rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, as the Directors may determine. The Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall carry equal rights and rank pari passu with one another other than as set out below.

 

(a)

As regards conversion from Class B Ordinary Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares

 

(i)

Subject to the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, Article 9(a)(vii) and to compliance with all fiscal and other laws and regulations applicable thereto, including the Law), (A) the Class B Ordinary Shares shall be subject to automatic conversion on the Automatic Conversion Date; and (B) a holder of Class B Ordinary Shares shall have the Conversion Right in respect of each Class B Ordinary Share. Any and all taxes and stamp, issue and registration duties (if any) arising on any conversion (whether automatic or optional) shall be borne by the Company.

 

11

---

(ii)

Subject to the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, Article 9(a)(vii) and to compliance with all fiscal and other laws and regulations applicable thereto, including the Law), each Class B Ordinary Share shall be converted at any time after issue and without the payment of any additional sum, into such number of fully paid Class A Ordinary Shares calculated at the Conversion Rate then in effect EITHER :

(A) at the option of the holder. Such conversion shall take effect on the Conversion Date. A Conversion Notice shall not be effective if it is not accompanied by the share certificates in respect of the relevant Class B Ordinary Shares and such other evidence (if any) as the Directors may reasonably require to prove the title of the person exercising such right (or, if such certificates have been lost or destroyed, such evidence of title and such indemnity as the Directors may reasonably require); OR

(B) automatically. Such conversion shall take effect on the Automatic Conversion Date, and a Conversion Notice shall not be required to be delivered to the Company give effect to such automatic conversion,

 

(iii)

To the extent the Conversion Rate is one Class A Ordinary Share for one Class B Ordinary Share, on the Conversion Date or the Automatic Conversion Date, as the case may be, every Class B Ordinary Share shall automatically be re-designated and re-classified as a Class A Ordinary Share with such rights and restrictions attached to and shall rank pari passu in all respects with the Class A Ordinary Shares then in issue.

 

(iv)

If the Conversion Rate is not on a one for one basis, the conversion shall take effect in such manner permitted by law (including, without limitation, by way of repurchase set out in Section 37 of the Companies Law (Revised)).

 

12

---

(v)

Subject to the provisions hereof (including, without limitation, Article 9(a)(vii) and to compliance with all fiscal and other laws and regulations applicable thereto, including the Law), on the Conversion Date or the Automatic Conversion Date, as the case may be, the Company shall allot and issue the relevant Class A Ordinary Shares to the converting Shareholder, repurchase and cancel the relevant Class B Ordinary Shares, enter or procure the entry of the name of the relevant holder of Class B Ordinary Shares as the holder of the relevant number of Class A Ordinary Shares resulting from the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares in, and make any other necessary and consequential changes to, the Register of Members and shall procure that certificates in respect of the relevant Class A Ordinary Shares, together with a new certificate for any unconverted Class B Ordinary Shares comprised in the certificate(s) surrendered by the holder of the Class B Ordinary Shares, are issued to the holders of the Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares, as the case may be.

 

(vi)

Until such time as the Class B Ordinary Shares have been converted into Class A Ordinary Shares the Company shall:

 

(1)

at all times keep available for issue and free of all liens, charges, options, mortgages, pledges, claims, equities, encumbrances and other third-party rights of any nature, and not subject to any pre-emptive rights out of its authorized but unissued share capital, such number of authorized but unissued Class A Ordinary Shares as would enable all Class B Ordinary Shares to be converted into Class A Ordinary Shares and any other rights of conversion into, subscription for or exchange into Class A Ordinary Shares to be satisfied in full;

 

(2)

maintain such amounts standing to the credit of its share premium and share capital accounts as to permit the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares into Class A Ordinary Shares by way of repurchase pursuant to Section 37 of the Companies Law; and

 

13

---

(3)

not make any issue, grant or distribution or take any other action if the effect would be that on the conversion of the Class B Ordinary Shares to Class A Ordinary Shares it would be required to issue Class A Ordinary Shares at a price lower than the par value thereof.

 

(b)

Adjustments of Conversion Rate and/or Conversion Price

 

(i)

Subject as herein provided, the Conversion Rate shall from time to time be adjusted in accordance with the following relevant provisions.

 

(ii)

If and whenever a Class A Ordinary Share by reason of any consolidation or sub-division becomes of a different nominal amount, the Conversion Rate in force immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted by multiplying it by the revised nominal amount and dividing the result by the former nominal amount. Within two (2) Business Days of any such adjustment the Company will send to the holder of Class B Ordinary Shares a certificate signed by a Director of the Company setting forth brief particulars of the event giving rise to the adjustment, the Conversion Rate in effect prior to such adjustment, the adjusted Conversion Rate on the effective date of the adjustment. Each such adjustment shall be effective from the close of business in Hong Kong on the day preceding the date on which the consolidation or sub-division becomes effective.

 

(c)

As regards Voting Rights

 

(i)

At all times during the period from the coming into effect of these Articles, each Class A Ordinary Share shall be entitled to one (1) vote on all matters subject to vote at general meetings of the Company only when voting on a poll is taken, and each Class B ordinary share shall be entitled to twenty (20) votes on all matters subject to vote at general meetings of the Company only when voting on a poll is taken.

 

(iii)

Unless otherwise required under applicable laws in the Cayman Islands, holders of Class A Ordinary Shares and Class B Ordinary Shares shall at all times vote together as one class on all resolutions submitted to a vote by the Members.

 

14

---

(d)

As regards Transfers of Class B Ordinary Shares

Upon any sale, transfer, assignment or disposition of Beneficial Ownership of any Class B Ordinary Share by a holder or a Beneficial Owner of such Class B Ordinary Share to any person who is not (i) the registered holder or Beneficial Owner of Class B Ordinary Shares or (ii) an affiliate of the registered holder or Beneficial Owner of such Class B Ordinary Share being transferred, assigned or disposed of, such Class B Ordinary Share shall automatically convert into one (1) Class A Ordinary Share upon the completion of such transfer, assignment or disposition, subject to adjustments of conversion rate and/or conversion price as set out in Article 9(b). For the avoidance of doubt, (i) a transfer shall be effective upon the registration of such transfer in the Register; (ii) an assignment or disposition shall be effective upon completion of the contractual arrangements applicable to the relevant Shareholder or beneficial owner; and (iii) the creation of any pledge, charge, encumbrance or other third party right of whatever description on any Class B Ordinary Shares to secure a Member’s contractual or legal obligations shall not be deemed to be a transfer, assignment or disposition unless and until any such pledge, charge, encumbrance or other third party right is enforced and such enforcement results in the third party becoming the registered holder of the relevant Class B Ordinary Shares, in which case all such Class B Ordinary Shares shall be automatically converted into the same number of Class A Ordinary Shares, subject to adjustments of conversion rate and/or conversion price as set out in Article 9(b).

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

10.

Subject to the Law and without prejudice to Article 8, all or any of the special rights for the time being attached to the shares or any class of shares may, unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, from time to time (whether or not the Company is being wound up) be varied, modified or abrogated with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. To every such separate general meeting, all the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that:

 

(a)

the necessary quorum (whether at a separate general meeting or at its adjourned meeting) shall be two persons (or in the case of a Member being a corporation, its duly authorized representative);

 

15

---

(b)

every holder of shares of the class shall be entitled on a poll to one vote for every such share held by him; and

 

(c)

any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy or authorised representative may demand a poll.

 

11.

The special rights conferred upon the holders of any shares or class of shares shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided in the rights attaching to or the terms of issue of such shares, be deemed to be varied, modified or abrogated by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

SHARES

 

12.

(1)

Subject to the Law, these Articles (including without limitation 102(4)(b)) and, where applicable, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange and without prejudice to any special rights or restrictions for the time being attached to any shares or any class of shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) shall be at the disposal of the Board, which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms and conditions as the Board may in its absolute discretion determine but so that no shares shall be issued at a discount. In particular and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the Board is hereby empowered to authorize by resolution or resolutions from time to time the issuance of one or more classes or series of preferred shares and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, if any, including, without limitation, the number of shares constituting each such class or series, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges, voting powers, full or limited or no voting powers, and liquidation preferences, and to increase or decrease the size of any such class or series (but not below the number of shares of any class or series of preferred shares then outstanding) to the extent permitted by Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares may, to the extent permitted by law, provide that such class or series shall be superior to, rank equally with or be junior to the preferred shares of any other class or series.

 

16

---

(2)

Neither the Company nor the Board shall be obliged, when making or granting any allotment of, offer of, option over or disposal of shares, to make, or make available, any such allotment, offer, option or shares to Members or others with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories being a territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, this would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be, or be deemed to be, a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of any class or series of preferred shares, no vote of the holders of preferred shares of or ordinary shares shall be a prerequisite to the issuance of any shares of any class or series of the preferred shares authorized by and complying with the conditions of the Memorandum and Articles of Association.

 

(3)

The Board may issue options, warrants or convertible securities or securities of similar nature conferring the right upon the holders thereof to subscribe for, purchase or receive any class of shares or securities in the capital of the Company on such terms as it may from time to time determine.

 

13.

The Company may in connection with the issue of any shares exercise all powers of paying commission and brokerage conferred or permitted by the Law. Subject to the Law, the commission may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one and partly in the other.

 

17

---

14.

Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust and the Company shall not be bound by or required in any way to recognise (even when having notice thereof) any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share or any fractional part of a share or (except only as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) any other rights in respect of any share except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

 

15.

Subject to the Law and these Articles, the Board may at any time after the allotment of shares but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder, recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accordto any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Board considers fit to impose.

SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

16.

Every share certificate shall be issued under the Seal or a facsimile thereof and shall specify the number and class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates, and the amount paid up thereon and may otherwise be in such form as the Directors may from time to time determine. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signatures on any such certificates (or certificates in respect of other securities) need not be autographic but may be affixed to such certificates by some mechanical means or may be printed thereon.

 

17.

(1)

In the case of a share held jointly by several persons, the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of several joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all such holders.

 

(2)

Where a share stands in the names of two or more persons, the person first named in the Register shall as regards service of notices and, subject to the provisions of these Articles, all or any other matters connected with the Company, except the transfer of the shares, be deemed the sole holder thereof.

 

18

---

18.

Every person whose name is entered, upon an allotment of shares, as a Member in the Register shall be entitled, without payment, to receive one certificate for all such shares of any one class or several certificates each for one or more of such shares of such class upon payment for every certificate after the first of such reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as the Board from time to time determines.

 

19.

Share certificates shall be issued within the relevant time limit as prescribed by the Law or as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine, whichever is the shorter, after allotment or, except in the case of a transfer which the Company is for the time being entitled to refuse to register and does not register, after lodgment of a transfer with the Company.

 

20.

(1)

Upon every transfer of shares the certificate held by the transferor shall be given up to be cancelled, and shall forthwith be cancelled accordingly, and a new certificate shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the shares transferred to him at such fee as is provided in paragraph (2) of this Article. If any of the shares included in the certificate so given up shall be retained by the transferor a new certificate for the balance shall be issued to him at the aforesaid fee payable by the transferor to the Company in respect thereof.

 

(2)

The fee referred to in paragraph (1) above shall be an amount not exceeding the relevant maximum amount as the Designated Stock Exchange may from time to time determine provided that the Board may at any time determine a lower amount for such fee.

 

21.

If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the relevant Member upon request and on payment of such fee as the Company may determine and, subject to compliance with such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and to payment of the costs and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in investigating such evidence and preparing such indemnity as the Board may think fit and, in case of damage or defacement, on delivery of the old certificate to the Company provided always that where share warrants have been issued, no new share warrant shall be issued to replace one that has been lost unless the Board has determined that the original has been destroyed.

 

19

---

LIEN

 

22.

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that share. The Company shall also have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) registered in the name of a Member (whether or not jointly with other Members) for all amounts of money presently payable by such Member or his estate to the Company whether the same shall have been incurred before or after notice to the Company of any equitable or other interest of any person other than such member, and whether the period for the payment or discharge of the same shall have actually arrived or not, and notwithstanding that the same are joint debts or liabilities of such Member or his estate and any other person, whether a Member of the Company or not. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to all dividends or other moneys payable thereon or in respect thereof. The Board may at any time, generally or in any particular case, waive any lien that has arisen or declare any share exempt in whole or in part, from the provisions of this Article.

 

23.

Subject to these Articles, the Company may sell in such manner as the Board determines any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable, or the liability or engagement in respect of which such lien exists is liable to be presently fulfilled or discharged nor until the expiration of fourteen (14) clear days after a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of the sum presently payable, or specifying the liability or engagement and demanding fulfilment or discharge thereof and giving notice of the intention to sell in default, has been served on the registered holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his death or bankruptcy.

 

20

---

24.

The net proceeds of the sale shall be received by the Company and applied in or towards payment or discharge of the debt or liability in respect of which the lien exists, so far as the same is presently payable, and any residue shall (subject to a like lien for debts or liabilities not presently payable as existed upon the share prior to the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the time of the sale. To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to the purchaser thereof. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

 

25.

Subject to these Articles and to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls upon the Members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal or par value of the shares or by way of premium), and each Member shall (subject to being given at least fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice specifying the time and place of payment) pay to the Company as required by such notice the amount called on his shares. A call may be extended, postponed or revoked in whole or in part as the Board determines but no member shall be entitled to any such extension, postponement or revocation except as a matter of grace and favour.

 

26.	A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed and may be made payable either in one lump sum or by instalments.

 

27.

A person upon whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made upon him notwithstanding the subsequent transfer of the shares in respect of which the call was made. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and instalments due in respect thereof or other moneys due in respect thereof.

 

28.

If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board may determine, but the Board may in its absolute discretion waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

21

---

29.

No Member shall be entitled to receive any dividend or bonus or to be present and vote (save as proxy for another Member) at any general meeting either personally or by proxy, or be reckoned in a quorum, or exercise any other privilege as a Member until all calls or instalments due by him to the Company, whether alone or jointly with any other person, together with interest and expenses (if any) shall have been paid.

 

30.

On the trial or hearing of any action or other proceedings for the recovery of any money due for any call, it shall be sufficient to prove that the name of the Member sued is entered in the Register as the holder, or one of the holders, of the shares in respect of which such debt accrued, that the resolution making the call is duly recorded in the minute book, and that notice of such call was duly given to the Member sued, in pursuance of these Articles; and it shall not be necessary to prove the appointment of the Directors who made such call, nor any other matters whatsoever, but the proof of the matters aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence of the debt.

 

31.

Any amount payable in respect of a share upon allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date fixed for payment and if it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

32.	On the issue of shares the Board may differentiate between the allottees or holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

33.

The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any Member willing to advance the same, and either in money or money’s worth, all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid or instalments payable upon any shares held by him and upon all or any of the moneys so advanced (until the same would, but for such advance, become presently payable) pay interest at such rate (if any) as the Board may decide. The Board may at any time repay the amount so advanced upon giving to such Member not less than one month’s Notice of its intention in that behalf, unless before the expiration of such notice the amount so advanced shall have been called up on the shares in respect of which it was advanced. Such payment in advance shall not entitle the holder of such share or shares to participate in respect thereof in a dividend subsequently declared.

 

22

---

FORFEITURE OF SHARES

 

34.

(1)

If a call remains unpaid after it has become due and payable the Board may give to the person from whom it is due not less than fourteen (14) clear days’ Notice:

 

(a)

requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and which may still accrue up to the date of actual payment; and

 

(b)

stating that if the Notice is not complied with the shares on which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

(2)

If the requirements of any such Notice are not complied with, any share in respect of which such Notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such forfeiture shall include all dividends and bonuses declared in respect of the forfeited share but not actually paid before the forfeiture.

 

35.	When any share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be served upon the person who was before forfeiture the holder of the share. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such Notice.

 

36.	The Board may accept the surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder and, in such case, references in these Articles to forfeiture will include surrender.

 

37.

Any share so forfeited shall be deemed the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of to such person, upon such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposition the forfeiture may be annulled by the Board on such terms as the Board determines.

 

23

---

38.

A person whose shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited shares but nevertheless shall remain liable to pay the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him to the Company in respect of the shares, with (if the Directors shall in their discretion so require) interest thereon from the date of forfeiture until payment at such rate (not exceeding twenty per cent. (20%) per annum) as the Board determines. The Board may enforce payment thereof if it thinks fit, and without any deduction or allowance for the value of the forfeited shares, at the date of forfeiture, but his liability shall cease if and when the Company shall have received payment in full of all such moneys in respect of the shares. For the purposes of this Article any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, is payable thereon at a fixed time which is subsequent to the date of forfeiture, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall notwithstanding that time has not yet arrived be deemed to be payable at the date of forfeiture, and the same shall become due and payable immediately upon the forfeiture, but interest thereon shall only be payable in respect of any period between the said fixed time and the date of actual payment.

 

39.

A declaration by a Director or the Secretary that a share has been forfeited on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share, and such declaration shall (subject to the execution of an instrument of transfer by the Company if necessary) constitute a good title to the share, and the person to whom the share is disposed of shall be registered as the holder of the share and shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any), nor shall his title to the share be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, sale or disposal of the share. When any share shall have been forfeited, notice of the declaration shall be given to the Member in whose name it stood immediately prior to the forfeiture, and an entry of the forfeiture, with the date thereof, shall forthwith be made in the register, but no forfeiture shall be in any manner invalidated by any omission or neglect to give such notice or make any such entry.

 

24

---

40.

Notwithstanding any such forfeiture as aforesaid, the Board may at any time, before any shares so forfeited shall have been sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of, permit the shares forfeited to be bought back upon the terms of payment of all calls and interest due upon and expenses incurred in respect of the share, and upon such further terms (if any) as it thinks fit.

 

41.	The forfeiture of a share shall not prejudice the right of the Company to any call already made or instalment payable thereon.

 

42.

The provisions of these Articles as to forfeiture shall apply in the case of non-payment of any sum which, by the terms of issue of a share, becomes payable at a fixed time, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, as if the same had been payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

REGISTER OF MEMBERS

 

43.

(1)

The Company shall keep in one or more books a Register of its Members and shall enter therein the following particulars, that is to say:

 

(a)

the name and address of each Member, the number and class of shares held by him and the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid on such shares;

 

(b)

the date on which each person was entered in the Register; and

 

(c)

the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

(2)

The Company may keep an overseas or local or other branch register of Members resident in any place, and the Board may make and vary such regulations as it determines in respect of the keeping of any such register and maintaining a Registration Office in connection therewith.

 

25

---

44.

The Register and branch register of Members, as the case may be, shall be open to inspection for such times and on such days as the Board shall determine by Members without charge or by any other person, at the Office or Registration Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law. The Register including any overseas or local or other branch register of Members may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange , be closed at such times or for such periods not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in each year as the Board may determine and either generally or in respect of any class of shares.

RECORD DATES

 

45.

For the purpose of determining the Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any general meeting, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to express consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, in advance, a date as the record date for any such determination of Members, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to any other such action.

 

If the Board does not fix a record date for any general meeting, the record date for determining the Members entitled to a notice of or to vote at such meeting shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if in accordance with these Articles notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. The record date for determining the Members for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

A determination of the Members of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Members shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

26

---

TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

46.

Subject to these Articles including, without limitation, in the case of Class B Ordinary Shares, Article 9(d), any Member may transfer all or any of his shares by an instrument of transfer in the usual or common form or in a form prescribed by the Designated Stock Exchange or in any other form approved by the Board and may be under hand or, if the transferor or transferee is a clearing house or a central depository house or its nominee(s), by hand or by machine imprinted signature or by such other manner of execution as the Board may approve from time to time.

 

47

The instrument of transfer shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and the transferee provided that the Board may dispense with the execution of the instrument of transfer by the transferee in any case which it thinks fit in its discretion to do so. Without prejudice to the last preceding Article, the Board may also resolve, either generally or in any particular case, upon request by either the transferor or transferee, to accept mechanically executed transfers. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of the share until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof. Nothing in these Articles shall preclude the Board from recognising a renunciation of the allotment or provisional allotment of any share by the allottee in favour of some other person.

 

48.

(1)

The Board may, in its absolute discretion, and without giving any reason therefor, refuse to register a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) to a person of whom it does not approve, or any share issued under any share incentive scheme for employees upon which a restriction on transfer imposed thereby still subsists, and it may also, without prejudice to the foregoing generality, refuse to register a transfer of any share to more than four joint holders or a transfer of any share (not being a fully paid up share) on which the Company has a lien.

 

(2)

The Board in so far as permitted by any applicable law may, in its absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time transfer any share upon the Register to any branch register or any share on any branch register to the Register or any other branch register. In the event of any such transfer, the shareholder requesting such transfer shall bear the cost of effecting the transfer unless the Board otherwise determines.

 

27

---

(3)

Unless the Board otherwise agrees (which agreement may be on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board in its absolute discretion may from time to time determine, and which agreement the Board shall, without giving any reason therefor, be entitled in its absolute discretion to give or withhold), no shares upon the Register shall be transferred to any branch register nor shall shares on any branch register be transferred to the Register or any other branch register and all transfers and other documents of title shall be lodged for registration, and registered, in the case of any shares on a branch register, at the relevant Registration Office, and, in the case of any shares on the Register, at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law.

 

49.	Without limiting the generality of the last preceding Article, the Board may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer unless:-

 

(a)

a fee of such maximum sum as the Designated Stock Exchange may determine to be payable or such lesser sum as the Board may from time to time require is paid to the Company in respect thereof;

 

(b)

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

(c)

the instrument of transfer is lodged at the Office or such other place at which the Register is kept in accordance with the Law or the Registration Office (as the case may be) accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s) and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer (and, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person so to do); and

 

(d)

if applicable, the instrument of transfer is duly and properly stamped.

 

50.	If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share, it shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to each of the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

51.	The registration of transfers of shares or of any class of shares may, after compliance with any notice requirement of the Designated Stock Exchange, be suspended at such times and for such periods (not exceeding in the whole thirty (30) days in any year) as the Board may determine.

 

28

---

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

52.

If a Member dies, the survivor or survivors where the deceased was a joint holder, and his legal personal representatives where he was a sole or only surviving holder, will be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his interest in the shares; but nothing in this Article will release the estate of a deceased Member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share which had been solely or jointly held by him.

 

53.

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member may, upon such evidence as to his title being produced as may be required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have some person nominated by him registered as the transferee thereof. If he elects to become the holder he shall notify the Company in writing either at the Registration Office or Office, as the case may be, to that effect. If he elects to have another person registered he shall execute a transfer of the share in favour of that person. The provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer and registration of transfers of shares shall apply to such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the death or bankruptcy of the Member had not occurred and the notice or transfer were a transfer signed by such Member.

 

54.

A person becoming entitled to a share by reason of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the share. However, the Board may, if it thinks fit, withhold the payment of any dividend payable or other advantages in respect of such share until such person shall become the registered holder of the share or shall have effectually transferred such share, but, subject to the requirements of Article 75(2) being met, such a person may vote at meetings.

 

29

---

UNTRACEABLE MEMBERS

 

55.

(1)

Without prejudice to the rights of the Company under paragraph (2) of this Article, the Company may cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants by post if such cheques or warrants have been left uncashed on two consecutive occasions. However, the Company may exercise the power to cease sending cheques for dividend entitlements or dividend warrants after the first occasion on which such a cheque or warrant is returned undelivered.

 

(2)

The Company shall have the power to sell, in such manner as the Board thinks fit, any shares of a Member who is untraceable, but no such sale shall be made unless:

 

(a)

all cheques or warrants in respect of dividends of the shares in question, being not less than three in total number, for any sum payable in cash to the holder of such shares in respect of them sent during the relevant period in the manner authorised by the Articles of the Company have remained uncashed;

 

(b)

so far as it is aware at the end of the relevant period, the Company has not at any time during the relevant period received any indication of the existence of the Member who is the holder of such shares or of a person entitled to such shares by death, bankruptcy or operation of law; and

 

(c)

the Company, if so required by the rules governing the listing of shares on the Designated Stock Exchange, has given notice to, and caused advertisement in newspapers to be made in accordance with the requirements of, the Designated Stock Exchange of its intention to sell such shares in the manner required by the Designated Stock Exchange, and a period of three months or such shorter period as may be allowed by the Designated Stock Exchange has elapsed since the date of such advertisement.

 

For the purpose of the foregoing, the “relevant period” means the period commencing twelve (12) years before the date of publication of the advertisement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Article and ending at the expiry of the period referred to in that paragraph.

 

30

---

(3)

To give effect to any such sale the Board may authorise some person to transfer the said shares and an instrument of transfer signed or otherwise executed by or on behalf of such person shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the registered holder or the person entitled by transmission to such shares, and the purchaser shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the sale. The net proceeds of the sale will belong to the Company and upon receipt by the Company of such net proceeds it shall become indebted to the former Member for an amount equal to such net proceeds. No trust shall be created in respect of such debt and no interest shall be payable in respect of it and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned from the net proceeds which may be employed in the business of the Company or as it thinks fit. Any sale under this Article shall be valid and effective notwithstanding that the Member holding the shares sold is dead, bankrupt or otherwise under any legal disability or incapacity.

GENERAL MEETINGS

 

56.	An annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year other than the year in which these Articles were adopted at such time and place as may be determined by the Board.

 

57.	Each general meeting, other than an annual general meeting, shall be called an extraordinary general meeting. General meetings may be held at such times and in any location in the world as may be determined by the Board.

 

58.

(1)

A majority of the Board or the Chairman of the Board may call extraordinary general meetings, which extraordinary general meetings shall be held at such times and locations (as permitted hereby) as such person or persons shall determine.

 

(2)

Any such meeting shall be held within two (2) months after the deposit of such requisition. If within ten (10) days of such deposit the Board fails to proceed to convene such meeting the requisitionist(s) himself (themselves) may do so in the same manner, and all reasonable expenses incurred by the requisitionist(s) as a result of the failure of the Board shall be reimbursed to the requisitionist(s) by the Company.

 

31

---

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

 

59.

(1)

An annual general meeting and any extraordinary general meeting may be called by not less than ten (10) clear days’ Notice but a general meeting may be called by shorter notice, subject to the Law, if it is so agreed:

 

(a)

in the case of a meeting called as an annual general meeting, by all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

(b)

in the case of any other meeting, by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 50% in nominal value of the issued shares giving that right.

 

(2)

The notice shall specify the time and place of the meeting and, in case of special business, the general nature of the business. The notice convening an annual general meeting shall specify the meeting as such. Notice of every general meeting shall be given to all Members other than to such Members as, under the provisions of these Articles or the terms of issue of the shares they hold, are not entitled to receive such notices from the Company, to all persons entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy or winding-up of a Member and to each of the Directors and the Auditors.

 

60.

The accidental omission to give Notice of a meeting or (in cases where instruments of proxy are sent out with the Notice) to send such instrument of proxy to, or the non-receipt of such Notice or such instrument of proxy by, any person entitled to receive such Notice shall not invalidate any resolution passed or the proceedings at that meeting.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

 

61.

(1)

All business shall be deemed special that is transacted at an extraordinary general meeting, and also all business that is transacted at an annual general meeting, with the exception of sanctioning a dividend, the consideration of the accounts, balance sheets, any report of the Directors or of the Company’s auditors, the appointment and removal of Directors and the fixing of the remuneration of the Company’s auditors.

 

32

---

(2)

No business shall be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the commencement of the business. At any general meeting of the Company, two (2) Members entitled to vote and present in person or by proxy or (in the case of a Member being a corporation) by its duly authorised representative throughout the meeting shall form a quorum for all purposes.

 

62.

If within thirty (30) minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chairman of the meeting may determine to wait) after the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day in the next week at the same time and place or to such time and place as the Board may determine. If at such adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for holding the meeting, the meeting shall be dissolved.

 

63.

The Chairman of the Board shall preside as chairman at every general meeting. If at any meeting the chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, or is not willing to act as chairman, the Directors present shall choose one of their number to act, or if one Director only is present he shall preside as chairman if willing to act. If no Director is present, or if each of the Directors present declines to take the chair, or if the chairman chosen shall retire from the chair, the Members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall elect one of their number to be chairman.

 

64.

The chairman may adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. When a meeting is adjourned for fourteen (14) days or more, at least seven (7) clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given specifying the time and place of the adjourned meeting but it shall not be necessary to specify in such notice the nature of the business to be transacted at the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Save as aforesaid, it shall be unnecessary to give notice of an adjournment.

 

33

---

65.

If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chairman of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

VOTING

 

66.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles including, without limitation, Article 9(c) and Article 102(4), at any general meeting on a poll every Member present in person or by proxy or, in the case of a Member being a corporation, by its duly authorised representative shall have one vote for every fully paid share of which he is the holder but so that no amount paid up or credited as paid up on a share in advance of calls or instalments is treated for the foregoing purposes as paid up on the share.

 

67.

A resolution put to the vote of a meeting shall be decided by way of a poll save that the chairman of the meeting may in good faith, allow a resolution which relates purely to a procedural or administrative matter to be voted on by a show of hands in which case every Member present in person (or being a corporation, is present by a duly authorized representative), or by proxy(ies) shall have one vote provided that where more than one proxy is appointed by a Member which is a clearing house (or its nominee(s)), each such proxy shall have one vote on a show of hands. For purposes of this Article, procedural and administrative matters are those that (i) are not on the agenda of the general meeting or in any supplementary circular that may be issued by the Company to its Members; and (ii) relate to the chairman’s duties to maintain the orderly conduct of the meeting and/or allow the business of the meeting to be properly and effectively dealt with, whilst allowing all Members a reasonable opportunity to express their views.

 

34

---

68.	Where a show of hands is allowed, before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands, a poll may be demanded:

 

(a)

by at least three Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative or by proxy for the time being entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 

(b)

by a Member or Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all Members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

(c)

by a Member or Members present in person or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right.

 

A demand by a person as proxy for a Member or in the case of a Member being a corporation by its duly authorised representative shall be deemed to be the same as a demand by the Member.

 

69.

Where a resolution is voted on by a show of hands, a declaration by the chairman that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or not carried by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect made in the minute book of the Company, shall be conclusive evidence of the facts without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against the resolution. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting. The Company shall only be required to disclose the voting figures on a poll if such disclosure is required by the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange.

 

70.	On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy.

 

71.	A person entitled to more than one vote on a poll need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

35

---

72.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions as to voting for the time being attached to any shares by or in accordance with these Articles including, without limitation, Article 9(c) and Article 102(4), all questions submitted to a general meeting shall be decided by a simple majority of votes except where a greater majority is required by these Articles or by the Law. In the case of an equality of votes, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, the chairman of such general meeting shall not be entitled to a second or casting vote in addition to any other vote he may have.

 

73.

Where there are joint holders of any share any one of such joint holder may vote, either in person or by proxy, in respect of such share as if he were solely entitled thereto, but if more than one of such joint holders be present at any meeting the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the joint holding. Several executors or administrators of a deceased Member in whose name any share stands shall for the purposes of this Article be deemed joint holders thereof.

 

74.

(1)

A Member who is a patient for any purpose relating to mental health or in respect of whom an order has been made by any court having jurisdiction for the protection or management of the affairs of persons incapable of managing their own affairs may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person in the nature of a receiver, committee or curator bonis appointed by such court, and such receiver, committee, curator bonis or other person may vote on a poll by proxy, and may otherwise act and be treated as if he were the registered holder of such shares for the purposes of general meetings, provided that such evidence as the Board may require of the authority of the person claiming to vote shall have been deposited at the Office, head office or Registration Office, as appropriate, not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting, or adjourned meeting or poll, as the case may be.

 

36

---

(2)

Any person entitled under Article 53 to be registered as the holder of any shares may vote at any general meeting in respect thereof in the same manner as if he were the registered holder of such shares, provided that forty-eight (48) hours at least before the time of the holding of the meeting or adjourned meeting, as the case may be, at which he proposes to vote, he shall satisfy the Board of his entitlement to such shares, or the Board shall have previously admitted his right to vote at such meeting in respect thereof.

 

75.	No Member shall, unless the Board otherwise determines, be entitled to attend and vote and to be reckoned in a quorum at any general meeting unless he is duly registered and all calls or other sums presently payable by him in respect of shares in the Company have been paid.

 

76.

If:

 

(a)

any objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter; or

 

(b)

any votes have been counted which ought not to have been counted or which might have been rejected; or

 

(c)

any votes are not counted which ought to have been counted;

the objection or error shall not vitiate the decision of the meeting or adjourned meeting on any resolution unless the same is raised or pointed out at the meeting or, as the case may be, the adjourned meeting at which the vote objected to is given or tendered or at which the error occurs. Any objection or error shall be referred to the chairman of the meeting and shall only vitiate the decision of the meeting on any resolution if the chairman decides that the same may have affected the decision of the meeting. The decision of the chairman on such matters shall be final and conclusive.

 

77.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Members for the time being entitled to receive notice of and to attend and vote at general meetings of the Company (or being corporations by their duly authorised representatives) shall be as valid and effective as if the same had been passed at a general meeting of the Company duly convened and held.

 

37

---

PROXIES

 

78.

Any Member entitled to attend and vote at a meeting of the Company shall be entitled to appoint another person as his proxy to attend and vote instead of him. A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf at a general meeting of the Company or at a class meeting. A proxy need not be a Member. In addition, a proxy or proxies representing either a Member who is an individual or a Member which is a corporation shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the Member which he or they represent as such Member could exercise.

 

79.

The instrument appointing a proxy shall be in writing under the hand of the appointor or of his attorney duly authorised in writing or, if the appointor is a corporation, either under its seal or under the hand of an officer, attorney or other person authorised to sign the same. In the case of an instrument of proxy purporting to be signed on behalf of a corporation by an officer thereof it shall be assumed, unless the contrary appears, that such officer was duly authorised to sign such instrument of proxy on behalf of the corporation without further evidence of the facts.

 

80.

The instrument appointing a proxy and (if required by the Board) the power of attorney or other authority (if any) under which it is signed, or a certified copy of such power or authority, shall be delivered to such place or one of such places (if any) as may be specified for that purpose in or by way of note to or in any document accompanying the notice convening the meeting (or, if no place is so specified at the Registration Office or the Office, as may be appropriate) not less than forty-eight (48) hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the person named in the instrument proposes to vote or, in the case of a poll taken subsequently to the date of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll and in default the instrument of proxy shall not be treated as valid. No instrument appointing a proxy shall be valid after the expiration of twelve (12) months from the date named in it as the date of its execution, except at an adjourned meeting or on a poll demanded at a meeting or an adjourned meeting in cases where the meeting was originally held within twelve (12) months from such date. Delivery of an instrument appointing a proxy shall not preclude a Member from attending and voting in person at the meeting convened and in such event, the instrument appointing a proxy shall be deemed to be revoked.

 

38

---

81.

Instruments of proxy shall be in any common form or in such other form as the Board may approve (provided that this shall not preclude the use of the two-way form) and the Board may, if it thinks fit, send out with the notice of any meeting forms of instrument of proxy for use at the meeting. The instrument of proxy shall be deemed to confer authority to demand or join in demanding a poll and to vote on any amendment of a resolution put to the meeting for which it is given as the proxy thinks fit. The instrument of proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated therein, be valid as well for any adjournment of the meeting as for the meeting to which it relates.

 

82.

A vote given in accordance with the terms of an instrument of proxy shall be valid notwithstanding the previous death or insanity of the principal, or revocation of the instrument of proxy or of the authority under which it was executed, provided that no intimation in writing of such death, insanity or revocation shall have been received by the Company at the Office or the Registration Office (or such other place as may be specified for the delivery of instruments of proxy in the notice convening the meeting or other document sent therewith) two hours at least before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting, or the taking of the poll, at which the instrument of proxy is used.

 

83.

Anything which under these Articles a Member may do by proxy he may likewise do by his duly appointed attorney and the provisions of these Articles relating to proxies and instruments appointing proxies shall apply mutatis mutandis in relation to any such attorney and the instrument under which such attorney is appointed.

CORPORATIONS ACTING BY REPRESENTATIVES

 

84.

(1)

Any corporation which is a Member may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members. The person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of such corporation as the corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member and such corporation shall for the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting if a person so authorised is present thereat.

 

39

---

(2)

If a clearing house (or its nominee(s)) or a central depository entity, being a corporation, is a Member, it may authorise such persons as it thinks fit to act as its representatives at any meeting of the Company or at any meeting of any class of Members provided that the authorisation shall specify the number and class of shares in respect of which each such representative is so authorised. Each person so authorised under the provisions of this Article shall be deemed to have been duly authorised without further evidence of the facts and be entitled to exercise the same rights and powers on behalf of the clearing house or central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) as if such person was the registered holder of the shares of the Company held by the clearing house or a central depository entity (or its nominee(s)) including the right to vote individually on a show of hands.

 

(3)

Any reference in these Articles to a duly authorised representative of a Member being a corporation shall mean a representative authorised under the provisions of this Article.

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

85.

(1)

Unless otherwise determined by special resolution of the Members in general meeting, the number of Directors shall be no more than nine (9). The Board of Directors shall have the power from time to time to appoint any person as director to fill in a casual vacancy or as an addition to the existing board (subject to the maximum size of the board) and any directors so appointed by the board shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting and shall then be eligible for re-election.

 

(2)

The Board of Directors shall have a Chairman of the Board of Directors (the “Chairman of the Board”) elected and appointed by ordinary resolutions of the Members. The removal of the Chairman will also be determined by ordinary resolutions of the Members.

 

(3)

No Director shall be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification and a Director who is not a Member shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend and speak at any general meeting of the Company and of all classes of shares of the Company.

 

40

---

(4)

Any Director may be removed by way of (i) an ordinary resolution of the Members at any time before the expiration of his period of office notwithstanding anything in these Articles or in any agreement between the Company and such Director (but without prejudice to any claim for damages under any such agreement); or (ii) resolution of the Board provided that such removal is for Cause.

 

(5)

A vacancy on the Board created by the removal of a Director under the provisions of subparagraph (4) above may be filled by the election or appointment by resolution of the Board.

DISQUALIFICATION OF DIRECTORS

 

88.	The office of a Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

(1)

resigns his office by notice in writing delivered to the Company at the Office or tendered at a meeting of the Board;

 

(2)

becomes of unsound mind or dies;

 

(3)

without special leave of absence from the Board, is absent from meetings of the Board for six consecutive months and the Board resolves that his office be vacated; or

 

(4)

becomes bankrupt or has a receiving order made against him or suspends payment or compounds with his creditors;

 

(5)

is prohibited by law from being a Director; or

 

(6)

ceases to be a Director by virtue of any provision of the Statutes or is removed from office pursuant to these Articles.

 

41

---

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

89.

Any Director may at any time by Notice delivered to the Office or head office or at a meeting of the Directors appoint any person (including another Director) to be his alternate Director. Any person so appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present. An alternate Director may be removed at any time by the body which appointed him and, subject thereto, the office of alternate Director shall continue until the happening of any event which, if he were a Director, would cause him to vacate such office or if his appointer ceases for any reason to be a Director. Any appointment or removal of an alternate Director shall be effected by Notice signed by the appointor and delivered to the Office or head office or tendered at a meeting of the Board. An alternate Director may also be a Director in his own right and may act as alternate to more than one Director. An alternate Director shall, if his appointor so requests, be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Board or of committees of the Board to the same extent as, but in lieu of, the Director appointing him and shall be entitled to such extent to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present and generally at such meeting to exercise and discharge all the functions, powers and duties of his appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he were a Director save that as an alternate for more than one Director his voting rights shall be cumulative.

 

90.

An alternate Director shall only be a Director for the purposes of the Law and shall only be subject to the provisions of the Law insofar as they relate to the duties and obligations of a Director when performing the functions of the Director for whom he is appointed in the alternative and shall alone be responsible to the Company for his acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of or for the Director appointing him. An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he were a Director but he shall not be entitled to receive from the Company any fee in his capacity as an alternate Director except only such part, if any, of the remuneration otherwise payable to his appointor as such appointor may by Notice to the Company from time to time direct.

 

42

---

91.

Every person acting as an alternate Director shall have one vote for each Director for whom he acts as alternate (in addition to his own vote if he is also a Director). If his appointor is for the time being not available or unable to act, the signature of an alternate Director to any resolution in writing of the Board or a committee of the Board of which his appointor is a member shall, unless the notice of his appointment provides to the contrary, be as effective as the signature of his appointor.

 

92.

An alternate Director shall ipso facto cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases for any reason to be a Director, however, such alternate Director or any other person may be re-appointed by the Directors to serve as an alternate Director PROVIDED always that, if at any meeting any Director retires but is re-elected at the same meeting, any appointment of such alternate Director pursuant to these Articles which was in force immediately before his retirement shall remain in force as though he had not retired.

DIRECTORS’ FEES AND EXPENSES

 

93.	Subject to the rules of the Designated Exchange, the Directors shall receive such remuneration as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

94.

Each Director shall be entitled to be repaid or prepaid all travelling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred by him in attending meetings of the Board or committees of the Board or general meetings or separate meetings of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his duties as a Director.

 

95.

Any Director who, by request, goes or resides abroad for any purpose of the Company or who performs services which in the opinion of the Board go beyond the ordinary duties of a Director may be paid such extra remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) as the Board may determine and such extra remuneration shall be in addition to or in substitution for any ordinary remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article.

 

43

---

96.

Subject to the rules of the Designated Exchange, the Board may, without the approval of the Company in general meeting, make payments to any Director or past Director of the Company by way of compensation for loss of office, or as consideration for or in connection with his retirement from office (not being payment to which the Director is contractually entitled).

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

97.	A Director may:

 

(a)

hold any other office or place of profit with the Company (except that of Auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and upon such terms as the Board may determine. Any remuneration (whether by way of salary, commission, participation in profits or otherwise) paid to any Director in respect of any such other office or place of profit shall be in addition to any remuneration provided for by or pursuant to any other Article;

 

(b)

act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as Auditor) and he or his firm may be remunerated for professional services as if he were not a Director;

 

(c)

continue to be or become a director, or other officer or member of any other company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as a vendor, shareholder or otherwise and (unless otherwise agreed) no such Director shall be accountable for any remuneration, profits or other benefits received by him as a director, or other officer or member of or from his interests in any such other company. Subject as otherwise provided by these Articles the Directors may exercise or cause to be exercised the voting powers conferred by the shares in any other company held or owned by the Company, or exercisable by them as Directors of such other company in such manner in all respects as they think fit (including the exercise thereof in favour of any resolution appointing themselves or any of them directors, or other officers of such company) or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the director, or other officers of such other company and any Director may vote in favour of the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid notwithstanding that he may be, or about to be, appointed a director, or other officer of such a company, and that as such he is or may become interested in the exercise of such voting rights in manner aforesaid.

 

44

---

Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Independent Director shall without the consent of the Audit Committee take any of the foregoing actions or any other action that would reasonably be likely to affect such Director’s status as an “Independent Director” of the Company.

 

98.

Subject to the Law and to these Articles, no Director or proposed or intending Director shall be disqualified by his office from contracting with the Company, either with regard to his tenure of any office or place of profit or as vendor, purchaser or in any other manner whatever, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or arrangement in which any Director is in any way interested be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company or the Members for any remuneration, profit or other benefits realised by any such contract or arrangement by reason of such Director holding that office or of the fiduciary relationship thereby established provided that such Director shall disclose the nature of his interest in any contract or arrangement in which he is interested in accordance with Article 102 herein. Any such transaction that would reasonably be likely to affect a Director’s status as an “Independent Director”, or that would constitute a “related party transaction” as defined by Item 7.N of Form 20F promulgated by the SEC, shall require the approval of the Audit Committee.

 

99.

A Director who to his knowledge is in any way, whether directly or indirectly, interested in a contract or arrangement or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company shall declare the nature of his interest at the meeting of the Board at which the question of entering into the contract or arrangement is first considered, if he knows his interest then exists, or in any other case at the first meeting of the Board after he knows that he is or has become so interested. For the purposes of this Article, a general Notice to the Board by a Director to the effect that:

 

(a)

he is a member or officer of a specified company or firm and is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with that company or firm; or

 

45

---

(b)

he is to be regarded as interested in any contract or arrangement which may after the date of the Notice be made with a specified person who is connected with him; shall be deemed to be a sufficient declaration of interest under this Article in relation to any such contract or arrangement, provided that no such Notice shall be effective unless either it is given at a meeting of the Board or the Director takes reasonable steps to secure that it is brought up and read at the next Board meeting after it is given.

 

100.

Following a declaration being made pursuant to the last preceding two Articles, subject to any separate requirement for Audit Committee approval under applicable law or the listing rules of the Company’s Designated Stock Exchange, and unless disqualified by the chairman of the relevant Board meeting, a Director may vote in respect of any contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Director is interested and may be counted in the quorum at such meeting.

GENERAL POWERS OF THE DIRECTORS

 

101

(1)

Subject to these Articles, the business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board, which may pay all expenses incurred in forming and registering the Company and may exercise all powers of the Company (whether relating to the management of the business of the Company or otherwise) which are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting, subject nevertheless to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles and to such regulations being not inconsistent with such provisions, as may be prescribed by the Company in general meeting, but no regulations made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if such regulations had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Board by any other Article (other than as set out in Article 9(c)).

 

(2)

Any person contracting or dealing with the Company in the ordinary course of business shall be entitled to rely on any written or oral contract or agreement or deed, document or instrument entered into or executed as the case may be by any two of the Directors acting jointly on behalf of the Company and the same shall be deemed to be validly entered into or executed by the Company as the case may be and shall, subject to any rule of law, be binding on the Company.

 

46

---

(3)

Without prejudice to the general powers conferred by these Articles it is hereby expressly declared that the Board shall have the following powers:

 

(a)

To give to any person the right or option of requiring at a future date that an allotment shall be made to him of any share at par or at such premium as may be agreed.

 

(b)

To give to any Directors, officers or employees of the Company an interest in any particular business or transaction or participation in the profits thereof or in the general profits of the Company either in addition to or in substitution for a salary or other remuneration.

 

(c)

To resolve that the Company be deregistered in the Cayman Islands and continued in a named jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands subject to the provisions of the Law.

 

102.

The Board may establish any regional or local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company in any place, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any agents, and may fix their remuneration (either by way of salary or by commission or by conferring the right to participation in the profits of the Company or by a combination of two or more of these modes) and pay the working expenses of any staff employed by them upon the business of the Company. The Board may delegate to any regional or local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board (other than its powers to make calls and forfeit shares), with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any of them to fill any vacancies therein and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may think fit, and the Board may remove any person appointed as aforesaid, and may revoke or vary such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

47

---

103.

The Board may by power of attorney appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit, and any such power of attorney may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him. Such attorney or attorneys may, if so authorised under the Seal of the Company, execute any deed or instrument under their personal seal with the same effect as the affixation of the Company’s Seal.

 

104.

The Board may entrust to and confer upon any Director any of the powers exercisable by it upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as it thinks fit, and either collaterally with, or to the exclusion of, its own powers, and may from time to time revoke or vary all or any of such powers but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of such revocation or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

105.

All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange and other instruments, whether negotiable or transferable or not, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Board shall from time to time by resolution determine. The Company’s banking accounts shall be kept with such banker or bankers as the Board shall from time to time determine.

 

106.

(1)

The Board may establish or concur or join with other companies (being subsidiary companies of the Company or companies with which it is associated in business) in establishing and making contributions out of the Company’s moneys to any schemes or funds for providing pensions, sickness or compassionate allowances, life assurance or other benefits for employees (which expression as used in this and the following paragraph shall include any Director or ex-Director who may hold or have held any executive office or any office of profit under the Company or any of its subsidiary companies) and ex-employees of the Company and their dependants or any class or classes of such person.

 

48

---

(2)

The Board may pay, enter into agreements to pay or make grants of revocable or irrevocable pensions or other benefits to employees and ex-employees and their dependants, or to any of such persons, including pensions or benefits additional to those, if any, to which such employees or ex-employees or their dependants are or may become entitled under any such scheme or fund as mentioned in the last preceding paragraph. Any such pension or benefit may, as the Board considers desirable, be granted to an employee either before and in anticipation of or upon or at any time after his actual retirement, and may be subject or not subject to any terms or conditions as the Board may determine.

BORROWING POWERS

 

107.

Subject to the provisions of these Articles, including without limitation Article 102(4), the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to raise or borrow money and to mortgage or charge all or any part of the undertaking, property and assets (present and future) and uncalled capital of the Company and, subject to the Law, to issue debentures, bonds and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

108.	Debentures, bonds and other securities may be made assignable free from any equities between the Company and the person to whom the same may be issued.

 

109.

Any debentures, bonds or other securities may be issued at a discount (other than shares), premium or otherwise and with any special privileges as to redemption, surrender, drawings, allotment of shares, attending and voting at general meetings of the Company, appointment of Directors and otherwise.

 

110.

(1)

Where any uncalled capital of the Company is charged, all persons taking any subsequent charge thereon shall take the same subject to such prior charge, and shall not be entitled, by notice to the Members or otherwise, to obtain priority over such prior charge.

 

49

---

(2)

The Board shall cause a proper register to be kept, in accordance with the provisions of the Law, of all charges specifically affecting the property of the Company and of any series of debentures issued by the Company and shall duly comply with the requirements of the Law in regard to the registration of charges and debentures therein specified and otherwise.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE DIRECTORS

 

111.

The Board may meet for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate its meetings as it considers appropriate. Questions arising at any meeting shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of any equality of votes the Chairman of the Board shall have an additional or casting vote.

 

112.

A meeting of the Board may be convened by the Secretary on request of a Director or by any Director. The Secretary shall convene a meeting of the Board of which notice may be given in writing or by telephone or in such other manner as the Board may from time to time determine whenever he shall be required so to do by the president or Chairman of the Board, as the case may be, or any Director.

 

113.

(1)

The quorum necessary for the transaction of the business of the Board shall be three (3), including the Chairman of the Board. An alternate Director shall be counted in a quorum in the case of the absence of a Director for whom he is the alternate provided that he shall not be counted more than once for the purpose of determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

(2)

Directors may participate in any meeting of the Board by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment through which all persons participating in the meeting can communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously and, for the purpose of counting a quorum, such participation shall constitute presence at a meeting as if those participating were present in person.

 

(3)

Any Director who ceases to be a Director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a Director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of such Board meeting if no other Director objects and if otherwise a quorum of Directors would not be present.

 

50

---

114.

The continuing Directors or a sole continuing Director may act notwithstanding any vacancy in the Board but, if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles, the continuing Directors or Director, notwithstanding that the number of Directors is below the number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles as the quorum or that there is only one continuing Director, may act for the purpose of filling vacancies in the Board or of summoning general meetings of the Company but not for any other purpose.

 

115.	The Chairman of the Board shall be the chairman of all meetings of the Board. If the Chairman of the Board is not present at any meeting within fifteen (15) minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

116.	A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all the powers, authorities and discretions for the time being vested in or exercisable by the Board.

 

117.

(1)

The Board may delegate any of its powers, authorities and discretions to committees (including, without limitation, the Audit Committee), consisting of such Director or Directors and other persons as it thinks fit, and they may, from time to time, revoke such delegation or revoke the appointment of and discharge any such committees either wholly or in part, and either as to persons or purposes. Any committee so formed shall, in the exercise of the powers, authorities and discretions so delegated, conform to any regulations which may be imposed on it by the Board.

 

(2)

All acts done by any such committee in conformity with such regulations, and in fulfilment of the purposes for which it was appointed, but not otherwise, shall have like force and effect as if done by the Board, and the Board (or if the Board delegates such power, the committee) shall have power to remunerate the members of any such committee, and charge such remuneration to the current expenses of the Company.

 

51

---

118.

The meetings and proceedings of any committee consisting of two or more members shall be governed by the provisions contained in these Articles for regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by any regulations imposed by the Board under the last preceding Article, indicating, without limitation, any committee charter adopted by the Board for purposes or in respect of any such committee.

 

119.

A resolution in writing signed by all the Directors except such as are temporarily unable to act through ill-health or disability shall (provided that such number is sufficient to constitute a quorum and further provided that a copy of such resolution has been given or the contents thereof communicated to all the Directors for the time being entitled to receive notices of Board meetings in the same manner as notices of meetings are required to be given by these Articles) be as valid and effectual as if a resolution had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly convened and held. Such resolution may be contained in one document or in several documents in like form each signed by one or more of the Directors and for this purpose a facsimile signature of a Director shall be treated as valid.

 

120.

All acts bona fide done by the Board or by any committee or by any person acting as a Director or members of a committee, shall, notwithstanding that it is afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any member of the Board or such committee or person acting as aforesaid or that they or any of them were disqualified or had vacated office, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of such committee.

AUDIT COMMITTEE, COMPENSATION COMMITTEE AND NOMINATING AND

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE COMMITTEE

 

121.

(1)

Without prejudice to the freedom of the Directors to establish any other committees, for so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Board shall establish and maintain:

 

(i)

an Audit Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Audit Committee shall consist of three (3) Directors, each of whom shall be an Independent Director (howsoever appointed);

 

52

---

(ii)

a Compensation Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Compensation Committee shall consist of three (3) Directors; and

 

(iii)

a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee as a committee of the Board, the composition and responsibilities of which shall comply with the Designated Stock Exchange Rules and the rules and regulations of the SEC. The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee shall consist of three (3) Directors.

 

122.

(1)

The Board shall adopt a formal written committee charter in respect of each of the above committees and review and assess the adequacy of the formal written charter on an annual basis.

 

(2)

The Audit Committee shall meet at least once every financial quarter, or more frequently as circumstances dictate. The other committees shall meet at least once every financial year, or more frequently as circumstances dictate.

 

123.

For so long as the shares of the Company (or depositary receipts therefor) are listed or quoted on the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company shall conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis and shall utilize the Audit Committee for the review and approval of potential conflicts of interest. Specially, the Audit Committee shall approve any transaction or transactions between the Company and any of the following parties: (i) any shareholder owning an interest in the voting power of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company that gives such shareholder significant influence over the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any director or executive officer of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company and any relative of such director or executive officer, (iii) any person in which a substantial interest in the voting power of the Company is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (i) or (ii) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence, and (iv) any affiliate (other than a subsidiary) of the Company.

 

53

---

OFFICERS

 

124.

(1)

The officers of the Company shall consist of the Chairman of the Board and Secretary and such additional officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may from time to time determine, all of whom shall be deemed to be officers for the purposes of the Law and these Articles.

 

(2)

The officers shall receive such remuneration as the Directors may from time to time determine.

 

125.

(1)

The Secretary and additional officers, if any, shall be appointed by the Board and shall hold office on such terms and for such period as the Board may determine. If thought fit, two or more persons may be appointed as joint Secretaries. The Board may also appoint from time to time on such terms as it thinks fit one or more assistant or deputy Secretaries.

 

(2)

The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the Members and shall keep correct minutes of such meetings and enter the same in the proper books provided for the purpose. He shall perform such other duties as are prescribed by the Law or these Articles or as may be prescribed by the Board.

 

126.	The officers of the Company shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Directors from time to time.

 

127.	A provision of the Law or of these Articles requiring or authorising a thing to be done by or to a Director and the Secretary shall not be satisfied by its being done by or to the same person acting both as Director and as or in place of the Secretary.

 

54

---

REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

128.

The Company shall cause to be kept in one or more books at its Office a Register of Directors and Officers in which there shall be entered the full names and addresses of the Directors and Officers and such other particulars as required by the Law or as the Directors may determine. The Company shall send to the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands a copy of such register, and shall from time to time notify to the said Registrar of any change that takes place in relation to such Directors and Officers as required by the Law.

MINUTES

 

129.

(1)

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

(a)

of all elections and appointments of officers;

 

(b)

of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Directors and of any committee of the Directors;

 

(c)

of all resolutions and proceedings of each general meeting of the Members, or of all meetings of the Board and meetings of committees of the Board.

 

(2)

Minutes shall be kept by the Secretary at the Office.

SEAL

 

130.

(1)

The Company shall have one or more Seals, as the Board may determine. For the purpose of sealing documents creating or evidencing securities issued by the Company, the Company may have a securities seal which is a facsimile of the Seal of the Company with the addition of the word “Securities” on its face or in such other form as the Board may approve. The Board shall provide for the custody of each Seal and no Seal shall be used without the authority of the Board or of a committee of the Board authorised by the Board in that behalf. Subject as otherwise provided in these Articles, any instrument to which a Seal is affixed shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by such other person (including a Director) or persons as the Board may appoint, either generally or in any particular case, save that as regards any certificates for shares or debentures or other securities of the Company the Board may by resolution determine that such signatures or either of them shall be dispensed with or affixed by some method or system of mechanical signature. Every instrument executed in manner provided by this Article shall be deemed to be sealed and executed with the authority of the Board previously given.

 

55

---

(2)

Where the Company has a Seal for use abroad, the Board may by writing under the Seal appoint any agent or committee abroad to be the duly authorised agent of the Company for the purpose of affixing and using such Seal and the Board may impose restrictions on the use thereof as may be thought fit. Wherever in these Articles reference is made to the Seal, the reference shall, when and so far as may be applicable, be deemed to include any such other Seal as aforesaid.

AUTHENTICATION OF DOCUMENTS

 

131.

Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Board for the purpose may authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed by the Company or the Board or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts, and if any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office or the head office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be a person so appointed by the Board. A document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or an extract from the minutes of a meeting, of the Company or of the Board or any committee which is so certified shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that such minutes or extract is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

 

56

---

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

 

132.

(1)

The Company shall be entitled to destroy the following documents at the following times:

 

(a)

any share certificate which has been cancelled at any time after the expiry of one (1) year from the date of such cancellation;

 

(b)

any dividend mandate or any variation or cancellation thereof or any notification of change of name or address at any time after the expiry of two (2) years from the date such mandate variation cancellation or notification was recorded by the Company;

 

(c)

any instrument of transfer of shares which has been registered at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of registration;

 

(d)

any allotment letters after the expiry of seven (7) years from the date of issue thereof; and

 

(e)

copies of powers of attorney, grants of probate and letters of administration at any time after the expiry of seven (7) years after the account to which the relevant power of attorney, grant of probate or letters of administration related has been closed;

 

and it shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that every entry in the Register purporting to be made on the basis of any such documents so destroyed was duly and properly made and every share certificate so destroyed was a valid certificate duly and properly cancelled and that every instrument of transfer so destroyed was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered and that every other document destroyed hereunder was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company. Provided always that: (1) the foregoing provisions of these Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim; (2) nothing contained in this Article shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any case where the conditions of provision (1) above are not fulfilled; and (3) references in these Article to the destruction of any document include references to its disposal in any manner.

 

57

---

(2)

Notwithstanding any provision contained in these Articles, the Directors may, if permitted by applicable law, authorise the destruction of documents set out in sub-paragraphs (a) to (e) of paragraph (1) of this Article and any other documents in relation to share registration which have been microfilmed or electronically stored by the Company or by the share registrar on its behalf provided always that these Article shall apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without express notice to the Company and its share registrar that the preservation of such document was relevant to a claim.

DIVIDENDS AND OTHER PAYMENTS

 

133.	Subject to the Law, the Board may from time to time declare dividends in any currency to be paid to the Members.

 

134.

Dividends may be declared and paid out of the profits of the Company, realised or unrealised, or from any reserve set aside from profits which the Directors determine is no longer needed. The Board may also declare and pay dividends out of share premium account or any other fund or account which can be authorised for this purpose in accordance with the Law.

 

135.	Except in so far as the rights attaching to, or the terms of issue of, any share otherwise provide:

 

(a)

all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares in respect of which the dividend is paid, but no amount paid up on a share in advance of calls shall be treated for the purposes of these Article as paid up on the share; and

 

(b)

all dividends shall be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid.

 

58

---

136.

The Board may from time to time pay to the Members such interim dividends as appear to the Board to be justified by the profits of the Company and in particular (but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) if at any time the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes, the Board may pay such interim dividends in respect of those shares in the capital of the Company which confer on the holders thereof deferred or non-preferential rights as well as in respect of those shares which confer on the holders thereof preferential rights with regard to dividend and provided that the Board acts bona fide the Board shall not incur any responsibility to the holders of shares conferring any preference for any damage that they may suffer by reason of the payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferential rights and may also pay any fixed dividend which is payable on any shares of the Company half-yearly or on any other dates, whenever such profits, in the opinion of the Board, justifies such payment.

 

137.	The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to a Member by the Company on or in respect of any shares all sums of money (if any) presently payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

138.	No dividend or other moneys payable by the Company on or in respect of any share shall bear interest against the Company.

 

139.

Any dividend, interest or other sum payable in cash to the holder of shares may be paid by cheque or warrant sent through the post addressed to the holder at his registered address or, in the case of joint holders, addressed to the holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the shares at his address as appearing in the Register or addressed to such person and at such address as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall, unless the holder or joint holders otherwise direct, be made payable to the order of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the order of the holder whose name stands first on the Register in respect of such shares, and shall be sent at his or their risk and payment of the cheque or warrant by the bank on which it is drawn shall constitute a good discharge to the Company notwithstanding that it may subsequently appear that the same has been stolen or that any endorsement thereon has been forged. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any dividends or other moneys payable or property distributable in respect of the shares held by such joint holders.

 

59

---

140.

All dividends or bonuses unclaimed for one (1) year after having been declared may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. Any dividend or bonuses unclaimed after a period of six (6) years from the date of declaration shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company. The payment by the Board of any unclaimed dividend or other sums payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

141.

Whenever the Board has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared, the Board may further resolve that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part by the distribution of specific assets of any kind and in particular of paid up shares, debentures or warrants to subscribe securities of the Company or any other company, or in any one or more of such ways, and where any difficulty arises in regard to the distribution the Board may settle the same as it thinks expedient, and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares, disregard fractional entitlements or round the same up or down, and may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets, or any part thereof, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all parties, and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Board and may appoint any person to sign any requisite instruments of transfer and other documents on behalf of the persons entitled to the dividend, and such appointment shall be effective and binding on the Members. The Board may resolve that no such assets shall be made available to Members with registered addresses in any particular territory or territories where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, such distribution of assets would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable and in such event the only entitlement of the Members aforesaid shall be to receive cash payments as aforesaid. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

 

60

---

142.

(1)

Whenever the Board has resolved that a dividend be paid or declared on any class of the share capital of the Company, the Board may further resolve either:

 

(a)

that such dividend be satisfied wholly or in part in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up, provided that the Members entitled thereto will be entitled to elect to receive such dividend (or part thereof if the Board so determines) in cash in lieu of such allotment. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i)

the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

(ii)

the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

(iii)

the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

(iv)

the dividend (or that part of the dividend to be satisfied by the allotment of shares as aforesaid) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the cash election has not been duly exercised (“the non-elected shares”) and in satisfaction thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the non-elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the non-elected shares on such basis; or

 

61

---

(b)

that the Members entitled to such dividend shall be entitled to elect to receive an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up in lieu of the whole or such part of the dividend as the Board may think fit. In such case, the following provisions shall apply:

 

(i)

the basis of any such allotment shall be determined by the Board;

 

(ii)

the Board, after determining the basis of allotment, shall give not less than ten (10) days’ Notice to the holders of the relevant shares of the right of election accorded to them and shall send with such notice forms of election and specify the procedure to be followed and the place at which and the latest date and time by which duly completed forms of election must be lodged in order to be effective;

 

(iii)

the right of election may be exercised in respect of the whole or part of that portion of the dividend in respect of which the right of election has been accorded; and

 

(iv)

the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised (“the elected shares”) and in lieu thereof shares of the relevant class shall be allotted credited as fully paid up to the holders of the elected shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid and for such purpose the Board shall capitalise and apply out of any part of the undivided profits of the Company (including profits carried and standing to the credit of any reserves or other special account, share premium account, capital redemption reserve other than the Subscription Rights Reserve) as the Board may determine, such sum as may be required to pay up in full the appropriate number of shares of the relevant class for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected shares on such basis.

 

62

---

(2)

(a)

The shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with shares of the same class (if any) then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend or in any other distributions, bonuses or rights paid, made, declared or announced prior to or contemporaneously with the payment or declaration of the relevant dividend unless, contemporaneously with the announcement by the Board of their proposal to apply the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) or (b) of paragraph (2) of this Article in relation to the relevant dividend or contemporaneously with their announcement of the distribution, bonus or rights in question, the Board shall specify that the shares to be allotted pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article shall rank for participation in such distribution, bonus or rights.

 

(b)

The Board may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any capitalisation pursuant to the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article, with full power to the Board to make such provisions as it thinks fit in the case of shares becoming distributable in fractions (including provisions whereby, in whole or in part, fractional entitlements are aggregated and sold and the net proceeds distributed to those entitled, or are disregarded or rounded up or down or whereby the benefit of fractional entitlements accrues to the Company rather than to the Members concerned). The Board may authorise any person to enter into on behalf of all Members interested, an agreement with the Company providing for such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made pursuant to such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

(3)

The Company may upon the recommendation of the Board by ordinary resolution resolve in respect of any particular dividend of the Company that notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this Article a dividend may be satisfied wholly in the form of an allotment of shares credited as fully paid up without offering any right to shareholders to elect to receive such dividend in cash in lieu of such allotment.

 

(4)

The Board may on any occasion determine that rights of election and the allotment of shares under paragraph (1) of this Article shall not be made available or made to any shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where, in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities, the circulation of an offer of such rights of election or the allotment of shares would or might, in the opinion of the Board, be unlawful or impracticable, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination. Members affected as a result of the foregoing sentence shall not be or be deemed to be a separate class of Members for any purpose whatsoever.

 

63

---

(5)

Any resolution of the Board declaring a dividend on shares of any class, may specify that the same shall be payable or distributable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable or distributable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares. The provisions of this Article shall mutatis mutandis apply to bonuses, capitalisation issues, distributions of realised capital profits or offers or grants made by the Company to the Members.

RESERVES

 

143.

(1)

The Board shall establish an account to be called the share premium account and shall carry to the credit of such account from time to time a sum equal to the amount or value of the premium paid on the issue of any share in the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the provisions of these Articles, the Board may apply the share premium account in any manner permitted by the Law. The Company shall at all times comply with the provisions of the Law in relation to the share premium account.

 

(2)

Before recommending any dividend, the Board may set aside out of the profits of the Company such sums as it determines as reserves which shall, at the discretion of the Board, be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may be properly applied and pending such application may, also at such discretion, either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested in such investments as the Board may from time to time think fit and so that it shall not be necessary to keep any investments constituting the reserve or reserves separate or distinct from any other investments of the Company. The Board may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits which it may think prudent not to distribute.

 

64

---

CAPITALISATION

 

144.

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, pass a resolution to the effect that it is desirable to capitalise all or any part of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including a share premium account and capital redemption reserve and the profit and loss account) whether or not the same is available for distribution and accordingly that such amount be set free for distribution among the Members or any class of Members who would be entitled thereto if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions, on the footing that the same is not paid in cash but is applied either in or towards paying up the amounts for the time being unpaid on any shares in the Company held by such Members respectively or in paying up in full unissued shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company, to be allotted and distributed credited as fully paid up among such Members, or partly in one way and partly in the other, and the Board shall give effect to such resolution provided that, for the purposes of this Article, a share premium account and any capital redemption reserve or fund representing unrealised profits, may be applied only in paying up in full unissued shares of the Company to be allotted to such Members credited as fully paid.

 

145.

The Board may settle, as it considers appropriate, any difficulty arising in regard to any distribution under the last preceding Article and in particular may issue certificates in respect of fractions of shares or authorise any person to sell and transfer any fractions or may resolve that the distribution should be as nearly as may be practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so or may ignore fractions altogether, and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members in order to adjust the rights of all parties, as may seem expedient to the Board. The Board may appoint any person to sign on behalf of the persons entitled to participate in the distribution any contract necessary or desirable for giving effect thereto and such appointment shall be effective and binding upon the Members.

 

65

---

SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS RESERVE

 

146.	The following provisions shall have effect to the extent that they are not prohibited by and are in compliance with the Law:

 

(1)

If, so long as any of the rights attached to any warrants issued by the Company to subscribe for shares of the Company shall remain exercisable, the Company does any act or engages in any transaction which, as a result of any adjustments to the subscription price in accordance with the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, would reduce the subscription price to below the par value of a share, then the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)

as from the date of such act or transaction the Company shall establish and thereafter (subject as provided in this Article) maintain in accordance with the provisions of this Article a reserve (the “Subscription Rights Reserve”) the amount of which shall at no time be less than the sum which for the time being would be required to be capitalised and applied in paying up in full the nominal or par value amount of the additional shares required to be issued and allotted credited as fully paid pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) below on the exercise in full of all the subscription rights outstanding and shall apply the Subscription Rights Reserve in paying up such additional shares in full as and when the same are allotted;

 

(b)

the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be used for any purpose other than that specified above unless all other reserves of the Company (other than share premium account) have been extinguished and will then only be used to make good losses of the Company if and so far as is required by law;

 

(c)

upon the exercise of all or any of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the relevant subscription rights shall be exercisable in respect of a nominal amount of shares equal to the amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights) and, in addition, there shall be allotted in respect of such subscription rights to the exercising warrant holder, credited as fully paid, such additional nominal amount of shares as is equal to the difference between:

 

(i)

the said amount in cash which the holder of such warrant is required to pay on exercise of the subscription rights represented thereby (or, as the case may be, the relevant portion thereof in the event of a partial exercise of the subscription rights); and

 

66

---

(ii)

the nominal or par value amount of shares in respect of which such subscription rights would have been exercisable having regard to the provisions of the conditions of the warrants, had it been possible for such subscription rights to represent the right to subscribe for shares at less than par and immediately upon such exercise so much of the sum standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve as is required to pay up in full such additional nominal amount of shares shall be capitalised and applied in paying up in full such additional nominal amount of shares which shall forthwith be allotted credited as fully paid to the exercising warrant holders; and

 

(d)

if, upon the exercise of the subscription rights represented by any warrant, the amount standing to the credit of the Subscription Rights Reserve is not sufficient to pay up in full such additional nominal or par value amount of shares equal to such difference as aforesaid to which the exercising warrant holder is entitled, the Board shall apply any profits or reserves then or thereafter becoming available (including, to the extent permitted by law, share premium account) for such purpose until such additional nominal amount of shares is paid up and allotted as aforesaid and until then no dividend or other distribution shall be paid or made on the fully paid shares of the Company then in issue. Pending such payment and allotment, the exercising warrant holder shall be issued by the Company with a certificate evidencing his right to the allotment of such additional nominal amount of shares. The rights represented by any such certificate shall be in registered form and shall be transferable in whole or in part in units of one share in the like manner as the shares for the time being are transferable, and the Company shall make such arrangements in relation to the maintenance of a register therefor and other matters in relation thereto as the Board may think fit and adequate particulars thereof shall be made known to each relevant exercising warrant holder upon the issue of such certificate.

 

(2)

Shares allotted pursuant to the provisions of this Article shall rank pari passu in all respects with the other shares allotted on the relevant exercise of the subscription rights represented by the warrant concerned. Notwithstanding anything contained in paragraph (1) of this Article, no fraction of any share shall be allotted on exercise of the subscription rights.

 

67

---

(3)

The provision of this Article as to the establishment and maintenance of the Subscription Rights Reserve shall not be altered or added to in any way which would vary or abrogate, or which would have the effect of varying or abrogating the provisions for the benefit of any warrantholder or class of warrantholders under this Article without the sanction of a special resolution of such warrantholders or class of warrantholders.

 

(4)

A certificate or report by the auditors for the time being of the Company as to whether or not the Subscription Rights Reserve is required to be established and maintained and if so the amount thereof so required to be established and maintained, as to the purposes for which the Subscription Rights Reserve has been used, as to the extent to which it has been used to make good losses of the Company, as to the additional nominal amount of shares required to be allotted to exercising warrant holders credited as fully paid, and as to any other matter concerning the Subscription Rights Reserve shall (in the absence of manifest error) be conclusive and binding upon the Company and all warrant holders and shareholders.

ACCOUNTING RECORDS

 

147.

The Board shall cause true accounts to be kept of the sums of money received and expended by the Company, and the matters in respect of which such receipt and expenditure take place, and of the property, assets, credits and liabilities of the Company and of all other matters required by the Law or necessary to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

148.

The accounting records shall be kept at the Office or, at such other place or places as the Board decides and shall always be open to inspection by the Directors. No Member (other than a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any accounting record or book or document of the Company except as conferred by law or authorised by the Board or the Company in general meeting.

 

68

---

149.

Subject to Article 153, a printed copy of the Directors’ report, accompanied by the balance sheet and profit and loss account, including every document required by law to be annexed thereto, made up to the end of the applicable financial year and containing a summary of the assets and liabilities of the Company under convenient heads and a statement of income and expenditure, together with a copy of the Auditors’ report, shall be sent to each person entitled thereto at least ten (10) days before the date of the general meeting and laid before the Company at the annual general meeting held in accordance with Article 56 provided that this Article shall not require a copy of those documents to be sent to any person whose address the Company is not aware or to more than one of the joint holders of any shares or debentures.

 

150.

Subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, and to obtaining all necessary consents, if any, required thereunder, the requirements of Article 152 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person in any manner not prohibited by the Statutes, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report which shall be in the form and containing the information required by applicable laws and regulations, provided that any person who is otherwise entitled to the annual financial statements of the Company and the directors’ report thereon may, if he so requires by notice in writing served on the Company, demand that the Company sends to him, in addition to a summary financial statement, a complete printed copy of the Company’s annual financial statement and the directors’ report thereon.

 

151.

The requirement to send to a person referred to in Article 152 the documents referred to in that article or a summary financial report in accordance with Article 153 shall be deemed satisfied where, in accordance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations, including, without limitation, the rules of the Designated Stock Exchange, the Company publishes copies of the documents referred to in Article 152 and, if applicable, a summary financial report complying with Article 153, on the Company’s computer network or in any other permitted manner (including by sending any form of electronic communication), and that person has agreed or is deemed to have agreed to treat the publication or receipt of such documents in such manner as discharging the Company’s obligation to send to him a copy of such documents.

 

69

---

AUDIT

 

152.	Subject to applicable law and rules of the Designated Stock Exchange:

 

(1)

The Board shall appoint an auditor to audit the accounts of the Company and such auditor shall hold office until the Board appoints another auditor. Such auditor may be a Member but no Director or officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an auditor of the Company.

 

(2)

The Board may remove the Auditor at any time before the expiration of his term of office and may by resolution appoint another Auditor in his stead.

 

153.	Subject to the Law the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

154.	The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Board.

 

155.	If the office of auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death of the Auditor, or by his becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when his services are required, the Directors shall fill the vacancy and determine the remuneration of such Auditor.

 

156.	The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he may call on the Directors or officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

157.

The statement of income and expenditure and the balance sheet provided for by these Articles shall be examined by the Auditor and compared by him with the books, accounts and vouchers relating thereto; and he shall make a written report thereon stating whether such statement and balance sheet are drawn up so as to present fairly the financial position of the Company and the results of its operations for the period under review and, in case information shall have been called for from Directors or officers of the Company, whether the same has been furnished and has been satisfactory. The financial statements of the Company shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and the report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting. The generally accepted auditing standards referred to herein may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than the Cayman Islands. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor should disclose this act and name such country or jurisdiction.

 

70

---

NOTICES

 

158.

Any Notice or document, whether or not, to be given or issued under these Articles from the Company to a Member shall be in writing or by cable, telex or facsimile transmission message or other form of electronic transmission or communication and any such Notice and document may be served or delivered by the Company on or to any Member either personally or by sending it through the post in a prepaid envelope addressed to such Member at his registered address as appearing in the Register or at any other address supplied by him to the Company for the purpose or, as the case may be, by transmitting it to any such address or transmitting it to any telex or facsimile transmission number or electronic number or address or website supplied by him to the Company for the giving of Notice to him or which the person transmitting the notice reasonably and bona fide believes at the relevant time will result in the Notice being duly received by the Member or may also be served by advertisement in appropriate newspapers in accordance with the requirements of the Designated Stock Exchange or, to the extent permitted by the applicable laws, by placing it on the Company’s website and giving to the member a notice stating that the notice or other document is available there (a “notice of availability”). The notice of availability may be given to the Member by any of the means set out above. In the case of joint holders of a share all notices shall be given to that one of the joint holders whose name stands first in the Register and notice so given shall be deemed a sufficient service on or delivery to all the joint holders.

 

71

---

159.	Any Notice or other document:

 

(a)

if served or delivered by post, shall where appropriate be sent by airmail and shall be deemed to have been served or delivered on the day following that on which the envelope containing the same, properly prepaid and addressed, is put into the post; in proving such service or delivery it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or document was properly addressed and put into the post and a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board that the envelope or wrapper containing the notice or other document was so addressed and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence thereof;

 

(b)

if sent by electronic communication, shall be deemed to be given on the day on which it is transmitted from the server of the Company or its agent. A notice placed on the Company’s website is deemed given by the Company to a Member on the day following that on which a notice of availability is deemed served on the Member;

 

(c)

if served or delivered in any other manner contemplated by these Articles, shall be deemed to have been served or delivered at the time of personal service or delivery or, as the case may be, at the time of the relevant despatch or transmission; and in proving such service or delivery a certificate in writing signed by the Secretary or other officer of the Company or other person appointed by the Board as to the act and time of such service, delivery, despatch or transmission shall be conclusive evidence thereof; and

 

(d)

may be given to a Member in the English language or such other language as may be approved by the Directors, subject to due compliance with all applicable Statutes, rules and regulations.

 

160.

(1)

Any Notice or other document delivered or sent by post to or left at the registered address of any Member in pursuance of these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such Member is then dead or bankrupt or that any other event has occurred, and whether or not the Company has notice of the death or bankruptcy or other event, be deemed to have been duly served or delivered in respect of any share registered in the name of such Member as sole or joint holder unless his name shall, at the time of the service or delivery of the notice or document, have been removed from the Register as the holder of the share, and such service or delivery shall for all purposes be deemed a sufficient service or delivery of such Notice or document on all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him) in the share.

 

72

---

(2)

A notice may be given by the Company to the person entitled to a share in consequence of the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy of a Member by sending it through the post in a prepaid letter, envelope or wrapper addressed to him by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt, or by any like description, at the address, if any, supplied for the purpose by the person claiming to be so entitled, or (until such an address has been so supplied) by giving the notice in any manner in which the same might have been given if the death, mental disorder or bankruptcy had not occurred.

 

(3)

Any person who by operation of law, transfer or other means whatsoever shall become entitled to any share shall be bound by every notice in respect of such share which prior to his name and address being entered on the Register shall have been duly given to the person from whom he derives his title to such share.

SIGNATURES

 

161.

For the purposes of these Articles, a cable or telex or facsimile or electronic transmission message purporting to come from a holder of shares or, as the case may be, a Director, or, in the case of a corporation which is a holder of shares from a director or the secretary thereof or a duly appointed attorney or duly authorised representative thereof for it and on its behalf, shall in the absence of express evidence to the contrary available to the person relying thereon at the relevant time be deemed to be a document or instrument in writing signed by such holder or Director in the terms in which it is received.

 

73

---

WINDING UP

 

162.

(1)

The Board shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the court for the Company to be wound up.

 

(2)

A resolution that the Company be wound up by the court or be wound up voluntarily shall be a special resolution.

 

163.

(1)

Subject to any special rights, privileges or restrictions as to the distribution of available surplus assets on liquidation for the time being attached to any class or classes of shares (i) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members of the Company shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the capital paid up at the commencement of the winding up, the excess shall be distributed pari passu amongst such Members in proportion to the amount paid up on the shares held by them respectively and (ii) if the Company shall be wound up and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members as such shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the paid-up capital such assets shall be distributed so that, a nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the capital paid up, or which ought to have been paid up, at the commencement of the winding up on the shares held by them respectively.

 

(2)

If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary or by the court) the liquidator may, with the authority of a special resolution and any other sanction required by the Law, divide among the Members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of properties of one kind or shall consist of properties to be divided as aforesaid of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved, but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

 

74

---

INDEMNITY

 

164.

(1)

The Directors, Secretary and other officers and the liquidator or trustees (if any) for the time being acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company and every one of them, and every one of their heirs, executors and administrators, shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets and profits of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their or any of their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, in their respective offices or trusts; and none of them shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the other or others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto; PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to any of said persons.

 

(2)

Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action he might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director on account of any action taken by such Director, or the failure of such Director to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company; PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty which may attach to such Director.

AMENDMENT TO MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

AND NAME OF COMPANY

 

165.

(1)

Subject to the provisions of Article 9(c), no Article shall be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Article shall be made until the same has been approved by a special resolution of the Members. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, a special resolution shall be required to alter the provisions of the Memorandum of Association or to change the name of the Company.

 

75

---

INFORMATION

 

166.

No Member shall be entitled to require discovery of or any information respecting any detail of the Company’s trading or any matter which is or may be in the nature of a trade secret or secret process which may relate to the conduct of the business of the Company and which in the opinion of the Directors it will be inexpedient in the interests of the Members of the Company to communicate to the public.

MERGER AND CONSOLIDATION

 

167.	The Company shall have the power to merge or consolidate with one or more other constituent companies (as defined in the Statute) upon such terms as the Directors may determine and (to the extent required by the Statute) with the approval of a special resolution.

CHANGE OF CONTROL EVENT

 

168.	The Members shall determine the following matters by Special Resolution: (1) an amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation or scheme of arrangement:

(i) in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the jurisdiction in which the Company is incorporated or

(ii) following which the holders of the Ordinary Shares of the Company do not continue to hold more than 50% of the combined voting power of the ordinary shares of the surviving entity, or

(2) sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

76

Exhibit 4.2

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited – Class A Ordinary Shares

(Incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands)

 

Number

Shares

Share Capital is US$100,000 divided into 100,000,000 shares comprising of

i) 80,000,000 Class A Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.001 each

ii) 20,000,000 Class B Ordinary Shares of a nominal or par value of US$0.001 each

THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT                                     [Name of Shareholder]                                                                                       is the registered holder of                                     [No. of Shares]                                     Class A Ordinary Shares in the above-named Company subject to the Memorandum and Articles of Association thereof.

EXECUTED for and on behalf of the Company on                                     by:

 

DIRECTOR

Exhibit 4.3

 

 

– i –

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

				Page
PARTIES					1
RECITALS					1
Section 1.		Certain Definitions
(a)		ADR Register			1
(b)		ADRs; Direct Registration ADRs			1
(c)		ADS			1
(d)		Custodian			1
(e)		Deliver, execute, issue et al.			1
(f)		Delivery Order			1
(g)		Deposited Securities			2
(h)		Direct Registration System			2
(i)		Holder			2
(j)		Securities Act of 1933			2
(k)		Securities Exchange Act of 1934			2
(l)		Shares			2
(m)		Transfer Office			2
(n)		Withdrawal Order			2
Section 2.		Form of ADRs			2
Section 3.		Deposit of Shares			3
Section 4.		Issue of ADRs			3
Section 5.		Distributions on Deposited Securities			4
Section 6.		Withdrawal of Deposited Securities			4
Section 7.		Substitution of ADRs			4
Section 8.		Cancellation and Destruction of ADRs			4
Section 9.		The Custodian			5
Section 10.		Lists of Holders			5
Section 11.		Depositary’s Agents			5
Section 12.		Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary			5
Section 13.		Reports			6
Section 14.		Additional Shares			7
Section 15.		Indemnification			7
Section 16.		Notices			8
Section 17.		Counterparts			9
Section 18.		No Third Party Beneficiaries; Holders and Owners as Parties; Binding Effect			9
Section 19.		Severability			9
Section 20.		Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction			10
Section 21.		Appointment			12

 

– ii –

---

				Page
Section 22.		Waiver of Immunity			13
Section 23.		Waiver of Jury Trial			13
TESTIMONIUM					14
SIGNATURES					14

 

– iii –

---

						Page
				EXHIBIT A
FORM OF FACE OF ADR							A-1
		Introductory Paragraph					A-1
		(1)		Issuance of ADSs			A-2
		(2)		Withdrawal of Deposited Securities			A-3
		(3)		Transfers of ADRs			A-3
		(4)		Certain Limitations			A-4
		(5)		Liability of Holder for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges			A-4
		(6)		Disclosure of Interests			A-5
		(7)		Charges of Depositary			A-6
		(8)		Available Information			A-7
		(9)		Execution			A-8
		Signature of Depositary					A-8
		Address of Depositary’s Office					A-
FORM OF REVERSE OF ADR							A-9
		(10)		Distributions on Deposited Securities			A-9
		(11)		Record Dates			A-10
		(12)		Voting of Deposited Securities			A-10
		(13)		Changes Affecting Deposited Securities			A-12
		(14)		Exoneration			A-13
		(15)		Resignation and Removal of Depositary; the Custodian			A-14
		(16)		Amendment			A-14
		(17)		Termination			A-15
		(18)		Appointment			A-16
		(19)		Waiver			A-16
		(20)		Jurisdiction			A-17

 

– iv –

---

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT, dated as of                    , 2017 (the “Deposit Agreement”), among iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited and its successors (the “Company”), JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as depositary hereunder (the “Depositary”), and all holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued hereunder (“ADRs”) evidencing American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) representing deposited Shares (as defined below). The Company hereby appoints the Depositary as depositary for the Deposited Securities and hereby authorizes and directs the Depositary to act in accordance with the terms set forth in this Deposit Agreement. All capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in Section 1 or elsewhere in this Deposit Agreement. The parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Certain Definitions.

(a)    “ADR Register” is defined in paragraph (3) of the form of ADR.

(b)    “ADRs” mean the American Depositary Receipts executed and delivered hereunder. ADRs may be either in physical certificated form or Direct Registration ADRs (as hereinafter defined). ADRs in physical certificated form, and the terms and conditions governing the Direct Registration ADRs, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “form of ADR”). The term “Direct Registration ADR” means an ADR, the ownership of which is recorded on the Direct Registration System. References to “ADRs” shall include certificated ADRs and Direct Registration ADRs, unless the context otherwise requires. The form of ADR is hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof; the provisions of the form of ADR shall be binding upon the parties hereto.

(c)    Subject to paragraph (13) of the form of ADR, (Changes Affecting Deposited Securities) each “ADS” evidenced by an ADR represents the right to receive [EXCHANGE] Share[s] and a pro rata share in any other Deposited Securities.

(d)    “Custodian” means the agent or agents of the Depositary (singly or collectively, as the context requires) and any additional or substitute Custodian appointed pursuant to Section 9.

(e)    The terms “deliver”, “execute”, “issue”, “register”, “surrender”, “transfer” or “cancel”, when used with respect to Direct Registration ADRs, shall refer to an entry or entries or an electronic transfer or transfers in the Direct Registration System, and, when used with respect to ADRs in physical certificated form, shall refer to the physical delivery, execution, issuance, registration, surrender, transfer or cancellation of certificates representing the ADRs.

(f)    “Delivery Order” is defined in Section 3.

 

1

---

(g)    “Deposited Securities” as of any time means all Shares at such time deposited under this Deposit Agreement and any and all other Shares, securities, property and cash at such time held by the Depositary or the Custodian in respect or in lieu of such deposited Shares and other Shares, securities, property and cash.

(h)    “Direct Registration System” means the system for the uncertificated registration of ownership of securities established by The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) and utilized by the Depositary pursuant to which the Depositary may record the ownership of ADRs without the issuance of a certificate, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the Depositary to the Holders entitled thereto. For purposes hereof, the Direct Registration System shall include access to the Profile Modification System maintained by DTC which provides for automated transfer of ownership between DTC and the Depositary.

(i)    “Holder” means the person or persons in whose name an ADR is registered on the ADR Register.

(j)    “Securities Act of 1933” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as from time to time amended.

(k)    “Securities Exchange Act of 1934” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as from time to time amended.

(l)    “Shares” mean the Class A ordinary shares of the Company, and shall include the rights to receive Shares specified in paragraph (1) of the form of ADR.

(m)    “Transfer Office” is defined in paragraph (3) of the form of ADR.

(n)    “Withdrawal Order” is defined in Section 6.

2. Form of ADRs.

(a)    Direct Registration ADRs. Notwithstanding anything in this Deposit Agreement or in the form of ADR to the contrary, ADSs shall be evidenced by Direct Registration ADRs, unless certificated ADRs are specifically requested by the Holder.

 

2

---

(b)    Certificated ADRs. ADRs in certificated form shall be printed or otherwise reproduced at the discretion of the Depositary in accordance with its customary practices in its American depositary receipt business, or at the request of the Company typewritten and photocopied on plain or safety paper, and shall be substantially in the form set forth in the form of ADR, with such changes as may be required by the Depositary or the Company to comply with their obligations hereunder, any applicable law, regulation or usage or to indicate any special limitations or restrictions to which any particular ADRs are subject. ADRs may be issued in denominations of any number of ADSs. ADRs in certificated form shall be executed by the Depositary by the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary. ADRs in certificated form bearing the facsimile signature of anyone who was at the time of execution a duly authorized officer of the Depositary shall bind the Depositary, notwithstanding that such officer has ceased to hold such office prior to the delivery of such ADRs.

(c)    Binding Effect. Holders shall be bound by the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement and of the form of ADR, regardless of whether their ADRs are Direct Registration ADRs or certificated ADRs.

3. Deposit of Shares.

(a)    Requirements. In connection with the deposit of Shares hereunder, the Depositary or the Custodian may require the following in a form satisfactory to it: (i) a written order directing the Depositary to issue to, or upon the written order of, the person or persons designated in such order a Direct Registration ADR or ADRs evidencing the number of ADSs representing such deposited Shares (a “Delivery Order”); and (ii) proper endorsements or duly executed instruments of transfer in respect of such deposited Shares. Shares presented for deposit shall, at the time of such deposit, be registered in the name of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as depositary for the benefit of holders of ADRs or in such other name as the Depositary shall direct.

(b)    Delivery of Deposited Securities. Deposited Securities shall be held by the Custodian for the account and to the order of the Depositary for the benefit of Holders of ADRs (to the extent not prohibited by law) at such place or places and in such manner as the Depositary shall determine. Deposited Securities may be delivered by the Custodian to any person only under the circumstances expressly contemplated in this Deposit Agreement. To the extent that the provisions of or governing the Shares make delivery of certificates therefor impracticable, Shares may be deposited hereunder by such delivery thereof as the Depositary or the Custodian may reasonably accept, including, without limitation, by causing them to be credited to an account maintained by the Custodian for such purpose with the Company or an accredited intermediary, such as a bank, acting as a registrar for the Shares, together with delivery of the documents, payments and Delivery Order referred to herein to the Custodian or the Depositary.

4. Issue of ADRs. After any such deposit of Shares, the Custodian shall notify the Depositary of such deposit and of the information contained in any related Delivery Order by letter, first class airmail postage prepaid, or, at the request, risk and expense of the person making the deposit, by SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission.

 

3

---

After receiving such notice from the Custodian, the Depositary, subject to this Deposit Agreement, shall properly issue at the Transfer Office, to or upon the order of any person named in such notice, an ADR or ADRs registered as requested and evidencing the aggregate ADSs to which such person is entitled.

5. Distributions on Deposited Securities. To the extent that the Depositary determines in its discretion that any distribution pursuant to paragraph (10) of the form of ADR (Distributions on Deposited Securities) is not practicable with respect to any Holder, the Depositary may make such distribution as it so deems practicable, including the distribution of foreign currency, securities or property (or appropriate documents evidencing the right to receive foreign currency, securities or property) or the retention thereof as Deposited Securities with respect to such Holder’s ADRs (without liability for interest thereon or the investment thereof).

6. Withdrawal of Deposited Securities. In connection with any surrender of an ADR for withdrawal of the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced thereby, the Depositary may require proper endorsement in blank of such ADR (or duly executed instruments of transfer thereof in blank) and the Holder’s written order directing the Depositary to cause the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such ADR to be withdrawn and delivered to, or upon the written order of, any person designated in such order (a “Withdrawal Order”). Directions from the Depositary to the Custodian to deliver Deposited Securities shall be given by letter, first class airmail postage prepaid, or, at the request, risk and expense of the Holder, by SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission. Delivery of Deposited Securities may be made by the delivery of certificates (which, if required by law shall be properly endorsed or accompanied by properly executed instruments of transfer or, if such certificates may be registered, registered in the name of such Holder or as ordered by such Holder in any Withdrawal Order) or by such other means as the Depositary may deem practicable, including, without limitation, by transfer of record ownership thereof to an account designated in the Withdrawal Order maintained either by the Company or an accredited intermediary, such as a bank, acting as a registrar for the Deposited Securities.

7. Substitution of ADRs. The Depositary shall execute and deliver a new Direct Registration ADR in exchange and substitution for any mutilated certificated ADR upon cancellation thereof or in lieu of and in substitution for such destroyed, lost or stolen certificated ADR, unless the Depositary has notice that such ADR has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, upon the Holder thereof filing with the Depositary a request for such execution and delivery and a sufficient indemnity bond and satisfying any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Depositary.

8. Cancellation and Destruction of ADRs. All ADRs surrendered to the Depositary shall be cancelled by the Depositary. The Depositary is authorized to destroy ADRs in certificated form so cancelled in accordance with its customary practices.

 

4

---

9. The Custodian.

(a)    Rights of the Depositary. Any Custodian in acting hereunder shall be subject to the directions of the Depositary and shall be responsible solely to it. The Depositary reserves the right to add, replace or remove a Custodian. The Depositary will give prompt notice of any such action, which will be advance notice if practicable.

(b)    Rights of the Custodian. Any Custodian may resign from its duties hereunder by providing at least 30 days prior written notice to the Depositary. Promptly after the receipt of such written notice, the Depositary shall endeavor to appoint a substitute custodian or custodians, each of which shall be a Custodian hereunder upon the effectiveness of such resignation. The Depositary may discharge any Custodian at any time upon notice to the Custodian being discharged. Any Custodian ceasing to act hereunder as Custodian shall deliver, upon the instruction of the Depositary, all Deposited Securities held by it to a Custodian continuing to act. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Deposit Agreement (including the ADRs) and subject to the penultimate sentence of paragraph (14) of the form of ADR (Exoneration), the Depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, any act or omission to act on the part of the Custodian except to the extent that the Custodian has (i) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary or (ii) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the Custodian is located.

10. Lists of Holders. The Company shall have the right to inspect transfer records of the Depositary and its agents and the ADR Register, take copies thereof and require the Depositary and its agents to supply copies of such portions of such records as the Company may request. The Depositary or its agent shall furnish to the Company promptly upon the written request of the Company, a list of the names, addresses and holdings of ADSs by all Holders as of a date within seven days of the Depositary’s receipt of such request.

11. Depositary’s Agents. The Depositary may perform its obligations under this Deposit Agreement through any agent appointed by it, provided that the Depositary shall notify the Company of such appointment and shall remain responsible for the performance of such obligations as if no agent were appointed, subject to paragraph (14) of the form of ADR (Exoneration).

12. Resignation and Removal of the Depositary; Appointment of Successor Depositary.

(a)    Resignation of the Depositary. The Depositary may at any time resign as Depositary hereunder by written notice of its election so to do delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided.

 

5

---

(b)    Removal of the Depositary. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by providing no less than 60 days prior written notice of such removal to the Depositary, such removal to take effect on the later of (i) the 60^th day after such notice of removal is first provided and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as hereinafter provided. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if upon the resignation or removal of the Depositary a successor depositary is not appointed within the applicable 60-day period (in the case of resignation) or 90-day period (in the case of removal) as specified in paragraph (17) of the form of ADR (Termination), then the Depositary may elect to terminate this Deposit Agreement and the ADR and the provisions of said paragraph (17) shall thereafter govern the Depositary’s obligations hereunder.

(c)    Appointment of Successor Depositary. In case at any time the Depositary acting hereunder shall resign or be removed, the Company shall use its best efforts to appoint a successor depositary, which shall be a bank or trust company having an office in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. Every successor depositary shall execute and deliver to its predecessor and to the Company an instrument in writing accepting its appointment hereunder, and thereupon such successor depositary, without any further act or deed, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor. The predecessor depositary, only upon payment of all sums due to it and on the written request of the Company, shall (i) execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder (other than its rights to indemnification and fees owing, each of which shall survive any such removal and/or resignation), (ii) duly assign, transfer and deliver all right, title and interest to the Deposited Securities to such successor, and (iii) deliver to such successor a list of the Holders of all outstanding ADRs. Any such successor depositary shall promptly mail notice of its appointment to such Holders. Any bank or trust company into or with which the Depositary may be merged or consolidated, or to which the Depositary shall transfer substantially all its American depositary receipt business, shall be the successor of the Depositary without the execution or filing of any document or any further act.

13. Reports. On or before the first date on which the Company makes any communication available to holders of Deposited Securities or any securities regulatory authority or stock exchange, by publication or otherwise, the Company shall transmit to the Depositary a copy thereof in English or with an English translation or summary. The Company has delivered to the Depositary, the Custodian and any Transfer Office, a copy of all provisions of or governing the Shares and any other Deposited Securities issued by the Company or any affiliate of the Company and, promptly upon any change thereto, the Company shall deliver to the Depositary, the Custodian and any Transfer Office, a copy (in English or with an English translation) of such provisions as so changed. The Depositary and its agents may rely upon the Company’s delivery of all such communications, information and provisions for all purposes of this Deposit Agreement and the Depositary shall have no liability for the accuracy or completeness of any thereof.

 

6

---

14. Additional Shares. The Company agrees with the Depositary that neither the Company nor any company controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Company shall issue additional Shares, rights to subscribe for Shares, securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares, or rights to subscribe for any such securities, or shall deposit any Shares under this Deposit Agreement, except under circumstances complying in all respects with the Securities Act of 1933. At the reasonable request of the Depositary where it deems necessary in the case of any such issuance, subscription, conversion, exchange or deposit, the Company will furnish the Depositary with legal opinions, in forms and from counsels reasonably acceptable to the Depositary, dealing with such issues requested by the Depositary. The Depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit hereunder any Shares required to be registered under the Securities Act unless a registration statement is in effect and shall use reasonable efforts to comply with written instructions of the Company not to accept for deposit hereunder any Shares identified in such instructions at such times and under such circumstances as may reasonably be specified in such instructions in order to facilitate the Company’s compliance with the requirements of the securities laws, rules and regulations in the United States.

15. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify, defend and save harmless each of the Depositary, the Custodian and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates against any loss, liability or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) which may arise out of acts performed or omitted, in connection with the provisions of this Deposit Agreement and of the ADRs, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance herewith (i) by either the Depositary or a Custodian or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, except for any liability or expense directly arising out of the negligence or willful misconduct of the Depositary or its directors, officers or affiliates acting in their capacities as such hereunder, or (ii) by the Company or any of its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates.

The indemnities set forth in the preceding paragraph shall also apply to any liability or expense which may arise out of any misstatement or alleged misstatement or omission or alleged omission in any registration statement, proxy statement, prospectus (or placement memorandum), or preliminary prospectus (or preliminary placement memorandum) relating to the offer, issuance, deposit, withdrawal or sale of ADSs, except to the extent any such liability or expense arises out of (i) information relating to the Depositary or its agents (other than the Company), as applicable, furnished in writing by the Depositary expressly for use in any of the foregoing documents and not changed or altered by the Company or any other person (other than the Depositary or its agents (other than the Company)) or (ii) if such information is provided, the failure to state a material fact therein necessary in order to make the information provided, in the light of the circumstances under which made, not misleading.

 

7

---

Except as provided in the next succeeding paragraph or in Section 9 hereof, the Depositary shall indemnify, defend and save harmless the Company and its directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates acting on the Company’s behalf hereunder against any loss, liability or expense (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) to the extent such loss, liability or expense is directly due to the negligence or willful misconduct of the Depositary or its Custodian (subject to the limitations provided for in Section 9 hereof) or their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates acting in their capacities as such hereunder on behalf of the Depositary.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Deposit Agreement or the ADRs to the contrary, neither the Depositary nor the Company, nor any of their agents shall be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages or lost profits (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses), in each case of any form (collectively, “Special Damages”) incurred by any of them, or liable to any other person or entity (including, without limitation, Holders and beneficial owners of, or holders of interests in, ADSs and ADRs) for any Special Damages (including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, legal fees and expenses), whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought; provided, however, that to the extent Special Damages arise from or out of a claim brought by a third party (including, without limitation, Holders and beneficial owners of, or holders of interests in, ADSs and ADRs) against the Depositary or any of its agents acting under the Deposit Agreement, the Depositary and its agents shall be entitled to full indemnification from the Company for all such Special Damages (including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, legal fees and expenses), unless such Special Damages are found to have been a direct result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Depositary.

The obligations set forth in this Section 15 shall survive the termination of this Deposit Agreement and the succession or substitution of any indemnified person.

16. Notices.

(a)    Notice to Holders. Notice to any Holder shall be deemed given when first mailed, first class postage prepaid, to the address of such Holder on the ADR Register or received by such Holder. Failure to notify a Holder or any defect in the notification

to a Holder shall not affect the sufficiency of notification to other Holders or beneficial owners of, and/or holders of interests in, ADSs or ADRs held by such other Holders or beneficial owners and/or holders of interests.

 

8

---

(b) Notice to the Depositary or the Company. Notice to the Depositary or the Company shall be deemed given when first received by it at the address or facsimile transmission number set forth in (a) or (b), respectively, or at such other address or facsimile transmission number as either may specify to the other by written notice:

 

(i)

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

4 New York Plaza, Floor 12

New York, New York, 10004

Attention: Depositary Receipts Group

Fax: (212) 552-1950

 

(ii)

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

15/F

Property Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

Attention: Ms. Jill Jiao, Chief Financial Officer

Fax: +852 3579 1056

17. Counterparts. This Deposit Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Deposit Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission (including “.pdf”. “.tif” or similar format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

18. No Third-Party Beneficiaries; Holders and Owners as Parties; Binding Effect. This Deposit Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the Company, the Depositary, the Holders, and their respective successors hereunder, and, except to the extent specifically set forth in Section 15 of this Deposit Agreement, shall not give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim whatsoever to any other person. The Holders and owners of ADRs from time to time shall be parties to this Deposit Agreement and shall be bound by all of the provisions hereof.

19. Severability. If any such provision is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected thereby.

 

9

---

20. Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction.

(a)    Governing Law; Consent to Jurisdiction. The Deposit Agreement, the ADSs and the ADRs shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the application of the conflict of law principles thereof. The Company irrevocably agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding against the Company brought by the Depositary or any Holder, arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, may be instituted in any state or federal court in New York, New York, and irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. The Company also irrevocably agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Depositary brought by the Company, arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the federal securities law carve-out set forth in Section 20(c) below, the Depositary may refer any such suit, action or proceeding to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement and, upon such referral, any such suit, action or proceeding instituted by the Company shall be finally decided in such arbitration rather than in such court.

(b)    Actions by Holders, etc. By holding an ADS or an interest therein, Holders and owners of interests in ADSs each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against Holders or owners of interests in ADSs brought by the Company or the Depositary, arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, may be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and by holding an ADS or an interest therein each irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. By holding an ADS or an interest therein, Holders and owners of interests in ADSs each also irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Company or the Depositary brought by Holders or owners of interests in ADSs, arising out of or based upon this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the federal securities law carve-out set forth in Section 20(c) below, the Depositary may refer any such suit, action or proceeding to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of the Deposit Agreement and, upon such referral, any such suit, action or proceeding instituted by Holders and/or owners of interests in ADSs shall be finally decided in such arbitration rather than in such court.

 

10

---

(c)    Optional Arbitration. Notwithstanding anything in this Deposit Agreement to the contrary, each of the parties hereto (i.e. the Company, the Depositary and all Holders from time to time of ADRs issued hereunder (and any persons owning or holding interests in ADSs)) agrees that: (i) the Depositary may, in its sole discretion, elect to institute any dispute, suit, action, controversy, claim or proceeding directly or indirectly based on, arising out of or relating to this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, including without limitation any question regarding its or their existence, validity, interpretation, performance or termination (a “Dispute”) against any other party or parties hereto (including, without limitation, Disputes, suits, actions or proceedings brought against Holders and owners of interests in ADSs), by having the Dispute referred to and finally resolved by an arbitration conducted under the terms set out below, and (ii) the Depositary may in its sole discretion require, by written notice to the relevant party or parties, that any Dispute, suit, action, controversy, claim or proceeding brought by any party or parties hereto (including, without limitation, Disputes, suits, actions or proceedings brought by Holders and owners of interests in ADSs) against the Depositary shall be referred to and finally settled by an arbitration conducted under the terms set out below; provided however, notwithstanding the Depositary’s written notice under this (ii), to the extent there are specific federal securities law violation aspects to any claims against the Company and/or the Depositary brought by any Holder, the federal securities law violation aspects of such claims brought by a Holder against the Company and/or the Depositary may, at the option of such Holder, remain in state or federal court in New York, New York and all other aspects, claims, Disputes, legal suits, actions and/or proceedings brought by such Holder against the Company and/or the Depositary, including those brought along with, or in addition to, federal securities law violation claims, would be referred to arbitration in accordance herewith. Any such arbitration shall at the Depositary’s election be conducted either in New York, New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association or in Hong Kong following the arbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre serving as the appointing authority, and the language of any such arbitration shall be English. A notice of arbitration may be mailed to the Company at its address last specified for notices under this Deposit Agreement, and, if applicable, to any Holders at their addresses on the ADR Register. In any case where the Depositary exercises its right to arbitrate hereunder, arbitration of the Dispute shall be mandatory and any pending litigation arising out of or related to such Dispute shall be stayed. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The number of arbitrators shall be three, each of whom shall be disinterested in the dispute or controversy, shall have no connection with any party thereto, and shall be an attorney experienced in international securities transactions. Each of the Company and the Depositary shall appoint one arbitrator and the two arbitrators shall select a third arbitrator who shall serve as chairperson of the tribunal. If a Dispute shall involve more than two parties, the parties shall attempt to align themselves in two sides (i.e., claimant and respondent), each of which shall appoint one arbitrator as if there were only two parties to such Dispute. If either or both parties fail to select an arbitrator, or if such alignment (in the event there are more than two parties) shall not have occurred, within thirty (30) calendar days after the Depositary serves the arbitration demand or the two arbitrators fail to select a third arbitrator within thirty (30) calendar days of the selection of the second arbitrator, the American Arbitration Association in the case of an arbitration in New York, or the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre in the case of an arbitration in Hong Kong, shall appoint the remaining arbitrator or arbitrators in accordance with its rules. The parties and the American Arbitration Association and/or the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre, as the case may be, may appoint the arbitrators from among the nationals of any country, whether or not the appointing party or any other party to the arbitration is a national of that country. The arbitrators shall have no authority to award damages against any party not measured by the prevailing party’s actual damages and shall have no authority to award any consequential, special or punitive damages against any party and may not, in any event, make any ruling, finding or award that does not conform to the terms and conditions of this Deposit Agreement. In all cases, the fees of the arbitrators and other costs incurred by the parties in connection with such arbitration shall be paid by the party (or parties) that is (or are) unsuccessful in such arbitration. No party hereto shall be entitled to join or consolidate disputes by or against others in any arbitration, or to include in any arbitration any dispute as a representative or member of a class, or act in any arbitration in the interest of the general public or in a private attorney general capacity.

 

11

---

(d)    Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in this Deposit Agreement to the contrary, any suit, action or proceeding based on this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, may be instituted by the Depositary in any competent court in the Cayman Islands, Hong Kong, the People’s Republic of China and/or the United States, or, subject to the federal securities law carve-out set forth in Section 20(c) above, by the Depositary through the commencement of an arbitration pursuant to Section 20(c) of this Deposit Agreement.

21. Appointment.

(a)    Appointment. The Company has appointed Law Debenture Corporate Services, Inc., 4th Floor, 400 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon which process may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based on this Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby which may be instituted in any state or federal court in New York, New York by the Depositary or any Holder, and waives any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto.

(b)     Agent for Service of Process. Subject to the Company’s rights to replace the Authorized Agent with another entity in the manner required were the Authorized Agent to have resigned, such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Company represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. The Company further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents in any suit, action or proceeding against the Company, by service by mail of a copy thereof upon the Authorized Agent (whether or not the appointment of such Authorized Agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such Authorized Agent shall fail to accept or acknowledge such service), with a copy mailed to the Company by registered or certified air mail, postage prepaid, to its address provided in Section 16(b) hereof. The Company agrees that the failure of the Authorized Agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment or award rendered in any suit, action or proceeding based thereon. If, for any reason, the Authorized Agent named above or its successor shall no longer serve as agent of the Company to receive service of process, notice or papers in New York, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor that is a legal entity with offices in New York, New York, so as to serve and will promptly advise the Depositary thereof.

 

12

---

(c)    Waiver of Personal Service of Process. In the event the Company fails to continue such designation and appointment in full force and effect, the Company hereby waives personal service of process upon it and consents that any such service of process may be made by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to the Company at its address last specified for notices hereunder, and service so made shall be deemed completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so mailed.

22. Waiver of Immunities.

To the extent that the Company or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter be entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding (including any arbitration), from the giving of any relief in any respect thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution or judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment or arbitration award, in any jurisdiction in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or other matters under or arising out of or in connection with the Shares or Deposited Securities, the ADSs, the ADRs or this Deposit Agreement, the Company, to the fullest extent permitted by law, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees not to plead or claim, any such immunity and consents to such relief and enforcement.

23. Waiver of Jury Trial.

EACH PARTY TO THIS DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF, AND/OR HOLDER OF INTERESTS IN, ADSS OR ADRS) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE DEPOSITARY AND/OR THE COMPANY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE ADSs OR THE ADRs, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, COMMON LAW OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

13

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. have duly executed this Deposit Agreement as of the day and year first above set forth and all holders of ADRs shall become parties hereto upon acceptance by them of ADRs issued in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

 

14

---

EXHIBIT A

ANNEXED TO

AND

INCORPORATED IN

DEPOSIT AGREEMENT

[FORM OF FACE OF ADR]

 

No. of ADSs:

Number

Each ADS represents

[EXCHANGE] Share[s]

CUSIP:

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY RECEIPT

evidencing

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

representing

CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES

of

iCLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

(Incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands)

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, as depositary hereunder (the “Depositary”), hereby certifies that                      is the registered owner (a “Holder”) of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”), each (subject to paragraph (13) (Changes Affecting Deposited Securities)) representing [RATIO] Class A ordinary share[s] (including the rights to receive Shares described in paragraph (1) (Issuance of ADSs), “Shares” and, together with any other securities, cash or property from time to time held by the Depositary in respect or in lieu of deposited Shares, the “Deposited Securities”), of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited, an exempted company limited by shares organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), deposited under the Deposit Agreement, dated as of                    , 2017 (as amended from time to time, the “Deposit Agreement”), among the Company, the Depositary and all Holders from time to time of American Depositary Receipts issued thereunder (“ADRs”), each of whom by accepting an ADR becomes a party thereto. The Deposit Agreement and this ADR (which includes the provisions set forth on the reverse hereof) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to the application of the conflict of law principles thereof. All capitalized terms used herein, and not defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Deposit Agreement.

 

A-1

---

(1) Issuance of ADSs.

(a)    Issuance. This ADR is one of the ADRs issued under the Deposit Agreement. Subject to the other provisions hereof, the Depositary may so issue ADRs for delivery at the Transfer Office (as hereinafter defined) only against deposit of: (i) Shares in a form satisfactory to the Custodian; (ii) rights to receive Shares from the Company or any registrar, transfer agent, clearing agent or other entity recording Share ownership or transactions; or (iii) in accordance with the next paragraph hereof. In its capacity as Depositary, the Depositary shall not lend Shares or ADSs.

(b)    Representations and Warranties of Depositors. Every person depositing Shares under the Deposit Agreement represents and warrants that: (i)such Shares and the certificates therefor are duly authorized, validly issued and outstanding, fully paid, nonassessable and legally obtained by such person, (ii) all pre-emptive and comparable rights, if any, with respect to such Shares have been validly waived or exercised, (iii) the person making such deposit is duly authorized so to do, (iv) the Shares presented for deposit are free and clear of any lien, encumbrance, security interest, charge, mortgage or adverse claim, and (iv) such Shares (A) are not “restricted securities” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Restricted Securities”) unless at the time of deposit the requirements of paragraphs (c), (e), (f) and (h) of Rule 144 shall not apply and such Shares may be freely transferred and may otherwise be offered and sold freely in the United States or (B) have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933. To the extent the person depositing Shares is an “affiliate” of the Company as such term is defined in Rule 144, the person also represents and warrants that upon the sale of the ADSs, all of the provisions of Rule 144 which enable the Shares to be freely sold (in the form of ADSs) will be fully complied with and, as a result thereof, all of the ADSs issued in respect of such Shares will not be on the sale thereof, Restricted Securities. Such representations and warranties shall survive the deposit and withdrawal of Shares and the issuance and cancellation of ADSs in respect thereof and the transfer of such ADSs. The Depositary may refuse to accept for such deposit any Shares identified by the Company in order to facilitate compliance with the requirements of securities laws, rules and regulations in the United States.

 

A-2

---

(2) Withdrawal of Deposited Securities. Subject to paragraphs (4) (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and (5) (Liability of Holder for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges), upon surrender of (a) a certificated ADR in a form satisfactory to the Depositary at the Transfer Office or (b) proper instructions and documentation in the case of a Direct Registration ADR, the Holder hereof is entitled to delivery at, or to the extent in dematerialized form from, the Custodian’s office of the Deposited Securities at the time represented by the ADSs evidenced by this ADR. At the request, risk and expense of the Holder hereof, the Depositary may deliver such Deposited Securities at such other place as may have been requested by the Holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Deposit Agreement or this ADR, the withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be restricted only for the reasons set forth in General Instruction I.A.(1) of Form F-6 (as such instructions may be amended from time to time) under the Securities Act of 1933.

(3) Transfers, Split-Ups and Combinations of ADRs. The Depositary or its agent will keep, at a designated transfer office (the “Transfer Office”), (a) a register (the “ADR Register”) for the registration, registration of transfer, combination and split-up of ADRs, and, in the case of Direct Registration ADRs, shall include the Direct Registration System, which at all reasonable times will be open for inspection by Holders and the Company for the purpose of communicating with Holders in the interest of the business of the Company or a matter relating to the Deposit Agreement and (b) facilities for the delivery and receipt of ADRs. The term ADR Register includes the Direct Registration System. Title to this ADR (and to the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby), when properly endorsed (in the case of ADRs in certificated form) or upon delivery to the Depositary of proper instruments of transfer, is transferable by delivery with the same effect as in the case of negotiable instruments under the laws of the State of New York; provided that the Depositary, notwithstanding any notice to the contrary, may treat the person in whose name this ADR is registered on the ADR Register as the absolute owner hereof for all purposes and neither the Depositary nor the Company will have any obligation or be subject to any liability under the Deposit Agreement to any holder of an ADR, unless such holder is the Holder thereof. Subject to paragraphs (4) and (5), this ADR is transferable on the ADR Register and may be split into other ADRs or combined with other ADRs into one ADR, evidencing the aggregate number of ADSs surrendered for split-up or combination, by the Holder hereof or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this ADR at the Transfer Office properly endorsed (in the case of ADRs in certificated form) or upon delivery to the Depositary of proper instruments of transfer and duly stamped as may be required by applicable law; provided that the Depositary may close the ADR Register at any time or from time to time when deemed expedient by it or, in the case of the issuance book portion of the ADR Register, when reasonably requested by the Company solely in order to enable the Company to comply with applicable law. At the request of a Holder, the Depositary shall, for the purpose of substituting a certificated ADR with a Direct Registration ADR, or vice versa, execute and deliver a certificated ADR or a Direct Registration ADR, as the case may be, for any authorized number of ADSs requested, evidencing the same aggregate number of ADSs as those evidenced by the certificated ADR or Direct Registration ADR, as the case may be, substituted.

 

A-3

---

(4) Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc. Prior to the issue, registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of any ADR, the delivery of any distribution in respect thereof, or, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), the withdrawal of any Deposited Securities, and from time to time in the case of clause (b)(ii) of this paragraph (4), the Company, the Depositary or the Custodian may require: (a) payment with respect thereto of (i) any stock transfer or other tax or other governmental charge, (ii) any stock transfer or registration fees in effect for the registration of transfers of Shares or other Deposited Securities upon any applicable register, and (iii) any applicable charges as provided in paragraph (7) (Charges of Depositary) of this ADR; (b) the production of proof satisfactory to it of (i) the identity of any signatory and genuineness of any signature and (ii) such other information, including without limitation, information as to citizenship, residence, exchange control approval, beneficial or other ownership of, or interest in, any securities, compliance with applicable law, regulations, provisions of or governing Deposited Securities and terms of the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, as it may deem necessary or proper; and (c) compliance with such regulations as the Depositary may establish consistent with the Deposit Agreement.

The issuance of ADRs, the acceptance of deposits of Shares, the registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination of ADRs or, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), the withdrawal of Deposited Securities may be suspended, generally or in particular instances, when the ADR Register or any register for Deposited Securities is closed or when any such action is deemed advisable by the Depositary.

(5) Liability of Holder for Taxes, Duties and Other Charges. If any tax or other governmental charges (including any penalties and/or interest) shall become payable by or on behalf of the Custodian or the Depositary with respect to this ADR, any Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced hereby or any distribution thereon, including, without limitation, any Chinese enterprise income tax owed if the Circular Guoshuifa [2009] No. 82 issued by the Chinese State Administration of Taxation (SAT) or any other circular, edict, order or ruling, as issued and as from time to time amended, is applied or otherwise, such tax or other governmental charge shall be paid by the Holder hereof to the Depositary and by holding or having held an ADR the Holder and all prior Holders hereof, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify, defend and save harmless each of the Depositary and its agents in respect thereof. The Depositary may refuse to effect any registration, registration of transfer, split-up or combination hereof or, subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), any withdrawal of such Deposited Securities until such payment is made. The Depositary may also deduct from any distributions on or in respect of Deposited Securities, or may sell by public or private sale for the account of the Holder hereof any part or all of such Deposited Securities (after attempting by reasonable means to notify the Holder hereof prior to such sale), and may apply such deduction or the proceeds of any such sale in payment of such tax or other governmental charge, the Holder hereof remaining liable for any deficiency, and shall reduce the number of ADSs evidenced hereby to reflect any such sales of Shares. In connection with any distribution to Holders, the Company will remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any) required to be withheld and owing to such authority or agency by the Company; and the Depositary and the Custodian will remit to the appropriate governmental authority or agency all amounts (if any) required to be withheld and owing to such authority or agency by the Depositary or the Custodian. If the Depositary determines that any distribution in property other than cash (including Shares or rights) on Deposited Securities is subject to any tax that the Depositary or the Custodian is obligated to withhold, the Depositary may dispose of all or a portion of such property in such amounts and in such manner as the Depositary deems necessary and practicable to pay such taxes, by public or private sale, and the Depositary shall distribute the net proceeds of any such sale or the balance of any such property after deduction of such taxes to the Holders entitled thereto. Each Holder of an ADR or an interest therein agrees to indemnify the Depositary, the Company, the Custodian and any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates against, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims by any governmental authority with respect to taxes, additions to tax, penalties or interest arising out of any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained which obligations shall survive any transfer or surrender of ADSs or the termination of the Deposit Agreement.

 

A-4

---

(6) Disclosure of Interests. To the extent that the provisions of or governing any Deposited Securities may require disclosure of or impose limits on beneficial or other ownership of, or interest in, Deposited Securities, other Shares and other securities and may provide for blocking transfer, voting or other rights to enforce such disclosure or limits, Holders and all persons holding ADRs agree to comply with all such disclosure requirements and ownership limitations and to comply with any reasonable Company instructions in respect thereof. The Company reserves the right to instruct Holders to deliver their ADSs for cancellation and withdrawal of the Deposited Securities so as to permit the Company to deal directly with the Holder thereof as a holder of Shares and Holders agree to comply with such instructions. The Depositary agrees to cooperate with the Company in its efforts to inform Holders of the Company’s exercise of its rights under this paragraph, and to consult with, and provide reasonable assistance to, in each case without risk, liability or expense on the part of the Depositary, the Company on the manner or manners in which it may enforce such rights with respect to any Holder.

 

A-5

---

(7) Charges of Depositary.

(a)    Rights of the Depositary. The Depositary may charge, and collect from, (i) each person to whom ADSs are issued, including, without limitation, issuances against deposits of Shares, issuances in respect of Share Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions (as such terms are defined in paragraph (10) (Distributions on Deposited Securities)), issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company, or issuances pursuant to a merger, exchange of securities or any other transaction or event affecting the ADSs or the Deposited Securities, and (ii) each person surrendering ADSs for withdrawal of Deposited Securities or whose ADSs are cancelled or reduced for any other reason, U.S.$5.00 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) issued, delivered, reduced, cancelled or surrendered (as the case may be). The Depositary may sell (by public or private sale) sufficient securities and property received in respect of Share Distributions, Rights and Other Distributions prior to such deposit to pay such charge.

(b)    Additional charges by the Depositary. The following additional charges shall be incurred by the Holders, by any party depositing or withdrawing Shares or by any party surrendering ADSs and/or to whom ADSs are issued (including, without limitation, issuances pursuant to a stock dividend or stock split declared by the Company or an exchange of stock regarding the ADSs or the Deposited Securities or a distribution of ADSs pursuant to paragraph (10) (Distributions on Deposited Securities), whichever is applicable: (i) a fee of U.S.$0.05 or less per ADS for any Cash distribution made pursuant to the Deposit Agreement, (ii) a fee of U.S.$1.50 per ADR or ADRs for transfers made pursuant to paragraph (3) hereof, (iii) a fee for the distribution or sale of securities pursuant to paragraph (10) hereof, such fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs referred to above which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities (for purposes of this paragraph (7) treating all such securities as if they were Shares) but which securities or the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof are instead distributed by the Depositary to Holders entitled thereto, (iv) an aggregate fee of U.S.$0.05 per ADS per calendar year (or portion thereof) for services performed by the Depositary in administering the ADRs (which fee may be charged on a periodic basis during each calendar year and shall be assessed against Holders as of the record date or record dates set by the Depositary during each calendar year and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions), and (v) a fee for the reimbursement of such fees, charges and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary and/or any of its agents (including, without limitation, the Custodian and expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment) in connection with the servicing of the Shares or other Deposited Securities, the sale of securities (including, without limitation, Deposited Securities), the delivery of Deposited Securities or otherwise in connection with the Depositary’s or its Custodian’s compliance with applicable law, rule or regulation (which fees and charges shall be assessed on a proportionate basis against Holders as of the record date or dates set by the Depositary and shall be payable at the sole discretion of the Depositary by billing such Holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions).

 

A-6

---

(c)    Obligations of the Company. The Company will pay all other charges and expenses of the Depositary and any agent of the Depositary (except the Custodian) pursuant to agreements from time to time between the Company and the Depositary, except: (i) stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges (which are payable by Holders or persons depositing Shares); (ii) SWIFT, cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery charges incurred at the request of persons depositing, or Holders delivering Shares, ADRs or Deposited Securities (which are payable by such persons or Holders); (iii) transfer or registration fees for the registration or transfer of Deposited Securities on any applicable register in connection with the deposit or withdrawal of Deposited Securities (which are payable by persons depositing Shares or Holders withdrawing Deposited Securities; and (iv) in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into U.S. dollars, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (“JPMorgan”) shall deduct out of such foreign currency the fees, expenses and other charges charged by it and/or its agent (which may be a division, branch or affiliate) so appointed in connection with such conversion. JPMorgan and/or its agent may act as principal for such conversion of foreign currency. Such charges may at any time and from time to time be changed by agreement between the Company and the Depositary. For further details see https://www.adr.com.

(d)    The right of the Depositary to receive payment of fees, charges and expenses as provided above shall survive the termination of the Deposit Agreement. As to any Depositary, upon the resignation or removal of such Depositary, such right shall extend for those fees, charges and expenses incurred prior to the effectiveness of such resignation or removal.

(e)    Reimbursement by the Depositary. The Depositary anticipates reimbursing the Company for certain expenses incurred by the Company that are related to the establishment and maintenance of the ADR program upon such terms and conditions as the Company and the Depositary may agree from time to time. The Depositary may make available to the Company a set amount or a portion of the Depositary fees charged in respect of the ADR program or otherwise upon such terms and conditions as the Company and the Depositary may agree from time to time.

(8) Available Information. The Deposit Agreement, the provisions of or governing Deposited Securities and any written communications from the Company, which are both received by the Custodian or its nominee as a holder of Deposited Securities and made generally available to the holders of Deposited Securities, are available for inspection by Holders at the offices of the Depositary and the Custodian and at the Transfer Office, on the website of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”), or upon request from the Depositary (which request may be refused by the Depositary at its discretion). The Depositary will distribute copies of such communications (or English translations or summaries thereof) to Holders when furnished by the Company. The Company is subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and accordingly files certain reports with the Commission. Such reports and other information may be inspected and copied through the Commission’s EDGAR system or at public reference facilities maintained by the Commission located at the date hereof at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549.

 

A-7

---

(9) Execution. This ADR shall not be valid for any purpose unless executed by the Depositary by the manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorized officer of the Depositary.

Dated:

 

The Depositary’s office is located at 4 New York Plaza, Floor 12, New York, New York, 10004.

 

A-8

---

[FORM OF REVERSE OF ADR]

(10) Distributions on Deposited Securities. Subject to paragraphs (4) (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and (5) (Liability of Holder for Taxes, Duties and other Charges), to the extent practicable, the Depositary will distribute to each Holder entitled thereto on the record date set by the Depositary therefor at such Holder’s address shown on the ADR Register, in proportion to the number of Deposited Securities (on which the following distributions on Deposited Securities are received by the Custodian) represented by ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs:

(a)    Cash. Any U.S. dollars available to the Depositary resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof authorized in this paragraph (10) (“Cash”), on an averaged or other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain Holders, and (iii) deduction of the Depositary’s and/or its agents’ fees and expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to U.S. dollars by sale or in such other manner as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or U.S. dollars to the United States by such means as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner.

(b)    Shares. (i) Additional ADRs evidencing whole ADSs representing any Shares available to the Depositary resulting from a dividend or free distribution on Deposited Securities consisting of Shares (a “Share Distribution”) and (ii) U.S. dollars available to it resulting from the net proceeds of sales of Shares received in a Share Distribution, which Shares would give rise to fractional ADSs if additional ADRs were issued therefor, as in the case of Cash.

(c)    Rights. (i) Warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the Depositary representing rights to acquire additional ADRs in respect of any rights to subscribe for additional Shares or rights of any nature available to the Depositary as a result of a distribution on Deposited Securities (“Rights”), to the extent that the Company timely furnishes to the Depositary evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that the Depositary may lawfully distribute the same (the Company has no obligation to so furnish such evidence), or (ii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and sales of Rights are practicable, any U.S. dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Rights as in the case of Cash, or (iii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and such sales cannot practicably be accomplished by reason of the nontransferability of the Rights, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise, nothing (and any Rights may lapse).

 

A-9

---

(d)    Other Distributions. (i) Securities or property available to the Depositary resulting from any distribution on Deposited Securities other than Cash, Share Distributions and Rights (“Other Distributions”), by any means that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable, or (ii) to the extent the Depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, any U.S. dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Other Distributions as in the case of Cash. The Depositary reserves the right to utilize a division, branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. to direct, manage and/or execute any public and/or private sale of securities hereunder. Such division, branch and/or affiliate may charge the Depositary a fee in connection with such sales, which fee is considered an expense of the Depositary contemplated above and/or under paragraph (7) (Charges of Depositary). Any U.S. dollars available will be distributed by checks drawn on a bank in the United States for whole dollars and cents. Fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the Depositary in accordance with its then current practices. All purchases and sales of securities will be handled by the Depositary in accordance with its then current policies, which are currently set forth in the “Depositary Receipt Sale and Purchase of Security” section of https://www.adr.com/Investors/FindOutAboutDRs, the location and contents of which the Depositary shall be solely responsible for.

(11) Record Dates. The Depositary may, after consultation with the Company if practicable, fix a record date (which, to the extent applicable, shall be as near as practicable to any corresponding record date set by the Company) for the determination of the Holders who shall be responsible for the fee assessed by the Depositary for administration of the ADR program and for any expenses provided for in paragraph (7) hereof as well as for the determination of the Holders who shall be entitled to receive any distribution on or in respect of Deposited Securities, to give instructions for the exercise of any voting rights, to receive any notice or to act in respect of other matters and only such Holders shall be so entitled or obligated.

(12) Voting of Deposited Securities.

(a)    Notice of any Meeting or Solicitation. Subject to the next sentence, as soon as practicable after receipt of notice of any meeting at which the holders of Shares are entitled to vote, or of solicitation of consents or proxies from holders of Shares or other Deposited Securities, the Depositary shall fix the ADS record date in accordance with paragraph (11) above in respect of such meeting or solicitation of consent or proxy. The Depositary shall, if requested by the Company in writing in a timely manner (the Depositary having no obligation to take any further action if the request shall not have been received by the Depositary at least 30 days prior to the date of such vote or meeting) and at the Company’s expense and provided no legal prohibitions exist, distribute to Holders a notice stating (i) such information as is contained in such notice and any solicitation materials, (ii) that each Holder on the record date set by the Depositary therefor will, subject to any applicable provisions of Cayman Islands law, be entitled to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs and (iii) the manner in which such instructions may be given, including instructions to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company. There is no guarantee that Holders generally or any Holder in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable such Holder to return any voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner.

 

A-10

---

(b)    Voting of Deposited Securities. Upon actual receipt by the ADR department of the Depositary of instructions of a Holder on such record date in the manner and on or before the time established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary shall endeavor insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of or governing Deposited Securities to vote or cause to be voted the Deposited Securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such Holder’s ADRs in accordance with such instructions. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of any Deposited Securities. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Deposit Agreement or any ADR, the Depositary may, to the extent not prohibited by law or regulations, or by the requirements of the stock exchange on which the ADSs are listed, in lieu of distribution of the materials provided to the Depositary in connection with any meeting of, or solicitation of consents or proxies from, holders of Deposited Securities, distribute to the Holders a notice that provides Holders with, or otherwise publicizes to Holders, instructions on how to retrieve such materials or receive such materials upon request (i.e., by reference to a website containing the materials for retrieval or a contact for requesting copies of the materials). Holders are strongly encouraged to forward their voting instructions as soon as possible. Voting instructions will not be deemed received until such time as the ADR department responsible for proxies and voting has received such instructions notwithstanding that such instructions may have been physically received by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary, prior to such time.

To the extent the Depositary has been provided with at least 40 days’ notice of the proposed meeting, if such instructions are not so timely received by the Depositary from any Holder, such Holder shall be deemed, and the Depositary is instructed to deem such Holder, to have instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote the Deposited Securities represented by the American Depositary Shares evidenced by such Holder’s Receipts as to which such instructions are so given, provided that no such instruction shall be deemed given and no discretionary proxy shall be given (a) if the Company informs the Depositary in writing (and the Company agrees to provide the Depositary with such information promptly in writing) that (i) it does not wish such proxy to be given, (ii) substantial opposition exists with respect to any agenda item for which the proxy would be given or (iii) the agenda item in question, if approved, would materially or adversely affect the rights of holders of Shares and (b) unless, with respect to such meeting, the Depositary has been provided with an opinion of counsel to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Depositary, to the effect that (a) the granting of such discretionary proxy does not subject the Depositary to any reporting obligations in the Cayman Islands, (b) the granting of such proxy will not result in a violation of Cayman Islands law, rule, regulation or permit and (c) the voting arrangement and deemed instruction as contemplated herein will be given effect under Cayman Islands law. There is no guarantee that Holders generally or any Holder in particular will receive the notice described above with sufficient time to enable such Holder to return any voting instructions to the Depositary in a timely manner.

 

A-11

---

The Depositary has been advised by the Company that under the Cayman Islands law and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, each as in effect as of the date of the Deposit Agreement, voting at any general meeting of shareholders of the Company is by a poll save that the chairman of the meeting may in good faith, allow a resolution which relates purely to a procedural or administrative matter to be voted on by a show of hands in accordance with relevant provisions in the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company. In the event that voting on any resolution or matter is conducted on a show of hands basis in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association, the Depositary will refrain from voting and the voting instructions received by the Depositary from Holders shall lapse. The Depositary will not demand a poll or join in demanding a poll, whether or not requested to do so by Holders of ADSs.

(13) Changes Affecting Deposited Securities.

(a)    Subject to paragraphs (4) (Certain Limitations to Registration, Transfer etc.) and (5) (Liability of Holder to Taxes, Duties and Other Charges), the Depositary may, in its discretion, and shall if reasonably requested by the Company, amend this ADR or distribute additional or amended ADRs (with or without calling this ADR for exchange) or cash, securities or property on the record date set by the Depositary therefor to reflect any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of Deposited Securities, any Share Distribution or Other Distribution not distributed to Holders or any cash, securities or property available to the Depositary in respect of Deposited Securities from (and the Depositary is hereby authorized to surrender any Deposited Securities to any person and, irrespective of whether such Deposited Securities are surrendered or otherwise cancelled by operation of law, rule, regulation or otherwise, to sell by public or private sale any property received in connection with) any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

(b)    To the extent the Depositary does not so amend this ADR or make a distribution to Holders to reflect any of the foregoing, or the net proceeds thereof, whatever cash, securities or property results from any of the foregoing shall constitute Deposited Securities and each ADS evidenced by this ADR shall automatically represent its pro rata interest in the Deposited Securities as then constituted.

 

A-12

---

(c)    Promptly upon the occurrence of any of the aforementioned changes affecting Deposited Securities, the Company shall notify the Depositary in writing of such occurrence and as soon as practicable after receipt of such notice from the Company, may instruct the Depositary to give notice thereof, at the Company’s expense, to Holders in accordance with the provisions hereof. Upon receipt of such instruction, the Depositary shall give notice to the Holders in accordance with the terms thereof, as soon as reasonably practicable.

(14) Exoneration. The Depositary, the Company, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and affiliates, and each of them, shall: (a) incur no liability (i) if any present or future law, rule, regulation, fiat, order or decree of the United States, the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China (including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the People’s Republic of China) or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the provisions of or governing any Deposited Securities, any present or future provision of the Company’s charter, any act of God, war, terrorism, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strike, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions, computer failure or circumstance beyond its direct and immediate control shall prevent or delay, or shall cause any of them to be subject to any civil or criminal penalty in connection with, any act which the Deposit Agreement or this ADR provides shall be done or performed by it or them (including, without limitation, voting pursuant to paragraph (12) hereof), or (ii) by reason of any exercise or failure to exercise any discretion given it in the Deposit Agreement or this ADR (including, without limitation, any failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable); (b) assume no liability except to perform its obligations to the extent they are specifically set forth in this ADR and the Deposit Agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) in the case of the Depositary and its agents, be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities, the ADSs or this ADR; (d) in the case of the Company and its agents hereunder be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities, the ADSs or this ADR, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability be furnished as often as may be required; or (e) not be liable for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting Shares for deposit, any Holder, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information. The Depositary shall not be liable for the acts or omissions made by, or the insolvency of, any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system. The Depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, the insolvency of any Custodian that is not a branch or affiliate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The Depositary shall not have any liability for the price received in connection with any sale of securities, the timing thereof or any delay in action or omission to act nor shall it be responsible for any error or delay in action, omission to act, default or negligence on the part of the party so retained in connection with any such sale or proposed sale. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Deposit Agreement (including the ADRs), subject to the penultimate sentence of this paragraph (14), the Depositary shall not be responsible for, and shall incur no liability in connection with or arising from, any act or omission to act on the part of the Custodian except to the extent that the Custodian has (i) committed fraud or willful misconduct in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary or (ii) failed to use reasonable care in the provision of custodial services to the Depositary as determined in accordance with the standards prevailing in the jurisdiction in which the Custodian is located. The Depositary, its agents and the Company may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction, instruction or document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties. The Depositary shall be under no obligation to inform Holders or beneficial owners of, or any other holders of an interest in, any ADSs or ADRs about the requirements of the laws, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto of the United States of America, the Cayman Islands, the People’s Republic of China (including the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, the People’s Republic of China) or any other country or jurisdiction, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system. The Depositary and its agents will not when acting in good faith be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the Deposited Securities, for the manner in which any such vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. The Depositary may rely upon instructions from the Company or its counsel in respect of any approval or license required for any currency conversion, transfer or distribution. The Depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in ADRs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Deposit Agreement or an ADR, the Depositary and its agents may fully respond to any and all demands or requests for information maintained by or on its behalf in connection with the Deposit Agreement, any Holder or Holders, any ADR or ADRs or otherwise related hereto or thereto to the extent such information is requested or required by or pursuant to any lawful authority, including without limitation laws, rules, regulations, administrative or judicial process, banking, securities or other regulators. None of the Depositary, the Custodian or the Company shall be liable for the failure by any Holder or beneficial owner of, or any other holder of an interest in, ADSs or ADRs to obtain the benefits of credits on the basis of non-U.S. tax paid against such Holder’s or beneficial owner’s or other holder’s income tax liability. The Depositary and the Company shall not incur any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by Holders and beneficial owners of, or other holders of interests in, ADSs or ADRs on account of their ownership of the ADSs or ADRs. The Depositary shall not incur any liability for the content of any information submitted to it by or on behalf of the Company for distribution to the Holders or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, for any investment risk associated with acquiring an interest in the Deposited Securities, for the validity or worth of the Deposited Securities, for the credit-worthiness of any third party, for allowing any rights to lapse upon the terms of the Deposit Agreement or for the failure or timeliness of any notice from the Company. The Depositary shall not be liable for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary whether in connection with a previous act or omission of the Depositary or in connection with any matter arising wholly after the removal or resignation of the Depositary. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Depositary and its agents under certain circumstances and the Depositary has agreed to indemnify the Company under certain circumstances. Neither the Depositary nor the Company, nor any of their agents shall be liable to the other for any indirect, special, punitive or consequential damages or lost profits (including, without limitation, legal fees and expenses), in each case of any form (collectively, “Special Damages”) incurred by any of them, or liable to any other person or entity (including, without limitation, Holders and beneficial owners of, or holders of interests in, ADSs and ADRs) for any Special Damages (including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, legal fees and expenses), whether or not foreseeable and regardless of the type of action in which such a claim may be brought. No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act of 1933 is intended by any provision hereof.

 

A-13

---

(15) Resignation and Removal of Depositary; the Custodian.

(a)    Resignation. The Depositary may resign as Depositary by written notice of its election so to do so delivered to the Company, such resignation to take effect upon the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement.

(b)    Removal. The Depositary may at any time be removed by the Company by no less than 60 days prior written notice of such removal, to become effective upon the later of (i) the 60th day after delivery of the notice to the Depositary and (ii) the appointment of a successor depositary and its acceptance of such appointment as provided in the Deposit Agreement.

(c)    The Custodian. The Depositary may appoint substitute or additional Custodians and the term “Custodian” refers to each Custodian or all Custodians as the context requires.

(16) Amendment. Subject to the last sentence of paragraph (2) (Withdrawal of Deposited Securities), the ADRs and the Deposit Agreement may be amended by the Company and the Depositary, provided that any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, SWIFT, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or that shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of Holders, shall become effective 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the Holders. Every Holder of an ADR at the time any amendment to the Deposit Agreement so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such ADR, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby. In no event shall any amendment impair the right of the Holder of any ADR to surrender such ADR and receive the Deposited Securities represented thereby, except in order to comply with mandatory provisions of applicable law. Any amendments or supplements which (i) are reasonably necessary (as agreed by the Company and the Depositary) in order for (a) the ADSs to be registered on Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933 or (b) the ADSs or Shares to be traded solely in electronic book-entry form and (ii) do not in either such case impose or increase any fees or charges to be borne by Holders, shall be deemed not to prejudice any substantial rights of Holders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any governmental body or regulatory body should adopt new laws, rules or regulations which would require amendment or supplement of the Deposit Agreement or the form of ADR to ensure compliance therewith, the Company and the Depositary may amend or supplement the Deposit Agreement and the ADR at any time in accordance with such changed laws, rules or regulations. Such amendment or supplement to the Deposit Agreement in such circumstances may become effective before a notice of such amendment or supplement is given to Holders or within any other period of time as required for compliance. Notice of any amendment to the Deposit Agreement or form of ADRs shall not need to describe in detail the specific amendments effectuated thereby, and failure to describe the specific amendments in any such notice shall not render such notice invalid, provided, however, that, in each such case, the notice given to the Holders identifies a means for Holders to retrieve or receive the text of such amendment (i.e., upon retrieval from the Commission’s, the Depositary’s or the Company’s website or upon request from the Depositary).

 

A -14

---

(17) Termination. The Depositary may, and shall at the written direction of the Company, terminate the Deposit Agreement and this ADR by mailing notice of such termination to the Company and the Holders at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination; provided, however, if the Depositary shall have (i) resigned as Depositary hereunder, notice of such termination by the Depositary shall not be provided to Holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating hereunder within 60 days of the date of such resignation, or (ii) been removed as Depositary hereunder, notice of such termination by the Depositary shall not be provided to Holders unless a successor depositary shall not be operating hereunder on the 90^th day after the Company’s notice of removal was first provided to the Depositary. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Depositary may terminate the Deposit Agreement upon 30 days’ notice to the Company and the Holders under the following circumstances: (i) in the event of the Company’s bankruptcy or insolvency, (ii) if the Company’s shares are de-listed, (iii) if the Company effects (or will effect) a redemption of all or substantially all of the Deposited Securities, or a cash or share distribution representing a return of all or substantially all of the value of the Deposited Securities, or (iv) there occurs a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all assets or other transaction as a result of which securities or other property are delivered in exchange for or in lieu of Deposited Securities.

 

A -15

---

After the date so fixed for termination, (a) all Direct Registration ADRs shall cease to be eligible for the Direct Registration System and shall be considered ADRs issued on the ADR Register and (b) the Depositary shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible so that neither DTC nor any of its nominees shall thereafter be a Holder. At such time as the ADSs cease to be DTC eligible and/or neither DTC nor any of its nominees is a Holder, the Depositary shall (a) instruct its Custodian to deliver all Deposited Securities to the Company along with a general stock power that refers to the names set forth on the ADR Register and (b) provide the Company with a copy of the ADR Register (which copy may be sent by email or by any means permitted under the notice provisions of the Deposit Agreement). Upon receipt of such Deposited Securities and the ADR Register, the Company shall, upon the request of a Holder and at the expense of such Holder, use its best efforts to issue to each such Holder a Share certificate representing the Shares represented by the ADSs reflected on the ADR Register in such Holder’s name and to deliver such Share certificate to the Holder at the address set forth on the ADR Register. After providing such instruction to the Custodian and delivering a copy of the ADR Register to the Company, the Depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the Deposit Agreement and this ADR and shall cease to have any obligations under the Deposit Agreement and/or the ADRs. After the Company receives the copy of the ADR Register and the Deposited Securities, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except (i) to distribute the Shares to the Holders entitled thereto and (ii) for its obligations to the Depositary and its agents.

(18) Appointment. Each Holder and each owner and person holding an interest in ADSs or ADRs, upon acceptance of any ADSs or ADRs (or any interest therein) issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Deposit Agreement shall be deemed for all purposes to (a) be a party to and bound by the terms of the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), and (b) appoint the Depositary its attorney-in-fact, with full power to delegate, to act on its behalf and to take any and all actions contemplated in the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), to adopt any and all procedures necessary to comply with applicable law and to take such action as the Depositary in its sole discretion may deem necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Deposit Agreement and the applicable ADR(s), the taking of such actions to be the conclusive determinant of the necessity and appropriateness thereof.

(19) Waiver. EACH PARTY TO THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT (INCLUDING, FOR AVOIDANCE OF DOUBT, EACH HOLDER AND BENEFICIAL OWNER OF, AND/OR HOLDER OF INTERESTS IN, ADSS OR ADRS) HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING AGAINST THE DEPOSITARY AND/OR THE COMPANY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE SHARES OR OTHER DEPOSITED SECURITIES, THE ADSs OR THE ADRs, THE DEPOSIT AGREEMENT OR ANY TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, OR THE BREACH HEREOF OR THEREOF (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT, COMMON LAW OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

 

A -16

---

(20) Jurisdiction. By holding an ADS or an interest therein, Holders and owners of interests in ADSs each irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against Holders or owners of interests in ADSs brought by the Company or the Depositary, arising out of or based upon the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby, may be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York, and by holding an ADS or an interest therein each irrevocably waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. By holding an ADS or an interest therein, Holders and owners of interests in ADSs each also irrevocably agree that any legal suit, action or proceeding against or involving the Company or the Depositary brought by Holders or owners of interests in ADSs, arising out of or based upon the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby, may only be instituted in a state or federal court in New York, New York. Notwithstanding the above or anything in the Deposit Agreement to the contrary, in the Deposit Agreement each of the parties thereto (i.e. the Company, the Depositary and all Holders from time to time of ADRs issued thereunder (and any persons owning or holding interests in ADSs)) have agreed that: (i) the Depositary may, in its sole discretion, elect to institute any dispute, suit, action, controversy, claim or proceeding directly or indirectly based on, arising out of or relating to the Deposit Agreement, the ADSs or the ADRs or the transactions contemplated thereby or hereby, including without limitation any question regarding its or their existence, validity, interpretation, performance or termination (a “Dispute”) against any other party or parties (including, without limitation, Disputes, suits, actions or proceedings brought against Holders and owners of interests in ADSs), by having the Dispute referred to and finally resolved by an arbitration conducted under the terms set out below, and (ii) the Depositary may in its sole discretion require, by written notice to the relevant party or parties, that any Dispute, suit, action, controversy, claim or proceeding brought by any party or parties (including, without limitation, Disputes, suits, actions or proceedings brought by Holders and owners of interests in ADSs) against the Depositary shall be referred to and finally settled by an arbitration conducted under the terms set out in the Deposit Agreement: provided however, notwithstanding the Depositary’s written notice under this (ii), to the extent there are specific federal securities law violation aspects to any claims against the Company and/or the Depositary brought by any Holder, the federal securities law violation aspects of such claims brought by a Holder against the Company and/or the Depositary may, at the option of such Holder, remain in state or federal court in New York, New York and all other aspects, claims, Disputes, legal suits, actions and/or proceedings brought by such Holder against the Company and/or the Depositary, including those brought along with, or in addition to, federal securities law violation claims, would be referred to arbitration in accordance herewith. Any such arbitration shall at the Depositary’s election be conducted either in New York, New York in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association or in Hong Kong following the arbitration rules of the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (UNCITRAL) with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre serving as the appointing authority, and the language of any such arbitration shall be English, in each case as provided in the Deposit Agreement.

 

A -17

Exhibit 5.1

 

Office: +852 2801 6066

Mobile: +852 9718 8740

E-mail: rthorp@traversthorpalberga.com

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

15/F, Prosperity Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

13 October 2017

Dear Sirs

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

We have acted as Cayman Islands legal advisers to iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited (the “Company”) in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto, filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the United States Securities Act of 1933 (the “Act”), as amended (the “Registration Statement”), related to the offering by the Company of American Depositary Shares representing certain Class A Ordinary Shares, par value of US$0.001 per share (the “Shares”). This opinion is given in accordance with the terms of the Legal Matters section of the Registration Statement.

 

1	Documents Reviewed

For the purposes of this opinion we have reviewed originals, copies, drafts or conformed copies of the documents listed in Schedule 1 to this opinion, being all of the documents necessary to form our opinion. Defined terms shall have the meanings set out in Schedule 1 or in the Registration Statement.

 

2	Assumptions

The following opinions are given only as to and based on circumstances and matters of fact existing at the date hereof and as to the laws of the Cayman Islands as the same are in force at the date hereof. In giving this opinion, we have relied upon the completeness and accuracy (and assumed the continuing completeness and accuracy as at the date hereof) of the Certificate of Good Standing and the Director’s Certificate, as to matters of fact, without further verification and have assumed that copy documents or drafts of documents provided to us are true and complete copies of, or in the final forms of, the originals.

 

---

3

Opinions

Based upon, and subject to, the foregoing assumptions, and having regard to such legal considerations as we deem relevant, we are of the opinion that:

 

3.1	the Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Cayman Islands;

 

3.2

the issue and allotment of the Shares have been duly authorised and when allotted, issued and paid for as contemplated in the Registration Statement, the Shares will be legally issued and allotted, fully paid and non-assessable. In this opinion the phrase “non-assessable” means, with respect to Shares in the Company, that a shareholder shall not, solely by virtue of its status as a shareholder, be liable for additional assessments or calls on the Shares by the Company or its creditors (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil). As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a share is only issued and allotted when it has been entered in the register of members (shareholders) of the Company; and

 

3.3	the statements under the caption “Taxation” in the prospectus forming part of the Registration Statement, to the extent that they constitute statements of Cayman Islands law, are accurate in all material respects and such statements constitute our opinion.

We hereby consent to the prospectus discussion of this opinion, to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities” and “Legal Matters” and elsewhere in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In providing our consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the Rules and Regulations of the Commission thereunder.

This opinion is limited to the matters detailed herein and is not to be read as an opinion with respect to any other matter.

Yours faithfully

/s/ Travers Thorp Alberga

TRAVERS THORP ALBERGA

---

SCHEDULE 1

List of Documents Reviewed

 

1	the Certificate of Incorporation dated 3 February 2010;

 

2	the register of members of the Company;

 

3	the register of directors of the Company;

 

4	the Seventh Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as adopted by Special Resolution as defined in the Pre-IPO M&A on 28 December 2016 (the “Pre-IPO M&A”);

 

5	the Eighth Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company as adopted by a special resolution passed on 13 October and effective immediately upon completion of the Company’s IPO (the “IPO M&A”)

 

6	the written resolutions of the board of directors dated 12 October 2017 (the “IPO Board Resolutions”);

 

7	the written resolutions of the shareholders of the Company dated 13 October 2017 (the “Shareholders’ Resolutions”, together with the IPO Board Resolutions are referred to as the “Resolutions”);

 

8	the certificate of good standing of the Company issued by the Registry of Companies of the Cayman Islands on 6 September 2017 (the “Certificate of Good Standing”);

 

9	a certificate from a Director of the Company addressed to Travers Thorp Alberga, a copy of which is attached hereto (the “Director’s Certificate”); and

 

10	the Registration Statement.

Execution

Exhibit 10.1

SERIES E SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

OPTIMIX MEDIA ASIA LIMITED

---

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1.		Definitions					1
2.		Subscription and Issuance of Purchased Shares					9
		2.1.		Subscription and Issuance of the Purchased Shares			9
		2.2.		Closing			10
3.		Representations and Warranties of the Warrantors					10
		3.1.		Organization, Good Standing and Qualification			10
		3.2.		Capitalization and Voting Rights			11
		3.3.		Corporate Structure; Subsidiaries			12
		3.4.		Authorization			12
		3.5.		Valid Issuance of Purchased Shares			13
		3.6.		Governmental Consents			13
		3.7.		Offering			13
		3.8.		Certain Regulatory Matters			13
		3.9.		Tax Matters			14
		3.10.		Charter Documents; Books and Records			15
		3.11.		Financial Statements			15
		3.12.		Changes			15
		3.13.		Actions and Governmental Orders			16
		3.14.		Liabilities			17
		3.15.		Commitments			17
		3.16.		Compliance with Laws and Governmental Orders			17
		3.17.		Title; Properties; Permits			19
		3.18.		Compliance with Other Instruments			20
		3.19.		Related Party Transactions			20
		3.20.		Intellectual Property Rights			20
		3.21.		Labor and Employment Matters			22
		3.22.		Employee Benefits			22
		3.23.		Suppliers			23
		3.24.		No Brokers			23
		3.25.		Disclosure			23
4.		Representations and Warranties of the Investor					23
		4.1.		Authorization			24
		4.2.		Purchase for Own Account			24
		4.3.		Status of Investor			24
		4.4.		Restricted Securities			24
		4.5.		No Conflicts; Consents			24
		4.6.		Actions and Government Orders			24
5.		Conditions of the Investor’s Obligations at the Closing					25
		5.1.		Representations and Warranties			25
		5.2.		Performance			25
		5.3.		Authorizations			25
		5.4.		Proceedings and Documents			25
		5.5.		Execution of the other Transaction Documents			26
		5.6.		Closing Certificate			26
		5.7.		Business Conditions			26
		5.8.		Non-Compete Agreement		26
		5.9.		Due Diligence		26
		5.10.		Legal Opinion		26
		5.11.		Waiver Letter		27

 

i

---

6.		Conditions of the Company’s Obligations at the Closing					27
		6.1.		Representations and Warranties		27
		6.2.		Performance		27
		6.3.		Execution of the other Transaction Documents		27
7.		Covenants and Other Agreements					27
		7.1.		Use of proceeds		27
		7.2.		Notice of Certain Events		28
		7.3.		Reservation of Ordinary Shares		28
		7.4.		Preservation of Redemption Right		28
		7.5.		Compliance with Applicable Laws		28
		7.6.		Efforts to Consummate		29
		7.7.		Other PRC related covenants		29
		7.8.		IP Covenant		30
		7.9.		Other HK related covenants		30
8.		Termination					30
		8.1.		Effective Date; Termination		30
		8.2.		Events of Termination		30
		8.3.		Effect of Termination		31
9.		Miscellaneous.					31
		9.1.		Further Assurances		31
		9.2.		Successors and Assigns		31
		9.3.		Governing Law		31
		9.4.		Dispute Resolution		31
		9.5.		Notices		32
		9.6.		Indemnity		33
		9.7.		Limitations and Other Matters Relating to Indemnification		34
		9.8.		Confidentiality		34
		9.9.		Publicity		34
		9.10.		Rights Cumulative		35
		9.11.		Fees and Expenses		35
		9.12.		Severability		35
		9.13.		Amendments and Waivers		35
		9.14.		No Waiver		35
		9.15.		Delays or Omissions		35
		9.16.		No Presumption		36
		9.17.		Headings and Subtitles; Interpretation		36
		9.18.		Counterparts		36
		9.19.		Entire Agreement		36

Schedule A [RESERVED]

Schedule B -1 PARTICULARS OF GROUP COMPANIES

Schedule B -2 SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM

Schedule C DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

Schedule D FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

Schedule E FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AGREEMENT

Schedule F FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

Schedule G FORM OF DEEDS OF GUARANTEE

Schedule H FORM OF non-compete agreement

 

ii

---

SERIES E SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

THIS SERIES E SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 19, 2016, by and among Optimix Media Asia Limited, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, a Hong Kong S.A.R. citizen whose ID No. is K096776(9) (“Founder 1”), Mr. Ng, Yau Ping, a Hong Kong S.A.R. citizen whose ID No. is V029871(9) (“Founder 2” and, together with Founder 1, the “Founders”, and each, a “Founder”), and Shenwan Hongyuan Goldspring Fund I, (the “Investor”, together with the Company and the Founders, the “Parties”, and each, a “Party”).

RECITALS

A. Conditioned upon the satisfaction of all applicable conditions set forth herein, the Investor wishes to subscribe for certain number of Series E Preference Shares (as defined below) of the Company, and the Company wishes to issue such number of Series E Preference Shares to the Investor upon payment of the Subscription Price (as defined below) at the Closing, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

B. The Parties desire to enter into this Agreement and make the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

WITNESSETH

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties intending to be legally bound hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.	Definitions

The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

“Action” means any notice, charge, claim, action, complaint, petition, investigation, suit or other proceeding, whether administrative, civil or criminal, whether at Law or in equity, and whether or not before any mediator, arbitrator or Governmental Authority.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person.

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles” means the seventh amended and restated memorandum and articles of association of the Company to be adopted pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the agreed form of which is attached hereto in Schedule D.

“Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal Agreement” means the third amended and restated right of first refusal agreement to be entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the agreed form of which is attached hereto in Schedule E.

“Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement” means the fourth amended and restated shareholders agreement to be entered into pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the agreed form of which is attached hereto in Schedule F.

---

“Announcement 7” means the “Notice Regarding Certain Corporate Income Tax Matters on Indirect Transfer of Properties by Non-Tax Resident Enterprises (Public Notice [2015] No.7)” issued by the State Administration of Taxation of the People’s Republic of China , effective as of February 3, 2015 (including subsequent amending provisions, if any).

“Approval” means any approval, authorization, release, order, or consent required to be obtained from, or any registration, qualification, designation, declaration, filing, notice, statement or other communication required to be filed with or delivered to, any Governmental Authority or any other Person, or any waiver of any of the foregoing.

“Arbitration Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(ii) hereof.

“Audited Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 hereof.

“Beijing OptAim” means Beijing Zhiyunzhong Internet Technology Limited , a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of the PRC.

“Benefit Plan” means any employment contract, deferred compensation agreement, bonus plan, incentive plan, profit sharing plan, retirement agreement or other employment compensation agreement or any other plan established or maintained by any Group Company (or any predecessor or Affiliate of a Group Company) which provides or provided benefits for any employee of any Group Company or with respect to which contributions are or have been made by any Group Company on account of an employee of any Group Company.

“Bridge Loan” means the loan provided by Harmony Way International Limited to the Company, with a principal amount of US$10,000,000 pursuant to a loan agreement by and between Harmony Way International Limited and the Company dated November 4, 2016.

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

“Business Day” means a day (excluding Saturday, Sunday or public holiday) on which commercial banks in the British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Hong Kong S.A.R. and PRC are open for business to the general public.

“Buzzinate” means Buzzinate Company Limited, a company incorporated in Hong Kong with registered number 1323609, whose registered office is at Room 1501, 15/F, SPA Centre, 53-55 Lockhart Road, Wanchai, Hong Kong.

“Buzzinate Shanghai” means , a wholly foreign owned enterprise with limited liability incorporated in the PRC with company number 69157656-9, whose legal address is Room 103/105, Block 1, No. 498, Guo Shou Jing Rd, Pudong, Shanghai, P.R.C.

“Buzzinate TW” means , a wholly foreign owned enterprise with limited liability incorporated in Taiwan with company number 25103545, whose legal address is 8F, No. 37, Section 4, Muzha Rd, 116, Taipei City, Taiwan.

“BVI Companies” means Diablo Holdings Corporation and Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation.

“CFC” means a controlled foreign corporation as defined in the Code.

 

2

---

“Charter Documents” means, as to a Person, such Person’s certificate of incorporation, formation or registration (including, if relevant, certificates of change of name), memorandum of association, articles of association or incorporation, charter, by-laws, trust deed, trust instrument, partnership, operating agreement, limited liability company, joint venture or shareholders agreement or equivalent documents, and business license, in each case as amended.

“China Search (HK)” means China Search (Asia) Limited, a corporation incorporated and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong.

“Circular 698” means the “Notice on Strengthening the Management of Enterprise Income Tax Collection of Proceeds from Equity Transfers by Non-Resident Enterprises (Guoshihan [2009] 698)” issued by the State Administration of Taxation of the PRC on December 11, 2009 and any subsequent similar notices, rules, amendments or supplements.

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(i) hereof

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Company Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(i) hereof.

“Company Officials” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(v) hereof.

“Company Owned IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(i) hereof.

“Company Registered IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(i) hereof.

“Compliance Law” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(iv) hereof.

“Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.8 hereof.

“Contract” means, as to any Person, any contract, agreement, undertaking, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, mortgage, deed of trust, franchise, or license to which such Person is a party or by which such Person or any of its property is bound, whether oral or written.

“Control” of a given Person means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, which power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such Person; the term “Controlled” has the meaning correlative to the foregoing.

“Conversion Shares” means the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of the Series E Preference Shares.

“Deeds of Guarantee” means the deeds of guarantee to be entered into by the Guarantors pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the agreed form of which is attached hereto in Schedule G.

“Disclosure Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(i) hereof.

 

3

---

“DMG HK” means Digital Marketing Group Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong.

“Equity Securities” means, with respect to a Person, any shares, share capital, registered capital, ownership interest, equity interest, or other securities of such Person, and any option, warrant, or right to subscribe for, acquire or purchase any of the foregoing, or any other security or instrument convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for any of the foregoing, or any equity appreciation, phantom equity, equity plans or similar rights with respect to such Person, or any Contract of any kind for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of any of the foregoing, either directly or indirectly.

“ESOP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(i) hereof.

“FCPA” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(iv)(b) hereof.

“Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 hereof.

“Founder” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government or any federation, province or state or any other political subdivision thereof; any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Hong Kong S.A.R., PRC or any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization.

“Government Official” means (i) an officer or employee of a government, government-owned enterprise (or any department or instrumentality thereof), political party or public international organization, (ii) a candidate for government or political officer, or (iii) an officer or employee of any entity owned by a government.

“Governmental Order” means any applicable order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, precept, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before or under the supervision of any Governmental Authority.

“Group Benefit Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.22 hereof.

“Group Company” means each of the Company, the HK Company, BVI Companies and their directly and indirectly owned Subsidiaries and Affiliates and associated companies, including but not limited to Buzzinate, Buzzinate Shanghai, Buzzinate TW, iClick Beijing, iClick Shanghai, iClick Shenzhen, OptAim Beijing, OptAim Shanghai, OptAim WFOE, and iClick TW, and “Group” refers to all Group Companies collectively. The particulars of the Group Companies are set forth on Schedule B-1 attached hereto.

“Guarantor” means each of Optimix Media Asia Limited (incorporated in Hong Kong), iClick Interactive Asia Limited, Diablo Holdings Corporation, Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation, China Search (Asia) Limited, DMG HK, Tetris Media Limited, OptAim Limited, and OptAim (HK) Limited.

“HK Company” means Optimix Media Asia Limited, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the Hong Kong S.A.R.

 

4

---

“HKIAC” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.4(iii) hereof.

“Hong Kong S.A.R.” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.

“iClick Beijing” means Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd , a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of the PRC.

“iClick (HK)” means iClick Interactive Asia Limited, a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong.

“iClick Shanghai” means Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co. Ltd , a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of the PRC.

“iClick Shenzhen” means Search Asia Technology (SZ) Ltd. , a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of the PRC.

“iClick TW” means iClick Interactive Taiwan Limited and iClick Interactive Taiwan Limited Taiwan Branch.

“Indemnifiable Loss” means, with respect to any Person, any action, claim, cost, damage, deficiency, diminution in value, disbursement, expense, liability, loss, obligation, penalty, settlement, suit, or Tax of any kind or nature, together with all reasonable interest or other carrying costs, penalties, legal, accounting and other reasonable professional fees and expenses incurred in the investigation, collection, prosecution and defense of claims or amounts paid in settlement, that may be imposed on or otherwise incurred or suffered by such Person. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, the Indemnifiable Loss shall in no event include any indirect, special, punitive, exemplary or consequential loss or damage.

“Indemnification Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.7 hereof.

“Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(i) hereof.

“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(ii) hereof.

“Indemnity Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(iii) hereof.

“Investor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Intellectual Property” means any and all (i) patents, all patent rights and all applications therefor and all reissues, reexaminations, continuations, continuations-in-part, divisions, and patent term extensions thereof, (ii) inventions (whether patentable or not), discoveries, improvements, concepts, innovations and industrial models, (iii) registered and unregistered copyrights, copyright registrations and applications, author’s rights and works of authorship (including artwork of any kind and software of all types in whatever medium, inclusive of computer programs, source code, object code and executable code, and related documentation), (iv) URLs, domain names, web sites, web pages and any part thereof, (v) technical information, know-how, trade secrets, drawings, designs, design protocols, specifications for parts and devices, quality assurance and control procedures, design tools, manuals, research data concerning historic and current research and development efforts, including the results of successful and unsuccessful designs, databases and proprietary data, (vi) proprietary processes, technology, engineering, formulae, algorithms and operational procedures, (vii) trade names, trade dress, trademarks, domain names, and service marks, and registrations and applications therefor, and (viii) the goodwill of the business symbolized or represented by the foregoing, customer lists and other proprietary information and common-law rights.

 

5

---

“Key Employee” means, with respect to any Person, the president, chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief operating officer, the chief technical officer, the chief product officer, the chief marketing officer, all senior managers of the Group Companies reporting directly to any Group Company’s Board of Directors, or any other employee with responsibilities similar to any of the foregoing.

“Key Management” means Founder 1, TANG Jian and Lee, Yanshu ..

“Key Management Employment Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.9 hereof.

“Knowledge” or “ aware” means, with respect to the Warrantors, the best knowledge of the Founders, the Senior Management Team, and the president, chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the chief operating officer, the chief technical officer, the chief sales and marketing officer (if applicable) of each Group Company, and that knowledge which should have been acquired by each such individual after making such reasonable inquiry and exercising such due diligence as a prudent business person would have made or exercised in the management of his or her business affairs, including but not limited to reasonable inquiry of officers, directors, key employees, consultants and professional advisers (including attorneys, accountants and auditors) of the Group and of its Affiliates who could reasonably be expected to have knowledge of the matters in question, and where any statement in the representations and warranties hereunder is expressed to be given or made to a Person’s Knowledge, or so far as a party is aware, or is qualified in some other manner having a similar effect, the statement shall be deemed to be supplemented by the additional statement that such party has made such due inquiry and due diligence.

“Law” or “Laws” means any constitutional provision, statute, ordinance or other law, rule, regulation, official policy or interpretation of applicable Governmental Authority and any Governmental Order in the jurisdiction of incorporation of each Group Company and where they ordinarily conduct their business, including without limitation, the British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, Hong Kong S.A.R. and PRC.

“Liabilities” means, with respect to any Person, all debts, obligations, liabilities owed by such Person of any nature, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise, and whether due or to become due.

“Licensed IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.20(i) hereof.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, claim, security interest, encumbrance, title defect, lien, charge, easement, adverse claim, restrictive covenant, or other restriction or limitation of any kind whatsoever, including any restriction on the use, voting, transfer, receipt of income, or exercise of any attributes of ownership, but excluding any such restriction or limitation under the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

“Management Accounts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 hereof.

 

6

---

“Material Adverse Effect” means any (i) event, occurrence, fact, condition, change or development (each, an “Effect”) that has had, has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse effect on the business, properties, assets, employees, operations, results of operations, condition (financial or otherwise), assets or liabilities of the Group taken as a whole, (ii) material impairment of the ability of any Group Company or Founder to perform the material obligations of such Person hereunder or under any other Transaction Document, as applicable and resulting in a material adverse effect to the Group, or (iii) material impairment of the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any Transaction Document against any Group Company or Founder and resulting in a material adverse effect to the Group; provided, however, that, in the case of clause (i) above, no Effect shall constitute a Material Adverse Effect to the extent that such Effect arises out of or results from (a) changes after the date hereof in general economic or business conditions anywhere in the world, (b) changes after the date hereof in the credit, debt, financial or capital markets or changes in interest or exchange rates, in each case, anywhere in the world, (c) changes after the date hereof in conditions generally affecting the industry in which the Group operates, (d) any outbreak of any military conflict, declared or undeclared war, armed hostilities, or acts of foreign or domestic terrorism, (e) any hurricane, flood, tornado, earthquake or other natural disaster, (f) changes after the date hereof in applicable Law or US GAAP, or (g) any action taken by any Group Company at the specific request of the Investor that any Group Company is not otherwise obligated to take pursuant to this Agreement, any of the other Transaction Documents or applicable Laws; provided, further, that any Effect arising out of or resulting from any change or event referred to in clause (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) above may constitute, and be taken into account in determining the occurrence of, a Material Adverse Effect if such change or event has a disproportionate impact on the Group Companies compared to other companies that operate in the industries in which the Group Companies operate.

“Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(i) hereof.

“Non-Compete Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8 hereof.

“Ordinary Shares” means the Company’s ordinary shares, par value US$0.001 per share.

“Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.17(iv) hereof.

“Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens for Taxes not yet delinquent or the validity of which are being contested and (ii) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business, which (a) do not individually or in the aggregate materially detract from the value, use, or transferability of the assets that are subject to such Liens and (b) were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, association, limited liability company, firm, trust, estate or other enterprise or entity.

“PFIC” means a passive foreign investment company as defined in the Code.

“PRC” means the People’s Republic of China, but solely for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, excluding the Hong Kong S.A.R., the Macau Special Administrative Region and the islands of Taiwan.

“Preference Shares” means collectively, the Series A Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares and Series E Preference Shares.

“Prohibited Person” means any Person that is (i) a national or resident of any U.S. embargoed or restricted country, (ii) included on, or Affiliated with any Person on, the United States Commerce Department’s Denied Parties List, Entities and Unverified Lists; the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Specially Designated Nationals, Specially Designated Narcotics Traffickers or Specially Designated Terrorists, or the Annex to Executive Order No. 13224; the Department of State’s Debarred List; UN Sanctions, (iii) a member of any PRC military organization, or (iv) a Person with whom business transactions, including exports and re-exports, are restricted by a U.S. Governmental Authority, including, in each clause above, any updates or revisions to the foregoing and any newly published rules.

 

7

---

“Public Official” means any employee of a Governmental Authority, an active member of a political party engaged in political or governmental activities, a political candidate, officer of a public international organization, or officer or employee of a state-owned enterprise, including a PRC state- owned enterprise.

“Purchased Shares” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

“PwC” means PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP.

“Qualified Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2 hereof.

“Qualified Auditor” means any of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited, PwC, Ernst & Young or KPMG.

“Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11 hereof.

“Related Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19 hereof.

“Related Party Contract” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19 hereof.

“Representatives” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.16(iv) hereof.

“SAIC” means, the State Administration of Industry and Commerce of the PRC.

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Senior Management Team” means collectively, the individuals set forth in Schedule B-2 attached hereto.

“Series A Preference Shares” means the Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

“Series B Preference Shares” means the Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

“Series C Preference Shares” means the Series C redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

“Series D Preference Shares” means the Series D redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

“Series E Preference Shares” means the Series E redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles.

“Series E Share Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

“Shanghai OptAim” means Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Limited , a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of the PRC.

 

8

---

“Shares” means the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares, the Series E Preference Shares and the Ordinary Shares.

“Social Insurance” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21(ii) hereof.

“SPD Silicon” means SPD Silicon Valley Bank.

“Statement Date” means September 30, 2016.

“Subscription Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person of which the specified Person, directly or indirectly, owns or Controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding authorized capital, share capital, voting interests or registered capital.

“Tax” means any national, provincial or local income, sales and use, excise, franchise, real and personal property, gross receipt, capital stock, value-added, production, business and occupation, disability, employment, payroll, severance or withholding tax or any other type of tax, levy, assessment, custom duty or charge imposed by any Governmental Authority, any interest and penalties (civil or criminal) related thereto or to the late filing, late payment, or nonpayment thereof, and any loss or tax Liability incurred in connection with the determination, settlement or litigation of any Liability arising therefrom.

“Tax Return” means any return, declaration, report, estimate, claim for refund, claim for extension, information return, or statement relating to any Tax, including any schedule or attachment thereto.

“Third Party Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(iii) hereof.

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Deeds of Guarantee, the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal Agreement, the schedules and exhibits attached to any of the foregoing, and each of the agreements and other documents otherwise required in connection with implementing the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing.

“US GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

“Warrantors” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof.

“OptAim WFOE” means Zhiyunzhong (Beijing) Information Technology Limited , a company incorporated and existing under the Laws of the PRC.

 

2.	Subscription and Issuance of Purchased Shares.

 

2.1.

Subscription and Issuance of the Purchased Shares.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Investor agrees to subscribe for and the Company agrees to issue and allot to the Investor, 1,068,114 Series E Preference Shares (the “Purchased Shares”) at the price of US$18.72459 per share (the “Series E Share Price”), for the aggregate subscription price of US$20 million (the “Subscription Price”).

 

9

---

2.2.

Closing

(i) Closing. The consummation of the subscription and issuance of the Purchased Shares pursuant to Section 2.1 (the “Closing”) shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures as soon as practicable but in no event later than fifteen (15) Business Days after all closing conditions (specified in Section 5 and Section 6 hereof) have been waived or satisfied (except for such conditions that will be satisfied at the Closing, but nonetheless subject to the satisfaction or waiver thereof at the Closing), or at such other time and place as the Company and the Investor shall mutually agree in writing, in any case no later than December 31, 2016.

(ii) Closing Deliveries. At the Closing, the Company shall deliver to the Investor (a) a copy of the updated register of members of the Company, certified by a director of the Company or a representative of the Company’s registered office provider, reflecting the issuance to the Investor of the Purchased Shares at the Closing; (b) a copy of the share certificate duly signed by a director of the Company representing the Purchased Shares being issued and allotted to and subscribed for by the Investor at the Closing; (c) copies of the board resolutions and shareholders’ resolutions of the Company certified by a director of the Company approving, inter alia, the execution of the Transaction Documents by the Company and the Deeds of Guarantee by each of the Guarantors as well as the transactions contemplated thereunder, changes in the authorized share capital of the Company including creation of the Series E Preference Shares and the adoption of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles; and (d) copies of the duly adopted Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles certified by a director of the Company. Within five (5) days after the Closing, the Company shall deliver the original share certificate to the Investor representing the Purchased Shares being issued and allotted to and subscribed for by the Investor.

(iii) Closing Payment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, the Investor agrees to pay the Subscription Price as follows: (a) US$10,000,000 in cash of immediately available funds by wire transfer to the bank account designated by the Company at least three (3) Business Days before the Closing; and (b) and within ten (10) Business Days after the Bridge Loan is fully repaid, US$10,000,000 in cash of immediately available funds by wire transfer to the bank account designated by the Company.

 

3.	Representations and Warranties of the Warrantors.

Subject to such exceptions as may be specifically set forth or referred to in the Disclosure Schedule attached to this Agreement as Schedule C (the “Disclosure Schedule”), the Company and the Founders (collectively, the “Warrantors”), jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Investor that each of the statements contained in this Section 3 is true and complete as of the date of this Agreement, and each of such statements shall be true and complete on and as of the date of the Closing, as applicable, but which may be updated prior to the Closing to reflect any changes that may have occurred between the date hereof and the Closing, with the same effect as if made on and as of the date of such Closing, as follows:

 

3.1.

Organization, Good Standing and Qualification.

The Company is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the Cayman Islands. Each Group Company is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing (where such status is applicable) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation. Each Group Company has all requisite legal and corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, and is duly qualified to transact business in each jurisdiction it carries on business, in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The Company was formed solely to acquire and hold the equity interests in its Subsidiaries set out in Schedule B-1 and since its formation has not engaged in any other business and has not incurred any Liability except in the ordinary course of business of acquiring, managing and disposing of its equity interests in each of its Subsidiaries.

 

10

---

3.2.

Capitalization and Voting Rights.

(i) Company. As of the date hereof, the authorized share capital of the Company is US$50,000, divided into 38,350,000 Ordinary Shares, of which 16,500,808 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding, 2,500,000 Series A Preference Shares, of which 2,476,190 Series A Preference Shares are issued and outstanding, 3,000,000 Series B Preference Shares, of which 1,889,249 Series B Preference Shares are issued and outstanding, 1,650,000 Series C Preference Shares, of which 1,599,186 Series C Preference Shares are issued and outstanding and 4,500,000 Series D Preference Shares, of which 2,493,018 Series D Preference Shares are issued and outstanding. The Company has reserved (a) 2,834,910 Ordinary Shares for issuance to officers, directors, employees, consultants or service providers of the Company pursuant to the equity incentive plan of the Company (the “ESOP”) which has been adopted by the Board of Directors and approved and ratified by the holders of equity securities of the Company (from this reserve for the ESOP, there are currently no outstanding options for the purchase of Ordinary Shares), (b) 2,476,190 Ordinary Shares for issuance upon conversion of the issued and outstanding Series A Preference Shares, (c) 1,889,249 Ordinary Shares for issuance upon conversion of the issued and outstanding Series B Preference Shares, (d) 1,599,186 Ordinary Shares for issuance upon conversion of the issued and outstanding Series C Preference Shares and (e) 2,493,018 Ordinary Shares for issuance upon conversion of the issued and outstanding Series D Preference Shares.

(a) Immediately after the Closing and following adoption of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, the authorized capital of the Company shall be US$50,000, divided into 37,150,000 Ordinary Shares, of which 18,248,975 Ordinary Shares are issued and outstanding, 2,500,000 Series A Preference Shares, of which 2,476,190 Series A Preference Shares are issued and outstanding, 3,000,000 Series B Preference Shares, of which 1,889,249 Series B Preference Shares are issued and outstanding, 1,650,000 Series C Preference Shares, of which 1,599,186 Series C Preference Shares are issued and outstanding, 4,500,000 Series D Preference Shares, of which 2,493,018 Series D Preference Shares are issued and outstanding, and 1,200,000 Series E Preference Shares, of which 1,068,114 shall be issued at Closing. As of the Closing Date, the rights, privileges and preferences of the Ordinary Shares, the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares and the Series E Preference Shares shall be as set out in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal Agreement⁴.

(b) Section 3.2(i) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth as of (1) the date hereof and (2) immediately after the Closing, the fully diluted outstanding and authorized Equity Securities of the Company and the registered holders thereof.

(ii) Group Companies. The authorized and fully diluted outstanding Equity Securities of each other Group Company is set forth in Schedule B-1, together with an accurate list of the record and beneficial owners of such issued capital and all such issued capital is fully paid on the date hereof.

(iii) No Other Purchased Shares. Except as set forth in this Section 3.2, and except for (a) the conversion privileges of the Preference Shares and (b) certain rights provided in the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal Agreement, there are no and at the Closing there shall not be any authorized or outstanding Equity Securities of any Group Company. No Group Company is a party or otherwise subject to any agreement (other than the Transaction Documents) that affects or relates to the voting or giving of written consents with respect to, or the right to cause the registration, redemption, or repurchase of, any Equity Security of such Group Company.

 

4	Note to Draft: The capitalization should reflect the share transfer to Tang Jian pursuant to the Share Transfer Agreement.

 

11

---

(iv) Issuance and Status. All presently outstanding Equity Securities of each Group Company were duly and validly issued (or subscribed for) in compliance with all applicable Laws, preemptive rights of any Person, and applicable Contracts and are fully paid and non-assessable. All issued share capital of each Group Company is and as of the Closing shall be free of any and all Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer or Lien created under the Transaction Documents). There are no (a) resolutions pending to increase the share capital of any Group Company (other than increase in Share Capital pursuant to the Transaction Documents) or cause the liquidation, winding up, or dissolution of any Group Company or (b) dividends which have accrued or been declared but are unpaid by any Group Company or (c) obligations, contingent or otherwise, of any Group Company to repurchase, redeem, or otherwise acquire any Equity Securities of such Group Company (other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents).

(v) Vesting. No Group Company’s Contracts relating to its Equity Securities provides for acceleration of vesting (or lapse of a repurchase right) or other changes in the vesting provisions or other terms of such agreement or understanding upon the occurrence of any event or combination of events. No Group Company has ever adjusted or amended the exercise price of any share options previously awarded, whether through amendment, cancellation, replacement grant, re-pricing, or any other means.

 

3.3.

Corporate Structure; Subsidiaries.

Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete structure chart showing Group Companies, and indicating the ownership and Control relationships among all Group Companies and the Founders as of the Closing. No Group Company owns or Controls, directly or indirectly, any interest or share in any other Person or is or was a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement. No Group Company is obligated to make any investment in or capital contribution in or on behalf of any other Person. Other than as set forth in Schedule B-1, no other Persons has any direct or indirect right to participate in, or receive any payment (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any payment or distribution under a contract entered into with channel-sales partners of the Group Companies similar to the ones as listed in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule) based on, any amount relating to, the revenue, income, value or net worth of the Group Companies or any component or portion thereof, or any increase or decrease in any of the foregoing. Except for the Company, neither Founder presently owns or Controls, directly or indirectly, any interest or share in any other Person or is or was a participant in any joint venture, partnership or similar arrangement in competition with the current business of the Group, other than the holding of not more than 5% of shares in any company listed on any stock exchange that may compete with the business of the Group. In addition, each Founder is the sole legal and beneficial owner of such number of the Ordinary Shares set forth in the structure chart in Section 3.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, and such shares currently are and will at the Closing be held free of and are not subject to any Lien.

 

3.4.

Authorization.

Each Warrantor has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All actions on the part of each Warrantor (and, as applicable, its officers, directors and shareholders) necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the performance of all obligations of each Warrantor thereunder, and, in the case of the Company, the authorization, issuance (or reservation for issuance), sale and allotment of the Purchased Shares, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement, and each of the Transaction Documents to which a Warrantor is a party, have been or will be duly executed and delivered by such Warrantor. This Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents are, or when executed and delivered by such Warrantor shall be, valid and legally binding obligations of such Warrantor enforceable against such Warrantor in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) as limited by Laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

12

---

3.5.

Valid Issuance of Purchased Shares.

The Purchased Shares, when issued, allotted and paid for in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for the consideration expressed herein or therein, are or will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable (except for the Residual Amount), free from any Lien (except for any restrictions on transfer or Lien created under applicable securities Laws and under the Transaction Documents). The Conversion Shares have been reserved for issuance and, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free from any Liens (except for any restrictions on transfer or Liens created under applicable securities Laws and under the Transaction Documents). Except as otherwise disclosed in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule, the issuance of the Purchased Shares is not subject to any preemptive rights, rights of first refusal or similar rights except those which have been waived in connection with such issuance.

 

3.6.

Governmental Consents.

No Approval with respect to or on the part of any Group Company or any Founder is required in connection with its valid execution, delivery, or performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Transaction Documents or the offer, sale, transfer, issuance or reservation for issuance of any Purchased Shares.

 

3.7.

Offering.

Subject in part to the accuracy of the Investor’s representations set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement, the offer and issuance of the Purchased Shares, as contemplated by the Transaction Documents, are exempt from the qualification, registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable securities Laws.

 

3.8.

Certain Regulatory Matters.

(i) The Group Companies have obtained any and all necessary Approvals from applicable Governmental Authorities and have fulfilled all fillings and registration requirements with applicable Governmental Authorities necessary in respect of each Founder and his investment in the Group Companies, and in respect of the Group Companies, and their operations, respectively. All filings and registrations with applicable Governmental Authorities required in respect of the Group Companies and the Founders have been duly completed in accordance with applicable Law. No Founder or Group Company has received any letter or notice from any applicable Governmental Authorities notifying it/him of the revocation of any Approval issued to it or the need for compliance or remedial actions in respect of the activities carried out directly or indirectly by any Founder or Group Company. Each Group Company has been conducting its business activities within the permitted scope of business or is otherwise operating its businesses in material compliance with all relevant Laws and Governmental Orders. No Founder or Group Company has reason to believe that any authorization of any Governmental Authority, license or permit requisite for the conduct of any part of its business which is subject to periodic renewal will not be granted or renewed by the relevant Governmental Authorities.

 

13

---

(ii) Except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, no legal and/or beneficial owner of any Group Company is a PRC citizen or a PRC resident, who shall be subject to any filing or registration requirements under the foreign exchange rules and regulations of the PRC.

 

3.9.

Tax Matters.

(i) Each Group Company (a) has duly filed all Tax Returns that are required to have been filed by it with any Governmental Authority, (b) has duly paid all Taxes owed by it which are due and payable (whether or not shown on any Tax Return) and withheld and remitted to the appropriate Governmental Authority all Taxes which it is obligated to withhold and remit from amounts owing to any employee, creditor, customer or third party (if any), (c) has not waived any statute of limitations with respect to Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to a Tax assessment or deficiency other than, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), unpaid Taxes that are in contest with Tax authorities by Group Company in good faith or nonmaterial in amount, (d) is not subject to any Tax related penalty imposed by any Governmental Authority, and (e) is in substantial compliance with Circular 698 and Announcement 7.

(ii) The Group Companies are required to file Tax Returns in Hong Kong, Singapore and the PRC only and each Tax Return referred to in paragraph (i) above has been properly prepared in compliance with the applicable Hong Kong, Singapore and PRC Laws and is true, correct and complete in all material respects. None of such Tax Returns contains a statement that is false or misleading or omits any matter that is required to be included or without which the statement would be false or misleading. No reporting position was taken on any such Tax Return which has not been disclosed to the appropriate Tax authority or in such Tax Return, as may be required by Law. All records relating to such Tax Returns or to the preparation thereof required by applicable Law to be maintained by applicable Group Company have been duly maintained. No written claim has been made by a Government Authority in a jurisdiction where the Group does not file Tax Returns and that any Group Company is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.

(iii) The assessment of any additional Taxes with respect to the applicable Group Company for periods for which Tax Returns have been filed is not expected to materially exceed the recorded Liability therefor in the most recent balance sheet in the Financial Statements (as defined below), and to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there are no unresolved claims concerning any Tax Liability of any Group Company. Since the Statement Date, no Group Company has incurred any material liability for Taxes outside the ordinary course of business or otherwise inconsistent with past custom and practice. There is no pending dispute with, or notice from, any Tax authority relating to any of the Tax Returns filed by any Group Company, and to the Knowledge of the applicable Group Company and each of the Warrantors, there is no proposed Liability for a deficiency in any Tax to be imposed upon the properties or assets of any Group Company.

(iv) No Group Company has been the subject of any examination or investigation by any Tax authority relating to the conduct of its business or the payment or withholding of Taxes that has not been resolved or is currently the subject of any examination or investigation by any Tax authority relating to the conduct of its business or the payment or withholding of Taxes. No Group Company is responsible for the Taxes of any other Person by reason of contract, successor liability or otherwise.

(v) No Group Company is or has ever been a PFIC or CFC. No Group Company anticipates that it will become a PFIC or CFC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year.

(vi) No Group Company is or has ever been a US real property holding corporation.

 

14

---

3.10.

Charter Documents; Books and Records.

The Charter Documents of each Group Company are in the form provided to the Investor. Each Group Company has made available to the Investor or its counsel a copy of its minute books. Such copy is true, correct and complete, and contains all amendments and all minutes of meetings and actions taken by its shareholders and directors since the time of formation through the date hereof and reflects all transactions referred to in such minutes accurately in all material respects. Each Group Company maintains its books of accounts and records in the usual, regular and ordinary manner, on a basis consistent with prior practice, and which permits its Financial Statements (as defined below) to be prepared in accordance with US GAAP.

 

3.11.

Financial Statements.

Section 3.11 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the drafted audited consolidated balance sheet and statements of operations and cash flows for the Group as of and, where applicable, for each of the twelve-month periods ending December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014 (collectively, the financial statements referred to above, the “Audited Financial Statements”) and unaudited management accounts as of and for the twelve-month period ending December 31, 2015 and the nine (9)-month period ending on September 30, 2016 (the “Management Accounts” and, together with the Audited Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”). The Audited Financial Statements (i) have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of each Group Company and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial condition and position of the Group as of the dates indicated therein and the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of the Group for the periods indicated therein. The Management Accounts have been prepared in accordance with the books and records of the Group Companies and are fair and do not materially misstate the profits or losses of the Group for the financial period to which they relate. All of the accounts receivable owing to any of the Group Companies, including without limitation all accounts receivable set forth on the Financial Statements, constitute valid and enforceable claims and are good and collectible in the ordinary course of business in all material respects, net of any reserves shown on the Financial Statements (which reserves are adequate and were calculated on a basis consistent with US GAAP), and no further goods or services are required to be provided in order to complete the sales and to entitle the applicable Group Company to collect in full. There is no material contingent or asserted claims, refusals to pay, or other rights of set-off with respect to any accounts receivable of the Group Companies to the Knowledge of the Warrantors.

 

3.12.

Changes.

Since the Statement Date, the Group has operated its business in the ordinary course consistent with its past practice, there has not been any Material Adverse Effect or any material change in the way the Group conducts its business, no Group Company has entered into any transaction outside of the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, and there has not been any Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Group Company by or with respect to:

(i) any purchase, acquisition, sale, lease, disposal of or other transfer of any assets that are individually or in the aggregate material to its business, whether tangible or intangible, other than the purchase or sale of inventory in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, and no acquisition (by merger, consolidation or other combination, or acquisition of stock or assets, or otherwise) of any business or other Person or division thereof;

(ii) any waiver, termination, settlement or compromise of a valuable right or of a debt;

(iii) any incurrence, creation, assumption, repayment, satisfaction, or discharge of (1) any material Lien (other than Permitted Liens) or (2) any indebtedness or guarantee, or the making of any loan or advance (other than reasonable and normal advances to employees for bona fide expenses that are incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice), or the making of any investment or capital contribution other than to a Group Company;

 

15

---

(iv) any amendment to any Material Contract, any entering of any new Material Contract, or any termination of any Contract (other than by expiration of its term) that would have been a Material Contract if in effect on the date hereof, or any amendment to any Charter Document, or any amendment to or waiver under any Charter Document other than as disclosed to the Investor in writing prior to Closing;

(v) any change in any compensation arrangement or agreement with any Key Employee of any Group Company, except for such changes required pursuant to the terms of plans or agreements in effect on the date of the Management Accounts and disclosed in writing to the Investor, or adoption of any new Group Benefit Plan, or made any material change in any existing Group Benefit Plan;

(vi) any declaration, setting aside or payment or other distribution in respect of any Equity Securities, or any direct or indirect redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any Equity Securities;

(vii) any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not covered by insurance, adversely affecting the assets, properties, financial condition, operation or business of any Group Company;

(viii) any material change in accounting methods or practices or any revaluation of any of its assets;

(ix) except in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice, entry into any closing agreement in respect of material Taxes, settlement of any claim or assessment in respect of any material Taxes, or consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any claim or assessment in respect of any material Taxes, entry or change of any material Tax election, change of any method of accounting resulting in a material amount of additional Tax or filing of any material amended Tax Return;

(x) any commencement or settlement of any material Action; or

(xi) any agreement or commitment to do any of the things described in this Section 3.12.

 

3.13.

Actions and Governmental Orders.

There is no Action pending or currently threatened against any Group Company or any Founder, or, to the Knowledge of any Warrantor, any of the officers or directors of any Group Company with respect to their businesses or proposed business activities, nor is any Warrantor aware of any basis for any of the foregoing, including with respect to any Action involving the prior employment of any of employees of any Group Company, their use in connection with such Group Company’s business of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers or their obligations under any agreements with prior employers. There is no Governmental Order in effect and binding on any Group Company, any Founder or their respective assets or properties. There is no Action by any Group Company or any Founder pending or which such Person intends to initiate against any third party. No Government Authority has at any time materially challenged or questioned in writing the legal right of any Group Company to conduct its business as presently being conducted or proposed to be conducted. No Group Company has received any opinion or memorandum or advice from legal counsel to the effect that it is exposed, from a legal standpoint, to any liability or disadvantage which may be material to its business.

 

16

---

3.14.

Liabilities

No Group Company has any Liabilities except for (i) liabilities set forth in the Financial Statements that have not been satisfied since the Statement Date, and (ii) current liabilities incurred since the Statement Date in the ordinary course of the Group’s business consistent with its past practices and which do not exceed US$1,500,000 in aggregate.

 

3.15.

Commitments.

(i) Section 3.15(i) of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of each Contract to which a Group Company is bound that (a) involves obligations (contingent or otherwise) of, or payments in excess of, US$1,000,000 individually or in the aggregate per annum or that has terms in excess of one (1) year, (b) involves Intellectual Property that is material to a Group Company (other than generally-available “off-the-shelf” shrink-wrap software licenses obtained by the Group on non-exclusive and non-negotiated terms), (c) restricts the ability of a Group Company to compete or to conduct or engage in any business or activity or in any territory, (d) relates to the sale, issuance, grant, exercise, award, purchase, repurchase or redemption of any Equity Securities, (e) involves any provisions providing exclusivity, “change in control”, “most favored nations”, rights of first refusal or first negotiation or similar rights, or grants a power of attorney, agency or similar authority, (f) is with an employee, consultant, officer, director, shareholder or Affiliate, (g) involves indebtedness, an extension of credit, a guaranty or assumption of any obligation, or the grant of a Lien, (g) involves the lease, license, sale, use, disposition or acquisition of a material amount of assets or of a business, (h) involves the waiver, compromise, or settlement of any material dispute, claim, litigation or arbitration, (i) involves the ownership or lease of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in, any real or personal property (except for personal property leases involving payments of less than US$250,000 per annum), (j) involves the establishment, contribution to, or operation of a partnership, joint venture, franchise or involving a sharing of profits or losses, or any investment in, loan to or acquisition or sale of the securities, equity interests or assets of any Person, (k) is with any Person listed in Section 3.21(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, (l) is with a Governmental Authority or state-owned enterprise, or (m) is otherwise material to a Group Company (collectively, the “Material Contracts”).

(ii) A true, fully-executed copy of all Material Contracts have been made available to the Investor. Each Material Contract is a valid and binding agreement of the Group Company that is a party thereto, the performance of which does not and will not violate any applicable Law or Governmental Order, and is in full force and effect, and such Group Company has duly performed all of its obligations under each Material Contract to the extent that such obligations to perform have accrued, and no breach or default, alleged breach or alleged default, or event which would (with the passage of time, notice or both) constitute a breach or default thereunder by such Group Company or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, any other party or obligor with respect thereto, has occurred, or as a result of the execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Documents will occur. No Group Company has given notice (whether or not written) that it intends to terminate a Material Contract or that any other party thereto has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract. No Group Company has received any written notice that it has breached, violated or defaulted under any Material Contract or that any other party thereto intends to terminate such Material Contract.

 

3.16.

Compliance with Laws and Governmental Orders.

(i) Each Group Company has been and is in material compliance with all Laws and all Governmental Orders that are applicable to it or to the conduct or operation of its business or the ownership or use of any of its assets or properties.

 

17

---

(ii) No event has occurred and no circumstance exists that (with or without notice or lapse of time) (a) may constitute or result in a violation by any Group Company of, or a failure on the part of such Group Company to comply with, any Law or Governmental Order, violation of which or failure to comply with which would be expected to produce a Material Adverse Effect on the Group; or (b) may give rise to any obligation on the part of a Group Company to undertake or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature that could be expected to produce a Material Adverse Effect on the Group.

(iii) No Group Company has received any notice from any Governmental Authority regarding (a) any actual, alleged, possible or potential violation of, or failure to comply with, any Law or Governmental Order or (b) any actual, alleged, possible or potential obligation on the part of such Group Company or to undertake, or to bear all or any portion of the cost of, any remedial action of any nature. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no Group Company is under investigation with respect to a violation of any Law or Governmental Order.

(iv) In connection with the Group Companies, each of its directors, officers, and employees, and, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, agents and other persons authorized to act on its behalf and the Founders (collectively, “Representatives”), are in compliance with and have been in material compliance with all applicable anti-bribery, anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, recordkeeping and internal controls Laws (collectively, the “Compliance Laws”). Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with the Group Companies, none of any Group Company, its directors, officers or employees, or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other Representative has, directly or indirectly, offered, authorized, promised, condoned, participated in, or received notice of any allegation of the following that would give rise to any Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Group Company:

(a) the making of any gift or payment of anything of value to any Public Official by any Person to obtain any improper advantage, affect or influence any act or decision of any such Public Official, or assist any Group Company in obtaining or retaining business for, or with, or directing business to, any Person.

(b) the taking of any action by any Person which (i) would violate the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of the United States of America (“FCPA”), as amended, if taken by an entity subject to the FCPA or (ii) could reasonably be expected to constitute a violation of any applicable Compliance Law, or

(c) the making of any false or fictitious entries in the books or records of any Group Company by any Person.

(v) To the Company’s Knowledge, except as set forth in Section 3.16(v) of the Disclosure Schedule (the “Company Officials”), none of the current or former Representatives of any Group Company are or were Public Officials. No Company Official has been involved on behalf of a Government Authority in decisions as to whether any Group Company would be awarded business or that otherwise could benefit any Group Company, or in the appointment, promotion, or compensation of persons who will make such decisions. No such Company Officials will use their government positions to influence acts or decisions of a government for the benefit of any Group Company or the Investor. Such Company Officials will not meet or communicate with Public Officials on behalf of any Group Company or the Investor prior to the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby without advising the Company in writing in advance of such meeting or communication, and the Company will promptly provide such writing to the Investor.

(vi) No Group Company or Representative is a Prohibited Person, and no Prohibited Person will be given an offer to become an employee, officer, consultant or director of any Group Company. No Group Company has conducted or agreed to conduct any business, or entered into or agreed to enter into any transaction with a Prohibited Person.

 

18

---

(vii) The business of each Group Company as now conducted and proposed to be conducted (including any business proposed to be conducted by entities that are not currently existing as of the Closing) are in compliance with all Laws and regulations that may be applicable, including without limitation all Laws of the PRC with respect to mergers, acquisitions, foreign investment and foreign exchange transactions.

(viii) None of the Founders or any member of the Senior Management Team, or to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, any other Key Employee, has been subject to any indictment, convicted in any criminal case, subject to government investigation for bribery or found by a court of providing misleading information in any matter.

 

3.17.

Title; Properties; Permits.

(i) Title. The Group Companies have good and valid title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of their assets, whether real, personal or mixed, purported to be owned by them (including but not limited to all such assets reflected in the Financial Statements), free and clear of any Liens, other than Permitted Liens. The foregoing assets collectively represent in all material respects all assets, rights and properties necessary for the conduct of the business of the Group in the manner conducted during the periods covered by the Financial Statements. Except for leased items, no Person other than a Group Company owns any interest in any such assets. All leases of real or personal property to which a Group Company is a party are fully effective and afford the Group Company valid leasehold possession of the real or personal property that is the subject of the lease.

(ii) Real Property. No Group Company owns any real property or has any easements, licenses, rights of way, or other interests in or to real property, except for the leasehold interests to real property listed on Section 3.17(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule (“Real Property”). All such leasehold properties are held under valid, binding and enforceable leases of a Group Company while such leasehold properties are used by the Group Companies in material compliance with the applicable Laws. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, all structures, improvements and appurtenances on the Real Property lie wholly within the boundaries of such Real Property and do not encroach upon the property of, or otherwise conflict with the property rights of, any adjoining property owner. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, all structures and improvements on the Real Properties, and appurtenances thereto, and the roof, walls and other structural components which are part thereof, and the heating, air conditioning, plumbing and other mechanical facilities thereof, are in good condition and repair in all material respects (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and without structural defects. There are no facilities, services, assets or properties shared with any other Person which is not a Group Company, which are used in connection with the business of the Group.

(iii) Personal Property. All machinery, vehicles, equipment and other tangible personal property owned or leased by a Group Company are (a) in good condition and repair in all material respects (reasonable wear and tear excepted) and (b) not obsolete or in need in any material respect of renewal or replacement, except for renewal or replacement in the ordinary course of business.

(iv) Permits. Each Group Company has all material franchises, authorizations, approvals, permits, certificates and licenses, including without limitation any special approval or permits required under the Laws of the PRC (“Permits”) necessary for its respective business and operations as now conducted or planned to be conducted. Section 3.17(iv)(A) of the Disclosure Schedule is a complete list of such Permits, together with the name of the entity issuing each such Permit. Except as specifically noted thereon, (a) each such Permit is valid and in full force and effect, (b) no Group Company is in default or violation of any such Permit, (c) no Group Company has received any written notice from any Governmental Authority regarding any actual or possible default or violation of any such Permit, (d) each such Permit will remain in full force and effect upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (e) to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no suspension, cancellation or termination of any such Permits is threatened or imminent.

 

19

---

3.18.

Compliance with Other Instruments.

No Group Company is in violation, breach or default of its Charter Documents. The execution, delivery and performance by each Group Company and each Founder of and compliance by each with each of the Transaction Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will not result in (i) any such violation, breach or default, or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, a default under (a) the Charter Documents of any Group Company, (b) any Material Contract, or (c) any applicable Law, (ii) the creation or imposition of any material Lien upon, or with respect to, any of the properties, assets or rights of any Group Company, or (iii) any termination, modification, cancellation, or suspension of any material right of, or any augmentation or acceleration of any material obligation of, any Group Company.

 

3.19.

Related Party Transactions.

Except for any employment-related Contract with an officer, director or employee of any Group Company and any related grant agreement for ESOPs, no officer, director or employee of any Group Company or any “affiliate” or “associate” (as those terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Securities Act) of any of them (each of the foregoing, a “Related Party”), has any Contract with any Group Company (each, a “Related Party Contract”) nor is there currently any proposed Related Party Contract, other than for normal sharing of facilities and office premises. To the Warrantors’ Knowledge, each Related Party Contract is on terms and conditions as favorable to the applicable Group Company as would have been obtainable by it at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with an unrelated party. [Except otherwise disclosed in the Disclosure Schedule,] to the Warrantor’s Knowledge, no Related Party has any direct or indirect ownership interest in any Person (other than a Group Company) with which a Group Company is affiliated or with which a Group Company has a business relationship, or any Person (other than a Group Company) that competes with any Group Company (except that a Related Party may have a passive investment of less than 3% of the stock of any publicly traded company that engages in the foregoing). To the Warrantor’s Knowledge, no Related Party has any interest, either directly or indirectly, in (i) any Person which purchases from or sells, licenses or furnishes to a Group Company any goods, property, intellectual or other property rights or services or (ii) any Contract to which a Group Company is a party or by which it may be bound or affected. None of the Group Companies is indebted, directly or indirectly, to any Related Party, in any amount whatsoever other than in connection with expenses or advances of expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business or relocation expenses of employees of such Group Company or the expenses incurred from normal sharing of facilities and office premises.

 

3.20.

Intellectual Property Rights.

(i) Company Intellectual Property. The Group owns, has the sufficient rights (including but not limited to the rights of development, maintenance, licensing and sale) to, or otherwise has the licenses to use all Intellectual Property (the “Company Intellectual Property”) (including Company Owned IP and Licensed IP, each as defined below) necessary and sufficient to conduct its business as currently conducted by the Group without any conflict with or infringement of the rights of any other Person. Section 3.20(i)(A) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of all patents, trademarks, service marks, trade names, domain names and copyrights or other forms of Intellectual Property (the “Company Registered IP”) for which registrations have been obtained throughout the world (and all applications for, or extensions or reissues of, any of the foregoing throughout the world) that are owned by, or registered or applied for in the name of, any Group Company. Section 3.20(i)(B) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of all Intellectual Property owned by any Group Company but not covered under Company Registered IP, (together with the Company Registered IP, the “Company Owned IP”), other than know-how, trade secrets or other confidential information of the Company. For the avoidance of doubts, any disclosed or undisclosed know-how, trade secrets or other confidential information of the Company shall be considered as the Company Owned IP. Section 3.20(i)(C) of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete list of all Contracts granting to any Group Company a licence to use any Intellectual Property used by all Group Companies (the “Licensed IP”).

 

20

---

(ii) IP Ownership. All of the Company Registered IP are owned by, registered or applied for solely in the name of a Group Company, are valid and subsisting and have not been abandoned, and all necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees with respect thereto and currently due have been satisfied. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, all other material Company Intellectual Property (other than the Company Registered IP) are owned by, registered or applied for (as applicable) solely in the name of the Group Company, and in all material aspect, are valid and subsisting and have not been abandoned, and all necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees with respect thereto and currently due have been satisfied. Neither the Group Company, nor any of its employees, officers or directors has taken any actions or failed to take any actions that would cause any of Company Owned IP to be invalid, unenforceable or not subsisting. No funding or facilities of a Governmental Authority or an university, college, other educational institution or research center was used in the development of any Company Owned IP. No Company Owned IP is the subject of any security interest, Lien, license or other Contract granting rights therein to any other Person. Unless otherwise provided in Section 3.20(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule, no Group Company has (i) transferred or assigned, (ii) granted a license to, or (iii) provided to any Person any Company Owned IP material to its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to any Person. No Group Company is or has been a member or promoter of, or contributor to, any industry standards bodies, patent pooling organizations or similar organizations that could require or obligate a Group Company to grant or offer to any Person any license or right to any Company Owned IP. No Company Owned IP is subject to any proceeding or outstanding Government Order or settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof, or any Group Company’s products or services, by the Company or may affect the validity, use or enforceability of such Company Owned IP.

(iii) Infringement, Misappropriation and Claims. No Group Company has violated, infringed or misappropriated in any material respect any Intellectual Property of any other Person, nor has any Group Company received any written notice alleging any of the foregoing. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no Person has violated, infringed or misappropriated any material Company Intellectual Property of any Group Company, and no Group Company has given any written notice to any other Person alleging any of the foregoing. No Group Company has agreed to indemnify any Person for any infringement, violation or misappropriation of any Intellectual Property.

(iv) Assignments and Prior IP. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, it will not be necessary to utilize any inventions, trade secrets or proprietary information or other Intellectual Property of any of its employees or of any other Person (whether a former employee of a Group Company or otherwise), except for inventions, trade secrets or proprietary information or other Intellectual Property that have been properly assigned to and are exclusively owned by a Group Company. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, they are not aware that any of the Key Employees, employees or consultants, currently or previously employed or otherwise engaged by any Group Company, is in violation of any current or prior confidentiality, non-competition or non-solicitation obligations to any Group Company or to any other Persons, including former employers. None of the Key Employees of any Group Company is obligated under any Contract, or subject to any judgment, decree or order of any court or administrative agency, that would interfere with the use of his or her best efforts to promote the interests of the Group or that would conflict with the business of the Group as presently conducted.

 

21

---

(v) Protection of IP. Where the Company is the owner of intellectual property rights in the Company Intellectual Property, or, where it is necessary and is required under contractual obligations, or, where the Company is required to register an interest as owner or licensee under applicable Laws and Contracts, the Group has taken any and all reasonable and appropriate steps to, register, protect, maintain and safeguard Company Intellectual Property and has executed appropriate nondisclosure and confidentiality agreements, where necessary and appropriate, each Group Company has taken all reasonable and appropriate steps to register its Company Owned IP, and where applicable, each Group Company has made all appropriate filings, registrations and payments of fees in connection with the foregoing. Without limiting the foregoing, all current and former officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Group and all suppliers, customers, distributors, and other third parties having access to any trade secret or proprietary information of any Group Company, its customers or business partners have executed and delivered to such Group Company an agreement requiring the protection of such trade secret or proprietary information.

 

3.21.

Labor and Employment Matters.

(i) Employees. Section 3.21(i) of the Disclosure Schedule enumerates each Key Employee of each Group Company, along with each such individual’s title and current compensation rate. Except as set forth in Section 3.21 of the Disclosure Schedule, each such individual is currently devoting all of his or her business time to the conduct of the business of the Group. No such individual (and no group of employees) has given any notice of intent to resign, and no Group Company has any intention of terminating the employment of any such individual or any group of employees. To the Knowledge of the Warrantors, no Key Employee of any Group Company is obligated under, or in material violation of any term of, any Contract or any Governmental Order relating to the right of any such individual to be employed by, or to contract with, such Group Company. No Group Company has received any notice alleging that any such violation has occurred. No Group Company is a party to any collective bargaining agreements or other Contract with any union or guild, and there are no labor unions, works council or other organizations representing any employee of any Group Company. No employee of the Group Companies is owed any back wages or other compensation for services rendered (except for the current pay period or as otherwise set forth on the Financial Statements).

(ii) Actions; Compliance. There is no, and there has not been in the last three (3) years, any Action relating to the violation or alleged violation of any Law by any Group Company pertaining to labor relations or employment matters, including any charge or complaint filed by an employee with any Governmental Authority or any Group Company. Each Group Company has complied in all material respects with all applicable Laws relating to employment, wages, hours, overtime, working conditions, benefits, retirement, termination, Taxes, and health and safety. Each Group Company is in compliance with each Law relating to its provision of any form of mandatory social insurance and housing fund (the “Social Insurance”), and has paid, or made provision for the payment of, all Social Insurance contributions required under applicable Law. There has not been, and there is not now pending or, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, threatened, any strike, union organization activity, lockout, slowdown, picketing, or work stoppage with respect to the employees of any Group Company or any unfair labor practice charge against any Group Company. There is no pending internal investigation related to any employee or consultant of any Group Company.

 

3.22.

Employee Benefits.

(i) Except as disclosed in Section 3.22 of the Disclosure Schedule, neither Company or any of its Group Company has currently or previously adopted or maintained any incentive plan under which any Group Company has any Liability or under any employee or former employee of any Group Company has any present or future right to benefits (collectively, the “Group Benefit Plan”). There are no pending investigations by any governmental authority involving any Group Benefit Plan and no threatened or pending claims against any Group Benefit Plan (except for claims for benefits payable in the normal operation of any Group Benefit Plan). All contributions to, and payments from, each Group Benefit Plan have been timely made. Each Group Company maintains, and has fully funded, any pension plan and any other labor-related plans that it is required by Law or by Contract to maintain.

 

22

---

(ii) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document will (i) entitle any current or former employee or director of any Group Company to severance pay, or any payment contingent upon a change in control of any Group Company, (ii) increase or enhance any benefits payable under any Benefit Plan, or (iii) accelerate the time of payment or vesting, or increase the amount of any compensation due to any employee or former employee.

 

3.23.

Suppliers.

Section 3.23 of the Disclosure Schedule is a correct list of each of the top ten (10) suppliers (with related or affiliated Persons aggregated for purposes hereof) to the Group as well as any material sole-source suppliers to the Group, in each case for the nine (9)-month period ended September 30, 2016, together with the aggregate amount of the purchases made from each such supplier during such periods. The Warrantors have no reason to believe that, any such supplier is unable, in all material respects, to provide sufficient and timely supplies of goods and services in order to meet the requirements of the Group’s business consistent with prior practice. No Group Company has experienced or been notified of any material shortage in goods or services provided by its suppliers and has no reason to believe that any Person listed on Section 3.23 of the Disclosure Schedule would not continue to provide to, or that it would otherwise materially alter its business relationship with, the Group at any time after the Closing on terms substantially similar to those in effect on the date hereof. There is not currently any dispute pending between the Group and any Person listed on Section 3.23 of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

3.24.

No Brokers.

Neither the Founder nor any Group Company has any Contract with any broker, finder or similar agent with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or by any of the Transaction Documents, and none of them has incurred any Liability for any brokerage fees, agents’ fees, commissions or finders’ fees in connection with any of the Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated therein.

 

3.25.

Disclosure.

The Company has provided the Investor and its professional advisors, with all the information regarding the Group Companies, that is reasonably sufficient for deciding whether to purchase the Purchased Shares including certain of the Group’s projections describing its proposed business plan, which was prepared in good faith. No representation or warranty of the Warrantors contained in this Agreement or any certificate furnished or to be furnished to the Investor at the Closing under this Agreement, when taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made. Except as set forth in this Agreement or the Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Warrantors, there is no fact that the Company has not disclosed to the Investor and of which any of the Warrantors has Knowledge and that has had or would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect upon the financial condition, operating results, assets, customer or supplier relations, employee relations of any Group Company.

 

4.	Representations and Warranties of the Investor.

The Investor hereby represents and warrants to the Company that:

 

23

---

4.1.

Authorization.

The Investor is duly registered organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Law of its place of incorporation and has all requisite power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out and perform its obligations thereunder. All action on the part of such Investor (and, as applicable, its officers, directors and shareholders) necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents (including its financial obligation to pay the Subscription Price at the Closing in accordance with Section 2.2(iii) to which it is a party, and the performance of all obligations of such Investor thereunder, has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Investor. This Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents are, or when executed and delivered by such Investor shall be, valid and legally binding obligations of such Investor, enforceable against such Investor in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other Laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) as limited by Laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

4.2.

Purchase for Own Account.

The Purchased Shares will be acquired for investment purposes for the Investor’s own account or the account of one or more of the Investor’s Affiliates, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and the Investor does not have any present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same.

 

4.3.

Status of Investor

The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501 of Regulation D of the Securities Act, as presently in effect.

 

4.4.

Restricted Securities.

The Investor understands that the Purchased Shares are characterized as “restricted securities” under U.S. federal securities Laws inasmuch as they are being acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under such Laws and applicable regulations such securities may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. The Investor understands that the Purchased Shares have not been qualified or registered under the Laws of any other jurisdiction and therefore may be viewed as restricted securities under any or all of such other applicable securities Laws.

 

4.5.

No Conflicts; Consents

Neither the execution, delivery or performance by the Investor of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document to which it is a party, nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, will (i) result in a material violation or material breach of, or material default under, any provision of the organizational documents of the Investor or (ii)result in a violation of, or give any Governmental Authority the right to challenge any of the transactions contemplated hereby under, any Law or Government Order or stock exchange rules applicable to the Investor.

 

4.6.

Actions and Government Orders

(a) To the actual knowledge of the Investor, there is no pending Action and no Person has threatened to commence any Action against the Investor that challenges, or that could have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with, any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any material respect, and (b) there is no Government Order applicable to the Investor that could have the effect of preventing, delaying, making illegal or otherwise interfering with any of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement or any other Transaction Document in any material respect.

 

24

---

5.	Conditions of the Investor’s Obligations at the Closing.

The obligations of the Investor to consummate the Closing under Section 2 of this Agreement, unless otherwise waived in writing by the Investor, are subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions:

 

5.1.

Representations and Warranties.

Each of the representations and warranties of the Warrantors contained in Section 3 hereof shall be true and complete when made and shall be true and complete on and as of the Closing unless notified to the Investor in writing otherwise, and with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of such Closing, except in either case for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, which representations will have been true and complete as of such particular date.

 

5.2.

Performance.

Each of the Warrantors shall have performed and complied, in all material respects, with all agreements, obligations and conditions (except for provisions set forth in this Section 5, which shall be fulfilled in accordance with their own terms) contained in the Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by them, on or before Closing, including without limitation (i) the preparation of resolutions of any potential conflict of interest (including conflicts among the Group Companies, Founders, and owners of individual franchisees, if applicable), and (ii) completion of condition precedents of the Transaction Documents.

 

5.3.

Authorizations.

All Approvals of any competent Governmental Authority or of any other Person that are required to be obtained by any Warrantor in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including but not limited to those relating to the lawful issuance of the Purchased Shares) (such Approvals include but not limited to any waivers of rights of first refusal, preemptive rights, put or call rights or other rights triggered by the Transaction Documents, if any) shall have been duly obtained and effective as of the Closing and written evidence of these Approvals shall be provided to the Investor to its reasonable satisfaction.

 

5.4.

Proceedings and Documents.

All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions to be completed at the Closing and all documents incident thereto, including without limitation written approvals, consents or waivers from all of the then current holders of equity interests of each Group Company, if necessary, with respect to this Agreement and other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, shall have been completed in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investor, and the Investor shall have received all such counterpart original or other copies of such documents as it may reasonably request.

 

25

---

5.5.

Execution of the other Transaction Documents.

(i) The Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles shall have been duly adopted by all necessary action of the Board of Directors and/or the members of the Company and shall have been duly filed with the appropriate authority(ies) of the Cayman Islands, and such adoption shall have become effective at the Closing with no alternation or amendment as of the Closing and (ii) the Deeds of Guarantee, the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal Agreement, and the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement having been duly executed by all parties thereto, other than by the Investor.

 

5.6.

Closing Certificate.

The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Investor at the Closing a certificate dated as of the Closing (i) stating that the conditions specified in this Section 5 have been fulfilled as of the Closing, and (ii) attaching thereto copies of (1) board and shareholders’ resolutions of the Company and (2) written confirmation from each holder of Series A Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares and Series D Preference Shares approving or consenting to the Investor’s subscription for the Purchased Shares, waiving any preemptive rights, right of first refusal or similar rights they might have in respect of the issuance of the Purchased Shares pursuant to the memorandum and articles of association of the Company and other transaction documents between the Company/its shareholders currently in effect or under any applicable Law.

 

5.7.

Business Conditions

As of the Closing, the business (as conducted), assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and other Group Companies shall be substantially consistent with what the Warrantors have represented to the Investor under Section 3 hereof, and shall have experienced no change that, constitutes a Material Adverse Effect or could reasonably be expected to produce a Material Adverse Effect on the Group.

 

5.8.

Non-Compete Agreement.

The Group Companies shall have entered into an agreement with a non-compete period of at least twenty-four (24) months upon termination of employment with the Group Companies (to the extent permitted by applicable Laws) with each member of the Senior Management Team substantially in the form as attached hereto as Schedule H hereof (the “Non-Compete Agreement”).

 

5.9.

Due Diligence

The Investor’s business, legal, tax and financial due diligence investigation of the Group Companies shall have been completed to its satisfaction.

 

5.10.

Legal Opinion

On or prior to Closing, the Investor shall have received an opinion from Cayman legal counsel to the Company in form and substance satisfactory to the Investor.

 

26

---

5.11.

Waiver Letter

The Company shall have obtained a waiver letter issued by the SPD Silicon waiving its rights to enforce certain provisions under (a) the loan agreement entered into between SPD Silicon, iClick Beijing, iClick Shanghai, iClick Shenzhen and certain other party regarding extension of a loan in the principal amount of RMB30,000,000, and (b) the loan agreement entered into between SPD Silicon, iClick (HK) and China Search (HK) regarding extension of the loans in the principal amount of US$4,950,000. SPD Silicon shall effectively waive in such waiver letter its rights, remedy or any penalty it may resort to under the aforesaid loan agreements triggered by the inadvertent breach of the aforesaid loan agreements by the borrowers, which occurred as a result of the Company’s failure to maintain its EBITDA ratio for the third quarter of the fiscal year of 2016.

 

6.	Conditions of the Company’s Obligations at the Closing.

The obligations of the Company to consummate the Closing under Section 2 of this Agreement, unless otherwise waived in writing by the Company, are subject to the fulfillment on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions:

 

6.1.

Representations and Warranties.

Each of the representations and warranties of the Investor contained in Section 4 shall be true and complete in all material aspects when made and on and as of the Closing, with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the Closing, except in either case for those representations and warranties that address matters only as of a particular date, which representations will have been true and complete in all material aspects as of such particular date.

 

6.2.

Performance.

The Investor shall have performed and complied, in all material respects, with all covenants, agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by the Investor on or before the Closing.

 

6.3.

Execution of the other Transaction Documents.

Each of the Transaction Documents to which the Investor is a party shall have been duly executed and delivered by the Investor.

 

7.	Covenants and Other Agreements.

 

7.1.

Use of proceeds

Unless otherwise approved by the written consent of the Investor, the Company shall be entitled to allocate or otherwise use the net proceeds received from the issuance of the Purchased Shares only for:

(i) general working capital in support of the Group Companies’ future business development;

 

27

---

(ii) costs and expenses in connection with the development and upgrading of Group Companies’ technology platform; and

(iii) equity investment in entities which have a business cooperation relationship with the Group.

Such proceeds shall not be used to repay any indebtedness of any Group Company or any of its Affiliates, to repurchase, redeem or cancel any Equity Securities of any Group Company or to make any payments to any Related Party of any Group Company or any of its Affiliates or for any other purpose not permitted under the foregoing, except otherwise approved by the Investor.

 

7.2.

Notice of Certain Events.

If at any time before Closing, any Party comes to know any material fact or event which is in any way materially inconsistent with any of the representations and warranties in Section 2.1 hereof or in the Disclosure Schedule that would likely to cause any conditions to the Closing under Section 5 or Section 6 not being satisfied or fulfilled, such Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing, describing the fact or event in reasonable detail; provided that either Party’s failure to give notice of such fact or event shall not be deemed to be a breach of the covenant contained in this Section 7.2 or be taken into account in determining whether the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 5 and Section 6 have been satisfied.

 

7.3.

Reservation of Ordinary Shares.

The Company shall at all times keep reserved for issuance and allotment upon conversion of the Purchased Shares such number of the Ordinary Shares of the Company as are from time to time issuable upon conversion of such Purchased Shares and, from time to time, will take all steps necessary to amend its memorandum of articles of association of the Company then in effect to provide sufficient reserves of the Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of such Purchased Shares.

 

7.4.

Preservation of Redemption Right.

(i) At any time prior to the full satisfaction or discharge of the Guaranteed Obligations (as defined in the Deeds of Guarantee), the Company shall, and the Founders shall procure the Company to, ensure that the Deeds of Guarantee shall continue to be in full force and effect at all times.

(ii) The Company shall not, and the Founders shall procure the Company not to, do any of the following without the prior written consent of the Investor: (a) create or incur any obligation that ranks senior to or pari passu with the right to receive payment of the Series E Redemption Price (as defined in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles); (b) other than pursuant to the deeds of guarantees provided by the Guarantors to the Series C Investor and the Series D Investor (each as defined in the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles), permit any Guarantor to grant any indemnity or guarantee or similar obligation unless expressly subordinated to the rights of the Investor under the Deeds of Guarantee or grant any security interest over all or any part of the assets or rights of such Guarantor; (c) issue any Series E Preference Shares other than the Purchased Shares, (except for any issuance in connection with any share split, share dividend, combination, or similar transaction of the Company); or (d) issue any Equity Securities that are mandatorily redeemable or redeemable at the option of holder at any time on or prior to the full redemption of the Series E Preference Shares.

 

7.5.

Compliance with Applicable Laws.

The Company and the Founders shall ensure that each Group Company shall continue to comply in all material respects with any and all applicable Laws.

 

28

---

7.6.

Efforts to Consummate

Each Party shall use best efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the most expeditious manner possible, including satisfaction (but not waiver) of the conditions to Closing set forth in Sections 5 and 6. Neither Party nor any of its Affiliates or Representatives shall take any action that could reasonably be expected to have the effect of delaying, impairing or impeding the consummation of the Closing.

 

7.7.

Other PRC related covenants

 

a)

Within three (3) months after the Closing, or such longer period as the Investor may agree otherwise, the Company and the Founders shall procure Cong Wei and Liu Jiping to file for all the requisite foreign exchange registration with the relevant Governmental Authority, or to transfer their shares to a non-PRC citizen.

 

b)

As soon as practicable but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing, the Group shall cause Beijing OptAim to file and register with competent local branch of the SAIC regarding transfers of equity interests of Beijing OptAim to Jiao Jie after which she is holding the fifty one percent (51%) of the equity interests of Beijing OptAim.

 

c)

As soon as practicable but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing, the Group shall cause OptAim WFOE, Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim to file and register with competent local branch of the SAIC updating their board constituency showing that the respective board of OptAim WFOE, Beijing OptAim and Shanghai OptAim is comprised of three directors who are Tang Jian and the Founders.

 

d)

Within six (6) months after the Closing, or such longer period as the Investor may agree otherwise, the pledge over the equity interest of Beijing OptAim held by Tang Jian and Jiao Jie created pursuant to certain amended and restated share pledge agreement entered into by and among OptAim WFOE, Beijing OptAim, Tang Jian and Jiao Jie dated as of July 24, 2015, shall be registered with the competent local branch of the SAIC in favor of OptAim WFOE as the pledgee.

 

e)

As soon as practicable but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing, the Group shall cause each relevant Group Company incorporated in PRC to file with competent local branch of the SAIC to change its registered address (as shown on its business license) to conform with the actual place of business where such Group Company operates, and submit its office lease agreement(s) for filing with relevant governmental authorities.

 

f)

As soon as practicable but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing, the Group shall cause: (i) Beijing iClick to register its office premise located at 21/F, Pearl River Tower, No. 15, Zhujiang West Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City 15 21 as its branch office, and (ii) OptAim WFOE to register its office premise located at Room 3203, No.7, Huacheng Avenue, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City 7 3203 as its branch office with the local branch of the SAIC.

 

29

---

7.8.

IP Covenant

The Group shall own, have sufficient rights (including but not limited to the rights of development, maintenance, licensing and sale) to, or otherwise have the licences to use all Intellectual Property (including all Company Intellectual Property) necessary and sufficient for the conduct of any business proposed to be conducted by the Group without any conflict with or infringement of the rights of any other Person.

 

7.9.

Other HK related covenants

 

a)

As soon as practicable but in no event later than six (6) months after the Closing, the Group shall cause (i) China Search (HK) to file with relevant Hong Kong governmental bureau to register the guaranty provided by China Search (HK) pursuant to certain guarantee agreement dated as of July 28, 2016 securing iClick Beijing’s obligation as the debtor to SPD Silicon as the lender under certain loan agreement, and (ii) DMG HK to file with relevant Hong Kong governmental bureau to register the charge created over the depository certificate of DMG HK pursuant to certain charge agreement dated as of May 20, 2016 securing iClick Beijing’s obligation as the debtor to Bangkok Bank (China) Company Limited as the lender under certain loan agreement.

 

b)

As soon as practicable after the Closing, China Search (HK) shall renew certain distribution agreement with Baidu (Hong Kong) Limited which has expired on December 31, 2015 , and iClick (HK) shall renew certain APAC Agency Capability Fund Agreement dated as of June 8, 2015 with Google Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd, which has expired prior to the date hereof.

 

8.	Termination

 

8.1.

Effective Date; Termination.

This Agreement shall become effective upon execution by all the Parties and shall continue in force until terminated in accordance with Section 8.2.

 

8.2.

Events of Termination.

This Agreement may be terminated prior to Closing as follows:

(i) by written consent of all the Parties;

(ii) by either the Company or the Investor upon written notice to the other Parties, if the Closing has not occurred on or before December 31, 2016, which date may be extended from time to time by mutual consent of the Parties, provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.2(ii) shall not be available to the Investor if the failure of the Investor to fulfill, or a breach by the Investor of, any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date and shall not be available to the Company or the Founders if the failure of either the Company or the Founders to fulfill, or a breach by either the Company or the Founders of, any obligation under this Agreement has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur on or before such date.

 

30

---

8.3.

Effect of Termination.

In the event of termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.2, this Agreement (other than the provisions of Section 8 and Section 9, which shall survive such termination) shall then be null and void and have no further force and effect and all other rights and liabilities of the Parties hereunder will terminate without any liability of any Party to any other Party, except for liabilities arising in respect of breaches of this Agreement by any Party prior to such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in this Section 8.3, Section 9.6 and Section 9.7 shall not survive any termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

9.	Miscellaneous.

 

9.1.

Further Assurances.

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein, each of the Parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done, to execute such further instruments, and to assist and cooperate with the other Parties hereto in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws or otherwise to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and to the extent reasonably requested by another Party, to enforce rights and obligations pursuant hereto or thereto.

 

9.2.

Successors and Assigns.

Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the Parties hereto whose rights or obligations hereunder are affected by such terms and conditions. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder, shall not be assigned without the mutual written consent of the Investor and the Company, provided that the Investor may assign its rights and obligations (i) to any of its Affiliates who shall have substantially similar financial and business substance to that of the Investor on or before Closing (the “Qualified Affiliates”), and (ii) (following the Closing) to any transferee(s) of the Purchased Shares permitted under the Transaction Documents without consent of the other Parties under this Agreement, and for the avoidance of doubt any assignee of any Party shall continue to be bound by the terms and conditions together with the covenants contained in this Agreement, the Shareholders Agreement, the Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement, the Right of First Refusal Agreement and the Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal Agreement to which the transferring shareholder was subject prior to such assignment. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any Party other than the Parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

9.3.

Governing Law.

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the Laws of the Hong Kong S.A.R. without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof that would apply the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

9.4.

Dispute Resolution.

(i) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “Dispute”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be resolved at the first instance through consultation between the parties to such Dispute. Such consultation shall begin immediately after any party has delivered written notice to any other party to the Dispute requesting such consultation.

 

31

---

(ii) If the Dispute is not resolved within thirty (30) days following the date on which such notice is given, the Dispute shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of any party to the Dispute with notice to each other party to the Dispute (the “Arbitration Notice”).

(iii) The arbitration shall be conducted in the Hong Kong S.A.R. and shall be administered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules in force at the time of the commencement of the arbitration. However, if such rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section 9.4, including the provisions concerning the appointment of arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 9.4 shall prevail.

(iv) The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English. There shall be one (1) arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in the Hong Kong S.A.R.

(v) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitration proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

(vi) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

(vii) During the course of the arbitration tribunal’s adjudication of the dispute, this Agreement shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

(viii) The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

(ix) For the purposes of service and delivery of documents under arbitration, the Parties agree that where any Party is a legal entity incorporated or registered outside of the Hong Kong S.A.R., the physical address in the Hong Kong S.A.R. provided by them for receiving notices as set out under their signatures on the execution page shall be the address at which they shall accept service and receive documents, and delivery to such address shall constitute valid service and delivery to that Party.

 

9.5.

Notices.

Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to the address as shown below the signature of such Party on the signature page of this Agreement (or at such other address as such Party may designate by fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to the other Parties to this Agreement given in accordance with this Section 9.5). Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the expiration of two (2) days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax or electronic mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid.

 

32

---

9.6.

Indemnity.

(i) Subject to Section 9.7, each Warrantor hereby agrees to jointly and severally indemnify and hold harmless the Investor, and such Investor’s Affiliates, directors, officers, agents, partners, limited partners, members, employees and assigns (the “Indemnified Parties”), from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses suffered by such Investor, or such Investor’s Affiliates, directors, officers, agents partners, limited partners, members, employees and assigns, directly or indirectly, as a result of, or based upon or arising from (a) any inaccuracy in or breach or non-performance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements made by any Warrantor or any Group Company in or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, and (b) any Tax Liability of any Group Company arising out of any failure, by any Warrantor to comply with Circular 698 and Announcement 7 with respect to payment of Taxes or statutory withholding obligation for indirect transfer of equity interest in PRC incorporated company pursuant to Circular 698 and Announcement 7.

(ii) Any Party seeking indemnification with respect to any Indemnifiable Loss shall give written notice to the party required to provide indemnity hereunder (the “Indemnifying Party”).

(iii) Any Indemnifiable Losses must be brought to the Indemnifying Party within twenty-four (24) months from the date of the Closing, failing which, the Indemnity under this Agreement becomes null and void.

(iv) If an Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Agreement in respect of, arising out of or involving a claim or demand made by any third Person against the Indemnified Party (a “Third Party Claim”), the Indemnifying Party shall upon the written request of the Indemnified Party (the “Indemnity Notice”), have the right to assume the defense of such Third Party Claim (at its option and at its own expense, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnified Party) by written notice to the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) days of its receipt of the Indemnity Notice; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may participate in any such defense with its own counsel at its own expense. The Parties hereto agree to cooperate fully with each other in connection with the defense, negotiation or settlement of any such Third Party Claim. To the extent the Indemnifying Party elects not to defend such proceeding, claim or demand, and the Indemnified Party defends against or otherwise deals with any such proceeding, claim or demand, the Indemnified Party may retain counsel, at the expense of the Indemnifying Party, and control the defense of such proceeding; it being understood and agreed that if the Indemnifying Party fails to notify the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) days after receipt of any Indemnity Notice that the Indemnifying Party elects to assume such defense, or if the Indemnifying Party elects to assume such defense but fails to diligently prosecute or settle the Third Party Claim, then the Indemnified Party shall have the right to control such defense at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party. Furthermore, if the Indemnified Party has reasonably concluded that there is a conflict of interest between the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable costs and expenses of one counsel to the Indemnified Party in connection with such defense. In addition, an Indemnified Party shall have the right to control the defense of any Third Party Claim at the expense of the Indemnifying Party if the claim seeks an injunction or other equitable relief (excluding damages at law) or involves allegations of criminal conduct or could otherwise materially adversely affect the Group. Assumption by the Indemnified Party of control of any such defense, compromise, or settlement shall not be deemed a waiver of its right to indemnification hereunder. Neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnified Party may settle any such Third Party Claim without the consent of the other, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

(v) The rights contained in this Section 9.6 shall not be deemed to preclude or otherwise limit in any way the exercise of any other rights or pursuit of other remedies for the breach of this Agreement or with respect to any misrepresentation. In addition, each of the Indemnified Parties (other than the Investor) is intended to be, and is hereby expressly made, a third party beneficiary of each Warrantor’s obligations contained in this Section 9.6.

 

33

---

9.7.

Limitations and Other Matters Relating to Indemnification.

Other than in relation to a claim arising from fraud or willful misconduct on the part of an Indemnifying Party, (i) the aggregate liability of the Warrantors in respect of all and any claims pursuant to, or in connection with, this Agreement shall in no event exceed an amount equal to 100% of the Subscription Price to the extent actually paid by the Investor to the Company immediately prior to its issuance of such Indemnification Notice (the “Indemnification Cap”).

 

9.8.

Confidentiality.

(i) Each Party undertakes to the other Parties that it shall not reveal, and that it shall procure that its Representatives who are in receipt of any Confidential Information do not reveal, to any third party any Confidential Information without the prior written consent of the other Parties or use any Confidential Information in such manner that is detrimental to the Company or the concerned Party, as the case may be. The term “Confidential Information” as used in this Section 9.8 means, (a) the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any of the other Transaction Documents, and (b) the identities of the Parties and their respective Affiliates.

(ii) The provisions of this Section 9.8 shall not apply to: (a) disclosure by the Company or Investor to those of its Representatives or Affiliates or their respective investors or internal investment committees who need to know such Confidential Information for the purpose of evaluating the Investor’s investment in the Company, provided that such Representative or Affiliate (1) is subject to obligations of confidentiality similar to those to which the Investor is subject under this Agreement or (2) is otherwise under a binding professional obligation of confidentiality; (b) disclosure by a Party to the extent required under applicable Law, provided that the disclosing Party shall (1) give reasonable prior notice to the other Parties; (2) consult with the other Parties and provide a reasonable opportunity for the other Parties to review and comment on the proposed disclosure; and (3) if requested by the other Parties, exercise its best efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the disclosed Confidential Information; (c) disclosure by the Investor to its Affiliates and their respective investors (including prospective limited partners in fund raising activities) and internal investment committees (provided that the recipient is subject to obligations of confidentiality similar to those to which the Investor is subject under this Agreement); or (d) (following the Closing) disclosure by the Investor to any transferee(s) or proposed transferee(s) of the Purchased Shares and their Representatives, provided that such Person (1) is subject to obligations of confidentiality similar to those to which the Investor is subject under this Agreement, or (2) is otherwise under a binding professional obligation of confidentiality. The receiving Party agrees that it is responsible to the Party whose Confidential Information is disclosed for any action or failure to act that would constitute a breach or violation of any of the terms of this Section 9.8 by any of its Representatives or Affiliates or their respective investors or internal investment committees.

 

9.9.

Publicity.

Except as required by Law, by any Governmental Authority or otherwise agreed by all the Parties, no publicity release or public announcement shall be made by any Party in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereunder or concerning the relationship or involvement of the Parties. Any Party required by Law or by any Governmental Authority to make such a publicity release or public announcement shall, to the extent reasonably practicable in the circumstances, provide in advance a draft to the other Parties to review, and take into account all reasonable requests of such other Parties concerning the form and content of such release or announcement.

 

34

---

9.10.

Rights Cumulative.

Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of a Party hereto will be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which such Party may have at law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to such Party.

 

9.11.

Fees and Expenses.

Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with the preparation and negotiation of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or (except as otherwise provided herein) in connection with its performance under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, including all fees and expenses of such Party’s agents, representatives, financial and legal advisors and accountants.

 

9.12.

Severability.

In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, however, any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any applicable Law in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such Law, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

9.13.

Amendments and Waivers.

Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of each Party. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each of the Parties hereto.

 

9.14.

No Waiver.

Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or remedy power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right, power or remedy at any other time or times.

 

9.15.

Delays or Omissions.

No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other Party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting Party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by Law or otherwise afforded to any Party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

35

---

9.16.

No Presumption.

The Parties acknowledge that any applicable Law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made by a Party relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of any Party or its counsel.

 

9.17.

Headings and Subtitles; Interpretation.

The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. Unless a provision hereof expressly provides otherwise: (i) the term “or” is not exclusive; (ii) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; (iii) the terms “herein”, “hereof”, and other similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, clause, or other subdivision; (iv) the term “including” will be deemed to be followed by “, but not limited to,”; (v) the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will each be deemed to include the others; (vi) the terms “shall”, “will”, and “agrees” are mandatory, and the term “may” is permissive; (vii) the term “day” means “calendar day”; (viii) all references to dollars or to “US$” are to currency of the United States of America (and shall be deemed to include reference to the equivalent amount in other currencies); and (ix) all references to any agreement, document or instrument are to such agreement, document or instrument as amended, supplemented and modified in effect from time to time in accordance with its terms.

 

9.18.

Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

 

9.19.

Entire Agreement.

This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, together with all exhibits and schedules hereto, constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement among the Parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersede all other agreements between or among any of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and no Party shall be liable or bound to any other Party in any manner by any warranties, representations, or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

36

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year herein above first written.

COMPANY:

 

OPTIMIX MEDIA ASIA LIMITED
By:		/s/ Sammy Hsieh
		Print Name: Sammy Hsieh
		Title: CEO
		Address:

[Signature Page to SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year herein above first written.

FOUNDERS:

HSIEH, WING HONG SAMMY

 

By:		/s/ Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh
		ID NUMBER: K096776(9)

       Address: Flat 23, 16/F, Block 1, Fontana Gardens, Ka Ning Path, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong

		Email: sammy.hsieh@i-click.com

NG, YAU PING RICKY

 

By:		/s/ Yau Ping Ricky Ng
		ID NUMBER: V029871(9)

       Address: C2, 13/F, San Po Kong Mansion, San Po Kong, Kowloon, Hong Kong

		Email: ricky.ng@i-click.com

[Signature Page to SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year herein above first written.

INVESTOR:

Shenwan Hongyuan Goldspring Fund I

 

By:		/s/ Juan Zheng
		Print Name: Zheng Juan
		Title: Director

       Address: Unit B&C, 24/F, United Centre, 95 Queensway, Admiralty, Hong Kong

[Signature Page to SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT]

---

SCHEDULE A

[RESERVED]

 

SCHEDULE A

---

SCHEDULE B-1

PARTICULARS OF GROUP COMPANIES

Schedule of Group Companies

 

Name of Company

Registered Address

Incorporation Date

Company No.

Place of Incorporation

Director(s)

Authorised shares

Issued Shares

Subsidiaries

Shareholders

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

Unit 1508, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

March 25, 2009

1325044

Hong Kong

1  Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy;   2. Ng Yau Ping

11,000 ordinary shares of HK$1 each

11,000

1. Tetris Media Limited (100%)   2. iClick Interactive Asia Limited (100%)   3. Digital Marketing Group Limited (100%)   4. iClick Interactive (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (100%)   5. Performance Media Group Limited (100%)

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Cayman)

iClick Interactive Asia Limited

Unit 1508, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

December 17, 2008

1294990

Hong Kong

Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

10,000 ordinary shares of HK$1 each

10,000

iClick Interactive Asia Limited Taiwan Branch

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

Digital Marketing Group Limited

Unit 1507-08, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

October 25, 2006

1082945

Hong Kong

1. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy   2. Ng Yau Ping

10,000 ordinary shares of HK$1 each

10,000

iClick Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd.     (100%)

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

 

SCHEDULE B-1

---

Name of Company

Registered Address

Incorporation Date

Company No.

Place of Incorporation

Director(s)

Authorised shares

Issued Shares

Subsidiaries

Shareholders

Tetris Media Limited

Unit 1110-11, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

July 23, 2007

1152087

Hong Kong

1. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy 2. Ng Yau Ping

10,000 ordinary shares of HK$1 each

10,000

Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.   (100%)

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

Diablo Holdings Corporation

ABM Corporate Services Limited, ABM Chambers, PO Box 2283, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands

August 19, 2010

1601463

BVI

Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

50,000 ordinary shares of US$1 each

1

Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation (100%)   i-Click Interactive Taiwan Limited (through trust agreement) (100%)

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Cayman)

Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation

ABM Corporate Services Limited, ABM Chambers, PO Box 2283, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands

August 19, 2010

1601602

BVI

Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

50,000 ordinary shares of US$1 each

200

China Search Asia Limited (100%)

Diablo Holdings Corporation (100%)

China Search (Asia) Limited

31st Floor, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, North Point, Hong Kong

September 17, 2010

1506578

Hong Kong

Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

1 ordinary share of HK$1 each

1

Search Asia Technology (SZ) Ltd   (100%)

Harmattan Capital Holdings Corporation

 

SCHEDULE B-1

---

Name of Company

Registered Address

Incorporation Date

Company No.

Place of Incorporation

Director(s)

Authorised shares

Issued Shares

Subsidiaries

Shareholders

iClick Interactive (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.

809 French Road, #05-102 Kitchener Complex, Singapore (200809)

January 24, 2011

2011021 23M

Singapore

1. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy   2. Goh Soo Chao

50,000 ordinary shares of SGD1 each

50,000

Nil

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

iClick Interactive Asia Limited Taiwan Branch

(104)

April 9, 2015

1040105 1470

Taipei, Taiwan

Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

NTD 500,000

NTD 500,000

Nil

iClick Interactive Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

iClick Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd.

Room 806, Floor 7, Block 237, Chaoyang North Road, Chaoyang, Beijing, China, 100123

January 25, 2011

9111010 5563603 77XH

The People’s Republic of China

Ng Yau Ping

RMB90,000, 000

RMB90,00 0,000

Nil

Digital Marketing Group Limited

Search Asia Technology (SZ) Ltd

Room 206, Floor 2, Honglong Central Square, Guiyuan Road, Luohu, Shenzhen, Guangdong, China, 518001

January 30, 2011

4403015 0339322 7

The People’s Republic of China

Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

RMB1,000,0 00

RMB1,000, 000

Nil

China Search (Asia) Limited

 

SCHEDULE B-1

---

Name of Company

Registered Address

Incorporation Date

Company No.

Place of Incorporation

Director(s)

Authorised shares

Issued Shares

Subsidiaries

Shareholders

Performance Media Group Limited

31st Floor, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, North Point, Hong Kong

January 21, 2013

1854204

Hong Kong

1. Optimix Media Asia Limited (Hong Kong)   2. Wong Pi Yan

1 ordinary share of HK$1 each

1

Nil

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Hong Kong)

Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.

Room108, Block 4, 925 Ye Cheng Lu Jia Ding Qu, Shanghai, China, 201821

July 5, 2013

9131000 0071239 4735

The People’s Republic of China

Ng Yau Ping

USD2,000,0 00

USD2,000, 000

Nil

Tetris Media Limited

i-Click Interactive Taiwan Limited

Unit 1508, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

May 23, 2011

1605453

Hong Kong

Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

10,000 ordinary shares of HK$1 each

1

i-Click Interactive Taiwan Limited – Taiwan Branch (100%)

Diablo Holdings Corporation (through trust agreement) (100%)

i-Click Interactive Taiwan Limited Taiwan Branch

7 September, 2011

5301731 0

Taipei, Taiwan

1. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy   2. Chang, Hsi- Ning

NTD350,000

NTD350,0 00

Nil

i-Click Interactive Taiwan Limited

 

SCHEDULE B-1

---

Name of Company

Registered Address

Incorporation Date

Company No.

Place of Incorporation

Director(s)

Authorised shares

Issued Shares

Subsidiaries

Shareholders

Buzzinate Company Limited

15th Floor, Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong

25 March, 2009

1323609

Hong Kong

1. Lee Yan Shu 2. John B. Chen 3. Hsieh Wing Hong Sammy 4. Wong Pi Yan 5. Jiao Jie

15,600,000 ordinary shares of HK$1 each and 20,786,667 ordinary shares of USD 0.09621552 each

36,386,667

1.     2.

Optimix Media Asia Limited   (Cayman) (100%)

Room 103/05, Block 1, No. 498, GuoShouJing Rd, Pudong, Shanghai, P.R.C.

15 July, 2009

3101154 0025377 5

The People’s Republic of China

1. Lee Yan Shu 2. John B. Chen 3. Wang Hau Wei

RMB16,200, 000

RMB16,20 0,000

Nil

Buzzinate Company Limited (100%)

8F, No. 37, Section 4, Muzha Rd, 116, Taipei City, Taiwan

9 February, 2010

6915765 6-9

Taipei, Taiwan

1. Lee Yan Shu 2. John B. Chen 3. Wang Hau Wei

NTD500,000

NTD500,0 00

Nil

Buzzinate Company Limited (100%)

 

SCHEDULE B-1

---

Name of Company

Registered Address

Incorporation Date

Company No.

Place of Incorporation

Director(s)

Authorised shares

Issued Shares

Subsidiaries

Shareholders

OptAim Ltd.

P.O. Box 2075, George Town, Grand Cayman KY1-1105, Cayman Islands

22 July, 2014

MS- 290063

The Cayman Islands

1. Tang, Jian 2. Ng, Yau Ping 3. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

250,000,000 ordinary shares of US$0.0002 each

98,911,990 ordinary shares

OptAim (HK) Limited

Optimix Media Asia Limited (Cayman)

OptAim (HK) Limited

Flat/RM 806, Tower II, 8/F, Cheung Sha Wan Plaza, 833 Cheung Sha Wan Road, Kowloon, Hong Kong

30 July, 2014

2126575

Hong Kong

1.Tang, Jian 2. Ng, Yau Ping 3. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

1 ordinary shares of HK$1 each

1

OptAim Ltd. (Cayman)

Room 2-9D, Block 3, No. 48 Zhichun Road I, Haidian, Beijing

4 Nov, 2014

9111010 8396035 604T

The People’s Republic of China

1. Tang, Jian 2. Ng, Yau Ping 3. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

USD 1,400,000

USD 1,400,000

OptAim (HK) Limited

Room 2-18B, Block 3, No. 48 Zhichun Road I, Haidian, Beijing

7 Sep, 2012

9111010 8053601 4758

The People’s Republic of China

1. Tang, Jian 2. Ng, Yau Ping 3. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

RMB 1,000,000

RMB 1,000,000

 

SCHEDULE B-1

---

Name of Company

Registered Address

Incorporation Date

Company No.

Place of Incorporation

Director(s)

Authorised shares

Issued Shares

Subsidiaries

Shareholders

Room CB1109, Floor 1, No. 1755 Hongmei South Road, Minhang, Shanghai

25 Sep, 2014

3101120 0142629 4

The People’s Republic of China

1. Tang, Jian 2. Ng, Yau Ping 3. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

RMB 1,000,000

RMB 1,000,000

Nil

 

SCHEDULE B-1

---

SCHEDULE B-2

SENIOR MANAGEMENT TEAM

Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

Mr. Ng, Yau Ping

Wong Pi Yan, Selina

Robert Tran

Tang Jian

Lee Yanshu

TANG Min

 

SCHEDULE B-2

---

SCHEDULE C

DISCLOSURE SCHEDULE

 

SCHEDULE C

---

SCHEDULE D

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

SCHEDULE D

---

SCHEDULE E

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE E

---

SCHEDULE F

FORM OF AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE F

---

SCHEDULE G

FORM OF DEEDS OF GUARANTEE

 

SCHEDULE G

---

SCHEDULE H

FORM OF NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE H

---

SCHEDULE I

FORM OF KEY MANAGEMENT EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

SCHEDULE I

Execution

Exhibit 10.2

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

OPTIMIX MEDIA ASIA LIMITED

---

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of December 28, 2016, by and among the following parties:

A. Optimix Media Asia Limited, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”),

B. the Person set forth on Schedule A (the “Series A Investor”),

C. the Person or Persons set forth on Schedule B (the “Series B Investors” and each, a “Series B Investor”),

D. the Person set forth on Schedule C (the “Series C Investor”),

E. the Person set forth on Schedule D (the “Series D Investor”),

F. the Person set forth on Schedule E (the “Series E Investor”)

G. the Person or Persons set forth on Schedule F (the “Founders” and each, a “Founder”),

H. the Person or Persons set forth on Schedule G (the “Shareholders” and each a “Shareholder”), and

I. TANG Jian, a natural person with PRC ID number 43292219760810035 and residential address at Room 1504, Building 2, Yard 106, East of North 4^th Ring Road, Chaoyang District, Beijing 100029, PRC.

The Company, the Series A Investor, the Series B Investors, the Series C Investor, the Series D Investor, the Series E Investor, the Founders, the Shareholders and TANG Jian shall be referred to herein as the “Parties”, and each a “Party”. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings set forth in the Series E SPA (as defined below).

RECITALS

 

A.	The Company, the Series E Investor and the Founders have entered into a Subscription Agreement dated December 19, 2016 (the “Series E SPA”).

 

B.	It is a condition precedent under the Series E SPA that the Company and the parties hereto enter into this Agreement, which shall amend and restate that certain Third Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement dated July 24, 2015 between the Company and certain parties thereto (the “Prior SHA”).

 

C.	The Parties desire to enter into this Agreement and make the respective representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

D.	The Company, OptAim Ltd. and its shareholders have entered into a Share Purchase Agreement dated July 10, 2015.

---

WITNESSETH

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals, the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties intending to be legally bound hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.	Definitions. The following terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them below:

“Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such Person. .

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Deeds of Guarantee, the Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, Strategic Cooperation Agreement and the Indemnification Agreement, each as defined herein.

“Applicable Securities Laws” means (i) with respect to any offering of securities in the United States, or any other act or omission within that jurisdiction, the securities Law of the United States, including the Exchange Act and the Securities Act, and any applicable securities Laws of any state of the United States, and (ii) with respect to any offering of securities in any jurisdiction other than the United States, or any related act or omission in that jurisdiction, the applicable securities Laws of that jurisdiction.

“Arbitration Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4(ii) hereof.

“Audit Committee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 hereof.

“BAI” means BAI GmbH, a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of Germany.

“Bertelsmann” means Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of Switzerland.

“Bertelsmann Ordinary Shares” means the Ordinary Shares acquired by Bertelsmann pursuant to the Series B SPA.

“BlueFocus” means BlueFocus International Limited, a limited corporation duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong.

“Board” or “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

“CFC” means a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in Section 957(a) of the Code.

“Circular 37” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(ii) hereof.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Commission” means (i) with respect to any offering of securities in the United States, the Securities and Exchange Commission of the United States or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act, and (ii) with respect to any offering of securities in a jurisdiction other than the United States, the regulatory body of the jurisdiction with authority to supervise and regulate the offering and sale of securities in that jurisdiction.

---

“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Company Security Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(ii) hereof.

“Control” of a given Person means the power or authority, whether exercised or not, to direct the business, management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, which power or authority shall conclusively be presumed to exist upon possession of beneficial ownership or power to direct the vote of more than fifty percent (50%) of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting of the members or shareholders of such Person or power to control the composition of a majority of the board of directors of such Person; the term “Controlled” has the meaning correlative to the foregoing.

“Deeds of Guarantee” means the deeds of guarantee entered into by the Guarantors in favour of the Series C Investor, Series D Investor and Series E Investor, respectively.

“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4(i) hereof.

“Equity Securities” means any Ordinary Shares and/or Ordinary Share Equivalents of the Company.

“ESOP” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1(i) hereof.

“Exercising Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“First Pre-emptive Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

“Form F-3” means Form F-3 promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act or any successor form or substantially similar form then in effect.

“Fourth Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5 hereof.

“Fourth Remaining Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5 hereof.

“Fifth Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 hereof.

“Fifth Remaining Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.6 hereof.

“Founder” or “Founders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Governmental Authority” means any nation or government or any federation, province or state or any other political subdivision thereof; any entity, authority or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including any government authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the PRC, the Cayman Islands or any other country, or any political subdivision thereof, any court, tribunal or arbitrator, and any self-regulatory organization.

 

-2-

---

“Governmental Order” means any applicable order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, precept, command, directive, consent, approval, award, judgment, injunction or other similar determination or finding by, before or under the supervision of any Governmental Authority.

“Group Companies” or “Group” means, collectively, the Company together with its Subsidiaries, and each Person (other than a natural person) that is, directly or indirectly, Controlled by any of the foregoing, including but not limited to each joint venture in which any of the foregoing holds more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power.

“Guarantors” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series D SPA.

“HKIAC” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4(iii) hereof.

“Holders” means the holders of Registrable Securities who are parties to this Agreement from time to time, and their permitted transferees that become parties to this Agreement from time to time.

“Hong Kong S.A.R.” means the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.

“Igomax” means Igomax Inc., a limited corporation duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands.

“Igomax QIPO” means the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares with an offering price (net of underwriting commissions and expenses) that implies a market capitalization of the Company immediately prior to such offering of not less than US$500,000,000.

“Igomax Shares” means the Ordinary Shares held by Igomax as of July 24, 2015.

“Indemnification Agreement” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series B SPA, the Series C SPA and the Series D SPA, as the case may be.

“Initiating Holders” means, with respect to a request duly made under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 to Register any Registrable Securities, the Holders initiating such request.

“IPO” means the first firm underwritten registered public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares pursuant to a Registration Statement that is filed with and declared effective by either the Commission under the Securities Act or another Governmental Authority for a public offering in a jurisdiction other than the United States.

“Issuance Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 hereof.

“Key Employees” has the meaning set forth in the Series E SPA.

“Law” or “Laws” means any constitutional provision, statute, ordinance or other law, rule, regulation, official policy or interpretation of applicable Governmental Authority and any Governmental Order in the jurisdiction of incorporation of each Group Company and where they ordinarily conduct their business, including without limitation, the British Virgin Islands, Cayman Islands, the Hong Kong S.A.R. and the PRC.

 

-3-

---

“Liquidating Transaction” has the meaning set forth in the Memorandum and Articles.

“Majority-in-Interest” means an interest in the voting securities of a Person that exceeds 50% of such voting securities of such Person.

“Management Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(i) hereof.

“Memorandum and Articles” means the seventh amended and restated Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company, as such may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

“New Securities” means, subject to the terms of Section 7 hereof, any newly issued Equity Securities of the Company, except for (i) any Ordinary Shares, or any option or warrant to acquire any Ordinary Shares, issued to employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Company pursuant to a stock option plan, stock purchase plan, or other equity incentive plan, in any case that is approved by at least 2/3 of the members of the Board (which majority must include the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director); (ii) Equity Securities issued upon conversion of the Preference Shares; (iii) Equity Securities issued in connection with any share split, share dividend, combination, or similar transaction of the Company; (iv) Equity Securities issued in a Qualified IPO; (v) Equity Securities issued upon the conversion of any debenture, warrant, option, or other convertible securities outstanding prior to the issuance of the Series B Preference Shares; or (vi) any Equity Securities issued or allotted pursuant to Section 10.5.

“Non-Exercising Holder” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Non-Liquidation M&A” means either (A) a merger or acquisition of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in which the shareholders of the Company do not directly or indirectly own a majority of the outstanding shares of the surviving corporation or (B) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or the assets of its Subsidiaries, in each case that implies a valuation on a fully-diluted basis of the Company of US$550,000,000 or higher.

“OptAim Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(i) hereof.

“OptAim Subsidiaries” means OptAim (HK) Limited, OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. , Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. and their successor(s).

“Ordinary Directors” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(i) hereof.

“Ordinary Investor Ordinary Shares” means the Bertelsmann Ordinary Shares and the SSG I Ordinary Shares.

 

-4-

---

“Ordinary Investors” means SSG I, Bertelsmann and BlueFocus, in their capacities as holders of Ordinary Shares.

“Ordinary Share Equivalents” means warrants, options and rights exercisable for Ordinary Shares and instruments convertible into or exchangeable for Ordinary Shares, including, without limitation, the Preference Shares.

“Ordinary Shares” means the Company’s ordinary shares, par value US$0.001 per share.

“Overallotment Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, proprietorship, association, limited liability company, firm, trust, estate or other enterprise or entity.

“PRC” means the People’s Republic of China, but solely for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, excluding the Hong Kong S.A.R., the Macau Special Administrative Region and the islands of Taiwan.

“Preference Shares” means, collectively, the Series E Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares, the Series C Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares and the Series A Preference Shares.

“Principal Tribunal” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.4(viii)(a) hereof.

“Purchased Shares” has the meaning set forth in the Series E SPA.

“Qualified IPO” means the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company of its Ordinary Shares for its own account that results in such securities being listed or registered on NASDAQ Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange, Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Shenzhen Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange or such other internationally recognized stock exchange approved in writing by SWHY, BlueFocus, Bertelsmann and the Holders of the majority outstanding Series A Preference Shares (i) with an offering price (net of underwriting commissions and expenses) that implies a market capitalization of the Company immediately prior to such offering of not less than US$600,000,000 (if on or prior to December 31, 2017) or US$650,000,000 (if on or after January 1, 2018); and (ii) which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than US$150,000,000 (or an equivalent amount thereof in another currency) prior to deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses, except that if such first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company is on NASDAQ or NYSE, then the aggregate cash proceeds to the Company resulting from such could be less than US$150,000,000 (or an equivalent amount thereof in another currency) prior to deduction of underwriting discounts, commissions and expenses. For the avoidance of doubt, the total amount of deduction in item (ii) shall not exceed US$30,000,000 unless otherwise approved by the Board of Directors including the affirmative consent of the Series D Director, the Series A Director and Series B Director.

“Qualifying Ordinary Investor” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5 hereof.

 

-5-

---

“Registrable Securities” means (i) the Ordinary Shares issued or issuable to the Shareholders (ii) Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preference Shares, (iii) any Ordinary Shares owned or hereafter acquired by the Series A Investor, Series B Investors, Series C Investor, Series D Investor, Series E Investor or the Ordinary Investors, and (iv) any Ordinary Shares of the Company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, in exchange for, or in replacement of, the shares referenced in (i), (ii) and (iii) herein, excluding in all cases, however, any of the foregoing sold by a Person in a transaction other than an assignment pursuant to Section 12.2. For purposes of this Agreement, Registrable Securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when a Registration Statement covering such Registrable Securities has been declared or ordered effective under the Securities Act by the Commission whether or not such Registrable Securities have been disposed of pursuant to such effective Registration Statement.

“Registration” means a registration effected by preparing and filing a Registration Statement and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of that Registration Statement; and the terms “Register” and “Registered” have meanings concomitant with the foregoing.

“Registration Statement” means a registration statement prepared on Form F-1, F-2, F-3, S-1, S-2 or S-3 under the Securities Act (including, without limitation, Rule 415 under the Securities Act), or on any comparable form in connection with registration in a jurisdiction other than the United States.

“Remaining Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

“Residual Amount” has the meaning ascribed thereto in the Series D SPA.

“Right of First Refusal & Co-Sale Agreement” means the third amended and restated right of first refusal & co-sale agreement between the Company, the Series A Investor, the Series B Investors, the Series C Investor, the Series D Investor, the Series E Investor, the Founders, the Shareholders and the Principals, all as defined therein, to be entered into on or about the date hereof, as such may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

“SAFE” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(i) hereof.

“Second Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

“Second Remaining Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Second Pre-emptive Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2 hereof.

“Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

“Series A Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(i) hereof.

“Series A Investor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Series A Preference Shares” means the Series A redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Memorandum and Articles.

 

-6-

---

“Series B Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(i) hereof.

“Series B Investor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Series B Preference Shares” means the Series B redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Memorandum and Articles.

“Series B SPA” means the Series B Preference Shares and Warrant Purchase Agreement dated February 21, 2011 between the Company, certain of the Founders, the Series A Investor and certain Series B Investors.

“Series C Investor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Series C Preference Shares” means the Series C redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Memorandum and Articles.

“Series C SPA” means the Series C Preference Shares Subscription Agreement dated December 16, 2013 between the Company, certain of the Founders, the Series A Investor, Series B Investors and Series C Investor.

“Series D Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(i) hereof.

“Series D Investor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Series D Preference Shares” means the Series D redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Memorandum and Articles.

“Series D SPA” means the Share Subscription Agreement dated December 16, 2014 between the Company, certain of the Founders, the Series D Investor and certain other parties thereto.

“Series E Investor” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Series E Preference Shares” means the Series E redeemable convertible preferred shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, with the rights and privileges as set forth in the Memorandum and Articles.

“Series E SPA” has the meaning set forth in Recital A.

“Shareholders” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereof.

“Shares” means the Ordinary Shares and the Preference Shares.

“SSG Director” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1(i) hereof.

“SSG I” means SSG Capital Partners I, LP, a limited partnership registered in the Cayman Islands and its correspondence address in Hong Kong being c/o SSG Capital Management (HK) Limited, Suite 4203, 42/F, Gloucester Tower, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

 

-7-

---

“SSG II” means SSG Capital Partners II, LP, a limited partnership registered in the Cayman Islands and its correspondence address in Hong Kong being c/o SSG Capital Management (HK) Limited, Suite 6303, 63^rd Floor, The Center, 99 Queen’s Road Central, Hong Kong.

“SSG I Ordinary Shares” means the Ordinary Shares acquired by SSG pursuant to the Ordinary Shares Purchase Agreement dated January 26, 2011 (the “OSPA”) entered into by and among the Company, SSG I, and certain of the Founders, as amended or restated from time to time.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Person of which the specified Person, directly or indirectly, owns or Controls more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued share capital, voting interests or registered capital.

“Sumitomo” means Sumitomo Corporation Equity Asia Limited, a limited liability company, incorporated in the Hong Kong S.A.R.

“SWHY” means Shenwan Hongyuan Goldspring Fund I, a limited liability company incorporated in the Cayman Islands.

“Third Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Third Pre-Emptive Holders” has the meanings set forth in Section 7.3 hereof.

“Third Remaining Securities” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.4 hereof.

“Transaction Documents” means the Series B SPA, the Series C SPA, the Series D SPA, the Series E SPA, the Ancillary Agreements, the Memorandum and Articles and each of the agreements and other documents otherwise required in connection with implementing the transactions contemplated by any of the foregoing.

“U.S.” means the United States of America.

“U.S. GAAP” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(i) hereof.

“U.S. Person” means any person described in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

“Violation” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(i) hereof.

“Zaffre” means Zaffre Investments, Inc., a company duly incorporated and existing under the laws of British Virgin Islands.

 

2.	Demand Registration.

2.1 Registration Other Than on Form F-3 or Form S-3. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, at any time or from time to time after the first (1^st) year anniversary of the closing of the Series D SPA, any Holder(s) that individually or jointly hold at least twenty-five percent (25%) of the then outstanding Registrable Securities of the Company may request in writing that the Company effect a Registration on NASDAQ Stock Exchange, New York Stock Exchange, Hong Kong Stock Exchange, Shenzhen Stock Exchange, Shanghai Stock Exchange or such other internationally recognized stock exchange that is reasonably acceptable to such requesting Holder. Upon receipt of such a request, the Company shall (x) promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other Holders and (y) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities specified in the request, together with any Registrable Securities of any Holder who requests in writing to join such Registration within fifteen (15) days after the Company’s delivery of written notice, to be Registered and/or qualified for sale and distribution in such jurisdiction as the Initiating Holder may request. The Company shall be obligated to effect no more than three (3) Registrations pursuant to this Section 2.1 that have been declared and ordered effective; provided that if the sale of all of the Registrable Securities sought to be included pursuant to this Section 2.1 is not consummated for any reason other than due to the action or inaction of the Holders including Registrable Securities in such Registration, such Registration shall not be deemed to constitute one of the Registration rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1.

 

-8-

---

2.2 Registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, if the Company qualifies for registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3 (or any comparable form for Registration in a jurisdiction other than the United States), any Holder may request the Company to file, in any jurisdiction in which the Company has had a registered underwritten public offering, a Registration Statement on Form F-3 or Form S-3 (or any comparable form for Registration in a jurisdiction other than the United States), including without limitation any registration statement filed under the Securities Act providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or a delayed basis by the Holders of, all of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act and/or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission. Upon receipt of such a request, the Company shall (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed Registration to all other Holders and (ii) as soon as practicable, use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Registrable Securities specified in the request, together with any Registrable Securities of any Holder who requests in writing to join such Registration within fifteen (15) days after the Company’s delivery of written notice, to be Registered and qualified for sale and distribution in such jurisdiction. The Company shall be obligated to effect no more than two (2) Registrations that have been declared and ordered effective within any twelve (12)-month period pursuant to this Section 2.2; provided that if the sale of all of the Registrable Securities sought to be included pursuant to this Section 2.2 is not consummated for any reason other than due to the action or inaction of the Holders including Registrable Securities in such Registration, such Registration shall not be deemed to constitute one of the Registration rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.2.

 

2.3	Right of Deferral.

(i) The Company shall not be obligated to Register or qualify Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 2:

(a) if, within ten (10) days of the receipt of any request of the Holders to Register any Registrable Securities under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, the Company gives notice to the Initiating Holders of its bona fide intention to effect the filing for its own account of a Registration Statement pertaining to Ordinary Shares within sixty (60) days of receipt of that request; provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith its reasonable best efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become effective within sixty (60) days of receipt of that request; provided, further, that the Holders are entitled to join such Registration subject to Section 3 (other than a registration of securities in a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or with respect to an employee benefit plan);

 

-9-

---

(b) during the period starting with the date of filing by the Company of, and ending six (6) months following the effective date of, any Registration Statement pertaining to Ordinary Shares of the Company; provided, that the Holders are entitled to join the Registration effected pursuant to such Registration Statement subject to Section 3 (other than a registration of securities in a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or with respect to an employee benefit plan); or

(c) in any jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such Registration or qualification, unless the Company is already subject to service of process in such jurisdiction.

(ii) If, after receiving a request from Holders pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof, the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the chief executive officer of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be materially detrimental to the Company or its members for a Registration Statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for the period during which such filing would be materially detrimental, provided, that the Company may not utilize this right and/or the deferral right contained in this clause (ii) for more than forty-five (45) days on any one occasion or for more than a total of ninety (90) days during any twelve (12) month period; provided, further, that the Company may not Register any other of its Securities during such period (except for Registrations contemplated by Section 3.4).

2.4 Underwritten Offerings. If, in connection with a request to Register Registrable Securities under Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, the Initiating Holders seek to distribute such Registrable Securities in an underwritten offering, they shall so advise the Company as a part of the request, and the Company shall include such information in the written notice to the other Holders described in Section 2.1 and Section 2.2. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such Registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwritten offering and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwritten offering (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a Majority-in-Interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder, taken together) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwritten offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters of internationally recognized standing selected for such underwritten offering by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the holders of a majority of the voting power of all Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such Registration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the managing underwriter advises the Company that marketing factors (including without limitation the aggregate number of securities requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the Persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten in a Registration pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2, the underwriters may (i) if the offering is the Company’s IPO, exclude from the underwritten offering all of the Registrable Securities (so long as the only securities included in such offering are those sold for the account of the Company), or (ii) otherwise exclude up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities requested to be Registered but only after first excluding all other Equity Securities from the Registration and underwritten offering and so long as the number of shares to be included in the Registration on behalf of the non-excluded Holders is allocated among all Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities requested by such Holders to be included. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwritten offering shall be withdrawn from the Registration. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to a Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

-10-

---

3.	Piggyback Registrations.

3.1 Registration of the Company’s Securities. Subject to the terms of this Agreement, if the Company proposes to Register for its own account any of its Equity Securities, or for the account of any holder (other than a Holder) of Equity Securities any of such holder’s Equity Securities, in connection with the public offering of such securities (except as set forth in Section 3.4), the Company shall promptly give each Holder written notice of such Registration and, upon the written request of any Holder given within fifteen (15) days after delivery of such notice, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to include in such Registration any Registrable Securities thereby requested to be Registered by such Holder. If a Holder decides not to include all or any of its Registrable Securities in such Registration by the Company, such Holder shall nevertheless continue to have the right to include any Registrable Securities in any subsequent Registration Statement or Registration Statements as may be filed by the Company, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

3.2 Right to Terminate Registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any Registration initiated by it under Section 3.1 prior to the effectiveness of such Registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to participate therein. The expenses of such withdrawn Registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 4.3.

3.3 Underwriting Requirements.

(i) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of the Company’s Equity Securities, the Company shall not be required to Register the Registrable Securities of a Holder under this Section 3 unless such Holder’s Registrable Securities are included in the underwritten offering and such Holder enters into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters of internationally recognized standing selected by the Company and setting forth such terms for the underwritten offering as have been agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters. In the event the underwriters advise Holders seeking Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 3 in writing that market factors (including the aggregate number of Registrable Securities requested to be Registered, the general condition of the market, and the status of the Persons proposing to sell securities pursuant to the Registration) require a limitation of the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the underwriters may (i) if the offering is the Company’s IPO, exclude all of the Registrable Securities (so long as the only securities included in such offering are those sold for the account of the Company and no securities of other selling shareholders are included), or (ii) otherwise exclude up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Registrable Securities requested to be Registered but only after first excluding all other Equity Securities (except for securities sold for the account of the Company) from the Registration and underwriting and so long as the Registrable Securities to be included in such Registration on behalf of any non-excluded Holders are allocated among all Holders in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities requested by such Holders to be included. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to a Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

-11-

---

(ii) If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any underwriting, the Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the underwriters delivered at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement. Any Registrable Securities excluded or withdrawn from the underwritten offering shall be withdrawn from the Registration. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any Registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 if the Registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless such withdrawal is due to an action or inaction of the Company or an event outside of the reasonable control of such Holders.

3.4 Exempt Transactions. The Company shall have no obligation to Register any Registrable Securities under this Section 3 in connection with a Registration by the Company (i) relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company share plan; (ii) relating to a corporate reorganization or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act (or comparable provision under the Laws of another jurisdiction, as applicable); (iii) on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) relating to a registration in which the only Ordinary Shares being registered are Ordinary Shares issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

4.	Registration Procedures.

4.1 Registration Procedures and Obligations. If as a result of any action, proposed action or request by a Holder, the Company is required to Register any Registrable Securities held by the Holders under the Securities Act with the Commission, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(i) Prepare and file with the Commission a Registration Statement with respect to those Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause that Registration Statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities Registered thereunder, keep the Registration Statement effective for up to one hundred and eighty (180) days or, if earlier, until the distribution thereunder has been completed; provided, however, that (a) such one hundred and eighty (180) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period any Holder refrains from selling any Registrable Securities included in such Registration at the written request of the underwriter(s) for such Registration, and (b) in the case of any Registration of Registrable Securities on Form F-3 or Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable rules promulgated by the Commission, such one hundred and eighty (180) day period shall be extended, if necessary, to keep the Registration Statement or such comparable form, as the case may be, effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

-12-

---

(ii) Prepare and file with the Commission amendments and supplements to that Registration Statement and the prospectus used in connection with the Registration Statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of Applicable Securities Laws with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by the Registration Statement;

(iii) Furnish to the Holders the number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, required by Applicable Securities Laws, and any other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them;

(iv) Use its reasonable best efforts to Register and qualify the securities covered by the Registration Statement under the securities Laws of any jurisdiction, as reasonably requested by the Holders, provided, that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or file a general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction;

(v) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in customary form, with the managing underwriter(s) of the offering;

(vi) Promptly notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by the Registration Statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under Applicable Securities Laws of (a) the issuance of any stop order by the Commission, or (b) the happening of any event or the existence of any condition as a result of which any prospectus included in the Registration Statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, or if in the opinion of counsel for the Company it is necessary to supplement or amend such prospectus to comply with law, and at the request of any such Holder promptly prepare and furnish to such Holder a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such securities, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made or such prospectus, as supplemented or amended, shall comply with law;

(vii) Furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting Registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered for sale in connection with a Registration pursuant to this Agreement, (i) an opinion, dated the date of the sale, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of the Registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering; and (ii) a comfort letter dated the date of the sale, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters;

 

-13-

---

(viii) Otherwise comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent applicable to the applicable registration statement and use its reasonable best efforts to make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act, no later than forty-five (45) days after the end of a twelve (12) month period (or ninety (90) days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company’s first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of such registration statement, which statement shall cover such twelve (12) month period, subject to any proper and necessary extensions;

(ix) Not, without the prior consent of the holders of at least a majority of voting power of the then outstanding Registrable Securities, make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute a “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Act;

(x) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities Registered pursuant to the Registration Statement and, where applicable, a number assigned by the Committee on Uniform Securities Identification Procedures for all those Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of the Registration; and

(xi) Take all reasonable action necessary to list the Registrable Securities on the primary exchange on which the Company’s securities are then traded or in connection with a Qualified IPO, the primary exchange on which the Company’s securities will be traded.

4.2 Information from Holder. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Agreement with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the Registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

4.3 Expenses of Registration. Save as provided in Section 3.3(ii) hereof, all expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and selling commissions applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Agreement (which shall be borne by the Holders requesting Registration on a pro rata basis in proportion to their respective numbers of Registrable Securities sold in such Registration), incurred in connection with Registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Agreement, including (without limitation) all Registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, professional fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and reasonable fees and disbursement of one counsel for all selling Holders, shall be borne by the Company.

 

5.	Registration-Related Indemnification.

5.1 Company Indemnity.

(i) To the maximum extent permitted by Law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, such Holder’s partners, officers, directors, shareholders, legal counsel and accountants, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) and each Person, if any, who controls (as defined in the Securities Act) such Holder or underwriter, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under Laws which are applicable to the Company and relate to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any Registration, qualification, or compliance, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each a “Violation”): (a) any untrue of a material fact contained in such Registration Statement, on the effective date thereof (including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto), (b) the omission to state in the Registration Statement, on the effective date thereof (including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto), a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (c) any violation by the Company of Applicable Securities Laws, or any rule or regulation promulgated under Applicable Securities Laws. The Company will reimburse each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

 

-14-

---

(ii) The indemnity agreement contained in this Section 5.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), nor shall the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action to the extent that it arises solely out of or is solely based upon a Violation that occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished for use in connection with such Registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person. Further, the foregoing indemnity agreement with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder or other aforementioned person, or any person controlling such Holder, from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased shares in the offering, if a copy of the most current prospectus was not sent or given by or on behalf of such Holder or other aforementioned person to such person, if required by law to have been so delivered, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of the shares to such person, and if the prospectus (as so amended or supplemented) would have cured the defect giving rise to such loss, claim, damage or liability.

5.2 Holder Indemnity.

(i) To the maximum extent permitted by Law, each selling Holder that has included Registrable Securities in a Registration will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, legal counsel and accountants, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in connection with such Registration and each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of the Securities Act) the Company, such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under Applicable Securities Laws, or any rule or regulation promulgated under Applicable Securities Laws, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder for use in connection with such Registration; and each such Holder will reimburse any Person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 5.2, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Person in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action.

 

-15-

---

(ii) The indemnity contained in this Section 5.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

5.3 Notice of Indemnification Claim. Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under Section 5.1 or Section 5.2, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the indemnifying parties. An indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonably incurred fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party, to the extent so prejudiced, of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 5, but the omission to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 5.

5.4 Contribution. If any indemnification provided for in Section 5.1 or Section 5.2 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party, on the one hand, and of the indemnified party, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

5.5 Underwriting Agreement. To the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

-16-

---

5.6 Survival. The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 5 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a Registration Statement under this Agreement.

 

6.	Additional Registration-Related Undertakings.

6.1 Reports under the Exchange Act. Where necessary and with a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any comparable provision of any Applicable Securities Laws that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without Registration or pursuant to a Registration on Form F-3 or Form S-3 (or any comparable form in a jurisdiction other than the United States), the Company agrees to:

(i) make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 (or comparable provision, if any, under Applicable Securities Laws in any jurisdiction where the Company’s securities are listed), at all times following ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first Registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public;

(ii) file with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under all Applicable Securities Laws; and

(iii) at any time following ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first Registration under the Securities Act filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public by the Company, promptly furnish to any Holder holding Registrable Securities, upon request (a) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of all Applicable Securities Laws at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements or, at any time after so qualified, that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form F-3 or Form S-3 (or any form comparable thereto under Applicable Securities Laws of any jurisdiction where the Company’s securities are listed), (b) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents as filed by the Company with the Commission, and (c) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the Commission, that permits the selling of any such securities without Registration or pursuant to Form F-3 or Form S-3 (or any form comparable thereto under Applicable Securities Laws of any jurisdiction where the Company’s Securities are listed).

6.2 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the then outstanding Registrable Securities held by all Holders, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any Equity Securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (i) to include such Equity Securities in any Registration filed under Section 2 or Section 3, unless under the terms of such agreement such holder or prospective holder may include such Equity Securities in any such Registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such Equity Securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that are included, (ii) to demand Registration of their Equity Securities, or (iii) cause the Company to include such Equity Securities in any Registration filed under Section 2 or Section 3 hereof on a basis pari passu with or more favorable to such holder or prospective holder than is provided to the Holders of Registrable Securities.

 

-17-

---

6.3 “Market Stand-Off” Agreement. Each holder of Shares agrees, if so required by the managing underwriter(s), that it will not during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the Company’s IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred and eighty (180) days from the date of such final prospectus) (i) lend, offer, pledge, hypothecate, hedge, sell, make any short sale of, loan, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Equity Securities (other than those included in such offering) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Equity Securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Equity Securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, that (x) all directors, officers and all other holders of at least one percent (1%) of the outstanding share capital of the Company must be bound by restrictions at least as restrictive as those applicable to any such holder pursuant to this Section 6.3, (y) this Section 6.3 shall not apply to the extent that any other members of the Company subject to substantially similar restrictions are released, and (z) the lockup agreements shall permit such holders to transfer their Registrable Securities to their respective Affiliates so long as the transferee enters into the same lockup agreement. The underwriters in connection with the Company’s IPO are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 6.3 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may place restrictive legends on the certificates and impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each shareholder (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

6.4 Termination of Registration Rights. This section shall only have application if the Company’s Shares are listed on a U.S. stock exchange. The registration rights set forth in Section 2 and Section 3 of this Agreement shall terminate on the later of (i) the date that is five (5) years from the date of closing of a Qualified IPO and (ii) with respect to any Holder, the date on which such Holder may sell all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities under Rule 144 of the Securities Act in any ninety (90)-day period.

6.5 Exercise of Preference Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in this Agreement, the Company shall have no obligation to Register Registrable Securities which, if constituting Ordinary Share Equivalents, have not been exercised, converted or exchanged, as applicable, for Ordinary Shares.

 

7.	Preemptive Right.

7.1 Issuance Notice. In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give Series E Investor a written notice (an “Issuance Notice”) of such intention, describing (i) the type of New Securities, (ii) the identity of the prospective transferee, and (iii) the price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Series E Investor shall have thirty (30) days after the receipt of the Issuance Notice to agree to purchase all or a portion of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the Issuance Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased (“First Pre-emptive Rights”).

 

-18-

---

7.2 Second Notice. If Series E Investor fails to exercise its First Pre-emptive Rights to purchase all of the New Securities specified in the Issuance Notice, the Company shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day period described in the Issuance Notice, deliver a written notice (“Second Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of New Securities that remain unpurchased by Series E Investor following the procedures set out in Section 7.1 (the “Remaining Securities”) to Series D Investor who shall have a right to purchase all or a portion of the Remaining Securities by notifying the Company in writing within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Second Notice from the Company (“Second Pre-emptive Rights”).

7.3 If Series D Investor fails to exercise its Second Pre-emptive Rights to purchase all Remaining Securities, the Company shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the thirty (30) day period described in the Second Notice, deliver a written notice (“Third Notice”) specifying the number of Remaining Securities that remain unpurchased by Series D Investor following the procedures set out in Section 7.2 (the “Second Remaining Securities”) to each holder of Series A Preference Shares and Series B Preference Shares (“Third Pre-emptive Holders”) who shall have a right to purchase up to such Third Pre-emptive Holder’s Pro-Rata Share (and any overallotment, as provided below in Section 7.4) of any Second Remaining Securities by giving written notice to the Company within ten (10) days after the receipt of the Third Notice. Each Third Pre-emptive Holder’s “Pro-Rata Share” for purposes of this Sections 7.3 and 7.4 shall be equal to the Second Remaining Securities multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by such Third Pre-emptive Holder (on a fully diluted and as converted basis) and the denominator of which shall be the total number of Ordinary Shares held by all of the Third Pre-emptive Holders (on a fully diluted and as converted basis), on the date of the Third Notice.

7.4 Overallotment. If any Third Pre-emptive Holder fails to exercise its right to purchase its full Pro Rata Share of any Second Remaining Securities (each, a “Non-Exercising Holder”), the Company shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the ten (10) day period described in the Third Notice, deliver a written notice (“Overallotment Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of unpurchased Second Remaining Securities that were eligible for purchase by all Non-Exercising Holders (the “Third Remaining Securities”) to each Third Pre-emptive Holder that exercised its right to purchase its full Pro Rata Share of the Second Remaining Securities (each, an “Exercising Holder”). Each Exercising Holder shall have a right of overallotment, and may exercise an additional right to purchase the Third Remaining Securities by notifying the Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Overallotment Notice; provided, however, that if the Exercising Holders desire to purchase in aggregate more than the total number of Third Remaining Securities, then the Third Remaining Securities will be allocated to the extent necessary among such Exercising Holders in accordance with their relative Pro Rata Shares.

7.5 Fourth Notice. Within five (5) days after the expiration of the ten (10) day period described in the Third Notice or the Overallotment Notice, as applicable, the Company shall deliver a written notice (“Fourth Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of Third Remaining Securities that remain unpurchased by the Third Pre-emptive Holders following the procedures set out in Section 7.3 and Section 7.4 (the “Fourth Remaining Securities”) to Series C Investor who shall have a right to purchase all or a portion of the Fourth Remaining Securities by notifying the Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Fourth Notice from the Company.

 

-19-

---

7.6 Fifth Notice. Within five (5) days after the expiration of the ten (10) day period described in the Fourth Notice, the Company shall deliver a written notice (“Fifth Notice”) specifying the aggregate number of Fourth Remaining Securities that remain unpurchased by Series C Investor following the procedures set out in Section 7.5 (the “Fifth Remaining Securities”) to the Ordinary Investors (other than any Ordinary Investor who is also the Series D Investor or a Third Pre-emptive Holder) who shall have a right to purchase the Fifth Remaining Securities (“Qualifying Ordinary Investor”), and each Qualifying Ordinary Investor may exercise its right to purchase the Fifth Remaining Securities on a pro-rata basis (based on the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares held by such Qualifying Ordinary Investor (on a fully diluted and as converted basis) in relation to the total number of Ordinary Shares held by all Qualifying Ordinary Investors (on a fully diluted and as converted basis) on the date of the Fifth Notice by notifying the Company in writing within ten (10) days after receipt of the Fifth Notice from the Company.

7.7 Sales by the Company. Within a period of ninety (90) days following the expiration of the last of ten (10) day period as described in the Fifth Notice, the Company may sell any New Securities with respect to which the Series E Investor’s, the Series D Investor’s, the Third Pre-emptive Holders’, the Series C Investor’s and the Ordinary Investors’ rights under this Section 7 were not exercised, to the purchasers identified in the Issuance Notice and at a price and upon terms not more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Issuance Notice. In the event the Company has not sold such New Securities within such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Series E Investor, the Series D Investor, the Third Pre-emptive Holders, the Series C Investor and the Ordinary Investors in the manner provided in this Section 7.

7.8 Termination of Preemptive Rights. The preemptive rights in this Section 7 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the closing of the Qualified IPO, (ii) the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction and (iii) the consummation of a Non-Liquidation M&A.

7.9 Nothing in this Section 7 shall give any holder of Ordinary Share that is not an Ordinary Investor any preemptive rights over the New Securities.

 

8.	Information and Inspection Rights.

8.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. For so long as SWHY, BlueFocus, Bertelsmann, Sumitomo, SSG I, SSG II and Igomax hold Shares in the issued capital of the Company they shall be entitled to the following documents or reports:

(i) within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated income statement and statement of cash flows for the Company for such fiscal year and a consolidated balance sheet for the Company as of the end of the fiscal year, audited and certified by an accredited accounting firm approved by the Board, and a management report including a comparison of the financial results of such fiscal year with the corresponding annual budget (a “Management Report”), all prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”), consistently applied throughout the period (except for year-end adjustments and except for the absence of notes);

 

-20-

---

(ii) within thirty (30) days after the end of each quarter, the unaudited consolidated income statement and statement of cash flows for the Company for such quarter and a consolidated balance sheet for the Company as of the end of the quarter, and a Management Report (based on the corresponding quarterly budget), all prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP;

(iii) within thirty (30) days of the end of each month, a consolidated unaudited income statement and statement of cash flows for such month and a consolidated balance sheet for the Company as of the end of such month, and a Management Report (based on the corresponding monthly budget), all prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP;

(iv) copies of all documents or other information sent to all other shareholders and any reports publicly filed by the Company with any relevant securities exchange, regulatory authority or governmental agency, no later than five (5) days after such documents or information are filed by the Company;

(v) as soon as practicable, but in any event at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of each fiscal year, an annual budget and business plan for the succeeding fiscal year for the Group Companies, setting forth for each month during such succeeding fiscal year projected revenues, profits, operating expenses and cash position, and certified by the chief financial officer of the Company;

(vi) as soon as practicable, but in any event within fifteen (15) days after the end of each quarter, updated and detailed capitalization tables of each Group Company as of the end of such quarter, certified by the chief financial officer or financial controller of the Company; and

(vii) as soon as practicable, any other information reasonably requested by any such holder.

8.2 Inspection. The Company shall permit SWHY, BlueFocus, Bertelsmann, Sumitomo, SSG I , SSG II and Igomax, at their own expense, during normal business hours following not less than seven (7) business days prior written notice, to visit and inspect the Company, its Subsidiaries, any of the properties of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and to examine the books of account and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company and its Subsidiaries with the directors, officers, management employees, accountants, legal counsel and investment bankers of such entities. SWHY, BlueFocus, Bertelsmann, Sumitomo, SSG I ,SSG II and Igomax, as the case may be, shall protect and keep confidential all confidential information of the Company obtained in exercising its inspection rights under this Section 8.2 except to the extent that (i) disclosure is required in accordance with applicable Law, (ii) information becomes publicly available other than due to breach of this obligation by either of SWHY, BlueFocus, Bertelsmann, Sumitomo, SSG I , SSG II or Igomax, or (iii) the holder obtains information independent of its exercise of its inspection rights under this Section 8.2 from sources which are not in breach of any confidentiality agreement(s).

8.3 Termination of Information and Inspection Rights. The rights and covenants set forth in:

(A) Section 8.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier occurrence of (i) the closing of the Qualified IPO, (ii) the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction or (iii) the consummation of a Non-Liquidation M&A.

 

-21-

---

(B) Section 8.2 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earlier occurrence of (i) the closing of the Qualified IPO or (ii) the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction or (iii) the consummation of a Non-Liquidation M&A or (iv) (in respect of BlueFocus only) BlueFocus holding less than 161,767 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), (in respect of Bertelsmann only) Bertelsmann holding less than 112,200 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), (in respect of Sumitomo only) Sumitomo holding less than 109,407 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), (in respect of SSG I only) SSG I holding less than 58,776 SSG Ordinary Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events) and (in respect of SSG II only) SSG II holding less than 79,959 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events).

 

9.	Election of Directors.

9.1 Board of Directors and Observers; Voting Agreement.

(i) From and after the date hereof, the Company shall have a Board consisting of six (6) directors, of which, (a) for so long as it continues to hold no less than 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), BlueFocus shall have the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) Director (“Series D Director”); (b) for so long as it continues to hold no less than 448,801 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), Bertelsmann shall have the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) Director (the “Series B Director”); (c) for so long as it continue to hold no less than 437,629 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), Sumitomo shall have the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) Director (the “Series A Director”); (d) the holders of a majority of the then outstanding Ordinary Shares (excluding any Ordinary Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of Preference Shares), voting separately as a single class, have the right but not the obligation to designate three (3) Directors (the “Ordinary Directors”), of which, for so long as either (x) SSG I holds all the SSG I Ordinary Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events) or (y) SSG II or its Affiliates, in the aggregate, hold no less than 399,796 Series C Preference Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events), SSG I and SSG II shall have the collective right to designate one (1) out of the three (3) Ordinary Directors (the “SSG Director”); and notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, for so long as Igomax continues to hold no less than 5% of the Igomax Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events), (x) Igomax shall have the right but not the obligation to designate one (1) out of the three (3) Ordinary Directors (the “OptAim Director”), and (y) the OptAim Director shall not be removed without the prior written consent of Igomax. Subject to applicable law and listing rules, the right to appoint the OptAim Director by Igomax shall survive the closing of a Qualified IPO.

 

-22-

---

(ii) At each election of the directors of the Board, each holder of Shares shall vote at any meeting of members of the Company, such number of Shares as may be necessary, or in lieu of any such meeting, shall give such holder’s written consent, as the case may be, with respect to such number of Shares to keep the size of the Board at six (6) directors and in addition (a) as may be necessary to cause the election or re-election as members of the Board, and during such period to continue in office, each of the individuals designated pursuant to this Section 9.1 and (b) against any nominees not designated pursuant to this Section 9.1. The Series A Director shall initially be Mr. Genichiro Higaki, the Series B Director shall initially be Annabelle Long, the Series D Director shall initially be Anmin Pan, the Ordinary Shares Directors shall initially be Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, Mr. Antares Au (who shall be the initial SSG Director) and Mr. Ng, Yau Ping, and the OptAim Director shall initially be TANG, Jian. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, and without limiting any of the rights of the Parties hereto, each of the Parties acknowledges that the Chairman and chief executive officer of the Company and each Group Company shall initially be Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy, and the general manager of the Company shall be appointed by the Founders and confirmed by the Board.

(iii) Any Person or group of Persons entitled to designate any individual to be elected as a director of the Board pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall have the right to remove any such director occupying such position and to fill any vacancy caused by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of any director occupying such position. Each holder of Shares agrees to always vote such holder’s respective Shares in support of the principle that a director to the Board designated pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be removed from the Board with or without cause only upon the vote or written consent of the shareholders entitled to designate such director pursuant to Section 9.1, and each such holder further agrees not to seek, vote for or otherwise effect the removal with or without cause of any such director without such vote or written consent. If a vacancy is created on the Board at any time by the death, disability, retirement, resignation or removal of any director designated pursuant to Section 9.1, the replacement to fill such vacancy shall be designated in the same manner, in accordance with Section 9.1, as the director whose seat was vacated.

(iv) Any director not elected in the manner provided in sub-paragraphs (i), (ii), or (iii) shall be elected by the members of the Company at a general meeting, with holders of Preference Shares and Ordinary Shares voting together on an as-converted basis and not as separate classes.

(v) For so long as (a) Bertelsmann holds no less than 448,801 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), (b) Sumitomo hold no less than 437,629 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), (c) SSG I holds all of the SSG I Ordinary Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events) or SSG II or any Person that, directly or indirectly, Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with SSG II, in the aggregate, hold no less than 399,796 Series C Preference Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalisations or similar events), (iv) BlueFocus holds no less than 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), and (v) SWHY holds any Shares, each of (i) Bertelsmann, (ii) Sumitomo, (iii) SSG I or SSG II (but not both of them) and (iv) BlueFocus, and (v) SWHY shall be entitled to designate one (1) observer to attend all meetings and receive all notices and materials of the Board or of any committee of the Board in a non-voting observer capacity.

 

-23-

---

9.2 Alternates. Subject to applicable Law, each of the Series D Director, the Series B Director, the Series A Director and the SSG Director shall be entitled to appoint an alternate to serve at any Board meeting, and such alternate shall be permitted to attend all Board meetings and vote on behalf of the director for whom she or he is serving as an alternate.

9.3 Establishment of Audit Committee. Unless already established, the Company shall promptly establish and maintain an Audit Committee consisting of four (4) directors, none of whom shall be an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (the “Audit Committee”). Each of (i) the Series A Investor (as a group), (ii) the Series B Investors (as a group), (iii) the Series C Investor and SSG I (as a group) and (iv) the Series D Investor shall have the right, but not the obligation, to designate one (1) director each as a member of each and every committee of the Board, including without limitation the Audit Committee provided that such Investor(s) has the rights to appoint a director in accordance with Section 9.1. The Audit Committee shall select the auditors of the Company and approve the scope of the Company’s annual audit, and shall have such other powers and authorities as the Board shall delegate to it.

9.4 D&O Insurance. At any time prior to the closing of any Liquidating Transaction or Qualified IPO, the Company shall, upon request of the Series D Director, the Series A Director, the Series B Director or the SSG Director, purchase, and thereafter shall maintain, directors’ and officers’ insurance on commercially reasonable and customary terms approved by a majority of the Board, including the Series D Director, the Series B Director, the Series A Director and the SSG Director, in relation to any person who is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a director or an officer of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another company or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the Person and incurred by the Person in that capacity. The Memorandum and Articles shall at all times provide that the Company shall indemnify the members of the Board to the maximum extent permitted by the Law of the jurisdiction in which the Company is organized.

9.5 Amendment. So long as a Person, or group of Persons, holds the requisite number of Shares to be entitled to designate a director under Section 9.1(i), the right of such Person or group of Persons to designate a director under Section 9.1(i) may not be amended or waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) without the written consent of such Person, or the holders of a majority of the voting power of such group of Persons, respectively.

9.6 Board Meetings. The Company shall hold no less than one (1) Board meeting during each fiscal quarter unless otherwise approved by 2/3 of the members of the Board, including the Series D Director, the Series A Director and Series B Director. A quorum for a Board meeting shall consist of four (4) directors, including the Series A Director, the Series B Director, the Series D Director and the SSG Director. If the Series D Director, the SSG Director, Series A Director or the Series B Director is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting or if during such a meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall be adjourned for 48 hours later to the same time and place or to such other day, time or such other place as the Directors present may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting, the Series D Director, the SSG Director, the Series A Director or the Series B Director is not present within half an hour from the time scheduled for the adjourned meeting, the Directors present shall form the quorum. The Company shall promptly reimburse each member of the Board of Directors that participates in or attends Board and/or committee meetings for all reasonable, documented expenses incurred in connection with such participation or attendance, including without limitation round-trip travel and lodging and/or long-distance telephone charges. Notices and agenda of every meeting of the Board shall be given in accordance with Article 29.5 of the Memorandum and Articles.

 

-24-

---

9.7 Covenants. The Company agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to ensure that the rights granted hereunder are effective and that the Parties hereto enjoy the benefits thereof. Such actions include, without limitation, the use of the Company’s reasonable best efforts to cause the nomination and election of the directors as provided above. The Company will not, by any voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be performed hereunder by the Company, and the Company will at all times in good faith assist and take action as appropriate in the carrying out of all of the provisions of this Agreement. Each holder of Shares agrees that it shall not enter into any other agreements or arrangements of any kind with respect to the voting of any Shares or deposit any Shares in a voting trust or other similar arrangement.

9.8 Termination. This Section 9 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the closing of the Qualified IPO, (ii) the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction and (iii) the consummation of a Non-Liquidation M&A.

 

10.	Protective Provisions

10.1 Approval of Series A Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares. For so long as Bertelsmann, Sumitomo and BlueFocus respectively holds no less than 448,801 Shares, 437,629 Shares and 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), in addition to any other vote or consent required elsewhere in the Memorandum and Articles or by applicable Law, the Company shall not, and Members of the Company shall procure that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall not (directly or by amendment, merger, consolidation, amalgamation, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with a Non-Liquidation M&A) without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Series D Preference Shares, the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Series B Preference Shares and the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Series A Preference Shares, each voting separately as a single class.

(a) to liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Company, or effect any Liquidating Transaction;

(b) to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Memorandum and Articles;

(c) to create or authorize the creation of or issue any other security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having rights, preferences or privileges senior to or on parity with the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares, or increase the authorized number of shares of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares or do any act which has the effect of diluting or reducing the effective shareholding of the holders of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares, provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Holders of Series D Shares before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with in the Memorandum and Articles after July 1, 2015;

 

-25-

---

(d) to create, or issue of any debenture or any obligation convertible into, any securities convertible into, any option to purchase or subscribe for, or warrants exercisable for, Shares of the Company (other than grant stock options to employees or consultant as ESOP pursuant to this Agreement);

(e) to purchase or redeem or pay any dividend on any capital stock prior to the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares or the Series D Preference Shares (other than stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost), provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Holders of Series D Shares before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles after July 1, 2015;

(f) to create or authorize the creation of any debt security (other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit) unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board, including the approval of the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director;

(g) to increase or decrease the size of the Board;

(h) to approve any change in the business scope or activities of the Company;

(i) to take actions subject to other protective provisions to be set forth in the definitive agreements in connection with the Series A financing, the Series B financing or the Series D financing;

(j) to approve and change any compensation package of the management of the Company, including but not limited to the chief executive officer, general manager, and any other key employee; and

(k) to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

10.1A Approval of Series C Preference Shares. For so long as SSG II holds no less than 399,796 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), in addition to any other vote or consent required elsewhere in the Memorandum and Articles or by applicable Law, the Company shall not, and Members of the Company shall procure that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall not take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with an Non-Liquidation M&A) without the prior vote or written consent of the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Series C Preference Shares:

(a) to liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Company, or effect any Liquidating Transaction;

(b) to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Memorandum and Articles,

 

-26-

---

(c) to increase or decrease the size of the Board; and

(d) to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

10.1B Approval of Series E Preference Shares. For so long as SWHY holds any Shares, in addition to any other vote or consent required elsewhere in this Agreement and in the Memorandum and Articles or by applicable Law, the Company shall not, and Members of the Company shall procure that the Company and each of its Subsidiaries shall not take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with an Non-Liquidation M&A) without the prior affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding Series E Preference Shares:

(a) to liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Company, or effect any Liquidating Transaction;

(b) to amend, alter, or repeal any provision of the Memorandum and Articles;

(c) to create, or issue of any debenture or any obligation convertible into, any securities convertible into, any option to purchase or subscribe for, or warrants exercisable for, Shares of the Company (other than grant stock options to employees or consultant as ESOP pursuant to this Agreement);

(d) to purchase or redeem or pay any dividend on any capital stock prior to the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares or the Series E Preference Shares (other than stock repurchased from former employees or consultants in connection with the cessation of their employment/services, at the lower of fair market value or cost);

(e) to create or authorize the creation of any debt security (other than equipment leases or bank lines of credit) unless such debt security has received the prior approval of the Board, including the approval of the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director;

(f) to increase or decrease the size of the Board;

(g) to approve any change in the business scope or activities of the Company;

(h) to take actions subject to other protective provisions to be set forth in the definitive agreements in connection with the Series E financing; and

(i) to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

10.2 Approval by the Board. For so long as any Series A Preference Shares, Series Preference B Shares or Series D Preference Shares remain outstanding and Bertelsmann, Sumitomo and BlueFocus respectively holds no less than 448,801 Shares, 437,629 Shares and 808,835 Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), the Company shall not take any of the following actions (other than those in connection with a Non-Liquidation M&A) without 2/3 consent of the Board, including consent by the Series A Director, the Series B Director and the Series D Director:

 

-27-

---

(a) to adopt or amend the Memorandum and Articles or similar constitutive documents of any of the Group Companies, provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Series D Director before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles after July 1, 2015;

(b) to make any filing with respect to any of the Group Companies for the appointment of a receiver, administrator or other form of external manager for the winding up, liquidation, bankruptcy or insolvency of any of the Group Companies, or the passing of any resolution in respect of the same or any other forms of voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of any of the Group Companies;

(c) to effect any merger, spin-off, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of any of the Group Companies;

(d) to declare or pay any dividend by, or the making of any distribution on or with respect to the shares or any other share capital of, any of Group Companies;

(e) to make any increase or decrease in capital, or any purchase or redemption of any shares of any of Group Companies; provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Series D Director before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual Amount (if any) in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles after July 1, 2015;

(f) to make any investment in excess of HK$3,000,000 (or its equivalent in other currency) in the aggregate in the same financial year or in any non-core business investments, or any acquisition of assets or equity interests inside or outside the PRC and Hong Kong SAR;

(g) to adopt annual budget, or any material change annual budget, or to engage in any new line of business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries;

(h) to appoint and remove the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, general manager, legal representative, vice-president or any key employee of any Group Company;

(i) to appoint or change of the auditors of any of the Group Companies;

(j) to grant any indemnity or guarantee, security, or rights having similar or like economic effect over all or any part of the assets or rights of any of Group Company (or by any Founder of its equity interest in any Group Company), except for the purpose of securing borrowings from banks in the ordinary course of business not exceeding HK$3,000,000 in the aggregate (or its equivalent in other currency);

(k) to change in the business scope or activities of any of any Group Company;

(l) to adopt or amend any terms of, any of stock option or any bonus or profit sharing scheme;

 

-28-

---

(m) to authorize or incur any capital expenditure in excess of HK$5,000,000 for a single purchase or in aggregate more than HK$10,000,000 within the same financial year of the Company;

(n) to acquire or form any subsidiary or acquire the whole or any substantial part of the undertakings, assets or business of any other company or any entity or any entry into any joint venture or partnership with any other entity or any enter into any merger, consolidation or restructure;

(o) to enter into any contract, agreement or transaction between the Company or any Subsidiary and any of its directors, officers or shareholders (or their respective affiliates), including without limitation, any loans, credits, undertakings and benefits in favour of such persons and any amendment or termination of any contract, agreement or transaction previously approved by the Board or the holders of the Series A Preference Shares and the Series Preference B Shares;

(p) to sell or dispose of the whole or a substantial part of the good will or the assets of the Company and/or any Subsidiary;

(q) to amend or change the existing accounting policies or the financial year of the Company;

(r) to increase the aggregate compensation (including all benefits and bonus) of any of the five most highly compensated employees or officers of the Company and any Subsidiary by more than 50% in any twelve-month period;

(s) to borrow any money or obtain any financial facilities except pursuant to trade facilities obtained from banks or other financial institutions in the ordinary course of business

(t) to sell, transfer, license, charge, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the trademarks, patents, copyrights or other intellectual property owned by the Company and/or Subsidiary;

(u) to transfer of any shares in the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that, no vote or written consent under this Section shall be required from the Series D Director before the Company may enforce any paramount lien on, make a call on or forfeit any Shares held by BlueFocus representing the unpaid Residual amount (if any) in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles after July 1, 2015;

(v) to enter into any transaction outside of the Company’s ordinary course of business; and

(w) to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

10.2A Approval by the OptAim Director. For so long as any Igomax Shares remain outstanding and Igomax holds no less than 5% of the Igomax Shares (subject to adjustments made for share split, subdivision, consolidation, reorganization and the like events), the Company shall not take any of the following actions without the consent by OptAim Director:

(a) to adopt or amend the Memorandum and Articles or similar constitutive documents of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries;

 

-29-

---

(b) to effect any merger, spin-off, consolidation, scheme of arrangement, reorganization or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(c) to transfer any shares in OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries or to sell, transfer, license, charge, encumber or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the trademarks, patents, copyrights or other intellectual property owned by OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(d) to adopt or amend or terminate any terms of, any of stock option or any bonus or profit sharing scheme, which are applied to the employees of OptAim Ltd. and/or the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(e) to adopt annual budget, or any material change annual budget, or to engage in any new line of business of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries;

(f) to grant any indemnity or guarantee, security, or rights having similar or like economic effect over all or any part of the assets or rights of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries, except for the purpose of securing borrowings from banks in the ordinary course of business not exceeding HK$3,000,000 in the aggregate (or its equivalent in other currency);

(g) to initiate the first firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company which is not an Igomax QIPO;

(h) to remove TANG Jian from the chief executive officer and a director of OptAim Ltd. and any of the OptAim Subsidiaries; and

(i) to agree or undertake to do any of the foregoing.

10.3 The powers mandated to the Board of Directors in Section 10.2 above are irrevocably mandated by the holders of Shares of the Company to the Board of Directors and shall not be revoked or rescinded in any case unless with the consent of holders of at least a majority of all outstanding Ordinary Shares, holders of at least a majority of all outstanding Series A Preference Shares, holders of at least a majority of all outstanding Series B Preference Shares, holders of at least a majority of all outstanding Series C Preference Shares and holders of at least a majority of all outstanding Series D Preference Shares, each voting separately as a single class. Further, the powers mandated to the OptAim Director in Section 10.2A above are irrevocably mandated by the holders of Shares of the Company to the OptAim Director, and shall not be revoked or rescinded in any case unless with the consent of Igomax.

10.4 Subsidiaries. The protective provisions set forth in Section 10.1, Section 10.1A, Section 10.1B and Section 10.2 shall apply to all Subsidiaries and Controlled affiliates of the Company with respect to actions listed therein or any equivalent actions.

10.5 Adjustment Shares to Ordinary Investors.

 

-30-

---

(a) In the event of any issuance of any New Securities for a consideration per Ordinary Share (on an as-converted basis) based on the Company’s pre-money valuation to be less than US$308,400,000 (“Anti-dilution Trigger Valuation”), the existing holders of the Company’s Ordinary Shares (other than the Ordinary Investors, Zaffre, BAI and Igomax) shall transfer, at no cost, additional Ordinary Shares to the Ordinary Investors based on a broad-based weighted average calculation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any more favorable anti-dilution protection, including, without limitation, a lower Anti-dilution Trigger Valuation or favorable anti-dilution methodology, is provided to any holder of Equity Securities in the next equity financing of the Company, the Company/Founders shall grant the same rights or rights that result in the same economic benefits to Ordinary Investors with respect to the Ordinary Shares they first subscribed for then held by the Ordinary Investors.

(b) If, at any time, the Company provides to any holders of Ordinary Shares with rights, preferences or privileges that are more favorable to the rights, preferences or privileges granted to the Ordinary Investors, whether set out in the Company’s Memorandum and Articles and any amendments thereto, this Agreement, and any subsequent amendments, the Right of First Refusal Agreement, and any amendments thereto, or other similar agreements by or among the Company and its shareholders, the Company/Founders shall ensure that such equivalent rights, preferences and privileges be granted to the Ordinary Investors with respect to its Ordinary Shares they first subscribed for.

 

11.	Additional Agreements; Covenants.

11.1 Stock Option Plan.

(i) Save and except the up to 4,142,545 Ordinary Shares (as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events) to be issued to employees or consultants of the Group pursuant to an equity incentive plan of the Company (the “ESOP”), which has been adopted by the Board of Directors and approved by the holders of voting Equity Securities of the Company, any grant of an award under the ESOP shall be subject to the approval by 2/3 of the members of the Board (including the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director). The number of shares available for issuance under the ESOP shall not be increased (other than to reflect share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events) without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series E Preference Shares, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preference Shares, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preference Shares, the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preference Shares and the holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preference Shares.

(ii) All shares, options or other securities granted or issued under the ESOP shall be subject to a vesting schedule pursuant to which twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares or options shall vest on the one (1) year anniversary of such grant, with the remaining seventy-five percent (75%) to vest in equal monthly installments over the next thirty-six (36) months, unless otherwise approved by 2/3 of the members of the Board, including the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director.

 

-31-

---

(iii) Upon the termination for any reason of the employment or similar arrangement of any employee, consultant, officer or director holding unvested shares, the Company or its assignee (to the extent permissible under Applicable Securities Laws qualifications) shall have the option to repurchase such unvested shares at a per share price equal to the lesser of the cost of such shares or the current fair market value of such shares as determined in good faith by the Board. There shall be no acceleration of the vesting of any shares or options or other securities granted or issued under the ESOP except upon approval by 2/3 of the members of the Board, including the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director.

(iv) As a condition to the exercise of any option or other security granted or issued under the ESOP, the grantee exercising such option or other security, if applicable, shall be required to enter into the Right of First Refusal & Co-Sale Agreement as a Principal (as defined in the Right of First Refusal & Co-Sale Agreement) by executing a deed of adherence. Any attempt to exercise any option or other security granted or issued under the ESOP in contravention of this paragraph shall be null, void and without effect.

(v) The ESOP may contain any other provision not mentioned above as may from time to time be approved by 2/3 of the members of the Board, including the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director.

(vi) Any option or other security granted or issued under the ESOP to the employees or consultants of OptAim Ltd. or any OptAim Subsidiary shall be solely proposed by the OptAim Director and approved by the Board in accordance with this Agreement and the Memorandum and Articles.

11.2 Compliance. The Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause any direct or indirect subsidiary or entity Controlled by the Company, including without limitation the Group Companies, whether now in existence or formed in the future, to comply in all material respects with all applicable Laws. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall not, and the Founders shall cause the Company not to, and the Company and the Founders shall ensure that its and their respective Affiliates and its respective officers, directors, and representatives shall not, directly or indirectly, (a) offer or give anything of value to any Official with the intent of obtaining any improper advantage, affecting or influencing any act or decision of any such Person, assisting any Group Company in obtaining or retaining business for, or with, or directing business to, any Person, or constituting a bribe, kickback or illegal or improper payment to assist any Group in obtaining or retaining business, (b) take any other action, in each case, in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of the United States of America, as amended (as if it were a U.S. Person), or any other applicable similar anti-corruption, recordkeeping and internal controls Laws, or (c) establish or maintain any fund or assets in which any Group Company has proprietary rights that have not been recorded in the books and records of such Group Company.

11.3 Subsidiaries. All material aspects of the formation, maintenance and compliance of any direct or indirect Subsidiary or entity Controlled by the Company, whether now in existence or formed in the future, shall be subject to the review and approval by the Board of Directors (including the consent of the Series D Director, Series B Director and the Series A Director), and the Company shall promptly provide the Series A Investor, the Series B Investors, Series C Investor, the Series D Investor and the Series E Investor with copies of all material related documents and correspondence. Upon request of the Series A Director, the Series B Director, or the Series D Director, each Group Company and each Founder shall procure that the board of directors of each Group Company be designated in the same manner as the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

-32-

---

The Company and the Founders shall ensure that the board of directors of any of its Subsidiaries shall not have independent decision making power over their respective entities, and that the Company shall have sole decision making power over all business and affairs of any of its Subsidiaries.

11.4 PRC Matters.

(i) The Company and the Founders shall ensure that all filings and registrations with the relevant PRC Governmental Authorities required in respect of the Group Companies and the Founders, including the registrations with the Ministry of Commerce (or any predecessors), the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”), tax bureau, customs authorities, telecommunication authorities, administration of industry and commerce authorities, internet supervision authorities and the local counter part of each of the aforementioned governmental authorities, as applicable, shall be duly completed in accordance with the relevant Laws.

(ii) If any holder of Shares of the Company, including, without limitation, Ordinary Shares and Preference Shares, or any other Equity Securities (each, a “Company Security Holder”) is a “Domestic Resident” as defined in Circular 37 issued by SAFE on July 4, 2014 (“Circular 37”) and is subject to the SAFE registration or reporting requirements under Circular 37, in each case as determined by the Board of Directors or counsel to the Company, the Company shall promptly obtain a power of attorney reasonably satisfactory to the majority of the Holders of the Series A Preference Shares, the Series B Preference Shares, the Series D Preference Shares and the Series E Preference Shares (voting together as a single class on an as-if-converted basis) from such Company Security Holder, and the Company shall cause the designated representative under such power of attorney to take such actions and execute such instruments on behalf of such Company Security Holder to comply with the applicable SAFE registration or reporting requirements under Circular 37 as determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors or counsel to the Company. The Company and any of its Subsidiaries shall fully comply with all applicable PRC Laws relating to the filing, registration and reporting to SAFE or any of its local branches with respect to any foreign exchange transactions, investments, changes or occurrence of significant events.

11.5 Insurance. The Company shall, at the discretion of the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director), procure and maintain in effect, policies of insurance with respect to its properties and business of the kinds and in the amounts not less than that are customarily obtained by companies of similar size, in a similar line of business, engaged in international operations, and with operations in the PRC.

11.6 Controls. The Company will maintain the books and records of the Company, and will prepare its unaudited and audited financial statements, in accordance with U.S. GAAP and in accordance with sound business practices. The Company shall, and shall cause the Group Companies to, maintain an adequate system of procedures and controls with respect to finance, management, and accounting that is in accordance with sound business practices and is reasonably satisfactory to the Holders of a majority of the Series A Preference Shares, the Holders of a majority of the Series B Preference Shares, the Holders of a majority of the Series C Preference Shares, the Holders of a majority of the Series D Preference Share and the Holders of a majority of the Series E Preference Shares,, respectively. The Company shall, and shall cause the Group Companies to, adopt and maintain a treasury policy, accounting policy and fiscal policy reasonably satisfactory to the Holders of a majority of the Series A Preference Shares, the Holders of a majority of the Series B Preference Shares, the Holders of a majority of the Series C Preference Shares, the Holders of a majority of the Series D Preference Shares and the Holders of a majority of the Series E Preference Shares,, respectively.

 

-33-

---

11.7 Compliance with Memorandum and Articles. Each Party to this Agreement shall take all such actions and shall do all such things, and each holder of Ordinary Share Equivalents that is a Party to this Agreement shall vote at any meeting of members of the Company, such number of Ordinary Share Equivalents (on an as-converted basis) as may be necessary, or in lieu of any such meeting, shall give such holder’s written consent, as the case may be, with respect to such number of Ordinary Share Equivalents (on an as-converted basis), to cause the Company to comply with the Memorandum and Articles, including but not limited to Section 6 (Protective Provisions), Section 7 (Put Option) and Section 4 (Redemption) of Schedule 1 thereto. In the event that the provisions of this Agreement conflict with any provision of the Memorandum and Articles, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail as between the shareholders of the Company only, who hereby undertake to take such steps as may be necessary or desirable to amend the Memorandum and Articles to remove such conflict to the fullest extent permitted by Law.

11.8 Employment Matters. Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors (including the affirmative consent of the Series D Director, the Series B Director and the Series A Director), the Company shall (i) require all employees and consultants now or hereafter employed or retained by any Group Company to enter into a Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreement, requiring such Persons to protect and keep confidential each Group Company’s confidential information, intellectual property and trade secrets and requiring such Persons to assign all ownership rights in their work product to the Group Companies to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law; and (ii) require the persons whose names are listed in Schedule H hereof to enter into a Non-compete and Non-solicitation Agreement, prohibiting such Persons from competing with the Group Companies during their tenures with any Group Company, and from completing with and soliciting the employees and consultants from the Group Companies for twenty-four (24) months after their tenures with any Group Company terminate.

11.9 De Facto Control. Except in connection with a Non-Liquidation M&A, the Control of the Company and the de facto controlling person of the Company shall remain unchanged prior to a Qualified IPO.

11.10 Termination. This Section 11 shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the closing of the Qualified IPO and (ii) the consummation of a Liquidating Transaction.

 

12.	Miscellaneous.

12.1 Further Assurances. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein, each of the Parties hereto agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to take or cause to be taken all action, to do or cause to be done, to execute such further instruments, and to assist and cooperate with the other Parties hereto in doing, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable Laws or otherwise to consummate and make effective, in the most expeditious manner practicable, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and, to the extent reasonably requested by another Party, to enforce rights and obligations pursuant hereto.

 

-34-

---

12.2 Assignments and Transfers; No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives, but shall not otherwise be for the benefit of any third party. The rights of any Series A Investor, Series B Investor, Series C Investor, Series D Investor, Series E Investor, Ordinary Investor, Bertelsmann, Sumitomo, SSG I, SSG II , BlueFocus or Igomax hereunder (including, without limitation, registration rights) are assignable to any of its Affiliates, or in connection with the transfer (subject to Applicable Securities Laws and other Laws) of Equity Securities held by such Series A Investor, Series B Investor, Series C Investor, Series D Investor, Series E Investor, Ordinary Investor Bertelsmann, Sumitomo, SSG I, SSG II , BlueFocus or Igomax but only to the extent of such transfer, and any such transferee shall execute and deliver to the Company and the other parties hereto a deed of adherence becoming a Party to this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereof. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of any party hereunder shall not otherwise be assigned without the mutual written consent of the other Parties; provided that any Shareholder may assign its rights and obligations to an Affiliate or the ultimate beneficial owner of such Shareholder without consent of the other Parties.

12.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed under the Laws of the Hong Kong S.A.R., without regard to principles of conflict of laws thereunder.

12.4 Dispute Resolution.

(i) Any dispute, controversy or claim (each, a “Dispute”) arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the interpretation, breach, termination or validity hereof, shall be resolved at the first instance through consultation between the parties to such Dispute. Such consultation shall begin immediately after any party has delivered written notice to any other party to the Dispute requesting such consultation.

(ii) If the Dispute is not resolved within thirty (30) days following the date on which such notice is given, the Dispute shall be submitted to arbitration upon the request of any party to the Dispute with notice to each other party to the Dispute (the “Arbitration Notice”).

(iii) The arbitration shall be conducted in the Hong Kong S.A.R. and shall be administered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) in accordance with the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre Administered Arbitration Rules in force at the time of the commencement of the arbitration. However, if such rules are in conflict with the provisions of this Section 12.5, including the provisions concerning the appointment of arbitrators, the provisions of this Section 12.5 shall prevail.

(iv) The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in English. There shall be one (1) arbitrator. The Secretary General of the Centre shall select the arbitrator, who shall be qualified to practice law in the Hong Kong S.A.R.

(v) Each party to the arbitration shall cooperate with each other party to the arbitration in making full disclosure of and providing complete access to all information and documents requested by such other party in connection with such arbitration proceedings, subject only to any confidentiality obligations binding on such party.

 

-35-

---

(vi) The arbitrator shall decide any dispute submitted by the parties to the arbitration tribunal strictly in accordance with the substantive Laws of the Hong Kong, S.A.R. and shall not apply any other substantive Law.

(vii) Any party to the Dispute shall be entitled to seek preliminary injunctive relief, if possible, from any court of competent jurisdiction pending the constitution of the arbitral tribunal.

(viii) The Parties to this Agreement agree to the consolidation of arbitrations under the Transaction Documents in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.5.

(a) In the event of two or more arbitrations having been commenced under any of the Transaction Documents, the tribunal in the arbitration first filed (the “Principal Tribunal”) may in its sole discretion, upon the application of any party to the arbitrations, order that the proceedings be consolidated before the Principal Tribunal if (1) there are issues of fact and/or law common to the arbitrations, (2) the interests of justice and efficiency would be served by such a consolidation, and (3) no prejudice would be caused to any party in any material respect as a result of such consolidation, whether through undue delay or otherwise. Such application shall be made as soon as practicable and the party making such application shall give notice to the other parties to the arbitrations.

(b) The Principal Tribunal shall be empowered to (but shall not be obliged to) order at its discretion, after inviting written (and where desired oral) representations from the parties that all or any of such arbitrations shall be consolidated or heard together and/or that the arbitrations be heard immediately after another and shall establish a procedure accordingly. All parties shall take such steps as are necessary to give effect and force to any orders of the Principal Tribunal.

(c) If the Principal Tribunal makes an order for consolidation, it: (1) shall thereafter, to the exclusion of other arbitral tribunals, have jurisdiction to resolve all disputes forming part of the consolidation order; (2) shall order that notice of the consolidation order and its effect be given immediately to any arbitrators already appointed in relation to the disputes that were consolidated under the consolidation order; and (3) may also give such directions as it considers appropriate (i) to give effect to the consolidation and make provision for any costs which may result from it (including costs in any arbitration rendered functus officio under this Section 12.5); and (ii) to ensure the proper organization of the arbitration proceedings and that all the issues between the parties are properly formulated and resolved.

(d) Upon the making of the consolidation order, any appointment of arbitrators relating to arbitrations that have been consolidated by the Principal Tribunal (except for the appointment of the arbitrator of the Principal Tribunal itself) shall for all purposes cease to have effect and such arbitrators are deemed to be functus officio, on and from the date of the consolidation order. Such cessation is without prejudice to (1) the validity of any acts done or orders made by such arbitrators before termination, (2) such arbitrators’ entitlement to be paid their proper fees and disbursements and (3) the date when any claim or defence was raised for the purpose of applying any limitation period or any like rule or provision.

 

-36-

---

(e) The Parties hereby waive any objections they may have as to the validity and/or enforcement of any arbitral awards made by the Principal Tribunal following the consolidation of disputes or arbitral proceedings in accordance with this Section 12.5 where such objections are based solely on the fact that consolidation of the same has occurred.

(ix) During the course of the arbitration tribunal’s adjudication of the dispute, this Agreement shall continue to be performed except with respect to the part in dispute and under adjudication.

(x) The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final and binding upon the parties, and the prevailing party may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of such award.

(xi) For the purposes of service and delivery of documents under arbitration, the Parties agrees that where any Party is a legal entity incorporated or registered outside of the Hong Kong S.A.R., the physical addresses in the Hong Kong S.A.R. provided by them for receiving notices as set out in this Agreement shall be the address which they shall serve and receive documents and delivery to such address shall constitute valid service and delivery to that Party.

12.5 Notices. Any notice required or permitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be given either personally or by sending it by next-day or second-day courier service, fax, electronic mail or similar means to the address as shown below the signature of such party on the signature page of this Agreement (or at such other address as such party may designate by fifteen (15) days’ advance written notice to the other parties to this Agreement given in accordance with this Section 12.6). Where a notice is sent by next-day or second-day courier service, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and sending by next-day or second-day service through an internationally-recognized courier a letter containing the notice, with a confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected at the expiration of two days after the letter containing the same is sent as aforesaid. Where a notice is sent by fax or electronic mail, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, and sending such notice through a transmitting organization, with a written confirmation of delivery, and to have been effected on the day the same is sent as aforesaid.

12.6 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing Party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such Party may be entitled.

12.7 Rights Cumulative. Each and all of the various rights, powers and remedies of a Party hereto will be considered to be cumulative with and in addition to any other rights, powers and remedies which such Party may have at law or in equity in the event of the breach of any of the terms of this Agreement. The exercise or partial exercise of any right, power or remedy will neither constitute the exclusive election thereof nor the waiver of any other right, power or remedy available to such Party.

 

-37-

---

12.8 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Series A Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares or Series E Preference Shares after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series A Preference Shares, Series B Preference Shares, Series C Preference Shares, Series D Preference Shares or Series E Preference Shares may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed a “Series A Investor”, “Series B Investor”, “Series C Investor”, “Series D Investor”, “Series E Investor” as applicable, for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Parties shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Series A Investor, Series B Investor, Series C Investor, Series D Investor or Series E Investor, so long as such additional Series A Investor, Series B Investor, Series C Investor, Series D Investor or Series E Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as a “Series A Investor”, “Series B Investor”, “Series C Investor”, “Series D Investor” or “Series E Investor”, as applicable, hereunder.

12.9 Successor Indemnification. If the Company or any of its successors or assignees consolidates with or merges into any other Person and is not the continuing or surviving corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger, then to the extent necessary, proper provision shall be made so that the successors and assignees of the Company assume the obligations of the Company with respect to indemnification of members of the Board of Directors as in effect immediately before such transaction, whether such obligations are contained in the Memorandum and Articles, or elsewhere, as the case may be.

12.10 Severability. In case any provision of the Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. If, however, any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable under any applicable Law in any jurisdiction, it shall, as to such jurisdiction, be deemed modified to conform to the minimum requirements of such Law, or, if for any reason it is not deemed so modified, it shall be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality, or limitation on enforceability without affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement, or the validity, legality, or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

12.11 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of each of (i) the Company, (ii) the Founders, (iii) the holders of a majority of the Series A Preference Shares, (iv) the holders of a majority of the Series B Preference Shares, (v) the holders of a majority of the Series C Preference Shares, (vi) the holders of a majority of the Series D Preference Shares (vii) SSG I, for so long as SSG I continues to hold all SSG I Ordinary Shares, (viii) Igomax, for so long as Igomax continues to hold at least 5% of the Igomax Shares, and (ix) the holders of a majority of the Series E Preference Shares (in the case of (iii), (iv), (v), (vi), (viii) and (ix), as adjusted for share dividends, splits, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this paragraph shall be binding upon each of the Parties hereto.

12.12 No Waiver. Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right, power or remedy hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right, power or remedy at any other time or times.

 

-38-

---

12.13 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any Party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other Party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting Party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any Party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

12.14 No Presumption. The Parties acknowledge that any applicable Law that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the Party that drafted it has no application and is expressly waived. If any claim is made by a Party relating to any conflict, omission or ambiguity in the provisions of this Agreement, no presumption or burden of proof or persuasion will be implied because this Agreement was prepared by or at the request of any Party or its counsel.

12.15 Headings and Subtitles; Interpretation. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. Unless a provision hereof expressly provides otherwise: (i) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned under U.S. GAAP; (ii) the term “or” is not exclusive; (iii) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; (iv) the terms “herein”, “hereof”, and other similar words refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, clause, or other subdivision; (v) the term “including” will be deemed to be followed by “, but not limited to,”; (vi) the masculine, feminine, and neuter genders will each be deemed to include the others; (vii) the terms “shall”, “will”, and “agrees” are mandatory, and the term “may” is permissive; (viii) the term “day” means “calendar day”; and (ix) all references to “US$” are to the currency of the United States of America (and, where applicable, shall be deemed to include reference to the equivalent amount in other currencies).

12.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Facsimile and e-mailed copies of signatures shall be deemed to be originals for purposes of the effectiveness of this Agreement.

12.17 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the Parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and thereof, and supersedes all other agreements between or among any of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement supersedes, in its entirety, the Prior SHA, which shall be null and void and have no force or effect whatsoever as of the date hereof. The parties hereto that are parties to the Prior SHA hereby irrevocably waive any and all rights that they may have against any other party under the Prior SHA in exchange for their rights hereunder. After the execution and delivery of this Agreement, to the extent that there is any conflict between this Agreement and any provision of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Company and any holder of equity securities of the Company, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

-39-

---

12.18 Aggregation of Stock. All Shares held or acquired by any Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

[The remainder of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

-40-

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY:		OPTIMIX MEDIA ASIA LIMITED
		By:		/s/ Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh
				Name:		Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy
				Title:		Director
				Address:				1508 Prosperity Millennia Plaza
								663 King’s Road, North Point
								Hong Kong

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

SERIES A INVESTOR, SERIES B INVESTORS, SERIES C INVESTOR, SERIES D INVESTOR AND SERIES E INVESTOR:

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

		SUMITOMO CORPORATION EQUITY ASIA LIMITED
		By:		/s/ Hazumu Kakinoki
				Name:		Hazumu Kakinoki
				Title:		Managing Director
				Address:				Unit C3, 23/F, United Centre
								95 Queensway, Admiralty
								Hong Kong

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

FOUNDERS:		HSIEH, WING HONG SAMMY
		/s/ Wing Hong Sammy Hsieh
		ID Number:		K096776(9)
		Address:		Flat 23, 16th Floor, Fontana Gardens
				Ka Ning Path, Causeway Bay
				Hong Kong
		Email:		sammy.hsieh@i-click.com.hk
		NG, YAU PING RICKY
		/s/ Yau Ping Ricky Ng
		ID Number:		V029871 (9)
		Address:		Flat C1, 13th Floor, San Po Kong Mansions
				San Po Kong, Hong Kong
		Email:		ricky.ng@i-click.com.hk
		O&K INVESTMENT LTD.
		By Chiraseivinu Praphand, Sunee its owner
		/s/ Sunee Chiraseivinu Praphand
		Address:		Flat 23, 16th Floor, Fontana Gardens
				Ka Ning Path, Causeway Bay
				Hong Kong

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

SHAREHOLDERS		VANGUARD FORCE LIMITED
		By:		/s/ Jimmy Chau
				Name: Jimmy Chau
				Title: Director
				Address:		c/o Unit 301, Danuan 1, Building 2,
						Shuiduizi
						Beili, Chaoyang District
						Beijing, PRC 100026
		Address in Hong Kong for service of documents:
		SSG CAPITAL PARTNERS I, L.P. acting through its general partner
		SSG CAPITAL PARTNERS I GP, L.P. acting through its general partner
		SSG CAPITAL PARTNERS I GPGP, LTD.
		By:		/s/ William A Jones
				Name:		Mr William A Jones
				Title:		Director
				Address:		c/o SSG Capital Management (Hong Kong) Limited
						Suite 4203, 42/F, Gloucester Tower, 15 Queen’s Road Central, Central, Hong Kong

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

[Signature Page to Fourth Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement]

---

Schedule A

SERIES A INVESTOR

Sumitomo Corporation Equity Asia Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the Hong Kong S.A.R.

---

Schedule B

SERIES B INVESTORS

Bertelsmann Asia Investments AG, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of Switzerland

Sumitomo Corporation Equity Asia Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the Laws of the Hong Kong S.A.R.

---

Schedule C

SERIES C INVESTOR

SSG Capital Partners II, L.P., a limited liability partnership duly registered in the Cayman Islands

---

Schedule D

SERIES D INVESTOR

“BlueFocus” means BlueFocus International Limited, a limited corporation duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong

---

Schedule E

SERIES E INVESTOR

Shenwan Hongyuan Goldspring Fund I, a limited liability company duly registered in the Cayman Islands.

---

Schedule F

FOUNDERS

Mr. Hsieh Wing Hong Sammy, a Hong Kong citizen

Mr. Ng Yau Ping, a Hong Kong citizen

O&K Investment Ltd., a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of Hong Kong

---

Schedule G

SHAREHOLDERS

Vanguard Force Limited, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands

SSG Capital Partners I, L.P., a limited liability partnership duly registered in the Cayman Islands

Arda Holdings Limited, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands

Maestro Investment Holdings Ltd., a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands

Big Tooth Corporation, a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands

Igomax Inc., a company duly incorporated and existing under the Laws of the British Virgin Islands

---

Schedule H

PERSONS ENTERING INTO NON-COMPETE AND NON-SOLICITATION

Mr. Hsieh, Wing Hong Sammy

Mr. Ng, Yau Ping

Wong Pi Yan, Selina

Robert Tran

Tang, Jian

Lee, Yanshu

Tang, Min

Exhibit 10.3

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

This Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “this Agreement”) was entered into by and between the parties below on January 16, 2015 in the People’s Republic of China (“China”):

Party A:

OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company that is incorporated and exists under the laws of China, with its registered office at 9D, Unit 2, Building 3, Zhichun Road, No. 48, , Haidian District, Beijing;

Party B:

Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company that is incorporated and exists under the laws of China, with its registered office at Room 904, College International Building, Zhijing Road, No. 1, Haidian District, Beijing and

Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company that is incorporated and exists under the laws of China, with its registered office at Room CB1109, Layer 1, Hongmei South Road, No.1755, Minhang District, Shanghai.

Party A and Party B are referred to individually as a “Party” or collectively as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

Party A is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise that is incorporated in China and possesses necessary resources for network technology, communication technologies, transfer of technologies, technical consulting, technical services, technical trainings, advertisement design, manufacturing, agency and releasing, sales of independently-developed software products, enterprise marketing planning, enterprise management consulting, and business information consulting;

 

2.	Party B are domestic companies incorporated in China;

 

3.

Party A agrees to utilize its advantages in human resources, technologies, and information to provide Party B with exclusive technical services, technical consulting, and other services in relation to computer software production and development (see the following for the specific scope), and Party B agrees to accept such services provided by Party A or a third party appointed by Party A according to the provisions of this Agreement.

Therefore, Party A and Party B conclude the following agreement upon consensus through negotiation:

 

1	Provision of Services by Party A

 

1.1

According to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Party B hereby appoints Party A as its exclusive service provider to provide Party B with all-round business support, technical services, and consulting services during the term hereof. Specifically, these services include all or a part of the services within the business scope of Party B which are subject to the decision of Party A from time to time, including but not limited to transfer of technologies, technical consulting, technical services, technical trainings, advertisement design, manufacturing, agency and releasing, enterprise marketing planning, enterprise management consulting, and business information consulting (the “Services”).

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

1

---

1.2

Party B agree to accept the consulting and services rendered by Party A. Party B further agree that, unless Party A gives prior written consent, Party B shall not accept any consulting and/or services rendered by any third party or cooperate with any third party with respect to the matters provided in this Agreement within the term of this Agreement. Party A may appoint other parties (who may enter into certain agreements described in Clause 1.3 of this Agreement with Party B) to provide the consulting and/or services hereunder to Party B.

 

1.3	Ways of Service Provision

 

1.3.1

Party A and Party B agree that, the Parties may directly or through their respective related parties conclude other technical service agreements and consulting service agreements within the term of this Agreement, to specify the contents, ways, personnel, and charges of specific technical services and consulting services.

 

1.3.2

For performing this Agreement, Party A and Party B agree that, the Parties may conclude intellectual property (including but not limited to software, trademarks, patents, know-how, etc.) licensing agreements directly or through their respective related parties during the term of this Agreement, which shall allow Party B to use the related intellectual properties of Party A when Party B’s business requires.

 

1.3.3

For performing this Agreement, Party A and Party B agree that, the Parties may conclude equipment or plant lease agreements directly or through their respective related parties during the term of this Agreement, which shall allow Party B to use the equipment or plants of Party A according to the requirements of Party B’s business.

 

1.3.4

Party A may subcontract a part of the services to be provided to Party B under this Agreement to a third party at its own discretion.

 

1.3.5

Party B hereby grants Party A an irrevocable exclusive right to purchase, whereby Party A may, to the extent permitted by laws and regulations of China, purchase at its option any part or all of the assets and business from Party B at the lowest price permitted by laws of China. At that time, the Parties shall conclude a separate asset or business transfer contract to specify the terms and conditions of such asset transfer.

 

2	Calculation of Service Fees, Terms of Payment, Financial Statements, Audit, and Taxation

 

2.1

The Parties agree that Party B shall pay 100% of its net income to Party A for the services provided by Party A as the service fees (the “Service Fees”). The Service Fees shall be paid on a monthly basis. During the term of this Agreement, Party A has the right to adjust such Service Fees at its own discretion without the consent of Party B. Party B shall (a) provide Party A with its management statement and business data of each month, which shall state Party B’s net income of the month (the “Monthly Net Income”); and (b) pay 100% of its monthly net income to Party A (the “Monthly Payment”), within thirty (30) days from the last day of such month. Party A shall issue invoices of the technical service fees within seven (7) working days upon receipt of the aforesaid management statements and business data. Party B shall pay such amounts as stated on the invoices within seven (7) working days upon receipt of the aforesaid invoices. All payments shall be remitted into the bank account designated by Party A or paid to such account by other means approved by the Parties. The Parties agree that Party A may notify Party B of changes to such payment instructions from time to time.

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

2

---

2.2

Party B shall, within ninety (90) days upon the end of each fiscal year, (a) provide Party A with its financial statements of the current fiscal year, which shall be audited and certified by an independent certified accountant approved by Party A, and (b) if the audited financial statements show that the total monthly payments made by Party B to Party A within this fiscal year is insufficient in any way, pay the shortfall amount to Party A.

 

2.3	Party B shall prepare its financial statements to the satisfaction of Party A according to the requirements of laws and commercial practices.

 

2.4

When Party A gives a notice five (5) working days in advance, Party B shall allow Party A and/or its appointed auditor to audit Party B’s relevant account books and records and photocopy the required account books and records at the principal office of Party B, so as to verify the income of Party B and the accuracy of its statements.

 

2.5	The Parties to this Agreement shall bear their respective tax burdens incurred from execution of this Agreement.

 

3	Intellectual Properties, Non-disclosure, and Non-competition

 

3.1

Party A is entitled to exclusive proprietary rights and interests in all rights, titles, interests, and intellectual properties arising from or created by performance of this Agreement, including but not limited to copyrights, patents, patent applications, trademarks, software, know-how, business secrets, and others, whether they are developed by Party A or Party B.

 

3.2

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged between them in connection with this Agreement is confidential. Each Party shall keep such information confidential, and may not disclose such information to any third party without the written consent of other Party, except for any information (a) which is or becomes publicly available not through disclosure by the receiving Party; (b) which is required by applicable laws or any rules of stock exchange to disclose; or (c) which is required to be disclosed by either Party to its legal or financial consultant in connection with the transaction hereunder, provided that such consultant is subject to any confidentiality obligation similar to that set forth herein. If the personnel or institutions employed or engaged by either Party disclose any confidential information, it will be deemed disclosure by such Party, and such Party shall be liable for breach of this Agreement. This Article 3.2 shall survive the termination of this Agreement for whatever reasons.

 

3.3

Party B shall not (directly or indirectly) be engaged in business other than that specified in Party B’s business license and business certificate. Party B shall not be directly or indirectly engaged in business competing with Party A’s business in China, including investing in entities engaged in any business competing with Party A’s business, or in any business other than that approved by Party A in writing.

 

3.4	The Parties agree that, this Article 3 shall survive the modification, rescission or termination of this Agreement.

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

3

---

4	Representations and Warranties

 

4.1	Party A represents and warrants as follows:

 

4.1.1

Party A is a company legally incorporated and existing under the laws of China.

 

4.1.2

Party A’s execution and performance of this Agreement are within its corporate capacity and its scope of business. Party A has taken necessary corporate actions and has been duly authorized and obtained the consents and approvals from third parties and government agencies, and Party A will not violate the laws or other restrictions that bind upon or affect Party A.

 

4.1.3

This Agreement constitutes legal, valid, and binding obligations of Party A and such obligations are enforceable in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

4.2	Party B represents and warrants as follows:

 

4.2.1

Party B is companies legally incorporated and existing under the laws of China.

 

4.2.2

Party B’s execution and performance this Agreement are within their corporate capacities and their scopes of businesses. Party B have taken necessary corporate actions and have been duly authorized and obtained the consents and approvals from third parties and government agencies, and Party B will not violate the laws or other restrictions that bind upon or affect Party B.

 

4.2.3

This Agreement constitutes legal, valid, and binding obligations of Party B and such obligations are enforceable against Party B.

 

5	Effectiveness and Term

 

5.1	This Agreement is executed and comes into force on such date as stated in the beginning of this Agreement. This Agreement will be permanently in force until Party A decides in writing to terminate this Agreement in accordance with this Agreement or unless the laws of China otherwise provide.

 

6	Termination

 

6.1

To the maximum extent permitted by the laws of China, if the business period of any Party expires during the term of this Agreement, such Party shall timely renew its business period, so that this Agreement will continue to be in force and performed. If such Party’s application for renewal of business period is not approved by any competent authority, this Agreement will terminate upon the expiry of this Party’s business period.

 

6.2	When this Agreement terminates, the Parties’ rights and obligations under Article 3, Article 7, and Article 8 shall survive.

 

6.3

Early termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not exempt any Party from its obligations to make payments hereunder due prior to the termination of this Agreement (including but not limited to service fees) or from any liability for breach of this Agreement accrued prior to the termination of this Agreement. Any payable service fees incurred prior to the termination of this Agreement shall be paid to Party A within fifteen (15) working days from the termination date of this Agreement.

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

4

---

7	Governing Laws, Dispute Resolution and Changes to Laws

 

7.1	The execution, effectiveness, interpretation, performance, amendment, and termination of this Agreement and dispute resolution under this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of China.

 

7.2

Where any dispute arising from interpretation and performance of the provisions of this Agreement, the Parties shall settle such dispute through consultation in good faith. Where the Parties fail to reach any agreement with respect to the dispute resolution within thirty (30) days after any Party requests for resolution of such dispute through consultation, either Party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration in accordance with the arbitration rules in force. The place of arbitration shall be Beijing and the language of arbitration shall be Chinese. The award shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

7.3	Where any dispute arising from interpretation and performance of this Agreement or any other dispute is under arbitration, the Parties hereto shall continue to exercise their respective rights and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, except for the issues in dispute.

 

8	Liability for Breach and Indemnity

 

8.1	Where Party B substantially violates any provision under this Agreement, Party A has the right to terminate this Agreement and/or claim for damages against Party B. This Article 8.1 shall not preclude Party A’s any other right under this Agreement.

 

8.2	Unless otherwise provided by the laws of China, Party B has no right to terminate or rescind this Agreement under any circumstances.

 

8.3

Party B shall indemnify Party A and hold Party A harmless from any loss, damage, liability, or expenses incurred from any litigation, claim or other requests against Party A arising from or caused by the consulting and services that Party A provides to Party B upon the latter’s demand, unless such loss, damage, liability or expenses are caused by intentional misconduct of Party A.

 

9

Notice

 

9.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be sent to the following addresses by personal delivery, postage-prepaid registered mail, commercial express delivery or fax. A confirmation shall be sent by email with respect to each notice. Such notices shall be deemed validly delivered according to the following provisions:

 

9.1.1

Where a notice is sent by personal delivery, express delivery or postage-prepaid registered mail, it will be deemed delivered when the notice is sent to or rejected at the designated address of the recipient.

 

9.1.2

Where a notice is sent by fax, it will be deemed delivered when the notice is transmitted successfully, evidenced by the automatically-generated transmission confirmation message.

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

5

---

9.2	For the purpose of notice, addresses of the Parties are as follows:

Party A: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: 9D, Unit 2, Building 3, Zhichun Road, No. 48, Haidian District, Beijing

Addressee: Tang Jian

Tel: 010-58733487

Party B: Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room 904, College International Building, Zhijing Road, No. 1, Haidian District, Beijing

Addressee: Tang Jian

Tel: 010-58733487

Party B: Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room CB1109, Layer 1, Hongmei South Road, No.1755, Minhang District, Shanghai

Addressee: Tang Jian

Tel: 021-61139062

 

9.3	Either Party may change its address for notice by sending a notice to other Parties according to the provisions of this Article 9.

 

10

Transfer

 

10.1	Without the written consent of Party A in advance, Party B shall not transfer their rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party.

 

10.2	Party B agree that, Party A may transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any third party by notifying Party B of such transfer in writing in advance, without further consent of Party B.

 

11	Severability

If one or more provisions hereof are decided as invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect according to any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of other provisions hereof shall not be affected or prejudiced in any respect. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to strive to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with any valid provisions to the maximum extent permitted by laws and expected by the Parties, so that the economic effect of such valid provisions shall be similar to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions as much as possible

 

12	Amendments and Supplementations

Any amendment and supplementation to this Agreement shall be made in writing. Amendment agreements and supplemental agreements executed by the Parties in relation to this Agreement shall constitute an integral part of this Agreement and shall have the same legal force as that of this Agreement.

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

6

---

13	Language and Counterparts

This Agreement is made in two counterparts, and each Party holds one. Both counterparts shall have equal legal force.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement

 

7

---

In witness whereof, the Parties have caused their authorized representatives to execute this Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement on the date first written above for their joint observance.

 

		Party A: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.
		By:		/s/ Jian Tang
		Name:		Tang Jian
		Title:		Legal Representative
		Party B: Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.
		By:		/s/ Jian Tang
		Name:		Tang Jian
		Title:		Legal Representative
		Party B: Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd.
		By:		/s/ Jian Tang
		Name:		Tang Jian
		Title:		Legal Representative

 

Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement – Signature Page

 

8

Exhibit 10.4

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

This Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “this Agreement”) is made by the Parties below on May 26, 2017 in Beijing, the People’s Republic of China (“China”):

 

Party A:		OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of China, with its registered office at RoomC-1503-032, Building 1, Zhongguancun East Road No.18, Haidian District, Beijing;
Party B:		Tang Jian , a Chinese citizen with the ID No. 432922197608190035;
		Jiao Jie , a Chinese citizen with the ID No. 230103198009280023; and
Party C:		Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company incorporated and existing under the laws of China, with its registered office at No. 2#9A, Building No. 3, Zhichun Road No. 48, Haidian District, Beijing.

In this Contract, Party A, Party B, and Party C are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Party” and collectively as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.	the two persons composing Party B jointly holds 100% of the equity interest in Party C, of which, Tang Jian holds 49% of the equity interest in Party C and Jiao Jie holds 51% of the equity interest in Party C;

 

2.	Party B intends to grant Party A the irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase all the equity interest in Party C;

 

3.	Party A, Party B and Party C concluded an Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (“Original Agreement”) on July 24, 2015 to grant Party A the irrevocable and exclusive option to purchase all equity interest in Party C;

 

4.

the Parties, upon consensus through negotiation, agree to amend and restate the Original Agreement. This Agreement, upon execution by the Parties, will replace the Original Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement will apply to the manners under the Original Agreement, and the Original Agreement will terminate; and

 

5.

Party A, Party C, and Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. entered into and concluded the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (the “Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement”) on January 16, 2015. Party A signed and entered into the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement (“Equity Pledge Agreement”) with Party B and Party C on May 26, 2017. Tang Jian and Jiao Jie of Party B executed the Power of Attorney respectively for granting authority to Party A on May 26, 2017 (“Power of Attorney”, collectively referred to as “Control Agreements” together with the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, the Equity Pledge Agreement, and this Agreement).

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-1-

---

Therefore, upon mutual negotiation and consensus, the Parties have reached the following agreement:

 

1.	Sale and Purchase of Equity Interest

 

1.1	Grant of Option

Party B hereby irrevocably grants Party A an irrevocable and exclusive option (“Equity Interest Purchase Option”) to purchase, or designate one or more persons (each, a “Nominee”, who shall be approved by shareholders of Party A) to purchase the equity interest in Party C held by Party B now or in the future once or at multiple times at any time in part or in whole at Party A’s sole and absolute discretion and at the price described in Article 1.3 herein. Except for Party A and the Nominee(s), no other person shall be entitled to the Equity Interest Purchase Option or other rights with respect to the equity interests of Party B. Party C hereby agrees to the grant by Party B of the Equity Interest Purchase Option to Party A. The term “person” as used herein and in this Agreement shall refer to individuals, corporations, joint ventures, partnerships, enterprises, trusts or non-corporate organizations.

For avoidance of doubt, Party A may exercise any right hereunder, including the Equity Interest Purchase Option, at any time upon execution and effectiveness of this Agreement. To the full extent permitted by the laws of China, when Party B is died or loses his/her capacity for civil conduct, Party A has the right to exercise the rights hereunder, including the Equity Interest Purchase Option, against Party B or his/her lawful successors or agents.

 

1.2	Steps for Exercise of Equity Interest Purchase Option

Subject to the provisions of the laws and regulations of China, Party A may exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option by issuing a written notice to Party B (“Equity Interest Purchase Option Notice”), specifying (a) Party A’s or its Nominees’ decision to exercise the Equity Interest Purchase Option; (b) the portion of equity interests to be purchased by Party A or its Nominee(s) from Party B (“Purchased Equity Interest”); and (c) the date of purchasing the Purchased Equity Interest/the date of transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest.

 

1.3	Equity Interest Purchase Price and Payment

Unless appraisal is required by the laws of China at the time when Party A exercises the Equity Interest Purchase Option, the purchase price of the Purchased Equity Interest (“Equity Interest Purchase Price”) shall be RMB 100 or the lowest price permitted by the laws of China. Party A shall pay the Equity Interest Purchase price to the designated account of Party B within seven (7) days from the date when the Purchased Equity Interest are officially transferred to Party A, with necessary taxes on the Equity Interest Purchase Price deducted or withheld in accordance with the laws of China.

 

1.4	Transfer of Purchased Equity Interest

For each exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option:

 

1.4.1

Party B shall cause Party C to promptly convene a shareholders’ meeting, at which a resolution shall be adopted approving Party B’s transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest to Party A and/or its Nominee(s);

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-2-

---

1.4.2

Party B shall obtain written statements from other shareholder of Party C giving consent to the transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest to Party A and/or its Nominee(s) and waiving any right of first refusal related thereto.

 

1.4.3

Party B shall execute an equity interest transfer contract with respect to each transfer (each referred to as a “Transfer Contract”) with Party A and/or the Nominee (if applicable), in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Equity Interest Purchase Option Notice regarding the Purchased Equity Interest;

 

1.4.4

The relevant Parties shall execute all the other necessary contracts, agreements or documents (including but not limited to amendments to articles of associations of companies), obtain all necessary government licenses and permits (including but not limited to business licenses of companies), and take all necessary actions to transfer valid ownership of the Purchased Equity Interest to Party A and/or the Nominee, unencumbered by any security interests and to cause Party A and/or the Nominee to become the registered owner of the Purchased Equity Interest. For the purpose of this Article 1.4.4 and this Agreement, “security interests” shall include securities, mortgages, third party’s rights or interests, any stock options, acquisition right, right of first refusal, right to offset, ownership retention, or other security arrangements. For the purpose of clarity, such security interests shall exclude any security interest created under this Agreement, Party B’s Equity Pledge Agreement, and Party B’s Power of Attorney. “Party B’s Equity Pledge Agreement” as used in this Article 1.4.4 and this Agreement shall refer to the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Agreement executed by Party A, Party B, and Party C on May 26, 2017 and any modification, amendment, or restatement thereto. “Party B’s Power of Attorney” as used in this Article 1.4.4 and this Agreement shall refer to the Power of Attorney executed by Tang Jian and Jiao Jie composing Party B respectively on May 26, 2017 to grant Party A the power of attorney and any modification, amendment, or restatement thereto.

 

2.

Covenants

 

2.1	Covenants regarding Party C

Party B (as the shareholders of Party C) and Party C hereby covenant as follows:

 

2.1.1

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not in any manner supplement, change, or amend the articles of association or bylaws of Party C, increase or decrease its registered capital, or change its structure of registered capital in other manners;

 

2.1.2

They shall maintain Party C’s corporate existence in accordance with good financial and business standards and practices, prudently and effectively operate its business and handle its affairs, and cause Party C to perform the obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement concluded on January 16, 2015;

 

2.1.3

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not, at any time following the date hereof, sell, transfer, mortgage, or dispose of in any manner the legal or beneficial interest in any asset, business or revenues of Party C or allow the creation of any security interest thereon;

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-3-

---

2.1.4

After the legal liquidation as described in Article 3.6, Party B will pay any residual value collected on the basis of non-two-way payment to Party A in full amount or cause such payment. If such payment is prohibited by the laws of China, Party B shall make such payment to Party A or the party designated by Party A to the extent permitted by the laws of China;

 

2.1.5

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not incur, inherit, guarantee or permit the existence of any debt, except (i) debts incurred in the ordinary course of business other than through loans; and (ii) debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

2.1.6

They shall always operate all of Party C’s businesses during the ordinary course of business to maintain the asset value of Party C and refrain from any action/omission that may affect Party C’s operating status and asset value;

 

2.1.7

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to execute any major contract, except the contracts concluded in the ordinary course of business (for purpose of this Article 2.1.7, a contract with a price exceeding RMB 100,000 shall be deemed a major contract);

 

2.1.8

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause Party C to provide any person with any loan or credit or security in any form;

 

2.1.9

They shall provide Party A with information on Party C’s business operations and financial condition at Party A’s request;

 

2.1.10

If requested by Party A, they shall take out and maintain insurance in respect of Party C’s assets and business from an insurance carrier acceptable to Party A, in an amount and type of coverage typical for companies that operate similar businesses;

 

2.1.11

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall not cause or permit Party C to merge, consolidate with, acquire or invest in any person, or cause or permit Party C to sell its assets whose value is more than RMB 100,000;

 

2.1.12

They shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration, or administrative proceedings relating to Party C’s assets, business, or revenue;

 

2.1.13

To maintain the ownership by Party C of all of its assets, they shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions, and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

2.1.14

Without the prior written consent of Party A, they shall ensure that Party C shall not in any manner distribute dividends to its shareholders, provided that upon Party A’s written request, Party C shall immediately distribute all distributable profits to its shareholders;

 

2.1.15

At the request of Party A, they shall appoint any person designated by Party A as the director of Party C and/or dismiss the incumbent directors of Party C ; and

 

2.1.16

Unless otherwise required by laws of China, Party C shall not be dissolved or liquidated without prior written consent of Party A.

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-4-

---

2.2	Acknowledgements and Covenants of Party B

Party B hereby acknowledges that:

 

2.2.1

To the maximum extent allowed by the laws of China, any equity interest that Party B holds now or in future in Party C is not community property or inheritable property of Party B, and Party B shall not assume debt settlement liability or security liability for any third party with the equity interest he/she hold in Party C. Where such equity interests are divided, transferred, or inherited for any reason, the successor(s) or assignee(s) shall execute all documents required by Party A (including but not limited to this Agreement, the Equity Pledge Agreement, and the Power of Attorney).

Party B hereby covenants as follows:

 

2.2.2

Without the prior written consent of Party A, Party B shall not sell, transfer, mortgage, or dispose of in any other manner any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in Party C held by Party B, or allow the creation of any security interest thereon, except for the pledge created on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Equity Pledge Agreement;

 

2.2.3

Party B shall not require Party C to distribute dividends or make profit distribution in any other manner in respect of the equity interest in Party C that Party B holds, propose any matter in relation thereto for approval at the shareholders’ meeting, or vote for such matter proposed for approval at the shareholders’ meeting. Where Party B receives any revenue, profit distribution, or dividend from Party C, Party B shall immediately pay such revenue, profit distribution, or dividend to Party A or the designated party of Party A or transfer to their accounts as the service fees payable from Party C to Party A under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement for the interest of Party C to the extent permitted by the laws of China;

 

2.2.4

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting and/or the board of directors of Party C not to approve the sale, transfer, mortgage or disposition in any other manner of any legal or beneficial interest in the equity interests in Party C held by Party B, or allow the creation of any security interest thereon, without the prior written consent of Party A, except for the pledge created on these equity interests in accordance with Party B’s Equity Pledge Agreement;

 

2.2.5

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C not to approve the merger or consolidation with any person, or the acquisition of or investment in any person, without the prior written consent of Party A;

 

2.2.6

Party B shall immediately notify Party A of the occurrence or possible occurrence of any litigation, arbitration, or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in Party C held by Party B;

 

2.2.7

Party B shall cause the shareholders’ meeting or the board of directors of Party C to vote their approval of the transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest as set forth in this Agreement and to take any and all the other actions that may be requested by Party A;

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-5-

---

2.2.8

To maintain Party B’s ownership of his/her equity interests in Party C, Party B shall execute all necessary or appropriate documents, take all necessary or appropriate actions, and file all necessary or appropriate complaints or raise necessary and appropriate defenses against all claims;

 

2.2.9

Party B shall appoint any nominee of Party A as director of Party C, at the request of Party A;

 

2.2.10

At the request of Party A at any time, Party B shall promptly and unconditionally transfer their equity interests in Party C to Party A’s Nominee in accordance with the Equity Interest Purchase Option under this Agreement, and Party B hereby waives the right of first refusal to the respective equity interest transferred by another existing shareholder of Party C (if any); and

 

2.2.11

Party B shall strictly abide by the provisions of this Agreement and other contracts jointly or separately executed by Party B, Party C and Party A, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and refrain from any action/omission that may affect the effectiveness and enforceability thereof. If Party B retains any additional rights other than those provided for under this Agreement, Party B’s Equity Pledge Agreement, and the Power of Attorney issued to Party A as the beneficiary, Party B shall not exercise such rights unless otherwise directed by Party A in writing.

 

3.	Representations and Warranties

Party B and Party C hereby represent and warrant to Party A, jointly and severally, as of the date of this Agreement and each date of transfer of the Purchased Equity Interest that:

 

3.1

They have the authority to enter into and deliver this Agreement and any share transfer contracts to which they are parties concerning the Purchased Equity Interest to be transferred thereunder, and to perform their obligations under this Agreement and any transfer contract. Party B and Party C agree to execute transfer contracts consistent with the terms of this Agreement upon Party A’s exercise of the Equity Interest Purchase Option. This Agreement and the transfer contracts to which they are parties constitute or will constitute their legal, valid and binding obligations and shall be enforceable against them in accordance with the provisions thereof;

 

3.2

The execution and delivery of this Agreement or any transfer contract and the obligations under this Agreement or any transfer contract shall not: (i) cause any violation of any applicable laws of China; (ii) be inconsistent with the articles of association, bylaws or other organizational documents of Party C; (iii) cause the violation of any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them, or constitute any breach under any contracts or instruments to which they are a party or which are binding on them; (iv) cause any violation of any condition for the grant and/or continuing effectiveness of any licenses or permits issued to either of them; or (v) cause the suspension or revocation of or imposition of additional conditions on any licenses or permits issued to either of them;

 

3.3	Party B has a good and merchantable title to the equity interests in Party C they hold. Except for Party B’s Equity Pledge Agreement, Party B has not placed any security interest on such equity interests;

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-6-

---

3.4	Party C has a good and merchantable title to all of its assets and has not created any security interest on the aforementioned assets;

 

3.5	Party C does not have any outstanding debts, except (i) the debts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) the debts disclosed to Party A for which Party A’s written consent has been obtained;

 

3.6

Where Party C is dissolved or liquidated in accordance with the requirements of the laws of China, Party C shall sell all of its assets to Party B or other qualified subject designated by Party A to the extent permitted by laws of China and at the lowest price permitted by the laws of China. Party C, subject to the applicable laws of China in force, will exempt Party A or its designated qualified subject from any obligation of payment incurred therefrom; any proceeds obtained from any of such transactions, subject to the applicable laws of China in force, shall be paid to Party A or any qualified subject designated by Party A as a part of the service fees under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement;

 

3.7	Party C has complied with all laws and regulations of China applicable to asset acquisitions; and

 

3.8	There are no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings relating to the equity interests in Party C, assets of Party C or Party C.

 

4.	Effective Date

This Agreement shall become effect as of the date of official execution of this Agreement by the Parties and shall remain effective until all the equity interests held by Party B in Party C have been legally transferred to Party A or its Nominee in accordance with this Agreement.

 

5.	Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

5.1	Governing Law

The execution, effectiveness, construction, performance, amendment and termination of this Agreement and the resolution of disputes hereunder shall be governed by the formally published and publicly available laws of China.

 

5.2	Methods of Dispute Resolution

Any dispute arising out of interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be first settled by the Parties through friendly consultation. If the dispute cannot be settled within thirty (30) days after any Party requests other Parties to settle such dispute through consultation, any Party may submit the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission to be arbitrated in accordance with rules of arbitration in force. The place of arbitration shall be Beijing and the language of arbitration shall be Chinese. The arbitration award shall be final and binding on the Parties.

 

6.	Taxes and Fees

Each Party shall pay any and all transfer and registration taxes, expenses and fees incurred thereby or levied thereon in accordance with the laws of China in connection with the preparation and execution of this Agreement and the transfer contracts, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated under this Agreement and the transfer contracts.

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-7-

---

7.

Notices

 

7.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be sent to the following addresses by personal delivery, postage-prepaid registered mail, commercial express delivery or fax. A confirmation shall be sent by email with respect to each notice. Such notices shall be deemed validly delivered according to the following provisions:

 

7.1.1

Where a notice is sent by personal delivery, express delivery or postage-prepaid registered mail, it will be deemed delivered when the notice is sent to or rejected at the designated address of the recipient; and

 

7.1.2

Where a notice is sent by fax, it will be deemed delivered when the notice is transmitted successfully, evidenced by the information of transmission confirmation automatically generated.

 

7.2	For the purpose of notice, addresses of the Parties are as follows:

Party A: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: RoomC-1503-032, Building 1, Zhongguancun East Road No.18, Haidian District, Beijing

Addressee: Tang Jian

Tel: 010-58733487

Party B: Tang Jian

Address: No. 2#1504, North Fourth Ring Road, No. 106, Chaoyang District, Beijing

Tel: 010-58733487

Party B: Jiao Jie

Address: 15/F, Hong Fu Millennium Building, King’s Road No.665, Hong Kong

Tel: +8613910905012

Party C: Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 2#9A, Building No. 3, Zhichun Road No. 48, Haidian District, Beijing

Addressee: Tang Jian

Tel: 010-58733487

 

7.3	Any Party may at any time changes its address for notices by a notice delivered to other Parties in accordance with the provisions herein.

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-8-

---

8.	Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged between them in connection with this Contract is confidential. Each Party shall keep such information confidential, and may not disclose such information to any third party without the written consent of other Parties, except for any information (a) which is or becomes publicly available not through disclosure by the receiving Party; (b) which is required by applicable laws or any rules of stock exchange to disclose; or (c) which is required to be disclosed by either Party to its legal or financial consultant in connection with the transaction hereunder, provided that such consultant is subject to any confidentiality obligation similar to that set forth herein. If the personnel or institutions employed or engaged by either Party disclose any confidential information, it will be deemed disclosure by such Party, and such Party shall be liable for breach of this Contract. This Article 8 shall survive the termination of this Contract for whatever reasons.

 

9.	Further Undertakings

The Parties agree to promptly execute documents that are reasonably required for or are desirous to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and take further actions that are reasonably required for or are desirous to the implementation of the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

 

10.	Liability for Breach of this Agreement

 

10.1	Where Party B or Party C materially breaches any term under this Agreement, Party A shall have the right to terminate this Agreement and/or claim damages against Party B or Party C; this Article 10 shall not prejudice any other rights of Party A hereunder;

 

10.2	Unless otherwise specified by laws, Party B or Party C has no right to terminate or rescind this Agreement under any circumstances.

 

11.	Miscellaneous

 

11.1	Amendment, Modification, and Supplementation

Any amendment, modification, and supplementation to this Agreement shall be made by execution of a written agreement by the Parties.

 

11.2	Entire Agreement

Except for the amendments, modifications, or supplementations made in writing after the execution of this Agreement, this Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement by and among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall supersede all prior oral and written consultations, representations, and contracts reached with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

11.3

Headings

The headings of this Agreement are for convenience only, and shall not be used to interpret, explain, or otherwise affect the meanings of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

11.4	Language and Copies

This Agreement is written in Chinese and is made in four (4) counterparts, and each Party executing this Agreement will hold one (1). All copies are of the same legal force.

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-9-

---

11.5	Severability

If one or more provisions hereof are decided as invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect according to any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of other provisions hereof shall not be affected or prejudiced in any respect. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to strive to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with any valid provisions to the maximum extent permitted by laws and expected by the Parties, so that the economic effect of such valid provisions shall be similar to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions as much as possible.

 

11.6	Successors

This Agreement shall be binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors of the Parties and the permitted assignees of such Parties.

 

11.7

Survival

 

11.7.1

Any obligations that occur or that are due as a result of this Agreement upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement shall survive the expiration or early termination thereof.

 

11.7.2

The provisions of Articles 5, 7, 8, and this Article 10.8 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

11.8

Waiver

Any Party may waive the terms and conditions of this Agreement, provided that such waiver must be provided in writing and shall require the signatures of the Parties. No waiver by any Party in certain circumstances with respect to a breach by other Parties shall operate as a waiver by such a Party with respect to any similar breach in other circumstances.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement

-10-

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their respective legal representatives have executed this Amended and Restated Exclusive Operation Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

		Party A
		OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

		By:		/s/ Jian Tang
		Name:		Tang Jian
		Title:		Legal Representative

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement – Signature Page

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their respective legal representatives have executed this Amended and Restated Exclusive Operation Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Party B
By:		/s/ Jian Tang
Name:		Tang Jian

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement – Signature Page

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their respective legal representatives have executed this Amended and Restated Exclusive Operation Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Party B
By:		/s/ Jie Jiao
Name:		Jiao Jie

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement – Signature Page

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their respective legal representatives have executed this Amended and Restated Exclusive Operation Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

		Party C
		Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.
		By:		/s/ Jian Tang
		Name:		Tang Jian
		Title:		Legal Representative

 

Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement – Signature Page

Exhibit 10.5

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

This second amended and restated equity pledge contract (the “Contract”) is made by the following parties in Beijing on May 26, 2017.

Party A:

OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company organized and existing according to China laws, having its registered address at RoomC-1503-032, Building 1, Zhongguancun East Road No. 18, Haidian District, Beijing, and its legal representative Tang Jian ;

(hereinafter referred to as the “Pledgee”)

Party B:

Tang Jian , a Chinese citizen, having his/her ID No. 432922197608190035;

Jiao Jie , a Chinese citizen, having his/her ID No. 230103198009280023;

(hereinafter referred to as the “Pledgors”)

Party C: Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. , a limited liability company organized and existing according to China laws, having its registered address at No. 2#9A, Building No. 3, Zhichun Road No. 48, Haidian District, Beijing , and its legal representative Tang Jian ..

For purpose of this contract, the Pledgee, the Pledgors and Party C are hereinafter referred to individually as a “Party”, and collectively as the “Parties”.

Whereas,

 

1.

The Pledgors are citizens of the People’s Republic of China (“China”). Party C is a limited liability company who was registered in Beijing, China. The Pledgors are the shareholders of Party C. The capital contribution is RMB 1 million, among which Tang Jian holds 49% equity in Party C, and Jiao Jie holds 51% equity in Party C. Party C acknowledges the rights and obligations of the Pledgors and the Pledgee hereunder, and agrees to provide any assistance required for registration of the Pledge.

 

2.

The Pledgee is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise registered in Beijing, China. The Pledgee, Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. and Party C entered into an Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement (“Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement”) on January 16, 2015. The Pledgee, the Pledgors, and Party C entered into the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement (“Exclusive Option Agreement”) on May 26, 2017. The Pledgors signed respectively the Power of Attorney to grant authority to the Pledgee on May 26, 2017 (the “POA”, together with the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, the Exclusive Option Agreement and this Contract as the “Control Agreements”).

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

3.

The Pledgors hereby create a pledge over their equity in Party C for performance of the obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, the Exclusive Option Agreement, the POA and this Contract, to ensure the Pledgee to collect all due amounts payable by Party C, including but not limited to the consulting and service fee, and to secure performance by Party C and the Pledgors of other obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, the Exclusive Option Agreement, the POA and this Contract.

 

4.	The Pledgee, Party C, Tang Jian and Jiao Jie entered into the Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract (“Original Contract”) on June 24, 2015, whereby Tang Jian and Jiao Jie created a pledge over their entire equity in Party C.

 

5.	The Parties agree to amend and restate the Original Contract upon negotiation and consensus. This Contract, once signed by the Parties, shall replace the Original Contract. The matters under the Original Contract shall be governed by this Contract, and the Original Contract shall terminate.

 

1.	Definitions

Unless this Contract provides otherwise, the terms below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

“Pledge” means the security interest created by the Pledgors in favor of the Pledgee according to Article 2 hereof, that is, the precedential rights of the Pledgee to be satisfied by the proceeds obtained from exchange, auction or sale of the Equity.

 

1.2

“Equity” means the entire equity interest held or to be acquired by the Pledgors in Party C according to Article 2.1 hereof.

 

1.3

“Pledge Period” means the period specified in Article 3 hereof.

 

1.4

“Contractual Obligations” means all obligations assumed by the Pledgors and Party C under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, the Exclusive Option Agreement, the POA and this Contract, including but not limited to the consulting and service fees due and payable to the Pledgee according to the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, whether on the specified due date, through prepayment or otherwise.

 

1.5

“Secured Debts” means all the direct, indirect and consequential losses and the loss of expected benefit incurred by the Pledgee for any event of default of the Pledgors and/or Party C. The basis of any amount of such losses includes but is not limited to the reasonable business plan and profit forecast of the Pledgee, and all costs and expenses incurred by the Pledgee for enforcing any Contractual Obligations of the Pledgors and/or Party C.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

1.6

“Events of Default” means the circumstances set forth in Article 7 hereof.

 

1.7

“Default Notice” means the notice issued by the Pledgee according hereto to announce any event of default.

 

2.

Pledge

 

2.1

To secure the timely and complete performance of the Contractual Obligations and repayment of the Secured Debts by the Pledgors and Party C, the Pledgors hereby create a first-rank pledge in favor of the Pledgee over their Equity in Party C (including the registered capital (capital contribution) held by the Pledgors in Party C) and the related interest in such Equity, and other registered capital (capital contribution) to be acquired by the Pledgors and the related equity interest therein (“Equity”). As of execution hereof, the Equity over which the Pledgors create the Pledge is 100% equity they hold in Party C, and the corresponding capital contribution amount in Party C’s registered capital is RMB 1 million, accounting for 100% in the registered capital.

 

2.2

The Parties understand and agree that the monetary valuation arising from or relating to the Secured Debts is changing and floating until the closing date (as defined below).

 

2.3

If any of the following circumstances (“Closing Causes”) occurs, the value of the Secured Debts shall be determined according to the total amount of the due and outstanding Secured Debts owed to the Pledgee on the date of such Closing Cause or the date immediately before that date (“Fixed Debts”):

 

(a)

Any Control Agreement other than this Contract is terminated according its relevant provisions;

 

(b)

Any Event of Default under Article 7 hereof occurs and is not resolved, which causes the Pledgee to deliver a Default Notice to relevant Pledgor according to Article 7.3 hereof;

 

(c)

The Pledgee, upon due investigation, reasonably believes that any of the Pledgors and/or Party C has become or may be insolvent; or

 

(d)

Any other events which fix the Secured Debts according to relevant laws of China.

 

2.4

For the avoidance of any doubt, the date when the Closing Cause occurs is the closing date (“Closing Date”). The Pledgee may elect to realize the Pledge according to Article 8 hereof on or after the Closing Date.

 

2.5

During the Pledge Period, the Pledgee is entitled to receive the dividend or bonus. The Pledgors may only receive the dividend or bonus with the prior written consent of the Pledgee. At the request of the Pledgee, the dividend or bonus received by the Pledgors shall, after deducting the individual income tax payable by the Pledgors, be (1) deposited in the account designated by the Pledgee, supervised by the Pledgee, and used to secure the Contractual Obligations and discharge the Secured Debts in the first place; or (2) without violating any China laws, presented to the Pledgee or any person designated by the Pledgee unconditionally and for no consideration.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

2.6

The Pledgors may make additional capital contribution to Party C only when the Pledgee agrees in writing in advance. The additional capital contribution made to the company’s registered capital shall become part of the Equity subject to the Pledge.

 

2.7

If Party C is required to be dissolved or liquidated according to any mandatory provisions of China laws, at the request of the Pledgee, any interest received by the Pledgors from Party C after completion of the dissolution or liquidation procedure according to law shall be (1) deposited in the account designated by the Pledgee, supervised by the Pledgee, and used to secure the Contractual Obligations and discharge the Secured Debts in the first place; or (2) without violating any China laws, presented to the Pledgee or any person designated by the Pledgee unconditionally and for no consideration.

 

3.	Pledge Period

 

3.1

The Pledge shall become effective when it is registered with the administration for industry and commerce at the place of Party C (“Registration Authority”), and remain valid until the last installment of the Contractual Obligations and the Secured Debts secured by the Pledge are fulfilled or repaid fully (“Pledge Period”). The Parties agree that after the execution of this Contract the Pledgors and Party A shall immediately submit an application to the Registration Authority for creation registration of the equity pledge according to the Measures for the Registration of Equity Pledge at Administrations for Industry and Commerce. The Parties further agree to complete the registration of equity pledge and obtain the registration notice from the Registration Authority within fifteen (15) days after the Registration Authority accepts the above application. The Parties jointly acknowledge that to go through the equity pledge registration procedure, the Parties shall submit this Contract or an equity pledge contract signed in the form required by the administration for industry and commerce at the place of Party C and truly representing the Equity’s information hereunder (“Registered Pledge Contract”) to the administration for industry and commerce. Any matter not covered by the Registered Pledge Contract shall be subject to this Contract. The Pledgors and Party C shall submit all required documents and go through all required procedures according to China laws and regulations and various requirements of the administration for industry and commerce, and ensure the equity pledge is registered as soon as possible after the submission of application.

 

3.2

During the Pledge Period, if Party C fails to perform any Contractual Obligation or repay any Secured Debt hereunder, the Pledgee has the right (but is not obligated to) dispose of the Pledge according to the provisions hereof.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

4.	Custody of Records of the Equity subject to Pledge

 

4.1

Within three (3) days from the date of signing this Agreement, Party C shall issue the register of shareholders and the capital contribution certificate recording the Pledge in the form and substance set forth in Exhibit 1 hereto.

 

4.2

The Pledgors shall deliver the register of shareholders and the capital contribution certificate recording the Pledge (and other documents reasonably required by the Pledgee, including but not limited to the equity registration notice issued by the administration for industry and commerce) to the Pledgee for custody on the date when the Pledge is registered and created. The pledgee shall keep such documents during the whole Pledge Period set forth herein.

 

5.	Representations and Warranties of the Pledgors and Party C

The Pledgors represent and warrant to the Pledgee as follows:

 

5.1

The Pledgors are the sole legal and beneficial owners of the Equity, and have lawful, complete and full ownership to the Equity they hold except as otherwise stipulated in any other agreement signed by the Pledgors and the Pledgee.

 

5.2

The Pledgee is entitled to dispose of and transfer the Equity according to the provisions hereof.

 

5.3

Except for the Pledge, the Pledgors have not created any security interest or other encumbrance over the Equity, no dispute exists over the ownership to the Equity, and the Equity is not subject to any actual or threatened attachment or other legal procedures, and may be pledged or transferred according to the laws to which it is subject.

 

5.4

The Pledgors’ execution hereof and exercise of any right or performance of any obligations hereunder will not violate any laws, regulations, any agreement or contract to which the Pledgors are a party, or any covenants made by the Pledgors to any third party.

 

5.5

All documents, materials, statements and certificates provided by the Pledgors to the Pledgee are accurate, true, complete and valid.

Party C represents and warrants to the Pledgee as follows:

 

5.6

Party C is a limited liability company organized and validly existing according to China laws who has separate legal personality and full and independent legal status and capacity to execute, deliver and perform this Contract.

 

5.7

This Contract is duly executed by Party C, and constitutes the lawful, valid and binding obligations of Party C.

 

5.8

Party C has the full internal power and authority to enter into and deliver this Contract and all other documents relating to the transaction contemplated hereunder, and has the full power and authority to complete such transaction.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

5.9

There is no major security interest or other encumbrances over the assets of Party C which may affect the rights and interests of the Pledgee in the Equity, including but not limited to any assignment of Party C’s intellectual property or other asset with a value of not less than RMB 100,000, or any encumbrances on the title or use right of such assets.

 

5.10

There is no pending or, to the knowledge of Party C, threatened litigation, arbitration or other legal procedure against the Equity, Party C or its assets before any court or arbitral tribunal, or any pending or, to the knowledge of Party C, threatened administrative procedure or penalty of any governmental authority or administrative body against the Equity, Party C or its assets, which may have material adverse effect on Party C’s economic condition or the Pledgors’ ability to perform any obligations hereunder or to assume the responsibility of security.

 

5.11

Party C hereby agrees to be jointly and severally liable to the Pledgee for the representations and warranties made by the Pledgors hereunder.

 

5.12

Party C hereby warrants to the Pledgee that the above representations and warranties shall be true and correct at any time before the Contractual Obligations are fully performed or the Secured Debts are fully repaid, and shall be fully complied with.

 

6.	Covenants and Further Agreements of the Pledgors and Party C

The Pledgors covenant and further agree as follow:

 

6.1

During the term of this Contract, the Pledgors hereby convent that they shall

 

6.1.1

not attempt or permit others to attempt to transfer the Equity in whole or in part, or create or permit existence of any security interest or other encumbrance which may affect the Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity without the prior written consent of the Pledgee, except for performing the Option Contract signed between the Pledgors, Pledgee and Party C on the date of this Contract;

 

6.1.2

comply with the provisions of all laws and regulations applicable to the Pledge, and present to the Pledgee any notice, order or suggestion issued or made by any competent authority (or any other authorities) with respect to the Pledge within 5 days of receiving such notice, order or suggestion, and comply with such notice, order or suggestion or submit any objection and statement on the above notice, order or suggestion at the reasonable request or with the consent of the Pledgee;

 

6.1.3

Immediately notify the Pledgee of any event or notice received by them which may have effect on any rights of the Pledgee in the Pledge or part of the Pledge, and any event or notice received by them which may have effect on any warranty or other obligations of the Pledgors arising from this Contract.

 

6.2

The Pledgors agree that they or their successors or representatives, or any other persons may not discontinue or interrupt, through any legal procedure, any right in the Pledge acquired by the Pledgee hereunder.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

6.3

In order to protect or perfect any security interest hereunder, the Pledgors hereby covenant that they will execute and promote other parties interested in the Pledge to execute all certificates, agreements, deeds and/or undertakings required by the Pledgee. The Pledgors further covenant that they will take and promote other parties interested in the Pledge to take other actions required by the Pledgee, to facilitate the Pledgee to exercise any right or authority granted to it hereunder, and will enter into all relevant documents with the Pledgee or any nominee of the Pledgee (whether an individual or legal person) with respect to the ownership to the Equity. The Pledgors covenant that they will provide the Pledgee with all notices, orders and decisions relating to the Pledge as requested by the Pledgee within a reasonable period.

 

6.4

The Pledgors hereby undertake to the Pledgee that they will comply with and perform all warranties, covenants, agreements, representations and conditions hereof. If any Pledgor fails to perform any of such warranties, covenants, agreements, representations and conditions in whole or in part, the Pledgors shall compensate for all losses thus incurred by the Pledgee.

 

6.5

If any court or other governmental department takes any compulsory measures on the Equity subject to Pledge hereunder, the Pledgors shall use their best efforts to lift such compulsory measures, including but not limited to providing other security to the court or taking other measures.

 

6.6

If the value of the Equity is possible to reduce which may endanger the Pledgee’s rights, the Pledgee may request the Pledgors to provide additional mortgage or other security. If the Pledgors fail to so provide, the Pledgee may auction or sell the Equity at any time, and use the proceeds from such auction or sale to prepay the Secured Debts or lodge the proceeds. The Pledgors shall be liable for all costs thus incurred.

 

6.7

Without the Pledgee’s prior written consent, the Pledgors and/or Party C may not increase, reduce or transfer (or assist others to increase, reduce or transfer) the registered capital of Party C (or their respective capital contribution in Party C), or create (or assist others to create) any encumbrances over the registered capital or capital contribution. Subject to the preceding sentence, any equity in Party C registered or acquired by the Pledgors after the date hereof is referred to as “Additional Equity”. The Pledgors and Party C shall immediately enter into a supplementary equity pledge agreement in connection with the Additional Equity with the Pledgee when the Pledgors acquire such Additional Equity, promote Party C’s board of directors and shareholders’ meeting to approve such supplementary equity pledge agreement, and provide the Pledgee with all documents required for the supplementary equity pledge agreement, including but not limited to: (a) the original capital contribution certificate of the Additional Equity issued by Party C; and (b) the copies of the capital verification report of the Additional Equity issued by the Chinese certified public account. The Pledgors and Party C shall go through the pledge creation registration of such Additional Equity according to Article 3.1 hereof.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

6.8

Unless the Pledgee gives any prior written instructions to the contrary, the Pledgors and/or Party C agree that if all or part of the Equity is transferred between the Pledgors and any third party (“Equity Transferee”) in violation of this Contract (including severance and succession), the Pledgors and/or Party C shall ensure the Equity Transferee to unconditionally accept the Pledge and go through the required formality of changing pledge registration (including but not limited to signing relevant documents) to ensure the existence of the Pledge.

 

6.9

If the Pledgee provides any loan to Party C, the Pledgors and/or Party C agree to create a pledge over the Equity in favor of the Pledgee to further secure such loan, and go through relevant formalities according to the requirements of laws, regulations and local practices (if any), including but not limited to signing relevant documents and going through the registration formality of creation (or change) of pledge.

Party C covenants and further agrees as follows:

 

6.10

If any third person’s consent, permission, waiver or authorization, or any approval, permission, or exemption of any governmental authority, or any registration or recording formalities with any governmental authority (if legally required) is required to execute and perform this Contract, or to create the Equity Pledge hereunder, Party C shall use its best effort to obtain such consent, permission, waiver, authorization, exemption, registration or recording, and keep them fully valid during the term of this Contract.

 

6.11

Without prior written consent of the Pledgee, Party C will not assist or permit the Pledgors to create any new pledge or other security interest over the Equity or to transfer the Equity.

 

6.12

Party C agrees to strictly comply with the obligations under Article 6.7, 6.8 and 6.9 hereof with the Pledgors.

 

6.13

Without prior written consent of the Pledgee, Party C shall not transfer Party C’s assets or create or permit existence of any security interest or other encumbrances which may affect the Pledgee’s rights and interests in the Equity over Party C’s assets, including but not limited to any transfer of any Party C’s intellectual property or other assets with an amount of not less than RMB 100,000, or creation of any encumbrances on the title or use right of such assets.

 

6.14

In case that any legal litigation, arbitration or other claim occurs, and may have adverse effect on Party C, the Equity or the Pledgee’s interest under the Control Agreements, Party C shall notify the Pledgee in writing as soon as possible, and take all necessary measures to ensure the Pledgee’s pledge interest in the Equity at the reasonable request of the Pledgee.

 

6.15

Party C may not carry out or permit any activities or actions that may have adverse effect on the Pledgee’s interest under the Control Agreements or on the Equity.

 

6.16

Party C shall provide the Pledgee with the financial statements for the previous calendar quarter in the first month of the current calendar quarter, including but not limited to the balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

6.17

Party C undertakes to take all necessary measures and execute all necessary documents at the reasonable request of the Pledgee, to ensure the pledge interest of the Pledgee in the Equity and the exercise and realization of such interest.

 

6.18

If the exercise of the Pledge hereunder causes transfer of any part of the Equity, Party C undertakes to take all measures to complete such transfer.

 

6.19

Party B shall ensure and shall promote Party C’s other shareholder to ensure Party C to complete the registration formality of extending business period three (3) months before expiration of Party C’s business period, so that this Contract continues to be effective.

 

7.	Events of Default

 

7.1

The following circumstances shall be deemed Events of Default hereunder:

 

7.1.1

Party C fails to fully pay the consulting and service fee under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, or fails to repay the loan, or breaches any obligations under the Control Agreements;

 

7.1.2

Any representations or warranties made by the Pledgors under Article 5 hereof contain any material misrepresentation or mistake, and/or the Pledgors breache any warranties in Article 5 hereof;

 

7.1.3

The Pledgors or Party C fails to complete the pledge registration with the Registration Authority according to Article 3.1 hereof;

 

7.1.4

The Pledgors or Party C violates any provisions hereof;

 

7.1.5

Except as expressly provided in Article 6.1.1, the Pledgors transfer or intend to transfer or waive the Equity subject to Pledge, or assign the Equity subject to Pledge without the Pledgee’s written consent;

 

7.1.6

Any loans, warranties, indemnifications, covenants or other debts or liabilities owed by the Pledgors to any third party (1) are required to be prepaid or performed early owing to the Pledgors’ breach of contract; or (2) have become due but are not repaid or performed in a timely manner;

 

7.1.7

Any approval, license, permission or authorization required for this Contract to remain enforceable, lawful and valid is revoked, suspended, invalidated or changed materially;

 

7.1.8

The promulgation of any applicable laws makes this contract illegal or the Pledgors unable to perform any obligations hereunder;

 

7.1.9

Any adverse change to the property owned by the Pledgors makes the Pledgee believe that the Pledgors’ ability to perform any obligation hereunder has been affected;

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

7.1.10

The successor or trustee of Party C is able to perform only part of the payment obligation under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, or refuses to perform any of such obligation; and

 

7.1.11

Any other circumstance where the Pledgee is or may be unable to exercise any right of the Pledge, including but not limited to the death or loss of capacity of the Pledgors;

 

7.2

The Pledgors shall immediately notify in writing the Pledgee of any of the above circumstances specified in Article 7.1 or any event which may cause the above circumstances.

 

7.3

Unless the Events of Default specified in Article 7.1 hereof have been corrected to the satisfaction of the Pledgee within thirty (30) days after the Pledgee notifies thereof, the Pledgee may send a Default Notice to the Pledgors when or after the Events of Default occur, and require the Pledgors to pay immediately all due and outstanding amounts under the Control Agreements and all other amounts payable to the Pledgee, and/or repay the loan and/or dispose of the Pledge according to Article 8 hereof.

 

8.	Exercise of Pledge

 

8.1

The Pledgors may not transfer the Equity in Party C without the written consent of the Pledgee.

 

8.2

The Pledgee may send a Default Notice to the Pledgors when it exercises the Pledge.

 

8.3

Subject to Article 7.3 hereof, the Pledgee may exercise the right to enforce the Pledge at any time when or after it sends out the Default Notice according to Article 7.2 hereof. Once the Pledgee elects to enforce the Pledge, the Pledgors shall not own any rights or interests relating to the Equity.

 

8.4

In case of any default, to the extent permitted by and subject to applicable laws, the Pledgee is entitled to dispose of the Equity subject to Pledge. The proceeds received by the Pledgee for exercising the Pledge, after repaying the Secured Debts, shall be paid to the Pledgors or other persons entitled to the remaining amount, if any, without any interest.

 

8.5

When the Pledgee disposes of the Pledge according to this Contract, the Pledgors and Party C shall provide necessary assistance so that the Pledgee may enforce the Pledge according to this Contract.

 

8.6

The Pledgors shall assume all expenses, taxes and legal costs relating to creation of Equity Pledge hereunder and realization of the Pledgee’s rights, except for those to be assumed by the Pledgee according to laws.

 

9.

Transfer

 

9.1

The Pledgors may not transfer or delegate any right or obligation hereunder without the prior written consent of the Pledgee.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

9.2

This Contract shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Pledgors and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

9.3

The Pledgee may transfer all or any rights or obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement to any nominee (individual or legal person) at any time. In such case, the transferee shall have the rights and obligations of the Pledgee under this Contract, as if it is an original party hereto. When the Pledgee transfers its rights and obligations under the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement, at the request of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall enter into relevant agreement or other document with respect to such transfer.

 

9.4

Where the Pledgee is replaced by others owing to any transfer abovementioned, at the request of the Pledgee, the Pledgors shall enter into a new pledge contract with the new pledgee on the same terms and conditions as those set forth herein.

 

9.5

The Pledgors shall strictly comply with this Contract and other contracts signed with the Parties or a Party jointly or individually, including the Exclusive Option Contract and the POA granted to the Pledgee, perform the obligations hereunder and thereunder, and may not take any action/forbearance that may affect the validity and enforceability hereof or thereof. Unless the Pledgee instructs in writing, the Pledgors may not exercise any remaining rights in the Equity pledged hereunder.

 

10.	Termination

When the Exclusive Business Cooperation Agreement is fully performed and the consulting and service fee thereunder is fully paid, and when the obligations of Party C under other Control Agreements are terminated, this Contract shall terminate. The Pledgee shall try to cancel or terminate this Contract as soon as reasonably and practically possible.

Unless the law provides otherwise, in no event will the Pledgors or Party C have the right to terminate or rescind this Contract.

 

11.	Formality fee and other expenses

Party C shall assume all costs and expenses relating to this Contract, including but not limited to the attorney’s fee, cost of production, stamp tax and other taxes and expenses. If applicable laws require the Pledgee to assume certain taxes and expenses, the Pledgors shall promote Party C to reimburse fully such taxes and expenses paid by the Pledgee.

 

12.	Confidentiality

The Parties acknowledge that any oral or written information exchanged between them in connection with this Contract is confidential. Each Party shall keep such information confidential, and may not disclose such information to any third party without the written consent of other Parties, except for any information (a) which is or becomes publicly available not through disclosure by the receiving Party; (b) which is required by applicable laws or any rules of stock exchange to disclose; or (c) which is required to be disclosed by either Party to its legal or financial consultant in connection with the transaction hereunder, provided that such consultant is subject to any confidentiality obligation similar to that set forth herein. If the personnel or institutions employed or engaged by either Party disclose any confidential information, it will be deemed disclosure by such Party, and such Party shall be liable for breach of this Contract. This Article 12 shall survive the termination of this Contract for whatever reasons.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

13.	Governing Law and Dispute Resolution

 

13.1

The execution, validity, interpretation and performance hereof and the resolution of any dispute hereunder shall be governed by the publicly available laws officially promulgated by China. Any matters not covered by such laws shall be governed by the international legal principles and practices.

 

13.2

If any dispute arises from interpretation or performance of any provisions hereof, the Parties shall resolve such dispute in good faith through negotiation. If the Parties fail to reach a consensus on the solution of such dispute within 30 days after either Party requests for negotiation, either Party may refer the dispute to China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission for arbitration according to the currently effective arbitration rules of the Commission. The arbitration shall be carried out in Chinese in Beijing. The arbitral award shall be conclusive and binding upon the Parties in question.

 

13.3

When any dispute arises from interpretation or performance of this Contract or the dispute is in arbitration, the Parties hereto shall continue to exercise their rights and perform their obligations hereunder other than those in dispute.

 

14.

Notice

 

14.1

All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be sent to the following addresses by personal delivery, postage-prepaid registered mail, commercial express delivery or fax. A confirmation shall be sent by email with respect to each notice. Such notices shall be deemed validly delivered according to the following provisions:

 

14.1.1

Where a notice is sent by personal delivery, express delivery or postage-prepaid registered mail, it will be deemed delivered when the notice is sent to or rejected at the designated address of the recipient.

 

14.1.2

Where a notice is sent by fax, it will be deemed delivered when the notice is transmitted successfully, evidenced by the information of transmission confirmation automatically generated.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

14.2

For the purpose of notice, the addresses of the Parties are as follows:

Party A: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: Room C-1503-032, Building 1, Zhongguancun East Road No. 18, Haidian District, Beijing

Addressee: Tang Jian

Tel: 010-58733487

Party B: Tang Jian

Address: No. 2#1504, North Fourth Ring Road, No. 106, Chaoyang District, Beijing

Tel: 010-58733487

Party B: Jiao Jie

Address: 15/F, Hong Fu Millennium Building, King’s Road No. 665, Hong Kong

Tel: +8613910905012

Party C: Party C:Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

Address: No. 2#9A, Building No. 3, Zhichun Road No. 48, Haidian District, Beijing

Addressee: Tang Jian

Tel: 010-58733487

 

14.3

Either Party may change its address for notice by sending a notice to other Parties according to the provisions of this Article 14.

 

15.	Severability

If any or several provisions hereof are decided as invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect according to any laws or regulations, the validity, legality or enforceability of other provisions hereof shall not be affected or prejudiced in any respect. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith to strive to replace such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with any valid provisions to the maximum extent permitted by laws and expected by the Parties, so that the economic effect of such valid provisions shall be similar to that of such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions as much as possible.

 

16.

Exhibits

The exhibits hereto are an integral part of this Contract.

 

17.	Effectiveness

 

17.1

This Contract shall become effective when the Parties duly sign it.

 

17.2

Any amendment to, modification of or supplementation to this Contract shall be made in writing, and become effective when the Parties sign or seal and when the governmental registration procedure (if applicable) is completed.

 

17.3

This Contract is made in five (5) counterparts. Each signing Party shall hold one (1) counterpart, and one (1) counterpart shall be submitted to the Registration Authority. The counterparts of this Contract shall have equal legal force.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

18.	Entire Contract

Except for the written amendment, supplementation or modification made after execution of this Contract, this Contract shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall replace all previous oral or written negotiations, representations or contracts reached between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their legal representatives have signed this Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract on the date first written above for their joint observance.

 

Party A:
OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)
By:		/s/ Jian Tang
Name:		Tang Jian
Title:		legal representative

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract- Signature Page

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their legal representatives have signed this Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract on the date first written above for their joint observance.

 

Party B:
By:		/s/ Jian Tang
Name:		Tang Jian

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract- Signature Page

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their legal representatives have signed this Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract on the date first written above for their joint observance.

 

Party B:
By:		/s/ Jie Jiao
Name:		Jiao Jie

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract- Signature Page

---

In witness whereof, the Parties and/or their legal representatives have signed this Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract on the date first written above for their joint observance.

 

Party C:
Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)
By:		/s/ Jian Tang
Name:		Tang Jian
Title:		legal representative

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract- Signature Page

---

Exhibit 1

Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

Register of Shareholders and Capital Contribution Certificate Recording the Pledge

Register of Shareholders of Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

The shareholders and relevant information of Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) is as follows:

 

Name of shareholder

Type of shareholder

Capital contribution amount (RMB)

Form of contribution

Shareholding percentage

Domicile

No. of Capital Contribution Certificate

Pledge registration

Tang Jian

Natural person

RMB

490,000

Cash

49

%

No. 2#1504, North Fourth Ring Road, No. 106, Chaoyang District, Beijing

No. 2017-1

The 49% equity held by Tang Jian in the Company has been pledged to OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Jiao Jie

Natural person

RMB

510,000

Cash

51

%

15/F, Hong Fu Millennium Building, King’s Road No.665, Hong Kong

No. 2017-2

The 51% equity held by Jiao Jie in the Company has been pledged to OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.
(seal)
Legal representative (signature):
Issuance date:        ,     , 2017

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

Shareholder Capital Contribution Certificate

(No. 2017-1)

1. Company’s full name: Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. 

2. Company’s address: No. 2#9A, Building No. 3, Zhichun Road No. 48, Haidian District, Beijing

3. Company’s date of establishment: September 7, 2012

4. Company’s registered capital: RMB 1 million

5. Company’s shareholders: Tang Jian  is a shareholder of this Company, who holds 49% equity in the Company (corresponding to the contribution of RMB 490,000 in the registered capital which has been paid up), and is entitled to the shareholders’ rights set forth in the Company’s articles of association.

6. Equity pledge: The 49% equity held by Tang Jian in the Company has been pledged in favor of OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

---

Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

Shareholder Capital Contribution Certificate

(No. 2017-2)

1. Company’s full name: Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.

2. Company’s address: No. 2#9A, Building No. 3, Zhichun Road No. 48, Haidian District, Beijing

3. Company’s date of establishment: September 7, 2012

4. Company’s registered capital: RMB 1 million

5. Company’s shareholders: Jiao Jie is a shareholder of this Company, who holds 51% equity in the Company (corresponding to the contribution of RMB 510,000 in the registered capital which has been paid up), and is entitled to the shareholders’ rights set forth in the Company’s articles of association.

6. Equity pledge: The 51% equity held by Jiao Jie in the Company has been pledged in favor of OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

 

 

Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract

Exhibit 10.6

Power of Attorney

Date: May 26, 2017

The undersigned, Jiao Jie , a citizen of the People’s Republic of China (“China”) with Chinese ID No. 230103198009280023 and a holder of 51% of the entire registered capital (“My Shareholding”) in Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.  (the “Domestic Company”), hereby irrevocably authorizes OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (the “Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise”) to exercise the following rights relating to My Shareholding during the term of this Power of Attorney:

The Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise is hereby authorized to act on my behalf as my exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all matters concerning My Shareholding, including without limitation: (1) proposing, convening, and attending meetings of shareholders of the Domestic Company; (2) exercising all shareholder’s rights and shareholder’s voting rights that I am entitled to under the laws of China and articles of association of the Domestic Company, including but not limited to the sale, transfer, pledge or disposition of My Shareholding in part or in whole; and (3) nominating, designating, and/or appointing legal representatives (chairperson), directors, supervisors, chief executive officer (or manager), and other officers of the Domestic Company on my behalf (if I have such power).

Without limiting the generality of the power granted hereunder, the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise shall have the power and authority under this Power of Attorney to perform on my behalf the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract and the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Contract executed on the same date of this Power of Attorney, to which I am a party, or execute other documents required to be executed under the aforesaid contracts, including but not limited to the transfer contract (to which I am required to be a Party) as agreed in the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Contract executed on my behalf.

The Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise has the right to re-authorize or assign the rights relating to the aforesaid matters to any other person or entity at its own discretion without giving prior notice to me or obtaining my consent.

This Power of Attorney will come into force on the date of execution. Provided that I am the shareholder of the Domestic Company, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocably and continuously effective, unless the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise otherwise instructs in writing. Once the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise notifies me in writing of termination of this Power of Attorney in part or in whole, I will immediately revoke the entrustment and authorization previously granted to the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise and execute a power of attorney of the same format as this Power of Attorney, to grant other person nominated by the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise the same authorization and entrustment as those contained in this Power of Attorney.

This Power of Attorney shall be binding on my successors and assigns and I will cause my successors (if applicable) and assigns to sign a similar power of attorney.

 

Power of Attorney-Jiao Jie

---

During the validity term of this Power of Attorney, I hereby waive all the rights associated with My Shareholding, which have been authorized to the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise through this Power of Attorney, and shall not exercise such rights by myself.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

Power of Attorney-Jiao Jie 

---

In witness whereof, I execute this Power of Attorney on such date first given above.

 

Power of Attorney-Jiao Jie – Signature Page

---

Power of Attorney

Date: May 26, 2017

The undersigned, Tang Jian  , a citizen of the People’s Republic of China (“China”) with Chinese ID No. 432922197608190035 and a holder of 49% of the entire registered capital (“My Shareholding”) in Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.  (the “Domestic Company”), hereby irrevocably authorizes OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.  (the “Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise”) to exercise the following rights relating to My Shareholding during the term of this Power of Attorney:

The Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise is hereby authorized to act on my behalf as my exclusive agent and attorney with respect to all matters concerning My Shareholding, including without limitation: (1) proposing, convening, and attending meetings of shareholders of the Domestic Company; (2) exercising all shareholder’s rights and shareholder’s voting rights that I am entitled to under the laws of China and articles of association of the Domestic Company, including but not limited to the sale, transfer, pledge or disposition of My Shareholding in part or in whole; and (3) nominating, designating, and/or appointing legal representatives (chairperson), directors, supervisors, chief executive officer (or manager), and other officers of the Domestic Company on my behalf (if I have such power).

Without limiting the generality of the power granted hereunder, the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise shall have the power and authority under this Power of Attorney to perform on my behalf the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract and the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Contract executed on the same date of this Power of Attorney, to which I am a party, or execute other documents required to be executed under the aforesaid contracts, including but not limited to the transfer contract (to which I am required to be a Party) as agreed in the Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Contract executed on my behalf.

The Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise has the right to re-authorize or assign the rights relating to the aforesaid matters to any other person or entity at its own discretion without giving prior notice to me or obtaining my consent.

This Power of Attorney will come into force on the date of execution. Provided that I am the shareholder of the Domestic Company, this Power of Attorney shall be irrevocably and continuously effective, unless the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise otherwise instructs in writing. Once the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise notifies me in writing of termination of this Power of Attorney in part or in whole, I will immediately revoke the entrustment and authorization previously granted to the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise and execute a power of attorney of the same format as this Power of Attorney, to grant other person nominated by the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise the same authorization and entrustment as those contained in this Power of Attorney.

This Power of Attorney shall be binding on my successors and assigns and I will cause my successors (if applicable) and assigns to sign a similar power of attorney.

Power of Attorney-Tang Jian

---

During the validity term of this Power of Attorney, I hereby waive all the rights associated with My Shareholding, which have been authorized to the Wholly Foreign-owned Enterprise through this Power of Attorney, and shall not exercise such rights by myself.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]

 

Power of Attorney Tang Jian

---

In witness whereof, I execute this Power of Attorney on such date first given above.

 

Power of Attorney–Tang Jian -Signature Page

Exhibit 10.7

Spouse Consent

Date: May 26, 2017

The undersigned, Xinyu Fan (ID No. 210804198009141067) hereby represents that (a) I am the legal spouse of Tang Jian ; (b) I unconditionally and irrevocably agree that Tang Jian executes the following documents (hereinafter referred to as “Transaction Documents”) on May 26, 2017, and (c) I agree to the disposal of the equity interest of Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. held by Tang Jian and registered in his name in accordance with the provisions of the following documents:

 

(1)	Second Amended and Restated Equity Pledge Contract executed by OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (“WFOE”), domestic company, and all shareholders of this domestic company;

 

(2)	Second Amended and Restated Exclusive Option Agreement executed by WFOE, domestic company, and all shareholders of this domestic company; and

 

(3)	Power of attorney executed by Tang Jian, authorizing WFOE to exercise the rights of its domestic shareholders.

I acknowledge that I am not entitled to any right or interest with respect to the equity interest of the domestic company and I undertake that I will not assert any claim with respect to the equity interests of such domestic company. I further acknowledge that performance of the Transaction Documents and further amendments or termination of such documents by Tang Jian do not otherwise require my authorization or consent.

I undertake to execute all necessary documents and take all necessary actions to ensure proper performance of the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time).

I agree and undertake that, if I acquire any equity interests of the domestic company for any reason, I will be bound by the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) and abide by the obligations under such Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time) as the shareholder of the domestic company. For this purpose, upon the request of WFOE, I will execute the written documents whose formats and contents are fundamentally similar to the Transaction Documents (as amended from time to time).

 

Exhibit 10.8

OPTIMIX GROUP

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF

SHARE OPTION INCENTIVE SCHEME

---

Terms and Conditions of the Share Option Incentive Scheme

 

1.		Interpretation
		Board		means the board of directors of The Grantor;
		Invitation		means the invitation letter by the Board to the Grantee to subscribe for the Option;
		Employer		means the subsidiary of The Grantor with whom the Grantee is employed by;
		Entitlement Date		means the Entitlement Date set out in Appendix I of the Invitation;
		Exercise Price		means the price per share payable by the Grantee on exercise of the Option to purchase the Shares set out in paragraph 6;
		Grantor		means Optimix Media Asia Limited, a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands and having its registered office at Floor 4, Willow House, Cricket Square, PO Box 2804, Grand Cayman KY1-1112, Cayman Islands and its correspondence address in Hong Kong at 1508 Prosperity Millennia Plaza, 663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong;
		Grantee		the person named in the Invitation letter sent by the Board to subscribe for an Option;
		Option		means the option to purchase Shares upon the price and upon the terms and conditions contained in the Invitation and the terms and conditions contained herein;
		Optimix		means The Grantor;
		Group		means The Grantor and its subsidiaries;
		Option Exercise Notice		means the proforma option exercise notice set out in Schedule I;
		Shares		means ordinary shares of US$0.001 each in the share capital of The Grantor.
2.		Grant of Option		Upon acceptance of the Invitation by the Grantee, the Grantee shall be granted the Option.
3.		Exercise Period		The Option may be exercised during the Period set out in Appendix I of the Invitation.
4.		Exercise of Option		The Grantee may exercise the Option either in full or in part during the Exercise Period upon delivery of the Option Exercise Notice and payment of the Exercise Price.
5.		Allocation of Shares in the Grantor		a)		the Grantee shall be granted the number of Share set out in Appendix I of the Invitation to him/her.

 

 

|  Page 1

 

		Please initial

---

				b)		the total of shares under the Option which may be offered to a Grantee shall be at the sole and absolute discretion of the Board.
				c)		subject to discretion of the Grantor, the Option shall automatically lapse and be null and void in the event of death of the Grantee prior to the Grantee having exercised the Option, or in the event the Grantee ceasing to be employed by the Employer for any reason whatsoever prior to the Grantee having exercised the Option.
6.		Eligibility and Exercise Price		This Option is granted to the Grantee in consideration of the Grantee’s devotion to his/her Employer and exercise of the Option is subject to the Grantee continuing to be employed by the Employer and providing their services in a devoted manner.   The Exercise Price shall be the price set out in Appendix I of the Invitation.
7.		Incorporation of Invitation		The terms and conditions contained in the Invitation together with the Appendices shall be incorporated into and form part of the terms and conditions herein contained upon which the Option is granted to the Grantee.
				The Invitation and these terms and conditions shall be viewed as one single document.
8.		Non-Transferability		a)		This Option is personal to the Grantee and is exercisable only by the Grantee personally during his/her lifetime whilst he/she is in the employment of his/her Employer.
				b)		This Option is non-transferable, non assignable and non-disposable and the Grantee may not at any time create or purport to create any encumbrances over the Option.
				c)		Any such transfer, assignment, disposal or encumbrance or purported encumbrance shall result in the automatic cancellation of the Option rendering the Option void.
9.		Exercise of the Option		a)		A Grantee shall be allowed to exercise the Options granted to him/her either in full or in part during the Exercise Period in such manner and subject to such conditions as stipulated here and in the Invitation (if any).
				b)		The Grantee shall notify the Grantor in writing of his/her intention to exercise the Option by using the Option Exercise Notice, or such other form of notice as may be prescribed by the Grantor from time to time during the Option Period in respect of all or any part of the Shares comprised in the Option. Any partial exercise of the Option shall not preclude the Grantee from exercising the Option as to the balance thereof, if any, at any time in the future but within the Exercise Period.
				c)		The Option shall automatically lapse and become null and void upon the expiry of the Exercise Period.

 

 

|  Page 2

 

		Please initial

---

				d)		Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Grantor shall have the right to suspend, at its discretion, the right of any Grantee who is being subjected to disciplinary proceedings to exercise his/her Options pending the outcome of such disciplinary proceedings, by serving on him/her of a notice to that effect. The right of suspension herein, may be exercisable by the Grantor upon such terms and conditions as the Grantor shall deemed appropriate having regard to the nature of the charges made or brought against such Grantee provided always that in the event such Grantee is subsequently acquitted of the charges which gave rise to such disciplinary proceedings, the Grantor shall reinstate the rights of such Grantee to exercise his/her Option. Provided that the Grantor shall not be liable to the Grantee for any loss as a result of any delay in exercising the Option.
10.		Rights attaching to the Shares		a)		The Shares to be allotted upon the exercise of the Option will, rank pari passu in all respect with the then existing issued and paid-up ordinary Shares of the Grantor, except that Shares so allotted will not entitle their holders to any right, dividend, and/or any other distributions which may have been declared, made or paid prior to the Entitlement Date or prior to the date of exercise of the Option by the Grantee. Shares issued, transferred or allotted to the Grantee will be subjected to all the provisions of the Articles of Association of the Company.
				b)		The Shares issued, transferred or allotted to the Grantee will not be subject to any retention period but is subject to restriction on transfer. All transfer or sale of Shares, prior to the Grantor being listed on a stock exchange, shall be restricted firstly to another shareholder of the Grantor, failing which to the Grantor. If the Grantee and the Grantor cannot come to agreement on the sale price, the sale price shall be independently evaluated by a third party agreeable by both parties; or the offer price in the event of a take-over or divestment of the Company, whichever is higher. Costs and expenses related to the valuation shall be shared equally between the Grantor and the Grantee.
11.		Rights of the Grantee		The Option shall not carry any right to vote at any general meeting of the Company. A Grantee shall not be entitled to any dividend, rights allotment or other entitlements on his unexercised Option.
12.		Termination of Employment		Save as otherwise expressly provided, an Option which has not been exercised by a Grantee shall lapse and become null and void and be of no further force and effect in any of the following circumstances:
				a)		in the event the Grantee ceasing to be employed by the Employer for any reason whatsoever, either before or during the Exercise Period; or
				b)		on the winding-up or liquidation of the Grantor or the Employer.

 

 

|  Page 3

 

		Please initial

---

				Upon the termination of the Option pursuant to the above, the Grantee shall have no right to compensation or damages or any claim against the Company for any loss of any right or benefit or prospective right or benefit under this Option which he/she might otherwise have enjoyed, whether for wrongful dismissal or breach of contract or loss of office or otherwise howsoever arising from his/her ceasing to hold office or employment or from the suspension of his/her right to exercise his/her Options or his/her Options ceasing to be valid.
				Notwithstanding the above, the Grantor, may at its discretion, allow an Option to remain exercisable after the Exercise Period for such period of time and on such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem fit if the cessation of employment of the Grantee occurs as a result of the following:-
				i)		retirement in accordance with the relevant scheme of service of the Company;
				ii)		ill-health, injury, physical or mental disability;
				iii)		retrenchment or redundancy;
				iv)		transfer to any company within the Group at the discretion of the Employer; or
				v)		any other circumstances acceptable to the Grantor.
13.		Take-Over		In the event of a take-over offer being made for the Shares of the Grantor, the Grantor shall use its best endeavours to procure that such take-over offer be extended to any Shares that may be allotted pursuant to the exercise of unexercised Options.
14.		Winding Up		All unexercised or partially exercised Options shall be automatically terminated and shall be null and void in the event that a resolution is passed or a court order is made for the winding-up of the Employer or the Grantor.
15.		Modification and/or amendment to the Scheme		The Grantor may at any time and from time to time amend or delete, in its discretion provided that the amendments and deletions made will not:-
				a)		prejudice any rights then accrued to any Grantee without the prior consent or sanction of the Grantee;
				b)		prejudice any rights of the shareholders of the Grantor without the prior approval of the Grantor’s shareholders in a general meeting; and
				c)		alter the benefit of the Grantee without the prior approval of the Grantor’s shareholders in a general meeting.
				On making such amendments, the Grantor shall as soon as practicable notify the Grantee of such changes.
16.		Buy Back		The Grantor may at any time offer to buy back any Option granted to the Grantee, whether or not vested, upon such terms, conditions and price as the Grantor may determine (“Offer”).

 

 

|  Page 4

 

		Please initial

---

				The Grantee, may, if he desires, but is not obliged to, accept such Offer from the Grantor.
17.		Option not a Term of Employment		a)		This Option shall not be confer or be construed to confer on a Grantee any special rights or privileges over his/her terms and conditions of employment with the Employer with whom the Grantee is employed.
				b)		This Option shall not constitute an employment with the Grantor or any member of the Group.
				c)		This Option does not grant any rights additional to any compensation for damages that the Grantee may normally be entitled to, arising from the cessation of such employment.
18.		No Compensation for Termination		No Grantee shall be entitled to any compensation for damages arising from the termination of any Option pursuant to the provisions of these conditions. Notwithstanding any provision of these conditions:-
				a)		this Option shall not form part of any contract of employment between the Grantor, the Employer or the Group and the Grantee. The rights of the Grantee under the terms of his/her office and/or employment with the Employer shall not be affected by his/her holding these Options, nor shall possession of the Option afford the Grantee any additional rights to compensation or damages in consequences of the termination of such office or employment for any reason;
				b)		this Option shall not confer on the Grantee any legal or equitable right or other rights under any other theory of law (other than those constituting the Options themselves) against the Employer or the Grantor, directly or indirectly, or give rise to any course of action in law or equity or under any other theory of law against the Employer, the Grantor or the Group;
				c)		no Grantee or his/her representatives shall bring any claim, action or proceeding against the Grantor or any other party for compensation, loss or damages whatsoever and howsoever arising from the suspension of his/her rights to exercise his/her Options or his/her Options ceasing to be valid pursuant to the provisions of the terms and conditions herein; and
				d)		the Grantor, the Employer or any member of the Group or any other party shall in no event be liable to the Grantee or representative or any other person or entity for any third party claim, loss of profits, loss of opportunity, loss of savings or any punitive, incidental or consequential damage, including performances of these terms and conditions or from any other cause whatsoever whether known or unknown, contingent, absolute or otherwise, whether based in contract, tort, equity, indemnity, breach of warranty or otherwise, whether pursuant to common law, statute, equity or otherwise even if the Grantor or any other party has been advised of the possibility of such damage and even if the limited remedy provided for is found to fail of essential purpose.

 

 

|  Page 5

 

		Please initial

---

19.		Severability		Any term, condition, stipulation or provision in these conditions which is illegal, void, prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such illegality, voidness, prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such illegality, voidness, prohibition or unenforceability shall not invalidate or render illegal, void or unenforceable any other term, condition, stipulation or provision herein contained.
20.		Governing Law and Jurisdiction		These conditions shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong and the parties agree to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Hong Kong in all matters connected with the obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto under or arising out of this agreement.

 

 

|  Page 6

 

		Please initial

Exhibit 10.9

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into as of                 by and between iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited, a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”) and the undersigned, a [director or officer] of the Company (“Indemnitee”).

RECITALS

1.    The Company recognizes that highly competent persons may be more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to the corporation.

2.    The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that the inability to attract and retain highly competent persons to serve the Company is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders and that it is reasonable and necessary for the Company to provide adequate protection to such persons against risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their services to the corporation.

3.    The Company and Indemnitee do not regard the indemnities available under the Company’s current memorandum and articles of association (the “Articles of Association”) as adequate to protect Indemnitee against the risks associated with his service to the Company.

4.    The Company is willing to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and Indemnitee is willing to serve and continue to serve the Company on the condition that he be so indemnified.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

I.	Definitions

The following terms shall have the meanings defined below:

Disinterested Director means a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

---

Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than (a) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company acting in such capacity; (b) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the shareholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of ordinary shares of the Company; or (c) any current beneficial shareholder or group, as defined by Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, including the heirs, assigns and successors thereof, of beneficial ownership, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act, of securities possessing more than 50% of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities; hereafter becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the total combined voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding ordinary shares, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the shareholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the ordinary shares of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into ordinary shares of the surviving entity) at least 80% of the total voting power represented by the ordinary shares of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the shareholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

Expenses shall include damages, judgments, fines, penalties, settlements and costs, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and costs of attachment or similar bond, investigations, liabilities, losses, taxes, any expenses paid or incurred in connection with investigating, defending, being a witness in, participating in (including on appeal), or preparing for any of the foregoing in, any Proceeding, and any taxes, interests, assessments or other charges imposed as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement.

Indemnifiable Event means any event or occurrence that takes place either before or after the execution of this Agreement, related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or an officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity, including services with respect to employee benefit plans, or was a director or officer of an entity that was a predecessor of the Company or another entity at the request of such predecessor entity, or related to anything done or not done by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

Independent Counsel means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five (5) years has been, retained to represent (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

Participant means a person who is a party to, or witness or participant (including on appeal) in, a Proceeding.

Proceeding means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, or any inquiry, hearing or investigation, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other, including any appeal thereof, in which Indemnitee may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, including, without limitation, any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Company.

 

2

---

Reviewing Party means (A) the Board by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors, or (B) if a quorum of the Board consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, said Disinterested Directors so direct, Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee.

 

II.	Agreement To Indemnify

1.    General Agreement. In the event Indemnitee was, is, or becomes a Participant in, or is threatened to be made a Participant in, a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee from and against any and all Expenses which Indemnitee incurs or becomes obligated to incur in connection with such Proceeding, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

2.    Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for a portion of Expenses, but not for the total amount of Expenses, the Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses to which Indemnitee is entitled.

3.    Exclusions.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification under this Agreement:

(a)    to the extent that payment is actually made to Indemnitee under a valid, enforceable and collectible insurance policy;

(b)    to the extent that Indemnitee is indemnified and actually paid other than pursuant to this Agreement;

(c)    in connection with any Proceeding initiated by Indemnitee against the Company, any director or officer of the Company or any other party, and not by way of defense, unless (i) the Company has joined in or the Reviewing Party (as hereinafter defined) has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding; or (ii) the Proceeding is one to enforce indemnification rights under this Agreement or any applicable law;

(d)    for a disgorgement of profits made from the purchase and sale by the Indemnitee of securities pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or similar provisions of any applicable U.S. state statutory law or common law;

(e)    for Expenses that have been finally judicially determined to have resulted from fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnitee;

(f)    for any judgment, fine or penalty which the Company is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnity;

(g)    arising out of Indemnitee’s personal tax matter; or

(h)    arising out of Indemnitee’s breach of an employment agreement with the Company (if any) or any other agreement with the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

3

---

4.    No Employment Rights. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment with the Company.

5.    Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section II. 3, then the Company shall contribute to the amount of Expenses paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and by the Indemnitee on the other hand from the transaction from which such Proceeding arose, and (ii) the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand in connection with the events which resulted in such Expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company on the one hand and of the Indemnitee on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent the circumstances resulting in such Expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts. The Company agrees that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section II. 5 were determined by pro rata allocation or any other method of allocation which does not take account of the foregoing equitable considerations.

 

III.	Indemnification Process

1.    Notice and Cooperation By Indemnitee. Indemnitee shall give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company shall be given in accordance with Section VI.7 below. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request.

2.    Indemnification Payment.

(a)    Advancement of Expenses. Indemnitee may submit a written request with reasonable particulars to the Company requesting that the Company advance to Indemnitee all Expenses that may be reasonably incurred in advance by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding. The Company shall, within ten (10) business days of receiving such a written request by Indemnitee, advance all requested Expenses to Indemnitee. Any excess of the advanced Expenses over the actual Expenses will be repaid to the Company.

(b)    Reimbursement of Expenses. To the extent Indemnitee has not requested any advanced payment of Expenses from the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for the Expenses incurred in connection with a Proceeding from the Company as soon as practicable after Indemnitee makes a written request to the Company for reimbursement.

 

4

---

(c)    Determination by the Reviewing Party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the obligations of the Company under Section II.1 shall be subject to the condition that the Reviewing Party shall not have determined (in a written opinion, in any case in which the Independent Counsel referred to in Section III.2(e) hereof is involved) that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law or the Company’s Articles of Association, and (ii) the obligation of the Company to make an advance payment of Expenses to Indemnitee pursuant to Section III. 2(a) shall be subject to the condition that, if, when and to the extent that the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be so indemnified under applicable law or the Company’s Articles of Association, the Company shall be entitled to be reimbursed by Indemnitee (who hereby agrees to reimburse the Company) for all such amounts theretofore paid; provided, however, that if Indemnitee has commenced or thereafter commences legal proceedings in a court of competent jurisdiction to secure a determination that Indemnitee should be indemnified under applicable law, any determination made by the Reviewing Party that Indemnitee would not be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law shall not be binding and Indemnitee shall not be required to reimburse the Company for any advanced Expenses until a final judicial determination is made with respect thereto (as to which all rights of appeal therefrom have been exhausted or lapsed). The Indemnitee’s obligation to reimburse the Company for any advanced Expenses shall be unsecured and no interest shall be charged thereon. If there has not been a Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be selected by the Board, and if there has been such a Change in Control (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control), the Reviewing Party shall be the Independent Counsel referred to in Section III.2(e) hereof.

(d)    Enforcement of Indemnification Rights. If there has been no determination by the Reviewing Party or if the Reviewing Party determines that Indemnitee substantively would not be permitted to be indemnified in whole or in part under applicable law, or if Indemnitee has not otherwise been paid in full within 30 days after a written demand has been received by the Company, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence litigation in any court having subject matter jurisdiction thereof and in which venue is proper to recover the unpaid amount of the demand (an “Enforcement Proceeding”) and, if successful in whole or in part, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid any and all Expenses in connection with such Enforcement Proceeding. The Company hereby consents to service of process and to appear in any such proceeding.

(e)    Change in Control. The Company agrees that if there is a Change in Control of the Company (other than a Change in Control which has been approved by a majority of the Company’s Board who were directors immediately prior to such Change in Control) then, with respect to all matters thereafter arising concerning the rights of Indemnitees to payments of Expenses under this Agreement or any other agreement or under the Company’s Articles of Association as now or hereafter in effect, Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld). Such counsel, among other things, shall render its written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee as to whether and to what extent Indemnitee would be permitted to be indemnified under applicable law, and the Company agrees to abide by such opinion. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

3.    Assumption of Defense. In the event the Company is obligated under this Agreement to advance or bear any Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, upon delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee in writing and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, unless (i) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (ii) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that, based on written advice of counsel, there may be a conflict of interest of such counsel retained by the Company between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or that counsel selected by the Company may not be adequately representing Indemnitee, or (iii) the Company ceases or terminates the employment of such counsel with respect to the defense of such Proceeding, in any of which events the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. At all times, Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

 

5

---

4.    Defense to Indemnification, Burden of Proof and Presumptions. It shall be a defense to any action brought by Indemnitee against the Company to enforce this Agreement that it is not permissible under this Agreement or applicable law for the Company to indemnify the Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In connection with any such action or any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified under this Agreement, the burden of proving such a defense or determination shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Reviewing Party or the Company to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action by Indemnitee that indemnification is proper under the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Reviewing Party or the Company that Indemnitee had not met such applicable standard of conduct shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

5.    No Settlement Without Consent. Neither party to this Agreement shall settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any damage, loss, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without the other party’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement.

6.    Company Participation. Subject to Section II.5, the Company shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement with regard to any judicial action if the Company was not given a reasonable and timely opportunity, at its expense, to participate in the defense, conduct and/or settlement of such action.

 

IV.	Director and Officer Liability Insurance

1.    Liability Insurance. The Company shall obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the officers and directors of the Company with coverage for losses incurred in connection with their services to the Company or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. To the extent the Company determines that it is no longer practicable for the Company to maintain such insurances, it shall notify promptly its directors and officers before it terminates such insurances and such termination must be approved by the majority of the Company’s directors.

2.    Coverage of Indemnitee. To the extent the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies, in accordance with its or their terms, to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any of the Company’s directors or officers.

 

6

---

3.    No Obligation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain any director and officer insurance policy if a majority of the Company’s directors determines in good faith that such insurance is not reasonably available in the case that (i) premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, (ii) the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or (iii) Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent or subsidiary of the Company.

 

V.	Non-Exclusivity; Federal Preemption; Term

1.    Non-Exclusivity. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Articles of Association, any vote of shareholders or directors, applicable law or any written agreement between Indemnitee and the Company (including its subsidiaries and affiliates). The indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue to be available to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of any Proceeding.

2.    Federal Preemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, U.S. federal law or public policy may override applicable law and prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors and officers under this Agreement or otherwise. Such instances include, but are not limited to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission’s prohibition on indemnification for liabilities arising under certain U.S. federal securities laws. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required in the future to undertake with the SEC to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Company’s right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.

3.    Duration of Agreement. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is an officer and/or a director of the Company (or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise) and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any Proceeding by reason of his former or current capacity at the Company or any other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans) at the Company’s request, whether or not he is acting or serving in any such capacity at the time any Expense is incurred for which indemnification can be provided under this Agreement. This Agreement shall continue in effect regardless of whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer and/or a director of the Company or any other enterprise at the Company’s request.

 

VI.	Miscellaneous

1.    Amendment of this Agreement. No supplement, modification, or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any other provisions (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute a waiver.

2.    Subrogation. In the event of payment to Indemnitee by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

7

---

3.    Assignment; Binding Effect. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations hereunder may be assigned by either party hereto without the prior written consent of the other party; except that the Company may, without such consent, assign all such rights and obligations to a successor in interest to the Company which assumes all obligations of the Company under this Agreement in a written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by and against the parties hereto and the Company’s successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company) and assigns, as well as Indemnitee’s spouses, heirs, and personal and legal representatives.

4.    Severability and Construction. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to a court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. In addition, if any portion of this Agreement shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void, or otherwise unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The parties hereto acknowledge that they each have opportunities to have their respective counsels review this Agreement. Accordingly, this Agreement shall be deemed to be the product of both of the parties hereto, and no ambiguity shall be construed in favor of or against either of the parties hereto.

5.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two counterparts, both of which taken together shall constitute one instrument.

6.    Governing Law. This agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, U.S.A., without giving effect to conflicts of law provisions thereof.

7.    Notices. All notices, demands, and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be made in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand, against receipt, on the date of delivery, or mailed, on the third business day after mailing, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and addressed to the Company at:

Prosperity Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

Attention: Ms. Jill Jiao

and to Indemnitee at:

[Name]

[Address]

[Address]

[Address]

 

8

---

Notice of change of address shall be effective only when done in accordance with this Section.    

8.    Certain Relationships. The obligations and rights created under this Agreement shall not be affected by any amendment to the Company’s Articles of Association or any other agreement or instrument to which Indemnitee is not a party, and shall not diminish any other rights which Indemnitee now or in the future has against the Company or any other person or entity.

9.    Acknowledgment. The Company expressly acknowledges that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on the Company under this Agreement in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or to continue to serve as a director or officer and acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying on this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve in such capacity. The Company further agrees to stipulate in any court proceeding that the Company is bound by all of the provisions of this Agreement.

10.    Period of Limitations. No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company against Indemnitee, or Indemnitee’s estate, heirs, executors, administrators or personal or legal representatives after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period; provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

11.    Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

(Signature page follows)

 

9

---

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto execute this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY

ICLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

Name:

Title:

INDEMNITEE

Name:

Exhibit 10.10

(Company Logo)

PRIVATE AND CONFIDENTIAL

DATE

Mr./Ms. NAME

Dear             

On behalf of              (“(Company)”), I have pleasure in making an offer of employment to you with (Company) on the terms and conditions set out in this letter, as             . The offer is subject to satisfactory background and references check result. For internal consistency, your internal job grade will be             . In the course of carrying out your duties you will be reporting directly to              or any other person as (Company) may from time to time determine (“Supervisor”).

1. DATE OF COMMENCEMENT

Your employment will commence on             and, if applicable, will be subject to the approval of your employment work visa by the relevant authorities.

You will be subject to a             -month probation (“Probation”) from the date of commencement of your employment. (Company) may at its sole discretion, and if it sees fit to do so, to extend your Probation for a further three-month (“Extended Probation”) at the end of the Probation. You shall be notified of the Extended Probation prior to the end of your Probation.

2. POSITION, DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES

Your duties and responsibilities of employment are set out in the job description of your position.

You acknowledge and agree that you may be transferred (“Transfer”) to a different division of (Company) or a subsidiary or associated company of (Company); or your duties and responsibilities may be varied (“Variation”) as (Company) deems fit.

Provided that such Transfer and/or Variation is within your competence, skill and training at the time of Transfer or Variation, you shall not object to such Transfer or Variation. Further you acknowledge that such Transfer or Variation shall not be grounds for a constructive dismissal claim against (Company).

The terms and conditions set out in this letter will continue to apply in the event of any Transfer or Variation.

3. PLACE OF EMPLOYMENT

You will be primarily based in Location. Nevertheless, you will also be required to work at any other location at which (Company) carries on its business or provides services, and which may be in Hong Kong and/or overseas.

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 1 of 8

---

4. REMUNERATION

Base Pay

Your gross annual base salary will be HK$            , paid monthly in arrears by cheque or direct credit to your nominated bank account at the end of each month.

Discretionary Year-End Bonus

At the discretion of (Company), you may be paid a year-end bonus at the end of each year; it is up to         % of your annual base salary.

In determining the amount of discretionary bonus, (Company) shall consider your work performance, amongst other factors. Your performance will be reviewed periodically and (Company) shall make adjustments to your salary as it sees fit.

5. METHOD OF PAYMENT

Your salary will be paid monthly in arrears by cheque or direct credit to your nominated bank account.

6. HOURS OF EMPLOYMENT

Your working hours will be from 9:00 am to 6:00 pm daily between Mondays to Fridays with a one hour lunch break without pay.

Notwithstanding the aforesaid, you will be required to continue your work beyond those hours if and when the occasion requires or as required by your Supervisor, however, (Company) does not make overtime payments.

7. LEAVE ENTITLEMENTS

You will be entitled to              days annual leave per year. You are required to apply for annual leave in accordance with the policies of (Company).

The portion of annual leave required under Hong Kong law (which increases from year to year) is “statutory annual leave” and any leave granted in addition to that statutory minimum is referred to as “additional annual leave”. Except in the first year, annual leave taken will be reduced against the Employee’s statutory annual leave balance first. Once the Employee uses all of his statutory annual leave, any further leave he takes will be reduced against his additional annual leave balance. Statutory annual leave is paid in accordance with the Employment Ordinance. Additional annual leave is paid according to the Employer’s policy. Statutory annual leave must be taken at the time required under the Employment Ordinance, which is the year after it accrues. Any non-statutory annual leave must be taken within the same year that it accrues.

You are entitled to the Public Holidays as announced in the Government Gazette every year.

8. INSURANCE SCHEME

Subject to you complying with and satisfying any applicable requirements of (Company)’s insurers, you will be entitled to join, after your Probation or Extended Probation (if applicable), to (Company)’s standard medical insurance scheme, details of which will be provided to you separately. The insurance benefits are ex-gratia and (Company) may change or cancel or suspend the insurance policies at any time without notice to you.

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 2 of 8

---

9. MPF

As required by the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance, you will be enrolled into (Company)’s Mandatory Provident Fund Scheme (the “MPF Scheme”). The level of contributions to be paid to the MPF Scheme will be as specified in the Mandatory Provident Fund Schemes Ordinance. Details of the MPF Scheme will be provided to you separately.

10. TRANSFER/SECONDMENT

(Company) has the right to transfer/second you to work part time or full time for any company within the Group (that is, any subsidiaries, holding companies or other affiliated companies). (Company) shall have the discretion to request you to support any other such companies within the Group.

11. SALARIES TAX

You will be responsible and liable for filing and payment of your own Salaries Tax under the laws of Hong Kong in respect of salaries received by you and also to taxation from any other country.

12. TERMINATION

During the first month of the probationary period, a notice of one (1) day in writing or the equivalent of the one (1) day’s salary in lieu of service of notice is required by either party to be given to the other party in the event of termination of employment herein under.

After the first month of the probationary period and before the probation confirmation, a notice of seven (7) days in writing or the equivalent of seven (7) days’ salary in lieu of service of notice is required by either party to be given to the other party in the event of termination of employment herein under.

After the completion of probation, you will become confirmed as a permanent employee, a notice of no less than              (            ) months in writing or the equivalent of              (            ) month’s salary in lieu of service of notice will be required by either party to be given to the other party in the event of termination of employment, unless the Letter of Employment requires a shorter/longer notice period or except that such notice or payment will not be required if employment is terminated because of breach of Company regulations.

Notwithstanding the above (Company) may, at its absolute discretion, also terminate this agreement by giving you a combination of a written notice for a period less than the Notice Period and to pay you a salary in lieu for the remaining portion of the Notice Period.

(Company) reserves the right to terminate your employment without notice if you commit any dishonest act, serious misconduct as set out in the Employee Handbook and all staff manuals, guidelines, policies and procedures of (Company) (together, “Staff Regulations”) or any other act that justifies immediate dismissal, or you are precluded by law from performing your duties of employment.

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 3 of 8

---

If you are summarily dismissed, you will only be entitled to remuneration up to the date of dismissal and any untaken leave entitlements, but to no other compensation as a result of that termination.

13. MONIES OWED

(Company) is authorised to deduct from your salary or any of your entitlements any monies owed by you or advanced to you by (Company).

14. POLICIES & PROCEDURES

(Company) has in place Staff Regulations for the effective and safe operation of the business and for the interests of its employees. (Company) may vary and make new Staff Regulations as it considers appropriate.

You must comply with all (Company) Staff Regulations, including any amendments, alterations and additions made from time to time. If you breach any of the Staff Regulations, (Company) may take reasonable disciplinary action against you, including, but without limitation to, termination of your employment.

(Company) will not be obliged to nor does it represent that it will comply with or enforce its policies and procedures (which includes but is not limited to the Employee Handbook).

15. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

All intellectual property rights in works (including but not limited to computer software, programs, sketches, artwork, plans, models, mock-ups, briefs, drawings, procedures, systems, marketing techniques, manuals, designs, plans and specifications) conceived, developed, written or otherwise created by you in the course of your employment, whether during or outside your normal working hours, vest solely in (Company) and you will, at the request and expense of (Company), you shall execute such assignments and assurances as may be reasonably necessary to perfect ownership by (Company) of those rights.

16. MORAL RIGHTS

You agree to waive all moral and copyright to all works made by you or to be made by you in the course of your employment with (Company) for (Company), any client or (Company) or as instructed by any member of staff of (Company), whether alone or in conjunction with any other person. For the purposes of this clause, “(Company)” means (Company), its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies.

17. PROTECTION OF (COMPANY)’S INTERESTS

You agree not to undertake other paid or unpaid employment or undertake any courses or activities which will impair your ability to carry out your duties under your employment with (Company) or which constitutes a conflict of interest.

18. CONFIDENTIALITY

In the course of your employment under this agreement you will have access to and be entrusted with information in respect of the business and financing of (Company) and its dealings, transactions and affairs and likewise in relation to its subsidiaries, holding and associated companies all of which information is or may be confidential. You must keep information about (Company)’s business secret and confidential except to the extent that you are authorised by (Company) or by law to disclose it. This obligation will continue after the termination of your employment.

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 4 of 8

---

You shall not (except in the proper course of your duties or if compelled to do so by law), during or after the period of your employment under this agreement, divulge to any person whatsoever or otherwise make use of (and shall use your best endeavours to prevent the publication or disclosure of) any confidential information including but not limited to any trade secret or secret manufacturing or technical process, any information concerning the processes, methods, systems, programs, manuals, books, reports, data, business transactions, finances, dealings, affairs, designs, price structures, marketing strategies, or operations of (Company), any of its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies or any of its or their suppliers agents distributors or customers.

You must not use or attempt to use any such information in any manner which may injure or cause loss either directly or indirectly to (Company), its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies or the suppliers, agents, distributors, or customers of (Company), its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies.

All notes and memoranda of any trade secrets or confidential information concerning the business of (Company), its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies or any of its or their suppliers, agents, distributors or customers shall be the property of (Company) and shall be surrendered by you to (Company) at the termination of your employment or at the request of (Company) during the course of your employment.

The requirement to maintain confidentiality will continue to apply after the termination of your employment.

19. RESTRAINT

You undertake and covenant to (Company) that you will not during the term of your employment, and for a period of 6 months after termination of your employment with (Company), either alone, in your name in the name of a firm or corporation, or jointly with any other person, firm or corporation, as a manager, agent, principal, consultant, employee, consultant, contractor or in any other capacity whether paid or unpaid:

 

a)	be directly or indirectly engaged or involved in any business which shall be in competition with:

 

i)

the business of (Company), which is to provide marketing and public relations services relating to the measurement of internet web-site usage; or

 

ii)

any other business the same as or similar to the business operated by (Company);

 

b)

directly or indirectly canvass or solicit from any person who is at the date of your termination of employment, or 6 months prior to that date, a client or customer of (Company) or any of its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies, any orders for goods or services the same as or similar to those goods or services supplied to that person by (Company) in the 6 months prior to the date of termination of employment;

 

c)

entice, endeavour to entice, persuade or in any way procure away from (Company) or any of its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies any person who has at any time during the 6 months immediately preceding the termination of your employment been employed or engaged by (Company) or any of its subsidiaries, holding and/or associated companies with a view to or an objective or purpose of that person ceasing to be employed or engaged by (Company);

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 5 of 8

---

The above clause will have the effect as if it were several separate undertakings and covenants and is intended to be separate binding agreements, and the illegality or unenforceability of any such covenants shall not affect the validity of the remaining covenants.

Your obligations under this clause shall continue for a period of 6 months after the expiration or termination of your employment with (Company) for whatever reason.

If any of the several separate undertakings and covenants are to become invalid or unenforceable for any reason they will be severed whilst the others shall continue to remain in full force and effect.

20. BREACH OF CLAUSES 15 to 18

Without prejudice to any other rights, you acknowledge that any breach of clauses 15 to 18:

 

a)	will be regarded as a very serious matter;

 

b)	may result in you being dismissed immediately without any entitlement to pay in lieu of notice; and

 

c)	may result in (Company) seeking an injunction against you as it is acknowledged that damages may not be an adequate remedy in such circumstances.

21. RETURN OF PROPERTY

At the end of your employment or otherwise on request by (Company), you must return to (Company) all document, records, (Company) or customer information including all confidential information, keys, access passes, mobile phone, vehicle, computer, computer software and programs or other property of (Company) in your possession or control including any copies in your possession or control.

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This letter sets out the entire agreement between you and (Company) regarding the terms and conditions of your employment with (Company), excepting any term or condition implied by law and which is not inconsistent with this agreement. No collateral agreement, commitment or understanding will be of any force and effect unless it is in writing and signed by both parties. Any and all prior negotiations, representations, warranties or commitments in relation to your employment are superseded by this letter and will be of no force and effect.

23. WAIVER

The failure of either party at any time to insist on performance of any term of this letter is not a waiver of its right at any later time to insist on performance of that or any other term of this letter.

24. VARIATION OF TERMS

The terms and conditions of your employment cannot be varied unless such variation is in writing and signed by both you and (Company).

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 6 of 8

---

25. GOVERNING LAW

Your employment will be governed by the laws of Hong Kong and both you and (Company) irrevocably submit to the jurisdiction of the Courts of Hong Kong.

26. ACCEPTANCE

You confirm acceptance of this offer of employment on these terms and conditions by signing and returning the enclosed copy of this letter. Your employment agreement with (Company) is effective on the date set out in clause 1.

Yours sincerely

XXX

Senior Human Resources Manager

TW/bl

 

 

I have read and understood the above terms and conditions and I hereby agree to be bounded by them.

 

Signed: NAME HKID No.:						Date

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 7 of 8

---

Annexure - Job Descriptions

The Position Title will be responsible for:

 

 

(Company name) | (Address) |		T		|  F		|  (Website)  |
Initial (Company):		Initial (Employee):

 

Page 8 of 8

---

ONE WAY NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

This Non-Disclosure Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into as of              (“Effective Date”) between             , a limited liability company incorporated in                  (“(Company)”), and the individual or entity signing below (“Participant”).

1. In connection with a possible business transaction or relationship between (Company) and Participant and for the purposes of evaluating certain technologies of (Company) which may be deployed in connection with that business transaction or relationship (the “Transaction”), Participant may receive certain Confidential Information (as defined below) of (Company). (Company) provides such Confidential Information to Participant only subject to the terms set forth in this Agreement.

2. “Confidential Information” means all technical and non-technical information of (Company) and/or its licensors (including but not limited to product information, plans and pricing, financials, marketing plans, business strategies, customer information, data, research and development, software and hardware, APIs, specifications, designs, proprietary formulae and proprietary algorithms), which information is identified as being confidential or proprietary or which would, under the circumstances, appear to a reasonable person to be confidential or proprietary.

3. Participant will (a) hold the Confidential Information in confidence; (b) restrict disclosure of such Confidential Information to those of its employees or agents with a need to know such information and who have previously agreed (e.g. as a condition to their employment or agency) to be bound by terms respecting the protection of confidential information which are substantially similar to those of this Agreement and which would extend to (Company)’s Confidential Information; (c) use such Confidential Information only for the Transaction; and (d) to the extent applicable, not modify, reverse engineer, decompile, create other works from, or disassemble any such Confidential Information unless otherwise specified in writing by (Company). Participant agrees and understands that (Company) may use Participant’s suggestions and comments for any purpose without compensation of any kind.

4. The restrictions in Section 3 will not apply to Confidential Information to the extent that Participant can provide written documentation to show it (a) was in the public domain at the time of disclosure; (b) became publicly available after disclosure to Participant without breach of this Agreement; (c) was lawfully received by Participant from a third party without such restrictions; (d) was known to Participant prior to its receipt from (Company); (e) was independently developed by Participant without reference to such Confidential Information; or (f) is required to be disclosed by Participant pursuant to judicial order or other compulsion of law, provided that Participant will provide to (Company) prompt notice of such order and comply with any protective order imposed on such disclosure.

5. Participant acknowledges and agrees that (Company) is not required to disclose any particular information to Participant and any disclosure pursuant to this Agreement is entirely voluntary and does not, in itself: (a) create warranties or representations of any kind; (b) create a commitment as to any product, service, or prospective business relationship; (c) constitute solicitation of any business or the incurring of any obligation not specified herein; or (d) constitute a license or transfer of ownership under any intellectual property rights of (Company) or its licensors. In addition, the existence and terms of this Agreement and the fact that discussions have taken, are taking, or may take place may not be disclosed by Participant without (Company)’s prior written consent.

6. This Agreement is effective as of the Effective Date. (Company) may terminate this Agreement at any time by sending written notice thereof to the Participant. Upon receipt of such notice, Participant will return or destroy (at (Company)’s election) all copies of the Confidential Information in Participant’s possession or control (including archival copies) and will certify the same if so requested by (Company). However, Participant’s obligations under Section 3 with respect to (Company)’s Confidential Information that has been disclosed to Participant during the term of this Agreement will survive such termination unless and until such Confidential Information falls within the public domain. In addition, this Section 6 will survive any such termination of this Agreement.

7. This Agreement supersedes all previous agreements between the parties regarding (Company)’s Confidential Information and cannot be cancelled, assigned or modified except by the written agreement of both parties. This Agreement will be governed and construed using the law of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, without giving effect to its conflict of law provisions or to constructive presumptions favoring either party. All actions arising out of or relating to this Agreement will be heard and determined exclusively by the courts of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region.

8. Participant agrees that any violation or threatened violation of this Agreement will cause irreparable injury to (Company) and that, in addition to any other available remedies, (Company) will be entitled to obtain injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of this Agreement by Participant.

---

9. All notices, requests and other communications called for by this Agreement will be deemed to have been given immediately if made by e-mail (confirmed by concurrent written notice sent first class mail, postage prepaid), if to (Company) at the email address below and at the physical address above, with a copy to its Finance Director, and if to Participant at the e-mail address set forth below and physical address to be provided separately, or to such other addresses as either party may specify to the other in writing. Notice by any other means will be deemed made when actually received by the party to which notice is provided.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties, by their duly authorized representatives, have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the Effective Date.

 

(Company name)				Participant:

By:						By:
Name:						HKID#:
Title:						Title:
Date:						Date:
Email:						Email:

(Company name)

(Address)

Exhibit 10.11

ICLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

2017 SHARE INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE 1

PURPOSE

The purpose of this 2017 Share Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to promote the success and enhance the value of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited, an exempted company formed under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), by linking the personal interests of the Directors, Employees, and Consultants to those of the Company’s shareholders and by providing such individuals with an incentive for outstanding performance to generate superior returns to the Company’s shareholders. The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract, and retain the services of the Directors, Employees, and Consultants upon whose judgment, interest, and special effort the successful conduct of the Company’s operation is largely dependent.

ARTICLE 2

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

Wherever the following terms are used in the Plan they shall have the meanings specified below, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. The singular pronoun shall include the plural where the context so indicates.

2.1    “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of the corporate, securities, tax and other laws, rules, regulations and government orders, and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, of any jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

2.2    “Award” means an Option, Restricted Share or Restricted Share Unit award granted to a Participant pursuant to the Plan.

2.3    “Award Agreement” means any written agreement, contract, or other instrument or document evidencing an Award, including through electronic medium.

2.4    “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5    “Cause” with respect to a Participant means (unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, or another applicable contract with the Participant that defines such term for purposes of determining the effect that a “for cause” termination has on the Participant’s Awards) a termination of employment or service based upon a finding by the Service Recipient, acting in good faith and based on its reasonable belief at the time, that the Participant:

---

(a)    has been negligent in the discharge of his or her duties to the Service Recipient, has refused to perform stated or assigned duties or is incompetent in or (other than by reason of a disability or analogous condition) incapable of performing those duties;

(b)    has been dishonest or committed or engaged in an act of theft, embezzlement or fraud, a breach of confidentiality, an unauthorized disclosure or use of inside information, customer lists, trade secrets or other confidential information;

(c)    has breached a fiduciary duty, or willfully and materially violated any other duty, law, rule, regulation or policy of the Service Recipient; or has been convicted of, or plead guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony or misdemeanor (other than minor traffic violations or similar offenses);

(d)    has materially breached any of the provisions of any agreement with the Service Recipient;

(e)    has engaged in unfair competition with, or otherwise acted intentionally in a manner injurious to the reputation, business or assets of, the Service Recipient; or

(f)    has improperly induced a vendor or customer to break or terminate any contract with the Service Recipient or induced a principal for whom the Service Recipient acts as agent to terminate such agency relationship.

A termination for Cause shall be deemed to occur (subject to reinstatement upon a contrary final determination by the Committee) on the date on which the Service Recipient first delivers written notice to the Participant of a finding of termination for Cause.

2.6    “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States, as amended.

2.7    “Committee” means a committee of the Board described in Article 10.

2.8    “Consultant” means any consultant or adviser if: (a) the consultant or adviser renders bona fide services to a Service Recipient; (b) the services rendered by the consultant or adviser are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities; and (c) the consultant or adviser is a natural person who has contracted directly with the Service Recipient to render such services.

2.9     “Corporate Transaction”, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, means any of the following transactions, provided, however, that the Committee shall determine under (d) and (e) whether multiple transactions are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive:

 

2

---

(a)    an amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation or scheme of arrangement (i) in which the Company is not the surviving entity, except for a transaction the principal purpose of which is to change the jurisdiction in which the Company is incorporated or (ii) following which the holders of the voting securities of the Company do not continue to hold more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity;

(b)    the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

(c)    the complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company;

(d)    any reverse takeover or series of related transactions culminating in a reverse takeover (including, but not limited to, a tender offer followed by a reverse takeover) in which the Company is the surviving entity but (A) the Company’s equity securities outstanding immediately prior to such takeover are converted or exchanged by virtue of the takeover into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise, or (B) in which securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities are transferred to a person or persons different from those who held such securities immediately prior to such takeover or the initial transaction culminating in such takeover, but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Committee determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction; or

(e)    acquisition in a single or series of related transactions by any person or related group of persons (other than the Company or by a Company-sponsored employee benefit plan) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act) of securities possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities but excluding any such transaction or series of related transactions that the Committee determines shall not be a Corporate Transaction.

2.10    “Director”, means a member of the Board or a member of the board of directors of any Subsidiary of the Company.

2.11    “Disability”, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement, means that the Participant qualifies to receive long-term disability payments under the Service Recipient’s long-term disability insurance program, as it may be amended from time to time, to which the Participant provides services regardless of whether the Participant is covered by such policy. If the Service Recipient to which the Participant provides service does not have a long-term disability plan in place, “Disability” means that a Participant is unable to carry out the responsibilities and functions of the position held by the Participant by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment for a period of not less than ninety (90) consecutive days. A Participant will not be considered to have incurred a Disability unless he or she furnishes proof of such impairment sufficient to satisfy the Committee in its discretion.

2.12    “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

2.13    “Employee” means any person, including an officer or a Director, who is in the employment of a Service Recipient, subject to the control and direction of the Service Recipient as to both the work to be performed and the manner and method of performance. The payment of a director’s fee by a Service Recipient shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Service Recipient.

 

3

---

2.14    “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 of the United States, as amended.

2.15    “Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of Shares determined as follows:

(a)    If the Shares are listed on one or more established stock exchanges or national market systems, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ Stock Market, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) as quoted on the principal exchange or system on which the Shares are listed (as determined by the Committee) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported on the website maintained by such exchange or market system or such other source as the Committee deems reliable;

(b)    If the Shares are regularly quoted on an automated quotation system (including the OTC Bulletin Board) or by a recognized securities dealer, its Fair Market Value shall be the closing sales price for such Shares as quoted on such system or by such securities dealer on the date of determination, but if selling prices are not reported, the Fair Market Value of a Share shall be the mean between the high bid and low asked prices for the Shares on the date of determination (or, if no such prices were reported on that date, on the last date such prices were reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Committee deems reliable; or

(c)    In the absence of an established market for the Shares of the type described in (a) and (b), above, the Fair Market Value thereof shall be determined by the Committee in good faith and in its discretion by reference to (i) the placing price of the latest private placement of the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operations and the general economic and market conditions since such latest private placement, (ii) other third party transactions involving the Shares and the development of the Company’s business operation and the general economic and market conditions since such transaction, (iii) an independent valuation of the Shares, or (iv) such other methodologies or information as the Committee determines to be indicative of Fair Market Value.

2.16    “Group Entity” means any of the Company and Subsidiaries of the Company.

2.17    “Incentive Share Option” means an Option that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provision thereto.

2.18    “Independent Director” means (i) if the Shares or other securities representing the Shares are not listed on a stock exchange, a Director of the Company who is a Non-Employee Director; and (ii) if the Shares or other securities representing the Shares are listed on one or more stock exchange, a Director of the Company who meets the independence standards under the applicable corporate governance rules of the stock exchange(s).

 

4

---

2.19    “Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who qualifies as a “Non-Employee Director” as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3) of the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Board.

2.20    “Non-Qualified Share Option” means an Option that is not intended to be an Incentive Share Option.

2.21    “Option” means a right granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 5 of the Plan to purchase a specified number of Shares at a specified price during specified time periods. An Option may be either an Incentive Share Option or a Non-Qualified Share Option.

2.22    “Participant” means a person who, as a Director, Consultant or Employee, has been granted an Award pursuant to the Plan.

2.23    “Parent” means a parent corporation under Section 424(e) of the Code.

2.24    “Plan” means this 2017 Share Incentive Plan of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited, as amended and/or restated from time to time.

2.25    “Related Entity” means any business, corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company, a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company holds a substantial ownership interest, directly or indirectly, or controls through contractual arrangements and consolidates the financial results according to applicable accounting standards, but which is not a Subsidiary and which the Board designates as a Related Entity for purposes of the Plan.

2.26    “Restricted Share” means a Share awarded to a Participant pursuant to Article 6 that is subject to certain restrictions and may be subject to risk of forfeiture.

2.27    “Restricted Share Unit” means an Award granted pursuant to Article 7.

2.28    “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933 of the United States, as amended.

2.29    “Service Recipient” means the Company or Subsidiary of the Company to which a Participant provides services as an Employee, a Consultant or a Director.

2.30    “Share” means the Class A ordinary shares of the Company, par value US$0.001 per share, and such other securities of the Company that may be substituted for Shares pursuant to Article 9.

2.31    “Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the outstanding voting shares or voting power is beneficially owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

2.32    “Trading Date” means the closing of the first sale to the general public of the Shares pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.

 

5

---

ARTICLE 3

SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

3.1    Number of Shares.

(a)    Subject to the provisions of Article 9 and Section 3.1(b), the maximum aggregate number of Shares which may be issued pursuant to all Awards (including Incentive Share Options) (the “Award Pool”) shall initially be 1,000,000 Shares, plus an annual increase on the first day of each fiscal year of the Company during the term of this Plan commencing with the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2018, by an amount equal to the least of (i) 0.5% of the total number of Shares issued and outstanding on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year; (ii) 150,000 Shares or (iii) such number of Shares as may be determined by the Board, the size of the Award Pool to be equitably adjusted in the event of any share dividend, subdivision, reclassification, recapitalization, split, reverse split, combination, consolidation or similar transactions.

(b)    To the extent that an Award terminates, expires, or lapses for any reason, any Shares subject to the Award shall again be available for the grant of an Award pursuant to the Plan. To the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, Shares issued in assumption of, or in substitution for, any outstanding awards of any entity acquired in any form or combination by a Group Entity shall not be counted against Shares available for grant pursuant to the Plan. Shares delivered by the Participant or withheld by the Company upon the exercise of any Award under the Plan, in payment of the exercise price thereof or tax withholding thereon, may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(a). If any Restricted Shares are forfeited by the Participant or repurchased by the Company, such Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded hereunder, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1(a). Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.1(b), no Shares may again be optioned, granted or awarded if such action would cause an Incentive Share Option to fail to qualify as an incentive share option under Section 422 of the Code.

3.2     Shares Distributed. Any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued Shares, treasury Shares (subject to Applicable Laws) or Shares purchased on the open market. Additionally, at the discretion of the Committee, any Shares distributed pursuant to an Award may be represented by American Depository Shares. If the number of Shares represented by an American Depository Share is other than on a one-to-one basis, the limitations of Section 3.1 shall be adjusted to reflect the distribution of American Depository Shares in lieu of Shares.

ARTICLE 4

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

4.1     Eligibility. Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include Employees, Consultants, and Directors, as determined by the Committee.

4.2     Participation. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from among all eligible individuals, those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award. No individual shall have any right to be granted an Award pursuant to this Plan.

 

6

---

4.3     Jurisdictions. In order to assure the viability of Awards granted to Participants employed in various jurisdictions, the Committee may provide for such special terms as it may consider necessary or appropriate to accommodate differences in local law, tax policy, or custom applicable in the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides, is employed, operates or is incorporated. Moreover, the Committee may approve such supplements to, or amendments, restatements, or alternative versions of, the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose; provided, however, that no such supplements, amendments, restatements, or alternative versions shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate any Applicable Laws.

ARTICLE 5

OPTIONS

5.1     General. The Committee is authorized to grant Options to Participants on the following terms and conditions:

(a)    Exercise Price. The exercise price per Share subject to an Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement which may be a fixed price or a variable price related to the Fair Market Value of the Shares. The exercise price per Share subject to an Option may be amended or adjusted in the absolute discretion of the Committee, the determination of which shall be final, binding and conclusive. For the avoidance of doubt, to the extent not prohibited by Applicable Laws or any exchange rule, a downward adjustment of the exercise prices of Options mentioned in the preceding sentence shall be effective without the approval of the Company’s shareholders or the approval of the affected Participants.

(b)    Time and Conditions of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which an Option may be exercised in whole or in part, including exercise prior to vesting; provided that the term of any Option granted under the Plan shall not exceed ten years, except as provided in Section 12.1. The Committee shall also determine any conditions, if any, that must be satisfied before all or part of an Option may be exercised.

(c)    Payment. The Committee shall determine the methods by which the exercise price of an Option may be paid, the form of payment, including, without limitation (i) cash or check denominated in U.S. Dollars, (ii) to the extent permissible under the Applicable Laws, cash or check in Chinese Renminbi, (iii) cash or check denominated in any other local currency as approved by the Committee, (iv) Shares held for such period of time as may be required by the Committee in order to avoid adverse financial accounting consequences and having a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the aggregate exercise price of the Option or exercised portion thereof, (v) after the Trading Date the delivery of a notice that the Participant has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to Shares then issuable upon exercise of the Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Company in satisfaction of the Option exercise price; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Company upon settlement of such sale, (vi) other property acceptable to the Committee with a Fair Market Value equal to the exercise price, or (vii) any combination of the foregoing. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Participant who is a member of the Board or an “executive officer” of the Company within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to pay the exercise price of an Option in any method which would violate Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act.

 

7

---

(d)    Evidence of Grant. All Options shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement between the Company and the Participant. The Award Agreement shall include such additional provisions as may be specified by the Committee.

(e)    Effects of Termination of Employment or Service on Options. Termination of employment or service shall have the following effects on Options granted to the Participants:

(i)    Dismissal for Cause. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment by or service to the Service Recipient is terminated by the Service Recipient for Cause, the Participant’s Options will terminate upon such termination, whether or not the Option is then vested and/or exercisable;

(ii)    Death or Disability. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment by or service to the Service Recipient terminates as a result of the Participant’s death or Disability:

 

(a)

the Participant (or his or her legal representative or beneficiary, in the case of the Participant’s Disability or death, respectively), will have until the date that is 12 months after the Participant’s termination of Employment to exercise the Participant’s Options (or portion thereof) to the extent that such Options were vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment on account of death or Disability;

 

(b)

the Options, to the extent not vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment or service, shall terminate upon the Participant’s termination of Employment or service on account of death or Disability; and

 

(c)

the Options, to the extent exercisable for the 12-month period following the Participant’s termination of Employment or service and not exercised during such period, shall terminate at the close of business on the last day of the 12-month period.

(iii)    Other Terminations of Employment or Service. Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment by or service to the Service Recipient terminates for any reason other than a termination by the Service Recipient for Cause or because of the Participant’s death or Disability:

 

8

---

(a)

the Participant will have until the date that is 90 days after the Participant’s termination of Employment or service to exercise his or her Options (or portion thereof) to the extent that such Options were vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment or service;

 

(b)

the Options, to the extent not vested and exercisable on the date of the Participant’s termination of Employment or service, shall terminate upon the Participant’s termination of Employment or service; and

 

(c)

the Options, to the extent exercisable for the 90-day period following the Participant’s termination of Employment or service and not exercised during such period, shall terminate at the close of business on the last day of the 90-day period.

5.2     Incentive Share Options. Incentive Share Options may be granted to Employees of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. Incentive Share Options may not be granted to employees of a Related Entity or to Independent Directors or Consultants. The terms of any Incentive Share Options granted pursuant to the Plan, in addition to the requirements of Section 5.1, must comply with the following additional provisions of this Section 5.2:

(a)    Individual Dollar Limitation. The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time the Option is granted) of all Shares with respect to which Incentive Share Options are first exercisable by a Participant in any calendar year may not exceed $100,000 or such other limitation as imposed by Section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision. To the extent that Incentive Share Options are first exercisable by a Participant in excess of such limitation, the excess shall be considered Non-Qualified Share Options.

(b)    Exercise Price. The exercise price of an Incentive Share Option shall be equal to the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. However, the exercise price of any Incentive Share Option granted to any individual who, at the date of grant, owns Shares possessing more than ten percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company may not be less than 110% of Fair Market Value on the date of grant and such Option may not be exercisable for more than five years from the date of grant.

(c)    Transfer Restriction. The Participant shall give the Company prompt notice of any disposition of Shares acquired by exercise of an Incentive Share Option within (i) two years from the date of grant of such Incentive Share Option or (ii) one year after the transfer of such Shares to the Participant.

(d)    Expiration of Incentive Share Options. No Award of an Incentive Share Option may be made pursuant to this Plan after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.

(e)    Right to Exercise. During a Participant’s lifetime, an Incentive Share Option may be exercised only by the Participant.

 

9

---

ARTICLE 6

RESTRICTED SHARES

6.1     Grant of Restricted Shares. The Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Shares to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted Shares to be granted to each Participant.

6.2     Restricted Shares Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Shares shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the period of restriction, the number of Restricted Shares granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Restricted Shares shall be held by the Company as escrow agent until the restrictions on such Restricted Shares have lapsed.

6.3     Issuance and Restrictions. Restricted Shares shall be subject to such restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, limitations on the right to vote Restricted Shares or the right to receive dividends on the Restricted Shares). These restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such times, pursuant to such circumstances, in such installments, or otherwise, as the Committee determines at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter.

6.4     Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Shares that are at that time subject to restrictions shall be forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Award Agreement; provided, however, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Share Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Shares will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Shares.

6.5     Certificates for Restricted Shares. Restricted Shares granted pursuant to the Plan may be evidenced in such manner as the Committee shall determine. If certificates representing Restricted Shares are registered in the name of the Participant, certificates must bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, and the Company may, at its discretion, retain physical possession of the certificate until such time as all applicable restrictions lapse.

6.6     Removal of Restrictions. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 6, Restricted Shares granted under the Plan shall be released from escrow as soon as practicable after the last day of the period of restriction. The Committee, in its discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions shall lapse or be removed. After the restrictions have lapsed, the Participant shall be entitled to have any legend or legends under Section 6.5 removed from his or her Share certificate, and the Shares shall be freely transferable by the Participant, subject to applicable legal restrictions. The Committee (in its discretion) may establish procedures regarding the release of Shares from escrow and the removal of legends, as necessary or appropriate to minimize administrative burdens on the Company.

 

10

---

ARTICLE 7

RESTRICTED SHARE UNITS

7.1     Grant of Restricted Share Units. The Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Share Units to Participants as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the number of Restricted Share Units to be granted to each Participant.

7.2     Restricted Share Units Award Agreement. Each Award of Restricted Share Units shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify any vesting conditions, the number of Restricted Share Units granted, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

7.3     Form and Timing of Payment of Restricted Share Units. At the time of grant, the Committee shall specify the date or dates on which the Restricted Share Units shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable. Upon vesting, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay Restricted Share Units in the form of cash, Shares or a combination thereof.

7.4     Forfeiture/Repurchase. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or thereafter, upon termination of employment or service during the applicable restriction period, Restricted Share Units that are at that time unvested shall be forfeited or repurchased in accordance with the Award Agreement; provided, however, the Committee may (a) provide in any Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement that restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Share Units will be waived in whole or in part in the event of terminations resulting from specified causes, and (b) in other cases waive in whole or in part restrictions or forfeiture and repurchase conditions relating to Restricted Share Units.

ARTICLE 8

PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO AWARDS

8.1     Award Agreement. Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event the Participant’s employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.

8.2     No Transferability; Limited Exception to Transfer Restrictions.

8.2.1    Limits on Transfer. Unless otherwise expressly provided in (or pursuant to) this Section 8.2, by applicable law and by the Award Agreement, as the same may be amended:

 

11

---

(a)

all Awards are non-transferable and will not be subject in any manner to sale, transfer, anticipation, alienation, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge;

 

(b)

Awards will be exercised only by the Participant; and

 

(c)

amounts payable or shares issuable pursuant to an Award will be delivered only to (or for the account of), and, in the case of Shares, registered in the name of, the Participant.

In addition, the shares shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

8.2.2    Further Exceptions to Limits on Transfer. The exercise and transfer restrictions in Section 8.2.1 will not apply to:

 

(a)

transfers to the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(b)

transfers by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in SEC Rule 16a-1(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act;

 

(c)

the designation of a beneficiary to receive benefits if the Participant dies or, if the Participant has died, transfers to or exercises by the Participant’s beneficiary, or, in the absence of a validly designated beneficiary, transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution; or

 

(d)

if the Participant has suffered a disability, permitted transfers or exercises on behalf of the Participant by the Participant’s duly authorized legal representative; or

 

(e)

subject to the prior approval of the Committee or an executive officer or director of the Company authorized by the Committee, transfer to one or more natural persons who are the Participant’s family members or entities owned and controlled by the Participant and/or the Participant’s family members, including but not limited to trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are the Participant and/or the Participant’s family members, or to such other persons or entities as may be expressly approved by the Committee, pursuant to such conditions and procedures as the Committee or may establish. Any permitted transfer shall be subject to the condition that the Committee receives evidence satisfactory to it that the transfer is being made for estate and/or tax planning purposes and on a basis consistent with the Company’s lawful issue of securities.

 

12

---

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 8.2.2 to the contrary, but subject to compliance with all Applicable Laws, Incentive Share Options, Restricted Shares and Restricted Share Units will be subject to any and all transfer restrictions under the Code applicable to such Awards or necessary to maintain the intended tax consequences of such Awards. Notwithstanding clause (b) above but subject to compliance with all Applicable Laws, any contemplated transfer by gift to “immediate family” as referenced in clause (b) above is subject to the condition precedent that the transfer be approved by the Administrator in order for it to be effective.

8.3     Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding Section 8.2, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If the Participant is married and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Award shall not be effective without the prior written consent of the Participant’s spouse. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided the change or revocation is filed with the Committee.

8.4     Performance Objectives and Other Terms. The Committee, in its discretion, shall set performance objectives or other vesting criteria which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number or value of the Awards that will be granted or paid out to the Participants.

8.5     Share Certificates.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing the Shares pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which the Shares are listed or traded. All Share certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with all Applicable Laws, and the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the Shares are listed, quoted, or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Share certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Shares. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Committee.

 

13

---

(b)    Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by Applicable Laws, the Company shall not deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing Shares issued in connection with any Award and instead such Shares shall be recorded on the books of the Company or, as applicable, its transfer agent or share plan administrator.

8.6     Paperless Administration. Subject to Applicable Laws, the Committee may make Awards and provide applicable disclosure and procedures for exercise of Awards by an internet website or interactive voice response system for the paperless administration of Awards.

8.7     Foreign Currency. A Participant may be required to provide evidence that any currency used to pay the exercise price of any Award was acquired and taken out of the jurisdiction in which the Participant resides in accordance with Applicable Laws, including foreign exchange control laws and regulations. In the event the exercise price for an Award is paid in Chinese Renminbi or other foreign currency, as permitted by the Committee, the amount payable will be determined by conversion from U.S. dollars at the official rate promulgated by the People’s Bank of China for Chinese Renminbi, or for jurisdictions other than the People’s Republic of China, the exchange rate as selected by the Committee on the date of exercise.

ARTICLE 9

CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE

9.1     Adjustments. In the event of any dividend, share split, combination or exchange of Shares, amalgamation, arrangement or consolidation, spin-off, recapitalization or other distribution (other than normal cash dividends) of Company assets to its shareholders, or any other change affecting the shares of Shares or the share price of a Share, the Committee shall make such proportionate adjustments, if any, as the Committee in its discretion may deem appropriate to reflect such change with respect to (a) the aggregate number and type of shares that may be issued under the Plan (including, but not limited to, adjustments of the limitations in Section 3.1); (b) the terms and conditions of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, any applicable performance targets or criteria with respect thereto); and (c) the grant or exercise price per share for any outstanding Awards under the Plan.

9.2     Corporate Transactions. Except as may otherwise be provided in any Award Agreement or any other written agreement entered into by and between the Company and a Participant, if the Committee anticipates the occurrence, or upon the occurrence, of a Corporate Transaction, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, provide for (i) any and all Awards outstanding hereunder to terminate at a specific time in the future and shall give each Participant the right to exercise the vested portion of such Awards during a period of time as the Committee shall determine, or (ii) the purchase of any Award for an amount of cash equal to the amount that could have been attained upon the exercise of such Award (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if as of such date the Committee determines in good faith that no amount would have been attained upon the exercise of such Award, then such Award may be terminated by the Company without payment), or (iii) the replacement of such Award with other rights or property selected by the Committee in its sole discretion or the assumption of or substitution of such Award by the successor or surviving corporation, or a Parent or Subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number and kind of Shares and prices, or (iv) payment of such Award in cash based on the value of Shares on the date of the Corporate Transaction plus reasonable interest on the Award through the date as determined by the Committee when such Award would otherwise be vested or have been paid in accordance with its original terms, if necessary to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

 

14

---

9.3     Outstanding Awards – Other Changes. In the event of any other change in the capitalization of the Company or corporate change other than those specifically referred to in this Article 9, the Committee may, in its absolute discretion, make such adjustments in the number and class of shares subject to Awards outstanding on the date on which such change occurs and in the per share grant or exercise price of each Award as the Committee may consider appropriate to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.

9.4     No Other Rights. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no Participant shall have any rights by reason of any subdivision or consolidation of Shares of any class, the payment of any dividend, any increase or decrease in the number of shares of any class or any dissolution, liquidation, merger, or consolidation of the Company or any other corporation. Except as expressly provided in the Plan or pursuant to action of the Committee under the Plan, and no issuance by the Company of shares of any class, or securities convertible into shares of any class, shall affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made with respect to, the number of Shares subject to an Award or the grant or exercise price of any Award.

ARTICLE 10

ADMINISTRATION

10.1     Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee of one or more members of the Board (the “Committee”) to whom the Board shall delegate the authority to grant or amend Awards to Participants other than any of the Committee members, Independent Directors and executive officers of the Company. Reference to the Committee shall refer to the Board in absence of the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the full Board, acting by majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan if required by Applicable Laws, and with respect to Awards granted to the Committee members, Independent Directors and executive officers of the Company and for purposes of such Awards, the term “Committee” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board.

10.2     Action by the Committee. A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved unanimously in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled to, in good faith, rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of a Group Entity, the Company’s independent certified public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Company to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

15

---

10.3     Authority of the Committee. Subject to any specific designation in the Plan, the Committee has the exclusive power, authority and discretion to:

(a)    designate Participants to receive Awards;

(b)    determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to each Participant;

(c)    determine the number of Awards to be granted and the number of Shares to which an Award will relate;

(d)    determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any restrictions or limitations on the Award, any schedule for lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of an Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on an Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

(e)    determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances an Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of an Award may be paid in, cash, Shares, other Awards, or other property, or an Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

(f)    prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

(g)    decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with an Award;

(h)    establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

(i)    interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement;

(j)    amend terms and conditions of Award Agreements; and

(k)    make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan, including design and adopt from time to time new types of Awards that are in compliance with Applicable Laws.

10.4     Decisions Binding. The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Awards granted pursuant to the Plan, any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all parties.

 

16

---

ARTICLE 11

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATE

11.1    Effective Date. The Plan shall become effective as of the date on which the Board adopts the Plan (the “Effective Date”). The Plan shall be ratified by the shareholders of the Company by written resolutions or at a meeting duly held in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association within 12 months of the Effective Date.

11.2    Expiration Date. The Plan will expire on, and no Award may be granted pursuant to the Plan after, the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date. Any Awards that are outstanding on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date shall remain in force according to the terms of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

ARTICLE 12

AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION

12.1    Amendment, Modification, and Termination. At any time and from time to time, the Board may terminate, amend or modify the Plan; provided, however, that (a) to the extent necessary and desirable to comply with Applicable Laws or stock exchange rules, the Company shall obtain shareholder approval of any Plan amendment in such a manner and to such a degree as required, unless the Company decides to follow home country practice, and (b) unless the Company decides to follow home country practice, shareholder approval is required for any amendment to the Plan that (i) increases the number of Shares available under the Plan (other than any adjustment as provided by Article 9), or (ii) permits the Committee to extend the term of the Plan or the exercise period for an Option beyond ten years from the date of grant.

12.2    Awards Previously Granted. Except with respect to amendments made pursuant to Section 12.1, no termination, amendment, or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted pursuant to the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant.

ARTICLE 13

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1    No Rights to Awards. No Participant, employee, or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award pursuant to the Plan, and neither the Company nor the Committee is obligated to treat Participants, employees, and other persons uniformly.

13.2    No Shareholders Rights. No Award gives the Participant any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company unless and until Shares are in fact issued to such person in connection with such Award.

 

17

---

13.3    Taxes. No Shares shall be delivered under the Plan to any Participant until such Participant has made arrangements acceptable to the Committee for the satisfaction of any income and employment tax withholding obligations under Applicable Laws. The Company or any Subsidiary shall have the authority and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy all applicable taxes (including the Participant’s payroll tax obligations) required or permitted by Applicable Laws to be withheld with respect to any taxable event concerning a Participant arising as a result of this Plan. The Committee may in its discretion and in satisfaction of the foregoing requirement allow a Participant to elect to have the Company withhold Shares otherwise issuable under an Award (or allow the return of Shares) having a Fair Market Value equal to the sums required to be withheld. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the number of Shares which may be withheld with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of any Award (or which may be repurchased from the Participant of such Award after such Shares were acquired by the Participant from the Company) in order to satisfy any income and payroll tax liabilities applicable to the Participant with respect to the issuance, vesting, exercise or payment of the Award shall, unless specifically approved by the Committee, be limited to the number of Shares which have a Fair Market Value on the date of withholding or repurchase equal to the aggregate amount of such liabilities based on the minimum statutory withholding rates for the applicable income and payroll tax purposes that are applicable to such supplemental taxable income.

13.4    No Right to Employment or Services. Nothing in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Service Recipient to terminate any Participant’s employment or services at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment or services of any Service Recipient.

13.5    Unfunded Status of Awards. The Plan is intended to be an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. With respect to any payments not yet made to a Participant pursuant to an Award, nothing contained in the Plan or any Award Agreement shall give the Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general creditor of the relevant Group Entity.

13.6    Indemnification. To the extent allowable pursuant to Applicable Laws, each member of the Committee or of the Board shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company from any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such member in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act pursuant to the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her; provided he or she gives the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled pursuant to the Company’s Memorandum of Association and Articles of Association, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

18

---

13.7    Relationship to Other Benefits. No payment pursuant to the Plan shall be taken into account in determining any benefits pursuant to any pension, retirement, savings, profit sharing, group insurance, welfare or other benefit plan of the any Group Entity except to the extent otherwise expressly provided in writing in such other plan or an agreement thereunder.

13.8    Expenses. The expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Group Entities.

13.9    Titles and Headings. The titles and headings of the Sections in the Plan are for convenience of reference only and, in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such titles or headings, shall control.

13.10    Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares shall be eliminated by rounding up or down as appropriate.

13.11    Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Plan, and any Award granted or awarded to any Participant who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including any amendment to Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by the Applicable Laws, the Plan and Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

13.12    Government and Other Regulations. The obligation of the Company to make payment of awards in Shares or otherwise shall be subject to all Applicable Laws, and to such approvals by government agencies as may be required. The Company shall be under no obligation to register any of the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan under the Securities Act or any other similar law in any applicable jurisdiction. If the Shares paid pursuant to the Plan may in certain circumstances be exempt from registration pursuant to the Securities Act or other Applicable Laws, the Company may restrict the transfer of such Shares in such manner as it deems advisable to ensure the availability of any such exemption.

13.13    Governing Law. The Plan and all Award Agreements shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the Cayman Islands.

13.14    Section 409A. To the extent that the Committee determines that any Award granted under the Plan is or may become subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions required by Section 409A of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and the Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and the U.S. Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretative guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulation or other guidance that may be issued after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Committee determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Committee may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related U.S. Department of Treasury guidance.

 

19

---

13.15    Appendices. Subject to Section 12.1, the Committee may approve such supplements, amendments or appendices to the Plan as it may consider necessary or appropriate for purposes of compliance with Applicable Laws or otherwise and such supplements, amendments or appendices shall be considered a part of the Plan; provided, however, that no such supplements shall increase the share limitation contained in Section 3.1 of the Plan without the approval of the Board.

 

20

Exhibit 10.12

CW0037                      

Contract No. ADT-D-HB201701060026

Tencent Advertising Agency Agreement for 2017

Party A: Beijing Tencent Culture Media Co., Ltd.

Party B: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.

Through friendly negotiation, Party A agrees to appoint Party B to act as its advertising agent with respect to the advertising business of Tencent (excluding the advertising business of local websites and franchisee websites of real estate), and both parties agree as follows in respect of their cooperation:

 

I.	Term of Agreement

This agreement becomes effective as from January 1, 2017, and expires on December 31, 2017.

 

II.	Management of Cooperation

 

1.	The policies, mechanisms and standards of Party A for management of agents, such as those on payment period, deposit and rebate, are set forth in the Exhibit (Measures of Tencent for Management of Advertising Agents for 2017) attached hereto.

 

2.	Before placing advertisement by Party B, Party A and Party B shall enter into a separate contract for placement of advertisement according to the specific rules for placement. The way of paying the placement charges shall be subject to the aforesaid contract.

 

3.

Party B may not return or replace any advertising space for prime time once it determines the date of placement, and shall pay Party A the advertising charges in full according to the execution order. For other advertising space, if Party B is unable to place the advertising on the specified date, it must notify Party A ten natural days before such date. Meanwhile, if Party B fails to place the advertising on the specified date, Party A has the right to dispose of the advertising space.

 

III.	Discount and Standard Price

 

1.

The discounts provided to Party B for placing advertisement are set forth in the Tencent Advertising Placement Contract for 2017 entered into between Party B and Party A. Party A has the right to change its standard price (published price) based on market demand, operating condition and other factors.

 

2.	Party A shall promptly notify Party B of any change to its quotation. If the advertising is executed during the period in which the new price is applied, Party B must enter into the advertising placement contract with Party A at the new price. Party A has the final right to interpret the quotation.

 

1

---

IV.	Rights and Obligations

 

1.	Party A’s Rights and Obligations

 

1)

Party A shall publish the advertising and ensure normal operation of servers according to the advertising contract.

 

2)

Party A shall be responsible for the internal publishing of the internet advertising, including check of vacancy, arrangement of advertising space, and supervision of advertising exposure.

 

3)

Party A has the right to examine the content and form of advertising, and relevant certificates. If Party A deems that any of them does not conform to laws or regulations, it has the right to request for revision or to refuse publishing of the advertising.

 

4)

Party A has absolute right to control the construction of its website and the arrangement of advertising space.

 

5)

At the request of Party B, Party A may provide Party B with the data regarding advertising placement effect after the advertising publishing date. Party A gives no commitment on the advertising placement effect for all placements.

 

2.	Party B’s Rights and Obligations

 

1)

Party B shall try to expand the advertising market and identify advertising clients for Party A during the term hereof according to the principles of good faith and mutual benefit.

 

2)

Party B shall provide Party A with the power of attorney for advertising.

 

3)

The quotation of Party B to any advertising client (including adverting space, sales mode, placement time and amount etc.) shall be subject to written consent or approval of Party A, and shall not include any commitment on advertising placement effect.

 

4)

Party B warrants that the advertising materials and relevant contents provided by it (except for user’s account picture and nickname resulted from the logic of the social advertising product placed) will comply with the provisions of the laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China on advertising, the social public morals, the normative legal documents published by the administrations for industry and commercial at various places, and Party A’s advertising examination standards (including but not limited to the Standards of Tencent for Information Security of Network Media Advertising), and warrants that relevant content will not infringe other’s legitimate rights or interests and is free of any elements that may infringe the rights or interests of Tencent (including but not limited to denigration of image, horizontal competition, and marketing at Tencent’s platform by using Q-coins);

 

5)

Party A has the right to examine the advertising materials and contents and the link page for publishing the advertisement provided by Party B (the materials and contents should be consistent with the contents on the link page), to avoid any content in violation of this agreement as much as possible. However, if any advertising material or content or any advertising page still has the above violation after Party A’s examination, the legal liability thus caused shall be borne by Party B, and irrelevant to Party A.

 

2

---

6)

Where Party B’s advertising breaches any provision of this agreement, is subject to any investigation of relevant authority for violation of law, or is complained by other party for infringement or product quality, Party A has the right to immediately stop providing advertising publishing service. The charges already paid will not be refunded, and Party B shall continue to pay the charges not paid. Meanwhile, Party B shall assume all legal and economic liabilities, and Party A is not required to assume any liability. Party B shall further compensate any loss suffered by Party A thereby. If the above circumstance occurs for three or more times, Party A has the right to terminate cooperation with Party B and seek Party B’s liability for breach of agreement.

 

7)

If any content examined and approved by Party A is blocked by Party B by relevant technical means in any area, and thus causes any content inconsistent with such content approved by Party A to occur in part or whole of the area, Party A has the right to immediately stop publishing the advertisement and suspend the cooperation with Party B for one year.

 

8)

If Party B breaches any provision of the above Paragraphs 4) to 7), or if any negative media report is caused because Party B breaches any provision of this agreement and thus causes damage to Tencent’s reputation, in addition to any other liability for breach of agreement to be assumed by Party B hereunder, Party A further has the right to stop publishing relevant advertising, and prohibit Party B from publishing any advertising at the network media platform of Tencent within 1 month. Moreover, during the quarter in which the breach exists, Party A has the right to deduct Party B’s agency rebate equivalent to the executed order amount for the current day regarding the direct client of the violating advertising×90. Party B shall compensate Party A fully if the rebate is insufficient to deduct.

 

9)

Where Party B receives any consumer’s complaint owing to placement of advertisement or advertisement content, but upon Party A’s final determination the complaint is resolved fast and no adverse effect or loss is caused, in addition to other liability for breach of agreement to be assumed by Party B, Party A has the right to immediately stop publishing relevant advertisement. The placement will be resumed when Party B rectifies and passes Party A’s examination (the time of publishing advertisement during the rectification period thus lost will not be made up). If Party B breaches this provision for three or less times during a natural quarter, 10% of the rebate regarding all the advertising execution amounts for the direct client relating to the breach shall be deducted for the quarter. If Party B breaches this provision for more than three times, 20% of the rebate regarding all the advertising execution amounts for the direct client relating to the breach shall be deducted for the quarter.

 

V.	Confidentiality Obligation

 

1.

Each party shall keep strictly confidential this agreement and the other party’s business secret and technical information it obtains during performance of this agreement. The business secret includes but is not limited to any information relating to the other party’s network, sale, cost, and other undisclosed financial information, product and operation plan, design plan, and marketing data. Neither party may disclose any business secret of the other party to any third party without the other party’s written consent. Each party shall ensure its employee will comply with the confidentiality obligation hereof.

 

2.	The confidentiality obligation hereunder shall survive the expiration of this agreement.

 

3

---

VI.	Modification of Agreement

 

1.	No amendment or supplementation to this agreement shall be made until both parties enter into a written agreement. The amendment or supplementation signed by both parties is an integral part of this agreement, and has equal legal force as this agreement.

 

2.	Without affecting performance of this agreement, Party A has the right to transfer all right and obligations hereunder to its affiliated company based on the actual condition of operation.

 

VII.	Termination of Agreement

 

1.	Upon consensus through negotiation, both parties may terminate this agreement early at any time by a written agreement.

 

2.	If either party has any of the following circumstances, the other party may give written notice to terminate this agreement:

 

1)

The party becomes bankrupt or goes into bankruptcy and liquidation procedure which is not revoked within 14 natural days; the party is cancelled or dissolved, or its business license is revoked.

 

2)

The party is unable to perform this agreement for any force majeure event.

 

3.	If either party carries out any merger or winds up its business, it shall give the other party a written notice three months in advance.

 

4.	The early termination of this agreement shall not affect any right or obligation of both parties accrued according hereto before such termination.

 

VIII.

Applicable Law and Jurisdiction

 

1.	This agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China.

 

2.	Both parties shall assume corresponding legal liabilities and obligations from the date this agreement is signed. Any party breaching this agreement shall assume the resulting legal consequences.

 

3.	Both parties agree that this agreement is signed in Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, the People’s Republic of China.

 

4.	Both parties shall resolve any matter not covered by this agreement through friendly negotiation according to the principles of equality and mutual benefit. If negotiation fails, either party may refer the dispute to the competent people’s court at the execution place of this agreement.

 

4

---

IX.	Miscellaneous Provisions

 

1.	Any network service between both parties for publishing and promotion of Tencent’s information shall be governed by this agreement.

 

2.	The Exhibit (Measures of Tencent for Management of Advertising Agents for 2017) and its supplementation constitute an integral part of this agreement, and have the same legal force as this agreement.

 

3.	This agreement is signed in two original copies. Each party hold one original copy, and both original copies have the same legal force.

 

Party A: Beijing Tencent Culture Media Co., Ltd. (seal)				Party B: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. (seal)
Authorized signatory:		/s/ Beijing Tencent Culture  Media Co., Ltd.		Authorized signatory:		/s/ OptAim (Beijing) Information  Technology Co., Ltd.

Exhibit: Measures of Tencent for Management of Advertising Agents for 2017

 

5

Exhibit 10.13

 

 

 

Tencent Advertising Placement Contract for 2017

 

Party A: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		Party B: Beijing Tencent Culture Media Co., Ltd.
Contact person: Jin Meng		Contact person: Zhang Xiaoqi
Tel: ***		Tel: ***
Email: ***		Email: ***
Address: Room 9A, Unit 2, Building 3, No. A48, Zhichun Road, Haidian District, Beijing		Address: Tencent Building, Central First Road, High-tech Park, Nanshan District, Shenzhen
Account-opening bank: ***		Account-opening bank: ***
Bank account: ***		Bank account: ***

Party A is an entity duly registered and legally operated, who desires to be admitted as a service provider of Tencent social advertising platform operated by Party B according to law, and promote Tencent Social Advertising Services to the advertisers introduced by Party A. Party B agrees to accept Party A’s application. Both parties enter into the following agreement upon negotiation.

 

1.	Definitions

Unless this agreement expressly provides otherwise, the terms and phrases below shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1

“Tencent Social Advertising Platforms” means the performance advertising platforms developed independently and operated by Party B or Party B’s affiliates (including the Guangdiantong System, and the advertising service system of WeChat public platform, collectively as “Tencent Platforms”) which may provide such Tencent Social Advertising Services as purchase of traffic, marketing and promotion, cost statistics, data query, and materials management. The client may display its advertising materials on various media according to the rules of Tencent Platforms through the Guangdiantong System, Tencent Alliance Advertising, WeChat Moments Advertising, WeChat Official Accounts and other channels. The services provided by Party B through Tencent Platforms are collectively referred to as “Tencent Social Advertising Services”.

 

1.2

“Service Providers” means the legal persons or other economic organizations who, upon examination and approval by Party B, have the right to promote Tencent Social Advertising Services to Advertisers. The service providers shall register accounts (the “Service Provider’s Accounts”) at Tencent Platforms corresponding to the specific type of Tencent Social Advertising Services selected by them.

 

1 / 17

---

 

 

 

1.3

“Advertisers” means the entities who advertise and promote products or services to users through Tencent Social Advertising Platforms.

 

1.4

“Service Provider’s Advertisers” means the Advertises introduced by the Service Providers who need to use the Tencent Social Advertising Services.

 

1.5

“Traffic Providers” means the operators of the websites, games, applications, software and other media (such as QQ, WeChat and other third party applications) providing relevant pages and spaces for displaying advertising materials and relevant advertising service providers (such as the operators of advertisement trading platforms), including but not limited to Party B’s affiliates and partners.

 

1.6

“Media” means the websites, games and applications etc. which are operated by the Traffic Providers and provide display pages and spaces for advertising materials, including but not limited to QQ.com, QQ, QQ zone, WeChat and other products operated by Party B or Party B’s affiliates, as well as other websites, games, applications and other products operated by Party B’s partners.

 

1.7

“Advertising Materials” means the information and content designed or produced by or on behalf of the Service Provider’s Advertisers to display any self-owned brands or any products or services they produce or sell, including but not limited to graphics, texts, videos, flashes etc. Advertising Materials include landing pages.

 

1.8

“Showing Pages” means the carrier directed to by the Advertising Materials, i.e., the pages jumped or redirected to after the user clicks any Advertising Materials.

 

1.9

“Promoted Objects” means the products or services etc. directly or indirectly promoted by the Advertising Materials, including but not limited to the QQ account number., QQ group, WeChat Official Account, website and material object, and the QQ account number., QQ group, WeChat Official Account, website and material object redirected to by the Landing Pages.

 

1.10

“Advertising Expenses” means the expenses incurred from the use of Tencent Social Advertising Services, the settlement of which may be carried out by (but not limited to) CPC and CPM, subject to the Rules of Tencent Platforms.

 

1.11

“Rules of Tencent Platforms” means relevant rules to be complied with by Party A and Service Provider’s Advertisers, including but not limited to the rules relating to admission, advertising examination, violations and penalties, management on procedural transaction, policies on return of goods / rebate, and management of Service Providers, and relevant agreements, rules and norms which may be published in future and are relating to Tencent social advertising. Relevant rules may be embodied in website announcements, written documents, notices, FAQ or other forms, with which Party A and the Service Provider’s Advertisers must comply.

 

1.12

“Rules for Management of Service Providers” means the agreements and rules on regulation of the services, market promotion, use of services, and other related activities of the Service Providers, as well as other agreements, rules and norms that may be published in future and are relating to the Service Providers. Relevant rules may be embodied in written documents, notices, FAQ and other forms, with which the Service Providers shall comply.

 

2 / 17

---

 

 

 

1.13

“Laws and Regulations” means relevant laws, regulations, department rules and industrial norms etc. of the People’s Republic of China (including Hong Kong, Macau and Taiwan), the jurisdiction where the clients locate, and the countries and regions where the Advertising Materials are actually placed.

 

2.	Rules for Service Providers

 

2.1

Party A warrants that it is an entity duly established and legally operated, it has obtained necessary qualification of business, and it has the right and capacity to enter into and perform this agreement. Party A shall comply with the Rules of Tencent Platforms, and undertakes to use funds of lawful source to pay the Advertising Expenses. Party A shall provide relevant certificates affixed with common seal or signed according to the Rules of Tencent Platforms, and warrants that such certificates are true, lawful and valid. Party B has the right to examine the documents provided by Party A, including but not limited to the following:

 

(1)

Business license and other identification certificates, as well as other certificates relating to qualifications of production and operation;

 

(2)

The complete, lawful and valid contact information of Party A, such as email, telephone number and address;

 

(3)

Other necessary certificates, including but not limited to the inspection certificate of product quality, the power of attorney, and the advertising examination form.

 

(4)

The above documents of the Service Provider’s Advertisers.

If any of the above information changes, Party A shall give written notice to Party B or revise according to the Rules of Tencent Platforms within 3 working days after the change.

 

2.2

The Rules of Tencent Platforms are subject to adjustments or amendments according to the operational arrangement or the requirements of laws and regulations, including but not limited to formulation and adjustment of the type of admitted entities (such as natural persons, and legal persons) according to the operational policies of the Traffic Providers, the design standards for Advertising Materials, the examination rules for Advertising Materials, the type of industrial admission, the scope of qualification examination, the policies on return of goods / rebate, and the management of Service Providers, as well as the charge or waiver of certain amount or percentage of deposit against any specific industry.

 

(1)

Party B may notify Party A of the Rules of Tencent Platforms by itself or through Tencent Platforms by one or several means of SMS, email, self-help system, private messages within a website, and website announcement. Party A shall promptly view relevant content.

 

3 / 17

---

 

 

 

(2)

The Rules of Tencent Platforms adjusted or amended shall become effective on the date notified by the notice, and Party A shall comply with such adjusted or amended rules. The adjustment may cause changes to any admission standards or promotion standards, and Party A may not request Party B to provide services according to the old standards.

 

(3)

If Party A does not agree to the above adjustment or amendment, it shall immediately stop using Tencent Social Advertising Services and give Party B written notice to terminate this agreement. If Party A continues to use Tencent Social Advertising Services, it will be deemed that Party A approves and accepts relevant Rules of Tencent Platforms.

 

2.3

Party A will be solely responsible to examine whether the qualifications, Advertising Materials and Promoted Objects etc. submitted by the Service Provider’s Advertisers meet the requirements of relevant laws and regulations and this agreement, and shall ensure that the Service Provider’s Advertisers have the right to place relevant advertisement.

The Service Provider’s Advertisers are willing to use Tencent Social Advertising Services, and shall comply with the Rules of Tencent Platform. Party B will not make any commitment on the page views or sales volume of Party A and the Service Provider’s Advertisers after use of Tencent Social Advertising Services.

 

2.4

The Service Provider’s Advertiser may manage its account of Tencent Platforms by itself, or entrust any third party (including but not limited to the Service Providers / agents of Tencent Social Advertising Platforms) to manage its account. If the Service Provider’s Advertiser entrusts Party A to manage its account, Party A shall evaluate and establish the entrustment relationship with the Service Provider’s Advertiser by itself. Part of Tencent Platforms may provide connection channels for Party A and the Service Provider’s Advertiser. Party A shall establish, manage, and terminate its relationship with the Service Provider’s Advertise according to the Rules of Tencent Platforms. Any dispute arising from the agreement between Party A and any Service Provider’s Advertiser shall be resolved by Party A and the Advertiser through negotiation, and is irrelevant to Party B.

 

2.5

Party A shall comply with the provisions of relevant laws and regulations, and ensure the Advertising Materials and Promoted Objects of the Service Provider’s Advertiser comply with the Rules of Tencent Platforms and relevant laws and regulations, and ensure no act below or facilitation for any act below may be made:

 

(1)

Objecting to the fundamental principles defined by the Constitution;

 

(2)

Endangering the national security, disclosing the national secrets, subverting the state power and destructing the national unity;

 

(3)

Damaging the national honor and interest;

 

4 / 17

---

 

 

 

(4)

Inciting national hatred and ethnic discrimination, and undermining ethnic unity;

 

(5)

Undermining national religious policies, and promoting cults and feudal superstitions;

 

(6)

Spreading rumors, disrupting social order, and undermining social stability;

 

(7)

Spreading obscenity, pornography, gambling, violence, murder, terror, harassment, vulgar information or inciting crimes;

 

(8)

Insulting or defaming others, or infringing other’s legitimate rights and interests;

 

(9)

Infringing other’s intellectual properties, business secrets or other legal rights;

 

(10)

Making up facts or concealing truth to mislead or deceive others;

 

(11)

Implementing gambling, gambling games, “PW”, “plug-in” or other illegal internet activities;

 

(12)

Conducting other activities violating public order and good moral, or laws or regulations.

 

2.6

Party B has the right to send advertisement of any promotions relating to Tencent Social Advertising Services or this agreement by one or several means of email, system announcement or private message within a website.

 

3.	Party A’s Rights and Obligations

 

3.1

Party A shall promote Tencent Social Advertising Services legally and reasonably:

 

(1)

Party A shall designate a person or several persons specifically responsible for the promotion of Tencent Social Advertising Services according to the principles of good faith and mutual benefit, explore market by means of marketing events, advertising and promotion or other various positive and active means, and protect the corporate image and brand image of Party B.

 

(2)

Party A shall develop the Advertisers in the capacity of the authorized Service Provider of Tencent Social Advertising, and may not develop any Advertisers directly or indirectly in the name of Party B or Party B’s affiliates, or mislead the Advertisers to believe that Party A contact them on behalf of Party B or Party B’s affiliates.

 

(3)

Party A may not solicit Advertisers in any improper ways, including but not limited to directly copying or counterfeiting the official website of Tencent Social Advertising and thus misleading any third party to believe that the website operated by Party A is the official website of Tencent Social Advertising, or causing any confusion to any third party regarding Party A’s website or system and the official website or system of Tencent Social Advertising.

 

(4)

Party A will attract Advertisers by quality services, and may not conduct unfair market competition by low price, return of goods or other improper means.

 

5 / 17

---

 

 

 

3.2

Party A has the right to select the specific type of Tencent Social Advertising Services based on its needs, register the account of Service Provider corresponding to such type, and comply with the service rules and agreements for any specific product or service. Party A shall establish, manage and terminate its service relationship with any Advertiser according to the Rules of Tencent Platforms.

 

(1)

Party A shall carefully maintain the account and password of the Service Provider’s account, and may authorize any third party to operate its account according to the Rules of Tencent Platforms, provided that it shall be always responsible for all acts and consequences under its account and take all relevant liabilities.

 

(2)

The rules for management of Service Provider’s account and the Service Provider’s Advertisers may vary depending on the Tencent Social Advertising Services (such as Guangdiantong System, and the advertising service system of WeChat public platform). Party A shall establish connection at Tencent Platforms based on the service type and the Service Provider’s Advertiser it selects, to ensure that it will have full authority to assist its Advertiser to use Tencent Social Advertising Platform, and to procure its Advertiser to comply with the corresponding Rules of Tencent Platforms.

 

(3)

Party A will solely negotiate with its Advertisers on such matters as charge of fees, promotion and placement, issuance of invoice, refund of charges, and use of Tencent Social Advertising, and enter into and perform relevant agreement with its Advertisers in its own name. However, without the written consent of Party B, Party A may not make any provisions or undertakings regarding Party B in whatever forms.

 

(4)

Any dispute arising from any agreement between Party A and its Advertiser shall be resolved by them through negotiation, and is irrelevant to Party B.

 

3.3

Party A warrants that its Advertiser’s Advertising Materials and Promoted Objects are true, lawful and valid, and will ensure that such materials and objects conform to the Advertising Law of the People’s Republic of China, other relevant laws and regulations, and the Rules of Tencent Platforms and will not infringe other’s legitimate rights and interests, including but not limited to:

 

(1)

The Advertiser has the capacity to operate the products and services it provides, and to publish advertising therefor.

 

(2)

The Advertising Materials are free of any potential safety hazards, including but not limited to any phishing site, virus, Trojan or other malicious program.

 

(3)

Where any Advertising Materials use other’s name, image (including cartoon image), logo, work or other right or interest, or allege any cooperation relationship with others, the consent of the right holder must be obtained in advance.

 

6 / 17

---

 

 

 

(4)

The brand, performance, quality, price and promise involved in the Advertising Materials should be clear, obvious and conforming to the facts, including but not limited to that the promise of gift or prize (such as game currency, virtual object, material object, discount) should be conforming to the fact, and free of any false prize, premium sale, gift or other similar content.

 

(5)

The Showing Pages or Promoted Objects directed to by the Advertising Materials should be legally established and have lawful capacity of operation, and hold legal rights in website or other Promoted Objects, and have the right to promote and use them.

 

(6)

The Promoted Objects must not contain any illegal content, or any malicious program which steals account No. or password or contains Trojan or virus, and endangers the internet security, including but not limited to that the website/application or WeChat Official Account promoted may not promote or sell counterfeit and shoddy products, conduct illegal operation, spread infringing or pornographic information, or promote any application / software or other product that contains unclear charge items or charge tips, malicious charge, secret charge program or other circumstance damaging the user’s right or interest.

 

(7)

Other circumstances provided by laws, regulations or the Rules of Tencent Platforms.

 

3.4

The content of the Showing Pages should be connected closely to the Advertising Materials. Moreover, the actual displayed content of the Landing Pages should be consistent with that submitted at the time of examination, including but not limited to:

 

(1)

The Landing Pages should be safe and stable, and capable of normal opening and viewing.

 

(2)

The content displayed on the Landing Pages may not be changed materially during the period of placement, such as the ordinary product originally promoted being changed into any product requiring special qualification for operation. Such change, if any, shall be notified to Party B in advance and re-submitted for examination.

 

(3)

No directed jump may be set in any Advertising Materials, such as jump based on location, time or IP, so that the Landing Pages are not consistent with the linkage at the time of examining the Advertising Materials.

 

(4)

No act may be conducted in violation of laws, regulations or this agreement through setting malicious code or virus in the Landing Pages.

 

(5)

Other circumstances where any laws, regulations or the Rules of Tencent Platforms are violated.

 

3.5

Party A warrants that the Advertising Materials and the Promoted Objects do not contain any acts endangering internet security or infringing other’s right or interest, including but not limited to the following:

 

(1)

Any act that changes or attempts to change the configuration of the Tencent Platforms service system or breaches the security of system;

 

7 / 17

---

 

 

 

(2)

Any act that breaches or attempts to breach the network security, including but not limited to malicious scanning, hacking the system, or illegal access to data of any website or serve by means of virus, Trojan, malicious code or phishing;

 

(3)

Undermining or disrupting operation of Tencent Platforms or hindering other’s use of Tencent Platforms by technical or other means, or making or spreading methods for the above purposes;

 

(4)

Counterfeiting or using counterfeit products of Tencent Platforms (including but not limited to counterfeiting the form of Tencent Social Advertising), and leading users to misunderstanding or confusion;

 

(5)

Other acts that endanger network security or infringe other’s right or interest.

 

3.6

If any dispute or controversy arises from Advertising Materials or Promoted Objects, Party B shall be solely responsible to resolve such dispute or controversy and assume all liabilities, including but not limited to negotiation with any third party in its own name, responding to any litigation, or acceptance of investigation by any competent authority, and assumption of all costs and compensation of all losses.

If Party A or its Advertisers breach this agreement or the Rules of Tencent Platforms, and cause any loss to Party B, the Traffic Provider or other entities (including but not limited to any expenses paid for dealing with user’s complaint, user’s claim, right holder’s claim or administrative penalty), Party A shall compensate. If any breach or violation is caused by the Service Provider’s Advertisers, Party A may not refuse to assume any obligation hereunder for the Advertising Materials are provided by its Advertisers. Party A shall negotiate with its Advertiser to resolve any loss incurred by it from the Advertiser’s violation of the Rules of Tencent Platforms.

 

4.	Party B’s Rights and Obligations

 

4.1

Party B shall provide the technical support or information and explanation relating to Tencent Social Advertising Service, and be responsible for the operation and maintenance of Tencent Platforms System. To improve Tencent Social Advertising Services, Party B and its affiliates have the right to constantly adjust Tencent Platforms and its specific services. Any adjustment of Tencent Platforms and the name, function, or domain name of its specific services shall not affect the validity of this agreement.

Party B has the right to adjust or terminate its services in whole or in part based on its arrangement of operation, including but not limited to stopping providing any specific service, upgrade of any specific service, adjustment of the function of any specific service, or integrate certain services. However, Party B shall notify Party A at least 30 natural days before such adjustment or termination.

 

8 / 17

---

 

 

 

4.2

Party B has the right to examine the qualification materials and Advertising Materials of Party A and its Advertisers, and decide whether to permit placement of any Advertising Materials according to the Rules of Tencent Platforms. The examination is only a formal one, and does not represent that Party B has the duty to confirm or warrant the truth and legality of the Advertising Materials. In addition, Party B’s examination will not relieve the warranty liability of Party A and its Advertisers on the truth or legality of operation qualification and Advertising Materials, and all liabilities and consequences arising therefrom shall be assumed by Party A independently.

 

4.3

Where the Advertising Materials or the Promoted Objects are investigated by any competent authority or complained by any third party (including but not limited to users and right holders), or there is any circumstance where Party A or its Advertiser may violate laws, regulations or this agreement (including but not limited to overdue payment), Party B has the right to determine whether Party A breaches laws, regulations or this agreement in its sole and independent judgment as an ordinary person. If Party B determines upon its judgment that Party A does breach, Party B has the right to take one or several of the following measures against Party A:

 

(1)

Stopping the placement of the Advertising Materials suspected of violation of laws;

 

(2)

Requesting Party A or its breaching Advertiser to revise the Advertising Materials until they meet relevant provisions, or to correct the breach;

 

(3)

Making all Advertising Materials submitted by Party A or the breaching Advertiser offline, such as rejection of account;

 

(4)

Restricting Party A or its breaching Advertiser from using Tencent Social Advertising Services, such as suspense of examination;

 

(5)

Imposing penalty on Party A, deducting Party A’s deposit, or withholding the balance of Service Provider’s Account of Party A or the breaching Advertiser’s account, and using such proceeds to compensate user’s loss or pay reasonable expense, including but not limited to compensating losses of Party B or the Traffic Provider (such as administrative penalty, right holder’s claim, user’s damages) incurred from any breach of Party A or its breaching Advertiser;

 

(6)

Suspending or terminating the preferential measures such as return of goods / rebate (whether accrued or not) and recovering the return of goods / rebate already made, and relevant expenses may be directly deducted from Service Provider’s Account of Party A (If the returned goods have been consumed, Party B has the right to directly deduct the cash amount equivalent to the value of such goods from Service Provider’s Account of Party A);

 

(7)

Withholding all the balances of Service Provider’s Account of Party A or the breaching Advertiser’s account as liquidated damages, without refund (Party A shall compensate additionally if the balances are insufficient to cover Party B’s loss);

 

(8)

Terminating the account and this agreement, requesting Party A to assume the liability for breach of agreement, and meanwhile prohibiting Party A from using Tencent’s Platforms again.

 

9 / 17

---

 

 

 

When Party B takes any measures (including but not limited to suspense of service, deduction of expenses, or termination of agreement) according to this agreement, it will not be deemed in breach of this agreement. Any dispute or liability arising from taking measures by Party B against Party A or its Advertisers shall be borne by Party A solely. Party A shall be liable for any loss it suffers therefrom (including but not limited to clearing of any data, forfeit of any prepayment balance as liquidated damages to Party B), and shall be fully responsible for any loss Party B or others suffer therefrom.

 

4.4

If Party A or its Advertiser is investigated by any competent authority or complained by any third party, and Party A fails to resolve the dispute properly within 3 natural days, Party B has the right to advance the payment in its sole discretion to handle the dispute and compensation of loss and protect the legitimate right or interest of the complainer, in addition to taking other measures according to this agreement. Relevant payment may be deducted by Party B directly from Service Provider’s Account of Party A or the breaching Advertiser’s account, or recovered otherwise from Party A.

 

4.5

If Party A or its Advertiser is investigated by any competent authority or complained by any third party, or if Party A or its Advertiser complains any third party, Party B has the right to provide the competent authority or relevant parties with the name of entities and contact information of the parties to the dispute, relevant content of the complaint, and other necessary information (including but not limited to name, telephone number, certificates etc.) to promptly resolve the dispute and complaint and protect the legitimate right or interest of the parties.

 

4.6

Party B has the right to temporarily freeze any account not operated for certain period to protect the security of the Tencent Platform accounts of the clients (including Service Providers and direct Advertisers). If Party A needs to resume any frozen account, it needs to re-activate the account.

 

4.7

Party B may transfer its rights or obligations hereunder to its affiliates in whole or in part based on its business needs, provided that it must give 30-working-day written notice to Party A.

 

5.	Expenses and Invoices

 

5.1

Recharge of Advertising Expenses

A mode of prepayment is applied for Tencent Social Advertising Services. Party A is required to ensure that its Service Provider’s Account and its Advertiser’s account have sufficient balances, and to recharge promptly. Otherwise, the placement of advertisement may be affected.

 

5.2

Calculation of Advertising Expenses

 

(1)

The Advertising Expenses are calculated in RMB. Tencent Platforms will provide various calculation methods such as CPC and CPM, subject to the Rules of Tencent Platforms.

 

10 / 17

---

 

 

 

(2)

The placement times, click times, exposure times and other data of the Advertising Materials, as well as the bundling time, unbundling time and the consumption data during the bundling period shall be subject to the background statistics of Party B.

 

5.3

Invoice

 

(1)

After receiving payment from Party A, Party B will issue invoice to Party A at the latter’s request. The invoice amount should be the total cash amount paid by Party A to Party B.

 

(2)

Party B will issue the invoice in the next month after Party A’s application is examined and approved. It will be deemed that Party B has performed its obligation of issuing invoice that relevant invoice is sent to the correspondence address filled in by Party A.

 

(3)

Party B will only issue invoice to Party A, rather than to Party A’s Advertiser or any other third party. Party A will recharge the account of its Advertiser and issue invoice to its Advertiser according to its agreement with the Advertiser.

 

5.4

Refund

If there is any cash balance in Service Provider’s Account of Party A, Party A may apply for refund of such balance, provided that it will meet the following conditions:

 

(1)

Party A has filled in relevant application, and return the invoice to Party B within the month during which the invoice is issued, and Party A does not conduct tax certification on the invoice;

 

(2)

Party A has no outstanding issues, including but not limited to penalty on violations, compensation for breach of agreement, or complaint dispute;

 

(3)

The non-cash balance in the service provider’s account (including but not limited to the virtual money, return of goods or credit granted free of charge) is non-refundable;

 

(4)

Certain media may set limit on refund period, and Party A should notice such media’s refund rules when using such media. For example, no refund is permissible for any purchase order the recharge of which was made 10 months before in case of the advertising service provided at WeChat Public Platform. Here is an illustration: if the user of WeChat advertising recharged RMB 10,000 on January 1, 2014, it must apply for refund no later than October 31, 2014;

 

(5)

Party B will re-issue the invoice based on the actual consumption amount of Party A and refund the cash balance in the next month after it receives the complete and valid invoice returned from Party A;

 

11 / 17

---

 

 

 

(6)

Party A shall carefully keep the invoice. Party A understands and agrees that if it is unable to return the invoice issued by Party B (including but not limited to the following circumstances: Party A has conducted tax certification on the invoice, or the invoice is not returned within the month during which the invoice is issued), Party A is required to provide the materials necessary for issuance of red-letter invoice, such as filling in and uploading the Form for Issuance of Red-letter Special VAT Invoice, to apply for refund. If Party A is unable to return the invoice issued by Party B and provide Party B with the materials necessary for issuance of red-letter invoice, Party A will not refund, and Party A will assume the consequence.

 

(7)

Party A is not required to provide relevant information of issuance invoice for any refund with respect of which Party B has not issued invoice, or has issued but not sent the invoice to Party A.

 

6.	Policies on Return of Goods / Rebate

 

6.1

Party B may develop or adjust in its sole discretion its policies on return of goods / rebate (including but not limited to the calculation, distribution or penalty and forfeit rules of return of goods / rebates) based on its needs of business development. The development or adjustment shall be subject to the latest notice of Party B. The new policies on return of goods / rebate, once notified to Party A, shall be binding upon Party A, and Party A shall follow the new policies.

 

6.2

The return of goods of Tencent Social Advertising Services will be distributed to the service provider account in the form of virtual money, and the rebate will be paid to the bank account of Party A in the preamble of this agreement (if Party A needs to change the bank account, it must give 10-working-day written notice to Party B or change according to the Rules of Tencent Platforms). Party A must issue qualified special VAT invoice with an amount equivalent to the rebate amount to Party B at least 30 working days in advance based on the rebate amount.

 

6.3

If Party A delays in payment or otherwise breaches this agreement, Party B has the right to suspend or terminate implementation of the policies on return of goods / rebate, or impose penalties according to such policies. In serious case, Party B has the right to recover the distributed goods / rebate (if the returned goods have been consumed, Party B has the right to deduct directly from Party A’s service provide account the equivalent amount).

 

7.	Confidentiality

 

7.1

Party A and Party B have provided or disclosed or will provide or disclose certain confidential information for purpose of this agreement. “Confidential Information” means the non-public information (including but not limited to the handling plan on user’s complaints or violations, or litigations), information, data, and materials held by either party with respect to its business, operation, technology and rights. The party disclosing Confidential Information is referred to as “Disclosing Party”, and the party receiving Confidential Information is referred to as “Receiving Party”.

 

12 / 17

---

 

 

 

7.2

Unless this agreement provides otherwise, the Receiving Party may not use or disclose to any third party any Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for its own business purpose or for other purpose. Both parties shall procure their employees to perform the above obligation.

 

7.3

The confidentiality obligation is not applicable to the following:

 

(1)

Any information disclosed by either party to its affiliates or professional consultant for purpose of this agreement;

 

(2)

Any information which is developed independently by either party or obtained from any third party who has the right to disclose, or becomes known to the public not through violation of this agreement;

 

(3)

Any information required to disclose by laws, regulations or any binding decisions, orders or decrees made by any competent court, regulator or other government department;

 

(4)

Any information disclosed during any other regulatory or governmental procedure.

 

7.4

The confidentiality obligation shall survive the rescission, termination or avoidance of this agreement.

 

8.	Force Majeure and Exemption of Liability

 

8.1

The party who is unable to perform this agreement in whole or in part for any force majeure event will not be liable for breach of agreement. However, the party affected by force majeure event shall immediately notify the other party in writing of the vent, and present valid evidence within 5 working days. Both parties will negotiate to decide whether to continue performance of or terminate this agreement according to the effect of such event on performance of this agreement.

 

8.2

In consideration of the special nature of internet, the exemptions of Party B include but are not limited to the following circumstances that affect normal operation of Tencent Platforms:

 

(1)

Hacker’s attack, or invasion or explosion of computer virus;

 

(2)

The computer system has been damaged, paralyzed or cannot be used normally, which causes Party B unable to perform this agreement as agreed;

 

(3)

The failure or adjustment of underlying operator or competent authority causes any effect;

 

(4)

Any temporary closure or adjustment of service caused by governmental control;

 

(5)

Any influence of the promulgation, adjustment or modification of the national laws, regulations or policies;

 

13 / 17

---

 

 

 

(6)

Any influence caused by Party A or its Advertiser’s reason (including but not limited to operational error or system failure);

 

(7)

Other reasons caused not through Party B’s fault.

 

9.	Termination of Agreement

 

9.1

This agreement will automatically terminate when any of the following circumstances occurs:

 

(1)

Both parties agree to terminate upon negotiation;

 

(2)

Either party is deregistered, bankrupt or dissolved;

 

(3)

The service term expires and both parties do not renew, or either party terminates this agreement according to its terms;

 

(4)

This agreement is unable or not necessary to perform due to any force majeure event;

 

(5)

Either party breaches this agreement and results termination of this agreement.

 

9.2

When this agreement terminates, Party A shall immediately stop using Party B’s brand and logo in any way, and no longer operate business in the capacity of Tencent Social Advertising Service Provider.

 

9.3

Regardless of the reason based on which this agreement is terminated or rescinded, Party B has the right to continue to provide services to the Service Provider’s Advertisers, if applicable, by other means including but not limited to Party B’s direct management or re-designation of Service Providers for the Advertisers.

 

9.4

The early termination of this agreement will not affect any rights or obligations accrued hereunder before the termination.

 

10.	Applicable Law and Dispute Resolution

 

10.1

This agreement is entered into in Nanshan District, Shenzhen City, Guangdong Province, the People’s Republic of China.

 

10.2

The execution, performance, modification, termination, rescission and other matters of this agreement shall be governed by the laws of the People’s Republic of China (for purpose hereof, excluding Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan), without regard to its principles of conflict of laws.

 

10.3

If any dispute or controversy arises between the parties, they shall resolve such dispute or controversy first through friendly negotiation. If negotiation fails, both parties agree to submit the dispute or controversy to the competent people’s court at the execution place of this agreement.

 

14 / 17

---

 

 

 

11.	Miscellaneous Provisions

 

11.1

This agreement is composed of the body of this agreement, and various Rules of Tencent Platforms which are published or to be published with respect to Tencent Platforms. The above rules are an integral part of this agreement, and have equal legal force as the body hereof. Party A shall comply with the above rules when using the services of Tencent Platforms.

 

11.2

The cooperation term of both parties starts from January 1, 2016, and ends on December 31, 2016. If neither party requests in writing for not renewing this agreement, the cooperation term will be renewed automatically for 1 year. The times of renewal are not limited.

Either party may give 30-natural-day written notice to the other party to terminate this agreement. Both parties shall settle fees and expenses according to the terms hereof, and properly handle the user’s complaints, liquidated damages, damages, refund and other matters (if any).

 

11.3

If the term of this agreement is not identical with the period for Party A to use Tencent Social Advertising Services, the term hereof will automatically cover the period for Party A to use Tencent Social Advertising Services. Unless both parties agree otherwise or re-enter into a similar agreement, this agreement shall remain effective while Party A uses Tencent Social Advertising Services.

 

11.4

If any provision hereof is decided void or unenforceable, such provision shall be severed from this agreement, and the remaining provisions shall continue to be effective.

 

11.5

This agreement is made in two counterparts, with each party holding one. This agreement shall become effective when both parties seal, and have legal binding force upon both parties.

(The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank)

 

15 / 17

---

 

 

 

(Signature Page of Tencent Advertising Placement Contract for 2017)

 

Party A: OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		Party B: Beijing Tencent Culture Media Co., Ltd.
(Signature/ seal)		(Signature/ seal)
/s/ seal OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		/s/ seal Beijing Tencent Culture Media Co., Ltd.
Date: November 10, 2016		Date: November 10, 2016

 

16 / 17

---

Bank Information of Service Providers

 

Type: ☐ New Account No.		☒ Changed Account No.

We hereby certify that the account information below is the information of our bank account for receiving payment with respect to cooperation with Tencent:

 

Name of bank account (payee):		OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.
Name of bank:		***
Account No.:		***

In case of change of account No., the original bank information to be revoked is as follows:

 

Original name of bank account:		OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.
Name of original bank:		***
Original account No.:		***

Seal of Service Provider (special financial seal):

 

Remarks:

 

1.	The name of Service Provider and name of bank account of the Service Provider must be consistent with those on the business license (or registration certificate).

 

2.	The information of account must be that of the account receiving payment.

 

3.	Please fill in the above information, print, and affix the special financial seal thereon.

 

17 / 17

Exhibit 21.1

List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant

 

Name		Subsidiaries		Place of Incorporation
Optimix Media Asia Limited		100%		Hong Kong
iClick Interactive Asia Limited		100%		Hong Kong
Digital Marketing Group Limited		100%		Hong Kong
Tetris Media Limited		100%		Hong Kong
iClick Interactive (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.		100%		Singapore
Performance Media Group Limited		100%		Hong Kong
iClick Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd.		100%		People’s Republic of China
Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.		100%		People’s Republic of China
Diablo Holdings Corporation		100%		British Virgin Islands
Harmanttan Capital Holdings Corporation		100%		British Virgin Islands
China Search (Asia) Limited		100%		Hong Kong
Search Asia Technology (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.		100%		People’s Republic of China
Buzzinate Company Limited		100%		Hong Kong
Buzzinate (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd		100%		People’s Republic of China
OptAim Ltd.		100%		Cayman Islands
OptAim (HK) Limited		100%		Hong Kong
OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd.		100%		People’s Republic of China
Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd.		100%1		People’s Republic of China
Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd.		100%2		People’s Republic of China
iClick Interactive Taiwan Limited Taiwan Branch		100%3		Taiwan

 

1

VIE.

2	VIE’s subsidiary.

3	Subsidiary’s branch.

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form F-1 of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited of our report dated May 18, 2017, except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to a deemed dividend described in Note 22, as to which the date is July 13, 2017 and our report dated May 18, 2017 relating to the financial statements of OptAim Limited, which appear in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Hong Kong

October 20, 2017

Exhibit 23.4

October 20, 2017

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

15/F Prosperity Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

Tel: +852 3700 9000

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to the reference of my name as a director of the Company, effective immediately upon the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 initially filed by the Company on October 20, 2017 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Scott Moore

Name: Scott Moore

Exhibit 23.5

October 20, 2017

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

15/F Prosperity Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

Tel: +852 3700 9000

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to the reference of my name as a director of the Company, effective immediately upon the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 initially filed by the Company on October 20, 2017 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Dylan Huang

Name: Dylan Huang

Exhibit 23.6

October 20, 2017

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

15/F Prosperity Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

Tel: +852 3700 9000

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Pursuant to Rule 438 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to the reference of my name as a director of the Company, effective immediately upon the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1 initially filed by the Company on October 20, 2017 with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Sincerely yours,

/s/ Honnus Cheung

Name: Honnus Cheung

Exhibit 99.1

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

OF ICLICK INTERACTIVE ASIA GROUP LIMITED

(Adopted by the Board of Directors of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited on October 12, 2017, effective upon the effectiveness of its registration statement on Form F-1 relating to its initial public offering)

 

I.

Purpose

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited and its subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Company”) is committed to conduct its business in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations and the highest standards of business ethics. This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company. To the extent this Code requires a higher standard than required by commercial practice or applicable laws, rules or regulations, the Company adheres to these higher standards.

This Code is designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

(i) honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

(ii) full, fair, accurate, timely, and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and in other public communications made by the Company;

(iii) compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

(iv) prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and

(v) accountability for adherence to the Code.

 

II.	Applicability

This Code applies to all directors, officers, employees and advisors of the Company, whether they work for the Company on a full-time, part-time, consultative, or temporary basis (each an “employee” and collectively, the “employees”).

The Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has appointed the Legal Department as the compliance officer for the Company. If you have any questions regarding the Code or would like to report any violation of the Code, please call the Legal Department at +852-3700 9033 or send e-mail to legal.cn@i-click.com. Any questions or violations of the Code involving an executive officer, which include the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Vice Presidents and any other persons who perform similar functions for the Company (each an “executive officer”), shall be directed or reported to any of our independent directors on the Board or the members of the appropriate committee of the Board, and any such questions or violations will be reviewed directly by the Board or the appropriate committee of the Board.

---

III.	Conflicts of Interest

 

A.

Identifying Conflicts of Interest

A conflict of interest occurs when an employee’s private interest interferes, or appears to interfere, in any way with the interests of the Company as a whole. An employee should actively avoid any private interest that may impact such employee’s ability to act in the interests of the Company or that may make it difficult to perform the employee’s work objectively and effectively. In general, the following are considered conflicts of interest:

1. Competing Business. No employee may be employed by a business that competes with the Company or deprives it of any business.

2. Corporate Opportunity. No employee may use corporate property, information or his or her position with the Company to secure a business opportunity that would otherwise be available to the Company. If an employee discovers a business opportunity that is in the Company’s line of business, through the use of the Company’s property, information or position, the employee must first present the business opportunity to the Company before pursuing the opportunity in his/her individual capacity.

3. Financial Interests.

(i) No employee may have any financial interest (ownership or otherwise), either directly or indirectly through a spouse or other family member, in any other business entity if such financial interest adversely affects the employee’s performance of duties or responsibilities to the Company, or requires the employee to devote certain time during such employee’s working hours at the Company;

(ii) no employee may hold any ownership interest in a privately-held company that is in competition with the Company;

(iii) an employee may hold up to but no more than 1.0 ownership interest in a publicly traded company that is in competition with the Company; and

(iv) no employee may hold any ownership interest in a company that has a material business relationship with the Company.

If an employee’s ownership interest in a business entity described in clause (iii) above increases to more than 1.0%, the employee must immediately report such ownership to the Legal Department.

4. Loans or Other Financial Transactions. No employee may obtain loans or guarantees of personal obligations from, or enter into any other personal financial transaction with, any company that is a material customer, supplier or competitor of the Company. This guideline does not prohibit arms-length transactions with recognized banks or other financial institutions.

 

2

---

5. Service on Boards and Committees. No employee may serve on a board of directors or trustees or on a committee of any entity (whether profit or not-for-profit) whose interests could reasonably be expected to conflict with those of the Company. Employees must obtain prior approval from the Board before accepting any such board or committee position. The Company may revisit its approval of any such position at any time to determine whether an employee’s service in such position is still appropriate.

It is difficult to list all of the ways in which a conflict of interest may arise, and we have provided only a few, limited examples. If you are faced with a difficult business decision that is not addressed above, ask yourself the following questions:

 

•

Is the action to be taken legal?

 

•

Is it honest and fair?

 

•

Is it in the best interests of the Company?

 

B.

Disclosure of Conflicts of Interest

The Company requires that employees fully disclose any situations that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. If an employee suspect that he/she has a conflict of interest, or a situation that others could reasonably perceive as a conflict of interest, the employee must report it immediately to the Legal Department. Conflicts of interest may only be waived by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and will be promptly disclosed to the public to the extent required by law.

 

C.

Family Members and Work

The actions of family members outside the workplace may also give rise to conflicts of interest because they may influence an employee’s objectivity in making decisions on behalf of the Company. If a member of an employee’s family is interested in doing business with the Company, the criteria as to whether to enter into or continue the business relationship, and the terms and conditions of the relationship, must be no less favorable to the Company compared with those that would apply to a non-relative seeking to do business with the Company under similar circumstances.

Employees are required to report any situation involving family members that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest to their supervisor or the Compliance Officer. For purposes of this Code, “family members” or “members of employee’s family” include an employee’s spouse, parents, children and siblings, whether by blood, marriage or adoption or anyone residing in such employee’s home.

 

IV.	Gifts and Entertainment

 

A.

Generally

The giving and receiving of gifts is common business practice. Appropriate business gifts and entertainment are welcome courtesies designed to build relationships and understanding among business partners. However, gifts and entertainment should never compromise, or appear to compromise, an employee’s ability to make objective and fair business decisions.

 

3

---

It is the responsibility of employees to use good judgment in this area. As a general rule, employees may give or receive gifts or entertainment to or from customers or suppliers only if the gift or entertainment could not be viewed as an inducement to any particular business decision. All gifts and entertainment expenses made on behalf of the Company must be properly accounted for on expense reports, and all gift and entertainment expenses exceeding RMB300 made on behalf of the Company must be approved by the head of the relevant department of the Company.

Employees may only accept appropriate gifts. We encourage employees to submit gifts received to the Company. While it is not mandatory to submit small gifts, gifts of over RMB300 must be submitted immediately to the administration department of the Company.

The Company’s business conduct is founded on the principle of “fair transaction.” Therefore, no employee may give or receive kickbacks, bribe others, or secretly give or receive commissions or any other personal benefits.

 

B.

United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act Compliance

The United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. A violation of FCPA not only violates the Company’s policy but is also a civil or criminal offense under FCPA which the Company is subject to after the Code becomes effective. No employee shall give or authorize directly or indirectly any illegal payments to government officials of any country. While the FCPA does, in certain limited circumstances, allow nominal “facilitating payments” to be made, any such payment must be discussed with and approved by your supervisor in advance before it can be made.

 

C.

Political Contributions

Except as approved in advance by the Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the Company prohibits political contributions (directly or through trade associations) by any employee on behalf of the Company. Prohibited political contribution activities include:

(i) any contributions of Company funds or other assets for political purposes;

(ii) encouraging individual employees to make any such contribution; and

(iii) reimbursing an employee for any political contribution.

 

V.	Fair Dealing

The Company strives to compete and to succeed through superior performacne and products and without the use of unethical or illegal practices. Accordingly, the Company’s employees should respect the rights of, and should deal fairly with, the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees and should not take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information or any material misrepresentation. For example, an individual should not:

(i) give or receive kickbacks, bribe others, or secretly give or receive commissions or any other personal benefits;

 

4

---

(ii) spread rumors about competitors, customers or suppliers that the individual knows to be false;

(iii) intentionally misrepresent the nature of quality of the Company’s products; or

(iv) otherwise seek to advance the Company’s interests by taking unfair advantage of anyone through unfair dealing practices, including engaging in unfair practices through a third party.

 

VI.	Protection and Use of Company Assets

Employees should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use for legitimate business purposes only. Theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. The use of the funds or assets of the Company, whether for personal gain or not, for any unlawful or improper purpose is strictly prohibited.

To ensure the protection and proper use of the Company’s assets, each employee should:

(i) exercise reasonable care to prevent theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

(ii) promptly report the actual or suspected theft, damage or misuse of Company property;

(iii) safeguard all electronic programs, data, communications and written materials from inadvertent access by others; and

(iv) use Company property only for legitimate business purposes.

 

VII.	Intellectual Property and Confidentiality

Employees shall abide by the Company’s rules and policies in protecting the intellectual property and confidential information, including the following:

1. All inventions, creative works, computer software, and technical or trade secrets developed by an employee in the course of performing the employee’s duties or primarily through the use of the Company’s materials and technical resources while working at the Company, shall be the property of the Company.

2. Employees shall maintain the confidentiality of information entrusted to them by the Company or entities with which the Company has business relations, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the company or its business associates, if disclosed.

 

5

---

3. The Company maintains a strict confidentiality policy. During an employee’s term of employment with the Company, the employee shall comply with any and all written or unwritten rules and policies concerning confidentiality and shall fulfill the duties and responsibilities concerning confidentiality applicable to the employee.

4. In addition to fulfilling the responsibilities associated with his/her position in the Company, an employee shall not, without obtaining prior approval from the Company, disclose, announce or publish trade secrets or other confidential business information of the Company, nor shall an employee use such confidential information outside the course of his/her duties to the Company.

5. Even outside the work environment, an employee must maintain vigilance and refrain from disclosing important information regarding the Company or its business, customers or employees.

6. An employee’s duty of confidentiality with respect to the confidential information of the Company survives the termination of such employee’s employment with the Company for any reason until such time as the Company discloses such information publicly or the information otherwise becomes available in the public sphere through no fault of the employee.

7. Upon termination of employment, or at such time as the Company requests, an employee must return to the Company all of its property without exception, including all forms of medium containing confidential information, and may not retain duplicate materials.

 

VIII.

Accuracy of Financial Reports and Other Public Communications

Upon the completion of the IPO, the Company will become a public company which is required to report its financial results and other material information about its business to the public and the SEC. It is the Company’s policy to promptly disclose accurate and complete information regarding its business, financial condition and results of operations. Employees must strictly comply with all applicable standards, laws, regulations and policies for accounting and financial reporting of transactions, estimates and forecasts. Inaccurate, incomplete or untimely reporting will not be tolerated and can severely damage the Company and result in legal liability.

Employees should be on guard for, and promptly report, any possibility of inaccurate or incomplete financial reporting. Particular attention should be paid to:

(i) financial results that seem inconsistent with the performance of the underlying business;

(ii) transactions that do not seem to have an obvious business purpose; and

(iii) requests to circumvent ordinary review and approval procedures.

The Company’s senior financial officers and other employees working in the finance and accounting department have a special responsibility to ensure that all of the Company’s financial disclosures are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. These individuals are required to report any practice or situation that might undermine this objective to the Legal Department.

 

6

---

Employees are prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence the Company’s independent auditors for the purpose of rendering the financial statements of the Company materially misleading. Prohibited actions include but are not limited to those actions taken to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence an auditor:

(i) to issue or reissue a report on the Company’s financial statements that is not warranted in the circumstances (due to material violations of U.S. GAAP, generally accepted auditing standards or other professional or regulatory standards);

(ii) not to perform audit, review or other procedures required by generally accepted auditing standards or other professional standards;

(iii) not to withdraw an issued report; or

(iv) not to communicate matters to the Company’s audit committee of the Board.

Employees with information relating to questionable accounting or auditing matters may also confidentially, and anonymously if they desire, submit the information in writing to the Company’s audit committee of the Board.

 

IX.	Company Records

Accurate and reliable records are crucial to the Company’s business and form the basis of its earnings statements, financial reports and other disclosures to the public. The Company’s records are the source of essential data that guides business decision-making and strategic planning. Company records include, but are not limited to, booking information, payroll, timecards, travel and expense reports, e-mails, accounting and financial data, measurement and performance records, electronic data files and all other records maintained in the ordinary course of our business.

All Company records must be complete, accurate and reliable in all material respects. There is never an acceptable reason to make false or misleading entries. Undisclosed or unrecorded funds, payments or receipts are strictly prohibited. An employee is are responsible for understanding and complying with the Company’s record keeping policy. An employee should contact the Legal Department if you have any questions regarding the record keeping policy.

 

X.	Compliance with Laws and Regulations

Each employee has an obligation to comply with the laws of the cities, provinces, regions and countries in which the Company operates. This includes, without limitation, laws covering commercial bribery and kickbacks, copyrights, trademarks and trade secrets, information privacy, insider trading, offering or receiving gratuities, employment harassment, environmental protection, occupational health and safety, false or misleading financial information, misuse of corporate assets or foreign currency exchange activities. Employees are expected to understand and comply with all laws, rules and regulations that apply to your position at the Company. If any doubt exists about whether a course of action is lawful, you should seek advice immediately from the Legal Department.

 

7

---

Employees are prohibited from trading securities while in possession of material nonpublic information, whether of the Company or other companies, and must comply with insider trading and any applicable securities law and the Company’s Statement of Policies Governing Material, Non-Public Information and the Prevention of Insider Trading regarding securities transactions and handling of confidential information. Insider trading is both unethical and illegal and will be firmly dealt with by the Company. Prohibition on insider trading applies to members of the employees’ family and anyone else sharing the home of the employees. Therefore, employees must use discretion when discussing work with friends or family members, as well as with other employees.

 

XI.	Workplace Environment

 

A.

Discrimination and Harassment

The Company is firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment based on race, ethnicity, religion, gender, age, national origin or any other protected class. For further information, you should consult the Legal Department.

 

B.

Health and Safety

The Company strives to provide employees with a safe and healthy work environment. Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for other employees by following environmental, safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions. Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted.

Each employee is expected to perform his or her duty to the Company in a safe manner, free of the influences of alcohol, illegal drugs or other controlled substances. The use of illegal drugs or other controlled substances in the workplace is prohibited.

 

XII.	Violations of the Code; Protection Against Retaliation

All employees have a duty to report any known or suspected violation of this Code, including any violation of laws, rules, regulations or policies that apply to the Company. Reporting a known or suspected violation of this Code by others will not be considered an act of disloyalty, but an action to safeguard the reputation and integrity of the Company and its employees.

If an employee knows of or suspect a violation of this Code, it is such employee’s responsibility to immediately report the violation to the Legal Department, who will work with the employee to investigate his/her concern. Any suspected violation of this Code involving an executive officer shall be directed or reported to any of our independent directors on the Board or to the appropriate committee of the Board. All questions and reports of known or suspected violations of this Code will be treated with sensitivity and discretion. The Legal Department, the Board or the appropriate committee of the Board and the Company will protect the employee’s confidentiality to the extent possible, consistent with the law and the Company’s need to investigate such employee’s concern.

 

8

---

It is the Company’s policy that any employee who violates this Code will be subject to appropriate discipline, including termination of employment, based upon the facts and circumstances of each particular situation. An employee’s, if it does not comply with the law or with this Code, can result in serious consequences for both the employee and the Company.

The Company strictly prohibits retaliation against an employee who, in good faith, seeks help or reports known or suspected violations. An employee inflicting reprisal or retaliation against another employee for reporting a known or suspected violation will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment.

 

XIII.

Waivers of the Code

Waivers of this Code will be granted on a case-by-case basis and only in extraordinary circumstances. Waivers of this Code may be made only by the Board, or the appropriate committee of the Board, and will be promptly disclosed to the public.

 

XIV.	Conclusion

This Code contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If employees have any questions about these guidelines, they should contact the Legal Department. The Company expects all employees to adhere to these standards. Each employee is separately responsible for his/her actions. Conduct that violates the law or this Code cannot be justified by claiming that it was ordered by a supervisor or someone in higher management positions. If an employee engages in conduct prohibited by the law or this Code, such employee will be deemed to have acted outside the scope of his/her employment. Such conduct will subject the employee to disciplinary action, including termination of employment.

* * * * * * * * * * * * *

 

9

Exhibit 99.2

 

34/F, Tower 3, China Central Place, 77 Jianguo Road, Beijing 100025, China

Telephone: (86-10) 5809-1000 Facsimile: (86-10) 5809-1100

October 20, 2017

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

Re: Certain PRC Law Matters of iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited (the “Company”)

Dear Sir/Madam,

We are qualified lawyers of the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”, for purposes of this legal opinion, excluding the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan) and as such are qualified to issue this opinion on PRC Laws (as defined below).

We act as legal counsel to the Company on PRC Laws (as defined below) in connection with (a) the proposed initial public offering (the “Offering”) of certain number of American depositary shares (the “ADSs”), each representing certain number of ordinary shares of the Company (the “Ordinary Shares”), by the Company as set forth in the Company’s registration statement on Form F-1, including all amendments or supplements thereto (the “Registration Statement”), filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in relation to the Offering, and (b) the proposed listing and trading of the Company’s ADSs on the NASDAQ Global Market.

The following terms as used in this opinion are defined as follows.

“M&A Rules” means the Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors, which was issued by six PRC regulatory agencies, namely, the Ministry of Commerce, the State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission, the State Administration for Taxation, the State Administration for Industry and Commerce, the China Securities Regulatory Commission (the “CSRC”) and the State Administration for Foreign Exchange, on August 8, 2006 and became effective on September 8, 2006, as amended by the Ministry of Commerce on June 22, 2009.

---

“PRC Laws” means all laws, regulations, statutes, rules, decrees, guidelines, notices, and supreme court’s judicial interpretations currently in force and publicly available in the PRC as of the date hereof.

“PRC Subsidiary” means each of, and “PRC Subsidiaries” means all of, iClick Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd. , Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. , Search Asia Technology (SZ) Ltd. , Buzzinate (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. , Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. , Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. ..

For the purpose of giving this opinion, we have examined the originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction of corporate records, agreements, documents and other instruments provided to us and such other documents or certificates issued or representations made by officials of government authorities and other public organizations and by officers and representatives of the Company as we have deemed necessary and appropriate as a basis for the opinions hereinafter set forth.

In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have assumed:

 

(a)	the authenticity of the documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the originals of the documents submitted to us as copies;

 

(b)	the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of all corporate minutes and resolutions of or in connection with the PRC Subsidiaries as they were presented to us;

 

(c)	that the documents and the corporate minutes and resolutions which have been presented to us remain in full force and effect up to the date of the legal opinion and have not been revoked, amended, varied or supplemented, except as noted therein;

 

(d)	the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of all factual statements in the documents and all other factual information provided to us by each of the Company and the PRC Subsidiaries;

 

(e)	the truthfulness, accuracy and completeness of the statements made by the Company, the PRC Subsidiaries and relevant government officials in response to our inquiries during the process of our due diligence for the purpose of the Offering;

---

(f)

in response to our due diligence inquiries, requests and investigation for the purpose of this opinion, all the relevant information and materials that have been provided to us by the Company are true, accurate, complete and not misleading, and that the Company has not withheld anything that, if disclosed to us, would reasonably cause us to alter this opinion in whole or in part. Where important facts were not independently established to us, we have relied upon certificates issued by governmental authorities and appropriate representatives of the Company and/or other relevant entities and/or upon representations made by such persons in the course of our inquiry and consultation;

 

(g)	that all parties other than the PRC Subsidiaries thereto have the requisite power and authority to enter into, and have duly executed, delivered and/or issued those documents to which they are parties, and have the requisite power and authority to perform their obligations thereunder; and

 

(h)	with respect to all parties, the due compliance with, and the legality, validity, effectiveness and enforceability under, all laws other than the laws of the PRC.

We do not purport to be experts on and do not purport to be generally familiar with or qualified to express legal opinions on any laws other than the laws of the PRC and accordingly express no legal opinion herein on any laws of any jurisdiction other than the PRC.

Based on the foregoing and subject to the qualifications set out below, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, so far as PRC Laws are concerned:

 

1.	Each PRC Subsidiary is a limited liability company under PRC Laws, duly incorporated and validly existing under the PRC Laws and has the status of an independent legal person in the PRC.

 

2.

The M&A Rules purports to require that an offshore special purpose vehicle controlled directly or indirectly by PRC domestic companies or individuals and formed for purposes of overseas listing through acquisition of PRC domestic interests obtain the approval of the CSRC prior to the listing and trading of such special purpose vehicle’s securities on an overseas stock exchange. The CSRC has not issued any definitive rules or interpretations concerning whether offerings such as the Offering are subject to the CSRC approval procedures under the M&A Rules. Based on our understanding of the PRC Laws, the Company is not required to obtain approval from the CSRC for listing and trading of the ADSs because (i) the wholly owned foreign invested PRC subsidiaries Interactive (Beijing) Advertisement Co., Ltd. , Tetris Media (Shanghai) Co. Ltd. , Search Asia Technology (SZ) Ltd. , Buzzinate (Shanghai) Information Technology Co., Ltd. and OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd. were incorporated as wholly foreign-owned enterprises by means of direct investment rather than by merger or acquisition of equity interest or assets of a PRC domestic company owned by PRC companies or individuals as defined under the M&A Rules that are the beneficial owners of the Company, and (ii) no provision in the M&A Rules clearly classifies contractual arrangements as a type of transaction subject to the M&A Rules. However, uncertainties still exist as to how the M&A Rules will be interpreted and implemented and our opinion stated above is subject to any new laws, rules and regulations or detailed implementations and interpretations in any form relating to the M&A Rules.

---

3.

VIE structure - The ownership structures of Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd. and Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd., both currently and immediately after giving effect to this Offering, does not and will not result in any violation of PRC Laws. Each of the contractual arrangements among OptAim (Beijing) Information Technology Co., Ltd., Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd., Zhiyunzhong (Shanghai) Technology Co., Ltd. and the shareholders of Beijing OptAim Network Technology Co., Ltd., both currently and immediately after giving effect to this Offering, is valid, binding and enforceable and will not result in any violation of PRC Laws. The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the captions “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Corporate Structure” are fair and accurate summaries of the matters described therein, and nothing has been omitted from such summaries that would make the same misleading in any material respect.

 

4.

Enforcement of civil liabilities - we have advised the Company that there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the PRC would: (i) recognize or enforce judgments of United States courts obtained against the Company or directors or officers of the Company predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States; or (ii) entertain original actions brought in each respective jurisdiction against the Company or directors or officers of the Company predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

We have further advised the Company that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedures Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedures Law based either on treaties between the PRC and the country where the judgment is made or on principles of reciprocity between jurisdictions. The PRC does not have any treaties or other form of reciprocity with the United States or the Cayman Islands that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. In addition, according to the PRC Civil Procedures Law, courts in the PRC will not enforce a foreign judgment against the Company or the directors and officers of the Company if they decide that the judgment violates the basic principles of PRC law or national sovereignty, security or public interest. As a result, it is uncertain whether and on what basis a PRC court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in the United States or in the Cayman Islands. Under the PRC Civil Procedures Law, foreign shareholders may originate actions based on PRC law against a company in the PRC for disputes relating to contracts or other property interests, the PRC court may accept a course of action based on the laws or the parties’ express mutual agreement in contracts choosing PRC courts for dispute resolution if (a) the contract is signed and/or performed within the PRC, (b) the subject of the action is located within the PRC, (c) the company (as defendant) has seizable properties within the PRC, (d) the company has a representative organization within the PRC, or (e) other circumstances prescribed under the PRC law. The action may be initiated by a shareholder through filing a complaint with the PRC court. The PRC court will determine whether to accept the complaint in accordance with the PRC Civil Procedures Law. The shareholder may participate in the action by itself or entrust any other person or PRC legal counsel to participate on behalf of such shareholder. Foreign citizens and companies will have the same rights as PRC citizens and companies in an action unless the home jurisdiction of such foreign citizens or companies restricts the rights of PRC citizens and companies.

---

5.

Statements in the Prospectus. The statements in the Prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary”, “Risk Factors”, “Corporate History and Structure”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities”, “Dividend Policy”, “Business”, “Management”, “Related Party Transactions”, “Regulation”, “Taxation” and “Legal Matters” (other than the financial statements and related schedules and other financial data contained therein to which we express no opinion), to the extent such statements relate to matters of the PRC Laws or documents, agreements or proceedings governed by the PRC Laws, are true and accurate in all material respects, and fairly present and fairly summarize in all material respects the PRC Laws, documents, agreements or proceedings referred to therein, and nothing has been omitted from such statements which would make the statements, in light of the circumstance under which they were made, misleading in any material respect.

 

6.

The statements made in the Registration Statement under the caption “Taxation—People’s Republic of China Taxation,” with respect to the PRC tax laws and regulations or interpretations, constitute true and accurate descriptions of the matters described therein in all material aspects and such statements represent our opinion.

The foregoing opinion is further subject to the following qualifications:

 

(a)	we express no opinion as to any Laws other than the PRC Laws in force on the date of this opinion;

---

(b)	the PRC Laws referred to herein are Laws currently in force and there is no guarantee that any of such Laws, or the interpretation thereof or enforcement therefore, will not be changed, amended or replaced in the immediate future or in the longer term with or without retrospective effect;

 

(c)	this opinion is intended to be used in the context which is specifically referred to herein and each section should be looked on as a whole regarding the same subject matter; and

 

(d)

this opinion is subject to the effects of (i) certain legal or statutory principles affecting the validity and enforceability of contractual rights generally under the concepts of public interest, social ethics, national security, good faith, fair dealing, and applicable statutes of limitation; (ii) any circumstance in connection with formulation, execution or performance of any legal documents that would be deemed materially mistaken, clearly unconscionable, fraudulent, coercionary or concealing illegal intentions with a lawful form; (iii) judicial discretion with respect to the availability of indemnifications, remedies or defenses, the calculation of damages, the entitlement to attorney’s fees and other costs, and the waiver of immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from legal process; and (iv) the discretion of any competent PRC legislative, administrative or judicial bodies in exercising their authority in the PRC.

This opinion is delivered in our capacity as the Company’s PRC legal counsel solely for the purpose of the Registration Statement and may not be used for any other purpose without our prior written consent. We hereby consent to the use of this opinion in, and the filing hereof as an exhibit to, the Registration Statement, and to the reference to our name in such Registration Statement. We do not thereby admit that we fall within the category of the persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Yours faithfully,

/s/ Jingtian & Gongcheng

Jingtian & Gongcheng

Exhibit 99.3

May 18, 2017

iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited

c/o 15/F

Prosperity Millennia Plaza

663 King’s Road, Quarry Bay

Hong Kong S.A.R., People’s Republic of China

Re: Consent of Frost & Sullivan

Ladies and Gentlemen,

We understand that iClick Interactive Asia Group Limited (the “Company”) plans to file a registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in connection with its proposed initial public offering (the “Proposed IPO”).

We hereby consent to the references to our name and the inclusion of information, data and statements from our research reports and amendments thereto, including but not limited to the industry research report titled “China Online Marketing Market Independent Market Research” (the “Report”), and any subsequent amendments to the Report, as well as the citation of our research report and amendments thereto, (i) in the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto, (ii) in any written correspondences with the SEC, (iii) in any other future filings with the SEC by the Company, including, without limitation, filings on Form 20-F, Form 6-K or other SEC filings (collectively, the “SEC Filings”), (iv) on the websites of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, (v) in institutional and retail road shows and other activities in connection with the Proposed IPO, and in other publicity materials in connection with the Proposed IPO.

We further hereby consent to the filing of this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto and as an exhibit to any other SEC Filings.

In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we come within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

Yours faithfully

For and on behalf of

Frost & Sullivan (Beijing) Inc., Shanghai Branch Co.

 

/s/ Neil X. Wang

Name    :    Neil X. Wang

Title      :    Global Partner & Managing Director